CWABS INC
S-3/A, 1996-10-28
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: PS FINANCIAL INC, 424B3, 1996-10-28
Next: FIRST TRUST SPECIAL SITUATIONS TRUST SERIES 175, S-6EL24/A, 1996-10-28






<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 1996
    

                                                      Registration No. 333-11095

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
   
                                 Amendment No. 3
    
                                       to

                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             ----------------------

                                   CWABS, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                      Applied For
(State or Other Jurisdiction               (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of Incorporation or Organization)

                             ----------------------

                              155 North Lake Avenue
                         Pasadena, California 91101-7139
                                 (818) 584-2212
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)

                             ----------------------

                             Sandor E. Samuels, Esq.
                          Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.
                              155 North Lake Avenue
                         Pasadena, California 91101-7139
                                 (818) 304-8505
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                             ----------------------

                                 With a copy to:
                              Edward J. Fine, Esq.
                                Brown & Wood LLP
                             One World Trade Center
                          New York, New York 10048-0557

                             ----------------------

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
      From time to time on or after the effective date of the registration
statement, as determined by market conditions.

     If the only securities being registered on this form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. | |___________

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. |X|

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.| |____________

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.| |____________

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.| |

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================
                                                                 Proposed           Proposed
                                               Amount             Maximum            Maximum          Amount of
         Title of Each Class of                 to be         Offering Price        Aggregate       Registration
       Securities to Be Registered           Registered        Per Unit(1)      Offering Price(1)        Fee
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                      <C>           <C>               <C>

Asset Backed Notes and Asset Backed
Certificates..........................   $2,000,000,000(2)          100%         $2,000,000,000     $606,060.61(3)
===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
    

   
(1)  Estimated for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2) Not specified as  to each  class of Asset Backed Securities to be registered
    pursuant to General Instruction II.D of Form S-3.

(3) Previously paid.
    

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.





 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

   

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 28, 1996



SUPPLEMENT

TO PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DATED _______ __, 199_
(To Prospectus dated _______ __, 199_)

                                   CWABS, INC.

                                    Depositor

                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

                                     [LOGO]

                           Seller and Master Servicer

                              [TITLE OF SECURITIES]

                              ---------------------

   This Supplement relates to the offering of the Certificates of the Series
referenced above. This Supplement does not contain complete information about
the offering of the Certificates. Additional information is contained in the
Prospectus Supplement dated ________ __, 199_ (the "Prospectus Supplement")
prepared in connection with the offering of the Certificates of the Series
referenced above and in the Prospectus of the Depositor dated ________ __, 199_
(the "Prospectus"). Purchasers are urged to read this Supplement, the Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus in full.

       PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER
            "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-__ IN THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                 AND ON PAGE __ IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.

           THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN THE TRUST FUND ONLY
             AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE
              DEPOSITOR, COUNTRYWIDE, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY AFFILIATE
                  THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN THE
                     ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
                      PROSPECTUS. NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES
                           NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE
                            INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY
                            ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
               COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
                  THIS SUPPLEMENT, THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR
                      THE PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                       THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   This Supplement is to be used by Countrywide Securities Corporation, an
affiliate of CWABS, Inc. and Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., in connection with
offers and sales relating to market making transactions in the [title of
securities] in which Countrywide Securities Corporation acts as principal.
Countrywide Securities Corporation may also act as agent in such transactions.
Sales will be made at prices related to the prevailing prices at the time of
sale.

______________ __, 199_



INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.


    




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




   
        This Supplement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement and
Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Supplement are defined in the
Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus.

                                THE MORTGAGE POOL

        As of _________ __, 199_ (the "Reference Date"), the Mortgage Pool
included approximately ____ Mortgage Loans having an aggregate Principal Balance
of approximately $___________.

        The following table summarizes the delinquency and foreclosure
experience of the Mortgage Loans as of the Reference Date.

                                      DELINQUENCY STATUS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NUMBER OF                        PERCENT OF POOL
                                               MORTGAGE      CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE
        NUMBER OF DAYS DELINQUENT              LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE

- ------------------------------------------     --------    ----------------     --------------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>                  <C>
 0 to 29..................................                 $                               %
30 to 59..................................
60 to 89..................................
90+.......................................

                                               --------    ----------------     --------------
     Total................................                 $                         100.00%
                                               ========    ================     ==============
</TABLE>


        _____ of the Mortgage Loans has been converted to REO as of the
Reference Date and, as of the Reference Date, there have been ____ realized
losses.

        Certain information as to the Mortgage Loans as of the Reference Date is
set forth in Exhibit 1 in tabular format. Other than with respect to rates of
interest, percentages (approximate) are stated in such tables by Principal
Balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the Reference Date and have been rounded in
order to total 100.00%.
    


                                      SS-2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

                           SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

THE MASTER SERVICER

        Countrywide will continue to act as Master Servicer under the Agreement.

FORECLOSURE AND DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE

        The following table summarizes the delinquency and foreclosure
experience, respectively, on the dates indicated, of home equity loans serviced
by the Master Servicer. Since Countrywide only began servicing home equity loans
in October 1994, the delinquency and foreclosure percentages may be affected by
the size and relative lack of seasoning of the servicing portfolio because many
of such loans were not outstanding long enough to give rise to some or all of
the periods of delinquency indicated in the chart below. Accordingly, the
information should not be considered as a basis for assessing the likelihood,
amount or severity of delinquency or losses on the Mortgage Loans and no
assurances can be given that the foreclosure and delinquency experience
presented in the table below will be indicative of such experience on the
Mortgage Loans:

                   DELINQUENCY STATUS AS OF ________ __, 199_*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DOLLARS       PERCENT     UNITS    PERCENT
                                              ---------------  ----------  -------  ----------
        <S>                                   <C>              <C>         <C>      <C>
        Current ............................  $
        30-59 days .........................
        60-89 days .........................
        90+ days ...........................
                                              ---------------  ----------  -------  ----------
             TOTAL..........................   $                 100.00%              100.00%
                                              ===============  ==========  =======  ==========
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------
* Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        Prospective purchasers of the Certificates should consider carefully the
income tax consequences of an investment in the Certificates discussed under
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus Supplement and in the
Prospectus. Such purchasers should also consult their own tax advisors with
respect to those consequences.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

        Prospective purchasers of the Certificates should consider carefully the
ERISA consequences of an investment in the Certificates discussed under "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement, and should
consult their own advisors with respect to those consequences.

                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

        This Supplement is to be used by Countrywide Securities Corporation, an
affiliate of CWABS, Inc. and Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., in connection with
offers and sales relating to market making transactions in the [title of
securities] in which Countrywide Securities Corporation acts as principal.
Countrywide Securities Corporation may also act as agent in such transactions.
Sales will be made at prices related to the prevailing prices at the time of
sale.
    


                                      SS-3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   
                                    EXHIBIT 1

                 [Updated Mortgage Pool Tables will be provided]
    


<PAGE>



<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 28, 1996
    
 
   
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER   , 1996)
    
 
   
                             $
                                 (APPROXIMATE)
    
 
   
                   COUNTRYWIDE HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 1996-A
      REVOLVING HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-A
    
 
   
                                  CWABS, INC.
                                   DEPOSITOR
    
 
   
                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.
    
 
   
                                     [LOGO]
 
                           SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER
    
   
                            ------------------------
    
   
     Each Revolving Home  Equity Loan  Asset Backed  Certificate, Series  1996-A
(collectively,  the 'Certificates') will represent  an undivided interest in the
Countrywide Home  Equity Loan  Trust  1996-A (the  'Trust  Fund') to  be  formed
pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement among Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.
('Countrywide'),  as Seller and Master Servicer,  CWABS, Inc., as Depositor, and
The First National Bank of Chicago, as  Trustee. The property of the Trust  Fund
will  include a pool of adjustable rate  home equity revolving credit line loans
made or to  be made  in the  future (the  'Mortgage Loans')  under certain  home
equity  revolving credit line loan agreements. The Mortgage Loans are secured by
either first  or second  deeds of  trust  or mortgages  on one-  to  four-family
residential  properties.  See 'Index  of  Defined Terms'  on  page S-61  of this
Prospectus Supplement and on page 99 of  the Prospectus for the location of  the
definitions of certain capitalized terms.
    
 
   
     The  aggregate  undivided interest  in the  Trust  Fund represented  by the
Certificates  is  expected  to  represent,  as of October 31, 1996 (the 'Cut-off
Date'), approximately  98% of the sum  of the outstanding principal  balances of
the  Mortgage  Loans.  The  remaining  undivided  interest in the Trust Fund not
represented  by  the  Certificates  (the  'Transferor  Interest') is expected to
represent approximately 2% of the outstanding principal balances of the Mortgage
Loans. Only the Certificates are offered hereby.
    
 
   
     Distributions of principal and interest on the Certificates will be made on
the fifteenth day of each month or, if such date is not a Business Day, then  on
the  succeeding Business Day (each,  a 'Distribution Date'), commencing December
16, 1996.  On  each Distribution  Date,  holders  of the  Certificates  will  be
entitled  to receive, from and  to the limited extent  of funds available in the
Collection Account (as defined herein),  distributions with respect to  interest
and   principal   calculated  as   set  forth   under  'Summary   --  Interest,'
'Summary -- Principal Payments from  Principal Collections' and 'Description  of
the  Certificates -- Distributions on the Certificates' herein. The Certificates
are not  guaranteed by  the  Depositor, Countrywide  or any  affiliate  thereof.
However,  the Certificates will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed as
to the  payment of  the Guaranteed  Distributions (as  defined herein)  on  each
Distribution Date pursuant to the terms of a financial guaranty insurance policy
(the 'Policy') to be issued by
    
 
   
                                     [Logo]
    
   
 
    
 
   
     There  is currently no market for the Certificates offered hereby and there
can be no assurance that such a market  will develop or if it does develop  that
it will continue. See 'Risk Factors' herein and in the Prospectus.
    
   
                            ------------------------
    
   
PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD  REVIEW  THE INFORMATION  SET  FORTH  UNDER 'RISK
FACTORS' ON PAGE S-18                         HEREIN AND ON PAGE 13 IN  THE
                            ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.
    
   
 
    
   
                    ----------------------------------------
    
   
THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN THE TRUST FUND ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT
INTERESTS  IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE  DEPOSITOR, COUNTRYWIDE, THE TRUSTEE OR
     ANY AFFILIATE  THEREOF,  EXCEPT  TO  THE  EXTENT  PROVIDED  HEREIN.
        NEITHER   THE   CERTIFICATES  NOR   THE  MORTGAGE   LOANS  ARE
                       INSURED  OR  GUARANTEED  BY  ANY   GOVERNMENTAL
                                    AGENCY.
    
   
 
    
   
 
               ------------------------------------------------------
    
   
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
     SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION   OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
        COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF   THIS
        PROSPECTUS.  ANY             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                                   A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PRICE TO      UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS TO
                                                                            PUBLIC(1)      DISCOUNT(2)      THE DEPOSITOR(3)
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
Per Certificate.........................................................              %               %                  %
Total...................................................................   $               $                  $
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from November   , 1996.
    
   
(2) The Depositor  has  agreed to  indemnify  the Underwriters  against  certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
    
   
(3) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $350,000.
    
   
                            ------------------------
    
   
     The  Certificates  are offered  subject to  prior sale  and subject  to the
Underwriters' right to reject orders  in whole or in  part. It is expected  that
delivery  of the Certificates will  be made in book-entry  form only through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company, CEDEL S.A. and the Euroclear  System
on  or about November    , 1996  (the 'Closing Date').  The Certificates will be
offered in Europe and the United States of America.
    
   
LEHMAN BROTHERS                               COUNTRYWIDE SECURITIES CORPORATION
    
 
   
NOVEMBER   , 1996
    
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CERTIFICATES AT
LEVELS ABOVE  THOSE WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN  THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
    
   
     UNTIL NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN  ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS  ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS TO
DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND PROSPECTUS  WITH RESPECT  TO THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
 
   
                            ------------------------
     The  Certificates offered  hereby constitute part  of a  separate series of
Revolving Home Equity  Loan Asset  Backed Certificates being  offered by  CWABS,
Inc.  from time to time pursuant to its  Prospectus dated October   , 1996. This
Prospectus Supplement does not contain  complete information about the  offering
of  the Certificates. Additional information is  contained in the Prospectus and
investors are urged to read both  this Prospectus Supplement and the  Prospectus
in  full. Sales of the Certificates may  not be consummated unless the purchaser
has received both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.
    

   

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE


    

   
     In addition  to the  documents described  under 'Incorporation  of  Certain
Documents  by  Reference' in  the Prospectus,  the  financial statements  of the
Certificate Insurer included  in, or  as exhibits to,  the following  documents,
which  have been filed with the  Securities and Exchange Commission by Financial
Security Assurance  Holdings  Ltd.  ('Holdings'),  are  hereby  incorporated  by
reference in this Prospectus Supplement:
    
   
          (a)  Annual Report on Form 10-K for  the year ended December 31, 1995;
     and
    
   
          (b) Unaudited  financial statements  of  the Certificate  Insurer  and
     Subsidiaries  for the six-month period ended  June 30, 1996, included as an
     exhibit to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June  30,
     1996.
    
   
     All financial  statements of the Certificate  Insurer included in documents
filed by Holdings pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c) 14 or 15(d) of the Securities
and  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended,  Act  subsequent  to the date of this
Prospectus  Supplement  and  prior to the  termination  of the  offering  of the
Certificates  shall  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  this
Prospectus  Supplement  and to be a part  hereof  from the  respective  dates of
filing such documents.
    
   
     The Depositor  hereby  undertakes that,  for  purposes of  determining  any
liability  under  the  Securities Act  of  1933,  each filing  of  the financial
statements of  the Certificate  Insurer included  in  or as  an exhibit  to  the
documents  of Holdings referred to above and  filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or
Section 15(d)  of  the  1934  Act  that is  incorporated  by  reference  in  the
Registration Statements of which this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying
Prospectus is a part shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
to  the Certificates  offered hereby, and  the offering of  such Certificates at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    
   
     The Trustee on behalf of any Trust Fund will provide without charge to each
person to whom this Prospectus  Supplement is delivered,  on the written or oral
request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents  referred to above
and in the Prospectus under  'Incorporation  of Certain  Documents by Reference'
that  have been or may be  incorporated  by  reference  in the  Prospectus  (not
including  exhibits to the information  that is incorporated by reference unless
such exhibits are  specifically  incorporated  by reference into the information
that the  Prospectus  incorporates).  Such  requests  should be  directed to the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee at The First National Bank of Chicago, One
First National Plaza,  Suite 0126,  Chicago,  Illinois 60670,  telephone:  (312)
407-1902, facsimile number: (312) 407-1708, attention:  Corporate Trust Services
Division.
    
 
                                      S-2




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                                    SUMMARY
    
 
   
     The following summary of certain pertinent  information is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the detailed  information  appearing  elsewhere in this
Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms
used in the Summary are defined elsewhere in the Prospectus Supplement or in the
Prospectus.  See  'Index  of  Defined  Terms'  on page  S-61 of this  Prospectus
Supplement and on page 99 of the Prospectus for the location of the  definitions
of certain capitalized terms.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Trust Fund..........................  Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust 1996-A (the 'Trust Fund') will be formed
                                      pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement (the 'Agreement') to be dated
                                      as of October 31, 1996 (the 'Cut-off Date') among Countrywide  Home  Loans,
                                      Inc.  ('Countrywide'),  as seller  and master  servicer (together  with any
                                      successor in  such  capacity,  the  'Seller'  and  the  'Master  Servicer',
                                      respectively),  CWABS, Inc., as depositor  (the 'Depositor'), and The First
                                      National Bank of Chicago, as trustee  (the 'Trustee'). The property of  the
                                      Trust  Fund will include:  a pool of adjustable  rate home equity revolving
                                      credit line loans made or to be made in the future (the 'Mortgage  Loans'),
                                      under  certain  home  equity  revolving credit  line  loan  agreements (the
                                      'Credit Line Agreements') and secured  by either first or second  mortgages
                                      on  residential  properties that  are one-  to four-family  properties (the
                                      'Mortgaged Properties'); the collections in  respect of the Mortgage  Loans
                                      received  after  the  Cut-off Date  (exclusive  of payments  in  respect of
                                      accrued interest due on or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of
                                      October); property that secured a Mortgage Loan which has been acquired  by
                                      foreclosure   or  deed   in  lieu   of  foreclosure;   an  irrevocable  and
                                      unconditional limited financial guaranty  insurance policy (the  'Policy');
                                      an  assignment of the  Depositor's rights under  the Purchase Agreement (as
                                      defined herein); rights  under certain hazard  insurance policies  covering
                                      the  Mortgaged Properties;  and certain  other property,  as described more
                                      fully under 'Description of the Certificates -- General' herein.

                                      The Trust Fund property  will include the unpaid  principal balance of each
                                      Mortgage Loan as of the Cut-off Date (the 'Cut-off Date Principal Balance')
                                      plus any additions thereto as a result of new  advances  made  pursuant  to
                                      the applicable Credit  Line Agreement  (the 'Additional   Balances') during
                                      the  life  of the Trust Fund. With respect  to any date, the 'Pool Balance'
                                      will be equal to the aggregate of  the Principal Balances of  all  Mortgage
                                      Loans as of such date. The aggregate Cut-off Date Principal Balance of  the
                                      Mortgage  Loans  is  expected to be  $           (the  'Cut-off  Date  Pool
                                      Balance'). The 'Principal  Balance'  of  a  Mortgage  Loan  (other  than  a
                                      Liquidated Mortgage Loan) on any day is equal to its Cut-off Date Principal
                                      Balance plus (i)  any Additional Balances in respect of such Mortgage Loan,
                                      minus (ii) all collections credited against the Principal Balance  of  such
                                      Mortgage Loan in accordance with the related Credit Line Agreement prior to
                                      such day. The Principal Balance of a Liquidated Mortgage Loan  (as  defined
                                      herein) after final recovery of related Liquidation  Proceeds  (as  defined
                                      herein) shall be zero.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-3
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Securities Offered..................  Each of the Revolving  Home Equity Loan  Asset Backed Certificates,  Series
                                      1996-A offered hereby (the 'Certificates') represents an undivided interest
                                      in  the  Trust  Fund.  Each Certificate  represents  the  right  to receive
                                      payments of interest at the variable rate described below (the 'Certificate
                                      Rate'), payable monthly, and payments of principal at such time and to  the
                                      extent   provided  herein   under  'Description  of   the  Certificates  --
                                      Distributions on the Certificates'. The aggregate undivided interest in the
                                      Trust Fund  represented by  the  Certificates as  of  the Closing  Date  is
                                      expected  to equal  $              (the 'Original  Invested Amount'), which
                                      represents  approximately  98%  of  the  Cut-off  Date  Pool  Balance.  The
                                      'Original  Certificate Principal Balance' is expected to equal $          .
                                      Following the Closing Date, the 'Invested Amount' with respect to any  date
                                      will  be an  amount equal  to the  Original Invested  Amount minus  (i) the
                                      amount of  Investor Principal  Collections (as  defined herein)  previously
                                      distributed  to Certificateholders, and  minus (ii) an  amount equal to the
                                      product of the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage and the  Liquidation
                                      Loss  Amounts (each as defined herein). The Transferor (as described below)
                                      will own the  remaining undivided interest  (the 'Transferor Interest')  in
                                      the  Mortgage Loans, which is equal to  the Pool Balance minus the Invested
                                      Amount and is expected to initially  equal approximately 2% of the  Cut-off
                                      Date  Pool Balance. The Transferor (the 'Transferor') as of any date is the
                                      owner of the Transferor Interest which initially will be Countrywide.
                                      The Certificates will be  issued pursuant to  the Agreement. The  principal
                                      amount   of  the  outstanding   Certificates  (the  'Certificate  Principal
                                      Balance') on  any  date is  equal  to the  Original  Certificate  Principal
                                      Balance minus the aggregate of amounts actually distributed as principal to
                                      the Certificateholders. See 'Description of the Certificates' herein.
Removal of Certain Mortgage Loans;
  Additional Balances...............  In  order to permit the Transferor to  remove Mortgage Loans from the Trust
                                      Fund at such times,  if any, as the  Transferor Interest exceeds the  level
                                      required  by  the  Certificate  Insurer and  the  Rating  Agencies,  on any
                                      Distribution Date the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, remove
                                      from  the  Trust  Fund  certain  Mortgage  Loans  without  notice  to   the
                                      Certificateholders.  The Transferor is permitted  to designate the Mortgage
                                      Loans to be removed. Mortgage Loans so designated will only be removed upon
                                      satisfaction of the following conditions:  (i) No Rapid Amortization  Event
                                      (as  defined herein) has  occurred; (ii) the Transferor  Interest as of the
                                      Transfer Date (as  defined herein)  (after giving effect  to such  removal)
                                      exceeds  the  Minimum Transferor  Interest  (as defined  below);  (iii) the
                                      transfer of any  Mortgage Loans  on any  Transfer Date  during the  Managed
                                      Amortization Period (as defined herein) shall not, in the reasonable belief
                                      of  the Transferor, cause a  Rapid Amortization Event to  occur or an event
                                      which with  notice  or lapse  of  time or  both  would constitute  a  Rapid
                                      Amortization Event; (iv) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee
                                      a  'Mortgage  Loan  Schedule'  containing  a  list  of  all  Mortgage Loans
                                      remaining in the Trust  Fund after such removal;  (v) the Transferor  shall
                                      represent  and warrant that no  selection procedures reasonably believed by
                                      the   Transferor    to   be    adverse   to    the   interests    of    the
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-4
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      Certificateholders  or the Certificate Insurer  were used by the Transferor
                                      in selecting such Mortgage  Loans; (vi) in connection  with the first  such
                                      retransfer of Mortgage Loans, the Rating Agencies (as defined herein) shall
                                      have  been notified of the proposed transfer and prior to the Transfer Date
                                      shall not have notified the Transferor in writing that such transfer  would
                                      result  in  a  reduction  or  withdrawal of  the  ratings  assigned  to the
                                      Certificates without regard to the  Policy; and (vii) the Transferor  shall
                                      have  delivered to  the Trustee  and the  Certificate Insurer  an officer's
                                      certificate confirming the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (vi)
                                      above. See  'Description  of  the Certificates  --  Optional  Transfers  of
                                      Mortgage Loans to the Transferor' herein.
                                      The  'Minimum Transferor Interest' as of any date is an amount equal to the
                                      lesser of (a) 5% of  the Pool Balance on such  date and (b) the  Transferor
                                      Interest as of the Closing Date.
                                      During  the  term  of  the  Trust Fund,  all  Additional  Balances  will be
                                      transferred to and become property of  the Trust Fund. The Pool Balance  at
                                      any  time will generally  fluctuate from day  to day because  the amount of
                                      Additional Balances and the  amount of principal  payments with respect  to
                                      the  Mortgage  Loans  will usually  differ  from  day to  day.  Because the
                                      Transferor Interest is equal to the Pool Balance minus the Invested Amount,
                                      the amount of  the Transferor Interest  will fluctuate from  day to day  as
                                      draws  are  made  with  respect  to the  Mortgage  Loans  and  as Principal
                                      Collections are received.
The Mortgage Loans..................  The  statistical  information  presented  in  this  Prospectus   Supplement
                                      concerning   the  pool  of  Mortgage   Loans  (such  pool,  the  'Statistic
                                      Calculation Pool' and  each such  Mortgage Loan,  a 'Statistic  Calculation
                                      Pool  Mortgage Loan') does not reflect all of the Mortgage Loans which will
                                      be  included  on  the  Closing  Date  in  the  final  pool.  The  Statistic
                                      Calculation  Pool  reflects the  Mortgage  Loans originated  by  the Seller
                                      through  September  30, 1996 (the 'Statistic  Calculation  Date')  and  the
                                      statistical information presented  herein is based on the  number  and  the
                                      principal balances of such Mortgage Loans as of the  Statistic  Calculation
                                      Date.   The  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  Statistic  Calculation
                                      Pool Mortgage Loans is $216,574,732.71  (the  'Statistic  Calculation  Date
                                      Principal Balance'). The  Depositor  expects that the actual pool as of the
                                      Closing  Date  will represent approximately $           aggregate Principal
                                      Balance of Mortgage  Loans.  The  additional  Mortgage Loans to be included
                                      in the final pool  will  represent  Mortgage  Loans  originated  or  to  be
                                      originated by the Seller prior to the  Cut-off Date and sold by the  Seller
                                      to  the Depositor, and by  the Depositor to the  Trust Fund, on the Closing
                                      Date.  In   addition,  with  respect  to  the  Statistic  Calculation  Pool
                                      as to which statistical information is presented herein, some  amortization
                                      of the Statistic  Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans will  occur prior  to the
                                      Closing Date. In addition,  certain  Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage
                                      Loans  may  prepay   in   full  or  may  be  determined  not  to  meet  the
                                      eligibility requirements for the final pool and as  a  result  may  not  be
                                      included in  the final pool.  As a result of the foregoing, the statistical
                                      distribution of such characteristics as  of  the  Closing Date in the final
                                      Mortgage  Loan pool will vary from the  statistical  distribution  of  such
                                      characteristics in the   Statistic   Calculation   Pool   as   presented in
                                      this Prospectus Supplement, although such variance will not be material. In
                                      the event that the  Seller does not, as of the
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-5
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      Closing  Date, have the  full amount of Mortgage  Loans which the Depositor
                                      expects to purchase from the Seller and sell to the Trust Fund on such date
                                      (i.e., approximately $             aggregate Principal Balance of  Mortgage
                                      Loans),  the Depositor will reduce the  size of the offering. The Depositor
                                      does not expect that the original principal amount of the Certificates will
                                      increase or decrease by more than 5% as a result of such non-delivery.
                                      Unless otherwise  noted, all  statistical  percentages in  this  Prospectus
                                      Supplement are measured by the aggregate principal balance of the Statistic
                                      Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans.
                                      The  Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans are  secured by first or
                                      second  mortgages  on  Mortgaged  Properties  located  in 44 states and the
                                      District  of  Columbia.  On the  Closing  Date,  Countrywide  will sell the
                                      Mortgage  Loans to the  Depositor,  pursuant to a purchase  agreement  (the
                                      'Purchase Agreement').
                                      The percentage of the Statistic Calculation Date Principal Balance  of  the
                                      Statistic Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans secured by  Mortgaged  Properties
                                      located in the states of California, Washington, Colorado, Utah and Florida
                                      is approximately  30.54%,  7.20%, 4.75%, 4.54% and 4.28%, respectively. The
                                      'Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio' of each  Mortgage Loan is the ratio of (A)
                                      the sum of (i) the maximum  amount the borrower was  permitted to draw down
                                      under the related Credit Line  Agreement (the 'Credit  Limit') and (ii) the
                                      amounts of any related senior mortgage loans and any related  mortgage loan
                                      of equal priority (computed generally as of the date of origination of each
                                      such  Mortgage  Loan) to (B) the lesser of (i) the  appraised  value of the
                                      Mortgaged  Property or (ii) in the case of a Mortgaged  Property  purchased
                                      within one year of the  origination  of  the  related  Mortgage  Loan,  the
                                      purchase  price of such Mortgaged Property. As of the Statistic Calculation
                                      Date the  weighted average Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of  the  Statistic
                                      Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans was approximately 78.76%.
                                      Interest on each Mortgage Loan is  payable  monthly  and  computed  on  the
                                      related  daily outstanding  Principal  Balance for each day in  the billing
                                      cycle  at  a variable  rate per annum (the  'Loan  Rate') equal at any time
                                      (subject to maximum rates, as described herein under  'Description  of  the
                                      Mortgage Loans Mortgage  Loan Terms,' and  further  subject  to  applicable
                                      usury limitations) to the sum of (i) the highest prime  rate  published  in
                                      the 'Money  Rates' section of The  Wall  Street  Journal  and (ii) a Margin
                                      within the range of 0.125% to  5.50%. As of the Statistic Calculation Date,
                                      the weighted average Margin  of the  Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage
                                      Loans was approximately 2.20%. Loan Rates are adjusted monthly on the first
                                      business day of the calendar month preceding  the  Due  Date.  As  to  each
                                      Mortgage Loan, the  'Due Date' is the  fifteenth  day  of  each  month. The
                                      Statistic Calculation Date Principal Balances of the Statistic  Calculation
                                      Pool Mortgage Loans ranged from zero to $730,420 and averaged approximately
                                      $23,894.  Credit Limits under the Statistic Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans
                                      as of the Statistic Calculation Date ranged from $9,400 to  $1,000,000  and
                                      averaged approximately $34,552. Each  Statistic Calculation  Pool  Mortgage
                                      Loan was originated in the period  from  December  1, 1994 to September 30,
                                      1996. As of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date,  the  maximum  Credit  Limit
                                      Utilization  Rate (as defined  herein)  of  the  Statistic Calculation Pool
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-6
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      Mortgage Loans was 100% and the weighted  average Credit Limit  Utilization
                                      Rate was approximately 69.15%. As of the Cut-off Date,  approximately 5.01%
                                      by  Statistic   Calculation   Date  Principal   Balance  of  the  Statistic
                                      Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans  represented  first liens on the related
                                      Mortgaged  Properties,  while  approximately  94.99% of such Mortgage Loans
                                      represented second  liens.  As  of  the  Statistic  Calculation  Date,  the
                                      Statistic Calculation  Pool Mortgage Loans had remaining terms to scheduled
                                      maturity ranging from 147 months to 305 months and had a  weighted  average
                                      remaining term to scheduled  maturity  of  approximately  287  months.  See
                                      'Description of the Mortgage Loans' herein.
Denominations.......................  The Certificates will be  offered for purchase  in denominations of  $1,000
                                      and  multiples of  $1 in  excess thereof.  The interest  in the  Trust Fund
                                      evidenced by a Certificate (the 'Percentage Interest') will be equal to the
                                      percentage derived by dividing the denomination of such Certificate by  the
                                      Original Certificate Principal Balance.
Registration of Certificates........  The  Certificates  will initially  be  issued in  book-entry  form. Persons
                                      acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the Certificates  ('Certificate
                                      Owners')  may  elect  to  hold  their  Certificate  interests  through  The
                                      Depository Trust  Company ('DTC'),  in the  United States,  or Centrale  de
                                      Livraison  de  Valeurs Mobilieres  S.A. ('CEDEL')  or the  Euroclear System
                                      ('Euroclear'), in Europe. Transfers within DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear, as  the
                                      case  may be,  will be  in accordance  with the  usual rules  and operating
                                      procedures of  the  relevant  system.  So  long  as  the  Certificates  are
                                      Book-Entry  Certificates  (as defined  herein),  such Certificates  will be
                                      evidenced by one or more Certificates registered in the name of Cede &  Co.
                                      ('Cede'),  as  the  nominee of  DTC  or  one of  the  relevant depositaries
                                      (collectively, the 'European Depositaries'). Cross-market transfers between
                                      persons holding directly or  indirectly through DTC, on  the one hand,  and
                                      counterparties  holding directly or indirectly  through CEDEL or Euroclear,
                                      on the other, will be effected in DTC through Citibank N.A. ('Citibank') or
                                      The Chase Manhattan Bank ('Chase'),  the relevant depositaries of CEDEL  or
                                      Euroclear,  respectively,  and  each  a participating  member  of  DTC. The
                                      Certificates will  initially  be  registered  in  the  name  of  Cede.  The
                                      interests  of the Certificateholders will be represented by book entries on
                                      the records of DTC and participating members thereof. No Certificate  Owner
                                      will  be  entitled to  receive a  definitive certificate  representing such
                                      person's interest, except  in the  event that  Definitive Certificates  (as
                                      defined  herein) are issued under the limited circumstances described under
                                      'Description of  the  Certificates  Book-Entry  Certificates'  herein.  All
                                      references  in this Prospectus  Supplement to any  Certificates reflect the
                                      rights of Certificate Owners only as  such rights may be exercised  through
                                      DTC  and its participating  organizations for so  long as such Certificates
                                      are  held  by  DTC.  See   'Risk  Factors  Book  --  Entry   Certificates',
                                      'Description  of the  Certificates Book  -- Entry  Certificates' herein and
                                      'Annex I' hereto.
Depositor...........................  CWABS,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  and  a  limited  purpose   finance
                                      subsidiary  of Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
                                      The principal executive offices of the  Depositor are located at 155  North
                                      Lake  Avenue, Pasadena,  California 91101 (Telephone:  (818) 584-2212). See
                                      'The Depositor' in the Prospectus.
Master Servicer of the Mortgage
  Loans.............................  Countrywide Home  Loans,  Inc., a  New  York corporation  headquartered  in
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-7
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      Pasadena,  California.  The  principal  executive  offices  of  the  Master
                                      Servicer are located at 155  North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California  91101
                                      (Telephone:  (818) 304-8400). See  'Servicing of the  Mortgage Loans -- The
                                      Master Servicer' herein.
Collections.........................  All collections  on  the Mortgage  Loans  will generally  be  allocated  in
                                      accordance  with the  Credit Line  Agreements between  amounts collected in
                                      respect of interest and  amounts collected in respect  of principal. As  to
                                      any  Distribution Date, 'Interest Collections' will be equal to the amounts
                                      collected  during  the   related  Collection   Period,  including   without
                                      limitation  the  portion of  Net  Liquidation Proceeds  (as  defined below)
                                      allocated to interest pursuant to the  terms of the Credit Line  Agreements
                                      less Servicing Fees for the related Collection Period.
                                      As  to any Distribution Date, 'Principal  Collections' will be equal to the
                                      sum of  (i) the  amounts collected  during the  related Collection  Period,
                                      including  without  limitation  the  portion  of  Net  Liquidation Proceeds
                                      allocated to principal pursuant to the terms of the Credit Line  Agreements
                                      and (ii) any Transfer Deposit Amounts (as defined herein).
                                      'Net Liquidation Proceeds' with respect to a Mortgage Loan are the proceeds
                                      (excluding  amounts drawn  on the Policy)  received in  connection with the
                                      liquidation  of  any  Mortgage   Loan,  whether  through  trustee's   sale,
                                      foreclosure  sale  or  otherwise,  reduced  by  related  expenses,  but not
                                      including the portion, if  any, of such amount  that exceeds the  Principal
                                      Balance  of the Mortgage Loan plus  any accrued and unpaid interest thereon
                                      to the end of the Collection Period during which such Mortgage Loan  became
                                      a Liquidated Mortgage Loan.
                                      With  respect to any Distribution Date, the portion of Interest Collections
                                      allocable to the Certificates ('Investor Interest Collections') will  equal
                                      the  product of (a) Interest Collections for such Distribution Date and (b)
                                      the  Investor  Floating   Allocation  Percentage.  With   respect  to   any
                                      Distribution  Date, the  'Investor Floating  Allocation Percentage'  is the
                                      percentage equivalent of  a fraction  determined by  dividing the  Invested
                                      Amount  at the close of business on  the preceding Distribution Date (or at
                                      the Closing Date in the  case of the first  Distribution Date) by the  Pool
                                      Balance  at the beginning  of the related  Collection Period. The remaining
                                      amount of Interest Collections will be allocated to the Transferor Interest
                                      as  more  fully  described  under  'Description  of  the  Certificates   --
                                      Allocations and Collections' herein.
                                      On  each  Distribution  Date,  the Investor  Interest  Collections  will be
                                      applied in the following order of  priority: (i) as payment to the  Trustee
                                      for  its  fee for  services  rendered pursuant  to  the Agreement;  (ii) as
                                      payment for the premium  for the Policy; (iii)  as payment for the  accrued
                                      interest due and any overdue accrued interest (with interest thereon to the
                                      extent permitted by applicable law) on the Certificate Principal Balance of
                                      the  Certificates; (iv) to pay any Investor Loss Amount (as defined herein)
                                      for such Distribution Date; (v) as payment for any Investor Loss Amount for
                                      a previous Distribution Date that was not previously (a) funded by Investor
                                      Interest Collections allocable to  the Certificateholders, (b) absorbed  by
                                      the  Overcollateralization Amount, (c) funded by  amounts on deposit in the
                                      Spread Account or  (d) funded  by draws on  the Policy;  (vi) to  reimburse
                                      prior  draws made  from the  Policy (with  interest thereon);  (vii) to pay
                                      principal on  the  Certificates  until  the  Invested  Amount  exceeds  the
                                      Certificate Principal Balance by the Required
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-8
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      Overcollateralization  Amount, each as defined herein (such amount, if any,
                                      paid pursuant  to  this  clause  (vii) being  referred  to  herein  as  the
                                      'Accelerated  Principal Distribution Amount'); (viii)  to any other amounts
                                      required to be deposited in an  account for the benefit of the  Certificate
                                      Insurer and Certificateholders pursuant to the Agreement or amounts owed to
                                      the  Certificate  Insurer  pursuant  to the  Insurance  Agreement;  (ix) as
                                      payment of certain amounts that  may be required to  be paid to the  Master
                                      Servicer pursuant to the Agreement; and (x) to the Transferor to the extent
                                      permitted   as  described   under  'Description  of   the  Certificates  --
                                      Distributions on the Certificates' herein.
                                      Investor Interest Collections  available after the  payment of interest  on
                                      the  Certificates may be insufficient to cover any Investor Loss Amount. If
                                      such insufficiency results in  the Certificate Principal Balance  exceeding
                                      the  Invested Amount, a draw in an  amount equal to such difference will be
                                      made on the Policy in accordance with the terms of the Policy.
                                      The 'Overcollateralization  Amount' on  any date  of determination  is  the
                                      amount,  if  any,  by which  the  Invested Amount  exceeds  the Certificate
                                      Principal Balance on such day.  Payments to Certificateholders pursuant  to
                                      clause  (iii) above will be interest payments on the Certificates. Payments
                                      to Certificateholders  pursuant to  clauses  (iv), (v)  and (vii)  will  be
                                      principal  payments  on  the  Certificates and  will  therefore  reduce the
                                      Certificate Principal Balance, however,  payments pursuant to clause  (vii)
                                      will not reduce the Invested Amount. The Accelerated Principal Distribution
                                      Amount is not guaranteed by the Policy.
                                      'Liquidation  Loss Amount' means,  with respect to  any Liquidated Mortgage
                                      Loan, the unrecovered Principal Balance thereof  at the end of the  related
                                      Collection  Period in which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage
                                      Loan, after giving  effect to  the Net Liquidation  Proceeds in  connection
                                      therewith.  The 'Investor Loss Amount' shall be the product of the Investor
                                      Floating Allocation Percentage  and the  Liquidation Loss  Amount for  such
                                      Distribution Date. See 'Description of the Certificates -- Distributions on
                                      the Certificates' herein.
                                      Principal  Collections will be allocated between the Certificateholders and
                                      the Transferor ('Investor Principal Collections' and 'Transferor  Principal
                                      Collections',  respectively) in accordance  with their percentage interests
                                      in the Mortgage Loans of approximately 98% and 2%, respectively, as of  the
                                      Closing  Date without  giving effect to  any collections received  on or in
                                      respect thereof after the Cut-off Date (the 'Fixed Allocation Percentage'),
                                      but a  lesser  amount  of  Principal  Collections  may  be  distributed  to
                                      Certificateholders  during  the Managed  Amortization Period,  as described
                                      below. The 'Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage' shall be 98%.
                                      The  Master  Servicer  will  deposit  Interest  Collections  and  Principal
                                      Collections  in respect of the Mortgage Loans in an account established for
                                      such  purpose  under   the  Agreement  (the   'Collection  Account').   See
                                      'Description of the Certificates -- Payments on Mortgage Loans; Deposits to
                                      Collection Account' herein.
Collection Period...................  As to any Distribution Date, the 'Collection Period' is the calendar  month
                                      preceding  the month of such Distribution  Date.

</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-9
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Interest............................  Interest on the Certificates  will be distributed  monthly on the fifteenth
                                      day of each  month or,  if such day is not a  Business  Day,  then the next
                                      succeeding  Business  Day (each,  a  'Distribution  Date'),  commencing  on
                                      December 16, 1996, at the Certificate  Rate for the related Interest Period
                                      (as defined  below).  The  'Certificate  Rate' for an Interest  Period will
                                      generally equal the sum of (a) the London  Interbank  offered rate for one-
                                      month United States  dollar  deposits  ('LIBOR')  appearing on the Telerate
                                      Screen Page 3750, as of the second LIBOR  Business Day (as defined  herein)
                                      prior to the first day of such Interest Period (or as of two LIBOR Business
                                      Days prior to the Closing Date, in the case of the first  Interest  Period)
                                      and (b) %.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in no event will the amount of
                                      interest  required to be distributed in respect of the  Certificates on any
                                      Distribution  Date exceed a per annum rate equal to the weighted average of
                                      the Loan Rates (net of the  Servicing  Fee Rate,  the rate at which the fee
                                      payable to the Trustee is calculated, the rate at which the premium payable
                                      to  the  Certificate   Insurer  is  calculated  and,  commencing  with  the
                                      Distribution  Date in June 1997,  0.50%) weighted on the basis of the daily
                                      average  balance of each  Mortgage  Loan during the related  billing  cycle
                                      prior to the Collection Period relating to such Distribution Date. Interest
                                      on the  Certificates in respect of any  Distribution  Date will accrue from
                                      the preceding  Distribution Date (or in the case of the first  Distribution
                                      Date,  from the  date of the  initial  issuance  of the  Certificates  (the
                                      'Closing Date') through the day preceding such Distribution Date (each such
                                      period, an 'Interest  Period') on the basis of the actual number of days in
                                      the  Interest  Period  and  a  360-day  year.   Interest  payments  on  the
                                      Certificates will be funded from Investor Interest  Collections,  any funds
                                      on  deposit  in the  Spread  Account  and  from  draws on the  Policy.  See
                                      'Description of the Certificates' herein.
Principal Payments from Principal
  Collections.......................  For the period beginning on the first Distribution Date and, unless a Rapid
                                      Amortization Event (as defined herein) shall have earlier occurred,  ending
                                      on the Distribution Date in , 200 (the 'Managed Amortization  Period'), the
                                      amount of Principal  Collections payable to  Certificateholders  as of each
                                      Distribution Date during the Managed Amortization Period will equal, to the
                                      extent funds are available therefor,  the Scheduled  Principal  Collections
                                      Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution  Date. On any Distribution Date
                                      during  the  Managed   Amortization   Period,   the  'Scheduled   Principal
                                      Collections  Distribution Amount' shall equal the lesser of (i) the Maximum
                                      Principal  Payment (as defined herein) and (ii) the  Alternative  Principal
                                      Payment (as defined  herein).  With respect to any  Distribution  Date, the
                                      'Maximum  Principal  Payment' will equal the product of the Investor  Fixed
                                      Allocation Percentage and Principal Collections for such Distribution Date.
                                      With respect to any Distribution Date, the 'Alternative  Principal Payment'
                                      will equal the amount, but not less than zero, of Principal Collections for
                                      such  Distribution  Date less the aggregate of Additional  Balances created
                                      during the related Collection Period. Beginning with the first Distribution
                                      Date following the end of the Managed  Amortization  Period,  the amount of
                                      Principal  Collections payable to  Certificateholders  on each Distribution
                                      Date will be equal to the Maximum  Principal  Payment.  See 'Description of
                                      the Certificates --
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-10
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      Distributions  on the Certificates' herein.In addition, to the extent funds
                                      are available therefor (including funds available under the Policy), on the
                                      Distribution Date in           20  , Certificateholders will be entitled to
                                      receive as  payment  of  principal  an  amount  equal  to  the  outstanding
                                      Certificate Principal Balance.
                                      Distributions  of  Principal  Collections  based  upon  the  Investor Fixed
                                      Allocation  Percentage  may  result   in  distributions  of  principal   to
                                      Certificateholders  in amounts that  are greater relative  to the declining
                                      Pool Balance than  would be the  case if the  Investor Floating  Allocation
                                      Percentage  were used to determine  the percentage of Principal Collections
                                      distributed in respect of the Invested Amount. The aggregate  distributions
                                      of principal to Certificateholders will not exceed the Original Certificate
                                      Principal Balance.
The Certificate Insurer.............  Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the 'Certificate Insurer') is a New York
                                      monoline  insurance company engaged exclusively  in the business of writing
                                      financial guaranty insurance,  principally in respect  of asset-backed  and
                                      other  collateralized securities  offered in domestic  and foreign markets.
                                      The Certificate Insurer's claims-paying ability  is rated 'Aaa' by  Moody's
                                      Investors  Service, Inc. ('Moody's') and 'AAA' by each of Standard & Poor's
                                      Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.  ('Standard
                                      &   Poor's'),  Nippon  Investors  Service,   Inc.  and  Standard  &  Poor's
                                      (Australia) Pty. Ltd. See 'The Certificate Insurer' herein.
Policy..............................  On or before the Closing Date, the Policy will be issued by the Certificate
                                      Insurer pursuant to the provisions of the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement
                                      (the 'Insurance Agreement') to be dated as of October 31,  1996,  among the
                                      Seller, the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Certificate Insurer.

                                      The Policy will irrevocably and  unconditionally guarantee payment on  each
                                      Distribution  Date to the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders
                                      the full and complete payment of (i) the Guaranteed Principal  Distribution
                                      Amount  (as  defined  herein) with  respect  to the  Certificates  for such
                                      Distribution  Date  and  (ii)  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  due  on  the
                                      Certificates   (together,  the   'Guaranteed  Distributions'),   with  such
                                      Guaranteed Distributions  having been  calculated  in accordance  with  the
                                      original  terms of the Certificates or  the Agreement except for amendments
                                      or modifications  to which  the  Certificate Insurer  has given  its  prior
                                      written  consent.  The effect  of  the Policy  is  to guarantee  the timely
                                      payment of interest on,  and the ultimate payment  of the principal  amount
                                      of,  all of the Certificates.The 'Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount'
                                      for any Distribution  Date shall  be the  amount by  which the  Certificate
                                      Principal  Balance (after giving effect  to all other amounts distributable
                                      and allocable to principal on  the Certificates on such Distribution  Date)
                                      exceeds  the Invested Amount  for such Distribution  Date. In addition, the
                                      Policy will guarantee the payment of the outstanding Certificate  Principal
                                      Balance on the Distribution Date in           , 20  (after giving effect to
                                      all  other  amounts  distributable  and  allocable  to  principal  on  such
                                      Distribution Date).
                                      In accordance with the Agreement, the Trustee will be required to establish
                                      and maintain  an account  (the 'Spread  Account') for  the benefit  of  the
                                      Certificate   Insurer  and   the  Certificateholders.   The  Trustee  shall
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-11
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      deposit the amounts into the Spread Account as required by the Agreement.
                                      In the  absence  of  payments under  the  Policy,  Certificateholders  will
                                      directly  bear the credit  and other risks  associated with their undivided
                                      interest in the  Trust Fund. See  'Description of the  Certificates --  The
                                      Policy' herein.
Overcollateralization Amount........  The  distribution of Accelerated Principal Distribution Amounts, if any, to
                                      Certificateholders may result in the Invested Amount being greater than the
                                      Certificate Principal Balance,  thereby creating the  Overcollateralization
                                      Amount.  The  Overcollateralization Amount,  if any,  will be  available to
                                      absorb  any  Investor  Loss  Amount   not  covered  by  Investor   Interest
                                      Collections. Payments of Accelerated Principal Distribution Amounts are not
                                      covered  by  the Policy.  Any  Investor Loss  Amounts  not covered  by such
                                      overcollateralization, amounts on deposit in the Spread Account or Investor
                                      Interest Collections will be covered by  draws on the Policy to the  extent
                                      provided therein.
Record Date.........................  The  last day preceding a Distribution Date  or, if the Certificates are no
                                      longer Book-Entry  Certificates, the  last  day of  the month  preceding  a
                                      Distribution Date.
Servicing...........................  The Master Servicer will be responsible for servicing,  managing and making
                                      collections  on the Mortgage  Loans.  The Master  Servicer will deposit all
                                      collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans into the Collection Account as
                                      described  under  'Description  of the  Certificates  Payments  on Mortgage
                                      Loans;  Deposits to Collection  Account' herein.  On the third Business Day
                                      prior to each  Distribution  Date (the  'Determination  Date'),  the Master
                                      Servicer  will  calculate,  and instruct the Trustee  regarding the amounts
                                      available to be paid, as described under  'Description of the  Certificates
                                      -- Payments on Mortgage Loans;  Deposits to Collection  Account' herein, to
                                      the  Certificateholders  on such Distribution Date. See 'Description of the
                                      Certificates -- Distributions on the Certificates'  herein. With respect to
                                      each Collection  Period,  the Master Servicer will receive from collections
                                      in  respect of  interest  on the  Mortgage  Loans,  on behalf of itself,  a
                                      portion of such  collections  as a monthly  servicing  fee (the  'Servicing
                                      Fee') in the  amount of 0.50% per annum (the  'Servicing  Fee Rate') on the
                                      aggregate  Principal  Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the first day of
                                      each such  Collection  Period.  See  'Description  of  the  Certificates --
                                      Servicing  Compensation and Payment of Expenses' herein. In certain limited
                                      circumstances, the Master Servicer may resign or be removed, in which event
                                      either the Trustee or  a  third-party  servicer  will  be  appointed  as  a
                                      successor Master Servicer. See 'Description of the  Certificates -- Certain
                                      Matters  Regarding the Master Servicer and the Transferor' herein.
Final Payment of Principal;
  Termination.......................  The  Trust Fund will terminate on the Distribution Date following the later
                                      of (A) payment in full of all amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer  and
                                      (B)  the earliest  of (i)  the Distribution  Date on  which the Certificate
                                      Principal Balance has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other
                                      liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan in the Trust Fund, (iii) the optional
                                      retransfer to the Transferor  of the Certificates,  as described below  and
                                      (iv)  the Distribution Date in             , 20  . The Certificates will be
                                      subject to optional retransfer to  the Transferor on any Distribution  Date
                                      after  the Certificate Principal Balance is  reduced to an amount less than
                                      or equal to
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-12
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      $            (10%  of the Original Certificate  Principal Balance) and  all
                                      amounts  due and owing to the Certificate Insurer and unreimbursed draws on
                                      the Policy, together with interest thereon, as provided under the Insurance
                                      Agreement, have been paid. The retransfer price will be equal to the sum of
                                      the outstanding  Certificate  Principal  Balance  and  accrued  and  unpaid
                                      interest  thereon at  the Certificate  Rate through  the day  preceding the
                                      final Distribution Date. See 'Description of The
                                      Certificates --  Termination; Retirement  of the  Certificates' herein  and
                                      'The Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination' in the Prospectus.
                                      In addition, the Trust Fund may be liquidated as a result of certain events
                                      of  bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership  relating to the Transferor. See
                                      'Description of the Certificates -- Rapid Amortization Events' herein.
Trustee.............................  The First National  Bank of  Chicago, a national  banking association  (the
                                      'Trustee'), will act as Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders.
Mandatory Retransfer of Certain
  Mortgage Loans....................  The  Seller  will  make  certain  representations  and  warranties  in  the
                                      Agreement with  respect  to the  Mortgage  Loans. If  the  Seller  breaches
                                      certain  of its representations and warranties with respect to any Mortgage
                                      Loan and such breach materially and adversely affects the interests of  the
                                      Certificateholders  or the Certificate Insurer and  is not cured within the
                                      specified period, the  Mortgage Loan will  be removed from  the Trust  Fund
                                      upon the expiration of a specified period from the date on which the Seller
                                      becomes  aware or receives notice of such  breach and will be reassigned to
                                      the Seller. See 'Description of the Certificates -- Assignment of  Mortgage
                                      Loans' herein.
Federal Income Tax Consequences.....  Subject  to  the   qualifications   set  forth  in   'Federal   Income  Tax
                                      Consequences'  herein,  special  tax  counsel  to the  Depositor  is of the
                                      opinion that,  under existing law, a Certificate  will be treated as a debt
                                      instrument  for federal  income tax purposes as of the Closing Date.  Under
                                      the Agreement,  the  Transferor,  the Depositor and the  Certificateholders
                                      will agree to treat the Certificates as indebtedness for federal income tax
                                      purposes.  Furthermore,  special  tax  counsel to the  Depositor  is of the
                                      opinion that the Trust Fund will not be treated as either an association or
                                      a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. See 'Federal Income
                                      Tax Consequences'  herein and in the Prospectus for additional  information
                                      concerning the application of federal income tax laws.
ERISA Considerations................  The  acquisition of  a Certificate by  a pension or  other employee benefit
                                      plan (a 'Plan') subject to the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act  of
                                      1974,  as  amended  ('ERISA'),  could,  in  some  instances,  result  in  a
                                      'prohibited transaction' or other violation of the fiduciary responsibility
                                      provisions of  ERISA and  Code Section  4975. Certain  exemptions from  the
                                      prohibited  transaction rules could be applicable to the acquisition of the
                                      Certificates. Any  Plan  fiduciary  considering  whether  to  purchase  any
                                      Certificate  on behalf of a Plan  should consult with its counsel regarding
                                      the applicability  of the  provisions of  ERISA and  the Code.  See  'ERISA
                                      Considerations' herein and in the Prospectus.
Legal Investment Considerations.....  The  Certificates  will not  constitute  'mortgage related  securities' for
                                      purposes  of  the  Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement  Act  of   1984
                                      ('SMMEA'), because not all of the Mortgages securing the Mortgage Loans are
                                      first    mortgages.    Accordingly,    many    institutions    with   legal
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-13
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      authority to invest in  comparably rated securities  based solely on  first
                                      mortgages  may not be legally authorized to invest in the Certificates. See
                                      'Legal Investment  Considerations' herein  and  'Legal Investment'  in  the
                                      Prospectus.
Certificate Rating..................  It  is a condition to  the issuance of the  Certificates that they be rated
                                      'AAA' by Standard & Poor's and  'Aaa' by Moody's (each a 'Rating  Agency').
                                      In  general, ratings address credit risk  and do not address the likelihood
                                      of prepayments. See  'Ratings' herein and  'Risk Factors --  Rating of  the
                                      Securities' in the Prospectus.
Risk Factors........................  For  a discussion  of certain  risks associated  with an  investment in the
                                      Certificates, see 'Risk Factors' on page S-18 herein and on page 13 in  the
                                      Prospectus.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-14




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                                  RISK FACTORS
    
 
   
     Investors  should  consider  the  following risks  in  connection  with the
purchase of Certificates.
    
 
   
     Consequences  of  Owning   Book-Entry  Certificates.     Issuance  of   the
Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Certificates in
the  secondary  trading  market since  investors  may be  unwilling  to purchase
Certificates  for   which  they   cannot  obtain   physical  certificates.   See
'Description  of the Certificates  -- Book-Entry Certificates'  herein and 'Risk
Factors -- Book-Entry Registration' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     Since transactions in the  Certificates can be  effected only through  DTC,
CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and certain
banks,  the ability of a Certificate Owner to pledge a Certificate to persons or
entities that do not participate  in the DTC, CEDEL  or Euroclear system may  be
limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing the Certificates. See
'Description  of the Certificates  -- Book-Entry Certificates'  herein and 'Risk
Factors -- Book-Entry Registration' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     Certificate  Owners  may  experience  some   delay  in  their  receipt   of
distributions   of  interest  and  principal  on  the  Certificates  since  such
distributions will be forwarded by the Trustee  to DTC and DTC will credit  such
distributions to the accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which will
thereafter  credit them to the accounts of Certificate Owners either directly or
indirectly  through  indirect  participants.  Certificate  Owners  will  not  be
recognized  as Certificateholders  as such  term is  used in  the Agreement, and
Certificate   Owners   will   be   permitted   to   exercise   the   rights   of
Certificateholders  only  indirectly  through  DTC  and  its  Participants.  See
'Description of the  Certificates -- Book-Entry  Certificates' herein and  'Risk
Factors -- Book-Entry Registration' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     Cash  Flow  Considerations  and  Risks.  Minimum  monthly  payments  on the
Mortgage Loans will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest thereon. Even
assuming  that  the  Mortgaged  Properties  provide  adequate  security  for the
Mortgage Loans,  substantial  delays could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage  Loans that are  delinquent and resulting  shortfalls in
distributions to Certificateholders  could occur if the Certificate Insurer were
unable to  perform  its  obligations  under  the  Policy.  Further,  liquidation
expenses  (such  as  legal  fees,   real  estate  taxes,   and  maintenance  and
preservation  expenses) will reduce the proceeds  payable to  Certificateholders
and thereby reduce the security for the Mortgage  Loans. In the event any of the
Mortgaged  Properties fail to provide adequate security for the related Mortgage
Loans,  Certificateholders  could  experience a loss if the Certificate  Insurer
were unable to perform its obligations under the Policy.
    
 
   
     Prepayment  Considerations and  Risks.   Substantially all  of the Mortgage
Loans may be  prepaid in  whole or  in part at  any time  without penalty.  Home
equity  loans, such as  the Mortgage Loans, have  been originated in significant
volume only during the past few years  and neither the Depositor nor the  Master
Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate of
prepayment  of  such  loans. Generally,  home  equity  loans are  not  viewed by
borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans may experience
a higher rate of prepayment than traditional loans. The Trust Fund's  prepayment
experience  may  be affected  by a  wide variety  of factors,  including general
economic conditions, interest rates,  the availability of alternative  financing
and  homeowner mobility.  In addition, substantially  all of  the Mortgage Loans
contain due-on-sale provisions and the  Master Servicer intends to enforce  such
provisions  unless (i)  such enforcement is  not permitted by  applicable law or
(ii) the  Master Servicer,  in a  manner consistent  with reasonable  commercial
practice,  permits the purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to assume the
Mortgage Loan. To the extent permitted  by applicable law, such assumption  will
not  release the original  borrower from its obligation  under any such Mortgage
Loan. See 'Description of the Certificates' herein and 'Certain Legal Aspects of
the Loans -- Due-on-Sale Clauses' in the Prospectus for a description of certain
provisions of  the  Credit  Line  Agreements  that  may  affect  the  prepayment
experience  on the  Mortgage Loans. The  yield to maturity  and weighted average
life of the Certificates will  be affected primarily by  the rate and timing  of
prepayments  on  the Mortgage  Loans. Any  reinvestment  risks resulting  from a
faster or  slower  incidence of  prepayment  of  Mortgage Loans  will  be  borne
entirely by the Certificateholders. See 'Maturity and Prepayment Considerations'
herein and 'Yield and Prepayment Considerations' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     Certificate  Rating.  The rating of  the Certificates will depend primarily
on an assessment  by the  Rating Agencies  of the  Mortgage Loans  and upon  the
claims-paying  ability of  the Certificate  Insurer. Any  reduction in  a rating
assigned to  the claims-paying  ability  of the  Certificate Insurer  below  the
rating  initially given  to the  Certificates may result  in a  reduction in the
rating  of  the  Certificates.  The  rating  by  the  Rating  Agencies  of   the
Certificates is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Certificates,
inasmuch as such rating does not
    
 
                                      S-15
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
comment  as to the market price or  suitability for a particular investor. There
is no assurance that the  ratings will remain in place  for any given period  of
time  or  that  the ratings  will  not be  lowered  or withdrawn  by  the Rating
Agencies. In general,  the ratings address  credit risk and  do not address  the
likelihood  of prepayments. The  ratings of the Certificates  do not address the
possibility of the imposition of United  States withholding tax with respect  to
non-U.S. persons.
    
 
   
     Legal  Considerations -- Lien Priority.   The Mortgage Loans are secured by
mortgages (which generally are second mortgages). With respect to Mortgage Loans
that are secured  by first mortgages,  the Master Servicer  has the power  under
certain  circumstances  to  consent to  a  new  mortgage lien  on  the Mortgaged
Property having  priority over  such Mortgage  Loan. Mortgage  Loans secured  by
second  mortgages are  entitled to  proceeds that  remain from  the sale  of the
related Mortgaged  Property after  any related  senior mortgage  loan and  prior
statutory  liens  have  been satisfied.  In  the  event that  such  proceeds are
insufficient to satisfy  such loans  and prior liens  in the  aggregate and  the
Certificate  Insurer is unable to perform  its obligations under the Policy, the
Certificateholders will bear  (i) the  risk of  delay in  distributions while  a
deficiency  judgment against the borrower is obtained  and (ii) the risk of loss
if the  deficiency judgment  cannot be  obtained or  is not  realized upon.  See
'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     Legal  Considerations  --  Security  Interest.    Under  the  terms  of the
Agreement, so long as Countrywide's long-term senior unsecured debt is rated  at
least  'BBB-' by Standard  & Poor's and  'Baa2' by Moody's,  the Master Servicer
will be entitled to  maintain possession of the  documentation relating to  each
Mortgage  Loan sold by it, including the  Credit Line Agreements and the Related
Documents or other  evidence of  indebtedness signed  by the  borrower, and  the
assignments  of the related mortgages to the  Trust Fund will not be required to
be recorded. Failure to deliver the  Related Documents to the Trustee will  have
the  result in most  (if not all) of  the states in  which the Related Documents
will be held, and failure to record the assignments of the related mortgages  to
the  Trustee  will have  the result  in  certain states  in which  the Mortgaged
Properties are located,  of making the  sale of the  Closing Date Pool  Balance,
Additional  Balances and  Related Documents potentially  ineffective against (i)
any creditors of Countrywide,  who may have  been fraudulently or  inadvertently
induced  to rely  on the Mortgage  Loans as  assets of Countrywide,  or (ii) any
purchaser of a Mortgage Loan  who had no notice of  the prior conveyance to  the
Trust  Fund if  such purchaser  perfects his  interest in  the Mortgage  Loan by
taking possession of the Related Documents or other evidence of indebtedness  or
otherwise.  In such  event, the  Trust Fund  would be  an unsecured  creditor of
Countrywide.
    
 
   
     Bankruptcy and  Insolvency Risks.   The  sale of  the Mortgage  Loans  from
Countrywide  to the Depositor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will be treated
as a sale  of the  Mortgage Loans.  However, in the  event of  an insolvency  of
Countrywide,  the receiver of Countrywide may attempt to recharacterize the sale
of the Mortgage Loans as a borrowing by Countrywide, secured by a pledge of  the
applicable  Mortgage Loans. If the receiver  decided to challenge such transfer,
(i) if the Mortgage Loans have not  been delivered to the Trustee, the  interest
of  the Trust Fund in the Mortgage Loans will be that of an unperfected security
interest and (ii) even if the Mortgage Loans have been delivered to the Trustee,
delays in payments  of the Certificates  and reductions in  the amounts  thereof
could  occur. The Depositor will  warrant in the Agreement  that the transfer of
the Mortgage  Loans by  it to  the Trust  Fund is  either a  valid transfer  and
assignment  of such Mortgage Loans  to the Trust Fund or  the grant to the Trust
Fund of a security interest in such Mortgage Loans.
    
 
   
     If a conservator, receiver or trustee were appointed for the Transferor, or
if certain  other  events  relating  to the  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of  the
Transferor  were to occur,  Additional Balances would  not be sold  to the Trust
Fund. In such  an event, the  Rapid Amortization Period  would commence and  the
Trustee  would  attempt to  sell the  Mortgage Loans  (unless Certificateholders
holding Certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating at least 51%  of
the  Certificate Principal  Balance instruct  otherwise), thereby  causing early
payment of the Certificate Principal Balance. The net proceeds of such sale will
first be paid  to the Certificate  Insurer to the  extent of unreimbursed  draws
under  the Policy and other amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer pursuant to
the Insurance Agreement. The Investor  Fixed Allocation Percentage of  remaining
amounts  will be distributed to the Certificateholders and the Policy will cover
any amount by  which such  remaining net proceeds  are insufficient  to pay  the
Certificate Principal Balance in full.
    
 
   
     In  the event  of a  bankruptcy or insolvency  of the  Master Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or  the
Certificateholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.
    
 
   
     Geographic Concentration. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately  30.54% (by
Statistic Calculation Date Principal Balance of the Statistic  Calculation  Pool
Mortgage Loans) of the Mortgaged Properties are located in the State
    
 
                                      S-16
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
of  California. An  overall decline  in the  California residential  real estate
market could adversely affect  the values of  the Mortgaged Properties  securing
the  Mortgage Loans  such that  the Principal  Balances of  the related Mortgage
Loans, together with any primary  financing on such Mortgaged Properties,  could
equal  or exceed the value of such Mortgaged Properties. As the residential real
estate market is influenced by many factors, including the general condition  of
the  economy and interest rates, no assurances  may be given that the California
residential real estate market  will not weaken.  If the California  residential
real estate market should experience an overall decline in property values after
the  dates of  origination of  the Mortgage  Loans, the  rates of  losses on the
Mortgage Loans would be expected to increase, and could increase substantially.
    
 
   
     Master Servicer's Ability to Change the  Terms of the Mortgage Loans.   The
Master  Servicer may agree to  changes in the terms  of a Credit Line Agreement,
provided that  such changes  (i)  do not  materially  and adversely  affect  the
interest  of the  Certificateholders or  the Certificate  Insurer, and  (ii) are
consistent with  prudent  business practice.  There  can be  no  assurance  that
changes  in applicable law or  the marketplace for home  equity loans or prudent
business practice will not result in changes in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.
In  addition,  the  Agreement  permits  the  Master  Servicer,  within   certain
limitations  described  therein, to  increase the  Credit  Limit of  the related
Mortgage Loan or reduce the Loan Rate for such Mortgage Loan. Any such  increase
in  the Credit Line of a Mortgage Loan would increase the Loan-to-Value Ratio of
such Mortgage Loan and, accordingly, would increase the risk of the Trust Fund's
investment in such Mortgage Loan. In addition, any reduction in the Loan Rate of
a Mortgage Loan would reduce the excess cash flow available to absorb losses.
    
 
   
     Delinquent   Mortgage  Loans.   The  Trust  Fund  will  include   Statistic
Calculation  Pool Mortgage Loans which are 89 or fewer days delinquent as of the
Statistic Calculation Date. The Statistic Calculation Date Principal  Balance of
Statistic  Calculation Pool Mortgage  Loans  which  are  between  30 days and 89
days  delinquent  as of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date  was  $467,607.79.  If
there  are not  sufficient funds from the Investor Interest Collections to cover
the  Investor  Loss Amounts for any Distribution Date, the Overcollateralization
Amount and the amount on deposit in the Spread  Account  have  been  reduced  to
zero, and the Certificate  Insurer fails to perform its  obligations  under  the
Policy, the aggregate amount of principal returned to the Certificateholders may
be less than the Certificate  Principal Balance on the day  the Certificates are
issued.
    
 
   
     For  a discussion of  additional risks pertaining  to the Certificates, see
'Risk Factors' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
                            THE CERTIFICATE INSURER
    
 
   
     The following information set  forth in this section  has been provided  by
the  Certificate  Insurer. Accordingly,  neither  the Depositor  nor  the Master
Servicer makes any representation  as to the accuracy  and completeness of  such
information.
    
 
   
     General.   Financial Security Assurance  Inc. (the 'Certificate Insurer' or
'Financial Security') is a monoline insurance company incorporated in 1984 under
the laws of  the State of  New York. The  Insurer is licensed  to engage in  the
financial guaranty insurance business in all 50 states, the District of Columbia
and Puerto Rico.
    
 
   
     The Certificate Insurer and its subsidiaries are engaged exclusively in the
business  of  writing financial  guaranty insurance,  principally in  respect of
securities offered  in  domestic  and foreign  markets.  In  general,  financial
guaranty  insurance consists of the issuance of a guaranty of scheduled payments
of  an  issuer's  securities  thereby  enhancing  the  credit  rating  of  those
securities  in consideration for  the payment of  a premium to  the insurer. The
Certificate  Insurer  and  its  subsidiaries  principally  insure  asset-backed,
collateralized  and municipal securities.  Asset-backed securities are generally
supported  by  residential  mortgage  loans,  consumer  or  trade   receivables,
securities  or other assets  having an ascertainable cash  flow or market value.
Collateralized securities  include  public  utility  first  mortgage  bonds  and
sale/leaseback obligation bonds. Municipal securities consist largely of general
obligation  bonds, special revenue bonds and  other special obligations of state
and local  governments.  The  Certificate  Insurer  insures  both  newly  issued
securities  sold in  the primary market  and outstanding securities  sold in the
secondary market that satisfy the Certificate Insurer's underwriting criteria.
    
 
   
     The Certificate Insurer is a wholly owned subsidiary of Financial  Security
Assurance  Holdings Ltd. ('Holdings'), a New York Stock Exchange listed company.
Major shareholders of Holdings include Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc.,
U S WEST Capital Corporation and the  Tokio Marine and Fire Insurance Co.,  Ltd.
No  shareholder of  Holdings is  obligated to  pay any  debt of  the Certificate
Insurer or any claim under
    
 
                                      S-17
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
any insurance policy issued by the Certificate Insurer or to make any additional
contribution to the capital of the Certificate Insurer.
    
 
   
     The principal executive offices of  the Certificate Insurer are located  at
350  Park Avenue,  New York, New  York 10022,  and its telephone  number at that
location is (212) 826-0100.
    
 
   
     Reinsurance.    Pursuant  to  an  intercompany  agreement,  liabilities  on
financial  guaranty insurance  written or  reinsured from  third parties  by the
Certificate  Insurer  or  any  of  its  domestic  operating  insurance   company
subsidiaries  are reinsured  among such  companies on  an agreed-upon percentage
substantially proportional to  their respective capital,  surplus and  reserves,
subject  to applicable statutory risk  limitations. In addition, the Certificate
Insurer reinsures a portion  of its liabilities under  certain of its  financial
guaranty  insurance  policies with  other reinsurers  under various  quota share
treaties and on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Such reinsurance is utilized
by the  Certificate Insurer  as a  risk  management device  and to  comply  with
certain statutory and rating agency requirements; it does not alter or limit the
Certificate Insurer's obligations under any financial guaranty insurance policy.
    
 
   
     Ratings  of Claims-Paying Ability.  The Certificate Insurer's claims-paying
ability is rated 'Aaa'  by Moody's and  'AAA' by each  of S&P, Nippon  Investors
Service  Inc. and Standard  & Poor's (Australia) Pty.  Ltd. Such ratings reflect
only the views  of the respective  rating agencies, are  not recommendations  to
buy,  sell or hold securities  and are subject to  revision or withdrawal at any
time by such rating agencies.
    
 
   
     Capitalization.  The following table  sets forth the capitalization of  the
Certificate  Insurer and its wholly owned subsidiaries on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles as of June 30, 1996 (in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                  -------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                               <C>
Deferred Premium Revenue
  (net of prepaid reinsurance premiums)........................................    $   351,180
                                                                                  -------------
Shareholder's Equity:
     Common Stock..............................................................         15,000
     Additional Paid-In Capital................................................        681,470
     Unrealized Loss on Investments (net of deferred income taxes).............         (5,685)
     Accumulated Earnings......................................................         94,287
                                                                                  -------------
Total Shareholder's Equity.....................................................    $   785,072
                                                                                  -------------
Total Deferred Premium Revenue and Shareholder's Equity........................    $ 1,136,252
                                                                                  -------------
                                                                                  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     For  further  information  concerning  the  Certificate  Insurer,  see  the
Consolidated  Financial Statements of the  Certificate Insurer and Subsidiaries,
and the notes thereto, incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the statutory
quarterly and  annual statements  filed with  the State  of New  York  Insurance
Department by the Certificate Insurer are available upon request to the State of
New York Insurance Department.
    
 
   
     Incorporation   of  Certain  Documents  by  Reference.    The  consolidated
financial statements of the Certificate Insurer and Subsidiaries included as  an
exhibit  to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995,
and  the  unaudited  financial  statements   of  the  Certificate  Insurer   and
Subsidiaries for the six-month period ended June 30, 1996 included as an exhibit
to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1996, each of
which  has been filed  with the Securities and  Exchange Commission by Holdings,
are hereby incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement.
    
 
   
     All financial  statements  of  the  Certificate  Insurer  and  Subsidiaries
included  in documents filed by Holdings pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended (the 'Exchange  Act'),
subsequent  to  the  date  of  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and  prior  to  the
termination  of  the  offering  of  the  Certificates  shall  be  deemed  to  be
incorporated  by  reference into  this Prospectus  Supplement and  to be  a part
hereof from the respective dates of filing of such documents.
    
 
   
     Insurance Regulation.  The Certificate  Insurer is licensed and subject  to
regulation  as a financial guaranty insurance  corporation under the laws of the
State of New York, its state  of domicile. In addition, the Certificate  Insurer
and  its insurance subsidiaries  are subject to regulation  by insurance laws of
the various other jurisdictions in which they are licensed to do business. As  a
financial guaranty insurance corporation licensed to do business in the State of
New  York, the  Certificate Insurer  is subject  to Article  69 of  the New York
Insurance
    
 
                                      S-18
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
Law which,  among other  things, limits  the business  of each  such insurer  to
financial  guaranty insurance and related lines, requires that each such insurer
maintain a minimum surplus to  policyholders, establishes contingency, loss  and
unearned premium reserve requirements for each such insurer, and limits the size
of  individual  transactions ('single  risks')  and the  volume  of transactions
('aggregate risks')  that  may  be  underwritten by  each  such  insurer.  Other
provisions  of  the New  York Insurance  Law,  applicable to  non-life insurance
companies such  as  the  Certificate  Insurer,  regulate,  among  other  things,
permitted  investments,  payment  of  dividends,  transactions  with affiliates,
mergers, consolidations,  acquisitions  or sales  of  assets and  incurrence  of
liability for borrowings.
    
 
   
     The Certificate Insurer does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy
or  completeness of this Prospectus Supplement  or any information or disclosure
contained herein, or omitted herefrom, other  than with respect to the  accuracy
of information regarding the Certificate Insurer or Holdings set forth under the
heading 'The Certificate Insurer.'
    
 
   
                              THE MASTER SERVICER
    
 
   
GENERAL
    
 
   
     The  Master Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the
terms set forth in  the Agreement. The  Master Servicer may  perform any of  its
obligations   under   the   Agreement   through   one   or   more  subservicers.
Notwithstanding any  such subservicing  arrangement,  the Master  Servicer  will
remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations under the Agreement as if
the  Master Servicer alone were servicing the  Mortgage Loans. As of the Closing
Date, the Master Servicer will  service the Mortgage Loans without  subservicing
arrangements.
    
 
   
THE MASTER SERVICER
    
 
   
     Countrywide  Home Loans, Inc. ('Countrywide'), a New York corporation and a
subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries,  Inc., will act as Master  Servicer
for  the  Mortgage  Loans  pursuant to  the  Agreement.  Countrywide  is engaged
primarily in the mortgage banking business, and as such, originates,  purchases,
sells and services mortgage loans. Countrywide originates mortgage loans through
a  retail branch  system and  through mortgage  loan brokers  and correspondents
nationwide. Countrywide's mortgage  loans are principally  first-lien, fixed  or
adjustable  rate mortgage loans secured by single-family residences. Countrywide
began servicing home equity lines of credit in October 1994.
    
 
   
     At September  30, 1996,  Countrywide provided  servicing for  approximately
$150  billion aggregate principal amount of mortgage loans, substantially all of
which are  being  serviced for  unaffiliated  persons. At  September  30,  1996,
Countrywide   provided  servicing  for   approximately  $359  million  aggregate
principal amount of first and second  lien mortgage loans originated under  home
equity lines of credit.
    
 
   
     The  principal executive  offices of Countrywide  are located  at 155 North
Lake Avenue,  Pasadena, California  91101-7139. Its  telephone number  is  (818)
304-8400.  Countrywide conducts operations from its headquarters in Pasadena and
from offices located throughout the nation.
    
 
   
                          THE HOME EQUITY LOAN PROGRAM
    
 
   
UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO HOME EQUITY LOANS
    
 
   
     The following is a description  of the underwriting procedures  customarily
employed  by  the Seller  with respect  to home  equity loans.  The underwriting
process is  intended to  assess the  applicant's credit  standing and  repayment
ability,  and the value and adequacy of the real property security as collateral
for the proposed loan. Exceptions  to the Seller's underwriting guidelines  will
be  made  when  compensating  factors  are  present.  Such  factors  include the
borrower's employment stability, credit history, disposable income, demonstrated
savings ability, equity in the related property and the nature of the underlying
first mortgage loan.
    
 
   
     Each  applicant  for  a  home  equity  loan  is  required  to  complete  an
application  which lists the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit and
employment  history  and   other  demographic  and   personal  information.   If
information in the loan application demonstrates that there is sufficient income
and equity in the real property to justify making a home equity loan, the Seller
will   conduct   a  further   credit  investigation   of  the   applicant.  This
    
 
                                      S-19
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
investigation includes  obtaining and  reviewing  an independent  credit  bureau
report  on  the  credit  history  of the  applicant  in  order  to  evaluate the
applicant's ability to repay. The  credit report typically contains  information
relating  to such  matters as credit  history with local  merchants and lenders,
installment and  revolving  debt  payments  and  any  record  of  delinquencies,
defaults, bankruptcy, collateral repossessions, suits or judgments.
    
 
   
     The  Seller originates or  acquires mortgage loans  pursuant to alternative
sets of underwriting criteria under  its Alternative Documentation Loan  Program
(the  'Alternative Documentation  Program') and  its Reduced  Documentation Loan
Program (the  'Reduced Documentation  Program'). The  Alternative  Documentation
Program  permits a borrower to provide W-2 forms instead of tax returns covering
the most recent two years, permits  bank statements in lieu of verifications  of
deposits  and permits alternative methods  of employment verification. Under the
Reduced Documentation Program,  relatively more emphasis  is placed on  property
underwriting  than  on  credit  underwriting  and  certain  credit  underwriting
documentation concerning income and employment verification therefore is waived.
Mortgage loans underwritten under the Reduced Documentation Program are  limited
to self-employed borrowers with credit histories that demonstrate an established
ability to repay indebtedness in a timely fashion.
    
 
   
     Full  appraisals are generally performed on  all home equity loans which at
origination had a principal balance  greater than $100,000. Such appraisals  are
determined on the basis of a Seller-approved, independent third-party, fee-based
appraisal  completed on forms approved  by Federal National Mortgage Association
('FNMA') or Federal Home  Loan Mortgage Corporation  ('FHLMC'). For loans  which
had  at  origination a  principal  balance equal  to  or less  than  $100,000, a
drive-by evaluation  is generally  completed by  a state  licensed,  independent
third-party,  professional appraiser on forms approved  by either FNMA or FHLMC.
The drive-by  evaluation is  an  exterior examination  of  the premises  by  the
appraiser  to determine that the property is in good condition. The appraisal is
based on various factors, including the market value of comparable homes and the
cost of replacing the  improvement and generally is  required to have been  made
not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan.
The  minimum and  maximum loan  amounts for  home  equity  loans  are  currently
$10,000 and $500,000, respectively.  Borrowers  may draw  under  the home equity
loans in minimum amounts of  $250  and  maximum  amounts  up  to  the  remaining
available  credit  thereunder,  in  each case  after giving effect  to all prior
draws and payments thereon.
    
 
   
     After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property information,
the Seller uses  a debt-to-income  ratio to  assist in  determining whether  the
prospective  borrower  has sufficient  monthly income  available to  support the
payments on  the  home equity  loan  in addition  to  any senior  mortgage  loan
payments  (including  any  escrows  for  property  taxes  and  hazard  insurance
premiums) and other  monthly credit obligations.  The 'debt-to-income ratio'  is
the  ratio of the borrower's total monthly  payments (assumed to be based on the
applicable fully indexed interest rate) to the borrower's gross monthly  income.
Based  on the foregoing, for loans with  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 90% or
less, the maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio  is 45%. For loans with  Combined
Loan-to-Value  Ratios greater than 90%, the maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio
is generally 40%.  Variations in  the monthly debt-to-income  ratios limits  are
permitted based on compensating factors. The Seller currently offers home equity
loan  products that allow maximum Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 70%, 80%, 90%
and 100%.
    
 
   
     It is generally the  Seller's policy to require  a title search or  limited
coverage  policy before  it makes a  home equity  loan for amounts  less than or
equal to  $100,000.  In  addition, if  the  home  equity loan  has  an  original
principal  balance of  $100,000 or more,  the Seller requires  that the borrower
obtain an American Land Title Association ('ALTA') policy, or other assurance of
title customary in the relevant  jurisdiction. In addition, ALTA title  policies
are  generally obtained in  situations where the  property is on  leased land or
there has been  a change  in title or  such home  equity loan is  in first  lien
position.
    
 
   
SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS
    
 
   
     The Master Servicer has established standard policies for the servicing and
collection  of the home equity loans. Servicing includes, but is not limited to,
(i) the collection and aggregation of  payments relating to the Mortgage  Loans;
(ii)  the  supervision of  delinquent Mortgage  Loans, loss  mitigation efforts,
foreclosure  proceedings  and,  if  applicable,  the  disposition  of  Mortgaged
Properties;  and (iii) the preparation of  tax related information in connection
with the Mortgage Loans.
    
 
                                      S-20
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     Billing  statements  are  mailed  monthly  by  the  Master  Servicer.   The
statements detail all debits and credits and specify the minimum payment due and
the  available credit line.  Notice of changes  in the applicable  loan rate are
provided by  the Master  Servicer to  the Mortgagor  with such  statements.  All
payments are due by the fifteenth day of the month.
    
 
   
     With  respect to Mortgage Loans, the  general policy of the Master Servicer
is to initiate foreclosure in the underlying property (i) after such loan is  75
days  or more delinquent  and satisfactory arrangements cannot  be made with the
Mortgagor; or (ii) if a  notice of default on a  senior lien is received by  the
Master Servicer. Foreclosure proceedings may be terminated if the delinquency is
cured. Mortgage Loans to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings may be restructured
in  accordance with law  and with a  view to maximizing  recovery of such loans,
including any deficiencies.
    
 
   
     Once foreclosure  is  initiated  by  the  Master  Servicer,  a  foreclosure
tracking  system is used to monitor the  progress of the proceedings. The system
includes  state  specific   parameters  to  monitor   whether  proceedings   are
progressing within the time frame typical for the state in which the property is
located.  During the foreclosure proceeding,  the Master Servicer determines the
amount of the foreclosure bid and whether to liquidate the loan.
    
 
   
     After foreclosure, if the home equity  loan is secured by a first  mortgage
lien,  the Master Servicer  may liquidate the Mortgaged  Property and charge off
the home  equity  loan  balance  which was  not  recovered  through  liquidation
proceeds.  If the Mortgaged  Property was subject  to a senior  lien, the Master
Servicer will either directly  manage the foreclosure sale  of the property  and
satisfy  such lien at the time of sale  or take other action as deemed necessary
to protect the interest  in the Mortgaged  Property. If in  the judgment of  the
Master  Servicer, the cost of maintaining or purchasing the senior lien position
exceeds the economic benefit of such action, the Master Servicer will  generally
charge off the entire home equity loan and may seek a money judgment against the
borrower.
    
 
   
     Servicing  and charge-off policies and collection practices may change over
time in  accordance with,  among other  things, the  Master Servicer's  business
judgment, changes in the portfolio and applicable laws and regulations.
    
 
   
FORECLOSURE AND DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
    
 
   
     The  following table summarizes the delinquency and foreclosure experience,
respectively, on  the dates  indicated, of  home equity  loans serviced  by  the
Master  Servicer. Since  Countrywide only began  servicing home  equity loans in
October 1994, the delinquency and foreclosure percentages may be affected by the
size and relative lack of seasoning  of the servicing portfolio because many  of
such  loans were not outstanding long enough to  give rise to some or all of the
periods  of  delinquency  indicated  in   the  chart  below.  Accordingly,   the
information  should not be  considered as a basis  for assessing the likelihood,
amount or  severity  of delinquency  or  losses on  the  Mortgage Loans  and  no
assurances  can  be  given  that  the  foreclosure  and  delinquency  experience
presented in  the table  below will  be  indicative of  such experience  on  the
Mortgage Loans:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DELINQUENCY STATUS AS OF FEBRUARY 29,
                                                                                     1996*
                                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                                    DOLLARS     PERCENT    UNITS    PERCENT
                                                                    --------    -------    -----    -------
 
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>
Current..........................................................   $
30-59 days.......................................................    501,182                  23
60-89 days.......................................................    344,022                   3
90+ days.........................................................     48,452                   2
                                                                    --------    -------    -----    -------
     Total.......................................................   $            100.00%             100.00%
                                                                    --------    -------    -----    -------
                                                                    --------    -------    -----    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DELINQUENCY STATUS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                     1996*
                                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                                    DOLLARS          PERCENT    UNITS    PERCENT
                                                                 ---------------     -------    -----    -------
 
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>
Current.......................................................   $355,779,899.83      49.61%   14,630      99.69%
30-59 days....................................................      1,072,768.00       0.30        37       0.25
60-89 days....................................................        230,262.33       0.06         6       0.04
90+ days......................................................        102,612.93       0.03         3       0.02
                                                                  --------------    -------    ------    -------
     Total....................................................   $357,185,543.09     100.00%   14,676     100.00%
                                                                 ---------------    -------    ------    -------
                                                                 ---------------    -------    ------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-21
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
- ------------
    
 
   
* Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.
    
 
   
     As of September 30, 1996, 7 loans with an aggregate  balance of $385,975.59
are in bankruptcy and 7 loans with an aggregate  balance of  $806,077.95  are in
foreclosure.
    
 
   
                       DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS
    
 
   
GENERAL
    
 
   
     Certain information with respect to the Statistic Calculation Pool Mortgage
Loans is set  forth  below.  A  detailed  description   of  the  Mortgage  Loans
actually delivered will be available to purchasers of  the  Certificates  at  or
before, and will  be  filed  on  Form  8-K  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  within  fifteen  days  after,  delivery  of  the  Certificates.  The
Mortgage  Loans were originated  pursuant  to  loan  agreements  and  disclosure
statements  (the 'Credit Line  Agreements')  and  are  secured by  mortgages  or
deeds of trust,  which are either  first or second  mortgages or deeds of trust,
on Mortgaged Properties located in 44  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia.
The Mortgaged  Properties securing the Mortgage  Loans  consist  of  residential
properties  that are  one- to  four-family  properties.  See ' -- Mortgage  Loan
Terms' below.
    
 
   
     The Statistic  Calculation Date Pool Balance is  $216,574,732.71,  which is
equal to the  aggregate  Principal  Balances of the Statistic  Calculation  Pool
Mortgage  Loans  as of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date.  As of  the  Statistic
Calculation  Date, the Statistic  Calculation  Pool Mortgage Loans were not more
than 89 days  delinquent.  The  average  Statistic  Calculation  Date  Principal
Balance of the  Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans was  approximately
$23,894, the minimum Statistic  Calculation Date Principal Balance was zero, the
maximum Statistic  Calculation Date Principal Balance was $730,420,  the minimum
Loan Rate and the maximum Loan Rate as of the  Statistic  Calculation  Date were
6.99% and 13.75% per annum, respectively,  and the weighted average Loan Rate as
of the Statistic  Calculation Date was approximately  9.85% per annum. As of the
Statistic  Calculation  Date, the average Credit Limit  Utilization  Rate of the
Statistic  Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans was approximately 69.15%. The 'Credit
Limit Utilization Rate' is determined by dividing the Statistic Calculation Date
Pool Balance by the  aggregate of the Credit  Limits of the related  Credit Line
Agreements.   The  remaining  term  to  scheduled  maturity  for  the  Statistic
Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans as of the Statistic Calculation Date ranged from
145 months to 305 months and the weighted  average  remaining  term to scheduled
maturity was approximately 286 months. As of the Statistic Calculation Date, the
Combined  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of the Statistic  Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans
ranged from 4.55% to 100% and the weighted average Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio
was approximately  78.76%. The Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio for a Mortgage Loan
is the ratio  (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the sum of (i) the Credit Limit
of the Mortgage  Loan and (ii) any  outstanding  principal  balances of mortgage
loans senior or equal in priority to such Mortgage Loan (calculated generally at
the date of  origination  of the  Mortgage  Loan) to (B) the  lesser  of (i) the
appraised value of the related Mortgaged Property as set forth in the loan files
at  such  date of  origination  or (ii)  in the  case  of a  Mortgaged  Property
purchased  within one year of the origination of the related  Mortgage Loan, the
purchase  price of such  Mortgaged  Property.  Credit Limits under the Statistic
Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans as of the Statistic Calculation Date ranged from
$9,400 to $1,000,000 and averaged  approximately  $34,552.  The weighted average
second mortgage ratio (which is the Credit Limit for the related  Mortgage Loan,
provided such Mortgage Loan was in the second lien position,  divided by the sum
of such Credit Limit and the outstanding  principal balance of any mortgage loan
senior  to the  related  Mortgage  Loan)  was  approximately  25.36%.  As of the
Statistic  Calculation Date,  approximately 5.01% by Statistic  Calculation Date
Principal  Balance of the Statistic  Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans represented
first liens on the related Mortgaged  Properties,  while approximately 94.99% of
such Mortgage Loans  represented  second liens. As of the Statistic  Calculation
Date,  approximately 88.62% of the Statistic Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans are
secured by Mortgaged  Properties which are  single-family  residences and 96.53%
were owner-occupied. As of the Statistic Calculation Date, approximately 30.54%,
7.20%,  4.75%, 4.54% and 4.28% of the Statistic  Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans
by  Statistic  Calculation  Date  Principal  Balance are located in  California,
Washington, Colorado, Utah and Florida, respectively.
    
 
   
MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS
    
 
   
     General.  A borrower  may access a  Mortgage Loan by writing  a check in  a
minimum  amount of  $250. The  Mortgage Loans bear  interest at  a variable rate
which   changes    monthly    on    the    first    business    day    of    the
    
 
                                      S-22
 



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
related  month  with  changes  in  the  applicable  Index  Rate.  The  Statistic
Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans are subject to a maximum per annum interest rate
(the  'Maximum  Rate')  ranging  from  12.25% to 18.00% per annum and subject to
applicable usury limitations. As of the Statistic Calculation Date, the weighted
average  Maximum Rate for the  Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans was
approximately  17.86%. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans  Applicability of
Usury Laws' in the  Prospectus.  The daily  periodic rate on the Mortgage  Loans
(the 'Loan  Rate') is the sum of the Index Rate plus the spread (the  'Margin'),
divided by 365 days.  The Margin  generally  ranges between 0.125% and 5.50% and
had a weighted average,  with respect to the Statistic Calculation Pool Mortgage
Loans as of the Statistic  Calculation Date, of approximately  2.20%. The 'Index
Rate' is based on the highest 'prime rate'  published in the 'Money Rates' table
of The Wall Street  Journal (the  'Index') as of the first  business day of each
calendar month.
    
 
   
     Countrywide offers an introductory loan rate on home equity lines of credit
which are originated with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 80%. The introductory
rate  applies  to  any  payments  made  during  the  first  three  months  after
origination.  After such three  month  period,  the Loan Rate will adjust to the
Index Rate plus the applicable  Margin.  As of the Statistic  Calculation  Date,
approximately  24.65%  of the  Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans  by
Statistic  Calculation  Date Principal  Balance were subject to an  introductory
rate of 6.99% per annum.
    
 
   
     In general, the home equity loans may be drawn upon for a period (the 'Draw
Period') of either five years (which may be extendible  for an  additional  five
years,  upon  Countrywide's  approval) or three years. Home equity loans with an
initial Draw Period of five years, which constitute  approximately 93.17% of the
Statistic   Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans  by  Statistic  Calculation  Date
Principal  Balance,  are  subject  to  a  fifteen  year  repayment  period  (the
'Repayment  Period')  following  the end of the Draw  Period  during  which  the
outstanding principal balance of the loan will be repaid in monthly installments
equal to 1/180 of the  outstanding  principal  balance as of the end of the Draw
Period.  Mortgage  Loans with a Draw  Period of three  years,  which  constitute
approximately  6.80%  of  the  Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans  by
Statistic  Calculation  Date  Principal  Balance,  are  subject  to a  ten  year
Repayment  Period  following  the  end of  the  Draw  Period  during  which  the
outstanding  principal balance of the loan will be paid in monthly  installments
equal to 1/120 of the  outstanding  principal  balance as of the end of the Draw
Period.
    
 
   
     The minimum payment due during the Draw Period will be equal to the finance
charges  accrued on  the outstanding principal  balance of the  home equity loan
during the related billing period. The minimum payment due during the  repayment
period  will  be  equal  to  the  sum of  the  finance  charges  accrued  on the
outstanding principal balance of  the Mortgage Loan  during the related  billing
period and the principal payment described above.
    
 
   
     Difference  between  Statistic  Calculation Pool and Cut-off Date Pool. The
statistical  information presented in this Prospectus Supplement is based on the
Statistic Calculation Pool. The Statistic Calculation Pool reflects the Mortgage
Loans originated by the Seller through the Statistic  Calculation  Date, and the
statistical  information  presented  herein  is  based  on the  number  and  the
principal balances of such Mortgage Loans as of the Statistic  Calculation Date.
The Depositor expects that the actual pool as of the Closing Date will represent
approximately $           aggregate  Principal  Balance of Mortgage  Loans.  The
Mortgage  Loans to be included in the final pool will  represent  Mortgage Loans
originated or to be originated by the Seller on or prior to the Cut-off Date and
sold by the Seller to the Depositor,  and by the Depositor to the Trust Fund, on
the Closing Date. In addition,  with respect to the Statistic  Calculation  Pool
Mortgage Loans, as to which statistical  information is presented  herein,  some
amortization  will  occur  prior  to the  Cut-off  Date.  In  addition,  certain
Statistic  Calculation  Pool  Mortgage  Loans  may  prepay  in  full  or  may be
determined not to meet the eligibility  requirements for the final pool and as a
result may not be included in the final pool. As a result of the foregoing,  the
statistical distribution of characteristics as of the Cut-off Date for the final
Mortgage  Loan  pool  will  vary  from  the  statistical  distribution  of  such
characteristics  of  the  Statistic   Calculation  Pool  as  presented  in  this
Prospectus Supplement, although such variance will not be material. In the event
that the  Seller  does not,  as of the  Cut-off  Date,  have the full  amount of
Mortgage Loans which the Depositor  expects to purchase from the Seller and sell
to the Trust Fund on such  date,  (i.e.,  approximately  $  aggregate  Principal
Balance of Mortgage  Loans) the Depositor  will reduce the size of the offering.
The  Depositor  does  not  expect  that the  original  principal  amount  of the
Certificates  will  increase  or  decrease  by more  than 5% as a result of such
non-delivery.
    
 
   
     The following tables describe the Statistic Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans
and the related Mortgaged  Properties based upon the Statistic  Calculation Pool
as of the close of business on the Statistic Calculation Date:
    
 
                                      S-23
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     PRINCIPAL BALANCES
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
RANGE OF PRINCIPAL  MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL       PRINCIPAL
     BALANCES         LOANS        BALANCE         BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
0.00 to
  10,000.00........    2,088   $  9,418,647.57       4.35%
10,000.01 to
  20,000.00........    3,117     48,593,970.84      22.44
20,000.01 to
  30,000.00........    1,754     43,627,142.51      20.14
30,000.01 to
  40,000.00........     936      32,833,991.07      15.16
40,000.01 to
  50,000.00........     472      21,359,325.38       9.86
50,000.01 to
  60,000.00........     213      11,884,650.81       5.49
60,000.01 to
  70,000.00........     138       8,992,906.15       4.15
70,000.01 to
  80,000.00........      84       6,272,179.82       2.90
80,000.01 to
  90,000.00........      52       4,416,801.99       2.04
90,000.01 to
  10,0000.00.......      76       7,395,882.84       3.41
10,0000.01 to
  12,5000.00.......      51       5,754,581.71       2.66
125,000.01 to
  150,000.00.......      43       6,030,178.22       2.78
150,000.01 to
  175,000.00.......       7       1,152,668.94       0.53
175,000.01 to
  200,000.00.......      10       1,904,219.06       0.88
200,000.01 to
  225,000.00.......       5       1,070,974.58       0.49
225,000.01 to
  250,000.00.......       8       1,920,951.10       0.89
250,000.01 to
  275,000.00.......       1         251,005.21       0.12
275,000.01 to
  300,000.00.......       1         295,240.26       0.14
300,000.01 to
  325,000.00.......       3         943,507.49       0.44
325,000.01 to
  350,000.00.......       1         334,943.37       0.15
350,000.01 and
  up...............       4       2,120,963.79       0.98
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........    9,064   $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
 


<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
                    MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
       STATE          LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
Alabama............     139    $  2,343,542.40       1.08%
Arizona............     289       6,015,284.69       2.78
California.........   2,284      66,150,678.27      30.54
Colorado...........     388      10,293,831.80       4.75
Connecticut........      80       2,413,619.76       1.11
Delaware...........      10         159,753.58       0.07
District of
  Columbia.........       4         104,911.16       0.05
Florida............     448       9,262,459.12       4.28
Georgia............     212       4,734,092.25       2.19
Idaho..............     233       5,227,102.74       2.41
Illinois...........     405       8,440,490.73       3.90
Indiana............     128       2,543,245.08       1.17
Iowa...............      27         537,463.66       0.25
Kansas.............      52       1,007,274.34       0.47
Kentucky...........      16         381,758.16       0.18
Louisiana..........     175       3,398,109.34       1.57
Maine..............      14         235,571.71       0.11
Maryland...........     134       2,636,550.44       1.22
Massachusetts......     206       4,617,396.94       2.13
Michigan...........     377       7,077,181.92       3.27
Mississippi........      28         609,667.94       0.28
Missouri...........     150       2,370,986.19       1.09
Montana............      21         655,268.37       0.30
Nebraska...........      15         164,710.96       0.08
Nevada.............     155       3,432,717.99       1.59
New Hampshire......      18         351,016.67       0.16
New Jersey.........     331       6,899,277.64       3.19
New Mexico.........      91       2,196,277.02       1.01
New York...........     178       4,892,923.64       2.26
North Carolina.....     156       2,753,133.87       1.27
North Dakota.......       3          59,095.20       0.03
Ohio...............     294       5,041,827.96       2.33
Oklahoma...........      50       1,115,809.98       0.52
Oregon.............     296       8,342,977.32       3.85
Pennsylvania.......     272       5,098,194.26       2.35
Rhode Island.......      32         659,791.79       0.30
South Carolina.....      43         918,203.17       0.42
South Dakota.......      12         208,461.32       0.10
Tennessee..........     104       2,132,824.68       0.98
Utah...............     293       9,832,041.14       4.54
Vermont............       8         146,252.71       0.07
Virginia...........     123       2,798,616.12       1.29
Washington.........     618      15,588,671.56       7.20
Wisconsin..........     123       2,030,830.54       0.94
Wyoming............      29         694,836.58       0.32
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
- ------------
    
 
   
(1) Geographic  location is determined by the  address of the Mortgaged Property
    securing the related Mortgage Loan.
    
 
                                      S-24
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS(1)
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
 RANGE OF COMBINED  NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
    LOAN-TO-VALUE    MORTGAGE     PRINCIPAL       PRINCIPAL
       RATIOS         LOANS        BALANCE         BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
0.000% to
  10.000%..........      19    $    309,994.22       0.14%
10.001% to
  20.000%..........      74       1,622,830.07       0.75
20.001% to
  30.000%..........      85       2,031,575.23       0.94
30.001% to
  40.000%..........     111       3,838,645.08       1.77
40.001% to
  50.000%..........     205       4,984,740.53       2.30
50.001% to
  60.000%..........     368       9,454,932.16       4.37
60.001% to
  70.000%..........   1,051      26,951,374.04      12.44
70.001% to
  80.000%..........   2,677      63,282,874.63      29.22
80.001% to
  90.000%..........   3,760      89,221,337.68      41.20
90.001% to
  100.000%.........     714      14,876,429.17       6.87
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
- ------------
    
 
   
(1) The ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the sum of (i) the Credit Limit
    of the  Mortgage  Loans  and  (ii) any  outstanding  principal  balances  of
    mortgage loans senior or of equal priority to the Mortgage Loans (calculated
    generally  at the  date of  origination of  the Mortgage  Loans) to  (B) the
    lesser of (i) the appraised value  of the related Mortgaged Property as  set
    forth  in loan files  at such date of  origination or (ii) in  the case of a
    Mortgaged Property  purchased within  one  year of  the origination  of  the
    related Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of such Mortgaged Property.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       PROPERTY TYPE
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
                    MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
   PROPERTY TYPE      LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
Single Family......   8,093    $191,935,972.28      88.62%
Two-to-Four-Family...      79     2,189,630.89       1.01
Condominium........     177       4,252,828.50       1.96
PUD................     715      18,196,301.04       8.40
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       LIEN PRIORITY
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
                    MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
   LIEN PRIORITY      LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
First Lien.........     262    $ 10,852,958.83       5.01%
Second Lien........   8,802     205,721,773.88      94.99
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    


<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       LOAN RATES(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
     RANGE OF       MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
    LOAN RATES        LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
6.99%..............   2,186    $ 53,375,340.64      24.65%
8.25% to 8.50%.....      43       1,019,575.74       0.47
8.51% to 8.75%.....     531      11,568,762.88       5.34
8.76% to 9.00%.....      35       1,088,606.72       0.50
9.01% to 9.25%.....     543      14,298,370.80       6.60
9.26% to 9.50%.....       4          76,363.73       0.04
9.51% to 9.75%.....     719      18,576,016.83       8.58
9.76% to 10.00%....      74       1,553,142.28       0.72
10.01% to 10.25%...     329       7,648,420.23       3.53
10.26% to 10.50%...      82       1,999,113.09       0.92
10.51% to 10.75%...     698      15,715,964.72       7.26
10.76% to 11.00%...     751      17,009,785.16       7.85
11.01% to 11.25%...     669      17,454,438.04       8.06
11.26% to 11.50%...     844      21,909,609.70      10.12
11.51% to 11.75%...      38         780,284.98       0.36
11.76% to 12.00%...     692      15,454,306.97       7.14
12.01% to 12.25%...     187       3,609,623.16       1.67
12.26% to 12.50%...     188       4,129,746.64       1.91
12.51% to 12.75%...      68       1,542,611.40       0.71
12.76% to 13.00%...      65       1,559,466.90       0.72
13.01% to 13.25%...     276       5,421,260.31       2.50
13.26% to 13.50%...      21         362,540.19       0.17
13.51% to 13.75%...      21         421,381.60       0.19
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
- ------------
    
 
   
(1) Approximately     %  of  the Statistic  Calculation  Pool Mortgage  Loans by
    Statistic Calculation Date Principal Balance are subject to  an introductory
    rate of  6.99% per annum.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           MARGIN
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
     RANGE OF       MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
      MARGINS         LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
0.000% to 0.250%...      63    $  1,511,363.59       0.70%
0.251% to 0.500%...     998      21,304,099.72       9.84
0.501% to 0.750%...     407       9,108,689.64       4.21
0.751% to 1.000%...     762      21,718,272.81      10.03
1.001% to 1.250%...     178       5,813,541.03       2.68
1.251% to 1.500%...   1,115      27,547,029.11      12.72
1.501% to 1.750%...     317       6,929,816.96       3.20
1.751% to 2.000%...     450      11,289,197.49       5.21
2.001% to 2.250%...     153       3,383,092.37       1.56
2.251% to 2.500%...     768      17,455,201.46       8.06
2.501% to 2.750%...     766      17,463,209.76       8.06
2.751% to 3.000%...     683      17,685,686.92       8.17
3.001% to 3.250%...     845      22,003,909.70      10.16
3.251% to 3.500%...      39         830,284.98       0.38
3.501% to 3.750%...     692      15,454,306.97       7.14
3.751% to 4.000%...     190       3,679,223.16       1.70
4.001% to 4.250%...     187       4,090,546.64       1.89
4.251% to 4.500%...      68       1,542,611.40       0.71
4.501% to 4.750%...      65       1,559,466.90       0.72
4.751% to 5.000%...     276       5,421,260.31       2.50
5.001% and up......      42         783,921.79       0.36
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-25
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
  RANGE OF CREDIT   NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
        LIMIT       MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
 UTILIZATION RATES    LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
0.001% to
  10.000%..........     985    $    428,607.52       0.20%
10.001% to
  20.000%..........     237       1,880,196.49       0.87
20.001% to
  30.000%..........     256       2,745,454.07       1.27
30.001% to
  40.000%..........     335       5,046,198.12       2.33
40.001% to
  50.000%..........     371       5,787,062.87       2.67
50.001% to
  60.000%..........     431       8,121,441.71       3.75
60.001% to
  70.000%..........     584      12,255,191.67       5.66
70.001% to
  80.000%..........     547      14,193,398.32       6.55
80.001% to
  90.000%..........     590      16,408,919.52       7.58
90.001% to
  100.000%.........   4,728     149,708,262.42      69.13
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       CREDIT LIMITS
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
  RANGE OF CREDIT   MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
       LIMITS         LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
0.00 to 10,000.00..     144    $  1,030,035.33       0.48%
10,000.01 to
  20,000.00........   3,087      39,270,470.15      18.13
20,000.01 to
  30,000.00........   2,354      44,000,924.64      20.32
30,000.01 to
  40,000.00........   1,330      34,250,110.25      15.81
40,000.01 to
  50,000.00........     888      26,715,116.30      12.34
50,000.01 to
  60,000.00........     322      12,453,032.20       5.75
60,000.01 to
  70,000.00........     241      10,656,116.54       4.92
70,000.01 to
  80,000.00........     165       6,886,058.04       3.18
80,000.01 to
  90,000.00........      98       5,275,006.31       2.44
90,000.01 to
  100,000.00.......     211      11,113,631.26       5.13
100,000.01 to
  125,000.00.......      69       5,276,356.31       2.44
125,000.01 to
  150,000.00.......      81       8,073,486.30       3.73
150,000.01 to
  175,000.00.......      13       1,347,990.62       0.62
175,000.01 to
  200,000.00.......      22       2,458,145.10       1.14
200,000.01 to
  225,000.00.......       7       1,004,986.65       0.46
225,000.01 to
  250,000.00.......      10       1,308,809.03       0.60
250,000.01 to
  275,000.00.......       4         750,315.42       0.35
275,000.01 to
  300,000.00.......       3         494,976.25       0.23
300,000.01 to
  325,000.00.......       3         828,717.53       0.38
325,000.01 to
  350,000.00.......       4         800,943.37       0.37
350,000.01 and
  up...............       8       2,578,505.11       1.19
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    


<PAGE>
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       MAXIMUM RATES
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
                    MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
   MAXIMUM RATES      LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
12.25%.............      31    $    503,128.24       0.23%
15.00%.............       7         319,247.24       0.15
15.90%.............       5          93,649.83       0.04
16.00%.............     158       2,869,233.73       1.32
17.00%.............     834      19,493,127.20       9.00
18.00%.............   8,029     193,296,346.47      89.25
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    

    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         MONTHS REMAINING TO SCHEDULED MATURITY(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC 
  RANGE OF MONTHS                CALCULATION     CALCULATION
   REMAINING TO     NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
      SCHEDULED     MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL       PRINCIPAL
     MATURITY         LOANS        BALANCE         BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
145-150............     139    $  2,731,826.13       1.26%
151-155............     564      11,797,956.78       5.45
156-160............       9         198,934.19       0.09
286-290............       7          75,093.61       0.03
291-295............   3,737      89,528,245.32      41.34
296-300............   4,600     112,086,613.18      51.75
301-305............       5         134,760.00       0.06
321-325............       3          21,303.50       0.01
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
    
- ------------
    
 
   
(1) Assumes  that the Draw Period for  Statistic Calculation Pool Mortgage Loans
    with five year Draw Periods will be extended for an additional five years.
    

    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      ORIGINATION YEAR
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
                    MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
 ORIGINATION YEAR     LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
1994...............       4    $     73,674.90       0.03%
1995...............       9         123,498.01       0.06
1996...............   9,051     216,377,559.80      99.91
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total..........   9,064    $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     DELINQUENCY STATUS
- ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF
                                                   POOL BY
                                  STATISTIC       STATISTIC
                                 CALCULATION     CALCULATION 
                    NUMBER OF       DATE            DATE
  NUMBER OF DAYS    MORTGAGE      PRINCIPAL      PRINCIPAL
    DELINQUENT        LOANS        BALANCE        BALANCE
- ------------------- ---------  ---------------  ------------
 
<S>                 <C>        <C>              <C>
0 to 29............ 9,045      $216,107,124.92      99.78%
30 to 59...........    19           467,607.79       0.22
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
    Total.......... 9,064      $216,574,732.71     100.00%
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
                    ---------  ---------------     ------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-26


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   

CONVEYANCE OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     The obligation of the Trust Fund to purchase Mortgage Loans on the  Closing
Date  is  subject  to the  following  requirements,  any  of which  requirements
may  be  waived or  modified  in  any respect  by  the Certificate  Insurer: (i)
such Mortgage Loan  may  not  be         or  more  days  delinquent  as  of  the
Closing  Date;  (ii) the remaining term to stated maturity of such Mortgage Loan
will not exceed    years and no more than    % of the Mortgage Loans may have an
original term exceeding      months; (iii) such Mortgage Loan will be secured by
a Mortgage  in a first or second lien position; (iv) such Mortgage Loan will not
have a  Loan  Rate less  than         %; (v)  such Subsequent Mortgage Loan will
be otherwise acceptable to the Certificate Insurer; (vi) following the  purchase
of such  Subsequent Mortgage Loan  by the Trust,  the Mortgage  Loans as  of the
Closing  Date:  (a) will  have a  weighted average Loan Rate of at least      %;
(b) will have a weighted average remaining term  to stated maturity of not  more
than       months; (c) will have a weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio
of not more than      % (d) will have  no Mortgage Loan with a Principal Balance
in excess of $         ; (e) will have a concentration  in any one state not  in
excess of       %; and (f) will have not more than      % in aggregate principal
balance of Mortgage Loans relating  to non-owner occupied properties; (vii) such
Mortgage Loan shall have a Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio not in excess of      %;
(viii) such Mortgage  Loan will have a Credit Limit between $    and $    ; (ix)
such Mortgage Loan will  have a Margin  between       %  and       %;  and   (x)
such   Mortgage  Loan  will  comply   with  the  representations  and warranties
in the Agreement.




                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
     The  Agreement,  except as  otherwise described  herein, provides  that the
Certificateholders will  be  entitled  to  receive  on  each  Distribution  Date
distributions  of principal, in the amounts  described under 'Description of the
Certificates Distributions on  the Certificates' herein,  until the  Certificate
Principal  Balance is reduced  to zero. During  the Managed Amortization Period,
Certificateholders will receive  amounts from Principal  Collections based  upon
their  Fixed  Allocation Percentage  subject  to reduction  as  described below.
During the Rapid  Amortization Period, Certificateholders  will receive  amounts
from  Principal Collections based solely upon their Fixed Allocation Percentage.
Because prior distributions of Principal Collections to Certificateholders serve
to reduce the Investor  Floating Allocation  Percentage but do not change  their
Fixed  Allocation Percentage, allocations of  Principal Collections based on the
Fixed Allocation  Percentage may  result in  distributions of  principal to  the
Certificateholders  in amounts that are, in  most cases, greater relative to the
declining balance of the Mortgage Loans than  would be the case if the  Investor
Floating  Allocation  Percentage  were  used  to  determine  the  percentage  of
Principal Collections distributed to Certificateholders. This is especially true
during the Rapid Amortization Period when the Certificateholders are entitled to
receive Investor Principal  Collections and  not a lesser  amount. In  addition,
Investor   Interest   Collections   may   be   distributed   as   principal   to
Certificateholders in  connection with  the Accelerated  Principal  Distribution
Amount,   if  any.  Moreover,   to  the  extent  of   losses  allocable  to  the
Certificateholders, Certificateholders may also receive as payment of  principal
the amount of such losses from Investor Interest Collections, amounts on deposit
in  the Spread Account or, in some  instances, draws under the Policy. The level
of losses  may  therefore  affect  the  rate of  payment  of  principal  on  the
Certificates.
    
 
   
     To  the  extent  obligors  make more  draws  than  principal  payments, the
Transferor Interest may grow. Because  during the Rapid Amortization Period  the
Certificateholders  share  of  Principal  Collections is  based  upon  its Fixed
Allocation  Percentage  (without  reduction),  an  increase  in  the  Transferor
Interest due to additional draws may also result in Certificateholders receiving
principal  at  a greater  rate.  The Agreement  permits  the Transferor,  at its
option, but subject to the satisfaction  of certain conditions specified in  the
Agreement,  including the conditions described below, to remove certain Mortgage
Loans from the Trust Fund at any time during the life of the Trust Fund, so long
as the Transferor  Interest (after giving  effect to such  removal) is not  less
than the Minimum Transferor Interest. Such removals may affect the rate at which
principal  is  distributed to  Certificateholders by  reducing the  overall Pool
Balance and thus the  amount of Principal Collections.  See 'Description of  the
Certificates Optional Retransfers of Mortgage Loans to the Transferor' herein.
    
 
   
     All  of the Mortgage Loans may  be prepaid in full or  in part at any time.
However, Mortgage  Loans  secured  by Mortgaged  Properties  in  California  are
subject to an account termination fee equal to the lesser of $350 and six months
interest  on the amount prepaid, to the extent the prepaid amount exceeds 20% of
the unpaid principal  balance, if  the account is  terminated on  or before  its
fifth  year  anniversary.  In  addition,  Mortgage  Loans  secured  by Mortgaged
Properties in other jurisdictions may be subject to account termination fees  to
the  extent permitted by law.  In general, such account  termination fees do not
exceed $350  and  do not  apply  to accounts  terminated  subsequent to  a  date
designated  in the related  Mortgage Note which,  depending on the jurisdiction,
ranges between six months and  five years following origination. The  prepayment
experience  with respect to the Mortgage  Loans will affect the weighted average
life of the Certificates.
    
 
   
     The rate of prepayment on the  Mortgage Loans cannot be predicted.  Neither
the Depositor nor the Master Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies
or  statistics on the rate of prepayment of such Mortgage Loans. Generally, home
equity  revolving  credit  lines  are  not  viewed  by  borrowers  as  permanent
financing.  Accordingly,  the Mortgage  Loans may  experience  a higher  rate of
prepayment than traditional first mortgage loans. On the other hand, because the
Mortgage  Loans  amortize  as  described  under  'Description  of  the  Mortgage
Loans -- Mortgage Loan Terms' herein, rates of principal payment on the Mortgage
Loans  will generally be slower than those of traditional fully-amortizing first
mortgages in the absence of prepayments  on such Mortgage Loans. The  prepayment
experience  of the Trust Fund with respect to the Mortgage Loans may be affected
by a wide variety of factors, including general economic conditions,  prevailing
interest  rate  levels,  the availability  of  alternative  financing, homeowner
mobility, the  frequency and  amount of  any  future draws  on the  Credit  Line
Agreements  and  changes  affecting  the deductibility  for  federal  income tax
purposes of interest payments on home equity credit lines. Substantially all  of
the  Mortgage Loans contain  'due-on-sale' provisions, and,  with respect to the
Mortgage Loans, the Master Servicer  intends to enforce such provisions,  unless
(i) such enforcement is not  permitted   by   applicable  law or (ii) the Master
Servicer, in a manner consistent with reasonable commercial   practice,  permits
the purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to assume the   Mortgage   Loan.
The enforcement  of a 'due-on-sale' provision will have the
    
 
                                      S-27
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
same effect as  a prepayment of  the related Mortgage  Loan. See 'Certain  Legal
Aspects of the Loans -- Due-on-Sale Clauses' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     The  yield to an  investor who purchases the  Certificates in the secondary
market at a price  other than par  will vary from the  anticipated yield if  the
rate  of prepayment on  the Mortgage Loans  is actually different  than the rate
anticipated by such investor at the time such Certificates were purchased.
    
 
   
     Collections on the  Mortgage Loans  may vary because,  among other  things,
borrowers  may make  payments during  any month  as low  as the  minimum monthly
payment for such month  or as high as  the entire outstanding principal  balance
plus  accrued interest  and the  fees and charges  thereon. It  is possible that
borrowers may fail to make scheduled payments. Collections on the Mortgage Loans
may vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.
    
 
   
     No assurance can  be given  as to  the level  of prepayments  that will  be
experienced by the Trust Fund and it can be expected that a portion of borrowers
will  not prepay their Mortgage Loans to  any significant degree. See 'Yield and
Prepayment Considerations' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
                      POOL FACTOR AND TRADING INFORMATION
    
 
   
     The 'Pool Factor' is a seven-digit  decimal which the Master Servicer  will
compute monthly expressing the Certificate Principal Balance of the Certificates
as  of  each  Distribution Date  (after  giving  effect to  any  distribution of
principal on such Distribution Date) as a proportion of the Original Certificate
Principal Balance. On the Closing Date,  the Pool Factor will be 1.0000000.  See
'Description  of the Certificates --  Distributions on the Certificates' herein.
Thereafter, the Pool Factor  will decline to reflect  reductions in the  related
Certificate  Principal Balance resulting from  distributions of principal to the
Certificates and  the  Invested  Amount of  any  unreimbursed  Liquidation  Loss
Amounts.
    
 
   
     Pursuant  to the Agreement, monthly reports concerning the Invested Amount,
the Pool Factor and various other items of information will be made available to
the Certificateholders.  In addition,  within  60 days  after  the end  of  each
calendar  year,  beginning  with the  1996  calendar year,  information  for tax
reporting purposes  will  be  made available  to  each  person who  has  been  a
Certificateholder  of record at any time during the preceding calendar year. See
'Description of the Certificates -- Book-Entry Certificates' and ' -- Reports to
Certificateholders' herein.
    
 
   
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
    
 
   
     The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Agreement. The form of  the
Agreement  has been filed as  an exhibit to the  Registration Statement of which
this Prospectus Supplement  and the  Prospectus is a  part. The  following is  a
description  of the  material provisions  of the  Agreement. Wherever particular
sections or defined  terms of the  Agreement are referred  to, such sections  or
defined terms are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
    
 
   
GENERAL
    
 
   
     The Certificates will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of
$1  in excess  thereof and  will evidence  specified undivided  interests in the
Trust Fund.  The property  of the  Trust Fund  will consist  of, to  the  extent
provided in the Agreement: (i) each of the Mortgage Loans that from time to time
are  subject to the  Agreement; (ii) collections on  the Mortgage Loans received
after the Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments in respect of accrued interest due
on or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of October); (iii) Mortgaged
Properties relating to the  Mortgage Loans that are  acquired by foreclosure  or
deed  in lieu of  foreclosure; (iv) the Collection  Account for the Certificates
(excluding net earnings thereon); (v) the  Policy; (vi) the Spread Account  (for
the benefit of the Certificate Insurer and the Certificateholders); and (vii) an
assignment  of the Depositor's  rights under the  Purchase Agreement. Definitive
Certificates  (as  defined   below),  if  issued,   will  be  transferable   and
exchangeable  at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, which will initially
maintain the  Security  Register  for  the Certificates.  See  '  --  Book-Entry
Certificates'  below. No  service charge  will be  made for  any registration of
exchange or transfer of Certificates, but  the Trustee may require payment of  a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge.
    
 
                                      S-28
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     The  aggregate  undivided interest  in the  Trust  Fund represented  by the
Certificates as of  the Closing  Date is expected  to equal  $              (the
'Original  Invested Amount'), which represents  approximately 98% of the Cut-off
Date Pool Balance. The 'Original  Certificate Principal Balance' is expected  to
equal $      . Following the Closing Date, the 'Invested Amount' with respect to
any  Distribution Date will be  an amount equal to  the Original Invested Amount
minus (i) the amount of Investor Principal Collections previously distributed to
Certificateholders, and  minus  (ii) an  amount  equal  to the  product  of  the
Investor  Floating Allocation Percentage and  the Liquidation Loss Amounts (each
as defined  herein) for  such Distribution  Date. The  principal amount  of  the
outstanding   Certificates   (the  'Certificate   Principal  Balance')   on  any
Distribution Date is equal to  the Original Certificate Principal Balance  minus
the   aggregate   of  amounts   actually   distributed  as   principal   to  the
Certificateholders. See  ' --  Distributions on  the Certificates'  below.  Each
Certificate  represents  the  right  to  receive  payments  of  interest  at the
Certificate Rate and payments of principal as described below.
    
 
   
     The Transferor will own  the remaining undivided  interest in the  Mortgage
Loans  (the 'Transferor Interest'), which, as of any date of determination, will
equal the Pool Balance  as of the  close of business on  the day preceding  such
date  of determination, less the Invested Amount  as of the close of business on
the  preceding  Distribution  Date.  The  Transferor  Interest  is  expected  to
initially  equal $           ,  which represents approximately 2% of the Cut-off
Date Pool Balance. The Transferor as of any date is the owner of the  Transferor
Interest  which initially will be the Seller.  In general, the Pool Balance will
vary each day as principal is paid on the Mortgage Loans, liquidation losses are
incurred, Additional Balances are drawn down by borrowers and Mortgage Loans are
transferred to the Trust Fund.
    
 
   
     The Transferor has the right to  sell or pledge the Transferor Interest  at
any time, provided (i) the Rating Agencies (as defined herein) have notified the
Transferor  and the Trustee in  writing that such action  will not result in the
reduction or withdrawal of  the ratings assigned to  the Certificates, and  (ii)
certain other conditions specified in the Agreement are satisfied.
    
 
   
BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES
    
 
   
     The   Certificates  will   be  book-entry   Certificates  (the  'Book-Entry
Certificates').  Persons  acquiring  beneficial   ownership  interests  in   the
Certificates ('Certificate Owners') may elect to hold their Certificates through
the Depository Trust Company ('DTC') in the United States, or CEDEL or Euroclear
(in  Europe) if  they are  participants of  such systems,  or indirectly through
organizations  which   are  participants   in  such   systems.  The   Book-Entry
Certificates  will  be  issued  in  one or  more  certificates  which  equal the
aggregate principal balance of the Certificates and will initially be registered
in the name of  Cede & Co., the  nominee of DTC. CEDEL  and Euroclear will  hold
omnibus  positions on behalf of their participants through customers' securities
accounts in  CEDEL's and  Euroclear's names  on the  books of  their  respective
depositaries  which in  turn will hold  such positions  in customers' securities
accounts in the depositaries' names  on the books of  DTC. Citibank will act  as
depositary  for CEDEL and  Chase will act  as depositary for  Euroclear (in such
capacities,  individually  the  'Relevant   Depositary'  and  collectively   the
'European  Depositaries'). Investors may  hold such beneficial  interests in the
Book-Entry  Certificates  in  minimum  denominations  representing   Certificate
Principal Balances of $1,000 and in multiples of $1 in excess thereof. Except as
described   below,  no  person  acquiring  a  Book-Entry  Certificate  (each,  a
'beneficial  owner')  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a  physical   certificate
representing  such Certificate  (a 'Definitive  Certificate'). Unless  and until
Definitive  Certificates  are   issued,  it   is  anticipated   that  the   only
'Certificateholder'  of the Certificates will be Cede  & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Certificate Owners will not  be Certificateholders as that  term is used in  the
Agreement.  Certificate  Owners  are  only permitted  to  exercise  their rights
indirectly through the participating organizations that utilize the services  of
DTC,  including securities  brokers and dealers,  banks and  trust companies and
clearing corporations and certain other organizations ('Participants') and DTC.
    
 
   
     The beneficial  owner's  ownership  of a  Book-Entry  Certificate  will  be
recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial  intermediary (each,  a 'Financial  Intermediary') that  maintains the
beneficial  owner's  account   for  such   purpose.  In   turn,  the   Financial
Intermediary's  ownership of such Book-Entry Certificate will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating firm that acts as agent for the  Financial
Intermediary,  whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the beneficial owner's Financial  Intermediary is not a  DTC participant and  on
the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).
    
 
                                      S-29
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     Certificate  Owners  will receive  all distributions  of principal  of, and
interest on, the Certificates from the Trustee through DTC and DTC participants.
While the Certificates are outstanding (except under the circumstances described
below), under the rules, regulations  and procedures creating and affecting  DTC
and  its operations (the 'Rules'), DTC  is required to make book-entry transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Certificates  and
is  required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of, and interest
on, the Certificates. Participants and organizations which have indirect  access
to  the DTC  system, such  as banks, brokers,  dealers and  trust companies that
clear through or maintain  a custodial relationship  with a Participant,  either
directly  or indirectly ('Indirect Participants'),  with whom Certificate Owners
have accounts  with  respect to  Certificates  are similarly  required  to  make
book-entry  transfers and receive  and transmit such  distributions on behalf of
their respective Certificate  Owners. Accordingly,  although Certificate  Owners
will   not  possess  certificates,  the  Rules  provide  a  mechanism  by  which
Certificate Owners will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their
interest.
    
 
   
     Certificate Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive  certificates
representing  their respective interests  in the Certificates,  except under the
limited circumstances described below. Unless and until Definitive  Certificates
are  issued, Certificate Owners who are  not Participants may transfer ownership
of  Certificates  only  through   Participants  and  Indirect  Participants   by
instructing   such   Participants   and   Indirect   Participants   to  transfer
Certificates, by  book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC for  the  account  of  the
purchasers  of  such  Certificates,  which  account  is  maintained  with  their
respective Participants. Under  the Rules  and in accordance  with DTC's  normal
procedures,  transfers of ownership of Certificates will be executed through DTC
and the  accounts of  the respective  Participants at  DTC will  be debited  and
credited. Similarly, the Participants and Indirect Participants will make debits
or  credits, as the case may  be, on their records on  behalf of the selling and
purchasing Certificate Owners.
    
 
   
     Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in  CEDEL,
or  Euroclear  as a  result of  a transaction  with a  Participant will  be made
during, subsequent securities settlement processing  and dated the business  day
following,  the DTC  settlement date. Such  credits or any  transactions in such
securities, settled  during such  processing will  be reported  to the  relevant
Euroclear  or CEDEL Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear, as a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL  Participant
(as  defined,  below)  or Euroclear  Participant  (as  defined below)  to  a DTC
Participant, will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will  be
available  in  the relevant  CEDEL  or Euroclear  cash  account only  as  of the
business day following settlement  in DTC. For information  with respect to  tax
documentation  procedures, relating to the Certificates, see 'Federal Income Tax
Consequences --  Foreign Investors'  and  ' --  Backup Withholding'  herein  and
'Global,  Clearance, Settlement  And Tax  Documentation Procedures  Certain U.S.
Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements' in Annex I hereto.
    
 
   
     Transfers between Participants  will occur  in accordance  with DTC  rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL Participants  and Euroclear Participants  will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
    
 
   
     Cross-market transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through  DTC,  on  the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with  DTC rules  on  behalf of  the relevant  European  international
clearing   system  by  the  Relevant  Depositary;  however,  such  cross  market
transactions will  require delivery  of instructions  to the  relevant  European
international  clearing system by the counterparty  in such system in accordance
with its rules  and procedures  and within its  established deadlines  (European
time).  The  relevant  European  international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction meets  its  settlement  requirements, deliver  instructions  to  the
Relevant  Depositary to take action to effect  final settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving securities  in DTC, and making  or receiving payment  in
accordance  with normal procedures  for same day  funds settlement applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver  instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.
    
 
   
     DTC,  which is a New York-chartered limited purpose trust company, performs
services for its participants, some of which (and/or their representatives)  own
DTC.  In accordance with  its normal procedures,  DTC is expected  to record the
positions held by each DTC  participant in the Book-Entry Certificates,  whether
held  for  its own  account  or as  a nominee  for  another person.  In general,
beneficial ownership of Book-Entry  Certificates will be  subject to the  rules,
regulations  and procedures governing DTC and DTC participants as in effect from
time to time.
    
 
                                      S-30
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     CEDEL is  incorporated  under the  laws  of Luxembourg  as  a  professional
depository.  CEDEL holds securities for  its participating organizations ('CEDEL
Participants') and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of  securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of  CEDEL  Participants,  thereby eliminating  the  need  for physical
movement of certificates.  Transactions may  be settled in  CEDEL in  any of  28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to  its CEDEL
Participants, among  other  things, services  for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance  and settlement  of internationally  traded securities  and securities
lending and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in  several
countries.  As a professional depository, CEDEL  is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  participants  are  recognized  financial
institutions  around the  world, including underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect access  to CEDEL is  also available to  others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers  and trust companies  that clear through  or maintain  a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.
    
 
   
     Euroclear  was  created  in 1968  to  hold securities  for  participants of
Euroclear ('Euroclear  Participants')  and  to  clear  and  settle  transactions
between   Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous  electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement  of
certificates  and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including  United
States  dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries
generally  similar  to  the  arrangements for  cross-market  transfers  with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of  New York (the  'Euroclear Operator'), under  contract
with  Euroclear Clearance Systems  S.C., a Belgian  cooperative corporation (the
'Cooperative'). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and  all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with  the Euroclear Operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks  (including central  banks), securities  brokers and  dealers  and
other  professional financial  intermediaries. Indirect  access to  Euroclear is
also available  to  other firms  that  clear  through or  maintain  a  custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
    
 
   
     The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian branch  of  a  New  York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board  of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System
and  the  New York  State Banking  Department,  as well  as the  Belgian Banking
Commission.
    
 
   
     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by  the Terms  and Conditions Governing  Use of  Euroclear and  the
related  Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the  'Terms and  Conditions'). The  Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash  from Euroclear,  and receipts  of payments  with respect  to securities in
Euroclear. All securities  in Euroclear  are held  on a  fungible basis  without
attribution  of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The Euroclear Operator  acts under the  Terms and Conditions  only on behalf  of
Euroclear  Participants,  and  has no  record  of or  relationship  with persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.
    
 
   
     Distributions  on  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  will  be  made  on   each
Distribution  Date by the Trustee to DTC.  DTC will be responsible for crediting
the amount of such payments to  the accounts of the applicable DTC  participants
in  accordance  with  DTC's  normal procedures.  Each  DTC  participant  will be
responsible for  disbursing  such  payments  to the  beneficial  owners  of  the
Book-Entry  Certificates that it  represents and to  each Financial Intermediary
for which it acts as agent. Each such Financial Intermediary will be responsible
for disbursing funds  to the  beneficial owners of  the Book-Entry  Certificates
that it represents.
    
 
   
     Under a book-entry format, beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Certificates
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be  forwarded by the Trustee to Cede. Distributions with respect to Certificates
held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be  credited to the cash accounts of  CEDEL
Participants  or Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's
rules and procedures, to  the extent received by  the Relevant Depositary.  Such
distributions  will  be subject  to tax  reporting  in accordance  with relevant
United  States   tax   laws   and   regulations.   See   'Federal   Income   Tax
Consequences  -- Foreign Investors' and ' -- Backup Withholding' herein. Because
DTC can  only  act on  behalf  of Financial  Intermediaries,  the ability  of  a
beneficial  owner to pledge Book-Entry Certificates  to persons or entities that
do not  participate in  the  depository system,  or  otherwise take  actions  in
respect   of   such   Book-Entry   Certificates,   may   be   limited   due   to
    
 
                                      S-31
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
the lack of physical certificates for such Book-Entry Certificates. In addition,
issuance of  the  Book-Entry Certificates  in  book-entry form  may  reduce  the
liquidity  of such Certificates in the  secondary market since certain potential
investors may be unwilling to purchase Certificates for which they cannot obtain
physical certificates.
    
 
   
     Monthly and  annual  reports on  the  Trust  Fund provided  by  the  Master
Servicer  to CEDE, as nominee of DTC, may be made available to beneficial owners
upon request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures  creating
and   affecting  DTC   or  the  Relevant   Depositary,  and   to  the  Financial
Intermediaries to  whose  DTC  accounts  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  of  such
beneficial owners are credited.
    
 
   
     DTC  has  advised the  Transferor and  the Trustee  that, unless  and until
Definitive Certificates are  issued, DTC will  take any action  permitted to  be
taken  by the holders of the Book-Entry Certificates under the Agreement only at
the direction of one or more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts  the
Book-Entry  Certificates are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of  Financial Intermediaries  whose holdings  include such  Book-Entry
Certificates. CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any
other action permitted to be taken by a Certificateholder under the Agreement on
behalf  of a CEDEL Participant or  Euroclear Participant only in accordance with
its relevant rules  and procedures and  subject to the  ability of the  Relevant
Depositary  to  effect such  actions on  its  behalf through  DTC. DTC  may take
actions, at the  direction of  the related  Participants, with  respect to  some
Certificates   which  conflict  with   actions  taken  with   respect  to  other
Certificates.
    
 
   
     Definitive  Certificates  will  be  issued  to  beneficial  owners  of  the
Book-Entry  Certificates, or their nominees, rather than to DTC, only if (a) DTC
or the Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer  willing,
qualified  or able  to discharge  properly its  responsibilities as  nominee and
depositary with respect to the Book-Entry Certificates and the Transferor or the
Trustee is unable to  locate a qualified successor,  (b) the Transferor, at  its
sole  option, elects to terminate  a book-entry system through  DTC or (c) after
the occurrence  of  an  Event  of Servicing  Termination  (as  defined  herein),
beneficial  owners having Percentage Interests aggregating  not less than 51% of
the Certificate  Principal Balance  of the  Book-Entry Certificates  advise  the
Trustee and DTC through the Financial Intermediaries and the DTC participants in
writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor
thereto) is no longer in the best interests of beneficial owners.
    
 
   
     Upon  the  occurrence of  any of  the events  described in  the immediately
preceding paragraph,  the Trustee  will  be required  to notify  all  beneficial
owners  of the  occurrence of  such event  and the  availability through  DTC of
Definitive Certificates.  Upon surrender  by DTC  of the  global certificate  or
certificates  representing  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  and  instructions for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Certificates, and  thereafter
the  Trustee  will  recognize the  holders  of such  Definitive  Certificates as
Certificateholders under the Agreement.
    
 
   
     Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear  have agreed to the foregoing  procedures
in  order to  facilitate transfers  of Certificates  among participants  of DTC,
CEDEL and Euroclear,  they are  under no obligation  to perform  or continue  to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
    
 
   
ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS
    
 
   
     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer to
the Trust Fund all of its right, title and interest in and to each Mortgage Loan
(including  any Additional Balances arising in  the future), related Credit Line
Agreements, mortgages and  other related documents  (collectively, the  'Related
Documents'),  including all collections received on or with respect to each such
Mortgage Loan  after the  Cut-off  Date (exclusive  of  payments in  respect  of
accrued  interest due on  or prior to  the Cut-off Date  or due in  the month of
October). The  Trustee,  concurrently  with  such  transfer,  will  deliver  the
Certificates  to the Depositor and the Transferor Certificate (as defined in the
Agreement) to the Transferor. Each Mortgage  Loan transferred to the Trust  Fund
will be identified on a schedule (the 'Mortgage Loan Schedule') delivered to the
Trustee  pursuant to the Agreement. Such schedule will include information as to
the Cut-off Date Principal Balance  of each Mortgage Loan as well as information
with respect to the Loan Rate.
    
 
   
     The Agreement will permit Countrywide to maintain possession of the Related
Documents  and  certain  other documents  relating  to the  Mortgage  Loans (the
'Mortgage Files') and assignments of the Mortgage Loans to the Trustee will  not
be required to be recorded for so long as the long-term senior unsecured debt of
Countrywide is rated at least 'BBB-' by Standard & Poor's and 'Baa2' by Moody's.
In the event that
    
 
                                      S-32
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
Countrywide's  long-term  senior  unsecured  debt rating  does  not  satisfy the
above-described standards (an 'Assignment Event'), Countrywide will have 90 days
to record assignments of the mortgages for  each such Mortgage Loan in favor  of
the  Trustee and 60 days  to deliver the Mortgage  Files pertaining to each such
Mortgage Loan to  the Trustee (unless  opinions of counsel  satisfactory to  the
Rating  Agencies and the  Certificate Insurer to the  effect that recordation of
such assignments  or delivery  of  such documentation  is  not required  in  the
relevant  jurisdiction to protect the interest of Countrywide and the Trustee in
the Mortgage Loans). In lieu of delivery of original documentation,  Countrywide
may  deliver  documents which  have been  imaged optically  upon delivery  of an
opinion of counsel that such documents are enforceable to the same extent as the
originals and do not impair the enforceability of the transfer to the Trust Fund
of the Mortgage Loans.
    
 
   
     Within 90 days of an Assignment Event, the Trustee will review the Mortgage
Loans and the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan or Related Document  is
found  to be  defective in  any material  respect and  such defect  is not cured
within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the Depositor by
the Trustee,  the  Seller will  be  obligated to  accept  the transfer  of  such
Mortgage  Loan from the Trust Fund. Upon such transfer, the Principal Balance of
such Mortgage Loan  will be deducted  from the Pool  Balance, thus reducing  the
amount  of the Transferor Interest. If  the deduction would cause the Transferor
Interest to become  less than the  Minimum Transferor Interest  at such time  (a
'Transfer  Deficiency'), the  Seller will be  obligated to  either substitute an
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or make a deposit into the Collection  Account
in  the amount (the 'Transfer Deposit Amount')  equal to the amount by which the
Transferor Interest  would  be  reduced  to less  than  the  Minimum  Transferor
Interest  at such  time. Any  such deduction,  substitution or  deposit, will be
treated under the  Agreement as a  payment in  full of such  Mortgage Loan.  Any
Transfer   Deposit   Amount  will   be  treated   as  a   Principal  Collection.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however,  prior to all  required deposits to  the
Collection  Account  being made  no such  transfer shall  be considered  to have
occurred unless such deposit is actually  made. The obligation of the Seller  to
accept  a transfer of a Defective Mortgage Loan is the sole remedy regarding any
defects in the Mortgage Loans and Related Documents available to the Trustee  or
the Certificateholders.
    
 
   
     An  'Eligible Substitute Mortgage  Loan' is a  mortgage loan substituted by
the Seller  for a  Defective  Mortgage Loan  which must,  on  the date  of  such
substitution,  (i) have an  outstanding Principal Balance  (or in the  case of a
substitution of more than  one Mortgage Loan for  a Defective Mortgage Loan,  an
aggregate  Principal Balance), not 10% more or less than the Transfer Deficiency
relating to such Defective Mortgage  Loan; (ii) have a  Loan Rate not less  than
the  Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan  and not more than 1% in excess of
the Loan Rate of such Defective Mortgage  Loan; (iii) have a Loan Rate based  on
the same Index with adjustments to such Loan Rate made on the same Interest Rate
Adjustment  Date as that of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv) have a Margin that
is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than 100
basis points higher than the Margin for the Defective Mortgage Loan; (v) have  a
mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as the mortgage relating to the
Defective  Mortgage Loan; (vi) have  a remaining term to  maturity not more than
six months earlier and not more than 60 months later than the remaining term  to
maturity  of the Defective Mortgage Loan;  (vii) comply with each representation
and warranty as to the Mortgage Loans  set forth in the Agreement (deemed to  be
made  as  of the  date of  substitution);  (viii) in  general, have  an original
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio  not greater  than that of  the Defective  Mortgage
Loan;  and (ix) satisfy certain other  conditions specified in the Agreement. To
the extent the Principal Balance of an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan is less
than the Principal  Balance of the  related Defective Mortgage  Loan and to  the
extent  that  the  Transferor  Interest  would  be  reduced  below  the  Minimum
Transferor Interest,  the Seller  will be  required  to make  a deposit  to  the
Collection Account equal to such difference.
    
 
   
     The  Seller  will make  certain representations  and  warranties as  to the
accuracy in  all  material respects  of  certain information  furnished  to  the
Trustee with respect to each Mortgage Loan (e.g., Cut-off Date Principal Balance
and the  Loan  Rate). In addition, the Seller will represent and warrant on  the
Closing Date that at  the time of transfer  to the  Depositor,  the  Seller  has
transferred or assigned all of its  rights,  title and interest in each Mortgage
Loan  and  the  Related  Documents,  free  of any   lien  (subject   to  certain
exceptions). Upon discovery of a breach of any  such representation and warranty
which materially and adversely affects  the  interests of the Certificateholders
or the Certificate  Insurer in the  related Mortgage Loan and Related Documents,
the Seller will have a period of 90 days after discovery or notice of the breach
to effect a cure. If the breach  cannot be  cured within  the 90-day period, the
Seller  will be obligated  to accept a transfer of the Defective  Mortgage  Loan
from the Trust Fund. The same  procedure and  limitations that are  set forth in
the second preceding paragraph for the transfer of Defective Mortgage Loans will
apply to the
    
 
                                      S-33
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is  required to be transferred because of  such
breach  of a  representation or  warranty in  the Agreement  that materially and
adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders.
    
 
   
     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Seller as described in the
preceding paragraphs are referred to as 'Defective Mortgage Loans.'
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the Agreement, the Master Servicer will service and  administer
the Mortgage Loans as more fully set forth above.
    
 
   
AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT LINE AGREEMENTS
    
 
   
     Subject  to applicable law, the Master Servicer may change the terms of the
Credit Line  Agreements  at any  time  provided that  such  changes (i)  do  not
materially  and  adversely  affect the interest of the Certificateholders or the
Certificate Insurer, and (ii) are consistent with prudent  business practice. In
addition, the  Agreement permits the Master Servicer, within certain limitations
described  therein, to increase the Credit Limit of the related Mortgage Loan or
reduce the Margin for such Mortgage Loan.
    
 
   
OPTIONAL TRANSFERS OF MORTGAGE LOANS TO THE TRANSFEROR
    
 
   
     In order to permit the Transferor  to remove Mortgage Loans from the  Trust
Fund  at  such times,  if  any, as  the  Transferor Interest  exceeds  the level
required by the Certificate Insurer and the Rating Agencies, on any Distribution
Date the  Transferor  may,  but  shall  not be  obligated  to,  remove  on  such
Distribution  Date (the 'Transfer  Date') from the  Trust Fund, certain Mortgage
Loans without notice to the  Certificateholders. The Transferor is permitted  to
designate  the Mortgage Loans  to be removed. Mortgage  Loans so designated will
only be removed  upon satisfaction  of the  following conditions:  (i) No  Rapid
Amortization  Event  (as  defined  herein)  has  occurred;  (ii)  the Transferor
Interest as of such Transfer Date (after giving effect to such removal)  exceeds
the Minimum Transferor Interest; (iii) the transfer of any Mortgage Loans on any
Transfer  Date during the Managed Amortization  Period (as defined herein) shall
not, in the  reasonable belief  of the  Transferor, cause  a Rapid  Amortization
Event  to occur or  an event which  with notice or  lapse of time  or both would
constitute a Rapid Amortization Event; (iv) the Transferor shall have  delivered
to  the Trustee  a 'Mortgage  Loan Schedule' containing  a list  of all Mortgage
Loans remaining in the Trust Fund  after such removal; (v) the Transferor  shall
represent  and  warrant  that  no  selection  procedures  which  the  Transferor
reasonably believes are adverse  to the interests  of the Certificateholders  or
the  Certificate Insurer were used by  the Transferor in selecting such Mortgage
Loans; (vi) in connection with the first such retransfer of Mortgage Loans,  the
Rating  Agencies shall have been notified of  the proposed transfer and prior to
the Transfer Date shall  not have notified the  Transferor in writing that  such
transfer  would result in a  reduction or withdrawal of  the ratings assigned to
the Certificates without regard  to the Policy; and  (vii) the Transferor  shall
have  delivered  to  the  Trustee  and  the  Certificate  Insurer  an  officer's
certificate confirming  the conditions  set forth  in clauses  (i) through  (vi)
above.
    
 
   
     As  of any date  of determination, the 'Minimum  Transferor Interest' is an
amount equal to the lesser of  (a) 5% of the Pool  Balance on such date and  (b)
the Transferor Interest as of the Closing Date.
    
 
   
PAYMENTS ON MORTGAGE LOANS; DEPOSITS TO COLLECTION ACCOUNT
    
 
   
     The  Trustee shall establish and maintain  on behalf of the Master Servicer
an account (the 'Collection Account') for the benefit of the  Certificateholders
and  the Transferor, as their interests  may appear. The Collection Account will
be an Eligible Account (as defined herein). Subject to the investment  provision
described  in the following  paragraphs, within two Business  Days of receipt by
the Master  Servicer of  amounts in  respect of  the Mortgage  Loans  (excluding
amounts  representing administrative  charges, annual  fees, taxes, assessments,
credit insurance charges, insurance proceeds to be applied to the restoration or
repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar items),  the Master  Servicer  will
deposit  such amounts  in the  Collection Account.  Amounts so  deposited may be
invested in Eligible  Investments (as  described in the  Agreement) maturing  no
later  than one Business  Day prior to the  date on which  the amount on deposit
therein is  required  to be  deposited  in the  Collection  Account or  on  such
Distribution  Date  if  approved  by the  Rating  Agencies  and  the Certificate
Insurer. Not later than the third  Business Day prior to each Distribution  Date
(the  'Determination Date'), the Master Servicer  will notify the Trustee of the
amount of  such  deposit to  be  included in  funds  available for  the  related
Distribution Date.
    
 
                                      S-34
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     An  'Eligible  Account'  is  (i)  an  account  that  is  maintained  with a
depository institution whose debt obligations at the time of any deposit therein
have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii) one or more
accounts with a depository institution having a minimum long-term unsecured debt
rating of 'BBB-' by Standard & Poor's and 'Baa3' by Moody's, which accounts  are
fully  insured by either the Savings  Association Insurance Fund ('SAIF') or the
Bank Insurance  Fund  ('BIF')  of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
established  by such fund, (iii) a  segregated trust account maintained with the
Trustee or  an  Affiliate of  the  Trustee in  its  fiduciary capacity  or  (iv)
otherwise  acceptable  to  each Rating  Agency  and the  Certificate  Insurer as
evidenced by a letter from each Rating Agency and the Certificate Insurer to the
Trustee, without reduction or  withdrawal of their then  current ratings of  the
Certificates.
    
 
   
     Eligible  Investments are specified in the Agreement and are limited to (i)
obligations of the  United States  or any  agency thereof,  provided the  timely
payment  of such  obligations are  backed by  the full  faith and  credit of the
United States;  (ii) general  obligations of  or obligations  guaranteed by  any
state  of the United  States or the  District of Columbia  receiving the highest
long-term debt rating of each  Rating Agency, or such  lower rating as will  not
result  in the  downgrading or  withdrawal of the  ratings then  assigned to the
Certificates by each Rating Agency; (iii) commercial paper issued by Countrywide
Home Loans, Inc. or any of  its affiliates; provided that such commercial  paper
is  rated no lower than  A-1 and P-2 and the  long-term debt of Countrywide Home
Loans, Inc. is rated at least A-3 by Moody's;    such   lower    ratings as will
not result in the downgrading or withdrawal  of the rating then assigned to  the
Certificates  by  any   Rating   Agency   without regard to the Policy, (iv), or
commercial    or   finance    company  paper which is then receiving the highest
commercial or finance company paper rating of each Rating Agency, or  such lower
rating as  will not result  in the downgrading  or withdrawal  of   the  ratings
then  assigned to  the  Certificates by  any Rating Agency; (v)  certificates of
deposit,  demand  or time  deposits,  or  bankers' acceptances  issued   by  any
depository  institution  or  trust company incorporated under the laws   of  the
United States or of any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination
by  federal  and/or  state  banking  authorities, provided that  the  commercial
paper      and/or    long   term    unsecured   debt    obligations    of   such
depository   institution   or   trust   company (or in the case of the principal
depository  institution in  a holding  company system,  the commercial  paper or
long-term unsecured  debt  obligations of  such  holding company,  but  only  if
Moody's  is not a Rating Agency) are then rated one of the two highest long-term
and the highest short-term ratings of each Rating Agency for such securities, or
such lower ratings as will  not result in the  downgrading or withdrawal of  the
rating  then assigned to the  Certificates by any Rating  Agency; (vi) demand or
time deposits or certificates of deposit issued by any bank or trust company  or
savings  institution to the extent  that such deposits are  fully insured by the
FDIC; (vii) guaranteed  reinvestment agreements  issued by  any bank,  insurance
company  or other corporation  containing, at the  time of the  issuance of such
agreements, such terms and conditions as  will not result in the downgrading  or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any Rating Agency;
(viii)  repurchase obligations with respect to any security described in clauses
(i) and (ii) above, in either case entered into with a depository institution or
trust company  (acting  as  principal)  described  in  clause  (v)  above;  (ix)
securities (other than stripped bonds, stripped coupons or instruments sold at a
purchase price in excess of 115% of the face amount thereof) bearing interest or
sold  at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof which,  at the time of such investment,  have
one  of the  two highest  ratings of  each Rating  Agency (except  if the Rating
Agency is Moody's, such rating shall  be the highest commercial paper rating  of
Moody's for any such securities), or such lower rating as will not result in the
downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any
Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed writing delivered by each Rating Agency;
(x) interests in any money market fund which at the date of  acquisition of  the
interests in such fund and  throughout the time such interests  are held in such
fund  has the  highest applicable  rating by each  Rating Agency  or such  lower
rating as will not result in the  downgrading or withdrawal of  the ratings then
assigned  to the Certificates by  each Rating Agency; (xi) short term investment
funds   sponsored  by  any   trust  company  or  national  banking   association
incorporated under the laws  of the United States  or any state thereof which on
the date of acquisition has been rated by each Rating Agency in their respective
highest applicable rating category or  such lower  rating as will not result  in
the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then  assigned to  the Certificates
by  each  Rating  Agency;  and  (xii) such other  investments having a specified
stated maturity and bearing interest or sold  at a discount  acceptable to  each
Rating  Agency  as  will  not result  in the  downgrading or  withdrawal of  the
rating  then  assigned  to  the  Certificates by any Rating Agency, as evidenced
by a signed writing delivered by  each  Rating  Agency;  provided  that  no such
instrument  shall  be  an  Eligible  Investment  if  such  instrument  evidences
the  right  to  receive  interest  only payments with respect to the obligations
underlying such instrument.
    
 
   
ALLOCATIONS AND COLLECTIONS
    
 
   
     All collections  on  the Mortgage  Loans  will generally  be  allocated  in
accordance  with the Credit Line Agreements between amounts collected in respect
of  interest  and  amounts  collected  in  respect  of  principal.  As  to   any
Distribution Date, 'Interest Collections' will be equal to the amounts collected
during  the related Collection Period, including without limitation such portion
of Net Liquidation Proceeds allocated to  interest pursuant to the terms of  the
Credit Line Agreements less Servicing Fees for the related Collection Period.
    
 
                                      S-35
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     As  to any Distribution Date, 'Principal  Collections' will be equal to the
sum of (i) the amounts collected during the related Collection Period, including
without limitation  such  portion  of  Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  allocated  to
principal  pursuant to  the terms  of the  Credit Line  Agreements and  (ii) any
Transfer Deposit Amounts. 'Net Liquidation Proceeds' with respect to a  Mortgage
Loan are equal to the Liquidation Proceeds, reduced by related expenses, but not
including the portion, if any, of such amount that exceeds the Principal Balance
of  the Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the end of the
Collection Period during which such  Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated  Mortgage
Loan.  'Liquidation Proceeds' are  the proceeds (excluding  any amounts drawn on
the Policy) received in  connection with the liquidation  of any Mortgage  Loan,
whether through trustee's sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise.
    
 
   
     With  respect to any Distribution Date, the portion of Interest Collections
allocable to the Certificates ('Investor  Interest Collections') will equal  the
product  of  (a) Interest  Collections for  such Distribution  Date and  (b) the
Investor Floating Allocation Percentage. With respect to any Distribution  Date,
the  'Investor Floating Allocation Percentage' is the percentage equivalent of a
fraction determined by dividing the Invested Amount at the close of business  on
the  preceding Distribution Date (or  the Closing Date in  the case of the first
Distribution Date)  by  the  Pool  Balance  at  the  beginning  of  the  related
Collection  Period.  The  remaining  amount  of  Interest  Collections  will  be
allocated to the Transferor Interest.
    
 
   
     Principal Collections will be allocated between the Certificateholders  and
the  Transferor  ('Investor  Principal  Collections'  and  'Transferor Principal
Collections', respectively) as described herein.
    
 
   
     The Trustee  will deposit  any  amounts drawn  under  the Policy  into  the
Collection Account.
    
 
   
     With respect to any date, the 'Pool Balance' will be equal to the aggregate
of  the Principal Balances of all Mortgage  Loans as of such date. The Principal
Balance of a Mortgage Loan (other than a Liquidated Mortgage Loan) on any day is
equal to its Cut-off  Date Principal Balance,  plus (i) any Additional  Balances
in  respect  of  such  Mortgage   Loan  minus  (ii)  all  collections   credited
against  the  Principal Balance  of such  Mortgage Loan  in accordance  with the
related Credit Line  Agreement prior  to such day.  The Principal  Balance of  a
Liquidated  Mortgage Loan after  final recovery of  related Liquidation Proceeds
shall be zero.
    
 
   
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CERTIFICATES
    
 
   
     Beginning with the first  Distribution Date (which  will occur on  December
16,  1996), distributions on the Certificates will be made by the Trustee or the
Paying Agent  on each  Distribution Date  to  the persons  in whose  names  such
Certificates  are registered at the  close of business on  the day prior to each
Distribution Date or, if the Certificates are no longer Book-Entry Certificates,
at the  close  of  business  on  the  last  day  of  the  month  preceding  such
Distribution  Date (the 'Record  Date'). The term  'Distribution Date' means the
fifteenth day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, then the next
succeeding Business Day.  Distributions will  be made  by check  or money  order
mailed  (or upon the  request of a  Certificateholder owning Certificates having
denominations aggregating at least $1,000,000, by wire transfer or as  otherwise
agreed  by such Certificateholder and the Trustee)  to the address of the person
entitled thereto (which, in the case of Book-Entry Certificates, will be DTC  or
its  nominee) as it appears on the Certificate Register in amounts calculated as
described herein on the Determination  Date. However, the final distribution  in
respect  of the Certificates  will be made only  upon presentation and surrender
thereof at the office or  the agency of the Trustee  specified in the notice  to
Certificateholders  of such final distribution. For purposes of the Agreement, a
'Business Day' is any day other than (i)  a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day  on
which banking institutions in the states of New York, California or Illinois are
required or authorized by law to be closed.
    
 
   
     Application of Interest Collections. On each Distribution Date, the Trustee
or  the  Paying  Agent  will  apply the  Investor  Interest  Collections  in the
following manner and order of priority:
    
 
   
          (i) as  payment to  the  Trustee for  its  fee for  services  rendered
     pursuant to the Agreement;
    
 
   
          (ii)  as payment  to the Certificate  Insurer for the  premium for the
     Policy;
    
 
   
          (iii) as payment  to Certificateholders for  the accrued interest  due
     and  any  overdue accrued  interest (with  interest  thereon to  the extent
     permitted by applicable law)  on the Certificate  Principal Balance of  the
     Certificates;
    
 
                                      S-36
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
          (iv)  to pay to  Certificateholders the Investor  Loss Amount for such
     Distribution Date;
    
 
   
          (v) as payment to Certificateholders for any Investor Loss Amount  for
     a previous Distribution Date that was not previously (a) funded by Investor
     Interest Collections, (b) absorbed by the Overcollateralization Amount, (c)
     funded  by amounts on deposit in the  Spread Account or (d) funded by draws
     on the Policy;
    
 
   
          (vi) to reimburse the  Certificate Insurer for  prior draws made  from
     the Policy (with interest thereon);
    
 
   
          (vii) to pay to Certificateholders principal on the Certificates until
     the  Invested  Amount  exceeds  the Certificate  Principal  Balance  by the
     Required  Overcollateralization   Amount   (such  amount   so   paid,   the
     'Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount');
    
 
   
          (viii)  in respect of any other amounts required to be deposited in an
     account  for   the   benefit   of   the   Certificate   Insurer   and   the
     Certificateholders  or  owed to  the  Certificate Insurer  pursuant  to the
     Insurance Agreement;
    
 
   
          (ix) as payment to the Master Servicer for certain amounts that may be
     required to be paid to the Master Servicer pursuant to the Agreement; and
    
 
   
          (x) to pay  to the  Transferor to  the extent  permitted as  described
     herein.
    
 
   
     Payments  to Certificateholders pursuant  to clause (iii)  will be interest
payments on the Certificates. Payments to Certificateholders pursuant to clauses
(iv), (v) and  (vii) will  be principal payments  on the  Certificates and  will
therefore  reduce the Certificate Principal  Balance; however, payments pursuant
to clause (vii) will not reduce  the Invested Amount. The Accelerated  Principal
Distribution Amount is not guaranteed by the Policy.
    
 
   
     To  the extent  that Investor Interest  Collections are applied  to pay the
interest on the Certificates, Investor Interest Collections may be  insufficient
to cover Investor Loss Amounts. If such insufficiency results in the Certificate
Principal  Balance exceeding  the Invested  Amount, a draw  will be  made on the
Policy in accordance with the terms of the Policy.
    
 
   
     The 'Required Overcollateralization Amount' shall be an amount set forth in
the Insurance Agreement  (as defined  herein). 'Liquidation  Loss Amount'  means
with  respect to any Liquidated Mortgage Loan, the unrecovered Principal Balance
thereof at the end of the Collection Period in which such Mortgage Loan became a
Liquidated Mortgage Loan, after giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in
connection therewith. The  'Investor Loss Amount'  shall be the  product of  the
Investor Floating Allocation Percentage and the Liquidation Loss Amount for such
Distribution Date.
    
 
   
     A  'Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan' means,  as  to any  Distribution  Date, any
Mortgage Loan in respect of which  the Master Servicer has determined, based  on
the  servicing  procedures specified  in the  Agreement,  as of  the end  of the
preceding Collection Period, that all  Liquidation Proceeds which it expects  to
recover  with respect  to the  disposition of the  Mortgage Loan  or the related
Mortgaged Property  have  been  recovered.  The Investor  Loss  Amount  will  be
allocated to the Certificateholders.
    
 
   
     As  to  any  Distribution  Date,  the  'Collection  Period' is the calendar
month preceding each Distribution Date.
    
 
   
     Interest will be distributed on  each Distribution Date at the  Certificate
Rate  for the related Interest Period (as defined below). The 'Certificate Rate'
for a Distribution Date will generally equal  a per annum rate equal to the  sum
of (a) LIBOR, calculated as specified below, as of the second LIBOR Business Day
prior to the first day of such Interest Period (or as of two LIBOR Business Days
prior  to the Closing Date, in the case of the first Distribution Date) plus (b)
   %. Notwithstanding the  foregoing, in no  event will the  amount of  interest
required  to be distributed  in respect of the  Certificates on any Distribution
Date  exceed  a  per annum rate equal to the weighted  average of the Loan Rates
(net of the Servicing  Fee  Rate,  the rate  at  which the  fee  payable to  the
Trustee  is calculated, the rate at which the premium payable to the Certificate
Insurer  is  calculated and, commencing with the Distribution Date in June 1997,
0.50%)    weighted   on  the   basis   of  the  daily  average  balance  of each
Mortgage Loan during the  related billing cycle prior  to the Collection  Period
relating to such Distribution Date.
    
 
   
     Interest  on  the Certificates  in respect  of  any Distribution  Date will
accrue on the Certificate Principal Balance from the preceding Distribution Date
(or in  the  case  of  the  first  Distribution  Date,  from  the  date  of  the
    
 
                                      S-37
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
initial  issuance  of the  Certificates (the  'Closing  Date')) through  the day
preceding such Distribution Date (each such period, an 'Interest Period') on the
basis of the actual number  of days in the Interest  Period and a 360-day  year.
Interest  payments on  the Certificates  will be  funded from  Investor Interest
Collections, amounts on deposit  in the Spread Account  and, if necessary,  from
draws on the Policy.
    
 
   
     Calculation of the LIBOR Rate. On the second LIBOR Business Day immediately
preceding  each Distribution  Date, the  Trustee shall  determine LIBOR  for the
Interest Period commencing on such Distribution Date. LIBOR will equal the  rate
for  United States dollar deposits  for one month which  appears on the Telerate
Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second LIBOR Business Day
prior to the  first day  of such Interest  Period. 'Telerate  Screen Page  3750'
means the display designated as page 3750 on the Telerate Service (or such other
page  as may  replace page 3750  on that  service for the  purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates of major banks). If such rate does not appear  on
such  page (or such other page  as may replace that page  on that service, or if
such service is no  longer offered, such other  service for displaying LIBOR  or
comparable rates as may be selected by the Depositor after consultation with the
Trustee),  the rate will be  the Reference Bank Rate.  The 'Reference Bank Rate'
will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United  States
dollars  are offered by  the reference banks  (which shall be  three major banks
that are engaged in transactions in the London interbank market, selected by the
Depositor after consultation with the Trustee) as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on
the day that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such  Interest
Period  to prime banks in the London interbank  market for a period of one month
in amounts approximately equal to the principal amount of the Certificates  then
outstanding. The Trustee will request the principal London office of each of the
reference  banks  to provide  a  quotation of  its rate.  If  at least  two such
quotations are provided, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations.
If on such date fewer  than two quotations are  provided as requested, the  rate
will  be the arithmetic mean of  the rates quoted by one  or more major banks in
New York City, selected by the Depositor after consultation with the Trustee, as
of 11:00 A.M.,  New York  City time,  on such date  for loans  in United  States
dollars  to  leading  European  banks  for a  period  of  one  month  in amounts
approximately  equal  to   the  principal  amount   of  the  Certificates   then
outstanding.  If no such quotations can be  obtained, the rate will be LIBOR for
the preceding Interest Period. 'LIBOR Business Day' means any day other than (i)
a Saturday or a Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the  State
of  New York or in the city of London, England are required or authorized by law
to be closed.
    
 
   
     Transferor Collections. Collections  allocable to  the Transferor  Interest
will  be distributed to the Transferor only to the extent that such distribution
will not  reduce  the  amount of  the  Transferor  Interest as  of  the  related
Distribution Date below the Minimum Transferor Interest. Amounts not distributed
to the Transferor because of such limitations will be retained in the Collection
Account  until the Transferor Interest  exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest,
at which time  such excess  shall be  released to  the Transferor.  If any  such
amounts  are still retained  in the Collection Account  upon the commencement of
the  Rapid   Amortization   Period,  such   amounts   will  be   paid   to   the
Certificateholders as a reduction of the Certificate Principal Balance.
    
 
   
     Overcollateralization.   The  distribution  of  the  aggregate  Accelerated
Principal Distribution Amount, if any,  to Certificateholders may result in  the
Invested  Amount being greater  than the Certificate  Principal Balance, thereby
creating overcollateralization. The Overcollateralization  Amount, if any,  will
be  available to absorb any Investor Loss Amount that is not covered by Investor
Interest Collections.
    
 
   
     Distributions of Principal  Collections. For  the period  beginning on  the
Closing Date and, unless a Rapid Amortization Event shall have earlier occurred,
ending  on the Distribution  Date in                           20  (the 'Managed
Amortization  Period'),  the   amount  of  Principal   Collections  payable   to
Certificateholders  as of each Distribution Date during the Managed Amortization
Period will equal,  to the extent  funds are available  therefor, the  Scheduled
Principal  Collections Distribution  Amount for  such Distribution  Date. On any
Distribution  Date  during  the  Managed  Amortization  Period,  the  'Scheduled
Principal  Collections Distribution  Amount' shall equal  the lesser  of (i) the
Maximum Principal Payment (as defined herein) and (ii) the Alternative Principal
Payment (as defined herein). With respect to any Distribution Date, the 'Maximum
Principal Payment'  will equal  the  product of  the Investor  Fixed  Allocation
Percentage and Principal Collections for such Distribution Date. With respect to
any  Distribution  Date,  the  'Alternative Principal  Payment'    will    equal
the  amount,   but   not   less   than   zero, of Principal Collections for such
Distribution  Date  less the aggregate of Additional Balances created during the
related Collection Period.
    
 
                                      S-38
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     Beginning with the first Distribution Date following the end of the Managed
Amortization  Period,   the  amount   of   Principal  Collections   payable   to
Certificateholders  on  each  Distribution Date  will  be equal  to  the Maximum
Principal Payment.
    
 
   
     The amount of Principal Collections to be distributed to Certificateholders
on the first Distribution Date will reflect Principal Collections and Additional
Balances during the first Collection Period which is the period beginning  after
the   Cut-off   Date   through   the   last  day of November 1996.
    
 
   
     Distributions  of  Principal  Collections  based  upon  the  Investor Fixed
Allocation  Percentage   may   result   in   distributions   of   principal   to
Certificateholders  in amounts that  are greater relative  to the declining Pool
Balance than would be  the case if the  Investor Floating Allocation  Percentage
were  used to determine  the percentage of  Principal Collections distributed in
respect of  the Invested  Amount.  Principal Collections  not allocated  to  the
Certificateholders  will be allocated to  the Transferor Interest. The aggregate
distributions of  principal  to  the  Certificateholders  will  not  exceed  the
Original Certificate Principal Balance.
    
 
   
     In  addition, to  the extent of  funds available  therefor (including funds
available under the Policy), on the Distribution Date in
20   , Certificateholders will be entitled  to receive as a payment of principal
an amount equal to the outstanding Certificate Principal Balance.
    
 
   
     The Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall initially be the Trustee, together
with any successor  thereto in such  capacity (the 'Paying  Agent'). The  Paying
Agent  shall  have the  revocable power  to withdraw  funds from  the Collection
Account for the purpose of making distributions to the Certificateholders.
    
 
   
RAPID AMORTIZATION EVENTS
    
 
   
     As described above, the Managed  Amortization Period will continue  through
the  Distribution Date in              20   , unless  a Rapid Amortization Event
occurs prior  to such  date in  which case  the Rapid  Amortization Period  will
commence  prior to such  date. 'Rapid Amortization  Event' refers to  any of the
following events:
    
 
   
          (a) failure on the part of the Seller (i) to make a payment or deposit
     required under the Agreement within three Business Days after the date such
     payment or deposit is  required to be made,  (ii) to record assignments  of
     Mortgage  Loans when required pursuant to the Agreement or (iii) to observe
     or  perform in any material  respect  any other covenants or  agreements of
     the   Seller    set   forth in the  Agreement, which failure materially and
     adversely   affects   the   interests  of  the  Certificateholders  or  the
     Certificate  Insurer  and,  with  certain  exceptions, continues unremedied
     for  a period  of 60  days after  written  notice;
    
 
   
          (b) any representation or warranty made by the Seller or the Depositor
     in the Agreement proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when
     made  and continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of
     60 days after written notice and as a result of which the interests of  the
     Certificateholders  or the Certificate Insurer are materially and adversely
     affected; provided, however, that a  Rapid Amortization Event shall not  be
     deemed  to occur if the Seller has purchased or made a substitution for the
     related Mortgage Loan or  Mortgage Loans if  applicable during such  period
     (or  within  an additional  60 days  with  the consent  of the  Trustee) in
     accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;
    
 
   
          (c) the  occurrence of  certain events  of bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
     receivership relating to the Transferor;
    
 
   
          (d) the Trust Fund becomes subject to regulation by the Securities and
     Exchange  Commission as  an investment  company within  the meaning  of the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or
    
 
   
          (e) the aggregate of  all draws under the  Policy incurred during  the
     Managed Amortization Period exceed 1% of the Cut-off Date Pool Balance.
    
 
   
     In  the  case  of  any  event  described in  clause  (a)  or  (b),  a Rapid
Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred only if, after the applicable
grace period,  if  any,  described  in  such  clauses,  either  the  Trustee  or
Certificateholders   holding  Certificates  evidencing  more  than  51%  of  the
Percentage Interests or the Certificate Insurer (so long as there is no  default
by  the  Certificate Insurer  in the  performance of  its obligations  under the
Policy), by  written notice  to the  Transferor, the  Depositor and  the  Master
Servicer  (and to the Trustee, if given by either the Certificate Insurer or the
Certificateholders) declare that a Rapid  Amortization Event has occurred as  of
the  date of such  notice. In the case  of any event described  in clause (c) or
(d), a Rapid Amortization Event
    
 
                                      S-39
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
will be deemed to have occurred without  any notice or other action on the  part
of  the Trustee, the  Certificate Insurer or  the Certificateholders immediately
upon the occurrence of such event.
    
 
   
     In addition to  the consequences  of a Rapid  Amortization Event  discussed
above,  if the Transferor  voluntarily files a bankruptcy  petition or goes into
liquidation or any person is appointed  a receiver or bankruptcy trustee of  the
Transferor,  on the day of any such  filing or appointment no further Additional
Balances will be transferred to the Trust Fund, the Transferor will  immediately
cease  to transfer Additional Balances to the Trust Fund and the Transferor will
promptly give notice to the Trustee of any such filing or appointment. Within 15
days, the Trustee  will publish a  notice of  the liquidation or  the filing  or
appointment  stating that the  Trustee intends to sell,  dispose of or otherwise
liquidate the Mortgage Loans in a commercially reasonable manner and to the best
of its  ability.  Unless  otherwise  instructed within  a  specified  period  by
Certificateholders  representing undivided interests aggregating at least 51% of
the aggregate  principal amount  of  the Certificates,  the Trustee  will  sell,
dispose  of  or  otherwise  liquidate  the  Mortgage  Loans  in  a  commercially
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. Any proceeds will  first
be paid to the Certificate Insurer to the extent of any unreimbursed draws under
the  Policy  and  other amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer pursuant to the
Insurance   Agreement.   The  Investor  Fixed Allocation Percentage of remaining
amounts   will be  distributed to   the  Certificateholders  on  the  date  such
amounts  are received  (the 'Dissolution Distribution Date'). If the  portion of
such amounts allocable  to the  Certificateholders are not  sufficient to pay in
full  the  remaining  amount due on the Certificates, the Policy will cover such
shortfall.
    
 
   
     Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   if   a   conservator,   receiver    or
trustee-in-bankruptcy  is appointed for the Transferor and no Rapid Amortization
Event exists other than such conservatorship, receivership or insolvency of  the
Transferor,  the  conservator, receiver  or  trustee-in-bankruptcy may  have the
power to prevent the commencement of  the Rapid Amortization Period or the  sale
of Mortgage Loans described above.
    
 
   
THE POLICY
    
 
   
     On or before the Closing Date, the Policy will be issued by the Certificate
Insurer  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the  Agreement  and the  Insurance and
Indemnity Agreement (the 'Insurance Agreement') to be dated as  of  October  31,
1996,  among the  Seller,  the  Depositor,  the Master Servicer, the Trustee and
the Certificate Insurer.
    
 
   
     The Policy will irrevocably and  unconditionally guarantee payment on  each
Distribution  Date to the Trustee for  the benefit of the Certificateholders the
full and complete payment  of (i) the  Guaranteed Principal Distribution  Amount
(as  defined herein) with respect to the Certificates for such Distribution Date
and (ii) accrued  and unpaid  interest due  on the  Certificates (together,  the
'Guaranteed  Distributions'),  with  such Guaranteed  Distributions  having been
calculated in accordance  with the  original terms  of the  Certificates or  the
Agreement  except  for  amendments  or modifications  to  which  the Certificate
Insurer has given  its prior written  consent. The  effect of the  Policy is  to
guarantee  the timely payment  of interest on,  and the ultimate  payment of the
principal amount of, all of the Certificates.
    
 
   
     The 'Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount' shall be the amount, if any,
by which the  Certificate Principal Balance  (after giving effect  to all  other
amounts  distributable and allocable  to principal on  the Certificates) exceeds
the Invested Amount  as of such  Distribution Date (after  giving effect to  all
other  amounts distributable and allocable to  principal on the Certificates for
such Distribution Date). In addition, the  Policy will guarantee the payment  of
the  outstanding  Certificate  Principal  Balance on  the  Distribution  Date in
                    20  (after giving effect to all other amounts  distributable
and allocable to principal on such Distribution Date).
    
 
   
     In accordance with the Agreement, the Trustee will be required to establish
and  maintain  an  account  (the  'Spread  Account')  for  the  benefit  of  the
Certificate Insurer and  the Certificateholders. The  Trustee shall deposit  the
amounts into the Spread Account as required by the Agreement.
    
 
   
     Payment  of claims on  the Policy will  be made by  the Certificate Insurer
following Receipt  by the  Certificate  Insurer of  the appropriate  notice  for
payment  on the later  to occur of  (i) 12:00 noon,  New York City  time, on the
second Business Day following Receipt of such notice for payment and (ii)  12:00
noon, New York City time, on the relevant Distribution Date.
    
 
   
     If  payment of any amount guaranteed by the Certificate Insurer pursuant to
the Policy  is avoided  as  a preference  payment under  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  receivership or similar law, the  Certificate Insurer will pay such
amount out of the funds of the Certificate Insurer on the later of (a) the  date
when  due to be paid pursuant to the Order referred to below or (b) the first to
occur of (i) the fourth Business Day following Receipt
    
 
                                      S-40
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
by the Certificate Insurer from the Trustee of (A) a certified copy of the order
(the  'Order')  of  the  court  or  other  governmental  body  which   exercised
jurisdiction  to the effect that the Certificateholder is required to return the
amount  of  any  Guaranteed  Distributions  distributed  with  respect  to   the
Certificates  during  the term  of the  Policy  because such  distributions were
avoidable preference payments under applicable bankruptcy law, (B) a certificate
of the Certificateholder that the Order has  been entered and is not subject  to
any   stay  and   (C)  an  assignment   duly  executed  and   delivered  by  the
Certificateholder, in such  form as  is reasonably required  by the  Certificate
Insurer  and  provided  to  the Certificateholder  by  the  Certificate Insurer,
irrevocably assigning to the  Certificate Insurer all rights  and claims of  the
Certificateholder  relating  to or  arising under  the Certificates  against the
debtor which made  such preference  payment or  otherwise with  respect to  such
preference  payment, or (ii) the date of Receipt by the Certificate Insurer from
the Trustee of the items  referred to in clauses (A),  (B) and (C) above if,  at
least  four Business Days prior to such date of Receipt, the Certificate Insurer
shall have Received written notice from the  Trustee that such items were to  be
delivered  on such date and such date was specified in such notice. Such payment
shall be disbursed to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee
in bankruptcy named in the Order and not to the Trustee or any Certificateholder
directly (unless  a Certificateholder  has previously  paid such  amount to  the
receiver,  conservator, debtor-in-possession  or trustee in  bankruptcy named in
the Order, in  which case such  payment shall  be disbursed to  the Trustee  for
distribution  to such  Certificateholder upon  proof of  such payment reasonably
satisfactory to the Certificate Insurer).
    
 
   
     The terms 'Receipt' and 'Received', with respect to the Policy, mean actual
delivery to the  Certificate Insurer and  to its fiscal  agent appointed by  the
Certificate  Insurer at its option,  if any, prior to  12:00 noon, New York City
time, on a Business Day; delivery either on a day that is not a Business Day  or
after 12:00 noon, New York City time, shall be deemed to be Received on the next
succeeding  Business Day. If any notice or certificate given under the Policy by
the Trustee is  not in proper  form or  is not properly  completed, executed  or
delivered,  it shall be  deemed not to  have been Received,  and the Certificate
Insurer or the fiscal agent shall promptly so advise the Trustee and the Trustee
may submit an amended notice.
    
 
   
     Under the Policy, 'Business Day' means any day other than (i) a Saturday or
Sunday or  (ii) a  day on  which banking  institutions in  states of  New  York,
California  or Illinois are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to
be closed.
    
 
   
     The Certificate  Insurer's  obligations  under the  Policy  in  respect  of
Guaranteed Distributions shall be discharged to the extent funds are transferred
to the Trustee as provided in the Policy, whether or not such funds are properly
applied by the Trustee.
    
 
   
     The  Certificate  Insurer  shall  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of  each
Certificateholder to receive payments of principal and interest, as  applicable,
with  respect to distributions on the Certificates  to the extent of any payment
by the  Certificate Insurer  under the  Policy. To  the extent  the  Certificate
Insurer  makes Guaranteed  Distributions, either  directly or  indirectly (as by
paying through the Trustee), to the Certificateholders, the Certificate  Insurer
will  be subrogated to the rights of the Certificateholders, as applicable, with
respect to such Guaranteed Distributions, shall  be deemed to the extent of  the
payments  so made to  be a registered Certificateholder  for purposes of payment
and shall receive all future Guaranteed Distributions until all such  Guaranteed
Distributions  by the Certificate  Insurer have been  fully reimbursed, provided
that the  Certificateholders have  received the  full amount  of the  Guaranteed
Distributions.
    
 
   
     The  terms of  the Policy  cannot be modified,  altered or  affected by any
other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or dissolution of
the Seller. The Policy by its terms may not be cancelled or revoked. The  Policy
is governed by the laws of the State of New York.
    
 
   
     The  Policy is not covered by the Property/Casualty Insurance Security fund
specified in Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law. The Policy is not covered
by the Florida Insurance Guaranty Association  created under Part II of  Chapter
631  of the Florida Insurance Code. In the event the Certificate Insurer were to
become insolvent, any claims arising under the Policy are excluded from coverage
by the  California  Insurance  Guaranty  Association,  established  pursuant  to
Article  14.2 of Chapter 1  of part 2 of Division  1 of the California Insurance
Code.
    
 
   
     Pursuant to  the  terms of  the  Agreement, unless  a  Certificate  Insurer
default  exists, the Certificate Insurer shall be deemed to be the Holder of the
Certificates for certain  purposes (other than  with respect to  payment on  the
Certificates), will be entitled to exercise all rights of the Certificateholders
thereunder,  without  the  consent  of  such  Holders  and  the  Holders  of the
Certificates may exercise  such rights only  with the prior  written consent  of
    
 
                                      S-41
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
the  Certificate Insurer. In addition, the Certificate Insurer will have certain
additional rights as third party beneficiary to the Agreement.
    
 
   
     In the absence of payments  under the Policy, Certificateholders will  bear
directly  the credit and other risks associated with their undivided interest in
the Trust Fund.
    
 
   
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
    
 
   
     Concurrently with each distribution  to the Certificateholders, the  Master
Servicer  will forward  to the Trustee  for mailing to  such Certificateholder a
statement setting forth among other items:
    
 
   
          (i) the  Investor Floating  Allocation  Percentage for  the  preceding
     Collection Period;
    
 
   
          (ii) the amount being distributed to Certificateholders;
    
 
   
          (iii)  the amount  of interest included  in such  distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;
    
 
   
          (iv) the amount, if any, of overdue accrued interest included in  such
     distribution (and the amount of interest thereon to the extent permitted by
     applicable law);
    
 
   
          (v)  the amount,  if any,  of the  remaining overdue  accrued interest
     after giving effect to such distribution;
    
 
   
          (vi) the amount, if any, of principal included in such distribution;
    
 
   
          (vii) the amount, if  any, of the  reimbursement of previous  Investor
     Loss Amounts included in such distribution;
    
 
   
          (viii) the amount, if any, of the aggregate unreimbursed Investor Loss
     Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;
    
 
   
          (ix) the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;
    
 
   
          (x)  the Invested  Amount, the  Certificate Principal  Balance and the
     Pool Factor, each after giving effect to such distribution;
    
 
   
          (xi) the  Pool Balance  as  of the  end  of the  preceding  Collection
     Period;
    
 
   
          (xii)  the  number and  aggregate Principal  Balances of  the Mortgage
     Loans as to which the minimum monthly payment is delinquent for 30-59 days,
     60-89 days  and  90 or  more  days, respectively,  as  of the  end  of  the
     preceding Collection Period;
    
 
   
          (xiii)  the book  value of  any real estate  which is  acquired by the
     Trust Fund through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure; and
    
 
   
          (xiv) the amount of any draws on the Policy.
    
 
   
     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv),  (v),
(vi),  (vii) and (viii) above, the amounts shall be expressed as a dollar amount
per Certificate with a $1,000 denomination.
    
 
   
     Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year commencing in 1996,  the
Master  Servicer  will  be  required  to  forward  to  the  Trustee  a statement
containing the information set forth in clauses (iii) and (vi) above  aggregated
for such calendar year.
    
 
   
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES ON MORTGAGE LOANS
    
 
   
     The  Master Servicer will  make reasonable efforts  to collect all payments
called for under  the Mortgage Loans  and will, consistent  with the  Agreement,
follow  such collection procedures as it follows  from time to time with respect
to the home equity loans in  its servicing portfolio comparable to the  Mortgage
Loans.  Consistent with  the above,  the Master  Servicer may  in its discretion
waive any late payment charge or any assumption or other fee or charge that  may
be collected in the ordinary course of servicing the Mortgage Loans.
    
 
   
     With  respect to the Mortgage Loans, the Master Servicer may arrange with a
borrower a schedule for  the payment of  interest due and  unpaid for a  period,
provided  that any  such arrangement  is consistent  with the  Master Servicer's
policies with respect to the mortgage  loans it owns or services. In  accordance
with  the terms of the Agreement, the  Master Servicer may consent under certain
circumstances to  the  placing of  a  subsequent senior  lien  in respect  of  a
Mortgage Loan.
    
 
                                      S-42
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
HAZARD INSURANCE
    
 
   
     The  Agreement provides  that the  Master Servicer  maintain certain hazard
insurance on the Mortgaged Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans. While  the
terms  of  the related  Credit Line  Agreements  generally require  borrowers to
maintain certain  hazard insurance,  the Master  Servicer will  not monitor  the
maintenance of such insurance.
    
 
   
     The  Agreement requires the  Master Servicer to  maintain for any Mortgaged
Property relating to  a Mortgage Loan  acquired upon foreclosure  of a  Mortgage
Loan,  or by deed  in lieu of  such foreclosure, hazard  insurance with extended
coverage in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum insurable value  of
such  Mortgaged Property  or (b) the  outstanding balance of  such Mortgage Loan
plus the outstanding balance on any  mortgage loan senior to such Mortgage  Loan
at the time of foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus accrued interest
and  the  Master  Servicer's  good faith  estimate  of  the  related liquidation
expenses to be incurred in connection therewith. The Agreement provides that the
Master Servicer  may satisfy  its  obligation to  cause  hazard policies  to  be
maintained  by  maintaining a  blanket policy  insuring  against losses  on such
Mortgaged Properties. If such blanket  policy contains a deductible clause,  the
Master  Servicer will be obligated to deposit in the Collection Account the sums
which would have been deposited therein but for such clause. The Master Servicer
will satisfy these requirements  by maintaining a blanket  policy. As set  forth
above,  all amounts collected by the  Master Servicer (net of any reimbursements
to the  Master Servicer)  under any  hazard  policy (except  for amounts  to  be
applied  to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged Property) will ultimately
be deposited in the Collection Account.
    
 
   
     In general, the standard form of  fire and extended coverage policy  covers
physical  damage to or destruction of the  improvements on the property by fire,
lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, and the like, strike and  civil
commotion,  subject to the  conditions and exclusions  specified in each policy.
Although the policies  relating to the  Mortgage Loans will  be underwritten  by
different   insurers  and  therefore  will   not  contain  identical  terms  and
conditions, the basic terms thereof are dictated by state laws and most of  such
policies  typically  do  not  cover  any  physical  damage  resulting  from  the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related
causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mudflows), nuclear
reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin,  rodents, insects or domestic animals,  theft
and,  in certain  cases, vandalism. The  foregoing list is  merely indicative of
certain kinds of uninsured risks and is  not intended to be all-inclusive or  an
exact   description  of  the  insurance   policies  relating  to  the  Mortgaged
Properties.
    
 
   
REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS
    
 
   
     The Master Servicer will foreclose upon or otherwise comparably convert  to
ownership  Mortgaged Properties securing such of the Mortgage Loans as come into
default when,  in  accordance with  applicable  servicing procedures  under  the
Agreement,  no  satisfactory  arrangements can  be  made for  the  collection of
delinquent payments. In  connection with such  foreclosure or other  conversion,
the  Master  Servicer  will  follow  such practices  as  it  deems  necessary or
advisable and as are in keeping with its general mortgage servicing  activities,
provided  the Master Servicer  will not be  required to expend  its own funds in
connection with  foreclosure or  other conversion,  correction of  default on  a
related  senior mortgage loan or restoration of any property unless, in its sole
judgment,  such  foreclosure,  correction  or  restoration  will  increase   Net
Liquidation  Proceeds. The Master Servicer will be reimbursed out of Liquidation
Proceeds and,  if necessary,  from other  collections on  or in  respect of  the
Mortgage Loans, for advances of its own funds as liquidation expenses before any
Net   Liquidation  Proceeds   are  distributed  to   Certificateholders  or  the
Transferor.
    
 
   
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED LOAN
    
 
   
     The Master Servicer may,  at its option, purchase  from the Trust Fund  any
Mortgage  Loan which  is delinquent  in payment  for 91  days or  more. Any such
purchase shall be  at a price  equal to 100%  of the Principal  Balance of  such
Mortgage Loan plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable Loan Rate from the
date  through which interest was last paid by the related mortgagor to the first
day  of   the  month   in  which   such   amount  is   to  be   distributed   to
Certificateholders.
    
 
                                      S-43
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
    
 
   
     With  respect to each  Collection Period, the  Master Servicer will receive
from Interest Collections  in respect of  the Mortgage Loans  a portion of  such
Interest Collections as a monthly Servicing Fee in the amount equal to 0.50% per
annum ('Servicing Fee Rate') on the aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
Loans as   of the first day of the  related Collection Period.  All   assumption
fees, late payment charges and other  fees and charges,  to the extent collected
from  borrowers, will be retained by the Master Servicer as additional servicing
compensation.
    
 
   
     The Master Servicer will pay  certain ongoing expenses associated with  the
Trust  Fund and incurred by it in connection with its responsibilities under the
Agreement. In addition, the  Master Servicer will  be entitled to  reimbursement
for  certain expenses incurred by it in connection with defaulted Mortgage Loans
and in connection with  the restoration of Mortgaged  Properties, such right  of
reimbursement  being prior  to the rights  of Certificateholders  to receive any
related Net Liquidation Proceeds and, if  necessary, other collections on or  in
respect of the Mortgage Loans.
    
 
   
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
    
 
   
     The  Agreement provides  for delivery  on or  before May  31 in  each year,
beginning May 31,  1997, to  the Trustee  of an  annual statement  signed by  an
officer  of  the Master  Servicer to  the  effect that  the Master  Servicer has
fulfilled its material obligations under the Agreement throughout the  preceding
fiscal year, except as specified in such statement.
    
 
   
     On  or  before May  31 of  each year,  beginning May  31, 1997,  the Master
Servicer will  furnish a  report prepared  by a  firm of  nationally  recognized
independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the Master
Servicer  or the  Transferor) to  the Trustee,  the Certificate  Insurer and the
Rating Agencies to the effect that such firm has examined certain documents  and
the  records relating to servicing of the Mortgage Loans under the Agreement and
that, on the basis of such  examination, such firm believes that such  servicing
was conducted in compliance with the Agreement except for (a) such exceptions as
such  firm believes to be  immaterial and (b) such  other exceptions as shall be
set forth in such report.
    
 
   
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE TRANSFEROR
    
 
   
     The Agreement provides  that the Master  Servicer may not  resign from  its
obligations  and  duties  thereunder,  except  in  connection  with  a permitted
transfer of servicing,  unless (i)  such duties  and obligations  are no  longer
permissible  under  applicable law  or  are in  material  conflict by  reason of
applicable law with any other activities of a type and nature presently  carried
on  by  it or  its  affiliate or  (ii) upon  the  satisfaction of  the following
conditions: (a) the  Master Servicer has  proposed a successor  servicer to  the
Trustee in writing and such proposed successor servicer is reasonably acceptable
to  the Trustee; (b) the Rating Agencies  have confirmed to the Trustee that the
appointment of such proposed successor servicer as the Master Servicer will  not
result  in  the  reduction or  withdrawal  of  the then  current  rating  of the
Certificates without  regard to  the  Policy; and  (c) such  proposed  successor
servicer   is  reasonably  acceptable  to   the  Certificate  Insurer.  No  such
resignation will become effective until the Trustee or a successor servicer  has
assumed the Master Servicer's obligations and duties under the Agreement.
    
 
   
     The Master Servicer may perform any of its duties and obligations under the
Agreement through one or more subservicers or delegates, which may be affiliates
of  the  Master  Servicer.  Notwithstanding  any  such  arrangement,  the Master
Servicer  will   remain  liable   and   obligated  to   the  Trustee   and   the
Certificateholders  for the Master  Servicer's duties and  obligations under the
Agreement, without any diminution of such  duties and obligations and as if  the
Master Servicer itself were performing such duties and obligations.
    
 
   
     The  Agreement provides that  the Master Servicer  will indemnify the Trust
Fund and the Trustee  from and against any  loss, liability, expense, damage  or
injury  suffered or sustained  as a result  of the Master  Servicer's actions or
omissions in connection with  the servicing and  administration of the  Mortgage
Loans  which are not in  accordance with the provisions  of the Agreement. Under
the Agreement, the  Transferor will indemnify  an injured party  for the  entire
amount  of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising out of or based on
the Agreement to the extent described therein (other than losses resulting  from
defaults  under  the Mortgage  Loans). In  the  event of  an Event  of Servicing
Termination  (as  defined  below)  resulting  in  the  assumption  of  servicing
obligations  by a successor Master Servicer,  the successor Master Servicer will
indemnify the Transferor for any
    
 
                                      S-44
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
losses, claims, damages and liabilities of  the Transferor as described in  this
paragraph arising from the successor Master Servicer's actions or omissions. The
Agreement  provides that  neither the Depositor,  the Transferor  nor the Master
Servicer nor their directors,  officers, employees or agents  will be under  any
other  liability to the  Trust Fund, the Trustee,  the Certificateholders or any
other person  for any  action taken  or for  refraining from  taking any  action
pursuant  to the Agreement.  However, neither the  Depositor, the Transferor nor
the Master  Servicer  will  be  protected  against  any  liability  which  would
otherwise  be  imposed  by reason  of  willful  misconduct, bad  faith  or gross
negligence of  the Depositor,  the  Transferor or  the  Master Servicer  in  the
performance of its duties under the Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard
of  its obligations  thereunder. In  addition, the  Agreement provides  that the
Master Servicer will  not be  under any obligation  to appear  in, prosecute  or
defend   any   legal  action   which  is   not   incidental  to   its  servicing
responsibilities under the Agreement and which  in its opinion may expose it  to
any  expense  or liability.  The Master  Servicer may,  in its  sole discretion,
undertake any such legal  action which it may  deem necessary or desirable  with
respect  to the Agreement and  the rights and duties  of the parties thereto and
the interest of the Certificateholders thereunder.
    
 
   
     Any  corporation  into  which  the   Master  Servicer  may  be  merged   or
consolidated,  or  any  corporation  resulting from  any  merger,  conversion or
consolidation to which the Master Servicer shall be a party, or any  corporation
succeeding  to the business of the Master Servicer shall be the successor of the
Master Servicer under  the Agreement,  without the  execution or  filing of  any
paper  or any further act on the part of any of the parties thereto, anything in
the Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding.
    
 
   
EVENTS OF SERVICING TERMINATION
    
 
   
     'Events of Servicing Termination' will consist  of: (i) any failure by  the
Master  Servicer to deposit in the Collection Account any deposit required to be
made under the Agreement, which  failure continues unremedied for five  Business
Days  after the giving of written notice  of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee, or  to the Master  Servicer and the  Trustee by the  Certificate
Insurer or Certificateholders evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in the
Trust  Fund  of at  least 25%  of  the Certificate  Principal Balance;  (ii) any
failure by  the Master  Servicer duly  to  observe or  perform in  any  material
respect  any other  of its  covenants or agreements  in the  Certificates or the
Agreement which, in each case, materially and adversely affects the interests of
the Certificateholders or the Certificate  Insurer and continues unremedied  for
60  days  after the  giving  of written  notice of  such  failure to  the Master
Servicer by  the Trustee,  or to  the Master  Servicer and  the Trustee  by  the
Certificate  Insurer  or Certificateholders  evidencing an  aggregate, undivided
interest in the Trust Fund of at least 25% of the Certificate Principal Balance;
or (iii)  certain events  of insolvency,  readjustment of  debt, marshalling  of
assets  and liabilities or  similar proceedings relating  to the Master Servicer
and certain actions by the Master Servicer indicating insolvency, reorganization
or inability  to pay  its obligations.  Under certain  other circumstances,  the
Certificate  Insurer  with  the  consent  of  holders  of  Investor Certificates
evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in the Trust Fund of at least 51% of
the Certificate  Principal Balance  may  deliver written  notice to  the  Master
Servicer terminating all the rights and obligations of the Master Servicer under
the Agreement.
    
 
   
     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  delay  in  or  failure  of performance
referred to under clause (i) above for a period of ten Business Days or referred
to under  clause  (ii)  above for  a  period  of 60  Business  Days,  shall  not
constitute  an Event of Servicing Termination if such delay or failure could not
be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Master Servicer  and
such  delay or failure was caused by an  act of God or other similar occurrence.
Upon the occurrence of any such event the Master Servicer shall not be  relieved
from  using its best  efforts to perform  its obligations in  a timely manner in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Master Servicer shall provide
the Trustee,  the Depositor,  the Transferor,  the Certificate  Insurer and  the
Certificateholders prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a
description of its efforts to so perform its obligations.
    
 
   
RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF SERVICING TERMINATION
    
 
   
     So long as an Event of Servicing Termination remains unremedied, either the
Trustee,  or Certificateholders  evidencing an aggregate,  undivided interest in
the Trust Fund  of at  least 51%  of the  Certificate Principal  Balance or  the
Certificate  Insurer, may  terminate all  of the  rights and  obligations of the
Master Servicer under the Agreement, whereupon  the Trustee will succeed to  all
the  responsibilities, duties and  liabilities of the  Master Servicer under the
Agreement and  will be  entitled to  similar compensation  arrangements. In  the
event that the
    
 
                                      S-45
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
Trustee  would be obligated to  succeed the Master Servicer  but is unwilling or
unable so to act, it may appoint, or petition a court of competent  jurisdiction
for the appointment of, a housing and home finance institution or other mortgage
loan  or home  equity loan  servicer with all  licenses and  permits required to
perform its obligations under the Agreement and  having a net worth of at  least
$15,000,000 and acceptable to the Certificate Insurer to act as successor to the
Master  Servicer under the Agreement. Pending such appointment, the Trustee will
be obligated to act  in such capacity unless  prohibited by law. Such  successor
will be entitled to receive the same compensation that the Master Servicer would
otherwise  have received  (or such lesser  compensation as the  Trustee and such
successor may agree). A receiver or  conservator for the Master Servicer may  be
empowered  to prevent  the termination  and replacement  of the  Master Servicer
where the Event  of Servicing  Termination that  has occurred  is an  Insolvency
Event.
    
 
   
AMENDMENT
    
 
   
     The  Agreement may be amended  from time to time  by the Seller, the Master
Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee and with the consent of the  Certificate
Insurer,  but  without  the  consent  of  the  Certificateholders,  to  cure any
ambiguity, to correct any  defective provision or to  correct or supplement  any
provisions  therein which may  be inconsistent with any  other provisions of the
Agreement, to add to the duties of the Depositor, the Seller, the Transferor  or
the  Master  Servicer or  to add  or amend  any provisions  of the  Agreement as
required by the Rating Agencies  in order to maintain  or improve any rating  of
the  Certificates  (it being  understood that,  after  obtaining the  ratings in
effect on the Closing Date, neither  the Transferor, the Seller, the  Depositor,
the Trustee nor the Master Servicer is obligated to obtain, maintain, or improve
any  such rating)  or to  add any  other provisions  with respect  to matters or
questions arising  under  the  Agreement  or  the  Policy  which  shall  not  be
inconsistent   with  the  provisions  of  the  Agreement,  to  comply  with  any
requirement imposed by the  Code (as defined herein)  or to increase the  limits
set  forth in the  Agreement as to the  amount of senior  liens which the Master
Servicer may consent to, provided that such action will not, as evidenced by  an
opinion  of  counsel,  materially  and adversely  affect  the  interests  of any
Certificateholder or the Certificate Insurer; provided, that any such  amendment
will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the Certificateholders and
no  such opinion will be required to  be delivered if the person requesting such
amendment obtains a letter from the Rating Agencies stating that such  amendment
would not result in a downgrading of the then current rating of the Certificates
without  regard to the  Policy. The Agreement  may also be  amended from time to
time by the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor, and the Trustee, and the
Master Servicer and the Certificate Insurer may from time to time consent to the
amendment of the Policy,  with the consent  of Certificateholders evidencing  an
aggregate,  undivided  interest  in  the  Trust Fund  of  at  least  51%  of the
Certificate Principal Balance  and the  Certificate Insurer for  the purpose  of
adding  any provisions to  or changing in  any manner or  eliminating any of the
provisions of the  Agreement or of  modifying in  any manner the  rights of  the
Certificateholders,  provided  that no  such amendment  will  (i) reduce  in any
manner the amount of, or  delay the timing of,  payments on the Certificates  or
distributions  or payments under the Policy which are required to be made on any
Certificate without the consent of the  holder of such Certificate, (ii)  reduce
the  aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the
consent of the holders of all  Certificates then outstanding or (iii)  adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of the Certificate Insurer.
    
 
   
TERMINATION; RETIREMENT OF THE CERTIFICATES
    
 
   
     The  Trust Fund will terminate on the Distribution Date following the later
of (A) payment in full of all  amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer and  (B)
the  earliest of  (i) the Distribution  Date on which  the Certificate Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other liquidation of
the last Mortgage Loan  in the Trust  Fund, (iii) the  optional transfer to  the
Transferor  of the  Certificates, as described  below and  (iv) the Distribution
Date in                     20  .
    
 
   
     The Certificates will be subject  to optional retransfer to the  Transferor
on  any Distribution Date after the  Certificate Principal Balance is reduced to
an amount  less than  or equal  to  10% of  the Original  Certificate  Principal
Balance   and  all  amounts  due  and  owing  to  the  Certificate  Insurer  and
unreimbursed draws on the  Policy, together with  interest thereon, as  provided
under  the Insurance Agreement, have been paid. The transfer price will be equal
to the sum  of the  outstanding Certificate  Principal Balance  and accrued  and
unpaid  interest thereon at  the Certificate Rate through  the day preceding the
final Distribution Date. In  no event, however, will  the Trust Fund created  by
the  Agreement  continue for  more  than 21  years  after the  death  of certain
individuals
    
 
                                      S-46
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
named in the Agreement. Written notice  of termination of the Agreement will  be
given  to each Certificateholder,  and the final distribution  will be made only
upon surrender  and cancellation  of the  Certificates at  an office  or  agency
appointed by the Trustee which will be specified in the notice of termination.
    
 
   
     In addition, the Trust Fund may be liquidated as a result of certain events
of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  receivership relating  to  the  Transferor. See
' -- Rapid Amortization Events' herein.
    
 
   
THE TRUSTEE
    
 
   
     The First National Bank of Chicago, a national banking association with its
principal place of business in Illinois, has been named Trustee pursuant to  the
Agreement.
    
 
   
     The   commercial  bank  or  trust  company   serving  as  Trustee  may  own
Certificates and  have  normal banking  relationships  with the  Depositor,  the
Master Servicer, the Seller and the Certificate Insurer and/or their affiliates.
    
 
   
     The  Trustee may resign at  any time, in which  event the Depositor will be
obligated to  appoint  a  successor  Trustee, as  approved  by  the  Certificate
Insurer.  The Depositor may also remove the  Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be
eligible to  continue as  such under  the Agreement  or if  the Trustee  becomes
insolvent.  Upon becoming  aware of  such circumstances,  the Depositor  will be
obligated to  appoint  a  successor  Trustee, as  approved  by  the  Certificate
Insurer.  Any  resignation  or  removal  of the  Trustee  and  appointment  of a
successor Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the  appointment
by the successor Trustee.
    
 
   
     No  holder of  a Certificate  will have  any right  under the  Agreement to
institute any  proceeding  with respect  to  the Agreement  unless  such  holder
previously  has  given  to the  Trustee  written  notice of  default  and unless
Certificateholders evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in the Trust Fund
of at least 51% of the Certificate Principal Balance have made written  requests
upon  the  Trustee to  institute  such proceeding  in  its own  name  as Trustee
thereunder and have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity and the  Trustee
for  60 days  has neglected  or refused  to institute  any such  proceeding. The
Trustee will be  under no obligation  to exercise  any of the  trusts or  powers
vested  in it by the  Agreement or to make  any investigation of matters arising
thereunder or to institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation thereunder or  in
relation   thereto  at   the  request,  order   or  direction  of   any  of  the
Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders  have offered to the  Trustee
reasonable  security  or indemnity  against the  cost, expenses  and liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby.
    
 
   
CERTAIN ACTIVITIES
    
 
   
     The Trust Fund will not: (i) borrow money; (ii) make loans; (iii) invest in
securities for the  purpose of exercising  control; (iv) underwrite  securities;
(v)  except as provided  in the Agreement,  engage in the  purchase and sale (or
turnover) of investments; (vi) offer securities in exchange for property (except
Certificates for the Mortgage Loans); or (vii) repurchase or otherwise reacquire
its securities.  See '  --  Evidence as  to  Compliance' above  for  information
regarding  reports as to the compliance by the Master Servicer with the terms of
the Agreement.
    
 
   
                     DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
    
 
   
     The Mortgage Loans  to be transferred  to the Trust  Fund by the  Depositor
will  be purchased  by the Depositor  from Countrywide pursuant  to the Purchase
Agreement to be entered into between the Depositor, as purchaser of the Mortgage
Loans, and Countrywide,  as Seller  of the  Mortgage Loans.  Under the  Purchase
Agreement,  the Seller  will agree  to transfer  the Mortgage  Loans and related
Additional Balances to the  Depositor. Pursuant to  the Agreement, the  Mortgage
Loans  will be immediately transferred  by the Depositor to  the Trust Fund, and
the Depositor will assign its rights in, to and under the Purchase Agreement  to
the Trust Fund. The following is a description of the material provisions of the
Purchase Agreement.
    
 
   
TRANSFERS OF MORTGAGE LOANS
    
 
   
     Pursuant  to the Purchase Agreement, the Seller will transfer and assign to
the Depositor, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Mortgage Loans
and all of the Additional Balances thereafter created. The purchase price of the
Mortgage Loans is a specified  percentage of the face  amount thereof as of  the
time  of transfer and is payable by the Depositor in cash. The purchase price of
each Additional Balance comprising the Principal  Balance of a Mortgage Loan  is
the amount of such Additional Balance.
    
 
                                      S-47
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    
 
   
     The  Seller will represent  and warrant to the  Depositor that, among other
things, as of the Closing  Date, it is duly organized  and in good standing  and
that  it has  the authority to  consummate the transactions  contemplated by the
Purchase Agreement. The Seller will also represent and warrant to the  Depositor
that, among other things, immediately prior to the sale of the Mortgage Loans to
the  Depositor, the Seller was  the sole owner and  holder of the Mortgage Loans
free and clear of any and all liens and security interests. The Seller will make
similar representations and warranties  in the Agreement.  The Seller will  also
represent  and warrant  to the  Depositor that,  among other  things, as  of the
Closing Date, (a) the Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and  binding
obligation of the Seller and (b) the Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid sale
to  the Depositor of all right,  title and interest of the  Seller in and to the
Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof.
    
 
   
ASSIGNMENT TO TRUST FUND
    
 
   
     The Seller  will  expressly  acknowledge and  consent  to  the  Depositor's
transfer of its rights relating to the Mortgage Loans under the Agreement to the
Trust  Fund. The  Seller also  will agree to  perform its  obligations under the
Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trust Fund.
    
 
   
TERMINATION
    
 
   
     The Purchase Agreement  will terminate  upon the termination  of the  Trust
Fund.
    
 
   
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
    
 
   
     The  net proceeds to be received from  the sale of the Certificates will be
applied by the Depositor towards the purchase of the Mortgage Loans.
    
 
   
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
    
 
   
GENERAL
    
 
   
     The following discussion, which summarizes the material U.S. federal income
tax aspects of the purchase, ownership  and disposition of the Certificates,  is
based  on the provisions of  the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended (the
'Code'), the Treasury  Regulations thereunder, and  published rulings and  court
decisions  in effect as of the date hereof,  all of which are subject to change,
possibly retroactively. This  discussion does  not address every  aspect of  the
U.S.  federal income  tax laws  which may be  relevant to  Certificate Owners in
light of  their  personal  investment  circumstances  or  to  certain  types  of
Certificate  Owners subject to  special treatment under  the U.S. federal income
tax laws  (for  example,  banks  and  life  insurance  companies).  Accordingly,
investors  should  consult their  tax  advisors regarding  U.S.  federal, state,
local, foreign  and any  other tax  consequences  to them  of investing  in  the
Certificates.
    
 
   
CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CERTIFICATES AS INDEBTEDNESS
    
 
   
     Based  on the application of existing law to  the facts as set forth in the
Agreement and other relevant documents and assuming compliance with the terms of
the Agreement as in effect on the date of issuance of the Certificates, Brown  &
Wood  llp,  special tax  counsel to  the  Depositor ('Tax  Counsel'), is  of the
opinion that the Certificates  will be treated as  debt instruments for  federal
income   tax  purposes  as  of  such   date.  Accordingly,  upon  issuance,  the
Certificates  will  be  treated  as  'Debt  Securities'  as  described  in   the
Prospectus. See 'Federal Income Tax Consequences' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     The  Transferor and the  Certificateholders express in  the Agreement their
intent that, for applicable tax purposes, the Certificates will be  indebtedness
secured   by  the  Mortgage  Loans.  The   Transferor,  the  Depositor  and  the
Certificateholders, by accepting the Certificates, and each Certificate Owner by
its acquisition of a beneficial interest in a Certificate, have agreed to  treat
the  Certificates as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However,
because  different  criteria  are  used  to  determine  the  non-tax  accounting
characterization  of  the  transaction,  the Transferor  intends  to  treat this
transaction as a sale of an interest in the Asset Balances of the Mortgage Loans
for financial accounting  purposes.
    
 
                                      S-48
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     In general,  whether for  U.S. federal  income tax  purposes a  transaction
constitutes  a sale of property or a loan,  the repayment of which is secured by
property, is a  question of  fact, the  resolution of  which is  based upon  the
economic  substance of  the transaction  rather than its  form or  the manner in
which it is  labeled. While  the Internal Revenue  Service (the  'IRS') and  the
courts  have set forth several  factors to be taken  into account in determining
whether the substance of a transaction is a sale of property or a secured  loan,
the  primary factor in  making this determination is  whether the transferee has
assumed the risk of loss or other economic burdens relating to the property  and
has  obtained the  benefits of ownership  thereof. Tax Counsel  has analyzed and
relied on  several  factors in  reaching  its opinion  that  the weight  of  the
benefits and burdens of ownership of the Mortgage Loans has been retained by the
Transferor and has not been transferred to the Certificate Owners.
    
 
   
     In  some  instances, courts  have  held that  a  taxpayer is  bound  by the
particular form it has chosen  for a transaction, even  if the substance of  the
transaction  does not  accord with  its form. Tax  Counsel has  advised that the
rationale of those cases will not apply to this transaction, because the form of
the transaction as reflected in the operative provisions of the documents either
accords with the characterization of the Certificates as debt or otherwise makes
the rationale of those cases inapplicable to this situation.
    
 
   
TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME OF CERTIFICATE OWNERS
    
 
   
     Assuming that the Certificate  Owners are holders  of debt obligations  for
U.S.  federal income tax purposes, the Certificates generally will be taxable as
Debt Securities. See 'Federal Income Tax Consequences' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     While it  is not  anticipated that  the Certificates  will be  issued at  a
greater   than  de  minimis  discount,  under  Treasury  regulations  (the  'OID
Regulations') it is possible that the Certificates could nevertheless be  deemed
to  have been issued with  original issue discount ('OID')  if the interest were
not treated  as 'unconditionally  payable' under  the OID  Regulations. If  such
regulations  were to  apply, all  of the  taxable income  to be  recognized with
respect to the Certificates would be includible in income of Certificate  Owners
as  OID,  but  would not  be  includible  again when  the  interest  is actually
received. See 'Federal Income Tax  Consequences -- Taxation of Debt  Securities;
Interest  and Acquisition  Discount' in the  Prospectus for a  discussion of the
application of the OID rules if the Certificates are in fact issued at a greater
than de minimis discount or are treated as having been issued with OID under the
OID Regulations.  For  purposes  of  calculating OID,  it  is  likely  that  the
Certificates will be treated as Pay-Through Securities.
    
 
   
POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATES AS A PARTNERSHIP OR ASSOCIATION
TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION
    
 
   
     The  opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding  on the courts or the IRS. It is
possible that  the  IRS  could  assert  that, for  purposes  of  the  Code,  the
transaction  contemplated  by this  Prospectus  Supplement and  the accompanying
Prospectus with respect to the Certificates  constitutes a sale of the  Mortgage
Loans  (or an interest  therein) to the  Certificate Owners and  that the proper
classification  of  the  legal  relationship  between  the  Transferor  and  the
Certificate  Owners resulting from this transaction  is that of a partnership, a
publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation, or an association  taxable
as  a corporation. Since Tax  Counsel has advised that  the Certificates will be
treated as indebtedness in the hands of the Certificateholders for U.S.  federal
income tax purposes, the Transferor will not attempt to comply with U.S. federal
income tax reporting requirements applicable to partnerships or corporations.
    
 
   
     If it were determined that this transaction created an entity classified as
a   corporation  (including   a  publicly   traded  partnership   taxable  as  a
corporation), the Trust  Fund would  be subject to  U.S. federal  income tax  at
corporate  income tax rates  on the income  it derives from  the Mortgage Loans,
which would reduce  the amounts  available for distribution  to the  Certificate
Owners.  Cash distributions to the Certificate Owners generally would be treated
as dividends for tax purposes to  the extent of such corporation's earnings  and
profits.
    
 
   
     If  the  transaction were  treated as  creating  a partnership  between the
Certificate Owners  and the  Transferor,  the partnership  itself would  not  be
subject  to U.S.  federal income tax  (unless it  were to be  characterized as a
publicly traded partnership  taxable as a  corporation); rather, the  Transferor
and  each  Certificate Owner  would be  taxed  individually on  their respective
distributive shares  of the  partnership's income,  gain, loss,  deductions  and
credits.  The  amount  and timing  of  items  of income  and  deductions  of the
Certificate Owner  could differ  if  the Certificates  were held  to  constitute
partnership  interests  rather  than  indebtedness.  Assuming  that  all  of the
    
 
                                      S-49
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
provisions of the  Agreement, as  in effect  on the  date of  the issuance,  are
complied  with, it is the opinion of Tax Counsel that the Trust Fund will not be
treated as either an association or a partnership taxable as a corporation.
    
 
   
POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION AS A TAXABLE MORTGAGE POOL
    
 
   
     In relevant part, Section 7701(i) of the Code provides that any entity  (or
a  portion of an entity) that is a 'taxable mortgage pool' will be classified as
a taxable corporation  and will  not be permitted  to file  a consolidated  U.S.
federal  income tax  return with another  corporation. Subject  to a grandfather
provision for existing entities, any entity (or a portion of any entity) will be
a taxable mortgage pool if (i) substantially  all of its assets consist of  debt
instruments,  more than 50% of which are  real estate mortgages, (ii) the entity
is the obligor  under debt obligations  with two or  more maturities, and  (iii)
under the terms of the entity's debt obligations (or an underlying arrangement),
payments  on such debt  obligations bear a relationship  to the debt instruments
held by the entity.
    
 
   
     Assuming that all of the provisions of  the Agreement, as in effect on  the
date  of issuance,  are complied with,  Tax Counsel  is of the  opinion that the
arrangement created by the Agreement will  not be a taxable mortgage pool  under
Section  7701(i) of the Code  because only one class  of indebtedness secured by
the Mortgage Loans is being issued.
    
 
   
     The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding on the IRS or the courts. If  the
IRS  were to contend  successfully (or future regulations  were to provide) that
the arrangement  created by  the  Agreement is  a  taxable mortgage  pool,  such
arrangement would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable
income  generated by ownership  of the Mortgage  Loans. Such a  tax might reduce
amounts available for distributions to Certificate Owners. The amount of such  a
tax  would  depend upon  whether distributions  to  Certificate Owners  would be
deductible as  interest expense  in  computing the  taxable  income of  such  an
arrangement as a taxable mortgage pool.
    
 
   
FOREIGN INVESTORS
    
 
   
     In general, subject to certain exceptions, interest (including OID) paid on
a  Certificate to a  nonresident alien individual,  foreign corporation or other
non-United States person  is not subject  to U.S. federal  income tax,  provided
that  such interest is not effectively connected with a trade or business of the
recipient in the United States and  the Certificate Owner provides the  required
foreign    person   information   certification.   See   'Federal   Income   Tax
Consequences -- Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     If the interests of  the Certificate Owners were  deemed to be  partnership
interests,  the  partnership would  be required,  on a  quarterly basis,  to pay
withholding tax equal to the product, for each foreign partner, of such  foreign
partner's   distributive  share   of  'effectively  connected'   income  of  the
partnership multiplied by  the highest rate  of tax applicable  to that  foreign
partner.  In addition, such  foreign partner would be  subject to branch profits
tax. Each non-foreign partner  would be required to  certify to the  partnership
that  it is  not a foreign  person. The  tax withheld from  each foreign partner
would be credited against such foreign partner's U.S. income tax liability.
    
 
   
     If the Trust Fund were taxable  as a corporation, distributions to  foreign
persons,  to  the extent  treated as  dividends, would  generally be  subject to
withholding at the rate of 30%, unless  such rate were reduced by an  applicable
tax treaty.
    
 
   
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
     Certain Certificate Owners may be subject to backup withholding at the rate
of  31% with  respect to  interest paid on  the Certificates  if the Certificate
Owners, upon  issuance,  fail to  supply  the Trustee  or  his broker  with  his
taxpayer  identification  number, furnish  an incorrect  taxpayer identification
number, fail to report interest,  dividends, or other 'reportable payments'  (as
defined  in the Code) properly, or, under certain circumstances, fail to provide
the Trustee or his broker with a certified statement, under penalty of  perjury,
that he is not subject to backup withholding.
    
 
   
     The  Trustee will be  required to report  annually to the  IRS, and to each
Certificateholder of record, the  amount of interest paid  (and OID accrued,  if
any)  on the Certificates (and the amount  of interest withheld for U.S. federal
income taxes,  if any)  for each  calendar  year, except  as to  exempt  holders
(generally, holders that are
    
 
                                      S-50
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
corporations, certain tax-exempt organizations or nonresident aliens who provide
certification  as  to  their  status  as  nonresidents).  As  long  as  the only
'Certificateholder' of record is  Cede, as nominee  for DTC, Certificate  Owners
and  the IRS  will receive  tax and  other information  including the  amount of
interest  paid  on  the  Certificates  owned  from  Participants  and   Indirect
Participants  rather than from the Trustee.  (The Trustee, however, will respond
to  requests  for  necessary   information  to  enable  Participants,   Indirect
Participants  and  certain  other  persons  to  complete  their  reports.)  Each
non-exempt Certificate  Owner will  be  required to  provide, under  penalty  of
perjury,  a certificate  on IRS  Form W-9 containing  his or  her name, address,
correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that he or she is
not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Certificate Owner fail  to
provide  the required  certification, the Participants  or Indirect Participants
(or the Paying  Agent) will be  required to  withhold 31% of  the interest  (and
principal) otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld amount to the
IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.
    
 
   
                                  STATE TAXES
    
 
   
     The  Depositor makes no  representations regarding the  tax consequences of
purchase, ownership or disposition of the Certificates under the tax laws of any
state. Investors considering  an investment in  the Certificates should  consult
their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.
    
 
   
     ALL  INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE FEDERAL,
STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP  AND
DISPOSITION OF THE CERTIFICATES.
    
 
   
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
     Any  Plan fiduciary which  proposes to cause  a Plan to  acquire any of the
Certificates should  consult with  its  counsel with  respect to  the  potential
consequences  under  the Employee  Retirement Income  Security  Act of  1974, as
amended ('ERISA'), and the Code, of the Plan's acquisition and ownership of such
Certificates. See 'ERISA Considerations' in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
     The U.S. Department of Labor has granted to Lehman Brothers, Inc.  ('Lehman
Brothers')  Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption  91-14  (the  'Exemption')  which
exempts from the  application of the  prohibited transaction rules  transactions
relating  to  (1)  the  acquisition,  sale  and  holding  by  Plans  of  certain
certificates  representing  an  undivided   interest  in  certain   asset-backed
pass-through  trusts,  with  respect to  which  Lehman  Brothers or  any  of its
affiliates is  the  sole  underwriter  or  the  manager  or  co-manager  of  the
underwriting  syndicate; and (2) the servicing, operation and management of such
asset-backed pass-through  trusts,  provided  that the  general  conditions  and
certain other conditions set forth in the Exemption are satisfied. The Exemption
will  apply to the acquisition, holding and resale of the Certificates by a Plan
provided that certain conditions are met.
    
 
   
     Among the conditions which must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply are
the following:
    
 
   
          (1) The  acquisition  of  the  Certificates by  a  Plan  is  on  terms
     (including  the price for such Certificates) that are at least as favorable
     to the investing Plan as they would be in an arm's-length transaction  with
     an unrelated party;
    
 
   
          (2) The rights and interests evidenced by the Certificates acquired by
     the  Plan are  not subordinated  to the  rights and  interests evidenced by
     other certificates of the Trust;
    
 
   
          (3) The Certificates acquired  by the Plan have  received a rating  at
     the  time of such acquisition  that is in one  of the three highest generic
     rating categories from Standard & Poor's, Moody's, or Duff & Phelps;
    
 
   
          (4) The sum of all payments  made to and retained by the  Underwriters
     in connection with the distribution of the Certificates represents not more
     than reasonable compensation for underwriting such Certificates; the sum of
     all  payments made to and retained by the Depositor pursuant to the sale of
     the Mortgage Loans  to the  Trust Fund represents  not more  than the  fair
     market  value of such Mortgage  Loans; the sum of  all payments made to and
     retained  by  the  Master  Servicer  represent  not  more  than  reasonable
     compensation  for the  Master Servicer's  services under  the Agreement and
     reimbursement of the  Master Servicer's reasonable  expenses in  connection
     therewith;
    
 
   
          (5) The Trustee is not an affiliate of either Underwriter, the Seller,
     the  Depositor, the Master Servicer,  the Certificate Insurer, any borrower
     whose  obligations  under  one  or  more  Mortgage  Loans  constitute  more
    
 
                                      S-51
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     than 5% of the aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the
     Trust Fund, or any of their respective affiliates (the 'Restricted Group');
     and
    
 
   
          (6) The Plan investing in the Certificates is an 'accredited investor'
     as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
   
     The  Underwriters believe that the Exemption  will apply to the acquisition
and holding  of  the  Certificates by  Plans  and  that all  conditions  of  the
Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be met.
    
 
   
     Any  Plan  fiduciary considering  whether to  purchase any  Certificates on
behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability  of
the  fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and
the  Code  to  such  investment.  Among  other  things,  before  purchasing  any
Certificates,  a fiduciary  of a  Plan subject  to the  fiduciary responsibility
provisions of  ERISA or  an  employee benefit  plan  subject to  the  prohibited
transaction  provisions of the Code should make  its own determination as to the
availability of  the  exemptive  relief  provided in  the  Exemption,  and  also
consider the availability of any other prohibited transaction exemptions.
    
 
   
                        LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
     Although,  as a condition to their issuance, the Certificates will be rated
in the highest rating category of the Rating Agencies, the Certificates will not
constitute 'mortgage related securities' for purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage
Market  Enhancement  Act of  1984 ('SMMEA'),  because not  all of  the Mortgages
securing the Mortgage Loans are first mortgages. Accordingly, many  institutions
with  legal authority  to invest in  comparably rated securities  based on first
mortgage loans may  not be  legally authorized  to invest  in the  Certificates,
which  because they evidence  interests in a pool  that includes junior mortgage
loans are not 'mortgage related securities' under SMMEA. See 'Legal  Investment'
in the Prospectus.
    
 
   
                                  UNDERWRITING
    
 
   
     Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  underwriting
agreement, dated November    ,  1996 (the 'Underwriting  Agreement'), among  the
Depositor,  Lehman Brothers, Inc. ('Lehman Brothers') and Countrywide Securities
Corporation (an affiliate of the Depositor,  the Seller and the Master  Servicer
and,  together  with Lehman  Brothers,  the 'Underwriters'),  the  Depositor has
agreed to  sell  to  the  Underwriters,  and  Lehman  Brothers  and  Countrywide
Credit  Corporation  have  respectively agreed  to purchase from  the Depositor,
$             and  $            initial Certificate Principal Balance of the
Certificates.
    
 
   
     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Certificates offered
hereby if any of the Certificates are purchased.
    
 
   
     The Depositor  has  been advised  by  the Underwriters  that  they  propose
initially  to offer  the Certificates  to the  public in  Europe and  the United
States at the offering price set forth  on the cover page hereof and to  certain
dealers at such price less a discount not in excess of      % of the Certificate
denominations.  The  Underwriters  may  allow and  such  dealers  may  reallow a
discount not in excess  of       % of  the Certificate denominations to  certain
other  dealers. After  the initial public  offering, the  public offering price,
such concessions and such discounts may be changed.
    
 
   
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that  the Depositor will indemnify  the
Underwriters  against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Act.
    
 
   
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
    
 
   
     Certain legal matters with respect to the Certificates will be passed  upon
for the Depositor and the Underwriters by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.
    
 
   
                                    EXPERTS
    
 
   
     The consolidated balance  sheets of Financial  Security Assurance Inc.  and
Subsidiaries  as  of December  31, 1995  and 1994  and the  related consolidated
statements of income, changes in shareholder's  equity, and cash flows for  each
of  the  three years  in the  period  ended December  31, 1995,  incorporated by
reference in this
    
 
                                      S-52
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
Prospectus Supplement, have been incorporated  herein in reliance on the  report
of  Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
    
 
   
                                    RATINGS
    
 
   
     It is  a condition  to issuance  that the  Certificates be  rated 'AAA'  by
Standard & Poor's 'Aaa' by Moody's.
    
 
   
     A   securities  rating   addresses  the   likelihood  of   the  receipt  by
Certificateholders of distributions on the Mortgage Loans. The rating takes into
consideration the  characteristics of  the Mortgage  Loans and  the  structural,
legal  and  tax aspects  associated with  the Certificates.  The ratings  on the
Certificates do not, however, constitute statements regarding the likelihood  or
frequency  of  prepayments  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  or  the  possibility  that
Certificateholders might realize a lower than anticipated yield.
    
 
   
     The ratings assigned  to the  Certificates will depend  primarily upon  the
creditworthiness  of the Certificate Insurer. Any reduction in a rating assigned
to the  claims-paying  ability of  the  Certificate Insurer  below  the  ratings
initially  assigned to the Certificates may result in a reduction of one or more
of the ratings assigned to the Certificates.
    
 
   
     A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities
and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating
organization. Each  securities  rating  should  be  evaluated  independently  of
similar ratings on different securities.
    
 
   
     The  Depositor has not requested a rating of the Certificates by any rating
agency other than the Rating Agencies; there can be no assurance, however, as to
whether any other rating agency will rate the Certificates or, if it does,  what
rating  would be assigned  by such other  rating agency. The  rating assigned by
such other rating agency to the Certificates could be lower than the  respective
ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies.
    
 
                                      S-53


 

<PAGE>



<PAGE>

   
                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                     ----------------
<S>                                  <C>
Accelerated Principal Distribution
  Amount..........................         S-10, S-42
Additional Balances...............                S-3
Agreement.........................                S-3
ALTA..............................               S-23
Alternative Documentation
  Program.........................               S-22
Alternative Principal Payment.....         S-12, S-44
Assignment Event..................               S-38
beneficial owner..................               S-35
BIF...............................               S-40
Book-Entry Certificates...........               S-35
Business Day......................         S-42, S-47
Cede..............................                S-8
CEDEL.............................                S-8
CEDEL Participants................               S-36
Certificate Insurer...............         S-13, S-19
Certificate Owners................          S-8, S-35
Certificate Principal Balance.....          S-4, S-34
Certificate Rate..................    S-4, S-11, S-43
Certificateholder.................         S-35, S-57
Certificates......................           S-1, S-4
Chase.............................                S-8
Citibank..........................                S-8
Closing Date......................    S-1, S-12, S-43
Closing Date Pool Balance.........           S-1, S-4
Closing Date Principal Balance....                S-4
Code..............................               S-54
Collection Account................         S-11, S-40
Collection Period.................         S-11, S-43
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio......                S-7
Cooperative.......................               S-37
Countrywide.......................     S-1, S-3, S-21
Credit Limit......................                S-7
Credit Limit Utilization Rate.....               S-25
Credit Line Agreements............          S-3, S-24
Cut-off Date......................           S-1, S-3
Cut-off Date Pool Balance.........                S-3
Cut-off Date Principal Balance....                S-3
Debt Securities...................               S-54
Defective Mortgage Loans..........               S-39
Definitive Certificate............               S-35
Depositor.........................                S-3
Determination Date................         S-13, S-40
Dissolution Distribution Date.....               S-45
Distribution Date.................    S-1, S-11, S-42
Draw Period.......................               S-25
DTC...............................    S-8, S-35, S-64
Due Date..........................                S-7
Eligible Account..................               S-40
Eligible Substitute Mortgage
  Loan............................               S-39
 
<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                     ----------------
<S>                                  <C>
ERISA.............................         S-16, S-57
Euroclear.........................                S-8
Euroclear Operator................               S-37
Euroclear Participants............               S-36
European Depositaries.............          S-8, S-35
Events of Servicing Termination...               S-51
Exemption.........................               S-57
FHLMC.............................               S-22
Financial Intermediary............               S-35
Financial Security................               S-19
Fixed Allocation Percentage.......               S-11
FNMA..............................               S-22
Guaranteed Distributions..........         S-13, S-46
Guaranteed Principal Distribution
  Amount..........................         S-13, S-46
Holdings..........................         S-19, S-20
Index.............................               S-26
Index Rate........................               S-25
Indirect Participants.............               S-35
Insurance Agreement...............          S-13 S-46
Interest Collections..............          S-9, S-41
Interest Period...................         S-12, S-43
Invested Amount...................          S-4, S-39
Investor Fixed Allocation
  Percentage......................               S-11
Investor Floating Allocation
  Percentage......................          S-9, S-41
Investor Interest Collections.....          S-9, S-41
Investor Loss Amount..............         S-11, S-43
Investor Principal Collections....         S-11, S-41
IRS...............................               S-55
Lehman Brothers...................         S-57, S-58
LIBOR.............................               S-11
LIBOR Business Day................               S-44
Liquidated Mortgage Loan..........               S-43
Liquidation Loss Amount...........         S-11, S-43
Liquidation Proceeds..............               S-41
Loan Rate.........................          S-7, S-25
Managed Amortization Period.......         S-12, S-44
Margin............................               S-25
Master Servicer...................                S-3
Maximum Principal Payment.........         S-12, S-44
Maximum Rate......................               S-25
Minimum Transferor Interest.......          S-5, S-40
Money Rates.......................          S-7, S-25
Mortgage Files....................               S-38
Mortgage Loan Schedule............    S-5, S-38, S-40
Mortgage Loans....................      S-1, S-3, S-6
Mortgaged Properties..............                S-3
Moody's...........................               S-13
Net Liquidation Proceeds..........          S-9, S-41
OID...............................               S-55
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-54


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                     ----------------
<S>                                  <C>
OID Regulations...................               S-55
Order.............................               S-46
Original Certificate Principal
  Balance.........................          S-4, S-34
Original Invested Amount..........          S-4, S-34
Overcollateralization Amount......               S-10
Participants......................               S-35
Paying Agent......................               S-11
Percentage Interest...............                S-8
Plan..............................               S-16
Policy............................           S-1, S-3
Pool Balance......................          S-3, S-42
Pool Factor.......................               S-34
Principal Balance.................                S-3
Principal Collections.............          S-9, S-41
Purchase Agreement................                S-6
Rapid Amortization Event..........               S-45
Rating Agency.....................               S-16
Receipt...........................               S-47
Received..........................               S-47
Record Date.......................               S-42
Reduced Documentation Program.....               S-22
Reference Bank Rate...............               S-43
Related Documents.................               S-38
Relevant Depositary...............               S-35
Repayment Period..................               S-25
Required Overcollateralization
  Amount..........................               S-43

<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                     ----------------
<S>                                  <C>
Restricted Group..................               S-58
Rules.............................               S-35
SAIF..............................               S-40
Scheduled Principal Collections
  Distribution Amount.............         S-12, S-44
Seller............................                S-3
Servicing Fee.....................               S-14
Servicing Fee Rate................         S-14, S-50
SMMEA.............................         S-16, S-58
Spread Account....................         S-14, S-46
Standard & Poor's.................               S-13
Statistic Calculation Date........                S-3
Statistic Calculation Date
  Principal Balance...............                S-5
Statistic Calculation Pool........                S-5
Statistic Calculation Pool
  Mortgage Loan..................                 S-5
Subsequent Mortgage Loan..........                S-5
Tax Counsel.......................               S-54
Telerate Screen Page 3750.........               S-43
Terms and Conditions..............               S-37
Transfer Date.....................               S-40
Transfer Deficiency...............               S-39
Transfer Deposit Amount...........               S-39
Transferor........................                S-4
Transferor Interest...............     S-1, S-4, S-35
Transferor Principal Collections..         S-11, S-41
Trust Fund........................           S-1, S-3
Trustee...........................          S-3, S-15
Underwriters......................               S-58
Underwriting Agreement............               S-58
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-55




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
                                    ANNEX I
         GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
 
     Except  in certain  limited circumstances,  the globally  offered Revolving
Home  Equity  Loan  Asset  Backed  Certificates,  Series  1996-A  (the   'Global
Securities')  will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global
Securities may hold such Global Securities  through any of The Depository  Trust
Company  ('DTC'), CEDEL or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradeable as
home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets.  Initial
settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.
 
     Secondary  market  trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through CEDEL and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in  accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and  in  accordance with
conventional Eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
 
     Secondary  market  trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through  DTC will be conducted according  to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt  obligations and prior Revolving  Home Equity Loan  Asset
Backed Certificates issues.
 
     Secondary   cross-market  trading  between  CEDEL   or  Euroclear  and  DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through  the  respective Depositaries  of  CEDEL and  Euroclear  (in  such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.
 
     Non-U.S.  holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S.  withholding taxes  unless such  holders meet  certain requirements  and
deliver  appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
 
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
 
     All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions  acting on their behalf as  direct
and  indirect Participants in  DTC. As a  result, CEDEL and  Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
 
     Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will  follow
the  settlement   practices    applicable  to   other  home   equity  loan asset
backed  certificate   issues.  Investor  securities  custody  accounts  will  be
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement
date.
 
     Investors  electing  to  hold  their  Global  Securities  through  CEDEL or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow   the  settlement  procedures  applicable   to
conventional  Eurobonds, except that there will  be no temporary global security
and no 'lock-up' or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the  settlement date against payment in  same-day
funds.
 
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
 
     Since  the purchaser determines  the place of delivery,  it is important to
establish at  the time  of the  trade where  both the  purchaser's and  seller's
accounts  are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
 
     Trading between  DTC Participants.  Secondary  market trading  between  DTC
Participants  will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior Revolving
Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates issues in same-day funds.
 
     Trading between  CEDEL  and/or  Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary  market
trading  between CEDEL  Participants or  Euroclear Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional Eurobonds in same-day funds.
 
     Trading between DTC Seller  and CEDEL or  Euroclear Purchaser. When  Global
Securities  are to be transferred  from the account of  a DTC Participant to the
account of a CEDEL  Participant or a Euroclear  Participant, the purchaser  will
send instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant  at least one  business day prior to  settlement. CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the  respective Depositary,  as the case  may be,  to receive  the
Global  Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global Securities  from  and including  the  last  coupon payment  date  to  and
    
 
                                      S-56
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual  period and  a year  assumed to  consist of  360 days.  For transactions
settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest accrued to  and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
respective  Depositary of the DTC Participant's  account against delivery of the
Global Securities. After  settlement has been  completed, the Global  Securities
will  be credited to the respective clearing  system and by the clearing system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account. The securities credit will appear the next day  (European
time)  and the cash debt will be back-valued  to, and the interest on the Global
Securities will accrue from,  the value date (which  would be the preceding  day
when  settlement occurred in  New York). If  settlement is not  completed on the
intended value date (i.e.,  the trade fails), the  CEDEL or Euroclear cash  debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
 
     CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear Participants  will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The  most direct  means of  doing  so is  to preposition  funds  for
settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement  occurring within  CEDEL or Euroclear.  Under this  approach,
they  may  take  on credit  exposure  to  CEDEL or  Euroclear  until  the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
 
     As an alternative, if CEDEL or Euroclear  has extended a line of credit  to
them,  CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement.  Under
this  procedure, CEDEL Participants or  Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared  the
overdraft  when the Global Securities were  credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would  accrue from the value date.  Therefore,
in  many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or  offset the amount of such  overdraft
charges,  although  this  result  will depend  on  each  CEDEL  Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
 
     Since the settlement is  taking place during New  York business hours,  DTC
Participants  can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective  European Depositary  for the  benefit of  CEDEL Participants  or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the  settlement date. Thus,  to the DTC  Participants a cross-market transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
 
     Trading between CEDEL or  Euroclear Seller and DTC  Purchaser. Due to  time
zone  differences in their favor,  CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants
may  employ  their  customary  procedures  for  transactions  in  which   Global
Securities  are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the
respective Depositary, to a DTC  Participant. The seller will send  instructions
to  CEDEL or Euroclear  through a CEDEL Participant  or Euroclear Participant at
least one business day  prior to settlement. In  these cases CEDEL or  Euroclear
will  instruct the respective Depositary, as  appropriate, to deliver the Global
Securities to  the  DTC  Participant's account  against  payment.  Payment  will
include  interest accrued on  the Global Securities from  and including the last
coupon payment to and excluding the settlement  date on the basis of the  actual
number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days.
For  transactions  settling  on the  31st  of  the month,  payment  will include
interest accrued to  and excluding  the first day  of the  following month.  The
payment  will  then be  reflected in  the  account of  the CEDEL  Participant or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's  account would be back-valued  to
the  value date (which would  be the preceding day,  when settlement occurred in
New York). Should the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line  of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be  in  debt in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the  back-valuation
will  extinguish any overdraft incurred over  that one-day period. If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt  of
the  cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
 
     Finally, day traders that use CEDEL  or Euroclear and that purchase  Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to CEDEL Participants or Euroclear
Participants  should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless affirmative action were taken.  At least three techniques should  be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
 
          (a)  borrowing  through  CEDEL or  Euroclear  for one  day  (until the
     purchase side of  the day trade  is reflected in  their CEDEL or  Euroclear
     accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
    
 
                                      S-57
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
          (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
     no  later than  one day  prior to settlement,  which would  give the Global
     Securities sufficient  time to  be reflected  in their  CEDEL or  Euroclear
     account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
 
          (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
     so  that the  value date for  the purchase  from the DTC  Participant is at
     least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL Participant
     or Euroclear Participant.
 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
 
     A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30%  U.S. withholding tax that  generally applies to payments  of
interest  (including original issue discount) on  registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons, unless (i) each  clearing system, bank  or other financial  institution
that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii)  such  beneficial owner  takes  one of  the  following steps  to  obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate:
 
     Exemption for  non-U.S. Persons  (Form W-8).  Beneficial owners  of  Global
Securities  that are non-U.S.  Persons can obtain a  complete exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).  If
the  information shown on Form W-8 changes, a  new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.
 
     Exemption for  non-U.S. Persons  with  effectively connected  income  (Form
4224).  A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its  conduct
of  a trade or business  in the United States, can  obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with  the Conduct  of a Trade  or Business  in the  United
States).
 
     Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form  1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or  reduced
tax  rate  (depending  on the  treaty  terms)  by filing  Form  1001 (Ownership,
Exemption or  Reduced Rate  Certificate).  If the  treaty  provides only  for  a
reduced  rate, withholding  tax will  be imposed at  that rate  unless the filer
alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001  may be filed by the Certificate  Owners
or his agent.
 
     Exemption  for U.S. Persons (Form W-9).  U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from  the withholding  tax by  filing Form  W-9 (Payer's  Request  for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
 
     U.S.  Federal Income  Tax Reporting Procedure.  The Certificate  Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his  agent,
files  by submitting the  appropriate form to  the person through  whom it holds
(the clearing agency, in the  case of persons holding  directly on the books  of
the  clearing agency). Form W-8  and Form 1001 are  effective for three calendar
years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
 
     The term  'U.S. Person'  means (i)  a  citizen or  resident of  the  United
States,  (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision  thereof or (iii) an estate or  trust
the  income  of  which is  includible  in  gross income  for  United  States tax
purposes, regardless of its source. This summary does not deal with all  aspects
of  U.S. federal income tax withholding that  may be relevant to foreign holders
of the  Global  Securities. Investors  are  advised  to consult  their  own  tax
advisors  for specific tax advice concerning  their holding and disposing of the
Global Securities.
    
 
                                      S-58



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
_____________________________                      _____________________________
 
     NO  DEALER,  SALESMAN  OR OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR  TO MAKE  ANY  REPRESENTATION NOT  CONTAINED IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  OR  THE  PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF GIVEN  OR  MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON. THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE
PROSPECTUS  DO NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER OF ANY  SECURITIES OTHER  THAN THOSE TO
WHICH THEY RELATE OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY,  TO
ANY  PERSON IN  ANY JURISDICTION  WHERE SUCH AN  OFFER OR  SOLICITATION WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE  PROSPECTUS
NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS  OF ANY  TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.
                         ------------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                                            <C>
                                                       PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Summary.....................................................................................................................   S-3
Risk Factors................................................................................................................   S-17
The Certificate Insurer.....................................................................................................   S-19
The Master Servicer.........................................................................................................   S-21
The Home Equity Loan Program................................................................................................   S-22
Description of the Mortgage Loans...........................................................................................   S-24
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations......................................................................................   S-32
Pool Factor and Trading Information.........................................................................................   S-34
Description of the Certificates.............................................................................................   S-34
Description of the Purchase Agreement.......................................................................................   S-53
Use of Proceeds.............................................................................................................   S-54
Federal Income Tax Consequences.............................................................................................   S-54
State Taxes.................................................................................................................   S-57
ERISA Considerations........................................................................................................   S-57
Legal Investment Considerations.............................................................................................   S-58
Underwriting................................................................................................................   S-58
Legal Matters...............................................................................................................   S-59
Experts.....................................................................................................................   S-59
Ratings.....................................................................................................................   S-59
Index of Defined Terms......................................................................................................   S-60
Annex I.....................................................................................................................   S-63

                                                            PROSPECTUS
Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8K..........................................................................     2
Available Information.......................................................................................................     2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.............................................................................     2
Reports to Securityholders..................................................................................................     3
Summary of Terms............................................................................................................     4
Risk Factors................................................................................................................    11
The Trust Fund..............................................................................................................    17
Use of Proceeds.............................................................................................................    21
The Depositor...............................................................................................................    22
Loan Program................................................................................................................    22
Description of the Securities...............................................................................................    24
Credit Enhancement..........................................................................................................    38
Yield and Prepayment Considerations.........................................................................................    43
The Agreements..............................................................................................................    45
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans..........................................................................................    57
Federal Income Tax Consequences.............................................................................................    71
State Tax Considerations....................................................................................................    90
ERISA Considerations........................................................................................................    90
Legal Investment............................................................................................................    93
Method of Distribution......................................................................................................    94
Legal Matters...............................................................................................................    95
Financial Information.......................................................................................................    95
Ratings.....................................................................................................................    95
Index of Defined Terms......................................................................................................    97
</TABLE>
                              COUNTRYWIDE HOME
                          EQUITY LOAN TRUST 1996-A
 
                              $
                                 (APPROXIMATE)
                               REVOLVING HOME
                              EQUITY LOAN ASSET
                              BACKED CERTIFICATES
                                 SERIES 1996-A
 
                                  CWABS, INC.
                                   DEPOSITOR
 

                         COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

                                     [LOGO]

                           SELLER AND MASTER SERVICER
 
 
                   -----------------------------------------
                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                               NOVEMBER   , 1996
                   -----------------------------------------
 
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                       COUNTRYWIDE SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
 
_____________________________                      _____________________________

    

<PAGE>



<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation, or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.


   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 28, 1996
    


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated ______________, 199__)


                               $__________________
                                  (Approximate)

            Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_

                                   CWABS, Inc.
                                    Depositor

                         [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.]
                           Seller and Master Servicer


     Each Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificate, Series 199_-_
(collectively, the "Certificates") will represent an undivided interest in the
[Countrywide] Home Equity Loan Trust 199_-_ (the "Trust Fund") to be formed
pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement among [Countrywide Home Loans,
Inc. ("Countrywide")], as Seller and Master Servicer, CWABS, Inc., as Depositor,
and [ ], as Trustee. The property of the Trust Fund will include a pool of
[adjustable rate] home equity revolving credit line loans made or to be made in
the future (the "Mortgage Loans") under certain home equity revolving credit
line loan agreements. The Mortgage Loans are secured by either first and second
deeds of trust or mortgages on one- to four-family residential properties. See
"Index of Defined Terms" on Page S-56 of this Prospectus Supplement and on Page
98 of the Prospectus for the location of the definitions of certain capitalized
terms.

     The aggregate undivided interest in the Trust Fund represented by the
Certificates will, as of ____________, 199_ (the "Cut-off Date"), represent
approximately __% of the outstanding principal balances of the Mortgage Loans.
The remaining undivided interest in the Trust Fund not represented by the
Certificates (the "Transferor Interest") will initially be equal to
$_________________, which as of the Cut-off Date is _% of the outstanding
principal balances of the Mortgage Loans. Only the Certificates are offered
hereby.

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Certificates will be made on
the __________th day of each month or, if such date is not a Business Day, then
on the succeeding Business Day (each, a "Distribution Date"), commencing
___________, 199_. On each Distribution Date, holders of the Certificates will
be entitled to receive, from and to the limited extent of funds available in the
Collection Account (as defined herein), distributions with respect to interest
and principal calculated as set forth under "Summary--Interest,"
"Summary--Principal Payments from Principal Collections" and "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions on the Certificates" herein. The Certificates are
not guaranteed by the Depositor, [Countrywide] or any affiliate thereof.
[However, the Certificates will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed as
to the payment of the Guaranteed Distributions (as defined herein) on each
Distribution Date pursuant to the terms of a financial guaranty insurance policy
(the "Policy") to be issued by


                                    [INSURER]

     There is currently no market for the Certificates offered hereby and there
can be no assurance that such a market will develop or if it does develop that
it will continue. See "Risk Factors" herein and in the Prospectus.

                             ----------------------


       PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER
            "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-16 HEREIN AND ON PAGE 12 IN THE
                            ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.
       THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN THE TRUST FUND ONLY AND DO
           NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,
              [COUNTRYWIDE], THE TRUSTEE OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF,
                  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED HEREIN. NEITHER
                   THE CERTIFICATES NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE
                          INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY
                              GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
                 COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
                    OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                       THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================================
                                                                         Price to        Underwriting      Proceeds to
                                                                        Public (1)        Discount(2)   the Depositor(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>
Per Certificate.....................................................  %                 %                %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total...............................................................  $                 $                $
==========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Plus accrued interest, if any, from _______________, 199_.

(2)  The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain
     liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3)  Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $_______________.

                             ----------------------

     The Certificates are offered subject to prior sale and subject to the
Underwriter's right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of the Certificates will be made in book-entry form only through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company, CEDEL S.A. and the Euroclear System
on or about ______________, 199_ (the "Closing Date"). The Certificates will be
offered in Europe and the United States of America.

                             ----------------------

                                  [UNDERWRITER]


_____________, 199_



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CERTIFICATES AT
LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

     Until ninety days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the Certificates, whether or not participating in this
distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.
This is in addition to the obligation of dealers acting as underwriters to
deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.

                             ----------------------

     The Certificates offered hereby constitute part of a separate series of
Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates being offered by CWABS, Inc. from
time to time pursuant to its Prospectus dated _______________, 199__. This
Prospectus Supplement does not contain complete information about the offering
of the Certificates. Additional information is contained in the Prospectus and
investors are urged to read both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus
in full. Sales of the Certificates may not be consummated unless the purchaser
has received both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.


     The Trustee on behalf of any Trust Fund will provide without charge to each
person to whom this Prospectus Supplement is delivered, on the written or oral
request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to in the
Prospectus under "Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference" that have
been or may be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (not including
exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless such
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that
the Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee at _____________, telephone:_________, facsimile
number:_____________, attention:__________.



                                       S-2



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY


     The following summary of certain pertinent information is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the detailed information appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms
used in the Summary are defined elsewhere in the Prospectus Supplement or in the
Prospectus. See "Index of Defined Terms" on Page S-56 of this Prospectus
Supplement and on Page 98 of the Prospectus for the location of the definitions
of certain capitalized terms.

Trust Fund..................  [Countrywide] Home Equity Loan Trust 199_-_ (the
                              "Trust Fund") will be formed pursuant to a pooling
                              and servicing agreement (the "Agreement") to be
                              dated as of ______________, 199_ (the "Cut-off
                              Date") among [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.
                              ("Countrywide")], as seller and servicer (together
                              with any successor in such capacity, the "Seller"
                              and the "Master Servicer", respectively), CWABS,
                              Inc., as depositor (the "Depositor"), and [ ], as
                              trustee (the "Trustee"). The property of the Trust
                              Fund will include: a pool of [adjustable rate]
                              home equity revolving credit line loans made or to
                              be made in the future (the "Mortgage Loans"),
                              under certain home equity revolving credit line
                              loan agreements (the "Credit Line Agreements") and
                              secured by either first or second mortgages on
                              residential properties that are one- to
                              four-family properties (the "Mortgaged
                              Properties"); the collections in respect of the
                              Mortgage Loans received after the Cut-off Date
                              (exclusive of payments in respect of accrued
                              interest due on or prior to the Cut-off Date or
                              due in the month of _____________); property that
                              secured a Mortgage Loan which has been acquired by
                              foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure; an
                              irrevocable and unconditional limited financial
                              guaranty insurance policy (the "Policy"); an
                              assignment of the Depositor's rights under the
                              Purchase Agreement (as defined herein); rights
                              under certain hazard insurance policies covering
                              the Mortgaged Properties; and certain other
                              property, as described more fully under
                              "Description of the Certificates--General" herein.

                              The Trust Fund property will include the unpaid
                              principal balance of each Mortgage Loan as of the
                              Cut-off Date (the "Cut-off Date Principal
                              Balance") plus any additions thereto as a result
                              of new advances made pursuant to the applicable
                              Credit Line Agreement (the "Additional Balances")
                              during the life of the Trust Fund. With respect to
                              any date, the "Pool Balance" will be equal to the
                              aggregate of the Principal Balances of all
                              Mortgage Loans as of such date. The aggregate
                              Cut-off Date Principal Balance of the Mortgage
                              Loans is $____________________ (the "Cut-off Date
                              Pool Balance"). The "Principal Balance" of a
                              Mortgage Loan (other than a Liquidated Mortgage
                              Loan) on any day is equal to its Cut-off Date
                              Principal Balance, plus (i) any Additional
                              Balances in respect of such Mortgage Loan, minus
                              (ii) all collections credited against the
                              Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan in
                              accordance with the related Credit Line Agreement
                              prior to


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-3



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              such day. The Principal Balance of a Liquidated
                              Mortgage Loan (as defined herein) after final
                              recovery of related Liquidation Proceeds (as
                              defined herein) shall be zero.


Securities Offered..........  Each of the Home Equity Loan Asset Backed
                              Certificates, Series 199_-_ offered hereby (the
                              "Certificates") represents an undivided interest
                              in the Trust Fund. Each Certificate represents the
                              right to receive payments of interest at the
                              variable rate described below (the "Certificate
                              Rate"), payable monthly, and payments of principal
                              at such time and to the extent provided herein
                              under "Description of the Certificates --
                              Distributions on the Certificates". The aggregate
                              undivided interest in the Trust Fund represented
                              by the Certificates as of the Closing Date will
                              equal $__________________ (the "Original Invested
                              Amount"), which represents __% of the Cut- off
                              Date Pool Balance. The "Original Certificate
                              Principal Balance" will equal $__________________.
                              Following the Closing Date, the "Invested Amount"
                              with respect to any date will be an amount equal
                              to the Original Invested Amount minus (i) the
                              amount of Investor Principal Collections (as
                              defined herein) previously distributed to
                              Certificateholders, and minus (ii) an amount equal
                              to the product of the Investor Floating Allocation
                              Percentage and the Liquidation Loss Amounts (each
                              as defined herein). The Transferor (as described
                              below) will own the remaining undivided interest
                              (the "Transferor Interest") in the Mortgage Loans,
                              which is equal to the Pool Balance minus the
                              Invested Amount and will initially equal
                              approximately __% of the Cut-off Date Pool
                              Balance. The Transferor (the "Transferor") as of
                              any date is the owner of the Transferor Interest
                              which initially will be [Countrywide].

                              The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the
                              Agreement. The principal amount of the outstanding
                              Certificates (the "Certificate Principal Balance")
                              on any date is equal to the Original Certificate
                              Principal Balance minus the aggregate of amounts
                              actually distributed as principal to the
                              Certificateholders. See "Description of the
                              Certificates" herein.

Removal of Certain
Mortgage Loans;
Additional Balances.........  In order to permit the Transferor to remove
                              Mortgage Loans from the Trust Fund at such times,
                              if any, as the overcollateralization exceeds the
                              level required to maintain the ratings on the
                              Certificates, on any Distribution Date the
                              Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to,
                              remove from the Trust Fund certain Mortgage Loans
                              without notice to the Certificateholders. The
                              Transferor is permitted to designate the Mortgage
                              Loans to be removed. Mortgage Loans so designated
                              will only be removed upon satisfaction of the
                              following conditions (i) No Rapid Amortization
                              Event (as defined herein) has occurred; (ii) the
                              Transferor Interest as of the


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-4



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Transfer Date (as defined herein) (after giving
                              effect to such removal) exceeds the Minimum
                              Transferor Interest (as defined below); (iii) the
                              transfer of any Mortgage Loans on any Transfer
                              Date during the Managed Amortization Period (as
                              defined herein) shall not, in the reasonable
                              belief of the Transferor, cause a Rapid
                              Amortization Event to occur or an event which with
                              notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a
                              Rapid Amortization Event; (iv) the Transferor
                              shall have delivered to the Trustee a "Mortgage
                              Loan Schedule" containing a list of all Mortgage
                              Loans remaining in the Trust Fund after such
                              removal; (v) the Transferor shall represent and
                              warrant that no selection procedures which are
                              adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders
                              or the Certificate Insurer were used by the
                              Transferor in selecting such Mortgage Loans; (vi)
                              in connection with the first such retransfer of
                              Mortgage Loans, the Rating Agencies (as defined
                              herein) shall have been notified of the proposed
                              transfer and prior to the Transfer Date shall not
                              have notified the Transferor in writing that such
                              transfer would result in a reduction or withdrawal
                              of the ratings assigned to the Certificates
                              without regard to the Policy; and (vii) the
                              Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and
                              the Certificate Insurer an officer's certificate
                              confirming the conditions set forth in clauses (i)
                              through (vi) above. See "Description of the
                              Certificates--Optional Transfers of Mortgage Loans
                              to the Transferor" herein.


                              The "Minimum Transferor Interest" as of any date
                              is an amount equal to the lesser of (a) __% of the
                              Pool Balance on such date and (b) the Transferor
                              Interest as of the Closing Date.


                              During the term of the Trust Fund, all Additional
                              Balances will be transferred to and become
                              property of the Trust Fund. The Pool Balance at
                              any time will generally fluctuate from day to day
                              because the amount of Additional Balances and the
                              amount of principal payments with respect to the
                              Mortgage Loans will usually differ from day to
                              day. Because the Transferor Interest is equal to
                              the Pool Balance minus the Invested Amount, the
                              amount of the Transferor Interest will fluctuate
                              from day to day as draws are made with respect to
                              the Mortgage Loans and as Principal Collections
                              are received.


The Mortgage Loans..........  The Mortgage Loans are secured by first and second
                              mortgages on Mortgaged Properties located in ___
                              states. On the Closing Date, [Countrywide] will
                              sell the Mortgage Loans to the Depositor, pursuant
                              to a purchase agreement (the "Purchase
                              Agreement").

                              The percentage of the Cut-off Date Principal
                              Balance of the Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged
                              Properties located in the states of __________,
                              ________, __________, _______, ______ and ________
                              is approximately ____%, ____%, ____%, ____%, ____%
                              and ____%, respectively. The

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-5



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" of each Mortgage
                              Loan is the ratio of (A) the sum of (i) the
                              maximum amount the borrower was permitted to draw
                              down under the related Credit Line Agreement (the
                              "Credit Limit") and (ii) the amounts of any
                              related senior mortgage loans (computed as of the
                              date of origination of each such Mortgage Loans)
                              to (B) the lesser of (i) the appraised value of
                              the Mortgaged Property or (ii) in the case of a
                              Mortgaged Property purchased within one year of
                              the origination of the related Mortgage Loan, the
                              purchase price of such Mortgaged Property. As of
                              the Cut-off Date the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios
                              ranged from ____% to ______% and, as of the
                              Cut-off Date, the weighted average Combined
                              Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans was
                              approximately ____%.

                              [Interest on each Mortgage Loan is payable monthly
                              and computed on the related daily outstanding
                              Principal Balance for each day in the billing
                              cycle at a variable rate per annum (the "Loan
                              Rate") equal at any time (subject to maximum
                              rates, as described herein under "Description of
                              the Mortgage Loans--Mortgage Loan Terms," and
                              further subject to applicable usury limitations)
                              to the sum of (i) the highest prime rate published
                              in the "Money Rates" section of The Wall Street
                              Journal and (ii) a Margin within the range of
                              ____% to ____%]. As of the Cut-off Date, the
                              weighted average Margin was approximately ____%.
                              Loan Rates are adjusted monthly on the first
                              business day of the calendar month preceding the
                              Due Date. As to each Mortgage Loan, the "Due Date"
                              is the fifteenth day of each month. The Cut-off
                              Date Principal Balances ranged from zero to
                              $__________ and averaged approximately
                              $__________. Credit Limits under the Mortgage
                              Loans as of the Cut-off Date ranged from
                              $__________ to $__________ and averaged
                              approximately $__________. Each Mortgage Loan was
                              originated in the period from _______________,
                              199_ to ________________, 199_. As of the Cut-off
                              Date, the maximum Credit Limit Utilization Rate
                              (as defined herein) was 100% and the weighted
                              average Credit Limit Utilization Rate was
                              approximately ____%. As of the Cut-off Date,
                              approximately ____% by Cut-off Date Principal
                              Balance of the Mortgage Loans represented first
                              liens on the related Mortgaged Properties, while
                              approximately ____% of the Mortgage Loans
                              represented second liens. As of the Cut-off Date,
                              the Mortgage Loans had remaining terms to
                              scheduled maturity ranging from ___ months to ___
                              months and had a weighted average of approximately
                              ___ months. See "Description of the Mortgage
                              Loans" herein.


Denominations..............   The Certificates will be offered for purchase in
                              denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1 in
                              excess thereof. The interest in the Trust Fund
                              evidenced by a Certificate (the "Percentage
                              Interest") will be equal to the percentage derived
                              by dividing


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-6



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              the denomination of such Certificate by the
                              Original Certificate Principal Balance.


Registration of
Certificates................  The Certificates will initially be issued in
                              book-entry form. Persons acquiring beneficial
                              ownership interests in the Certificates
                              ("Certificate Owners") may elect to hold their
                              Certificate interests through The Depository Trust
                              Company ("DTC"), in the United States, or Centrale
                              de Livraison de Valeurs Mobilieres S.A. ("CEDEL")
                              or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"), in Europe.
                              Transfers within DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear, as the
                              case may be, will be in accordance with the usual
                              rules and operating procedures of the relevant
                              system. So long as the Certificates are Book-Entry
                              Certificates (as defined herein), such
                              Certificates will be evidenced by one or more
                              Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co.
                              ("Cede"), as the nominee of DTC or one of the
                              relevant depositaries (collectively, the "European
                              Depositaries"). Cross-market transfers between
                              persons holding directly or indirectly through
                              DTC, on the one hand, and counterparties holding
                              directly or indirectly through CEDEL or Euroclear,
                              on the other, will be effected in DTC through
                              Citibank N.A. ("Citibank") or The Chase Manhattan
                              Bank ("Chase"), the relevant depositaries of CEDEL
                              or Euroclear, respectively, and each a
                              participating member of DTC. The Certificates will
                              initially be registered in the name of Cede. The
                              interests of the Certificateholders will be
                              represented by book entries on the records of DTC
                              and participating members thereof. No Certificate
                              Owner will be entitled to receive a definitive
                              certificate representing such person's interest,
                              except in the event that Definitive Certificates
                              (as defined herein) are issued under the limited
                              circumstances described under "Description of the
                              Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein. All
                              references in this Prospectus Supplement to any
                              Certificates reflect the rights of Certificate
                              Owners only as such rights may be exercised
                              through DTC and its participating organizations
                              for so long as such Certificates are held by DTC.
                              See "Risk Factors--Book-Entry Certificates",
                              "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry
                              Certificates" herein and "Annex I" hereto.


Depositor..................   CWABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a limited
                              purpose finance subsidiary of Countrywide Credit
                              Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The
                              principal executive offices of the Depositor are
                              located at 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena,
                              California 91101 (Telephone: (818) 584-2212). See
                              "The Depositor" in the Prospectus.

Master Servicer of the 
Mortgage Loans.............   [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.,a New York
                              corporation headquartered in Pasadena, California.
                              The principal executive offices of the Master
                              Servicer are located at 155 North Lake Avenue,
                              Pasadena, California 91101 (Telephone: (818)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-7



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              304-8400).] See "Servicing of the Mortgage
                              Loans--The Master Servicer" herein.

Collections................   All collections on the Mortgage Loans will
                              generally be allocated in accordance with the
                              Credit Line Agreements between amounts collected
                              in respect of interest and amounts collected in
                              respect of principal. As to any Distribution Date,
                              "Interest Collections" will be equal to the
                              amounts collected during the related Collection
                              Period, including the portion of Net Liquidation
                              Proceeds (as defined below) allocated to interest
                              pursuant to the terms of the Credit Line
                              Agreements less Servicing Fees for the related
                              Collection Period.

                              As to any Distribution Date, "Principal
                              Collections" will be equal to the sum of (i) the
                              amounts collected during the related Collection
                              Period, including the portion of Net Liquidation
                              Proceeds allocated to principal pursuant to the
                              terms of the Credit Line Agreements and (ii) any
                              Transfer Deposit Amounts (as defined herein).

                              "Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect to a
                              Mortgage Loan are the proceeds (excluding amounts
                              drawn on the Policy) received in connection with
                              the liquidation of any Mortgage Loan, whether
                              through trustee's sale, foreclosure sale or
                              otherwise, reduced by related expenses, but not
                              including the portion, if any, of such amount that
                              exceeds the Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loan
                              plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
                              the end of the Collection Period during which such
                              Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan.


                              With respect to any Distribution Date, the portion
                              of Interest Collections allocable to the
                              Certificates ("Investor Interest Collections")
                              will equal the product of (a) Interest Collections
                              for such Distribution Date and (b) the Investor
                              Floating Allocation Percentage. With respect to
                              any Distribution Date, the "Investor Floating
                              Allocation Percentage" is the percentage
                              equivalent of a fraction determined by dividing
                              the Invested Amount at the close of business on
                              the preceding Distribution Date (or at the Closing
                              Date in the case of the first Distribution Date)
                              by the Pool Balance at the beginning of the
                              related Collection Period. The remaining amount of
                              Interest Collections will be allocated to the
                              Transferor Interest as more fully described under
                              "Description of the Certificates--Allocations and
                              Collections" herein.


                              On each Distribution Date, the Investor Interest
                              Collections will be applied in the following order
                              of priority: (i) as payment to the Trustee for its
                              fee for services rendered pursuant to the
                              Agreement; (ii) as payment for the premium for the
                              Policy; (iii) as payment for the accrued interest
                              due and any overdue accrued interest (with
                              interest thereon) on the Certificate

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-8



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              Principal Balance of the Certificates; (iv) to pay
                              any Investor Loss Amount (as defined herein) for
                              such Distribution Date; (v) as payment for any
                              Investor Loss Amount for a previous Distribution
                              Date that was not previously (a) funded by
                              Investor Interest Collections allocable to the
                              Certificateholders, (b) absorbed by the
                              Overcollateralization Amount, (c) funded by
                              amounts on deposit in the Spread Account or (d)
                              funded by draws on the Policy; (vi) to reimburse
                              prior draws made from the Policy (with interest
                              thereon); (vii) to pay principal on the
                              Certificates until the Invested Amount exceeds the
                              Certificate Principal Balance by the Required
                              Overcollateralization Amount, each as defined
                              herein (such amount, if any, paid pursuant to this
                              clause (vii) being referred to herein as the
                              "Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount");
                              (viii) any other amounts required to be deposited
                              in an account for the benefit of the Certificate
                              Insurer and Certificateholders pursuant to the
                              Agreement or amounts owed to the Certificate
                              Insurer pursuant to the Insurance Agreement; (ix)
                              certain amounts that may be required to be paid to
                              the Master Servicer pursuant to the Agreement; and
                              (x) to the Transferor to the extent permitted as
                              described under "Description of the
                              Certificates--Distributions on the Certificates"
                              herein.


                              Investor Interest Collections available after the
                              payment of interest on the Certificates may be
                              insufficient to cover any Investor Loss Amount. If
                              such insufficiency results in the Certificate
                              Principal Balance exceeding the Invested Amount, a
                              draw in an amount equal to such difference will be
                              made on the Policy in accordance with the terms of
                              the Policy.

                              The "Overcollateralization Amount" on any date of
                              determination is the amount, if any, by which the
                              Invested Amount exceeds the Certificate Principal
                              Balance on such day. Payments to
                              Certificateholders pursuant to clause (iii) above
                              will be interest payments on the Certificates.
                              Payments to Certificateholders pursuant to clauses
                              (iv), (v) and (vii) will be principal payments on
                              the Certificates and will therefore reduce the
                              Certificate Principal Balance, however, payments
                              pursuant to clause (vii) will not reduce the
                              Invested Amount. The Accelerated Principal
                              Distribution Amount is not guaranteed by the
                              Policy.

                              "Liquidation Loss Amount" means with respect to
                              any Liquidated Mortgage Loan, the unrecovered
                              Principal Balance thereof at the end of the
                              related Collection Period in which such Mortgage
                              Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan, after
                              giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in
                              connection therewith. The "Investor Loss Amount"
                              shall be the product of the Investor Floating
                              Allocation Percentage and the Liquidation Loss
                              Amount for such Distribution Date. See
                              "Description of the Certificates--Distributions on
                              the Certificates" herein.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-9



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Principal Collections will be allocated between
                              the Certificateholders and the Transferor
                              ("Investor Principal Collections" and "Transferor
                              Principal Collections", respectively) in
                              accordance with their percentage interests in the
                              Mortgage Loans of __% and __%, respectively, as of
                              the Cut-off Date (the "Fixed Allocation
                              Percentage"), but a lesser amount of Principal
                              Collections may be distributed to
                              Certificateholders during the Managed Amortization
                              Period, as described below. The "Investor Fixed
                              Allocation Percentage" shall be __%.


                              The Master Servicer will deposit Interest
                              Collections and Principal Collections in respect
                              of the Mortgage Loans in an account established
                              for such purpose under the Agreement (the
                              "Collection Account"). See "Description of the
                              Certificates--Payments on Mortgage Loans; Deposits
                              to Collection Account" herein.


Collection Period..........   As to any Distribution Date other than the first
                              Distribution Date, the "Collection Period" is the
                              calendar month preceding the month of such
                              Distribution Date. As to the first Distribution
                              Date, the "Collection Period" is the period
                              beginning after the Cut-off Date and ending on the
                              last day of _____________, 199_.

Interest...................   Interest on the Certificates will be distributed
                              monthly on the fifteenth day of each month or, if
                              such day is not a Business Day, then the next
                              succeeding Business Day (each, a "Distribution
                              Date"), commencing on ______________, 199_, at the
                              Certificate Rate for the related Interest Period
                              (as defined below). The "Certificate Rate" for an
                              Interest Period will generally equal the sum of
                              [(a) the London Interbank offered rate for
                              one-month Eurodollar deposits ("LIBOR") appearing
                              on the Telerate Screen Page 3750, as of the second
                              LIBOR Business Day (as defined herein) prior to
                              the first day of such Interest Period (or as of
                              two LIBOR Business Days prior to the Closing Date,
                              in the case of the first Interest Period) and (b)
                              ____%.] Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
                              will the amount of interest required to be
                              distributed in respect of the Certificates on any
                              Distribution Date exceed a rate equal to the
                              weighted average of the Loan Rates (net of the
                              Servicing Fee Rate, the fee payable to the Trustee
                              and the rate at which the premium payable to the
                              Certificate Insurer is calculated) weighted on the
                              basis of the daily balance of each Mortgage Loan
                              during the related billing cycle prior to the
                              Collection Period relating to such Distribution
                              Date. Interest on the Certificates in respect of
                              any Distribution Date will accrue from the
                              preceding Distribution Date (or in the case of the
                              first Distribution Date, from the date of the
                              initial issuance of the Certificates (the "Closing
                              Date") through the day preceding such Distribution
                              Date (each such period, an "Interest Period")

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-10



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              on the basis of the actual number of days in the
                              Interest Period and a 360-day year.

                              Interest payments on the Certificates will be
                              funded from Investor Interest Collections, any
                              funds on deposit in the Spread Account and from
                              draws on the Policy. See "Description of the
                              Certificates" herein.

Principal Payments from
Principal Collections......   For the period beginning on the first Distribution
                              Date and, unless a Rapid Amortization Event (as
                              defined herein) shall have earlier occurred,
                              ending on the Distribution Date in _____________,
                              200_ (the "Managed Amortization Period"), the
                              amount of Principal Collections payable to
                              Certificateholders as of each Distribution Date
                              during the Managed Amortization Period will equal,
                              to the extent funds are available therefor, the
                              Scheduled Principal Collections Distribution
                              Amount for such Distribution Date. On any
                              Distribution Date during the Managed Amortization
                              Period, the "Scheduled Principal Collections
                              Distribution Amount" shall equal the lesser of (i)
                              the Maximum Principal Payment (as defined herein)
                              and (ii) the Alternative Principal Payment (as
                              defined herein). With respect to any Distribution
                              Date, the "Maximum Principal Payment" will equal
                              the product of the Investor Fixed Allocation
                              Percentage and Principal Collections for such
                              Distribution Date. With respect to any
                              Distribution Date, the "Alternative Principal
                              Payment" will equal the greater of (x) ____% of
                              the Certificate Principal Balance immediately
                              prior to such Distribution Date and (y) the
                              amount, but not less than zero, of Principal
                              Collections for such Distribution Date less the
                              aggregate of Additional Balances created during
                              the related Collection Period.

                              Beginning with the first Distribution Date
                              following the end of the Managed Amortization
                              Period, the amount of Principal Collections
                              payable to Certificateholders on each Distribution
                              Date will be equal to the Maximum Principal
                              Payment. See "Description of the
                              Certificates--Distributions on the Certificates"
                              herein.

                              In addition, to the extent funds are available
                              therefor (including funds available under the
                              Policy), on the Distribution Date in _____________
                              20__, Certificateholders will be entitled to
                              receive as payment of principal an amount equal to
                              the outstanding Certificate Principal Balance.

                              Distributions of Principal Collections based upon
                              the Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage may
                              result in distributions of principal to
                              Certificateholders in amounts that are greater
                              relative to the declining Pool Balance than would
                              be the case if the Investor Floating Allocation
                              Percentage were used to determine the percentage
                              of Principal Collections distributed in

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-11



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              respect of the Invested Amount. The aggregate
                              distributions of principal to Certificateholders
                              will not exceed the Original Certificate Principal
                              Balance.

The Certificate Insurer....   [Insurer] (the "Certificate Insurer") is a
                              insurance company engaged exclusively in the
                              business of writing financial guaranty insurance,
                              principally in respect of securities offered in
                              domestic and foreign markets. The Certificate
                              Insurer's claims-paying ability is rated ____ by
                              _________________________________________ and
                              _____ by ________________________________________.
                              See "The Certificate Insurer" in this Prospectus
                              Supplement.

Policy.....................   On or before the Closing Date, the Policy will be
                              issued by the Certificate Insurer pursuant to the
                              provisions of the Insurance and Indemnity
                              Agreement (the "Insurance Agreement") to be dated
                              as of _____________, 199_, among the Seller, the
                              Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Certificate
                              Insurer.

                              The Policy will irrevocably and unconditionally
                              guarantee payment on each Distribution Date to the
                              Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders
                              the full and complete payment of (i) the
                              Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount (as
                              defined herein) with respect to the Certificates
                              for such Distribution Date and (ii) accrued and
                              unpaid interest due on the Certificates (together,
                              the "Guaranteed Distributions"), with such
                              Guaranteed Distributions having been calculated in
                              accordance with the original terms of the
                              Certificates or the Agreement except for
                              amendments or modifications to which the
                              Certificate Insurer has given its prior written
                              consent. The effect of the Policy is to guarantee
                              the timely payment of interest on, and the
                              ultimate payment of the principal amount of, all
                              of the Certificates.

                              The "Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount" for
                              any Distribution Date shall be the amount by which
                              the Certificate Principal Balance (after giving
                              effect to all other amounts distributable and
                              allocable to principal on the Certificates on such
                              Distribution Date) exceeds the Invested Amount for
                              such Distribution Date. In addition, the Policy
                              will guarantee the payment of the outstanding
                              Certificate Principal Balance on the Distribution
                              Date in ____________, 20__ (after giving effect to
                              all other amounts distributable and allocable to
                              principal on such Distribution Date).

                              In accordance with the Agreement, the Trustee will
                              be required to establish and maintain an account
                              (the "Spread Account") for the benefit of the
                              Certificate Insurer and the Certificateholders.
                              The Trustee shall deposit the amounts into the
                              Spread Account as required by the Agreement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-12



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              In the absence of payments under the Policy,
                              Certificateholders will directly bear the credit
                              and other risks associated with their undivided
                              interest in the Trust Fund. See "Description of
                              the Certificates--The Policy" herein.


Overcollateralization
Amount....................    The distribution of Accelerated Principal
                              Distribution Amounts, if any, to
                              Certificateholders may result in the Invested
                              Amount being greater than the Certificate
                              Principal Balance, thereby creating the
                              Overcollateralization Amount. The
                              Overcollateralization Amount, if any, will be
                              available to absorb any Investor Loss Amount not
                              covered by Investor Interest Collections. Payments
                              of Accelerated Principal Distribution Amounts are
                              not covered by the Policy. Any Investor Loss
                              Amounts not covered by such overcollateralization,
                              amounts on deposit in the Spread Account or
                              Investor Interest Collections will be covered by
                              draws on the Policy to the extent provided
                              therein.

Record Date...............    The last day preceding a Distribution Date or, if
                              the Certificates are no longer Book-Entry
                              Certificates, the last day of the month preceding
                              a Distribution Date.


Servicing.................    The Master Servicer will be responsible for
                              servicing, managing and making collections on the
                              Mortgage Loans. The Master Servicer will deposit
                              all collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans
                              into the Collection Account as described under
                              "Description of the Certificates--Payments on
                              Mortgage Loans; Deposits to Collection Account"
                              herein. On the third Business Day prior to each
                              Distribution Date (the "Determination Date"), the
                              Master Servicer will calculate, and instruct the
                              Trustee regarding the amounts available to be
                              paid, as described under "Description of the
                              Certificates--Payments on Mortgage Loans; Deposits
                              to Collection Account" herein, to the
                              Certificateholders on such Distribution Date. See
                              "Description of the Certificates--Distributions on
                              the Certificates" herein. With respect to each
                              Collection Period, the Master Servicer will
                              receive from collections in respect of interest on
                              the Mortgage Loans, on behalf of itself, a portion
                              of such collections as a monthly servicing fee
                              (the "Servicing Fee") in the amount of
                              approximately ____% per annum (the "Servicing Fee
                              Rate") on the aggregate Principal Balances of the
                              Mortgage Loans as of the first day of each such
                              Collection Period. See "Description of the
                              Certificates--Servicing Compensation and Payment
                              of Expenses" herein. In certain limited
                              circumstances, the Master Servicer may resign or
                              be removed, in which event either the Trustee or a
                              third-party servicer will be appointed as a
                              successor Master Servicer. See "Description of the
                              Certificates--Certain Matters Regarding the Master
                              Servicer and the Transferor" herein.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-13



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Final Payment of
Principal; Termination.....   The Trust Fund will terminate on the Distribution
                              Date following the later of (A) payment in full of
                              all amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer and
                              (B) the earliest of (i) the Distribution Date on
                              which the Certificate Principal Balance has been
                              reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other
                              liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan in the Trust
                              Fund, (iii) the optional retransfer to the
                              Transferor of the Certificates, as described below
                              and (iv) the Distribution Date in ______________,
                              20__. The Certificates will be subject to optional
                              retransfer to the Transferor on any Distribution
                              Date after the Certificate Principal Balance is
                              reduced to an amount less than or equal to
                              $________________ (__% of the Original Certificate
                              Principal Balance) and all amounts due and owing
                              to the Certificate Insurer and unreimbursed draws
                              on the Policy, together with interest thereon, as
                              provided under the Insurance Agreement, have been
                              paid. The retransfer price will be equal to the
                              sum of the outstanding Certificate Principal
                              Balance and accrued and unpaid interest thereon at
                              the Certificate Rate through the day preceding the
                              final Distribution Date. See "Description Of The
                              Certificates--Termination; Retirement of the
                              Certificates" herein and "The
                              Agreements--Termination; Optional Termination" in
                              the Prospectus.

                              In addition, the Trust Fund may be liquidated as a
                              result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency
                              or receivership relating to the Transferor. See
                              "Description of the Certificates--Rapid
                              Amortization Events" herein.


Trustee....................   [ ], a ____________________________ (the
                              "Trustee") will act as Trustee on behalf of the
                              Certificateholders.


Mandatory Retransfer of
Certain Mortgage Loans.....   The Seller will make certain representations and
                              warranties in the Agreement with respect to the
                              Mortgage Loans. If the Seller breaches certain of
                              its representations and warranties with respect to
                              any Mortgage Loan and such breach materially and
                              adversely affects the interests of the
                              Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer and
                              is not cured within the specified period, the
                              Mortgage Loan will be removed from the Trust Fund
                              upon the expiration of a specified period from the
                              date on which the Seller becomes aware or receives
                              notice of such breach and will be reassigned to
                              the Seller. See "Description of the
                              Certificates--Assignment of Mortgage Loans"
                              herein.

Federal Income Tax
Consequences...............   Subject to the qualifications set forth in
                              "Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein, special
                              tax counsel to the Depositor is of the opinion
                              that, under existing law, a Certificate will be
                              treated as a debt instrument for federal income
                              tax purposes as of the Closing Date. Under the
                              Agreement, the Transferor, the Depositor and the
                              Certificateholders will agree to treat the


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-14



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   

                              Certificates as indebtedness for federal income
                              tax purposes. Furthermore, special tax counsel to
                              the Depositor is of the opinion that the Trust 
                              Fund will not be treat as either an association
                              or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
                              corporation.   See   "Federal  Income  Tax
                              Consequences" herein and in the Prospectus for
                              additional information concerning the application
                              of federal income tax laws.
    

ERISA Considerations.......   The acquisition of a Certificate by a pension or
                              other employee benefit plan (a "Plan") subject to
                              the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                              1974, as amended ("ERISA"), could, in some
                              instances, result in a "prohibited transaction" or
                              other violation of the fiduciary responsibility
                              provisions of ERISA and Code Section 4975. Certain
                              exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules
                              could be applicable to the acquisition of the
                              Certificates. Any Plan fiduciary considering
                              whether to purchase any Certificate on behalf of a
                              Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the
                              applicability of the provisions of ERISA and the
                              Code. See "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the
                              Prospectus.

Legal Investment
Considerations.............   The Certificates will not constitute "mortgage
                              related securities" for purposes of the Secondary
                              Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA"),
                              because not all of the Mortgages securing the
                              Mortgage Loans are first mortgages. Accordingly,
                              many institutions with legal authority to invest
                              in comparably rated securities based solely on
                              first mortgages may not be legally authorized to
                              invest in the Certificates. See "Legal Investment
                              Considerations" herein and "Legal Investment" in
                              the Prospectus.

Certificate Rating.........   It is a condition to the issuance of the
                              Certificates that they be rated "___" by _____ and
                              "___" by _________ (each a "Rating Agency"). In
                              general, ratings address credit risk and do not
                              address the likelihood of prepayments. See
                              "Ratings" herein and "Risk Factors--Rating of the
                              Securities" in the Prospectus.


Risk Factors...............   For a discussion of certain risks associated with
                              an investment in the Certificates, see "Risk
                              Factors" on Page S-16 herein and on page 12 in the
                              Prospectus.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-15



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     Investors should consider the following risks in connection with the
purchase of Certificates.

     Consequences of Owning Book-Entry Certificates. Issuance of the
Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Certificates in
the secondary trading market since investors may be unwilling to purchase
Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical certificates. See
"Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein and "Risk
Factors-Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

     Since transactions in the Certificates can be effected only through DTC,
CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and certain
banks, the ability of a Certificate Owner to pledge a Certificate to persons or
entities that do not participate in the DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear system may be
limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing the Certificates. See
"Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein and "Risk
Factors-Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

   
     Certificate Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
distributions of interest and principal on the Certificates since such
distributions will be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such
distributions to the accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which will
thereafter credit them to the accounts of Certificate Owners either directly or
indirectly through indirect participants. Certificate Owners will not be
recognized as Certificateholders as such term is used in the Agreement, and
Certificate Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of Certificate-
holders only indirectly through DTC and its Participants. See "Description 
of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein and "Risk Factors-Book-
Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.
    

     Cash Flow Considerations and Risks. Minimum monthly payments on the
Mortgage Loans will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest. Even
assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and resulting shortfalls in
distributions to Certificateholders could occur if the Certificate Insurer were
unable to perform on its obligations under the Policy. Further, liquidation
expenses (such as legal fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance and
preservation expenses) will reduce the proceeds payable to Certificateholders
and thereby reduce the security for the Mortgage Loans. In the event any of the
Mortgaged Properties fail to provide adequate security for the related Mortgage
Loans, Certificateholders could experience a loss if the Certificate Insurer
were unable to perform its obligations under the Policy.

     Prepayment Considerations and Risks. Substantially all of the Mortgage
Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty. Home
equity loans, such as the Mortgage Loans, have been originated in significant
volume only during the past few years and neither the Depositor nor the Master
Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate of
prepayment of such loans. Generally, home equity loans are not viewed by
borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans may experience
a higher rate of prepayment than traditional loans. The Trust Fund's prepayment
experience may be affected by a wide variety of factors, including general
economic conditions, interest rates, the availability of alternative financing
and homeowner mobility. In addition, substantially all of the Mortgage Loans
contain due-on-sale provisions and the Master Servicer intends to enforce such
provisions unless (i) such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law or
(ii) the Master Servicer, in a manner consistent with reasonable commercial
practice, permits the purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to assume the
Mortgage Loan. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such assumption will
not release the original borrower from its obligation under any such Mortgage
Loan. See "Description of the Certificates" herein and "Certain Legal Aspects of
Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in the Prospectus for a description of certain
provisions of the Credit Line Agreements that may affect the prepayment
experience on the Mortgage Loans. The yield to maturity and weighted average
life of the Certificates will be affected primarily by the rate and timing of
prepayments on the Mortgage Loans. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a
faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Mortgage Loans will be borne
entirely by the Certificateholders. See "Maturity and Prepayment Considerations"
herein and "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in the Prospectus.


     Certificate Rating. The rating of the Certificates will depend primarily on
an assessment by the Rating Agencies of the Mortgage Loans and upon the
claims-paying ability of the Certificate Insurer. Any reduction in a rating
assigned to the claims-paying ability of the Certificate Insurer below the
rating initially given to the Certificates may result in a reduction in the
rating of the Certificates. The rating by the Rating Agencies of the
Certificates is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Certificates,
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to the 


                                      S-16



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

market price or suitability for a particular investor. There is no assurance
that the ratings will remain in place forany given period of time or that the
ratings will not be lowered or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies. In general, the
ratings address credit risk and do not address the likelihood of prepayments.
The ratings of the Certificates do not address the possibility of the imposition
of United States withholding tax with respect to non-U.S. persons.


     Legal Considerations -- Lien Priority. The Mortgage Loans are secured by
mortgages (which generally are second mortgages). With respect to Mortgage Loans
that are secured by first mortgages, the Master Servicer has the power under
certain circumstances to consent to a new mortgage lien on the Mortgaged
Property having priority over such Mortgage Loan. Mortgage Loans secured by
second mortgages are entitled to proceeds that remain from the sale of the
related Mortgaged Property after any related senior mortgage loan and prior
statutory liens have been satisfied. In the event that such proceeds are
insufficient to satisfy such loans and prior liens in the aggregate and the
Certificate Insurer is unable to perform its obligations under the Policy, the
Certificateholders will bear (i) the risk of delay in distributions while a
deficiency judgment against the borrower is obtained and (ii) the risk of loss
if the deficiency judgment cannot be obtained or is not realized upon. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans" in the Prospectus.

     Legal Considerations -- Security Interest. Under the terms of the
Agreement, so long as [Countrywide's] long-term senior unsecured debt is rated
at least "____" by ___ and "____" by _______, the Master Servicer will be
entitled to maintain possession of the documentation relating to each Mortgage
Loan sold by it, including the Credit Line Agreements and the Related Documents
or other evidence of indebtedness signed by the borrower, and the assignments of
the related mortgages to the Trust Fund will not be required to be recorded.
Failure to deliver the Related Documents to the Trustee will have the result in
most (if not all) of the states in which the Related Documents will be held, and
failure to record the assignments of the related mortgages to the Trustee will
have the result in certain states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located,
of making the sale of the Cut-off Date Principal Balances, Additional Balances
and Related Documents potentially ineffective against (i) any creditors of
[Countrywide], who may have been fraudulently or inadvertently induced to rely
on the Mortgage Loans as assets of [Countrywide], or (ii) any purchaser of a
Mortgage Loan who had no notice of the prior conveyance to the Trust Fund if
such purchaser perfects his interest in the Mortgage Loan by taking possession
of the Related Documents or other evidence of indebtedness or otherwise. In such
event, the Trust Fund would be an unsecured creditor of [Countrywide].

     Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks. The sale of the Mortgage Loans from
[Countrywide] to the Depositor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will be
treated as a sale of the Mortgage Loans. However, in the event of an insolvency
of [Countrywide], the receiver of [Countrywide] may attempt to recharacterize
the sale of the Mortgage Loans as a borrowing by [Countrywide], secured by a
pledge of the applicable Mortgage Loans. If the receiver decided to challenge
such transfer, (i) if the Mortgage Loans have not been delivered to the Trustee,
the interest of the Trust Fund in the Mortgage Loans will be that of an
unperfected security interest and (ii) even if the Mortgage Loans have been
delivered to the Trustee, delays in payments of the Certificates and reductions
in the amounts thereof could occur. The Depositor will warrant in the Agreement
that the transfer of the Mortgage Loans by it to the Trust Fund is either a
valid transfer and assignment of such Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund or the
grant to the Trust Fund of a security interest in such Mortgage Loans.

     If a conservator, receiver or trustee were appointed for the Transferor, or
if certain other events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the
Transferor were to occur, Additional Balances would not be sold to the Trust
Fund. In such an event, the Rapid Amortization Period would commence and the
Trustee would attempt to sell the Mortgage Loans (unless Certificateholders
holding Certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating at least 51% of
the Certificate Principal Balance instruct otherwise), thereby causing early
payment of the Certificate Principal Balance. The net proceeds of such sale will
first be paid to the Certificate Insurer to the extent of unreimbursed draws
under the Policy and other amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer pursuant to
the Insurance Agreement. The Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage of remaining
amounts will be distributed to the Certificateholders and the Policy will cover
any amount by which such remaining net proceeds are insufficient to pay the
Certificate Principal Balance in full.


     In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Certificateholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.


                                      S-17



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     [Geographic Concentration. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately _____% (by
Cut-off Date Principal Balance) of the Mortgaged Properties are located in the
State of __________. An overall decline in the __________ residential real
estate market could adversely affect the values of the Mortgaged Properties
securing such Mortgage Loans such that the Principal Balances of the related
Mortgage Loans, together with any primary financing on such Mortgaged
Properties, could equal or exceed the value of such Mortgaged Properties. As the
residential real estate market is influenced by many factors, including the
general condition of the economy and interest rates, no assurances may be given
that the __________ residential real estate market will not weaken. If the
__________ residential real estate market should experience an overall decline
in property values after the dates of origination of the Mortgage Loans, the
rates of losses on the Mortgage Loans would be expected to increase, and could
increase substantially.]


     Master Servicer's Ability to Change the Terms of the Mortgage Loans. The
Master Servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a Credit Line Agreement,
provided that such changes (i) do not adversely affect the interest of the
Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer, and (ii) are consistent with
prudent business practice. There can be no assurance that changes in applicable
law or the marketplace for home equity loans or prudent business practice will
not result in changes in the terms of the Mortgage Loans. In addition, the
Agreement permits the Master Servicer, within certain limitations described
therein, to increase the Credit Limit of the related Mortgage Loan or reduce the
Margin for such Mortgage Loan. Any such increase in the Credit Line of a
Mortgage Loan would increase the Loan-to-Value Ratio of such Mortgage Loan and,
accordingly, would increase the risk of the Trust Fund's investment in such
Mortgage Loan. In addition, any reduction in the Margin of a Mortgage Loan would
reduce the excess cash flow available to absorb losses.

     Delinquent Mortgage Loans. The Trust Fund will include Mortgage Loans which
are 89 or fewer days delinquent as of the Cut-off Date. The Cut-off Date
Principal Balance of Mortgage Loans which are between 30 days and 89 days
delinquent as of the Cut-off Date was $_________________. If there are not
sufficient funds from the Investor Interest Collections to cover the Investor
Loss Amounts for any Distribution Date, the Overcollateralization Amount and the
amount on deposit in the Spread Account have been reduced to zero, and the
Certificate Insurer fails to perform its obligations under the Policy, the
aggregate amount of principal returned to the Certificateholders may be less
than the Certificate Principal Balance on the day the Certificates are issued.


     For a discussion of additional risks pertaining to the Certificates, see
"Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.

                             THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

     The following information set forth in this section has been provided by
the Certificate Insurer. Accordingly, neither the Depositor nor the Master
Servicer makes any representation as to the accuracy and completeness of such
information.


                      [Description of Certificate Insurer]


                                      S-18



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               THE MASTER SERVICER

General

     [The Master Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the
terms set forth in the Agreement. The Master Servicer may perform any of its
obligations under the Agreement through one or more subservicers.
Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, the Master Servicer will
remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations under the Agreement as if
the Master Servicer alone were servicing the Mortgage Loans. As of the Closing
Date, the Master Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans without subservicing
arrangements.]

The Master Servicer

     [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. ("Countrywide"), a New York corporation and a
subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc., will act as Master Servicer
for the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Agreement. Countrywide is engaged
primarily in the mortgage banking business, and as such, originates, purchases,
sells and services mortgage loans. Countrywide originates mortgage loans through
a retail branch system and through mortgage loan brokers and correspondents
nationwide. Countrywide's mortgage loans are principally first-lien, fixed or
adjustable rate mortgage loans secured by single-family residences. Countrywide
began servicing home equity lines of credit in ________________ 199_.

     At ______________, 199_, Countrywide provided servicing for approximately
$____ billion aggregate principal amount of first-lien mortgage loans,
substantially all of which are being serviced for unaffiliated persons. At
___________, 199_, Countrywide provided servicing for approximately $___ million
aggregate principal amount of first and second lien mortgage loans originated
under home equity lines of credit.

     The principal executive offices of Countrywide are located at 155 North
Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its telephone number is (818)
304-8400. Countrywide conducts operations from its headquarters in Pasadena and
from offices located throughout the nation.]

                          THE HOME EQUITY LOAN PROGRAM

Underwriting Procedures Relating to Home Equity Loans

     The following is a description of the underwriting procedures customarily
employed by the Seller with respect to home equity loans. The underwriting
process is intended to assess the applicant's credit standing and repayment
ability, and the value and adequacy of the real property security as collateral
for the proposed loan. Exceptions to the Seller's underwriting guidelines will
be made when compensating factors are present. Such factors include the
borrower's employment stability, credit history, disposable income, equity in
the related property and the nature of the underlying first mortgage loan.

     Each applicant for a home equity loan is required to complete an
application which lists the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit and
employment history and other demographic and personal information. If
information in the loan application demonstrates that there is sufficient income
and equity in the real property to justify making a home equity loan, the Seller
will conduct a further credit investigation of the applicant. This investigation
includes obtaining and reviewing an independent credit bureau report on the
credit history of the applicant in order to evaluate the applicant's ability to
repay. The credit report typically contains information relating to such matters
as credit history with local merchants and lenders, installment debt payments
and any record of delinquencies, defaults, bankruptcy, collateral repossessions,
suits or judgments.

     The Seller originates or acquires mortgage loans pursuant to alternative
sets of underwriting criteria under its Alternative Documentation Loan Program
(the "Alternative Documentation Program") and its Reduced Documentation Loan
Program (the "Reduced Documentation Program"). The Alternative Documentation
Program permits a borrower to provide W-2 forms instead of tax returns covering
the most recent two years, permits bank statements in lieu of verifications of
deposits and permits alternative methods of employment verification. Under the
Reduced Documentation Program, relatively more emphasis is placed on property
underwriting than on credit


                                      S-19



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

underwriting and certain credit underwriting documentation concerning income and
employment verification therefore is waived. Mortgage loans underwritten under
the Reduced Documentation Program generally are limited to self-employed
borrowers with credit histories that demonstrate an established ability to repay
indebtedness in a timely fashion.


     Full appraisals are generally performed on all home equity loans which at
origination had a principal balance greater than $100,000. Such appraisals are
determined on the basis of a Seller-approved, independent third-party, fee-based
appraisal completed on forms approved by Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA") or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"). For loans which
had at origination a principal balance equal to or less than $100,000, a
drive-by evaluation is generally completed by a state licensed, independent
third-party, professional appraiser on forms approved by either FNMA or FHLMC.
The drive-by evaluation is an exterior examination of the premises by the
appraiser to determine that the property is in good condition. The appraisal is
based on various factors, including the market value of comparable homes and the
cost of replacing the improvement and generally is required to have been made
not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan.
The minimum and maximum loan amounts for home equity loans are $10,000 and
$500,000, respectively. Borrowers may draw under the home equity loans in
minimum amounts of $250 and maximum amounts up to the remaining available credit
thereunder, in each case after giving effect to all prior draws and payments
thereon.


     After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property information,
the Seller uses a debt-to-income ratio to assist in determining whether the
prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to support the
payments of principal and interest on the home equity loan in addition to any
senior mortgage loan payments (including any escrows for property taxes and
hazard insurance premiums) and other monthly credit obligations. The
"debt-to-income ratio" is the ratio of the borrower's total monthly payments
(assumed to be based on the applicable fully indexed interest rate plus a margin
of 2%) to the borrower's gross monthly income. Based on the foregoing, for loans
with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 90% or less, the maximum monthly
debt-to-income ratio is 45%. For loans with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios
greater than 90%, the maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio is generally 38%.
Variations in the monthly debt-to-income ratios limits are permitted based on
compensating factors. The Seller currently offers home equity loan products
that allow maximum Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 70%, 80%, 90% and 100%.


     It is generally the Seller's policy to require a title search before it
makes a home equity loan for amounts less than or equal to $100,000. In
addition, if the home equity loan has an original principal balance of $100,000
or more, the Seller requires that the borrower obtain an American Land Title
Association ("ALTA") policy, or other assurance of title customary in the
relevant jurisdiction. In addition, ALTA title policies are generally obtained
in situations where the property is on leased land or there has been a change in
title or such home equity loan is in first lien position.

Servicing of the Mortgage Loans

     The Master Servicer has established standard policies for the servicing and
collection of the home equity loans. Servicing includes, but is not limited to,
(i) the collection and aggregation of payments relating to the Mortgage Loans;
(ii) the supervision of delinquent Mortgage Loans, loss mitigation efforts,
foreclosure proceedings and, if applicable, the disposition of Mortgaged
Properties; and (iii) the preparation of tax related information in connection
with the Mortgage Loans.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly by the Master Servicer. The statement
details all debits and credits and specifies the minimum payment due and the
available credit line. Notice of changes in the applicable loan rate are
provided by the Master Servicer to the Mortgagor with such statements. All
payments are due by the fifteenth day of the month.

     With respect to Mortgage Loans, the general policy of the Master Servicer
is to initiate foreclosure in the underlying property (i) after such loan is 75
days or more delinquent and satisfactory arrangements cannot be made with the
Mortgagor; or (ii) if a notice of default on a senior lien is received by the
Master Servicer. Foreclosure proceedings may be terminated if the delinquency is
cured. Mortgage Loans to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings may be restructured
in accordance with law and with a view to maximizing recovery of such loans,
including any deficiencies.

     Once foreclosure is initiated by the Master Servicer, a foreclosure
tracking system is used to monitor the progress of the proceedings. The system
includes state specific parameters to monitor whether proceedings are


                                      S-20



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

progressing within the time frame typical for the state in which the property is
located. During the foreclosure proceeding, the Master Servicer determines the
amount of the foreclosure bid and whether to liquidate the loan.

     After foreclosure, if the home equity loan is secured by a first mortgage
lien, the Master Servicer may liquidate the Mortgaged Property and charge off
the home equity loan balance which was not recovered through liquidation
proceeds. If the Mortgaged Property was subject to a senior lien, the Master
Servicer will either directly manage the foreclosure sale of the property and
satisfy such lien at the time of sale or take other action as deemed necessary
to protect the interest in the Mortgaged Property. If in the judgment of the
Master Servicer, the cost of maintaining or purchasing the senior lien position
exceeds the economic benefit of such action, the Master Servicer will generally
charge off the entire home equity loan and may seek a money judgment against the
borrower.

     Servicing and charge-off policies and collection practices may change over
time in accordance with, among other things, the Master Servicer's business
judgment, changes in the portfolio and applicable laws and regulations.

Foreclosure and Delinquency Experience

     The following table summarizes the delinquency and foreclosure experience,
respectively, on the dates indicated, of home equity loans serviced by the
Master Servicer. Since [Countrywide] only began servicing home equity loans in
__________________ 199_, the delinquency and foreclosure percentages may be
affected by the size and relative lack of seasoning of the servicing portfolio
because many of such loans were not outstanding long enough to give rise to some
or all of the periods of delinquency indicated in the chart below. Accordingly,
the information should not be considered as a basis for assessing the
likelihood, amount or severity of delinquency or losses on the Mortgage Loans
and no assurances can be given that the foreclosure and delinquency experience
presented in the table below will be indicative of such experience on the
Mortgage Loans:

                  Delinquency Status As Of ___________, 199__*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Dollars          Percent       Units      Percent
                                                         ------------------  ------------   --------  ------------
            <S>                                          <C>                  <C>           <C>        <C>
     Current..........................................   $
     30-59 days.......................................
     60-89 days.......................................
     90+ days.........................................
                                                         ------------------  ------------   --------  ------------

          Total.......................................   $                     100.00%                  100.00%
                                                         ==================  ============   ========  ============
</TABLE>

- ----------
*    Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.

     As of ___________, 199_, loans with an aggregate balance of $_______ are in
bankruptcy and ____ loans with an aggregate balance of $___________ are in
foreclosure. Of the loans in foreclosure, there will be a _______, 199_ charge
off of $_______. [In addition to this charge off, there is an anticipated charge
off of approximately $ which may also be realized in _______________.]

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

General

     The Mortgage Loans were originated pursuant to loan agreements and
disclosure statements (the "Credit Line Agreements") and are secured by
mortgages or deeds of trust, which are either first or second mortgages or deeds
of trust, on Mortgaged Properties located in ____ states. The Mortgaged
Properties securing the Mortgage Loans consist of residential properties that
are one- to four-family properties. See "--Mortgage Loan Terms" below.

     The Cut-off Date Pool Balance is $______________, which is equal to the
aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date. As of
the Cut-off Date, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89 days delinquent. The
average Cut-off Date Principal Balance was approximately $       , the minimum
Cut-off Date


                                      S-21



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Principal Balance was zero, the maximum Cut-off Date Principal Balance was
$____________, the minimum Loan Rateand the maximum Loan Rate as of the Cut-off
Date were ___% and ___% per annum, respectively, and the weighted average Loan
Rate as of the Cut-off Date was approximately ___% per annum. As of the Cut-off
Date, the weighted average Credit Limit Utilization Rate was approximately %,
the minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate was zero and the maximum Credit Limit
Utilization Rate was 100%. The "Credit Limit Utilization Rate" is determined by
dividing the Cut-off Date Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan by the Credit
Limit of the related Credit Line Agreement. The remaining term to scheduled
maturity for the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date ranged from ___ months to
___ months and the weighted average remaining term to scheduled maturity was
approximately months. As of the Cut-off Date, the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio
of the Mortgage Loans ranged from ___% to ___% and the weighted average Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratio was approximately %. The Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio for a
Mortgage Loan is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the sum of (i) the
Credit Limit of the Mortgage Loan and (ii) any outstanding principal balances of
mortgage loans senior to such Mortgage Loan (calculated at the date of
origination of the Mortgage Loan) to (B) the lesser of (i) the appraised value
of the related Mortgaged Property as set forth in the loan files at such date of
origination or (ii) in the case of a Mortgaged Property purchased within one
year of the origination of the related Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of such
Mortgaged Property. Credit Limits under the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off
Date ranged from $________ to $________ and averaged approximately $________.
The weighted average second mortgage ratio (which is the Credit Limit for the
related Mortgage Loan, provided such Mortgage Loan was in the second lien
position, divided by the sum of such Credit Limit and the outstanding principal
balance of any mortgage loan senior to the related Mortgage Loan) was
approximately ___%. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately ___% by Cut-off Date
Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans represented first liens on the related
Mortgaged Properties, while approximately % of the Mortgage Loans represented
second liens. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately ___% of the Mortgage Loans
are secured by Mortgaged Properties which are single-family residences and ___%
were owner-occupied. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately ___%, ___%, ___%,
__%, ___% and ___% by Cut-off Date Principal Balance are located in __________,
________, __________, _______, ______ and ________], respectively.

Mortgage Loan Terms

     [A borrower may access a Mortgage Loan by writing a check in a minimum
amount of $250. The Mortgage Loans bear interest at a variable rate which
changes monthly on the first business day of the related month with changes in
the applicable Index Rate. The Mortgage Loans are subject to a maximum per annum
interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") ranging from [_____% to _____%] per annum and
subject to applicable usury limitations. As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted
average Maximum Rate was approximately ___%. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans--Applicability of Usury Laws" in the Prospectus. The daily periodic rate
on the Mortgage Loans (the "Loan Rate") is the sum of the Index Rate plus the
spread (the "Margin") which generally ranges between ____% and ____% and had a
weighted average, as of the Cut-off Date, of approximately %, divided by 365
days. The "Index Rate" is based on the highest "prime rate" published in the
'Money Rates' table of The Wall Street Journal as of the first business day of
each calendar month.]

     [Countrywide] offers an introductory loan rate on home equity lines of
credit which are originated with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 75% and 80%.
The introductory rate applies to any payments made during the first three months
after origination. After such three month period, the Loan Rate will adjust to
the Index plus the applicable Margin. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately % of
the Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Principal Balance were subject to an
introductory rate of ____% per annum.

     In general, the home equity loans may be drawn upon for a period (the "Draw
Period") of either five years (which may be extendible for an additional five
years, upon [Countrywide's] approval) or three years. Home equity loans with an
initial Draw Period of five years, which constitute approximately ___% of the
Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Principal Balance, are subject to a fifteen year
repayment period (the "Repayment Period") following the end of the Draw Period
during which the outstanding principal balance of the loan will be repaid in
monthly installments equal to 1/180 of the outstanding principal balance as of
the end of the Draw Period. Mortgage Loans with a Draw Period of three years,
which constitute approximately ___% of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date
Principal Balance, are subject to a ten year Repayment Period following the end
of the Draw Period during which the outstanding principal balance of the loan
will be paid in monthly installments equal to 1/120 of the outstanding principal
balance as of the end of the Draw Period.


                                      S-22



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The minimum payment due during the Draw Period will be equal to the finance
charges accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the home equity loan
during the related billing period. The minimum payment due during the repayment
period will be equal to the sum of the finance charges accrued on the
outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan during the related billing
period and the principal payment described above.

     Set forth below is a description of certain characteristics of the Mortgage
Loans as of the Cut-off Date:

                               PRINCIPAL BALANCES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
            Range of Principal Balances                    Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
$_______ to $_________.............................                     $                                       %
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ to $_________.............................
$_______ and over..................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>


                                      S-23



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                           GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
                       State                               Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
                                                                        $                                       %








































                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Geographic location is determined by the address of the Mortgaged Property
     securing the related Mortgage Loan.


                                      S-24



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                         COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                 Range of Combined                        Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
               Loan-to-Value Ratios                        Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
 _____% to ______%.................................                     $                                        %
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
______% to ______%.................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the sum of (i) the Credit
     Limit of the Mortgage Loans and (ii) any outstanding principal balances of
     mortgage loans senior to the Mortgage Loans (calculated at the date of
     origination of the Mortgage Loans) to (B) the lesser of (i) the appraised
     value of the related Mortgaged Property as set forth in loan files at such
     date of origination or (ii) in the case of a Mortgaged Property purchased
     within one year of the origination of the related Mortgage Loan, the
     purchase price of such Mortgaged Property.

                                  PROPERTY TYPE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
               Property Type                               Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
Single Family......................................                     $                                       %
Two- to Four-Family................................
Condominium........................................
PUD................................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

                                  LIEN PRIORITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
               Lien Priority                               Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
First Lien.........................................                     $                                       %
Second Lien........................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>


                                      S-25



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LOAN RATES(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                 Range of                                 Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
                Loan Rates                                 Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
_____% to _____%...................................                     $                                       %
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Approximately % of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-Off Date Principal Balance are
     subject to an introductory rate of _____% per annum.


                                      S-26



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                     MARGIN

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                 Range of                                 Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
                 Margins                                   Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
_____% to _____%...................................                     $                                       %
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

                         CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
               Range of Credit Limit                      Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
                 Utilization Rates                         Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
_____% to _____%...................................                     $                                       %
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
_____% to _____%...................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>


                                      S-27



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  CREDIT LIMITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
               Range of Credit Limits                      Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
$__________to $_________...........................                     $                                       %
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ to $_________...........................
$_________ and over................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

                                  MAXIMUM RATES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
               Maximum Rates                               Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
- -----%.............................................                     $                                       %
- -----%.............................................
- -----%.............................................
- -----%.............................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>


                                      S-28



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                    MONTHS REMAINING TO SCHEDULED MATURITY(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                 Range of Months                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
          Remaining to Scheduled Maturity                  Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
___ to ___.........................................                     $                                       %
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
___ to ___.........................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Assumes that the Draw Period for Mortgage Loans with five year Draw Periods
     will be extended for an additional five years.

                                ORIGINATION YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
               Organization Year                           Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
- ----...............................................                     $                                       %
- ----...............................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

                               DELINQUENCY STATUS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Number of                                Percent of Pool
                                                          Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
               Number of Days Delinquent                   Loans         Principal Balance       Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------      ----------     -------------------      -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>                       <C>
0 to 29 ...........................................      $                                                      %
30 to 59...........................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------
60 to 89...........................................
                                                         ----------     -------------------      -----------------

     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                         ==========     ===================      =================
</TABLE>

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS


     The Agreement, except as otherwise described herein, provides that the
Certificateholders will be entitled to receive on each Distribution Date
distributions of principal, in the amounts described under "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions on the Certificates" herein, until the Certificate
Principal Balance is reduced to zero. During the Managed Amortization Period,
Certificateholders will receive amounts from Principal Collections based upon
their Fixed Allocation Percentage subject to reduction as described below.
During the Rapid Amortization Period, Certificateholders will receive amounts
from Principal Collections based solely upon their Fixed Allocation 



                                      S-29



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Percentage. Because prior distributions of Principal Collections to
Certificateholders serve to reduce the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage
but do not change their Fixed Allocation Percentage, allocations of Principal
Collections based on the Fixed Allocation Percentage may result in distributions
of principal to the Certificateholdersin amounts that are, in most cases,
greater relative to the declining balance of the Mortgage Loans than would be
the case if the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage were used to determine
the percentage of Principal Collections distributed to Certificateholders. This
is especially true during the Rapid Amortization Period when the
Certificateholders are entitled to receive Investor Principal Collections and
not a lesser amount. In addition, Investor Interest Collections may be
distributed as principal to Certificateholders in connection with the
Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount, if any. Moreover, to the extent of
losses allocable to the Certificateholders, Certificateholders may also receive
as payment of principal the amount of such losses either from Investor Interest
Collections or, in some instances, draws under the Policy. The level of losses
may therefore affect the rate of payment of principal on the Certificates.


     To the extent obligors make more draws than principal payments, the
Transferor Interest may grow. Because during the Rapid Amortization Period the
Certificateholders share of Principal Collections is based upon its Fixed
Allocation Percentage (without reduction), an increase in the Transferor
Interest due to additional draws may also result in Certificateholders receiving
principal at a greater rate. The Agreement permits the Transferor, at its
option, but subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the
Agreement, including the conditions described below, to remove certain Mortgage
Loans from the Trust Fund at any time during the life of the Trust Fund, so long
as the Transferor Interest (after giving effect to such removal) is not less
than the Minimum Transferor Interest. Such removals may affect the rate at which
principal is distributed to Certificateholders by reducing the overall Pool
Balance and thus the amount of Principal Collections. See "Description of the
Certificates--Optional Retransfers of Mortgage Loans to the Transferor" herein.


     All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in full or in part at any time.
[However, Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged Properties in California are
subject to an account termination fee equal to the lesser of $350 and six months
interest on the amount prepaid, to the extent the prepaid amount exceeds 20% of
the unpaid principal balance, if the account is terminated on or before its
fifth year anniversary. In addition, Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged
Properties in other jurisdictions may be subject to account termination fees to
the extent permitted by law. In general, such account termination fees do not
exceed $350 and do not apply to accounts terminated subsequent to a date
designated in the related Mortgage Note which, depending on the jurisdiction,
ranges between six months and five years following origination.] The prepayment
experience with respect to the Mortgage Loans will affect the weighted average
life of the Certificates.


     The rate of prepayment on the Mortgage Loans cannot be predicted. Neither
the Depositor nor the Master Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies
or statistics on the rate of prepayment of such Mortgage Loans. Generally, home
equity revolving credit lines are not viewed by borrowers as permanent
financing. Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans may experience a higher rate of
prepayment than traditional first mortgage loans. On the other hand, because the
Mortgage Loans amortize as described under "Description of the Mortgage
Loans--Mortgage Loan Terms" herein, rates of principal payment on the Mortgage
Loans will generally be slower than those of traditional fully-amortizing first
mortgages in the absence of prepayments on such Mortgage Loans. The prepayment
experience of the Trust Fund with respect to the Mortgage Loans may be affected
by a wide variety of factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing
interest rate levels, the availability of alternative financing, homeowner
mobility, the frequency and amount of any future draws on the Credit Line
Agreements and changes affecting the deductibility for Federal income tax
purposes of interest payments on home equity credit lines. Substantially all of
the Mortgage Loans contain "due-on-sale" provisions, and, with respect to the
Mortgage Loans, the Master Servicer intends to enforce such provisions, unless
such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law. The enforcement of a
"due-on-sale" provision will have the same effect as a prepayment of the related
Mortgage Loan. See "Certain Legal Aspects of The Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in
the Prospectus.


     The yield to an investor who purchases the Certificates in the secondary
market at a price other than par will vary from the anticipated yield if the
rate of prepayment on the Mortgage Loans is actually different than the rate
anticipated by such investor at the time such Certificates were purchased.

     Collections on the Mortgage Loans may vary because, among other things,
borrowers may make payments during any month as low as the minimum monthly
payment for such month or as high as the entire outstanding principal balance
plus accrued interest and the fees and charges thereon. It is possible that
borrowers may fail to 

                                      S-30



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

make scheduled payments. Collections on the Mortgage Loans may vary due to
seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.


     No assurance can be given as to the level of prepayments that will be
experienced by the Trust Fund and it can be expected that a portion of borrowers
will not prepay their Mortgage Loans to any significant degree. See "Yield and
Prepayment Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                       POOL FACTOR AND TRADING INFORMATION

     The "Pool Factor" is a seven-digit decimal which the Master Servicer will
compute monthly expressing the Certificate Principal Balance of the Certificates
as of each Distribution Date (after giving effect to any distribution of
principal on such Distribution Date) as a proportion of the Original Certificate
Principal Balance. On the Closing Date, the Pool Factor will be 1.0000000. See
"Description of the Certificates--Distributions on the Certificates" herein.
Thereafter, the Pool Factor will decline to reflect reductions in the related
Certificate Principal Balance resulting from distributions of principal to the
Certificates and the Invested Amount of any unreimbursed Liquidation Loss
Amounts.

     Pursuant to the Agreement, monthly reports concerning the Invested Amount,
the Pool Factor and various other items of information will be made available to
the Certificateholders. In addition, within 60 days after the end of each
calendar year, beginning with the 199_ calendar year, information for tax
reporting purposes will be made available to each person who has been a
Certificateholder of record at any time during the preceding calendar year. See
"Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" and "--Reports to
Certificateholders" herein.

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES


     The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Agreement. The form of the
Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which
this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus is a part. The following is a
description of the material provisions of the Agreement. Wherever particular
sections or defined terms of the Agreement are referred to, such sections or
defined terms are hereby incorporated herein by reference.


General


     The Certificates will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of
$1 in excess thereof and will evidence specified undivided interests in the
Trust Fund. The property of the Trust Fund will consist of, to the extent
provided in the Agreement: (i) each of the Mortgage Loans that from time to time
are subject to the Agreement; (ii) collections on the Mortgage Loans received
after the Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments in respect of accrued interest due
on or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of ); (iii) Mortgaged
Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans that are acquired by foreclosure or
deed in lieu of foreclosure; (iv) the Collection Account and the Security
Account for the Certificates (excluding net earnings thereon); (v) the Policy;
(vi) the Spread Account (for the benefit of the Certificate Insurer and the
Certificateholders); and (vii) an assignment of the Depositor's rights under the
Purchase Agreement. Definitive Certificates (as defined below), if issued, will
be transferable and exchangeable at the corporate trust office of the Trustee,
which will initially maintain the Security Register for the Certificates. See
"--Book-Entry Certificates" below. No service charge will be made for any
registration of exchange or transfer of Certificates, but the Trustee may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge.

     The aggregate undivided interest in the Trust Fund represented by the
Certificates as of the Closing Date will equal $ (the "Original Invested
Amount"), which represents __% of the Cut-off Date Pool Balance. The "Original
Certificate Principal Balance" will equal $ . Following the Closing Date, the
"Invested Amount" with respect to any Distribution Date will be an amount equal
to the Original Invested Amount minus (i) the amount of Investor Principal
Collections previously distributed to Certificateholders, and minus (ii) an
amount equal to the product of the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage and
the Liquidation Loss Amounts (each as defined herein). The principal amount of
the outstanding Certificates (the "Certificate Principal Balance") on any
Distribution Date is equal to the Original Certificate Principal Balance minus
the aggregate of amounts actually distributed as principal to the
Certificateholders. See "--Distributions on the Certificates" below. Each
Certificate 



                                      S-31



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

represents the right to receive payments of interest at the Certificate Rate and
payments of principal as described below.


     The Transferor will own the remaining undivided interest in the Mortgage
Loans (the "Transferor Interest"), which is equal to the Pool Balance less the
Invested Amount. The Transferor Interest will initially equal $________, which
represents _% of the Cut-off Date Pool Balance. The Transferor as of any date is
the owner of the Transferor Interest which initially will be the Seller. In
general, the Pool Balance will vary each day as principal is paid on the
Mortgage Loans, liquidation losses are incurred, Additional Balances are drawn
down by borrowers and Mortgage Loans are transferred to the Trust Fund.


     The Transferor has the right to sell or pledge the Transferor Interest at
any time, provided (i) the Rating Agencies (as defined herein) have notified the
Transferor and the Trustee in writing that such action will not result in the
reduction or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to the Certificates, and (ii)
certain other conditions specified in the Agreement are satisfied.

Book-Entry Certificates


     The Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates"). Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the
Certificates ("Certificate Owners") may elect to hold their Certificates through
the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States, or CEDEL or Euroclear
(in Europe) if they are participants of such systems, or indirectly through
organizations which are participants in such systems. The Book-Entry
Certificates will be issued in one or more certificates which equal the
aggregate principal balance of the Certificates and will initially be registered
in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. CEDEL and Euroclear will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers' securities
accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective
depositaries which in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities
accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Citibank will act as
depositary for CEDEL and Chase will act as depositary for Euroclear (in such
capacities, individually the "Relevant Depositary" and collectively the
"European Depositaries"). Investors may hold such beneficial interests in the
Book-Entry Certificates in minimum denominations representing Certificate
Principal Balances of $1,000 and in multiples of $1 in excess thereof. Except as
described below, no person acquiring a Book-Entry Certificate (each, a
"beneficial owner") will be entitled to receive a physical certificate
representing such Certificate (a "Definitive Certificate"). Unless and until
Definitive Certificates are issued, it is anticipated that the only
"Certificateholder" of the Certificates will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Certificate Owners will not be Certificateholders as that term is used in the
Agreement. Certificate Owners are only permitted to exercise their rights
indirectly through the participating organizations that utilize the services of
DTC, including securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies and
clearing corporations and certain other organizations ("Participants") and DTC.


     The beneficial owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Certificate will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial intermediary (each, a "Financial Intermediary") that maintains the
beneficial owner's account for such purpose. In turn, the Financial
Intermediary's ownership of such Book-Entry Certificate will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating firm that acts as agent for the Financial
Intermediary, whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the beneficial owner's Financial Intermediary is not a DTC participant and on
the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).


     Certificate Owners will receive all distributions of principal of, and
interest on, the Certificates from the Trustee through DTC and DTC participants.
While the Certificates are outstanding (except under the circumstances described
below), under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations (the "Rules"), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Certificates and
is required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of, and interest
on, the Certificates. Participants and organizations which have indirect access
to the DTC system, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants") with whom Certificate Owners
have accounts with respect to Certificates are similarly required to make
book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such distributions on behalf of
their respective Certificate Owners. Accordingly, although Certificate Owners
will not possess certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which
Certificate Owners will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their
interest.



                                      S-32



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     Certificate Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive certificates
representing their respective interests in the Certificates, except under the
limited circumstances described below. Unless and until Definitive Certificates
are issued, Certificate Owners who are not Participants may transfer ownership
of Certificates only through Participants and Indirect Participants by
instructing such Participants and Indirect Participants to transfer
Certificates, by book-entry transfer, through DTC for the account of the
purchasers of such Certificates, which account is maintained with their
respective Participants. Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal
procedures, transfers of ownership of Certificates will be executed through DTC
and the accounts of the respective Participants at DTC will be debited and
credited. Similarly, the Participants and Indirect Participants will make debits
or credits, as the case may be, on their records on behalf of the selling and
purchasing Certificate Owners.

     Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in CEDEL,
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made
during, subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day
following, the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such
securities, settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Euroclear or, CEDEL Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as, a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL Participant
(as defined, below) or Euroclear Participant (as defined below) to a DTC
Participant will be, received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be
available in the, relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the
business day following, settlement in DTC. For information with respect to tax
documentation procedures, relating to the Certificates, see "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Foreign Investors" and "--Backup Withholding" herein and "Global,
Clearance, Settlement And Tax Documentation Procedures--Certain U.S. Federal
Income Tax Documentation Requirements" in Annex I hereto.


     Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by the Relevant Depositary; however, such cross market
transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European
international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European
time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the
Relevant Depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in
accordance with normal procedures for same day funds settlement applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.

     DTC which is a New York-chartered limited purpose trust company, performs
services for its participants, some of which (and/or their representatives) own
DTC. In accordance with its normal procedures, DTC is expected to record the
positions held by each DTC participant in the Book-Entry Certificates, whether
held for its own account or as a nominee for another person. In general,
beneficial ownership of Book-Entry Certificates will be subject to the rules,
regulations and procedures governing DTC and DTC participants as in effect from
time to time.

     CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ("CEDEL
Participants") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates. Transactions may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL provides to its CEDEL
Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration,
clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities
lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg Monetary Institute. CEDEL participants are recognized financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery 


                                      S-33



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing andinterfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator"), under contract
with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
"Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and
other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in
Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of
Euroclear Participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions on the Book-Entry Certificates will be made on each
Distribution Date by the Trustee to DTC. DTC will be responsible for crediting
the amount of such payments to the accounts of the applicable DTC participants
in accordance with DTC's normal procedures. Each DTC participant will be
responsible for disbursing such payments to the beneficial owners of the
Book-Entry Certificates that it represents and to each Financial Intermediary
for which it acts as agent. Each such Financial Intermediary will be responsible
for disbursing funds to the beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Certificates
that it represents.


     Under a book-entry format, beneficial owners of the Book-Entry Certificates
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede. Distributions with respect to Certificates
held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's
rules and procedures, to the extent received by the Relevant Depositary. Such
distributions will be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant
United States tax laws and regulations. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Foreign Investors" and "--Backup Withholding" herein. Because DTC
can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a beneficial
owner to pledge Book-Entry Certificates to persons or entities that do not
participate in the Depository system, or otherwise take actions in respect of
such Book-Entry Certificates, may be limited due to the lack of physical
certificates for such Book-Entry Certificates. In addition, issuance of the
Book-Entry Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such
Certificates in the secondary market since certain potential investors may be
unwilling to purchase Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates.

     Monthly and annual reports on the Trust Fund provided by the Master
Servicer to CEDE, as nominee of DTC, may be made available to beneficial owners
upon request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures creating
and affecting the Depository, and to the Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC
accounts the Book-Entry Certificates of such beneficial owners are credited.


     DTC has advised the Transferor and the Trustee that, unless and until
Definitive Certificates are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be
taken by the holders of the Book-Entry Certificates under the Agreement only at
the direction of one or more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the
Book-Entry Certificates are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Financial Intermediaries whose holdings include such Book-Entry
Certificates. CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any
other action permitted to be taken by a Certificateholder under the Agreement on
behalf of a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear 


                                      S-34



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and
subject to the ability of the Relevant Depositary to effect such actions on its
behalf through DTC. DTC may take actions, at the direction of the related
Participants, with respect to some Certificates which conflict with actions
taken with respect to other Certificates.

     Definitive Certificates will be issued to beneficial owners of the
Book-Entry Certificates, or their nominees, rather than to DTC, only if (a) DTC
or the Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing,
qualified or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as nominee and
depository with respect to the Book-Entry Certificates and the Transferor or the
Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor, (b) the Transferor, at its
sole option, elects to terminate a book-entry system through DTC or (c) after
the occurrence of an Event of Servicing Termination (as defined herein),
beneficial owners having Percentage Interests aggregating not less than 51% of
the Certificate Principal Balance of the Book-Entry Certificates advise the
Trustee and DTC through the Financial Intermediaries and the DTC participants in
writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor
thereto) is no longer in the best interests of beneficial owners.

     Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Trustee will be required to notify all beneficial
owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability through DTC of
Definitive Certificates. Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
certificates representing the Book-Entry Certificates and instructions for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Certificates, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Certificates as
Certificateholders under the Agreement.

     Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants of DTC,
CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

Assignment of Mortgage Loans


     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer to
the Trust Fund all of its right, title and interest in and to each Mortgage Loan
(including any Additional Balances arising in the future), related Credit Line
Agreements, mortgages and other related documents (collectively, the "Related
Documents"), including all collections received on or with respect to each such
Mortgage Loan after the Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments in respect of
accrued interest due on or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of
_____). The Trustee, concurrently with such transfer, will deliver the
Certificates to the Depositor and the Transferor Certificate (as defined in the
Agreement) to the Transferor. Each Mortgage Loan transferred to the Trust Fund
will be identified on a schedule (the "Mortgage Loan Schedule") delivered to the
Trustee pursuant to the Agreement. Such schedule will include information as to
the Cut-off Date Principal Balance of each Mortgage Loan, as well as information
with respect to the Loan Rate.

     The Agreement will permit the Seller to maintain possession of the Related
Documents and certain other documents relating to the Mortgage Loans (the
"Mortgage Files") and assignments of the Mortgage Loans to the Trustee will not
be required to be recorded for so long as the long-term senior unsecured debt of
[Countrywide] is rated at least "______" by ___ and "______" by _______. In the
event that [Countrywide's] long-term senior unsecured debt rating does not
satisfy the above-described standards (an "Assignment Event"), [Countrywide]
will have 90 days to record assignments of the mortgages for each such Mortgage
Loan in favor of the Trustee and 60 days to deliver the Mortgage Files
pertaining to each such Mortgage Loan to the Trustee (unless opinions of counsel
satisfactory to the Rating Agencies and the Certificate Insurer to the effect
that recordation of such assignments or delivery of such documentation is not
required in the relevant jurisdiction to protect the interest of [Countrywide]
and the Trustee in the Mortgage Loans). In lieu of delivery of original
documentation, [Countrywide] may deliver documents which have been imaged
optically upon delivery of an opinion of counsel that such documents do not
impair the enforceability of the transfer to the Trust Fund of the Mortgage
Loans.

     Within 90 days of an Assignment Event, the Trustee will review the Mortgage
Loans and the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan or Related Document is
found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not cured
within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the Depositor by
the Trustee, the Seller will be obligated to accept the transfer of such
Mortgage Loan from the Trust Fund. Upon such transfer, the Principal Balance of
such Mortgage Loan will be deducted from the Pool Balance, thus reducing the
amount of the Transferor Interest. If the deduction would cause the Transferor
Interest to become less than the Minimum Transferor Interest at such time (a
"Transfer Deficiency"), the Seller will be obligated to either substitute an
Eligible



                                      S-35



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Substitute Mortgage Loan or make a deposit into the Collection Account in the
amount (the "Transfer Deposit Amount") equal to the amount by which the
Transferor Interest would be reduced to less than the Minimum Transferor
Interest at such time. Any such deduction, substitution or deposit, will be
considered a payment in full of such Mortgage Loan. Any Transfer Deposit Amount
will be treated as a Principal Collection. Notwithstandingthe foregoing,
however, prior to all required deposits to the Collection Account being made no
such transfer shall be considered to have occurred unless such deposit is
actually made. The obligation of the Seller to accept a transfer of a Defective
Mortgage Loan is the sole remedy regarding any defects in the Mortgage Loans and
Related Documents available to the Trustee or the Certificateholders.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the Depositor for a Defective Mortgage Loan which must, on the date of such
substitution, (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance), not __% more or less than the Transfer Deficiency
relating to such Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have a Loan Rate not less than
the Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than _% in excess of
the Loan Rate of such Defective Mortgage Loan; (iii) have a Loan Rate based on
the same Index with adjustments to such Loan Rate made on the same Interest Rate
Adjustment Date as that of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv) have a Margin that
is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than ___
basis points higher than the Margin for the Defective Mortgage Loan; (v) have a
mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as the mortgage relating to the
Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi) have a remaining term to maturity not more than
___ months earlier and not more than __ months later than the remaining term to
maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply with each representation
and warranty as to the Mortgage Loans set forth in the Agreement (deemed to be
made as of the date of substitution); (viii) in general, have an original
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio not greater than that of the Defective Mortgage
Loan; and (ix) satisfy certain other conditions specified in the Agreement. To
the extent the Principal Balance of an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan is less
than the Principal Balance of the related Defective Mortgage Loan and to the
extent that the Transferor Interest would be reduced below the Minimum
Transferor Interest, the Seller will be required to make a deposit to the
Collection Account equal to such difference.


     The Seller will make certain representations and warranties as to the
accuracy in all material respects of certain information furnished to the
Trustee with respect to each Mortgage Loan (e.g., Cut-off Date Principal Balance
and the Loan Rate). In addition, the Seller will represent and warrant on the
Closing Date that at the time of transfer to the Depositor, the Seller has
transferred or assigned all of its rights, title and interest in each Mortgage
Loan and the Related Documents, free of any lien (subject to certain
exceptions). Upon discovery of a breach of any such representation and warranty
which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders
or the Certificate Insurer in the related Mortgage Loan and Related Documents,
the Seller will have a period of 90 days after discovery or notice of the breach
to effect a cure. If the breach cannot be cured within the 90-day period, the
Seller will be obligated to accept a transfer of the Defective Mortgage Loan
from the Trust Fund. The same procedure and limitations that are set forth in
the second preceding paragraph for the transfer of Defective Mortgage Loans will
apply to the transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is required to be transferred
because of such breach of a representation or warranty in the Agreement that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders.


     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Seller as described in the
preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."

     Pursuant to the Agreement, the Master Servicer will service and administer
the Mortgage Loans as more fully set forth above.

Amendments to Credit Line Agreements

     Subject to applicable law, the Master Servicer may change the terms of the
Credit Line Agreements at any time provided that such changes (i) do not
adversely affect the interest of the Certificateholders or the Certificate
Insurer, and (ii) are consistent with prudent business practice. In addition,
the Agreement permits the Master Servicer, within certain limitations described
therein, to increase the Credit Limit of the related Mortgage Loan or reduce the
Margin for such Mortgage Loan.

Optional Transfers of Mortgage Loans to the Transferor


                                      S-36



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     In order to permit the Transferor to remove Mortgage Loans from the Trust
Fund at such times, if any, as the overcollateralization exceeds the level
required to maintain the ratings on the Certificates, on any Distribution Date
the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, remove on such Distribution
Date (the "Transfer Date") from the Trust Fund, certain Mortgage Loans without
notice to the Certificateholders. The Transferor is permitted to designate the
Mortgage Loans to be removed. Mortgage Loans so designated will only be removed
upon satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) No Rapid Amortization Event
(as defined herein) has occurred; (ii) the Transferor Interest as of such
Transfer Date (after giving effect to such removal) exceeds the Minimum
Transferor Interest; (iii) the transfer of any Mortgage Loans on any Transfer
Date during the Managed Amortization Period (as defined herein) shall not, in
the reasonable belief of the Transferor, cause a Rapid Amortization Event to
occur or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a
Rapid Amortization Event; (iv) the Transferor shall have delivered to the
Trustee a "Mortgage Loan Schedule" containing a list of all Mortgage Loans
remaining in the Trust Fund after such removal; (v) the Transferor shall
represent and warrant that no selection procedures which the Transferor
reasonably believes are adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders or
the Certificate Insurer were used by the Transferor in selecting such Mortgage
Loans; (vi) in connection with the first such retransfer of Mortgage Loans, the
Rating Agencies shall have been notified of the proposed transfer and prior to
the Transfer Date shall not have notified the Transferor in writing that such
transfer would result in a reduction or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to
the Certificates without regard to the Policy; and (vii) the Transferor shall
have delivered to the Trustee and the Certificate Insurer an officer's
certificate confirming the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (vi)
above.


     As of any date of determination, the "Minimum Transferor Interest" is an
amount equal to the lesser of (a) _% of the Pool Balance on such date and (b)
the Transferor Interest as of the Closing Date.

Payments on Mortgage Loans; Deposits to Collection Account

     The Trustee shall establish and maintain on behalf of the Master Servicer
an account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Certificateholders
and the Transferor, as their interests may appear. The Collection Account will
be an Eligible Account (as defined herein). Subject to the investment provision
described in the following paragraphs, within two days of receipt by the Master
Servicer of amounts in respect of the Mortgage Loans (excluding amounts
representing administrative charges, annual fees, taxes, assessments, credit
insurance charges, insurance proceeds to be applied to the restoration or repair
of a Mortgaged Property or similar items), the Master Servicer will deposit such
amounts in the Collection Account. Amounts so deposited may be invested in
Eligible Investments (as described in the Agreement) maturing no later than one
Business Day prior to the date on which the amount on deposit therein is
required to be deposited in the Collection Account or on such Distribution Date
if approved by the Rating Agencies and the Certificate Insurer. Not later than
the third Business Day prior to each Distribution Date (the "Determination
Date"), the Master Servicer will notify the Trustee of the amount of such
deposit to be included in funds available for the related Distribution Date.

     An "Eligible Account" is (i) an account that is maintained with a
depository institution whose debt obligations at the time of any deposit therein
have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii) one or more
accounts with a depository institution having a minimum long-term unsecured debt
rating of "____" by _______ and "____" by ___, which accounts are fully insured
by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank Insurance
Fund ("BIF") of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation established by such
fund, (iii) a segregated trust account maintained with the Trustee or an
Affiliate of the Trustee in its fiduciary capacity or (iv) otherwise acceptable
to each Rating Agency and the Certificate Insurer as evidenced by a letter from
each Rating Agency and the Certificate Insurer to the Trustee, without reduction
or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates.


     Eligible Investments are specified in the Agreement and are limited to (i)
obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, provided such
obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; (ii)
general obligations of or obligations guaranteed by any state of the United
States or the District of Columbia receiving the highest long-term debt rating
of each Rating Agency rating the Certificates, or such lower rating as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to the
Certificates by



                                      S-37



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


each such Rating Agency; (iii) commercial or finance company paper (including,
without limitation, commercial paper issued by Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. or
any of its affiliates) which is then receiving the highest commercial or finance
company paper rating of each such Rating Agency, or such lower rating as will
not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to the
Certificates by each such Rating Agency; (iv) certificates of deposit, demand or
time deposits, or bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or
trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any state
thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state
banking authorities, provided that the commercial paper and/or long term
unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company (or
in the case of the principal depository institution in a holding company system,
the commercial paper or long-term unsecured debt obligations of such holding
company, but only if Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") is not a Rating
Agency) are then rated one of the two highest long-term and the highest
short-term ratings of each such Rating Agency for such securities, or such lower
ratings as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then
assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating Agency; (iv) demand or time
deposits or certificates of deposit issued by any bank or trust company or
savings institution to the extent that such deposits are fully insured by the
FDIC; (v) guaranteed reinvestment agreements issued by any bank, insurance
company or other corporation containing, at the time of the issuance of such
agreements, such terms and conditions as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating
Agency; (vi) repurchase obligations with respect to any security described in
clauses (i) and (ii) above, in either case entered into with a depository
institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (iv)
above; (vii) securities (other than stripped bonds, stripped coupons or
instruments sold at a purchase price in excess of 115% of the face amount
thereof) bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation
incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which, at
the time of such investment, have one of the two highest ratings of each Rating
Agency (except if the Rating Agency is Moody's, such rating shall be the highest
commercial paper rating of Moody's for any such securities), or such lower
rating as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then
assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed
writing delivered by each such Rating Agency; and (viii) such other investments
having a specified stated maturity and bearing interest or sold at a discount
acceptable to each Rating Agency as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating
Agency, as evidenced by a signed writing delivered by each such Rating Agency;
provided that no such instrument shall be a Permitted Investment if such
instrument evidences the right to receive interest only payments with respect to
the obligations underlying such instrument.


Allocations and Collections

     All collections on the Mortgage Loans will generally be allocated in
accordance with the Credit Line Agreements between amounts collected in respect
of interest and amounts collected in respect of principal. As to any
Distribution Date, "Interest Collections" will be equal to the amounts collected
during the related Collection Period, including such portion of Net Liquidation
Proceeds allocated to interest pursuant to the terms of the Credit Line
Agreements less Servicing Fees for the related Collection Period.

     As to any Distribution Date, "Principal Collections" will be equal to the
sum of (i) the amounts collected during the related Collection Period, including
such portion of Net Liquidation Proceeds allocated to principal pursuant to the
terms of the Credit Line Agreements and (ii) any Transfer Deposit Amounts. "Net
Liquidation Proceeds" with respect to a Mortgage Loan are equal to the
Liquidation Proceeds, reduced by related expenses, but not including the
portion, if any, of such amount that exceeds the Principal Balance of the
Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the end of the
Collection Period during which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage
Loan. "Liquidation Proceeds" are the proceeds (excluding any amounts drawn on
the Policy) received in connection with the liquidation of any Mortgage Loan,
whether through trustee's sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise.

     With respect to any Distribution Date, the portion of Interest Collections
allocable to the Certificates ("Investor Interest Collections") will equal the
product of (a) Interest Collections for such Distribution Date and (b) the
Investor Floating Allocation Percentage. With respect to any Distribution Date,
the "Investor Floating Allocation Percentage" is the percentage equivalent of a
fraction determined by dividing the Invested Amount at the close of business on
the preceding Distribution Date (or the Closing Date in the case of the first
Distribution Date) by the Pool Balance at the beginning of the related
Collection Period. The remaining amount of Interest Collections will be
allocated to the Transferor Interest.

     Principal Collections will be allocated between the Certificateholders and
the Transferor ("Investor Principal Collections" and "Transferor Principal
Collections", respectively) as described herein.


                                      S-38


 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The Trustee will deposit any amounts drawn under the Policy into the
Collection Account.

     With respect to any date, the "Pool Balance" will be equal to the aggregate
of the Principal Balances of all Mortgage Loans as of such date. The Principal
Balance of a Mortgage Loan (other than a Liquidated Mortgage Loan) on any day is
equal to the Cut-off Date Principal Balance thereof, plus (i) any Additional
Balances in respect of such Mortgage Loan minus (ii) all collections credited
against the Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan in accordance with the
related Credit Line Agreement prior to such day. The Principal Balance of a
Liquidated Mortgage Loan after final recovery of related Liquidation Proceeds
shall be zero.

Distributions on the Certificates

     Beginning with the first Distribution Date (which will occur on __________,
199_), distributions on the Certificates will be made by the Trustee or the
Paying Agent on each Distribution Date to the persons in whose names such
Certificates are registered at the close of business on the day prior to each
Distribution Date or, if the Certificates are no longer Book-Entry Certificates,
at the close of business on the last day of the month preceding such
Distribution Date (the "Record Date"). The term "Distribution Date" means the
fifteenth day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, then the next
succeeding Business Day. Distributions will be made by check or money order
mailed (or upon the request of a Certificateholder owning Certificates having
denominations aggregating at least $_________, by wire transfer or otherwise) to
the address of the person entitled thereto (which, in the case of Book-Entry
Certificates, will be DTC or its nominee) as it appears on the Certificate
Register in amounts calculated as described herein on the Determination Date.
However, the final distribution in respect of the Certificates will be made only
upon presentation and surrender thereof at the office or the agency of the
Trustee specified in the notice to Certificateholders of such final
distribution. For purposes of the Agreement, a "Business Day" is any day other
than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in New
York State are required or authorized by law to be closed.

     Application of Interest Collections. On each Distribution Date, the Trustee
or the Paying Agent will apply the Investor Interest Collections in the
following manner and order of priority:

          (i) as payment to the Trustee for its fee for services rendered
     pursuant to the Agreement;

          (ii) as payment for the premium for the Policy;

          (iii) as payment for the accrued interest due and any overdue accrued
     interest (with interest thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the
     Certificate Principal Balance of the Certificates;

          (iv) to pay Certificateholders the Investor Loss Amount for such
     Distribution Date;

          (v) as payment for any Investor Loss Amount for a previous
     Distribution Date that was not previously (a) funded by Investor Interest
     Collections, (b) absorbed by the Overcollateralization Amount, (c) funded
     by amounts on deposit in the Spread Account or (d) funded by draws on the
     Policy;

          (vi) to reimburse prior draws made from the Policy (with interest
     thereon);

          (vii) to pay principal on the Certificates until the Invested Amount
     exceeds the Certificate Principal Balance by the Required
     Overcollateralization Amount (such amount so paid, the "Accelerated
     Principal Distribution Amount");

          (viii) any other amounts required to be deposited in an account for
     the benefit of the Certificate Insurer and the Certificateholders or owed
     to the Certificate Insurer pursuant to the Insurance Agreement;

          (ix) certain amounts that may be required to be paid to the Master
     Servicer pursuant to the Agreement; and

          (x) to the Transferor to the extent permitted as described herein.


                                      S-39



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Payments to Certificateholders pursuant to clause (iii) will be interest
payments on the Certificates. Payments to Certificateholders pursuant to clauses
(iv), (v) and (vii) will be principal payments on the Certificates and will
therefore reduce the Certificate Principal Balance, however, payments pursuant
to clause (vii) will not reduce the Invested Amount. The Accelerated Principal
Distribution Amount is not guaranteed by the Policy.

     To the extent that Investor Interest Collections are applied to pay the
interest on the Certificates, Investor Interest Collections may be insufficient
to cover Investor Loss Amounts. If such insufficiency results in the Certificate
Principal Balance exceeding the Invested Amount, a draw will be made on the
Policy in accordance with the terms of the Policy.

     The "Required Overcollateralization Amount" shall be an amount set forth in
the Agreement. "Liquidation Loss Amount" means with respect to any Liquidated
Mortgage Loan, the unrecovered Principal Balance thereof during the Collection
Period in which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan, after
giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection therewith. The
"Investor Loss Amount" shall be the product of the Investor Floating Allocation
Percentage and the Liquidation Loss Amount for such Distribution Date.

     A "Liquidated Mortgage Loan" means, as to any Distribution Date, any
Mortgage Loan in respect of which the Master Servicer has determined, based on
the servicing procedures specified in the Agreement, as of the end of the
preceding Collection Period that all Liquidation Proceeds which it expects to
recover with respect to the disposition of the related Mortgaged Property have
been recovered. The Investor Loss Amount will be allocated to the
Certificateholders.

     As to any Distribution Date other than the first Distribution Date, the
"Collection Period" is the calendar month preceding each Distribution Date. As
to the first Distribution Date, the "Collection Period" is the period beginning
after the Cut-off Date and ending on the last day of _______________ 199_.


     Interest will be distributed on each Distribution Date at the Certificate
Rate for the related Interest Period (as defined below). The "Certificate Rate"
for a Distribution Date will generally equal the sum of [(a) LIBOR, calculated
as specified below, as of the second LIBOR Business Day prior to the immediately
preceding Distribution Date (or as of two LIBOR Business Days prior to the
Closing Date, in the case of the first Distribution Date) plus (b) ____% per
annum.] Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the amount of interest
required to be distributed in respect of the Certificates on any Distribution
Date exceed a rate equal to the weighted average of the Loan Rates (net of the
Servicing Fee Rate, the fee payable to the Trustee and the rate at which the
premium payable to the Certificate Insurer is calculated) weighted on the basis
of the daily balance of each Mortgage Loan during the related billing cycle
prior to the Collection Period relating to such Distribution Date.


     Interest on the Certificates in respect of any Distribution Date will
accrue on the Certificate Principal Balance from the preceding Distribution Date
(or in the case of the first Distribution Date, from the date of the initial
issuance of the Certificates (the "Closing Date")) through the day preceding
such Distribution Date (each such period, an "Interest Period") on the basis of
the actual number of days in the Interest Period and a 360-day year. Interest
payments on the Certificates will be funded from Investor Interest Collections
and, if necessary, from draws on the Policy.

     [Calculation of the LIBOR Rate. On each Distribution Date, LIBOR shall be
established by the Trustee and as to any Interest Period, LIBOR will equal the
rate for United States dollar deposits for one month which appears on the
Telerate Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second LIBOR
Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period. "Telerate Screen
Page 3750" means the display designated as page 3750 on the Telerate Service (or
such other page as may replace page 3750 on that service for the purpose of
displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks). If such rate does not
appear on such page (or such other page as may replace that page on that
service, or if such service is no longer offered, such other service for
displaying LIBOR or comparable rates as may be selected by the Depositor after
consultation with the Trustee), the rate will be the Reference Bank Rate. The
"Reference Bank Rate" will be determined on the basis of the rates at which
deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered by the reference banks (which shall be
three major banks that are engaged in transactions in the London interbank
market, selected by the Depositor after consultation with the Trustee) as of
11:00 A.M., London time, on the day that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the
immediately preceding Distribution Date to prime banks in the London interbank
market for a period of one month in amounts approximately equal to the principal
amount of the Certificates then outstanding. The Trustee will request the
principal London office of each


                                      S-40



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

of the reference banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such
quotations are provided, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations.
If on such date fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate
will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by one or more major banks in
New York City, selected by the Depositor after consultation with the Trustee, as
of 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such date for loans in U.S. Dollars to
leading European banks for a period of one month in amounts approximately equal
to the principal amount of the Certificates then outstanding. If no such
quotations can be obtained, the rate will be LIBOR for the prior Distribution
Date. "LIBOR Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday
or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or in the
city of London, England are required or authorized by law to be closed.]

     Transferor Collections. Collections allocable to the Transferor Interest
that are not distributed to Certificateholders will be distributed to the
Transferor only to the extent that such distribution will not reduce the amount
of the Transferor Interest as of the related Distribution Date below the Minimum
Transferor Interest. Amounts not distributed to the Transferor because of such
limitations will be retained in the Collection Account until the Transferor
Interest exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest, at which time such excess
shall be released to the Transferor. If any such amounts are still retained in
the Collection Account upon the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period,
such amounts will be paid to the Certificateholders as a reduction of the
Certificate Principal Balance.

     Overcollateralization. The distribution of the aggregate Accelerated
Principal Distribution Amount, if any, to Certificateholders may result in the
Invested Amount being greater than the Certificate Principal Balance, thereby
creating overcollateralization. The Overcollateralization Amount, if any, will
be available to absorb any Investor Loss Amount that is not covered by Investor
Interest Collections.

     Distributions of Principal Collections. For the period beginning on the
first Distribution Date and, unless a Rapid Amortization Event shall have
earlier occurred, ending on the Distribution Date in ______________ 20__ (the
"Managed Amortization Period"), the amount of Principal Collections payable to
Certificateholders as of each Distribution Date during the Managed Amortization
Period will equal, to the extent funds are available therefor, the Scheduled
Principal Collections Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date. On any
Distribution Date during the Managed Amortization Period, the "Scheduled
Principal Collections Distribution Amount" shall equal the lesser of (i) the
Maximum Principal Payment (as defined herein) and (ii) the Alternative Principal
Payment (as defined herein). With respect to any Distribution Date, the "Maximum
Principal Payment" will equal the product of the Investor Fixed Allocation
Percentage and Principal Collections for such Distribution Date. With respect to
any Distribution Date, the "Alternative Principal Payment" will equal the
greater of (x) 0___% of the Certificate Principal Balance immediately prior to
such Distribution Date and (y) the amount, but not less than zero, of Principal
Collections for such Distribution Date less the aggregate of Additional Balances
created during the related Collection Period.

     Beginning with the first Distribution Date following the end of the Managed
Amortization Period, the amount of Principal Collections payable to
Certificateholders on each Distribution Date will be equal to the Maximum
Principal Payment.

     The amount of Principal Collections to be distributed to Certificateholders
on the first Distribution Date will reflect Principal Collections and Additional
Balances during the first Collection Period which is the period beginning after
the Cut-off Date through the last day of __________ 199_.

     Distributions of Principal Collections based upon the Investor Fixed
Allocation Percentage may result in distributions of principal to
Certificateholders in amounts that are greater relative to the declining Pool
Balance than would be the case if the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage
were used to determine the percentage of Principal Collections distributed in
respect of the Invested Amount. Principal Collections not allocated to the
Certificateholders will be allocated to the Transferor Interest. The aggregate
distributions of principal to the Certificateholders will not exceed the
Original Certificate Principal Balance.

     In addition, to the extent of funds available therefor (including funds
available under the Policy), on the Distribution Date in ____________ 20__,
Certificateholders will be entitled to receive as a payment of principal an
amount equal to the outstanding Certificate Principal Balance.


                                      S-41



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall initially be the Trustee, together
with any successor thereto in such capacity (the "Paying Agent"). The Paying
Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection
Account for the purpose of making distributions to the Certificateholders.

Rapid Amortization Events

     As described above, the Managed Amortization Period will continue through
the Distribution Date in 20 , unless a Rapid Amortization Event occurs prior to
such date in which case the Rapid Amortization Period will commence prior to
such date. "Rapid Amortization Event" refers to any of the following events:

          (a) failure on the part of the Seller (i) to make a payment or deposit
     required under the Agreement within three Business Days after the date such
     payment or deposit is required to be made or (ii) to observe or perform in
     any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Seller set
     forth in the Agreement, which failure continues unremedied for a period of
     60 days after written notice;

          (b) any representation or warranty made by the Seller in the Agreement
     proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made and
     continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days
     after written notice and as a result of which the interests of the
     Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected; provided,
     however, that a Rapid Amortization Event shall not be deemed to occur if
     the Seller has purchased or made a substitution for the related Mortgage
     Loan or Mortgage Loans if applicable during such period (or within an
     additional 60 days with the consent of the Trustee) in accordance with the
     provisions of the Agreement;

          (c) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
     receivership relating to the Transferor; or


          (d) the Trust Fund becomes subject to regulation by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission as an investment company within the meaning of the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.


     In the case of any event described in clause (a) or (b), a Rapid
Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred only if, after the applicable
grace period, if any, described in such clauses, either the Trustee or
Certificateholders holding Certificates evidencing more than 51% of the
Percentage Interests or the Certificate Insurer (so long as there is no default
by the Certificate Insurer in the performance of its obligations under the
Policy), by written notice to the Depositor and the Master Servicer (and to the
Trustee, if given by the Certificateholders) declare that a Rapid Amortization
Event has occurred as of the date of such notice. In the case of any event
described in clause (c) or (d), a Rapid Amortization Event will be deemed to
have occurred without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or
the Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.


     In addition to the consequences of a Rapid Amortization Event discussed
above, if the Transferor voluntarily files a bankruptcy petition or goes into
liquidation or any person is appointed a receiver or bankruptcy trustee of the
Transferor, on the day of any such filing or appointment no further Additional
Balances will be transferred to the Trust Fund, the Transferor will immediately
cease to transfer Additional Balances to the Trust Fund and the Transferor will
promptly give notice to the Trustee of any such filing or appointment. Within 15
days, the Trustee will publish a notice of the liquidation or the filing or
appointment stating that the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of or otherwise
liquidate the Mortgage Loans in a commercially reasonable manner and to the best
of its ability. Unless otherwise instructed within a specified period by
Certificateholders representing undivided interests aggregating more than 51% of
the aggregate principal amount of the Certificates, the Trustee will sell,
dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Mortgage Loans in a commercially
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. Any proceeds will be
treated as collections allocable to the Certificateholders and the Investor
Fixed Allocation Percentage of such remaining proceeds and will be distributed
to the Certificateholders on the date such proceeds are received (the
"Dissolution Distribution Date"). If the portion of such proceeds allocable to
the Certificateholders are not sufficient to pay in full the remaining amount
due on the Certificates, the Policy will cover such shortfall.


     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a conservator, receiver or
trustee-in-bankruptcy is appointed for the Transferor and no Rapid Amortization
Event exists other than such conservatorship, receivership or insolvency of


                                      S-42



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the Transferor, the conservator, receiver or trustee-in-bankruptcy may have the 
power to prevent the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period or the sale
of Mortgage Loans described above.

The Policy

     [On or before the Closing Date, the Policy will be issued by the
Certificate Insurer pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement and the
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement (the "Insurance Agreement") to be dated as of
____________, 199_, among the Seller, the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the
Certificate Insurer.

     The Policy will irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee payment on each
Distribution Date to the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders the
full and complete payment of (i) the Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount
(as defined herein) with respect to the Certificates for such Distribution Date
and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest due on the Certificates (together, the
"Guaranteed Distributions"), with such Guaranteed Distributions having been
calculated in accordance with the original terms of the Certificates or the
Agreement except for amendments or modifications to which the Certificate
Insurer has given its prior written consent. The effect of the Policy is to
guarantee the timely payment of interest on, and the ultimate payment of the
principal amount of, all of the Certificates.

     The "Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount" shall be the amount, if any,
by which the Certificate Principal Balance (after giving effect to all other
amounts distributable and allocable to principal on the Certificates) exceeds
the Invested Amount as of such Distribution Date (after giving effect to all
other amounts distributable and allocable to principal on the Certificates for
such Distribution Date). In addition, the Policy will guarantee the payment of
the outstanding Certificate Principal Balance on the Distribution Date in
______________ 20__ (after giving effect to all other amounts distributable and
allocable to principal on such Distribution Date).

     In accordance with the Agreement, the Trustee will be required to establish
and maintain an account (the "Spread Account") for the benefit of the
Certificate Insurer and the Certificateholders. The Trustee shall deposit the
amounts into the Spread Account as required by the Agreement.

     Payment of claims on the Policy will be made by the Certificate Insurer
following Receipt by the Certificate Insurer of the appropriate notice for
payment on the later to occur of (i) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the
second Business Day following Receipt of such notice for payment and (ii) 12:00
noon, New York City time, on the relevant Distribution Date.

     If payment of any amount guaranteed by the Certificate Insurer pursuant to
the Policy is avoided as a preference payment under applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or similar law, the Certificate Insurer will pay such
amount out of the funds of the Certificate Insurer on the later of (a) the date
when due to be paid pursuant to the Order referred to below or (b) the first to
occur of (i) the fourth Business Day following Receipt by the Certificate
Insurer from the Trustee of (A) a certified copy of the order (the "Order") of
the court or other governmental body which exercised jurisdiction to the effect
that the Certificateholder is required to return the amount of any Guaranteed
Distributions distributed with respect to the Certificates during the term of
the related Policy because such distributions were avoidable preference payments
under applicable bankruptcy law, (B) a certificate of the Certificateholder that
the Order has been entered and is not subject to any stay and (C) an assignment
duly executed and delivered by the Certificateholder, in such form as is
reasonably required by the Certificate Insurer and provided to the
Certificateholder by the Certificate Insurer, irrevocably assigning to the
Certificate Insurer all rights and claims of the Certificateholder relating to
or arising under the Certificates against the debtor which made such preference
payment or otherwise with respect to such preference payment, or (ii) the date
of Receipt by the Certificate Insurer from the Trustee of the items referred to
in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above if, at least four Business Days prior to such
date of Receipt, the Certificate Insurer shall have Received written notice from
the Trustee that such items were to be delivered on such date and such date was
specified in such notice. Such payment shall be disbursed to the receiver,
conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Order
and not to the Trustee or any Certificateholder directly (unless a
Certificateholder has previously paid such amount to the receiver, conservator,
debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Order in which case
such payment shall be disbursed to the Trustee for distribution to such
Certificateholder upon proof of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the
Certificate Insurer).


                                      S-43



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The terms "Receipt" and "Received", with respect to the Policy, mean actual
delivery to the Certificate Insurer and to its fiscal agent appointed by the
Certificate Insurer at its option, if any, prior to 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on a Business Day; delivery either on a day that is not a Business Day or
after 12:00 noon, New York City time, shall be deemed to be Receipt on the next
succeeding Business Day. If any notice or certificate given under the Policy by
the Trustee is not in proper form or is not properly completed, executed or
delivered it shall be deemed not to have been Received, and the Certificate
Insurer or the fiscal agent shall promptly so advise the Trustee and the Trustee
may submit an amended notice.

     Under the Policy, "Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or
Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, New
York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

     The Certificate Insurer's obligations under the Policy in respect of
Guaranteed Distributions shall be discharged to the extent funds are transferred
to the Trustee as provided in the Policy, whether or not such funds are properly
applied by the Trustee.

     The Certificate Insurer shall be subrogated to the rights of each
Certificateholder to receive payments of principal and interest, as applicable,
with respect to distributions on the Certificates to the extent of any payment
by the Certificate Insurer under the Policy. To the extent the Certificate
Insurer makes Guaranteed Distributions, either directly or indirectly (as by
paying through the Trustee), to the Certificateholders, the Certificate Insurer
will be subrogated to the rights of the Certificateholders, as applicable, with
respect to such Guaranteed Distributions, shall be deemed to the extent of the
payments so made to be a registered Certificateholder for purposes of payment
and shall receive all future Guaranteed Distributions until all such Guaranteed
Distributions by the Certificate Insurer have been fully reimbursed, provided
that the Certificateholders have received the full amount of the Guaranteed
Distributions.

     The terms of the Policy cannot be modified, altered or affected by any
other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or dissolution of
the Seller. The Policy by its terms may not be cancelled or revoked.
The Policy is governed by the laws of the State of ________.

     The Policy is not covered by the Property/Casualty Insurance Security fund
specified in Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law. The Policy is not covered
by the Florida Insurance Guaranty Association created under Part II of Chapter
631 of the Florida Insurance Code. In the event the Certificate Insurer were to
become insolvent, any claims arising under the Policy are excluded from coverage
by the California Insurance Guaranty Association, established pursuant to
Article 14.2 of Chapter 1 of part 2 of Division 1 of the California Insurance
Code.

     Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, unless a Certificate Insurer
default exists, the Certificate Insurer shall be deemed to be the Holder of the
Certificates for certain purposes (other than with respect to payment on the
Certificates), will be entitled to exercise all rights of the Certificateholders
thereunder, without the consent of such Holders and the Holders of the
Certificates may exercise such rights only with the prior written consent of the
Certificate Insurer. In addition, the Certificate Insurer will have certain
additional rights as third party beneficiary to the Agreement.


     In the absence of payments under the Policy, Certificateholders will bear
directly the credit and other risks associated with their undivided interest in
the Trust Fund.]


Reports to Certificateholders

     Concurrently with each distribution to the Certificateholders, the Master
Servicer will forward to the Trustee for mailing to such Certificateholder a
statement setting forth among other items:

          (i) the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage for the preceding
     Collection Period;

          (ii) the amount being distributed to Certificateholders;

          (iii) the amount of interest included in such distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;


                                      S-44



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

          (iv) the amount, if any, of overdue accrued interest included in such
     distribution (and the amount of interest thereon);

          (v) the amount, if any, of the remaining overdue accrued interest
     after giving effect to such distribution;

          (vi) the amount, if any, of principal included in such distribution;

          (vii) the amount, if any, of the reimbursement of previous Liquidation
     Loss Amounts included in such distribution;

          (viii) the amount, if any, of the aggregate unreimbursed Liquidation
     Loss Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;

          (ix) the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

          (x) the Invested Amount and the Certificate Principal Balance, each
     after giving effect to such distribution;

          (xi) the Pool Balance as of the end of the preceding Collection
     Period;

          (xii) the number and aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
     Loans as to which the minimum monthly payment is delinquent for 30-59 days,
     60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
     preceding Collection Period;


          (xiii) the book value of any real estate which is acquired by the
     Trust Fund through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure; and


          (xiv) the amount of any draws on the Policy.

     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv), (v),
(vi), (vii) and (viii) above, the amounts shall be expressed as a dollar amount
per Certificate with a $1,000 denomination.

     Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year commencing in 1996, the
Master Servicer will be required to forward to the Trustee a statement
containing the information set forth in clauses (iii) and (vi) above aggregated
for such calendar year.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures on Mortgage Loans

     The Master Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments
called for under the Mortgage Loans and will, consistent with the Agreement,
follow such collection procedures as it follows from time to time with respect
to the home equity loans in its servicing portfolio comparable to the Mortgage
Loans. Consistent with the above, the Master Servicer may in its discretion
waive any late payment charge or any assumption or other fee or charge that may
be collected in the ordinary course of servicing the Mortgage Loans.

     With respect to the Mortgage Loans, the Master Servicer may arrange with a
borrower a schedule for the payment of interest due and unpaid for a period,
provided that any such arrangement is consistent with the Master Servicer's
policies with respect to the home equity mortgage loans it owns or services. In
accordance with the terms of the Agreement, the Master Servicer may consent
under certain circumstances to the placing of a subsequent senior lien in
respect of a Mortgage Loan.

Hazard Insurance

     The Agreement provides that the Master Servicer maintain certain hazard
insurance on the Mortgaged Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans. While the
terms of the related Credit Line Agreements generally require borrowers to
maintain certain hazard insurance, the Master Servicer will not monitor the
maintenance of such insurance.

     The Agreement requires the Master Servicer to maintain for any Mortgaged
Property relating to a Mortgage Loan acquired upon foreclosure of a Mortgage
Loan, or by deed in lieu of such foreclosure, hazard insurance with 


                                      S-45



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


extended coverage in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum insurable
value of such Mortgaged Property or (b) the outstanding balance of such Mortgage
Loan plus the outstanding balance on any mortgage loan senior to such Mortgage
Loan at the time of foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus accrued
interest and the Master Servicer's good faith estimate of the related
liquidation expenses to be incurred in connection therewith. The Agreement
provides that the Master Servicer may satisfy its obligation to cause hazard
policies to be maintained by maintaining a blanket policy insuring against
losses on such Mortgaged Properties. If such blanket policy contains a
deductible clause, the Master Servicer will be obligated to deposit in the
Collection Account the sums which would have been deposited therein but for such
clause. The Master Servicer will satisfy these requirements by maintaining a
blanket policy. As set forth above, all amounts collected by the Master Servicer
(net of any reimbursements to the Master Servicer) under any hazard policy
(except for amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair of the Mortgaged
Property) will ultimately be deposited in the Collection Account.


     In general, the standard form of fire and extended coverage policy covers
physical damage to or destruction of the improvements on the property by fire,
lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, and the like, strike and civil
commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions specified in each policy.
Although the policies relating to the Mortgage Loans will be underwritten by
different insurers and therefore will not contain identical terms and
conditions, the basic terms thereof are dictated by state laws and most of such
policies typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related
causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mudflows), nuclear
reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals, theft
and, in certain cases vandalism. The foregoing list is merely indicative of
certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be all-inclusive or an
exact description of the insurance policies relating to the Mortgaged
Properties.

Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans

     The Master Servicer will foreclose upon or otherwise comparably convert to
ownership Mortgaged Properties securing such of the Mortgage Loans as come into
default when, in accordance with applicable servicing procedures under the
Agreement, no satisfactory arrangements can be made for the collection of
delinquent payments. In connection with such foreclosure or other conversion,
the Master Servicer will follow such practices as it deems necessary or
advisable and as are in keeping with its general subordinate mortgage servicing
activities, provided the Master Servicer will not be required to expend its own
funds in connection with foreclosure or other conversion, correction of default
on a related senior mortgage loan or restoration of any property unless, in its
sole judgment, such foreclosure, correction or restoration will increase Net
Liquidation Proceeds. The Master Servicer will be reimbursed out of Liquidation
Proceeds for advances of its own funds as liquidation expenses before any Net
Liquidation Proceeds are distributed to Certificateholders or the Transferor.

Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loan


     The Master Servicer may, at its option, purchase from the Trust Fund any
Mortgage Loan which is delinquent in payment by 91 days or more. Any such
purchase shall be at a price equal to 100% of the Principal Balance of such
Mortgage Loan plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable Loan Rate from the
date through which interest was last paid by the related mortgagor to the first
day of the month in which such amount is to be distributed to
Certificateholders.


Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

     With respect to each Collection Period, the Master Servicer will receive
from interest collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans a portion of such
interest collections as a monthly Servicing Fee in the amount equal to
approximately 0.50% per annum ("Servicing Fee Rate") on the aggregate Principal
Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the first day of the related Collection
Period (or at the Cut-off Date for the first Collection Period). All assumption
fees, late payment charges and other fees and charges, to the extent collected
from borrowers, will be retained by the Master Servicer as additional servicing
compensation.


     The Master Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the
Trust Fund and incurred by it in connection with its responsibilities under the
Agreement. In addition, the Master Servicer will be entitled to 



                                      S-46



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

reimbursement for certain expenses incurred by it in connection with defaulted
Mortgage Loans and in connection with the restoration of Mortgaged Properties,
such right of reimbursement being prior to the rights of Certificateholders to
receive any related Net Liquidation Proceeds.

Evidence as to Compliance

     The Agreement provides for delivery on or before ___________ in each year,
beginning in ___________, 199_, to the Trustee of an annual statement signed by
an officer of the Master Servicer to the effect that the Master Servicer has
fulfilled its material obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding
fiscal year, except as specified in such statement.

     On or before _____________ of each year, beginning ___________, 199_, the
Master Servicer will furnish a report prepared by a firm of nationally
recognized independent public accountants (who may also render other services to
the Master Servicer or the Transferor) to the Trustee, the Certificate Insurer
and the Rating Agencies to the effect that such firm has examined certain
documents and the records relating to servicing of the Mortgage Loans under the
Agreement and that, on the basis of such examination, such firm believes that
such servicing was conducted in compliance with the Agreement except for (a)
such exceptions as such firm believes to be immaterial and (b) such other
exceptions as shall be set forth in such report.

Certain Matters Regarding the Master Servicer and the Transferor

     The Agreement provides that the Master Servicer may not resign from its
obligations and duties thereunder, except in connection with a permitted
transfer of servicing, unless (i) such duties and obligations are no longer
permissible under applicable law or are in material conflict by reason of
applicable law with any other activities of a type and nature presently carried
on by it or its affiliate or (ii) upon the satisfaction of the following
conditions: (a) the Master Servicer has proposed a successor servicer to the
Trustee in writing and such proposed successor servicer is reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee; (b) the Rating Agencies have confirmed to the Trustee that the
appointment of such proposed successor servicer as the Master Servicer will not
result in the reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of the
Certificates; and (c) such proposed successor servicer is reasonably acceptable
to the Certificate Insurer. No such resignation will become effective until the
Trustee or a successor servicer has assumed the Master Servicer's obligations
and duties under the Agreement.

     The Master Servicer may perform any of its duties and obligations under the
Agreement through one or more subservicers or delegates, which may be affiliates
of the Master Servicer. Notwithstanding any such arrangement, the Master
Servicer will remain liable and obligated to the Trustee and the
Certificateholders for the Master Servicer's duties and obligations under the
Agreement, without any diminution of such duties and obligations and as if the
Master Servicer itself were performing such duties and obligations.


     The Agreement provides that the Master Servicer will indemnify the Trust
Fund and the Trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or
injury suffered or sustained as a result of the Master Servicer's actions or
omissions in connection with the servicing and administration of the Mortgage
Loans which are not in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement. Under
the Agreement, the Transferor will indemnify an injured party for the entire
amount of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising out of or based on
the Agreement (other than losses resulting from defaults under the Mortgage
Loans). In the event of an Event of Servicing Termination (as defined below)
resulting in the assumption of servicing obligations by a successor Master
Servicer, the successor Master Servicer will indemnify the Transferor for any
losses, claims, damages and liabilities of the Transferor as described in this
paragraph arising from the successor Master Servicer's actions or omissions. The
Agreement provides that neither the Depositor, the Transferor nor the Master
Servicer nor their directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any
other liability to the Trust Fund, the Trustee, the Certificateholders or any
other person for any action taken or for refraining from taking any action
pursuant to the Agreement. However, neither the Depositor, the Transferor nor
the Master Servicer will be protected against any liability which would
otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross
negligence of the Depositor, the Transferor or the Master Servicer in the
performance of its duties under the Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard
of its obligations thereunder. In addition, the Agreement provides that the
Master Servicer will not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or
defend any legal action which is not incidental to its servicing
responsibilities under the Agreement and which in its opinion may expose it to
any expense or liability. The Master Servicer may, 


                                      S-47



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

in its sole discretion, undertake any such legal action which it may deem
necessary or desirable with respect to the Agreement and the rights and duties
of the parties thereto and the interest of the Certificateholders thereunder.

     Any corporation into which the Master Servicer may be merged or
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Master Servicer shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to the business of the Master Servicer shall be the successor of the
Master Servicer hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything in the Agreement
to the contrary notwithstanding.

Events of Servicing Termination


     "Events of Servicing Termination" will consist of: (i) any failure by the
Master Servicer to deposit in the Collection Account any deposit required to be
made under the Agreement, which failure continues unremedied for five business
days after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee, or to the Master Servicer and the Trustee by the Certificate
Insurer or Certificateholders evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in the
Trust Fund of at least 25% of the Certificate Principal Balance; (ii) any
failure by the Master Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material
respect any other of its covenants or agreements in the Agreement which, in each
case, materially and adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders
or the Certificate Insurer and continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving
of written notice of such failure to the Master Servicer by the Trustee, or to
the Master Servicer and the Trustee by the Certificate Insurer or
Certificateholders evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in the Trust Fund
of at least 25% of the Certificate Principal Balance; or (iii) certain events of
insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar proceedings relating to the Master Servicer and certain actions by the
Master Servicer indicating insolvency, reorganization or inability to pay its
obligations. Under certain other circumstances, the Certificate Insurer with the
consent of holders of Investor Certificates evidencing an aggregate, undivided
interest in the Trust Fund of at least 51% of the Certificate Principal Balance
may deliver written notice to the Master Servicer terminating all the rights and
obligations of the Master Servicer under the Agreement.


     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance
referred to under clause (i) above for a period of ten Business Days or referred
to under clause (ii) above for a period of 60 Business Days, shall not
constitute an Event of Servicing Termination if such delay or failure could not
be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Master Servicer and
such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence.
Upon the occurrence of any such event the Master Servicer shall not be relieved
from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Master Servicer shall provide
the Trustee, the Depositor, the Transferor, the Certificate Insurer and the
Certificateholders prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a
description of its efforts to so perform its obligations.

Rights Upon an Event of Servicing Termination


     So long as an Event of Servicing Termination remains unremedied, either the
Trustee, or Certificateholders evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in
the Trust Fund of at least 51% of the Certificate Principal Balance or the
Certificate Insurer, may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the
Master Servicer under the Agreement and in and to the Mortgage Loans, whereupon
the Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of
the Master Servicer under the Agreement and will be entitled to similar
compensation arrangements. In the event that the Trustee would be obligated to
succeed the Master Servicer but is unwilling or unable so to act, it may
appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a
housing and home finance institution or other mortgage loan or home equity loan
servicer with all licenses and permits required to perform its obligations under
the Agreement and having a net worth of at least $__________ and acceptable to
the Certificate Insurer to act as successor to the Master Servicer under the
Agreement. Pending such appointment, the Trustee will be obligated to act in
such capacity unless prohibited by law. Such successor will be entitled to
receive the same compensation that the Master Servicer would otherwise have
received (or such lesser compensation as the Trustee and such successor may
agree). A receiver or conservator for the Master Servicer may be empowered to
prevent the termination and replacement of the Master Servicer where the only
Event of Servicing Termination that has occurred is an Insolvency Event.


Amendment


                                      S-48



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     The Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Seller, the Master
Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee and with the consent of the Certificate
Insurer, but without the consent of the Certificateholders, to cure any
ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions therein which may be
inconsistent with any other provisions of the Agreement, to add to the duties of
the Depositor, the Seller, the Transferor or the Master Servicer or to add or
amend any provisions of the Agreement as required by the Rating Agencies in
order to maintain or improve any rating of the Certificates (it being understood
that, after obtaining the ratings in effect on the Closing Date, neither the
Transferor, the Trustee nor the Master Servicer is obligated to obtain,
maintain, or improve any such rating) or to add any other provisions with
respect to matters or questions arising under the Agreement which shall not be
inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreement, provided that such action
will not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, materially and adversely affect
the interests of any Certificateholder or the Certificate Insurer; provided,
that any such amendment will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect
the Certificateholders and no such opinion will be required to be delivered if
the person requesting such amendment obtains a letter from the Rating Agencies
stating that such amendment would not result in a downgrading of the then
current rating of the Certificates. The Agreement may also be amended from time
to time by the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor, and the Trustee, with
the consent of Certificateholders evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in
the Trust Fund of at least 51% of the Certificate Principal Balance and the
Certificate Insurer for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Agreement or of modifying
in any manner the rights of the Certificateholders, provided that no such
amendment will (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
collections of payments on the Certificates or distributions or payments under
the Policy which are required to be made on any Certificate without the consent
of the holder of such Certificate or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage
required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the holders of
all Certificates then outstanding.


Termination; Retirement of the Certificates


     The Trust Fund will terminate on the Distribution Date following the later
of (A) payment in full of all amounts owing to the Certificate Insurer and (B)
the earliest of (i) the Distribution Date on which the Certificate Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other liquidation of
the last Mortgage Loan in the Trust Fund, (iii) the optional transfer to the
Transferor of the Certificates, as described below and (iv) the Distribution
Date in ____________ 20__.

     The Certificates will be subject to optional transfer to the Transferor on
any Distribution Date after the Certificate Principal Balance is reduced to an
amount less than or equal to __% of the Original Certificate Principal Balance
and all amounts due and owing to the Certificate Insurer and unreimbursed draws
on the Policy, together with interest thereon, as provided under the Insurance
Agreement, have been paid. The transfer price will be equal to the sum of the
outstanding Certificate Principal Balance and accrued and unpaid interest
thereon at the Certificate Rate through the day preceding the final Distribution
Date. In no event, however, will the Trust Fund created by the Agreement
continue for more than 21 years after the death of certain individuals named in
the Agreement. Written notice of termination of the Agreement will be given to
each Certificateholder, and the final distribution will be made only upon
surrender and cancellation of the Certificates at an office or agency appointed
by the Trustee which will be specified in the notice of termination.

     In addition, the Trust Fund may be liquidated as a result of certain events
of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership relating to the Transferor. See
"--Rapid Amortization Events" herein.


The Trustee

     [________], a ____________________________ with its principal place of
business in ________, has been named Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.

     The commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee may own
Certificates and have normal banking relationships with the Depositor, the
Master Servicer, the Seller and the Certificate Insurer and/or their affiliates.

     The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will be
obligated to appoint a successor Trustee, as approved by the Certificate
Insurer. The Depositor may also remove the Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be
eligible to continue as such under the Agreement or if the Trustee becomes
insolvent. Upon becoming aware of such circumstances, the Depositor will be
obligated to appoint a successor Trustee, as approved by the Certificate


                                      S-49



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Insurer. Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor Trustee.


     No holder of a Certificate will have any right under the Agreement to
institute any proceeding with respect to the Agreement unless such holder
previously has given to the Trustee written notice of default and unless
Certificateholders evidencing an aggregate, undivided interest in the Trust Fund
of at least 51% of the Certificate Principal Balance have made written requests
upon the Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee
thereunder and have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity and the Trustee
for 60 days has neglected or refused to institute any such proceeding. The
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the trusts or powers
vested in it by the Agreement or to make any investigation of matters arising
thereunder or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation thereunder or in
relation thereto at the request, order or direction of any of the
Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the cost, expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby.


Certain Activities


     The Trust Fund will not: (i) borrow money; (ii) make loans; (iii) invest in
securities for the purpose of exercising control; (iv) underwrite securities;
(v) except as provided in the Agreement, engage in the purchase and sale (or
turnover) of investments; (vi) offer securities in exchange for property (except
Certificates for the Mortgage Loans); or (vii) repurchase or otherwise reacquire
its securities. See "--Evidence as to Compliance" above for information
regarding reports as to the compliance by the Master Servicer with the terms of
the Agreement.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     The Mortgage Loans to be transferred to the Trust Fund by the Depositor
will be purchased by the Depositor from [Countrywide] pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement to be entered into between the Depositor, as purchaser of the Mortgage
Loans, and [Countrywide], as Seller of the Mortgage Loans. Under the Purchase
Agreement, the Seller will agree to transfer the Mortgage Loans and related
Additional Balances to the Depositor. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Mortgage
Loans will be immediately transferred by the Depositor to the Trust Fund, and
the Depositor will assign its rights in, to and under the Purchase Agreement to
the Trust Fund. The following is a description of the material provisions of the
Purchase Agreement.


Transfers of Mortgage Loans


     Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Seller will transfer and assign to
the Depositor, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Mortgage Loans
and all of the Additional Balances thereafter created. The purchase price of the
Mortgage Loans is a specified percentage of the face amount thereof as of the
time of transfer and is payable by the Depositor in cash. The purchase price of
each Additional Balance comprising the Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan is
the amount such Additional Balance.


Representations and Warranties

     The Seller will represent and warrant to the Depositor that, among other
things, as of the Closing Date, it is duly organized and in good standing and
that it has the authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by the
Purchase Agreement. The Seller will also represent and warrant to the Depositor
that, among other things, immediately prior to the sale of the Mortgage Loans to
the Depositor, the Seller was the sole owner and holder of the Mortgage Loans
free and clear of any and all liens and security interests. The Seller will make
similar representations and warranties in the Agreement. The Seller will also
represent and warrant to the Depositor that, among other things, as of the
Closing Date, (a) the Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Seller and (b) the Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid sale
to the Depositor of all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the
Mortgage Loans and the proceeds thereof.


Assignment to Trust Fund



                                      S-50



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     The Seller expressly acknowledges and consents to the Depositor's transfer
of its rights relating to the Mortgage Loans under the Agreement to the Trust
Fund. The Seller also agrees to perform its obligations under the Purchase
Agreement for the benefit of the Trust Fund.


Termination


     The Purchase Agreement will terminate upon the termination of the Trust
Fund.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to be received from the sale of the Certificates will be
applied by the Depositor towards the purchase of the Mortgage Loans.

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General


     The following discussion, which summarizes the material U.S. federal income
tax aspects of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Certificates, is
based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and published rulings and court
decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change,
possibly retroactively. This discussion does not address every aspect of the
U.S. federal income tax laws which may be relevant to Certificate Owners in
light of their personal investment circumstances or to certain types of
Certificate Owners subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income
tax laws (for example, banks and life insurance companies). Accordingly,
investors should consult their tax advisors regarding U.S. federal, state,
local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of investing in the
Certificates.


Characterization of the Certificates as Indebtedness


     Based on the application of existing law to the facts as set forth in the
Agreement and other relevant documents and assuming compliance with the terms of
the Agreement as in effect on the date of issuance of the Certificates, Brown &
Wood llp, special tax counsel to the Depositor ("Tax Counsel"), is of the
opinion that the Certificates will be treated as debt instruments for Federal
income tax purposes as of such date. Accordingly, upon issuance, the
Certificates will be treated as "Debt Securities" as described in the
Prospectus. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.


     The Transferor and the Certificateholders express in the Agreement their
intent that, for applicable tax purposes, the Certificates will be indebtedness
secured by the Mortgage Loans. The Transferor, the Depositor and the
Certificateholders, by accepting the Certificates, and each Certificate Owner by
its acquisition of a beneficial interest in a Certificate, have agreed to treat
the Certificates as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However,
because different criteria are used to determine the non-tax accounting
characterization of the transaction, the Transferor intends to treat this
transaction as a sale of an interest in the Asset Balances of the Mortgage Loans
for financial accounting and certain regulatory purposes.

     In general, whether for U.S. federal income tax purposes a transaction
constitutes a sale of property or a loan, the repayment of which is secured by
property, is a question of fact, the resolution of which is based upon the
economic substance of the transaction rather than its form or the manner in
which it is labeled. While the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and the
courts have set forth several factors to be taken into account in determining
whether the substance of a transaction is a sale of property or a secured loan,
the primary factor in making this determination is whether the transferee has
assumed the risk of loss or other economic burdens relating to the property and
has obtained the benefits of ownership thereof. Tax Counsel has analyzed and
relied on several factors in reaching its opinion that the weight of the
benefits and burdens of ownership of the Mortgage Loans has been retained by the
Transferor and has not been transferred to the Certificate Owners.


                                      S-51



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     In some instances, courts have held that a taxpayer is bound by the
particular form it has chosen for a transaction, even if the substance of the
transaction does not accord with its form. Tax Counsel has advised that the
rationale of those cases will not apply to this transaction, because the form of
the transaction as reflected in the operative provisions of the documents either
accords with the characterization of the Certificates as debt or otherwise makes
the rationale of those cases inapplicable to this situation.

Taxation of Interest Income of Certificate Owners


     Assuming that the Certificate Owners are holders of debt obligations for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Certificates generally will be taxable as
Debt Securities. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.

     While it is not anticipated that the Certificates will be issued at a
greater than de minimis discount, under Treasury regulations (the "OID
Regulations") it is possible that the Certificates could nevertheless be deemed
to have been issued with original issue discount ("OID") if the interest were
not treated as "unconditionally payable" under the OID Regulations. If such
regulations were to apply, all of the taxable income to be recognized with
respect to the Certificates would be includible in income of Certificate Owners
as OID, but would not be includible again when the interest is actually
received. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Taxation of Debt Securities;
Interest and Acquisition Discount" in the Prospectus for a discussion of the
application of the OID rules if the Certificates are in fact issued at a greater
than de minimis discount or are treated as having been issued with OID under the
OID Regulations. For purposes of calculating OID, it is likely that the
Certificates will be treated as Pay-Through Securities.


Possible Classification of the Certificates as a Partnership or Association
Taxable as a Corporation
   
     The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding on the courts or the IRS. It is
possible that the IRS could assert that, for purposes of the Code, the
transaction contemplated by this Prospectus with respect to the Certificates
constitutes a sale of the Mortgage Loans (or an interest therein) to the
Certificate Owners and that the proper classification of the legal relationship
between the Transferor and the Certificate Owners resulting from this
transaction is that of a partnership, a publicly traded partnership treated as a
corporation, or an association taxable as a corporation. Since Tax Counsel has
advised that the Certificates will be treated as indebtedness in the hands of
the Certificateholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Transferor will
not attempt to comply with U.S. federal income tax reporting requirements
applicable to partnerships or corporations.
    

     If it were determined that this transaction created an entity classified as
a corporation (including a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation), the Trust Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at
corporate income tax rates on the income it derives from the Mortgage Loans,
which would reduce the amounts available for distribution to the Certificate
Owners. Cash distributions to the Certificate Owners generally would be treated
as dividends for tax purposes to the extent of such corporation's earnings and
profits.

   
     If the transaction were treated as creating a partnership between the
Certificate Owners and the Transferor, the partnership itself would not be
subject to U.S. federal income tax (unless it were to be characterized as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation); rather, the Transferor
and each Certificate Owner would be taxed individually on their respective
distributive shares of the partnership's income, gain, loss, deductions and
credits. The amount and timing of items of income and deductions of the
Certificate Owner could differ if the Certificates were held to constitute
partnership interests rather than indebtedness. Assuming that all of the
provisions of the Agreement, as in effect on the date of issuance, are
complied with, it is the opinion of Tax Counsel that the Trust Fund will not
be treated as either an association or a partnership taxable as a corporation.
    

Possible Classification as a Taxable Mortgage Pool

     In relevant part, Section 7701(i) of the Code provides that any entity (or
a portion of an entity) that is a "taxable mortgage pool" will be classified as
a taxable corporation and will not be permitted to file a consolidated U.S.
federal income tax return with another corporation. Subject to a grandfather
provision for existing entities, any entity (or a portion of any entity) will be
a taxable mortgage pool if (i) substantially all of its assets consist of debt
instruments, more than 50% of which are real estate mortgages, (ii) the entity
is the obligor under debt obligations with two or more maturities, and (iii)
under the terms of the entity's debt obligations (or an underlying arrangement),
payments on such debt obligations bear a relationship to the debt instruments
held by the entity.


                                      S-52



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Assuming that all of the provisions of the Agreement, as in effect on the
date of issuance, are complied with, Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the
arrangement created by the Agreement will not be a taxable mortgage pool under
Section 7701(i) of the Code because only one class of indebtedness secured by
the Mortgage Loans is being issued.

     The opinion of Tax Counsel is not binding on the IRS or the courts. If the
IRS were to contend successfully (or future regulations were to provide) that
the arrangement created by the Agreement is a taxable mortgage pool, such
arrangement would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable
income generated by ownership of the Mortgage Loans. Such a tax might reduce
amounts available for distributions to Certificate Owners. The amount of such a
tax would depend upon whether distributions to Certificate Owners would be
deductible as interest expense in computing the taxable income of such an
arrangement as a taxable mortgage pool.

Foreign Investors


     In general, subject to certain exceptions, interest (including OID) paid on
a Certificate to a nonresident alien individual, foreign corporation or other
non-United States person is not subject to U.S. federal income tax, provided
that such interest is not effectively connected with a trade or business of the
recipient in the United States and the Certificate Owner provides the required
foreign person information certification. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors" in the Prospectus.


     If the interests of the Certificate Owners were deemed to be partnership
interests, the partnership would be required, on a quarterly basis, to pay
withholding tax equal to the product, for each foreign partner, of such foreign
partner's distributive share of "effectively connected" income of the
partnership multiplied by the highest rate of tax applicable to that foreign
partner. In addition, such foreign partner would be subject to branch profits
tax. Each non-foreign partner would be required to certify to the partnership
that it is not a foreign person. The tax withheld from each foreign partner
would be credited against such foreign partner's U.S. income tax liability.

     If the Trust Fund were taxable as a corporation, distributions to foreign
persons, to the extent treated as dividends, would generally be subject to
withholding at the rate of 30%, unless such rate were reduced by an applicable
tax treaty.

Backup Withholding

     Certain Certificate Owners may be subject to backup withholding at the rate
of 31% with respect to interest paid on the Certificates if the Certificate
Owners, upon issuance, fail to supply the Trustee or his broker with his
taxpayer identification number, furnish an incorrect taxpayer identification
number, fail to report interest, dividends, or other "reportable payments" (as
defined in the Code) properly, or, under certain circumstances, fail to provide
the Trustee or his broker with a certified statement, under penalty of perjury,
that he is not subject to backup withholding.

     The Trustee will be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each
Certificateholder of record, the amount of interest paid (and OID accrued, if
any) on the Certificates (and the amount of interest withheld for U.S. federal
income taxes, if any) for each calendar year, except as to exempt holders
(generally, holders that are corporations, certain tax-exempt organizations or
nonresident aliens who provide certification as to their status as
nonresidents). As long as the only "Certificateholder" of record is Cede, as
nominee for DTC, Certificate Owners and the IRS will receive tax and other
information including the amount of interest paid on the Certificates owned from
Participants and Indirect Participants rather than from the Trustee. (The
Trustee, however, will respond to requests for necessary information to enable
Participants, Indirect Participants and certain other persons to complete their
reports.) Each non-exempt Certificate Owner will be required to provide, under
penalty of perjury, a certificate on IRS Form W-9 containing his or her name,
address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that he
or she is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Certificate
Owner fail to provide the required certification, the Participants or Indirect
Participants (or the Paying Agent) will be required to withhold 31% of the
interest (and principal) otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.

                                   STATE TAXES


                                      S-53



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The Depositor makes no representations regarding the tax consequences of
purchase, ownership or disposition of the Certificates under the tax laws of any
state. Investors considering an investment in the Certificates should consult
their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.

     All investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the federal,
state, local or foreign income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Certificates.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the
Certificates should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential
consequences under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), and the Code, of the Plans acquisition and ownership of such
Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     The U.S. Department of Labor has granted to _________________
("Underwriter") Prohibited Transaction Exemption _____ (the "Exemption") which
exempts from the application of the prohibited transaction rules transactions
relating to (1) the acquisition, sale and holding by Plans of certain
certificates representing an undivided interest in certain asset-backed
pass-through trusts, with respect to which Underwriter or any of its affiliates
is the sole underwriter or the manager or co-manager of the underwriting
syndicate; and (2) the servicing, operation and management of such asset-backed
pass-through trusts, provided that the general conditions and certain other
conditions set forth in the Exemption are satisfied. The Exemption will apply to
the acquisition, holding and resale of the Certificates by a Plan provided that
certain conditions are met.

     For a general description of the Exemption and the conditions that must be
satisfied for the Exemption to apply, see "ERISA Considerations" in the
Prospectus.

     The Underwriter believes that the Exemption will apply to the acquisition
and holding of the Certificates by Plans and that all conditions of the
Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be met.

     Any Plan fiduciary considering whether to purchase any Certificates on
behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of
the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and
the Code to such investment. Among other things, before purchasing any
Certificates, a fiduciary of a Plan subject to the fiduciary responsibility
provisions of ERISA or an employee benefit plan subject to the prohibited
transaction provisions of the Code should make its own determination as to the
availability of the exemptive relief provided in the Exemption, and also
consider the availability of any other prohibited transaction exemptions.

                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     Although, as a condition to their issuance, the Certificates will be rated
in the highest rating category of the Rating Agencies, the Certificates will not
constitute "mortgage related securities" for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage
Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA"), because not all of the Mortgages
securing the Mortgage Loans are first mortgages. Accordingly, many institutions
with legal authority to invest in comparably rated securities based on first
mortgage loans may not be legally authorized to invest in the Certificates,
which because they evidence interests in a pool that includes junior mortgage
loans are not "mortgage related securities" under SMMEA. See "Legal Investment"
in the Prospectus.

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting
agreement, dated ___________, 199_ (the "Underwriting Agreement"), among the
Depositor and [Underwriter] (the "Underwriter"), the Depositor has agreed to
sell to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the
Depositor all the Certificates.

     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriter has agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Certificates offered
hereby if any of the Certificates are purchased.


                                      S-54



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     The Depositor has been advised by the Underwriter that it proposes
initially to offer the Certificates to the public in Europe and the United
States at the offering price set forth on the cover page hereof and to certain
dealers at such price less a discount not in excess of ____% of the Certificate
denominations. The Underwriter may allow and such dealers may reallow a discount
not in excess of _____% of the Certificate denominations to certain other
dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, such
concessions and such discounts may be changed.


     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Depositor will indemnify the
Underwriter against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Act.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to the Certificates will be passed upon
for the Depositor by Brown & Wood llp, New York, New York and for the
Underwriter by Strook & Strook & Lavan, New York, New York.

                                     EXPERTS

     The consolidated balance sheets of [Insurer] and Subsidiaries as of
___________, 199_ and 199_ and the related consolidated statements of income,
changes in shareholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended ___________, 199_, incorporated by reference in this Prospectus
Supplement, have been incorporated herein in reliance on the report of
________________________, independent accountants, given on the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                     RATINGS

     It is a condition to issuance that the Certificates be rated "___" by _____
and "___" by _________.

     A securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by
Certificateholders of distributions on the Mortgage Loans. The rating takes into
consideration the characteristics of the Mortgage Loans and the structural,
legal and tax aspects associated with the Certificates. The ratings on the
Certificates do not, however, constitute statements regarding the likelihood or
frequency of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans or the possibility that
Certificateholders might realize a lower than anticipated yield.

     The ratings assigned to the Certificates will depend primarily upon the
creditworthiness of the Certificate Insurer. Any reduction in a rating assigned
to the claims-paying ability of the Certificate Insurer below the ratings
initially assigned to the Certificates may result in a reduction of one or more
of the ratings assigned to the Certificates.

     A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities
and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating
organization. Each securities rating should be evaluated independently of
similar ratings on different securities.

     The Depositor has not requested a rating of the Certificates by any rating
agency other than the Rating Agencies; there can be no assurance, however, as to
whether any other rating agency will rate the Certificates or, if it does, what
rating would be assigned by such other rating agency. The rating assigned by
such other rating agency to the Certificates could be lower than the respective
ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies.


                                      S-55



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS


                                                                   Page
                                                                   ----
Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount.....................S-9, S-39
Additional Balances.................................................S-3
Agreement...........................................................S-3
ALTA     ..........................................................S-20
Alternative Documentation Program..................................S-19
Alternative Principal Payment................................S-11, S-41
Assignment Event...................................................S-35
BIF      ..........................................................S-37
Book-Entry Certificates............................................S-32
Business Day.................................................S-39, S-44
Cede     ...........................................................S-7
CEDEL    ...........................................................S-7
CEDEL Participants.................................................S-33
Certificate Insurer................................................S-12
Certificate Owners............................................S-7, S-32
Certificate Principal Balance.................................S-4, S-31
Certificate Rate........................................S-4, S-10, S-40
Certificateholder............................................S-32, S-53
Certificates...................................................S-1, S-4
Chase    ...........................................................S-7
Citibank ...........................................................S-7
Closing Date............................................S-1, S-10, S-40
Code     ..........................................................S-51
Collection Account...........................................S-10, S-37
Collection Period............................................S-10, S-40
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio........................................S-6
Cooperative........................................................S-34
[Countrywide]............................................S-1, S-3, S-19
Credit Limit........................................................S-6
Credit Limit Utilization Rate......................................S-22
Credit Line Agreements........................................S-3, S-21
Cut-off Date...................................................S-1, S-3
Cut-off Date Pool Balance...........................................S-3
Cut-off Date Principal Balance......................................S-3
Debt Securities....................................................S-51
debt-to-income ratio...............................................S-20
Defective Mortgage Loans...........................................S-36
Definitive Certificate.............................................S-32
Depositor...........................................................S-3
Determination Date...........................................S-13, S-37
Dissolution Distribution Date......................................S-42
Distribution Date.......................................S-1, S-10, S-39
Draw Period........................................................S-22
DTC      ...............................................S-7, S-32, S-60
Due Date ...........................................................S-6
Eligible Account...................................................S-37
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan..................................S-36
ERISA    ....................................................S-15, S-54
Euroclear...........................................................S-7
Euroclear Operator.................................................S-33
Euroclear Participants.............................................S-33
European Depositaries.........................................S-7, S-32



                                      S-56



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                                                   Page
                                                                   ----
Events of Servicing Termination....................................S-48
Exemption..........................................................S-54
FHLMC    ..........................................................S-20
Financial Intermediary.............................................S-32
Fixed Allocation Percentage........................................S-10
FNMA     ..........................................................S-20
Guaranteed Distributions.....................................S-12, S-43
Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount.....................S-12, S-43
Index Rate.........................................................S-22
Insurance Agreement..........................................S-12, S-43
Interest Collections..........................................S-8, S-38
Interest Period..............................................S-10, S-40
Invested Amount...............................................S-4, S-31
Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage...............................S-10
Investor Floating Allocation Percentage.......................S-8, S-38
Investor Interest Collections.................................S-8, S-38
Investor Loss Amount..........................................S-9, S-40
Investor Principal Collections...............................S-10, S-38
IRS      ..........................................................S-51
LIBOR    ..........................................................S-10
LIBOR Business Day.................................................S-40
Liquidated Mortgage Loan...........................................S-40
Liquidation Loss Amount.......................................S-9, S-40
Liquidation Proceeds...............................................S-38
Loan Rate.....................................................S-6, S-22
Managed Amortization Period..................................S-11, S-41
Margin   ..........................................................S-22
Master Servicer.....................................................S-3
Maximum Principal Payment....................................S-11, S-41
Maximum Rate.......................................................S-22
Minimum Transferor Interest...................................S-5, S-37
Money Rates.........................................................S-6
Mortgage Files.....................................................S-35
Mortgage Loan Schedule..................................S-5, S-35, S-37
Mortgage Loans.................................................S-1, S-3
Mortgaged Properties................................................S-3
Moody's  ..........................................................S-37
Net Liquidation Proceeds......................................S-8, S-38
OID      ..........................................................S-52
OID Regulations....................................................S-52
Order    ..........................................................S-43
Original Certificate Principal Balance........................S-4, S-31
Original Invested Amount......................................S-4, S-31
Overcollateralization Amount........................................S-9
Paying Agent.......................................................S-11
Percentage Interest.................................................S-6
Plan     ..........................................................S-15
Policy   ......................................................S-1, S-3
Pool Balance..................................................S-3, S-38
Pool Factor........................................................S-31
Principal Balance...................................................S-3
Principal Collections.........................................S-8, S-38
Purchase Agreement..................................................S-5
Rapid Amortization Event...........................................S-42



                                      S-57



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                                                   Page
                                                                   ----
Rating Agency......................................................S-15
Receipt  ..........................................................S-43
Received ..........................................................S-43
Record Date........................................................S-39
Reduced Documentation Program......................................S-19
Reference Bank Rate................................................S-40
Related Documents..................................................S-35
Relevant Depositary................................................S-32
Repayment Period...................................................S-22
Required Overcollateralization Amount..............................S-40
Rules    ..........................................................S-32
SAIF     ..........................................................S-37
Scheduled Principal Collections Distribution Amount..........S-11, S-41
Seller   ...........................................................S-3
Servicing Fee......................................................S-13
Servicing Fee Rate...........................................S-13, S-46
SMMEA    ....................................................S-15, S-54
Spread Account...............................................S-12, S-43
Tax Counsel........................................................S-51
Telerate Screen Page 3750..........................................S-40
Terms and Conditions...............................................S-34
Transfer Date......................................................S-36
Transfer Deficiency................................................S-35
Transfer Deposit Amount............................................S-35
Transferor..........................................................S-4
Transferor Interest......................................S-1, S-4, S-32
Transferor Principal Collections.............................S-10, S-38
Trust Fund.....................................................S-1, S-3
Trustee  .....................................................S-3, S-14
Underwriter........................................................S-54
Underwriting Agreement.............................................S-54



                                      S-58



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX I

          GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

     Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Home Equity
Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_ (the "Global Securities") will be
available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Securities may hold
such Global Securities through any of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),
CEDEL or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradeable as home market
instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement
and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through CEDEL and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior Home Equity Loan Asset Backed
Certificates issues.

     Secondary cross-market trading between CEDEL or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through the respective Depositaries of CEDEL and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.

     Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.

Initial Settlement

     All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, CEDEL and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

     Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to prior Home Equity Loan Asset Backed
Certificates issues. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with
their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

     Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

Secondary Market Trading

     Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

     Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior Home
Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates issues in same-day funds.

     Trading between CEDEL and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market
trading between CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.


                                      S-59



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Trading between DTC seller and CEDEL or Euroclear purchaser. When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
account of a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days. For transactions
settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
respective Depositary of the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the
Global Securities. After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities
will be credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global
Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day
when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the CEDEL or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

     CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within CEDEL or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to CEDEL or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

     As an alternative, if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under
this procedure, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore,
in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges, although this result will depend on each CEDEL Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

     Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective European Depositary for the benefit of CEDEL Participants or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

     Trading between CEDEL or Euroclear Seller and DTC Purchaser. Due to time
zone differences in their favor, CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants
may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the
respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send instructions
to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant at
least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global
Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment will
include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last
coupon payment to and excluding the settlement date on the basis of the actual
number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days.
For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include
interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. The
payment will then be reflected in the account of the CEDEL Participant or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would be back-valued to
the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in
New York). Should the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of
credit with its respective clearing system and elect to be in debt in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that one-day period. If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of
the cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.


                                      S-60



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Finally, day traders that use CEDEL or Euroclear and that purchase Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to CEDEL Participants or Euroclear
Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

     (a) borrowing through CEDEL or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
side of the day trade is reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear accounts) in
accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

     (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant no
later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global Securities
sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear account in order to
settle the sale side of the trade; or

     (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so
that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

     A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution
that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate:

     Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of Global
Securities that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status). If
the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.

     Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
States).

     Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or reduced
tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001 (Ownership,
Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only for a
reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer
alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Certificate Owners
or his agent.

     Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

     U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds
(the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of
the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar
years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

     The term "U.S. Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate or trust
the income of which is includible in gross income for United States tax
purposes, regardless of its source. This summary does not deal with all aspects
of U.S. federal income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders
of the Global Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax
advisors for specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the
Global Securities.


                                      S-61



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

================================================================================

     No dealer, salesman or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation not contained in this Prospectus
Supplement or the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or
representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company
or [Underwriter]. This Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus do not
constitute an offer of any securities other than those to which they relate or
an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, to any person in any
jurisdiction where such an offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the
delivery of this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus nor any sale made
hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the
information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to their
respective dates.

                             ----------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Prospectus Supplement

Summary .................................................................    S-3
Risk Factors ............................................................   S-16
The Certificate Insurer .................................................   S-18
The Master Servicer .....................................................   S-19
The Home Equity Loan Program ............................................   S-19
Description of the Mortgage Loans .......................................   S-21
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations ..................................   S-29
Pool Factor and Trading Information .....................................   S-31
Description of the Certificates .........................................   S-31
Description of the Purchase Agreement ...................................   S-50
Use of Proceeds .........................................................   S-51
Federal Income Tax Consequences .........................................   S-51
State Taxes .............................................................   S-53
ERISA Considerations ....................................................   S-54
Legal Investment Considerations .........................................   S-54
Underwriting ............................................................   S-54
Legal Matters ...........................................................   S-55
Experts .................................................................   S-55
Ratings .................................................................   S-55
Index of Defined Terms ..................................................   S-56
Annex I .................................................................   S-59

Prospectus
Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8K ......................      2
Available Information ...................................................      2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference .........................      2
Reports to Securityholders ..............................................      3
Summary of Terms ........................................................      4
Risk Factors ............................................................     11
The Trust Fund ..........................................................     17
Use of Proceeds .........................................................     21
The Depositor ...........................................................     22
Loan Program ............................................................     22
Description of the Securities ...........................................     24
Credit Enhancement ......................................................     38
Yield and Prepayment Considerations .....................................     43
The Agreements ..........................................................     45
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans ......................................     57
Federal Income Tax
  Consequences ..........................................................     71
State Tax Considerations ................................................     90
ERISA Considerations ....................................................     90
Legal Investment ........................................................     93
Method of Distribution ..................................................     94
Legal Matters ...........................................................     95
Financial Information ...................................................     95
Ratings .................................................................     95
Index of Defined Terms ..................................................     97


================================================================================

                               [COUNTRYWIDE] HOME
                           EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199__-__

                                $_______________
                                 (Approximate)


                                Home Equity Loan
                           Asset Backed Certificates
                                Series 199__-__


                                  CWABS, Inc.
                                   Depositor

                         [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.]
                           Seller and Master Servicer


                          ---------------------------
                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                              ____________, 199__

                          ---------------------------


                                 [UNDERWRITER]

================================================================================



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation, or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.


   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 28, 1996
    


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated __________, 1996)

                              $
                                  (Approximate)


               Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 19__-__
 Distributions payable on the ____ day of each month, commencing in _____ 19__


                                   CWABS, Inc.
                                    Depositor

                         [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.]
                           Seller and Master Servicer



                               -------------------


     The Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 199__-__ (collectively, the
"Certificates") will represent the entire beneficial interest in a Trust Fund
consisting of a pool (the "Mortgage Pool") of [fixed-rate] sub-prime Mortgage
Loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties. Only
the Classes of Certificates identified in the table below (collectively, the
"Offered Certificates") are offered hereby. See "Index of Defined Terms" on Page
S-57 of this Prospectus Supplement and on Page 98 of the Prospectus for the
location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.


                               -------------------


     PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" ON PAGE S-12 HEREIN AND ON PAGE 12 IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.


     THE CERTIFICATES DO NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF THE
DEPOSITOR, THE SELLER, THE MASTER SERVICER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE
INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY, THE DEPOSITOR, THE SELLER, THE
MASTER SERVICER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES OR ANY OTHER PERSON.
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CERTIFICATES WILL BE PAYABLE SOLELY FROM THE ASSETS
TRANSFERRED TO THE TRUST FUND FOR THE BENEFIT OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
 UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================================
                                                      Initial Class
                                                       Certificate
                                                       Balance (1)                     Pass-Through Rate
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                             <C>
Class A-                                               $                                            %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class                                                  $                                            %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class PO                                               $                                            (2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class X                                                  (3)                                        (4)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A-R                                              $                                            %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class B-                                               $                                            %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class                                                  $                                            %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class                                                  $                                            %
==================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


(1)  Subject to the permitted variance described under "Summary of
     Terms--Offered Certificates" herein. 

(2)  The Class PO Certificates will be Principal Only Certificates and will not
     bear interest.
(3)  The Class X Certificates will be Notional Amount Certificates, will have no
     principal balance and will bear interest on their Notional Amount
     (initially expected to be approximately $ ).
(4)  The Pass-Through Rate for the Class X Certificates for any Distribution
     Date will be equal to the excess of (a) the weighted average of the Net
     Mortgage Rates of the Non-Discount Mortgage Loans over (b) % per annum. The
     Pass-Through Rate for the Class X Certificates for the first Distribution
     Date is expected to be approximately % per annum.

     The Senior Certificates, other than the Class PO and Class X Certificates
(the "Underwritten Senior Certificates"), will be purchased by _________ and the
Class ___ Certificates (together with the Underwritten Senior Certificates, the
"Underwritten Certificates") offered hereby will be purchased by _________
(each, an "Underwriter") from the Depositor and will be offered by the
Underwriters from time to time in negotiated transactions or otherwise at
varying prices to be determined at the time of sale. Proceeds to the Depositor
from the sale of the Underwritten Certificates are expected to be approximately
$_________, plus accrued interest, before deducting issuance expenses payable by
the Depositor. The Class , Class PO and Class X Certificates will be issued to
the Depositor on or about _________, 19__ as partial consideration for the sale
of the Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund.

     The Underwritten Certificates are offered by the respective Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the
Underwriters and subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It
is expected that delivery of the Underwritten 




 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Senior Certificates, other than the Class A-R Certificates, will be made in
book-entry form only through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company,
that the Class A-R Certificates will be delivered at the offices of
_________________ in New York, New York and that the Class Certificates will be
delivered at the offices of_______________ in New York, New York, in each case
on or about _________, 19__. 

                                 [Underwriters]




 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The Mortgage Loans will be sold to the Depositor by [Countrywide Home
Loans, Inc. ("Countrywide")].


     An election will be made to treat the Trust Fund as a "real estate mortgage
investment conduit" (the "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes. As described
more fully herein and in the Prospectus, Offered Certificates, other than the
Class A-R Certificates, will constitute "regular interests" in the REMIC. The
Class A-R Certificates will constitute the sole class of "residual interest" in
the REMIC. Prospective investors are cautioned that a Class A-R
Certificateholder's REMIC taxable income and the tax liability thereon will
exceed cash distributions in certain periods, in which event such holder must
have sufficient alternative sources of funds to pay such tax liability. See
"Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein and in the Prospectus.


     The Class A-R Certificates will be subject to certain transfer
restrictions. See "Description of the Certificates -- Restrictions on Transfer
of the Class A-R Certificates" herein.

     The yield to investors on each Class of Offered Certificates will be
sensitive in varying degrees to, among other things, the rate and timing of
principal payments (including prepayments) of the Mortgage Loans, which may vary
significantly over time. The yield to maturity of a Class of Offered
Certificates purchased at a discount or premium will be more sensitive to the
rate and timing of payments thereon. Holders of the Offered Certificates should
consider, in the case of any such Certificates purchased at a discount, and
particularly the Principal Only Certificates, the risk that a slower than
anticipated rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans could result in an
actual yield that is lower than the anticipated yield and, in the case of any
Offered Certificates purchased at a premium and particularly the Interest Only
Certificates, the risk that a faster than anticipated rate of principal payments
on the Mortgage Loans could result in an actual yield that is lower than the
anticipated yield. Holders of the Interest Only Certificates should carefully
consider the risk that a rapid rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans
could result in the failure of such holders to recover their initial
investments. The yield to investors in the Offered Certificates, and
particularly the Class ____ Certificates, also will be adversely affected by Net
Interest Shortfalls and by Realized Losses. No representation is made as to the
anticipated rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans, the amount and timing of
Net Interest Shortfalls or Realized Losses, or as to the resulting yield to
maturity of any Class of Certificates.

     Each Underwriter intends to make a secondary market in the Classes of
Underwritten Certificates being purchased by it, but no Underwriter has an
obligation to do so. There is currently no secondary market for the Offered
Certificates and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop or,
if it does develop, that it will continue or that it will provide
Certificateholders with a sufficient level of liquidity of investment.


     Until ninety days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the Offered Certificates, whether or not participating
in this distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and the
Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a
Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


                               -------------------

     This Prospectus Supplement does not contain complete information about the
offering of the Offered Certificates. Additional information is contained in the
Prospectus of the Depositor dated _________, 1996 (the "Prospectus") and
purchasers are urged to read both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus
in full. Sales of the Offered Certificates may not be consummated unless the
purchaser has received both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.


     The Trustee on behalf of any Trust Fund will provide without charge to each
person to whom this Prospectus Supplement is delivered, on the written or oral
request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to in the
Prospectus under "Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference" that have
been or may be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (not including
exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless such
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that
the Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee at _____________, telephone:_________, facsimile
number:_____________, attention:__________.



                                       S-2



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS


     This Summary of Terms is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Summary of
Terms are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement or in the Prospectus.
See "Index of Defined Terms" on Page S-57 of this Prospectus Supplement and on
Page 98 of the Prospectus for the location of the definitions of certain
capitalized terms.


Title of Certificates...........    Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series
                                    199 - (the "Certificates").

Offered Certificates............    Class A-__, Class _____, Class PO, Class X,
                                    Class A-R, Class B-__ and Class _____
                                    Certificates. Only the Offered Certificates
                                    are offered hereby. The aggregate initial
                                    Class Certificate Balances of the
                                    Certificates will be subject to a permitted
                                    variance in the aggregate of plus or minus
                                    __%. Variances in the Class Certificate
                                    Balances may result in variances in the
                                    Notional Amount of the Class of Notional
                                    Amount Certificates.

                                    The Notional Amount of the Class X
                                    Certificates for any Distribution Date will
                                    be equal to the aggregate of the Stated
                                    Principal Balances of the Non-Discount
                                    Mortgage Loans with respect to such
                                    Distribution Date. The initial Notional
                                    Amount of the Class X Certificates will be
                                    equal to the aggregate of the Stated
                                    Principal Balances of the Non-Discount
                                    Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date.

Certificates other than the
  Offered Certificates..........    In addition to the Offered Certificates, the
                                    following Classes of Certificates will be
                                    issued in the indicated approximate initial
                                    Class Certificate Balances and will bear
                                    interest at the indicated Pass-Through
                                    Rates, but are not offered hereby:

                                                   Initial Class
                                                   Certificate      Pass-Through
                                                   Balance          Rate
                                                   ----------       ------------
                                    Class    (1)...  $                      %
                                    Class    (1)...  $                      %
                                    Class    (1)...  $                      %
                                    --------

                                    (1) The Class _________, Class __________
                                    and Class _________ Certificates will
                                    provide limited credit support to the Senior
                                    Certificates and the other Subordinated
                                    Certificates, as described under
                                    "Description of the
                                    Certificates--Principal--Subordinated
                                    Principal Distribution Amount" and "Credit
                                    Enhancement--Subordination of Certain
                                    Classes" herein.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-3



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    Any information contained herein with
                                    respect to the Class _____, Class _____ and
                                    Class _____ Certificates is provided only to
                                    permit a better understanding of the Offered
                                    Certificates.

Designations

  Regular Certificates..........    All Classes of Certificates other than the
                                    Class A-R Certificates.

  Residual Certificates.........    Class A-R Certificates.

  Senior Certificates...........    Class A-__, Class __________, Class PO,
                                    Class X and Class A-R Certificates.

  Subordinated Certificates.....    Class B-__, Class __________, and Class
                                    _________ Certificates.

  Principal Only Certificates...    Class PO Certificates.

  Interest Only Certificates....    Class X Certificates.

  Notional Amount
    Certificates................    Class X Certificates.

  Fixed Rate Certificates.......    All Classes of Certificates other than the
                                    Class PO and Class X Certificates.

  Variable Rate Certificates....    Class X Certificates.

  Physical Certificates.........    Class PO, Class X and Class A-R Certificates
                                    and the Subordinated Certificates.

  Book-Entry Certificates.......    All Classes of Certificates other than the
                                    Physical Certificates.


Trust Fund......................    The Certificates will represent the entire
                                    beneficial ownership interest in the Trust
                                    Fund, which will consist of the Mortgage
                                    Pool.


Pooling and Servicing
  Agreement.....................    The Certificates will be issued pursuant to
                                    a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as
                                    of ________, 19 (the "Agreement"), among the
                                    Depositor, the Seller, the Master Servicer
                                    and the Trustee.

Depositor.......................    CWABS, Inc. (the "Depositor"), a Delaware
                                    corporation and a limited purpose finance
                                    subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries,
                                    Inc. See "The Depositor" in the Prospectus.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-4



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Seller and Master Servicer......    [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.
                                    ("Countrywide"] or the "Seller" and, in its
                                    capacity as master servicer of the Mortgage
                                    Loans, the "Master Servicer"). See
                                    "Servicing of Mortgage Loans -- The Master
                                    Servicer" herein. The Mortgage Loans were
                                    originated or acquired in the normal course
                                    of its business by the Seller and will be
                                    acquired by the Depositor in a privately
                                    negotiated transaction. The Master Servicer
                                    will be responsible for the servicing of the
                                    Mortgage Loans and will receive the Master
                                    Servicing Fee from interest collected on the
                                    Mortgage Loans. See "Servicing of Mortgage
                                    Loans -- Servicing Compensation and Payment
                                    of Expenses" herein.

Trustee.........................    __________________, a _____________________
                                    organized under the laws of
                                    _____________________ (the "Trustee").

Cut-off Date....................    ___________, 19__.

Closing Date....................    On or about ___________, 19__.

Determination Date..............    The ________ day of each month or, if such
                                    day is not a business day, the preceding
                                    business day; provided that the
                                    Determination Date in each month will be at
                                    least two business days prior to the related
                                    Distribution Date.


Mortgage Loans..................    The Mortgage Pool will consist of 30-year
                                    conventional [fixed-rate] mortgage loans
                                    secured by first liens on one- to
                                    four-family residential properties.
                                    Distributions of principal and interest on
                                    the Certificates will be based solely on
                                    payments received on the Mortgage Loans, as
                                    described under "Description of the
                                    Certificates" herein. See "The Mortgage
                                    Pool" herein.


Distribution Date...............    The _________ day of each month or, if such
                                    day is not a business day, on the first
                                    business day thereafter, commencing in
                                    ___________ 19 (each, a "Distribution
                                    Date"). Distributions on each Distribution
                                    Date will be made to Certificateholders of
                                    record as of the related Record Date, except
                                    that the final distribution on the
                                    Certificates will be made only upon
                                    presentment and surrender of the
                                    Certificates at the Corporate Trust Office
                                    of the Trustee.

Record Date.....................    The Record Date for each Distribution Date
                                    will be the last business day of the month
                                    preceding the month of such Distribution
                                    Date.

Priority of Distributions.......    Distributions will be made on each
                                    Distribution Date from Available Funds in
                                    the following order of priority: (i) to
                                    interest
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-5



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    on each interest bearing Class of Senior
                                    Certificates; (ii) to principal on the
                                    Classes of Senior Certificates then entitled
                                    to receive distributions of principal, in
                                    the order and subject to the priorities set
                                    forth herein under "Description of the
                                    Certificates -- Principal," in each case in
                                    an aggregate amount up to the maximum amount
                                    of principal to be distributed on such
                                    Classes on such Distribution Date; (iii) to
                                    any Class PO Deferred Amounts with respect
                                    to the Class PO Certificates, but only from
                                    amounts that would otherwise be
                                    distributable on such Distribution Date as
                                    principal of the Subordinated Certificates;
                                    and (iv) to interest on and then principal
                                    of each Class of Subordinated Certificates,
                                    in the order of their numerical Class
                                    designations, beginning with the Class __
                                    Certificates, in each case subject to the
                                    limitations set forth herein under
                                    "Description of the Certificates --
                                    Principal."


                                    Under certain circumstances, distributions
                                    from Available Funds for a Distribution Date
                                    that would otherwise be made on the
                                    Subordinated Certificates may be distributed
                                    instead on the Senior Certificates. See
                                    "Description of the Certificates --
                                    Allocation of Losses" herein.


Distributions of Interest.......    To the extent funds are available therefor,
                                    each interest bearing Class of Certificates
                                    will be entitled to receive interest in the
                                    amount of the Interest Distribution Amount
                                    for such Class. The Class PO Certificates
                                    are Principal Only Certificates and will not
                                    bear interest. See "Description of the
                                    Certificates -- Interest" herein.

  A. Interest Distribution
    Amount......................    For each interest bearing Class of
                                    Certificates, the amount of interest accrued
                                    during the related Interest Accrual Period
                                    at the applicable Pass-Through Rate on the
                                    related Class Certificate Balance or
                                    Notional Amount, as the case may be.

  B. Pass-Through Rate..........    The Pass-Through Rate for each interest
                                    bearing Class of Offered Certificates for
                                    each Distribution Date will be as set forth
                                    or described on the cover page hereof.

                                    The Pass-Through Rate for the Class X
                                    Certificates for any Distribution Date will
                                    be equal to the excess of (a) the weighted
                                    average of the Net Mortgage Rates of the
                                    Non-Discount Mortgage Loans over (b) ____%
                                    per annum. The Pass-Through Rate for the
                                    Class X Certificates for the first
                                    Distribution Date is expected to be
                                    approximately ___% per annum.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-6



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    With respect to each Distribution Date, the
                                    "Interest Accrual Period" for each interest
                                    bearing Class of Certificates will be the
                                    calendar month preceding the month of such
                                    Distribution Date.

Distributions of Principal......    On each Distribution Date, to the extent
                                    funds are available therefor, principal
                                    distributions in reduction of the Class
                                    Certificate Balances of each Class of
                                    Certificates (other than the Notional Amount
                                    Certificates) will be made in the order and
                                    subject to the priorities set forth herein
                                    under "Description of the Certificates --
                                    Principal" in an aggregate amount equal to
                                    such Class' allocable portion of the Senior
                                    Principal Distribution Amount, the Class PO
                                    Principal Distribution Amount or the
                                    Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount,
                                    as applicable. The Notional Amount
                                    Certificates do not have principal balances
                                    and are not entitled to any distributions in
                                    respect of principal of the Mortgage Loans.
                                    See "Description of the Certificates --
                                    Principal" herein.

Credit Enhancement -- General...    Credit enhancement for the Senior
                                    Certificates will be provided by the
                                    Subordinated Certificates and credit
                                    enhancement for each Class of Subordinated
                                    Certificates will be provided by the Class
                                    or Classes of Subordinated Certificates with
                                    higher numerical Class ______ designations,
                                    as described below. The aggregate of the
                                    initial Class Certificate Balances of the
                                    Class _____, Class and Class ______
                                    Certificates, which are the only
                                    Certificates supporting the Class
                                    Certificates, is expected to be
                                    approximately $_________.


Subordination...................    The rights of holders of the Subordinated
                                    Certificates to receive distributions with
                                    respect to the Mortgage Loans in the Trust
                                    Fund will be subordinated to such rights of
                                    holders of the Senior Certificates, and the
                                    rights of the holders of each Class of
                                    Subordinated Certificates (other than the
                                    Class _______ Certificates) to receive such
                                    distributions will be further subordinated
                                    to such rights of the Class or Classes of
                                    Subordinated Certificates with lower
                                    numerical Class designations, in each case
                                    only to the extent described under "Credit
                                    Enhancement--Subordination of Certain
                                    Classes" herein.


                                    The subordination of the Subordinated
                                    Certificates to the Senior Certificates, and
                                    the further subordination within the
                                    Subordinated Certificates, is intended to
                                    increase the likelihood of timely receipt by
                                    the holders of Certificates with higher
                                    relative payment priority of the maximum
                                    amount to which they are entitled on any
                                    Distribution Date and to provide such
                                    holders

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-7



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    protection against losses on the Mortgage
                                    Loans to the extent described under
                                    "Description of Certificates--Allocation of
                                    Losses" herein. The Subordinated
                                    Certificates also provide protection, to a
                                    lesser extent, against Special Hazard
                                    Losses, Bankruptcy Losses and Fraud Losses.
                                    However, in certain circumstances the amount
                                    of available subordination (including the
                                    limited subordination provided for certain
                                    types of losses) may be exhausted and
                                    shortfalls in distributions on the
                                    Certificates could result. Holders of the
                                    Senior Certificates will bear their
                                    proportionate share of any losses realized
                                    on the Mortgage Loans in excess of the
                                    available subordination amount. See
                                    "Description of the Certificates -- Priority
                                    of Distributions Among Certificates," " --
                                    Allocation of Losses," and "Credit
                                    Enhancement -- Subordination of Certain
                                    Classes" herein.

                                    In addition, Realized Losses on the Mortgage
                                    Loans will reduce the Class Certificate
                                    Balances of the applicable Class of
                                    Subordinated Certificates to the extent of
                                    any losses allocated thereto (as described
                                    under "Description of the Certificates --
                                    Allocation of Losses" herein), without the
                                    receipt of cash attributable to such
                                    reduction. As a result of such reductions,
                                    less interest will accrue on such Class of
                                    Subordinated Certificates than otherwise
                                    would be the case. The yield to maturity of
                                    the Subordinated Certificates will also be
                                    affected by the disproportionate allocation
                                    of principal prepayments to the Senior
                                    Certificates, Net Interest Shortfalls, other
                                    cash shortfalls in Available Funds and
                                    distribution of funds to Class PO
                                    Certificateholders otherwise available for
                                    distribution on the Subordinated
                                    Certificates to the extent of reimbursement
                                    for Class PO Deferred Amounts. See
                                    "Description of the Certificates --
                                    Allocation of Losses" herein.

Advances........................    The Master Servicer is obligated to make
                                    cash advances ("Advances") with respect to
                                    delinquent payments of principal of and
                                    interest on any Mortgage Loan to the extent
                                    described under "Servicing of Mortgage
                                    Loans--Advances" herein. The Trustee will be
                                    obligated to make any such Advance if the
                                    Master Servicer fails in its obligation to
                                    do so, to the extent provided in the
                                    Agreement. See "Servicing of Mortgage Loans
                                    -- Advances" herein.


Prepayment Considerations and
  Risks; Reinvestment Risk......    The rate of principal payments on the
                                    Offered Certificates, the aggregate amount
                                    of distributions on the Offered Certificates
                                    and the yield to maturity of the Offered
                                    Certificates will be related

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-8



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    to the rate and timing of payments of
                                    principal on the Mortgage Loans.

                                    Since the rate of payment of principal on
                                    the Mortgage Loans will depend on future
                                    events and a variety of factors, no
                                    assurance can be given as to such rate or
                                    the rate of principal prepayments. The
                                    extent to which the yield to maturity of a
                                    Class of Offered Certificates may vary from
                                    the anticipated yield may depend upon the
                                    degree to which it is purchased at a
                                    discount or premium, and the degree to which
                                    the timing of payments thereon is sensitive
                                    to prepayments, liquidations and purchases
                                    of the Mortgage Loans. Further, an investor
                                    should consider the risk that, in the case
                                    of the Principal Only Certificates and any
                                    other Offered Certificate purchased at a
                                    discount, a slower than anticipated rate of
                                    principal payments (including prepayments)
                                    on the Mortgage Loans could result in an
                                    actual yield to such investor that is lower
                                    than the anticipated yield and, in the case
                                    of the Interest Only Certificates and any
                                    other Offered Certificate purchased at a
                                    premium, a faster than anticipated rate of
                                    principal payments could result in an actual
                                    yield to such investor that is lower than
                                    the anticipated yield. Investors in the
                                    Interest Only Certificates should carefully
                                    consider the risk that a rapid rate of
                                    principal payments on the Mortgage Loans
                                    could result in the failure of such
                                    investors to recover their initial
                                    investments.


                                    Because the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid at
                                    any time, it is not possible to predict the
                                    rate at which distributions of principal of
                                    the Offered Certificates will be received.
                                    Since prevailing interest rates are subject
                                    to fluctuation, there can be no assurance
                                    that investors in the Offered Certificates
                                    will be able to reinvest the distributions
                                    thereon at yields equaling or exceeding the
                                    yields on such Offered Certificates. It is
                                    possible that yields on any such
                                    reinvestments will be lower, and may be
                                    significantly lower, than the yields on the
                                    Offered Certificates. See "Risk
                                    Factors--Prepayment Considerations and
                                    Risks" and "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity
                                    Considerations" herein.


Optional Termination............    On any Distribution Date on which the Pool
                                    Principal Balance is less than 10% of the
                                    Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance, the
                                    Master Servicer will have the option to
                                    purchase, in whole, the Mortgage Loans and
                                    the REO Property, if any, remaining in the
                                    Trust Fund. See "Description of the
                                    Certificates -- Optional Termination"
                                    herein.

Federal Income Tax

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-9



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


  Consequences..................    An election will be made to treat the Trust
                                    Fund as a "real estate mortgage investment
                                    conduit" ("REMIC") for federal income tax
                                    purposes. The Regular Certificates will
                                    constitute "regular interests" in the REMIC
                                    and the Residual Certificates will
                                    constitute the sole class of "residual
                                    interest" in the REMIC. The Class A-_, Class
                                    PO and Class X Certificates will, and
                                    depending on their respective issue prices
                                    certain other Classes of Offered
                                    Certificates may, be issued with original
                                    issue discount ("OID") for federal income
                                    tax purposes. See "Federal Income Tax
                                    Consequences" herein and in the Prospectus.

                                    The holders of the Class A-R Certificates
                                    will be subject to special federal income
                                    tax rules that may significantly reduce the
                                    after-tax yield of such Certificates.
                                    Further, significant restrictions apply to
                                    the transfer of the Class A-R Certificates.
                                    See "Description of the
                                    Certificates--Restrictions on Transfer of
                                    the Class A-R Certificates" herein.


                                    The Interest Only Certificates and the
                                    Principal Only Certificates will, and
                                    certain other Classes of Offered
                                    Certificates may, be issued with original
                                    issue discount for federal income tax
                                    purposes. See "Federal Income Tax
                                    Consequences" herein and "Federal Income Tax
                                    Consequences" in the Prospectus.


ERISA Considerations............    The acquisition of an Offered Certificate by
                                    a pension or other employee benefit plan (a
                                    "Plan") subject to the Employee Retirement
                                    Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                    ("ERISA"), could, in some instances, result
                                    in a prohibited transaction or other
                                    violation of the fiduciary responsibility
                                    provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the
                                    Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
                                    (the "Code").

                                    Subject to the considerations and conditions
                                    described under "ERISA Considerations"
                                    herein, it is expected that the Senior
                                    Certificates (other than the Class PO, Class
                                    X and Class A-R Certificates) may be
                                    purchased by a Plan.

                                    Any Plan fiduciary considering whether to
                                    purchase any Offered Certificates on behalf
                                    of a Plan should consult with its counsel
                                    regarding the applicability of the
                                    provisions of ERISA and the Code. See "ERISA
                                    Considerations" herein.

Legal Investment................    The Senior Certificates and the Class _____
                                    Certificates will constitute "mortgage
                                    related securities" for purposes of the
                                    Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of
                                    1984 ("SMMEA") so long as they are rated in
                                    one of the two highest

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-10



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    rating categories by at least one nationally
                                    recognized statistical rating organization
                                    and, as such, are legal investments for
                                    certain entities to the extent provided for
                                    in SMMEA.

                                    It is anticipated that the Class _____ and
                                    Class _____ Certificates will not be rated
                                    in one of the two highest rating categories
                                    by a nationally recognized statistical
                                    rating organization and, therefore, will not
                                    constitute "mortgage related securities" for
                                    purposes of SMMEA.

                                    Institutions whose investment activities are
                                    subject to review by federal or state
                                    regulatory authorities should consult with
                                    their counsel or the applicable authorities
                                    to determine whether an investment in the
                                    Offered Certificates complies with
                                    applicable guidelines, policy statements or
                                    restrictions. See "Legal Investment" in the
                                    Prospectus.


Ratings.........................    It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                    Senior Certificates that they be rated
                                    ______ by ("______") and ______ by ("______"
                                    and, together with ______, the "Rating
                                    Agencies"). See ______, "Ratings" herein. It
                                    is a condition to the issuance of the Class
                                    ______, Class ______ and Class ______
                                    Certificates that they be rated at least
                                    ______, and ______, respectively, by ______.
                                    The ratings of the Offered Certificates of
                                    any Class should be evaluated independently
                                    from similar ratings on other types of
                                    securities. A rating is not a recommendation
                                    to buy, sell or hold securities and may be
                                    subject to revision or withdrawal at any
                                    time by either of the Rating Agencies. See
                                    "Risk Factors--Certificate Rating" and
                                    "Ratings" herein.

Risk Factors....................    For a discussion of certain risks associated
                                    with an investment in the Certificates, see
                                    "Risk Factors" on Page S-12 herein and on
                                    Page S-12 in the Prospectus.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-11



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     Investors should consider the following risks in connection with the
purchase of the Certificates.

     Consequences of Owning Book-Entry Certificates. Issuance of the
Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such Certificates in
the secondary trading market since investors may be unwilling to purchase
Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical certificates. See
"Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein and "Risk
Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

     Since transactions in the Certificates can be effected only through DTC,
CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and certain
banks, the ability of a Certificate Owner to pledge a Certificate to persons or
entities that do not participate in the DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear system may be
limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing the Certificates. See
"Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein and "Risk
Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.


   
     Certificate Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
distributions of interest and principal on the Certificates since such
distributions will be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such
distributions to the accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which will
thereafter credit them to the accounts of Certificate Owners either directly or
indirectly through indirect participants. Certificate Owners will not be
recognized as Certificateholders as such term is used in the Agreement, and
Certificate Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of Certificate-
holders only indirectly through DTC and its Participants. See "Description of
the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates" herein and "Risk Factors--Book-Entry
Registration" in the Prospectus.

    

     Cash Flow Considerations and Risks. Minimum monthly payments on the
Mortgage Loans will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest. Even
assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and resulting shortfalls in
distributions to Certificateholders could occur. Further, liquidation expenses
(such as legal fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance and preservation
expenses) will reduce the proceeds payable to Certificateholders and thereby
reduce the security for the Mortgage Loans. In the event any of the Mortgaged
Properties fail to provide adequate security for the related Mortgage Loans,
Certificateholders could experience a loss.

     Prepayment Considerations and Risks. Substantially all of the Mortgage
Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty. The
Trust's prepayment experience may be affected by a wide variety of factors,
including general economic conditions, interest rates, the availability of
alternative financing and homeowner mobility. In addition, substantially all of
the Mortgage Loans contain due-on-sale provisions and the Master Servicer
intends to enforce such provisions unless (i) such enforcement is not permitted
by applicable law or (ii) the Master Servicer, in a manner consistent with
reasonable commercial practice, permits the purchaser of the related Mortgaged
Property to assume the Mortgage Loan. To the extent permitted by applicable law,
such assumption will not release the original borrower from its obligation under
any such Mortgage Loan. See "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity
Considerations--Prepayment Considerations and Risks" herein and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in the Prospectus for a description
of certain provisions of the Mortgage Loans that may affect the prepayment
experience thereof. The yield to maturity and weighted average life of the
Certificates will be affected primarily by the rate and timing of prepayment on
the Mortgage Loans. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower
incidence of prepayment of Mortgage Loans will be borne entirely by the
Certificateholders. See



                                      S-12



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



"Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations" herein and "Yield and Prepayment
Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     Certificate Rating. The rating of the Certificates will depend primarily on
an assessment by the Rating Agencies of the Mortgage Loans. The rating by the
Rating Agencies of the Certificates is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or
sell the Certificates, inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to the market
price or suitability for a particular investor. There is no assurance that the
ratings will remain in place for any given period of time or that the ratings
will not be lowered or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies. In general, the ratings
address credit risk and do not address the likelihood of prepayments. The
ratings of the Certificates do not address the possibility of the imposition of
United States withholding tax with respect to non-U.S. persons.

     Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks. The sale of the Mortgage Loans from
[Countrywide] to the Depositor will be treated as a sale of the Mortgage Loans.
However, in the event of an insolvency of [Countrywide], the receiver of
[Countrywide] may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as a
borrowing by [Countrywide], secured by a pledge of the applicable Mortgage
Loans. If the receiver decided to challenge such transfer, delays in payments of
the Certificates and reductions in the amounts thereof could occur. The
Depositor will warrant in the Agreement that the transfer of the Mortgage Loans
by it to the Trust is either a valid transfer and assignment of such Mortgage
Loans to the Trust or the grant to the Trust of a security interest in such
Mortgage Loans.

     In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Certificateholders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.

     [Geographic Concentration. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately _____% (by
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance) of the Mortgaged Properties are located in
the State of __________. An overall decline in the __________ residential real
estate market could adversely affect the values of the Mortgaged Properties
securing such Mortgage Loans such that the Principal Balances of the related
Mortgage Loans could equal or exceed the value of such Mortgaged Properties. As
the residential real estate market is influenced by many factors, including the
general condition of the economy and interest rates, no assurances may be given
that the __________ residential real estate market will not weaken. If the
__________ residential real estate market should experience an overall decline
in property values after the dates of origination of the Mortgage Loans, the
rates of losses on the Mortgage Loans would be expected to increase, and could
increase substantially.]

     Delinquent Mortgage Loans. The Trust will include Mortgage Loans which are
89 or fewer days delinquent as of the Cut-off Date. The Cut-off Date Pool
Principal Balance of Mortgage Loans which are between 30 days and 89 days
delinquent as of the Cut-off Date was $_________________. If there are not
sufficient Available Funds on any Distribution Dates, the aggregate amount of
principal returned to the Certificateholders may be less than the respective
Class Certificate Principal Balances on the day the Certificates were issued.

     Risks of Holding Subordinated Certificates. The subordination of the
Subordinated Certificates to the Senior Certificates, and the further
subordination within the Subordinated Certificates, is intended to increase the
likelihood of timely receipt by the holders of Certificates with higher relative
payment priority of the maximum amount to which they are entitled on any
Distribution Date and to provide such holders protection against losses on the
Mortgage Loans to the extent described under



                                      S-13



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


"Description of the Certificates--Allocation of Losses" and "Credit
Enhancement--Subordination of Certain Classes". However, in certain
circumstances the amount of available subordination (including the limited
subordination provided for certain types of losses) may be exhausted and
shortfalls in distributions on the Certificates could result. Holders of the
Senior Certificates will bear their proportionate share of any losses realized
on the Mortgage Loans in excess of the available subordination amount.

     In addition, the weighted average life of, and the yield to maturity on,
the Subordinated Certificates, in increasing order of their numerical Class
designation, will be progressively more sensitive to the rate and timing of
mortgagor defaults and the severity of ensuing losses on the Mortgage Loans. If
the actual rate and severity of losses on the Mortgage Loans is higher than
those assumed by a holder of a Subordinated Certificate, the actual yield to
maturity of such Certificate may be lower than the yield expected by such holder
based on such assumption. The timing of losses on Mortgage Loans will also
affect an investor's actual yield to maturity, even if the rate of defaults and
severity of losses over the life of the Mortgage Pool are consistent with an
investor's expectations. Realized Losses on the Mortgage Loans will reduce the
Class Certificate Balances of the applicable Class of Subordinated Certificates
to the extent of any losses allocated thereto (as described under "Description
of the Certificates--Allocation of Losses" herein), without the receipt of cash
attributable to such reduction. As a result of such reductions, less interest
will accrue on such Class of Subordinated Certificates than otherwise would be
the case. The yield to maturity of the Subordinated Certificates will also be
affected by the disproportionate allocation of principal prepayments to the
Senior Certificates, Net Interest Shortfalls, other cash shortfalls in Available
Funds and distribution of funds to Class PO Certificateholders otherwise
available for distribution on the Subordinated Certificates to the extent of
reimbursement for Class PO Deferred Amounts. See "Description of the
Certificates--Allocation of Losses" and "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity
Considerations--The Subordinated Certificates" herein.

     For a discussion of additional risks pertaining to the Certificates, see
"Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.



                                      S-14



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                THE MORTGAGE POOL

General


     The Depositor will purchase the Mortgage Loans from [Countrywide] pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of the Cut-off Date among
[Countrywide], as Seller and Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee (the
"Agreement") and will cause the Mortgage Loans to be assigned, without recourse,
to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Certificates (the
"Certificateholders").


     Under the Agreement, the Seller will make certain representations,
warranties and covenants to the Depositor relating to, among other things, the
due execution and enforceability of the Agreement and certain characteristics of
the Mortgage Loans and, subject to the limitations described below under " --
Assignment of the Mortgage Loans," will be obligated to repurchase or substitute
a similar mortgage loan for any Mortgage Loan as to which there exists deficient
documentation or an uncured material breach of any such representation, warranty
or covenant. The Seller will represent and warrant to the Depositor in the
Agreement that the Mortgage Loans were selected from among the outstanding one-
to four-family mortgage loans in the Seller's portfolio as to which the
representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement can be made and that
such selection was not made in a manner that would adversely affect the
interests of the Certificateholders. See "Loan Program -- Representations by
Sellers; Repurchases" in the Prospectus. Under the Agreement, the Depositor will
assign all its right, title and interest in and to such representations,
warranties and covenants (including the Seller's repurchase obligation) to the
Trustee for the benefit of Certificateholders. The Depositor will make no
representations or warranties with respect to the Mortgage Loans and will have
no obligation to repurchase or substitute Mortgage Loans with deficient
documentation or which are otherwise defective. [Countrywide] is selling the
Mortgage Loans without recourse and will have no obligation with respect to the
Certificates in its capacity as Seller other than the repurchase obligation
described above. The obligations of [Countrywide], as Master Servicer, with
respect to the Certificates are limited to the Master Servicer's contractual
servicing obligations under the Agreement.


     Certain information with respect to the Mortgage Loans expected to be
included in the Mortgage Pool is set forth below. Prior to the Closing Date,
Mortgage Loans may be removed from the Mortgage Pool and other Mortgage Loans
may be substituted therefor. The Depositor believes that the information set
forth herein under "The Mortgage Pool" with respect to the Mortgage Pool as
presently constituted is representative of the characteristics of the Mortgage
Pool as it will be constituted at the Closing Date, although certain
characteristics of the Mortgage Loans in the Mortgage Pool may vary. Unless
otherwise indicated, information presented herein under "The Mortgage Pool"
expressed as a percentage (other than rates of interest) are approximate
percentages based on the Stated Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of
the Cut-off Date.

     As of the Cut-off Date, the aggregate of the Stated Principal Balances of
the Mortgage Loans is expected to be approximately $ (the "Cut-off Date Pool
Principal Balance"). The Mortgage Loans provide for the amortization of the
amount financed over a series of substantially equal monthly payments. All the
Mortgage Loans provide for payments due as of the first day of each month (the
"Due Date"). At origination, substantially all of the Mortgage Loans had stated
terms to maturity of 30 years. The Mortgage Loans to be included in the Mortgage
Pool were originated or purchased by [Countrywide] and were originated
substantially in accordance with [Countrywide's] underwriting criteria for
sub-prime ("B&C") quality mortgage loans described under "The Mortgage
Pool--Underwriting Standards" herein. Sub-prime mortgage loans are generally
first mortgage loans made to borrowers with prior credit difficulties.



                                      S-15



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Scheduled monthly payments made by the Mortgagors on the Mortgage Loans
("Scheduled Payments") either earlier or later than the scheduled Due Dates
thereof will not affect the amortization schedule or the relative application of
such payments to principal and interest. [All of the Mortgage Notes provide for
a ________ (__) day grace period for monthly payments. Any Mortgage Loan may be
prepaid in full or in part at any time; however, approximately ____% of the
Mortgage Loans provide for the payment by the borrower of a prepayment charge in
limited circumstances on full prepayments made within ____ years from the date
of execution of the related Mortgage Note. In general, the Mortgage Note
provides that a prepayment charge will apply if, during the first ____ years
from the date of origination of such Mortgage Loan, the borrower prepays such
Mortgage Loan in full. The amount of the prepayment charge will generally be
equal to ____ months' advance interest calculated on the basis of the rate in
effect at the time of such prepayment on the amount prepaid in excess of __% of
the original balance of such Mortgage Loan.]

     Each Mortgage Loan was originated after __________________.

     The latest stated maturity date of any Mortgage Loan is ____________. The
earliest stated maturity date of any Mortgage Loan is ____________.


     As of the Cut-off Date, no Mortgage Loan was delinquent more than 89 days.


     [No] Mortgage Loan will be subject to a buydown agreement. [No] Mortgage
Loan provides for deferred interest or negative amortization.

     [No Mortgage Loan had a Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination of more than
95%. Each Mortgage Loan with a Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination of greater
than 80% is covered by a primary mortgage guaranty insurance policy issued by a
mortgage insurance company acceptable to FNMA or FHLMC, which policy provides
coverage in an amount equal to the excess of the original principal balance of
the related Mortgage Loan over 75% of the value of the related Mortgaged
Property, plus accrued interest thereon and related foreclosure expenses.

     The Loan-to-Value Ratio of a Mortgage Loan is equal to (i) the principal
balance of such Mortgage Loan at the date of origination, divided by (ii) the
Collateral Value of the related Mortgaged Property. The Collateral Value of a
Mortgaged Property is the lesser of (x) the appraised value based on an
appraisal made for [Countrywide] by an independent fee appraiser at the time of
the origination of the related Mortgage Loan, and (y) the sales price of such
Mortgaged Property at such time of origination. With respect to a Mortgage Loan
the proceeds of which were used to refinance an existing mortgage loan, the
Collateral Value is the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property based upon the
appraisal obtained at the time of refinancing. No assurance can be given that
the values of the Mortgaged Properties have remained or will remain at their
levels as of the dates of origination of the related Mortgage Loans. If the
residential real estate market should experience an overall decline in property
values such that the outstanding balances of the Mortgage Loans become equal to
or greater than the value of the Mortgaged Properties, actual losses on the
Mortgage Loans could be higher than losses now generally experienced in the
mortgage lending industry.

     The following information sets forth in tabular format certain information,
as of the Cut-off Date, as to the Mortgage Loans. Other than with respect to
rates of interest, percentages (approximate) are stated by Stated Principal
Balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date and have been rounded in
order to total 100%.


                                      S-16



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Mortgage Rates(1)
                                                 -----------------

                                   Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
     Mortgage Rates (%)                  Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                                           <C>
 6.250.......................                              $                                                   %
 6.750.......................
 6.875.......................
 7.000.......................
 7.125.......................
 7.250.......................
 7.375.......................
 7.500.......................
 7.625.......................
 7.750.......................
 7.875.......................
 8.000.......................
 8.125.......................
 8.250.......................
 8.375.......................
 8.500.......................
 8.625.......................
 8.750.......................
 8.875.......................
 9.000.......................
 9.125.......................
 9.250.......................
 9.375.......................
 9.500.......................
 9.875.......................
10.000.......................
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average Mortgage Rate of the Mortgage
     Loans (as so adjusted) is expected to be approximately ______%. Without
     such adjustment, the weighted average Mortgage Rate of the Mortgage Loans
     is expected to be approximately ______% per annum.


                                      S-17



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Original Loan-to-Value Ratios(1)
                                          --------------------------------

   Original Loan-to-Value          Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
          Rates (%)                      Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                                           <C>
50.00 and below..............                              $                                                  %
50.01 to 55.00...............
55.01 to 60.00...............
60.01 to 65.00...............
65.01 to 70.00...............
70.01 to 75.00...............
75.01 to 80.00...............
80.01 to 85.00...............
85.01 to 90.00...............
90.01 to 95.00...............
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The weighted average original Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans is
     expected to be approximately     %.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Current Mortgage Loan Principal Balances(1)
                                    -------------------------------------------

    Current Mortgage Loan          Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
           Amounts                       Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                                           <C>
$          0 - $ 50,000......                              $                                                  %
$ 50,001 - $ 100,000.........
$100,001 - $ 150,000.........
$150,001 - $ 200,000.........
$200,001 - $ 250,000.........
$250,001 - $ 300,000.........
$300,001 - $ 350,000.........
$350,001 - $ 400,000.........
$400,001 - $ 450,000.........
$450,001 - $ 500,000.........
$500,001 - $ 550,000.........
$550,001 - $ 600,000.........
$600,001 - $ 650,000.........
$650,001 - $ 750,000.........
$750,001 - $1,000,000........
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------

</TABLE>


                                      S-18



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- ----------
(1)  As of the Cut-off Date, the average current Mortgage Loan principal balance
     is expected to be approximately $ .


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Documentation Program for Mortgage Loans
                                      ----------------------------------------

       Type of Program             Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
                                         Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                          <C>
Full.........................                              $                                                  %
Alternative..................
Reduced......................
Streamlined..................
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Type of Mortgaged Properties
                                            ----------------------------

        Property Type              Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
                                         Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                          <C>
Single Family................                              $                                                  %
Condominium..................
Two- to Four-Family.........
Planned Unit Development.....
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Occupancy Types(1)
                                                 ------------------

       Occupancy Type              Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
                                         Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                          <C>
Primary Residence............                              $                                                  %
Investor Property............
Second Residence.............
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
</TABLE>


                                      S-19



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- ----------
(1)  Based upon representations of the related mortgagors at the time of
     origination.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   State Distribution of Mortgaged Properties(1)
                                   ---------------------------------------------

            State                  Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
                                         Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                          <C>














                                                           $                                             %

Other (less than [2]%).......
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Other includes other states with under [2]% concentrations individually. No
     more than approximately % of the Mortgage Loans will be secured by
     Mortgaged Properties located in any one postal zip code area.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Purpose of Mortgage Loans
                                             -------------------------

        Loan Purpose               Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
                                         Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                          <C>
Purchase.....................                              $                                                  %
Refinance (rate/term)........
Refinance (cash out).........
                                           --              -----------                  ------------
Totals.......................                              $                            100.00%
                                           --              -----------                  ------------
                                           --              -----------                  ------------
</TABLE>


                                      S-20



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Remaining Terms to Maturity(1)
                                           ------------------------------

 Remaining Term to Maturity        Number of Mortgage      Aggregate Principal Balance
          (Months)                       Loans                    Outstanding            Percent of Mortgage Pool
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                     <C>                          <C>
360..........................
359..........................
358..........................
357..........................
356..........................
355..........................
354..........................
353..........................
352..........................
351..........................
349..........................
348..........................
347..........................
345..........................
344..........................
343..........................
342..........................
341..........................
338..........................
335..........................
334..........................
333..........................
332..........................
328..........................
326..........................
325..........................
321..........................
320..........................
319..........................
318..........................
314..........................
297..........................
293..........................
259..........................
240..........................
238..........................
237..........................
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
Totals.......................                              $                                             100.00%
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
                                   ----------              -----------                                   ------
</TABLE>

- ----------

                                      S-21



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(1)  As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity of
     the Mortgage Loans is expected to be approximately months.


Assignment of the Mortgage Loans


     Pursuant to the Agreement, the Depositor on the Closing Date will sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey without recourse to the Trustee
in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders all right, title and interest
of the Depositor in and to each Mortgage Loan and all right, title and interest
in and to all other assets included in the Trust Fund described under "Credit
Enhancement" herein, including all principal and interest received on or with
respect to the Mortgage Loans, exclusive of principal and interest due on or
prior to the Cut-off Date.


     In connection with such transfer and assignment, the Depositor will deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee, or a custodian for the Trustee, among
other things, the original promissory note (the "Mortgage Note") (and any
modification or amendment thereto) endorsed in blank without recourse, the
original instrument creating a first lien on the related Mortgaged Property (the
"Mortgage") with evidence of recording indicated thereon, an assignment in
recordable form of the Mortgage, the title policy with respect to the related
Mortgaged Property and, if applicable, all recorded intervening assignments of
the Mortgage and any riders or modifications to such Mortgage Note and Mortgage
(except for any such documents not returned from the public recording office,
which will be delivered to the Trustee as soon as the same is available to the
Depositor) (collectively, the "Mortgage File"). Assignments of the Mortgage
Loans to the Trustee (or its nominee) will be recorded in the appropriate public
office for real property records, except in states such as California where in
the opinion of counsel such recording is not required to protect the Trustee's
interests in the Mortgage Loan against the claim of any subsequent transferee or
any successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the Seller.

     The Trustee will review each Mortgage File within 90 days of the Closing
Date (or promptly after the Trustee's receipt of any document permitted to be
delivered after the Closing Date) and if any document in a Mortgage File is
found to be missing or defective in a material respect and the Seller does not
cure such defect within 90 days of notice thereof from the Trustee (or within
such longer period not to exceed ___ days after the Closing Date as provided in
the Agreement in the case of missing documents not returned from the public
recording office), the Seller will be obligated to repurchase the related
Mortgage Loan from the Trust Fund. Rather than repurchase the Mortgage Loan as
provided above, the Seller may remove such Mortgage Loan (a "Deleted Mortgage
Loan") from the Trust Fund and substitute in its place another mortgage loan (a
"Replacement Mortgage Loan"); however, such substitution is permitted only
within two years of the Closing Date and may not be made unless an opinion of
counsel is provided to the Trustee to the effect that such substitution will not
disqualify the REMIC or result in a prohibited transaction tax under the Code.
Any Replacement Mortgage Loan generally will, on the date of substitution, among
other characteristics set forth in the Agreement, (i) have a principal balance,
after deduction of all Scheduled Payments due in the month of substitution, not
in excess of, and not more than 10% less than, the Stated Principal Balance of
the Deleted Mortgage Loan (the amount of any shortfall to be deposited by the
Seller in the Certificate Account and held for distribution to the
Certificateholders on the related Distribution Date (a "Substitution Adjustment
Amount")), (ii) have a Mortgage Rate not lower than, and not more than 1% per
annum higher than, that of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (iii) have a Loan-to-Value
Ratio not higher than that of the Deleted Mortgage Loan, (iv) have a remaining
term to maturity not greater than (and not more than one year less than) that of
the Deleted Mortgage Loan, and (v) comply with all of the representations and
warranties set forth in the Agreement as of the date of substitution. This cure,
repurchase or substitution obligation constitutes the sole


                                      S-22



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

remedy available to Certificateholders or the Trustee for omission of, or a
material defect in, a Mortgage Loan document.

Underwriting Standards

     The following is a description of the underwriting procedures customarily
employed by [Countrywide] with respect to B&C quality mortgage loans.

     Countrywide produces its B&C quality mortgage loans through its Wholesale
Lending Division, which works with mortgage brokers and other entities located
throughout the United States. Prior to the funding of any B&C quality mortgage
loan, Countrywide underwrites the related mortgage loan in accordance with the
underwriting standards established by Countrywide. The mortgage loans are
underwritten centrally by a specialized group of underwriters who are familiar
with the unique characteristics of B&C mortgage loans. As a matter of policy,
Countrywide does not purchase any B&C quality mortgage loan that it has not
itself underwritten.

     Countrywide's underwriting standards are primarily intended to evaluate the
value and adequacy of the mortgaged property as collateral for the proposed
mortgage loan but also take into consideration the borrower's credit standing
and repayment ability. On a case by case basis, Countrywide may determine that,
based upon compensating factors, a prospective borrower not strictly qualifying
under the underwriting risk category guidelines described below warrants an
underwriting exception. Compensating factors may include, low loan-to-value
ratio, low debt-to-income ratio, stable employment, and time in the same
residence. It is expected that a substantial number of the Mortgage Loans to be
included in the Mortgage Pool will have been originated based on such
underwriting exceptions.

     Each prospective borrower completes an application which includes
information with respect to the applicant's liabilities, income, credit history
and employment history, as well as certain other personal information. As part
of its quality control system, Countrywide reverifies information with respect
to the foregoing matters that has been provided by the mortgage brokerage
company prior to funding a loan and periodically audits files based on a random
sample of closed loans. If the loan-to-value ratio is greater than 70%,
Countrywide generally verifies the source funds for the down-payment;
Countrywide does not verify the source of such funds if the loan-to-value ratio
is 70% or less. Countrywide requires an independent credit bureau report on the
credit history of each applicant in order to evaluate the applicant's ability to
repay. The report typically contains information relating to such matters as
credit history with local and national merchants and lenders, installment debt
payments and any record of defaults, bankruptcy, repossession, suits or
judgments.


     After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property information,
the Seller uses a debt-to-income ratio to assist in determining whether the
prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to support the
payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loan in addition to any
other monthly credit obligations. The "debt-to income ratio" is the ratio of
the borrower's total monthly payments to the borrower's gross monthly income.
The maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio varies depending upon a borrower's
credit grade and documentation level (as described below) but does not generally
exceed 55%. Variations in the monthly debt-to-income ratio limit are permitted
based on compensating factors.

     Countrywide's underwriting standards require an independent appraisal of
the mortgaged property which conforms to Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC") and Federal National Mortgage Corporation ("FNMA") standards. Each
appraisal includes a market data analysis based on recent sales of



                                      S-23



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


comparable homes in the area and, where deemed appropriate, replacement cost
analysis based on the current cost of constructing a similar home and generally
is required to have been made not earlier than 180 days prior to the date of
origination of the mortgage loan. Every independent appraisal is reviewed by
a Countrywide representative before the loan is funded, and an additional
drive-by appraisal is generally performed in connection with loan amounts over
$350,000 with 80% or higher loan-to-value ratios. A drive-by appraisal is an
exterior examination of the premises by the appraiser to determine that the
property is in good condition. In most cases, properties that are not in good
condition (including properties requiring major deferred maintenance) are not
acceptable as collateral for a B&C loan. The maximum loan amount varies
depending upon a borrower's credit grade and documentation level but does not
generally exceed $500,000. Variations in maximum loan amount limits are
permitted based on compensating factors.

     Countrywide's underwriting standards permit loans with loan-to-value ratios
at origination of up to 85% depending on the program, type and use of the
property, creditworthiness of the borrower and debt-to-income ratio. The maximum
combined loan-to-value ratio for purchase money mortgage loans, including any
second deeds of trust subordinate to Countrywide's first deed of trust, is 90%.

     Countrywide requires title insurance on all B&C quality mortgage loans.
Countrywide also requires that fire and extended coverage casualty insurance be
maintained on the mortgaged property in an amount at least equal to the
principal balance or the replacement cost of the mortgaged property, whichever
is less.

     Countrywide's B&C mortgage loan underwriting standards are less stringent
than the standards generally acceptable to FNMA and FHLMC with regard to the
borrower's credit standing and repayment ability because the standards focus
more on the value of the mortgaged property. Borrowers who qualify generally
have payment histories and debt-to-income ratios which would not satisfy FNMA
and FHLMC underwriting guidelines and may have a record of major derogatory
credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. Countrywide's
B&C mortgage loan underwriting guidelines establish the maximum permitted
loan-to-value ratio for each loan type based upon these and other risk factors
with more risk factors resulting in lower loan-to-value ratios.

     Countrywide underwrites or originates B&C quality mortgage loans pursuant
to alternative sets of underwriting criteria under its Full Documentation Loan
Program (the "Full Doc Program"), Simple Documentation Loan Program (the "Simple
Doc Program") and Stated Income Loan Program (the "Stated Income Program").
Under each of the underwriting programs, Countrywide verifies the loan
applicant's sources of income (except under the Stated Income Program),
calculates the amount of income from all sources indicated on the loan
application, reviews the credit history of the applicant, calculates the
debt-to-income ratio to determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan,
and reviews the appraisal of the mortgaged property for compliance with
Countrywide's underwriting standards.

     The Simple Doc Program is an alternative documentation program whereby
income is verified using methods other than those employed by FNMA and FHLMC.
Under the Simple Doc Program, acceptable documentation of income consists of six
months' bank statements. In the case of self-employed individuals, acceptable
alternative documentation consists of a profit and loss statement supported by a
record of bank statements. Maximum loan-to-value ratios and maximum loan amounts
are generally lower than those permitted under the Full Doc Program.

     Under the Stated Income Program, the borrower's employment and income
sources must be stated on the borrower's application. The borrower's income as
stated must be reasonable for the related occupation and such determination as
to reasonableness is subject to the loan underwriter's discretion. However, the
borrower's income as stated on the application is not independently verified.
Maximum loan-to-value ratios


                                      S-24



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

are generally lower than those permitted under the Full Doc Program. Except
as otherwise stated above, the same mortgage credit, consumer credit and
collateral related underwriting guidelines apply.

     Under the Full Doc, Simple Doc, and Stated Income Programs, various risk
categories are used to grade the likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the
repayment conditions of the mortgage loan. These risk categories establish the
maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio and loan amount, given the occupancy
status of the mortgaged property and the borrower's credit history and
debt-to-income ratio. In general, higher debt-to-income ratios and more (or more
recent) major derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior
bankruptcies result in a loan being graded in a higher credit risk category.

                           SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

General

     The Master Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the
terms set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer may
perform any of its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement through
one or more subservicers. Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, the
Master Servicer will remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as if the Master Servicer alone were
servicing the Mortgage Loans. [As of the Closing Date, the Master Servicer will
service the Mortgage Loans without subservicing arrangements.]

     The information set forth in the following section through and including
the section captioned "Delinquency Status as of _____________, 199_" has been
provided by [Countrywide]. No representation is made by the Depositor or any of
its affiliates as to the accuracy or completeness of any such information.

The Master Servicer

     [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. ("Countrywide"), a New York corporation and a
subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc., will act as the Master
Servicer of the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Countrywide is engaged primarily in the mortgage banking business, and as such,
originates, purchases, sells and services mortgage loans. Countrywide originates
mortgage loans through a retail branch system and through mortgage loan brokers
and correspondents nationwide. Countrywide's mortgage loans are principally
first-lien, fixed or adjustable rate mortgage loans secured by single-family
residences.

     As of __________, 199_, Countrywide provided servicing for approximately
$__________ million in B&C quality mortgages. As of ___________, 199_,
Countrywide also provided servicing for prime quality mortgage loans with an
aggregate principal balance of approximately $__________ billion, substantially
all of which are being serviced for unaffiliated persons.

     The principal executive offices of Countrywide are located at 155 North
Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its telephone number is (818)
304-8400. Countrywide conducts operations from its headquarters in Pasadena and
from offices throughout the nation.]

Loan Servicing

     Countrywide services substantially all of the mortgage loans it originates
or acquires. Countrywide has established standard policies for the servicing and
collection of B&C quality mortgage loans. Servicing includes, but is not limited
to, collecting and remitting mortgage loan payments, accounting for principal

                                      S-25



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

and interest, holding escrow (impound) funds for payment of taxes and insurance,
making inspections as required of the mortgaged properties, preparation of tax
related information in connection with the mortgage loans, supervision of
delinquent mortgage loans, loss mitigation efforts, foreclosure proceedings and,
if applicable, the disposition of mortgaged properties, and generally
administering the mortgage loans, for which it receives servicing fees.

     Billing statements with respect to B&C mortgage loans are mailed monthly by
Countrywide. The statement details all debits and credits and specifies the
payment due. Notice of changes in the applicable loan rate are provided by
Countrywide to the mortgagor with such statements. All payments are due by the
first day of the month.

Collection Procedures

     When a mortgagor fails to make a payment on a mortgage loan, Countrywide
attempts to cause the deficiency to be cured by corresponding with the
mortgagor. In most cases, deficiencies are cured promptly. Pursuant to
Countrywide's B&C servicing procedures, Countrywide generally mails to the
mortgagor a notice of intent to foreclose after the loan becomes 31 days past
due (two payments due but not received) and, within 60 days thereafter, if the
loan remains delinquent, institutes appropriate legal action to foreclose on the
mortgaged property. Foreclosure proceedings may be terminated if the delinquency
is cured. Mortgage loans to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings may be
restructured in accordance with law and with a view to maximizing recovery of
such loans, including any deficiencies.

     Once foreclosure is initiated by Countrywide, a foreclosure tracking system
is used to monitor the progress of the proceedings. The system includes state
specific parameters to monitor whether proceedings are progressing within the
time frame typical for the state in which the mortgaged property is located.
During the foreclosure proceeding, Countrywide determines the amount of the
foreclosure bid and whether to liquidate the mortgage loan.

     After foreclosure, Countrywide may liquidate the mortgaged property and
charge-off the loan balance which was not recovered through liquidation
proceeds. If foreclosed, the mortgaged property is sold at a public or private
sale and may be purchased by Countrywide.

     Servicing and charge-off policies and collection practices may change over
time in accordance with, among other things, Countrywide's business judgment,
changes in the servicing portfolio and applicable laws and regulations.

Foreclosure and Delinquency Experience

     The following table summarizes the delinquency experience of Countrywide's
B&C quality mortgage loans as of _________, 199_. A mortgage loan is
characterized as delinquent if the borrower has not paid the minimum payment due
by the due date. The table below excludes mortgage loans where the mortgage loan
is in foreclosure or the borrower has filed for bankruptcy. Since Countrywide
only began servicing B&C quality mortgage loans in August 1995, the delinquency
percentages may be affected by the size and relative lack of seasoning of the
servicing portfolio because many of such loans were not outstanding long enough
to give rise to some or all of the periods of delinquency indicated in the chart
below. Accordingly, the information should not be considered as a basis for
assessing the likelihood, amount, or severity of delinquency or losses on the
Mortgage Loans, and no assurances can be given that the foreclosure experience
presented in the second paragraph below the table will be indicative of such
experience on the Mortgage Loans.


                                      S-26



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Delinquency Status as of __________, 199_


                         Dollars         Percent        Units          Percent

         Current         $_________        ____%         ____            ____%

       30-59 Days        $_________        ____%         ____            ____%

       60-89 Days        $_________        ____%         ____            ____%

        90+ Days         $_________        ____%         ____            ____%

          Total          $_________      100.00%         ____          100.00%


     [This table does not include ________ mortgage loans with principal
balances aggregating $_____________ that were sold, but were being serviced on
an interim basis pending transfer of servicing, as of ___________, 199_. As of
the date hereof, servicing with respect to such mortgage loans has been
transferred.]

     Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis. As of _____________,
199_, __________ mortgage loans with an aggregate principal balance of
$______________ were in foreclosure and, there were ___________ loans in
bankruptcy with a combined loan balance of $______________.

     Historically, a variety of factors, including the appreciation of real
estate values, have limited the loss and delinquency experience on B&C quality
mortgage loans. There can be no assurance that factors beyond Countrywide's
control, such as national or local economic conditions or downturn in the real
estate markets of its lending areas, will not result in increased rates of
delinquencies and foreclosure losses in the future.

     [Over the last several years, there has been a general deterioration of the
real estate market and weakening economy in many regions of the country,
including __________. The general deterioration of the real estate market has
been reflected in increases in delinquencies of loans secured by real estate,
slower absorption rates of real estate into the market and lower sales prices
for real estate. The general weakening of the economy has been reflected in
decreases in the financial strength of borrowers and decreases in the value of
collateral serving as security for loans. If the real estate market and economy
continue to decline, Countrywide may experience an increase in delinquencies on
the loans it services and higher net losses on liquidated B&C loans.]

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

     [The Master Servicer will be paid a monthly fee from interest collected
with respect to each Mortgage Loan (as well as from any liquidation proceeds
from a Liquidated Mortgage Loan that are applied to accrued and unpaid interest)
equal to one-twelfth of the Stated Principal Balance thereof multiplied by the
Servicing Fee Rate (such product, the "Servicing Fee"). The Servicing Fee Rate
for each Mortgage Loan will equal ________% per annum. The amount of the monthly
Servicing Fee is subject to adjustment with respect to prepaid Mortgage Loans,
as described herein under "--Adjustment to Master Servicing Fee in Connection
with Certain Prepaid Mortgage Loans." The Master Servicer is also entitled to
receive, as additional servicing compensation, amounts in respect of interest
paid on Principal Prepayments (as defined below) received from the 2nd day
through the 15th day of a month ("Prepayment Interest Excess"), all late payment
fees, assumption fees, prepayment penalties and other similar charges and all
reinvestment income earned on amounts on deposit in the Certificate Account and
Distribution Account. The Master Servicer is obligated

                                      S-27



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


to pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Mortgage Loans and incurred
by the Trustee in connection with its responsibilities under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.]

Adjustment to Master Servicing Fee in Connection with Certain Prepaid Mortgage
Loans

     When a borrower prepays a Mortgage Loan between Due Dates, the borrower is
required to pay interest on the amount prepaid only to the date of prepayment
and not thereafter. Except with respect to the month of the Cut-off Date,
principal prepayments by borrowers received by the Master Servicer from the
first day through the fifteenth day of a calendar month will be distributed to
Certificateholders on the Distribution Date in the same month in which such
prepayments are received and, accordingly, no shortfall in the amount of
interest to be distributed to Certificateholders with respect to the prepaid
Mortgage Loans results. Conversely, principal prepayments by borrowers received
by the Master Servicer from the sixteenth day (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, from the Cut-off Date) through the last day of a calendar
month will be distributed to Certificateholders on the Distribution Date in the
month following the month of receipt and, accordingly, a shortfall in the amount
ofinterest to be distributed to Certificateholders with respect to such prepaid
Mortgage Loans would result. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Master Servicing
Fee for any month will be reduced, but not by more than [one-half] of such
Master Servicing Fee, by an amount sufficient to pass through to
Certificateholders the full amount of interest to which they would be entitled
in respect of each such prepaid Mortgage Loan on the related Distribution Date.
If shortfalls in interest as a result of prepayments in any Prepayment Period
exceed an amount equal to one-half of the Master Servicing Fee otherwise
payable on the related Distribution Date, the amount of interest available to
be distributed to Certificateholders will be reduced by the amount of such
excess. See "Description of the Certificates -- Interest" herein.

Advances

     Subject to the following limitations, the Master Servicer will be required
to advance prior to each Distribution Date, from its own funds or funds in the
Certificate Account that do not constitute Available Funds for such Distribution
Date, an amount equal to the aggregate of payments of principal and interest on
the Mortgage Loans (net of the Master Servicing Fee with respect to the related
Mortgage Loans) which were due on the related Due Date and which were delinquent
on the related Determination Date, together with an amount equivalent to
interest on each Mortgage Loan as to which the related Mortgaged Property has
been acquired by the Trust Fund through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of
foreclosure ("REO Property") (any such advance, an "Advance").

     Advances are intended to maintain a regular flow of scheduled interest and
principal payments on the Certificates rather than to guarantee or insure
against losses. The Master Servicer is obligated to make Advances with respect
to delinquent payments of principal of or interest on each Mortgage Loan to the
extent that such Advances are, in its reasonable judgment, recoverable from
future payments and collections or insurance payments or proceeds of liquidation
of the related Mortgage Loan. If the Master Servicer determines on any
Determination Date to make an Advance, such Advance will be included with the
distribution to Certificateholders on the related Distribution Date. Any failure
by the Master Servicer to make an Advance as required under the Agreement with
respect to the Certificates will constitute an Event of Default thereunder, in
which case the Trustee or the successor master servicer will be obligated to
make any such Advance, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.



                                      S-28



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

General


     The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Agreement. Set forth below
are descriptions of the material terms and provisions pursuant to which the
Certificates will be issued. When particular provisions or terms used in the
Agreement are referred to, the actual provisions (including definitions of
terms) are incorporated by reference.


     The Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 199_ - __ will consist of
the Class A-__, Class ______, Class PO, Class X and Class A-R Certificates
(collectively, the "Senior Certificates") and the Class B-__, Class ______ and
Class ______ Certificates (collectively, the "Subordinated Certificates"). The
Senior Certificates and Subordinated Certificates are collectively referred to
herein as the "Certificates." Only the Classes of Certificates listed on the
cover page hereof (collectively, the "Offered Certificates") are offered hereby.
The Classes of Offered Certificates will have the respective initial Class
Certificate Balances or initial Notional Amounts (subject to the permitted
variance) and Pass-Through Rates set forth or described on the cover hereof.
 
     The Class Certificate Balance of any Class of Certificates as of any
Distribution Date is the initial Class Certificate Balance thereof (A) reduced
by the sum of (i) all amounts previously distributed to holders of Certificates
of such Class as payments of principal, (ii) the amount of Realized Losses
(including Excess Losses) allocated to such Class and (iii) in the case of any
Class of Subordinated Certificates, any amounts allocated to such Class in
reduction of its Class Certificate Balance in respect of payments of Class PO
Deferred Amounts, as described below under " -- Allocation of Losses". In
addition, the Class Certificate Balance of the Class of Subordinated
Certificates then outstanding with the highest numerical Class designation will
be reduced if and to the extent that the aggregate of the Class Certificate
Balances of all Classes of Certificates, following all distributions and the
allocation of Realized Losses on a Distribution Date, exceeds the Pool Principal
Balance as of the Due Date occurring in the month of such Distribution Date. The
Notional Amount Certificates do not have principal balances and are not entitled
to any distributions in respect of principal of the Mortgage Loans.


     The Notional Amount of the Class X Certificates for any Distribution Date
will be equal to the aggregate of the Stated Principal Balances of the
Non-Discount Mortgage Loans with respect to such Distribution Date. A
"Non-Discount Mortgage Loan" is any Mortgage Loan with a Net Mortgage Rate equal
to or greater than __%. The initial Notional Amount of the Class X Certificates
will be equal to the aggregate of the Stated Principal Balance of the
Non-Discount Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date.


     The Senior Certificates will have an initial aggregate principal balance of
approximately $__________ and will evidence in the aggregate an initial
beneficial ownership interest of approximately ______% in the Trust Fund. The
Class B-__, Class B-__, Class B-__, Class B-__, Class B-__ and Class B-__
Certificates will each evidence in the aggregate an initial beneficial ownership
interest of approximately ___%, ___%, ___%, ___%, ___%, and ___%, respectively,
in the Trust Fund.

     The Book-Entry Certificates will be issuable in book-entry form only. The
Physical Certificates will be issued in fully registered certificated form. The
Physical Certificates (other than Class A-R Certificates) offered hereby will be
issued in minimum dollar denominations of $25,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. A single Certificate of each such Class may be issued
in an amount different than described above. The Class A-R Certificates will be
issued as a single Certificate in a denomination of $1,000.



                                      S-29



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Book-Entry Certificates

     Each Class of Book-Entry Certificates will be issued in one or more
certificates which equal the aggregate initial Class Certificate Balance of each
such Class of Certificates and which will be held by a nominee of The Depository
Trust Company (together with any successor depository selected by the Depositor,
the "Depository"). Beneficial interests in the Book-Entry Certificates will be
held indirectly by investors through the book-entry facilities of the
Depository, as described herein. Investors may hold such beneficial interests in
the Book-Entry Certificates in minimum denominations representing an original
principal amount of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
One investor of each Class of Book-Entry Certificates may hold a beneficial
interest therein that is not an integral multiple of $1,000. The Depositor has
been informed by the Depository that its nominee will be CEDE & Co. ("CEDE").
Accordingly, CEDE is expected to be the holder of record of the Book-Entry
Certificates. Except as described in the Prospectus under "Description of the
Certificates -- Book-Entry Certificates," no person acquiring a Book-Entry
Certificate (each, a "beneficial owner") will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate representing such Certificate (a "Definitive Certificate").

     Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, it is anticipated that
the only "Certificateholder" of the Book-Entry Certificates will be CEDE, as
nominee of the Depository. Beneficial owners of theBook-Entry Certificates will
not be Certificateholders, as that term is used in the Agreement. Beneficial
owners are only permitted to exercise the rights of Certificateholders
indirectly through Financial Intermediaries and the Depository. Monthly and
annual reports on the Trust Fund provided to CEDE, as nominee of the Depository,
may be made available to beneficial owners upon request, in accordance with the
rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting the Depository, and to
the Financial Intermediaries to whose Depository accounts the Book-Entry
Certificates of such beneficial owners are credited.

     For a description of the procedures generally applicable to the Book-Entry
Certificates, see "Description of the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration of
Securities" in the Prospectus.

Payments on Mortgage Loans; Accounts


     On or prior to the Closing Date, the Master Servicer will establish an
account (the "Certificate Account"), which will be maintained in trust for the
benefit of the Certificateholders. Funds credited to the Certificate Account may
be invested for the benefit and at the risk of the Master Servicer in Permitted
Investments that are scheduled to mature on or prior to the business day
preceding the next Distribution Date. On or prior to the business day
immediately preceding each Distribution Date, the Master Servicer will withdraw
from the Certificate Account the amount of Available Funds and will deposit such
Available Funds in an account established and maintained with the Trustee on
behalf of the Certificateholders (the "Distribution Account").

     "Permitted Investments" will be specified in the Agreement and will be
limited to (i) obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, provided
such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States;
(ii) general obligations of or obligations guaranteed by any state of the United
States or the District of Columbia receiving the highest long-term debt rating
of each Rating Agency rating the Certificates, or such lower rating as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to the
Certificates by each such Rating Agency; (iii) commercial or finance company
paper (including, without limitation, commercial paper issued by Countrywide
Home Loans, Inc. or any of its affiliates) which is then receiving the highest
commercial or finance company paper



                                      S-30



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


rating of each such Rating Agency, or such lower rating as will not result
in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to the
Certificates by each such Rating Agency; (iv) certificates of deposit, demand
or time deposits, or bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution
or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any
state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or
state banking authorities, provided that the commercial paper and/or long-term
unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company
(or in the case of the principal depository institution in a holding
company system, the commercial paper or long-term unsecured debt obligations
of such holding company, but only if Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's") is not a Rating Agency) are then rated one of the two highest
long-term and the highest short-term ratings of each such Rating Agency for such
securities, or such lower ratings as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating
Agency; (iv) demand or time deposits or certificates of deposit issued by any
bank or trust company or savings institution to the extent that such deposits
are fully insured by the FDIC; (v) guaranteed reinvestment agreements issued
by any bank, insurance company or other corporation containing, at the time
of the issuance of such agreements, such terms and conditions as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the
Certificates by any such Rating Agency; (vi) repurchase obligations with
respect to any security described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in either
case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as
principal) described in clause (iv) above; (vii) securities (other than
stripped bonds, stripped coupons or instruments sold at a purchase price in
excess of 115% of the face amount thereof) bearing interest or sold at a 
discountissued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United
States or any state thereof which, at the time of such investment, have one of
the two highest ratings of each Rating Agency (except if the Rating Agency is
Moody's, such rating shall be the highest commercial paper rating of Moody's for
any such securities), or such lower rating as will not result in the downgrading
or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating
Agency, as evidenced by a signed writing delivered by each such Rating Agency;
and (viii) such other investments having a specified stated maturity and bearing
interest or sold at a discount acceptable to each Rating Agency as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the
Certificates by any such Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed writing
delivered by each such Rating Agency; provided that no such instrument shall be
a Permitted Investment if such instrument evidences the right to receive
interest only payments with respect to the obligations underlying such
instrument.


Distributions

     Distributions on the Certificates will be made by the Trustee on the __th
day of each month, or if such day is not a business day, on the first business
day thereafter, commencing in ________ 199_ (each, a "Distribution Date"), to
the persons in whose names such Certificates are registered at the close of
business on the last business day of the month preceding the month of such
Distribution Date (the "Record Date").

     Distributions on each Distribution Date will be made by check mailed to the
address of the person entitled thereto as it appears on the applicable
certificate register or, in the case of a Certificateholder who holds 100% of a
Class of Certificates or who holds Certificates with an aggregate initial
Certificate Balance of $1,000,000 or more or who holds an Interest Only
Certificate and who has so notified the Trustee in writing in accordance with
the Agreement, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account of
such Certificateholder at a bank or other depository institution having
appropriate wire transfer facilities; provided, however, that the final
distribution in retirement of the Certificates will be made only upon
presentment and surrender of such Certificates at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee.

Priority of Distributions Among Certificates




                                      S-31



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     As more fully described under "Description of the Certificates--Interest",
"--Principal" and "--Allocation of Losses" herein, distributions will be made on
each Distribution Date from Available Funds in the following order of priority:
(i) to interest on each interest bearing Class of Senior Certificates; (ii) to
principal on the Classes of Senior Certificates then entitled to receive
distributions of principal, in the order and subject to the priorities set forth
herein under " -- Principal," in each case in an aggregate amount up to the
maximum amount of principal to be distributed on such Classes on such
Distribution Date; (iii) to any Class PO Deferred Amounts with respect to the
Class PO Certificates, but only from amounts that would otherwise be distributed
on such Distribution Date as principal of the Subordinated Certificates; and
(iv) to interest on and then principal of each Class of Subordinated
Certificates, in the order of their numerical Class designations, beginning with
the Class _____ Certificates, in each case subject to the limitations set forth
herein under "Description of the Certificates -- Principal."

     "Available Funds" with respect to any Distribution Date will be equal to
the sum of (i) all scheduled installments of interest (net of the related
Expense Fees) and principal due on the Due Date in the month in which such
Distribution Date occurs and received prior to the related Determination Date,
together with any Advances in respect thereof; (ii) all proceeds of any primary
mortgage guaranty insurance policies and any other insurance policies with
respect to the Mortgage Loans, to the extent such proceeds are not applied to
the restoration of the related Mortgaged Property or released to the Mortgagor
in accordance with the Master Servicer's normal servicing procedures
(collectively, "Insurance Proceeds") and all other cash amounts received and
retained in connection with the liquidation of defaulted Mortgage Loans, by
foreclosure or otherwise ("Liquidation Proceeds") during the calendar month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date (in each case, net of unreimbursed
expenses incurred in connection with a liquidation or foreclosure and
unreimbursed Advances, if any); (iii) all partial or full prepayments received
during the month preceding the month of such Distribution Date; and (iv) amounts
received with respect to such Distribution Date as the Substitution Adjustment
Amount or purchase price in respect of a Deleted Mortgage Loan or a Mortgage
Loan repurchased by the Seller or the Master Servicer as of such Distribution
Date, reduced by amounts in reimbursement for Advances previously made and other
amounts as to which the Master Servicer is entitled to be reimbursed from the
Certificate Account pursuant to the Agreement.


     With respect to any Distribution Date, the Class PO Deferred Amount is the
aggregate of the applicable PO Percentage of each Realized Loss, other than any
Excess Loss, to be allocated to the Class PO Certificates on such Distribution
Date on or prior to the Senior Credit Support Depletion Date or previously
allocated to the Class PO Certificates and not yet paid to the holders of the
Class PO Certificates.


Interest

     The Classes of Offered Certificates will have the respective Pass-Through
Rates set forth or described on the cover hereof.


     The Pass-Through Rate for the Class X Certificates for any Distribution
Date will be equal to the excess of (a) the average of the Net Mortgage Rates of
the Non-Discount Mortgage Loans, weighted on the basis of the Stated Principal
Balances thereof, over (b) ___% per annum. The Pass-Through Rate for the Class X
Certificates for the first Distribution Date is expected to be approximately
___% per annum. The Net Mortgage Rate for each Mortgage Loan is the interest
rate thereon (the "Mortgage Rate") less the Expense Fee Rate for such Mortgage
Loan.


     On each Distribution Date, to the extent of funds available therefor, each
interest bearing Class of Certificates will be entitled to receive an amount
allocable to interest (as to each such Class, the "Interest


                                      S-32



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Distribution Amount") with respect to the related Interest Accrual Period. The
Interest Distribution Amount for any interest bearing Class will be equal to the
sum of (i) interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rate on the related Class
Certificate Balance or Notional Amount, as the case may be, and (ii) the sum of
the amounts, if any, by which the amount described in clause (i) above on each
prior Distribution Date exceeded the amount actually distributed as interest on
such prior Distribution Dates and not subsequently distributed ("Unpaid Interest
Amounts"). The Class PO Certificates are Principal Only Certificates and will
not bear interest.

     With respect to each Distribution Date, the "Interest Accrual Period" for
each interest bearing Class of Certificates will be the calendar month preceding
the month of such Distribution Date.


     The interest entitlement described above for each Class of Certificates for
any Distribution Date will be reduced by the amount of "Net Interest Shortfalls"
for such Distribution Date. With respect to any Distribution Date, the "Net
Interest Shortfall" is equal to (i) the amount of interest that would otherwise
have been received with respect to any Mortgage Loan that was the subject of (x)
a Relief Act Reduction or (y) a Special Hazard Loss, Fraud Loss, Debt Service
Reduction or Deficient Valuation, after the exhaustion of the respective amounts
of coverage provided by the Subordinated Certificates for such types of losses
and (ii) any Net Prepayment Interest Shortfalls with respect to such
Distribution Date. A "Relief Act Reduction" is a reduction in the amount of
monthly interest payment on a Mortgage Loan pursuant to the Soldiers' and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans --
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act" in the Prospectus. With respect to any
Distribution Date, a "Net Prepayment Interest Shortfall" is the amount by which
the aggregate of Prepayment Interest Shortfalls during the calendar month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date exceeds the aggregate amount
payable on such Distribution Date by the Master Servicer as described under
"Servicing of Mortgage Loans -- Adjustment to Master Servicing Fee in Connection
with Certain Prepaid Mortgage Loans." A "Prepayment Interest Shortfall" is the
amount by which interest paid by a borrower in connection with a prepayment of
principal on a Mortgage Loan is less than one month's interest at the related
Mortgage Rate on the Stated Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan. Each Class'
pro rata share of such Net Interest Shortfalls will be based on the amount of
interest such Class otherwise would have been entitled to receive on such
Distribution Date.

     Accrued interest to be distributed on any Distribution Date will be
calculated, in the case of each interest bearing Class of Certificates, on the
basis of the related Class Certificate Balance or Notional Amount, as
applicable, immediately prior to such Distribution Date. Interest will be
calculated and payable on the basis of a 360-day year divided into twelve 30-day
months.

     In the event that, on a particular Distribution Date, Available Funds in
the Certificate Account applied in the order described above under " -- Priority
of Distributions Among Certificates" are not sufficient to make a full
distribution of the interest entitlement on the Certificates, interest will be
distributed on each Class of Certificates of equal priority based on the amount
of interest each such Class would otherwise have been entitled to receive in the
absence of such shortfall. Any Unpaid Interest Amount will be carried forward
and added to the amount holders of each such Class of Certificates will be
entitled to receive on the next Distribution Date. Such a shortfall could occur,
for example, if losses realized on the Mortgage Loans were exceptionally high or
were concentrated in a particular month. Any Unpaid Interest Amount so carried
forward will not bear interest.

Principal

     General. All payments and other amounts received in respect of principal of
the Mortgage Loans will be allocated between (i) the Senior Certificates (other
than the Notional Amount Certificates and the Class

                                      S-33



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

PO Certificates) and the Subordinated Certificates and (ii) the Class PO
Certificates, in each case based on the applicable Non-PO Percentage and
the applicable PO Percentage, respectively, of such amounts.


     The Non-PO Percentage with respect to any Mortgage Loan with a Net Mortgage
Rate ("NMR") less than ___% (each such Mortgage Loan, a "Discount Mortgage
Loan") will be equal to NMR / ___%. The Non-PO Percentage with respect to any
Non-Discount Mortgage Loan will be 100%. The PO Percentage with respect to any
Discount Mortgage Loan will be equal to (___% - NMR) / ___%. The PO Percentage
with respect to any Non-Discount Mortgage Loan will be 0%.


     Non-PO Formula Principal Amount. On each Distribution Date, the Non-PO
Formula Principal Amount will be distributed as principal of the Senior
Certificates (other than the Notional Amount Certificates and the Class
PO Certificates) and the Subordinated Certificates, to the extent of the
amount available from Available Funds for the distribution of principal on
such respective Classes, as described below.

     The Non-PO Formula Principal Amount for any Distribution Date will equal
the sum of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of (a) all monthly payments of
principal due on each Mortgage Loan on the related Due Date, (b) the principal
portion of the purchase price of each Mortgage Loan that was repurchased by the
Seller or another person pursuant to the Agreement as of such Distribution Date,
(c) the Substitution Adjustment Amount in connection with any Deleted Mortgage
Loan received with respect to such Distribution Date, (d) any Insurance Proceeds
or Liquidation Proceeds allocable to recoveries of principal of Mortgage Loans
that are not yet Liquidated Mortgage Loans received during the calendar month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date, (e) with respect to each Mortgage
Loan that became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan during the calendar month preceding
the month of such Distribution Date, the amount of the Liquidation Proceeds
allocable to principal received with respect to such Mortgage Loan and (f) all
partial and full principal prepayments by borrowers received during the related
Prepayment Period.

     Senior Principal Distribution Amount. On each Distribution Date prior to
the Senior Credit Support Depletion Date, the Non-PO Formula Principal Amount,
up to the amount of the Senior Principal Distribution Amount for such
Distribution Date, will be distributed as principal of the following Classes of
Senior Certificates in the following order of priority:

          (i) to the Class A-R Certificates until the Class Certificate Balance
     thereof has been reduced to zero;

          (ii) concurrently, to the Class _____ and Class _____ Certificates,
     pro rata based on their respective Class Certificate Balances, until the
     Class _____ Certificate Balances thereof have been reduced to zero;

          (iii) sequentially, to the Class _____ and Class _____ Certificates,
     in that order, until the respective Class Certificate Balances thereof have
     been reduced to zero;

          (iv) sequentially, to the Class _____ and Class _____ Certificates, in
     that order, until the respective Class Certificate Balances thereof have
     been reduced to zero; and

          (v) to the Class _____ Certificates until the Class Certificate
     Balance thereof has been reduced to zero.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Distribution Date on and after the
Senior Credit Support Depletion Date, the Non-PO Formula Principal Amount will
be distributed, concurrently as principal of the Classes of Senior Certificates
(other than the Notional Amount Certificates and the Class PO Certificates), pro
rata, in accordance with their respective Class Certificate Balances immediately
prior to such Distribution Date.


                                      S-34



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     The Senior Credit Support Depletion Date is the date on which the Class
Certificate Balance of each Class of Subordinated Certificates has been reduced
to zero.

     The Senior Principal Distribution Amount for any Distribution Date will
equal the sum of (i) the Senior Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage
of all amounts described in clauses (a) through (d) of the definition of "Non-PO
Formula Principal Amount" for such Distribution Date, (ii) with respect to each
Mortgage Loan that became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan during the calendar month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date, the lesser of (x) the Senior
Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of the Stated Principal Balance
of such Mortgage Loan and (y) either (A) the Senior Prepayment Percentage or (B)
if an Excess Loss was sustained with respect to such Liquidated Mortgage Loan
during such preceding calendar month, the Senior Percentage of the applicable
Non-PO Percentage of the amount of the Liquidation Proceeds allocable to
principal received with respect to such Mortgage Loan, and (iii) the Senior
Prepayment Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of amounts described
in clause (f) of the definition of "Non-PO Formula Principal Amount" for such
Distribution Date; provided, however, that if a Bankruptcy Loss that is an
Excess Loss is sustained with respect to a Mortgage Loan that is not a
Liquidated Mortgage Loan, the Senior Principal Distribution Amount will be
reduced on the related Distribution Date by the Senior Percentage of the
applicable Non-PO Percentage of the principal portion of such Bankruptcy Loss.

     "Stated Principal Balance" means as to any Mortgage Loan and Due Date, the
unpaid principal balance of such Mortgage Loan as of such Due Date, as specified
in the amortization schedule at the time relating thereto (before any adjustment
to such amortization schedule by reason of any moratorium or similar waiver or
grace period), after giving effect to any previous partial prepayments and
Liquidation Proceeds received and to the payment of principal due on such Due
Date and irrespective of any delinquency in payment by the related Mortgagor.
The Pool Principal Balance with respect to any Distribution Date equals the
aggregate of the Stated Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans outstanding on
the Due Date in the month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     The Senior Percentage for any Distribution Date is the percentage
equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate of the Class
Certificate Balances of each Class of Senior Certificates (other than the Class
PO Certificates) immediately prior to such date and the denominator of which is
the aggregate of the Class Certificate Balances of all Classes of Certificates,
other than the Class PO Certificates, immediately prior to such date.

     The Senior Prepayment Percentage for any Distribution Date occurring during
the ____ years beginning on the first Distribution Date will equal 100%.
Thereafter, the Senior Prepayment Percentage will, except as described below, be
subject to gradual reduction as described in the following paragraph. This
disproportionate allocation of certain unscheduled payments in respect of
principal will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of the Senior
Certificates which receive these unscheduled payments of principal (other than
the Class PO Certificates) while, in the absence of Realized Losses, increasing
the interest in the Pool Principal Balance evidenced by the Subordinated
Certificates. Increasing the respective interest of the Subordinated
Certificates relative to that of the Senior Certificates is intended to preserve
the availability of the subordination provided by the Subordinated Certificates.

     The Senior Prepayment Percentage for any Distribution Date occurring on or
after the _____ anniversary of the first Distribution Date will be as follows:
for any Distribution Date in the _____ year thereafter, the Senior Percentage
plus __% of the Subordinated Percentage for such Distribution Date; for any
Distribution Date in the ______ year thereafter, the Senior Percentage plus __%
of the Subordinated Percentage for such Distribution Date; for any Distribution
Date in the _____ year thereafter, the Senior Percentage plus __% of the
Subordinated Percentage for such Distribution Date; for any Distribution Date in
the ______ year thereafter, the Senior Percentage plus __% of the Subordinated
Percentage for such Distribution Date; and


                                      S-35



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

for any Distribution Date thereafter, the Senior Percentage for such
Distribution Date (unless on any of the foregoing Distribution Dates the
Senior Percentage exceeds the initial Senior Percentage, in which case the
Senior Prepayment Percentage for such Distribution Date will once again equal
100%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no decrease in the Senior Prepayment
Percentage will occur if (i) the outstanding principal balance of all Mortgage
Loans delinquent __ days or more (averaged over the preceding _________
period), as a percentage of the aggregate principal balance of the Subordinated
Certificates (averaged over the preceding _________ period), is equal to or
greater than __%, or (ii) cumulative Realized Losses with respect to the
Mortgage Loans exceed (a) with respect to the Distribution Date on the _____
anniversary of the first Distribution Date, __% of the aggregate of the
principal balances of the Subordinated Certificates as of the Cut-off Date (the
"Original Subordinated Principal Balance"), (b) with respect to the Distribution
Date on the ____ anniversary of the first Distribution Date, __% of the Original
Subordinated Principal Balance, (c) with respect to the Distribution Date on the
_______ anniversary of the first Distribution Date, __% of the Original
Subordinated Principal Balance, (d) with respect to the Distribution Date on the
______ anniversary of the first Distribution Date, __% of the Original
Subordinated Principal Balance, and (e) with respect to the Distribution Date on
the _____ anniversary of the first Distribution Date, __% of the Original
Subordinated Principal Balance. The Subordinated Prepayment Percentage as of any
Distribution Date will be calculated as the difference between 100% and the
Senior Prepayment Percentage for such date.

     If on any Distribution Date the allocation to the Class of Senior
Certificates then entitled to distributions of principal of full and partial
principal prepayments and other amounts in the percentage required above would
reduce the outstanding Class Certificate Balance of such Class below zero, the
distribution to such Class of Certificates of the Senior Prepayment Percentage
of such amounts for such Distribution Date will be limited to the percentage
necessary to reduce the related Class Certificate Balance to zero.

     Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount. On each Distribution Date, to
the extent of Available Funds therefor, the Non-PO Formula Principal Amount, up
to the amount of the Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount for such
Distribution Date, will be distributed as principal of the Subordinated
Certificates. Except as provided in the next paragraph, each Class of
Subordinated Certificates will be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the
Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount (based on its respective Class
Certificate Balance), in each case to the extent of the amount available from
Available Funds for distribution of principal. Distributions of principal of the
Subordinated Certificates will be made sequentially to the Classes of
Subordinated Certificates in the order of their numerical Class designations,
beginning with the Class ___ Certificates, until the respective Class
Certificate Balances thereof are reduced to zero. The Subordinated Percentage
for any Distribution Date will be calculated as the difference between 100% and
the Senior Percentage.

     With respect to each Class of Subordinated Certificates, if on any
Distribution Date the sum of the related Class Subordination Percentages of such
Class and all Classes of Subordinated Certificates which have higher numerical
Class designations than such Class (the "Applicable Credit Support Percentage")
is less than the Applicable Credit Support Percentage for such Class on the date
of issuance of the Certificates (the "Original Applicable Credit Support
Percentage"), no distribution of partial principal prepayments and principal
prepayments in full will be made to any such Classes (the "Restricted Classes")
and the amount of partial principal prepayments and principal prepayments in
full otherwise distributable to the Restricted Classes will be allocated among
the remaining Classes of Subordinated Certificates, pro rata, based upon their
respective Class Certificate Balances, and distributed in the sequential order
described above.

     The Class Subordination Percentage with respect to any Distribution Date
and each Class of Subordinated Certificates, will equal the fraction (expressed
as a percentage) the numerator of which is the Class Certificate Balance of such
Class of Subordinated Certificates immediately prior to such Distribution Date


                                      S-36



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

and the denominator of which is the aggregate of the Class Certificate Balances
of all Classes of Certificates immediately prior to such Distribution Date.

     The approximate Original Applicable Credit Support Percentages for the
Subordinated Certificates on the date of issuance of the Certificates are
expected to be as follows:

         Class .......................................................     %
         Class .......................................................     %
         Class .......................................................     %
         Class .......................................................     %
         Class .......................................................     %
         Class .......................................................     %

     The Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount for any Distribution Date
will equal (A) the sum of (i) the Subordinated Percentage of the applicable
Non-PO Percentage of all amounts described in clauses (a) through (d) of the
definition of "Non-PO Formula Principal Amount" for such Distribution Date, (ii)
with respect to each Mortgage Loan that became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan during
the calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution Date, the applicable
Non-PO Percentage of the Liquidation Proceeds allocable to principal received
with respect to such Mortgage Loan, after application of such amounts pursuant
to clause (ii) of the definition of Senior Principal Distribution Amount, up to
the Subordinated Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of the Stated
Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan and (iii) the Subordinated Prepayment
Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of the amounts described in
clause (f) of the definition of "Non-PO Formula Principal Amount" for such
Distribution Date reduced by (B) the amount of any payments in respect of Class
PO Deferred Amounts on the related Distribution Date.

     Residual Certificates. The Class A-R Certificates will remain outstanding
for so long as the Trust Fund shall exist, whether or not they are receiving
current distributions of principal or interest. In addition to distributions of
interest and principal as described above, on each Distribution Date, the
holders of the Class A-R Certificates will be entitled to receive any Available
Funds remaining after payment of interest and principal on the Senior
Certificates and Class PO Deferred Amounts on the Class PO Certificates and
interest and principal on the Subordinated Certificates, as described above. It
is not anticipated that there will be any significant amounts remaining for any
such distribution.

     Class PO Principal Distribution Amount. On each Distribution Date,
distributions of principal of the Class PO Certificates will be made in an
amount (the "Class PO Principal Distribution Amount") equal to the lesser of (x)
the PO Formula Principal Amount for such Distribution Date and (y) the product
of (i) Available Funds remaining after distribution of interest on the Senior
Certificates and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the PO Formula
Principal Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the PO Formula
Principal Amount and the Senior Principal Distribution Amount.

     If the Class PO Principal Distribution Amount on a Distribution Date is
calculated as provided in clause (y) above, principal distributions to holders
of the Senior Certificates (other than the Class PO Certificates) will be in an
amount equal to the product of (i) Available Funds remaining after distribution
of interest on the Senior Certificates and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Senior Principal Distribution Amount and the denominator of which
is the sum of the Senior Principal Distribution Amount and the PO Formula
Principal Amount.


                                      S-37



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The PO Formula Principal Amount for any Distribution Date will equal the
sum of the applicable PO Percentage of (a) all monthly payments of principal due
on each Mortgage Loan on the related Due Date, (b) the principal portion of the
purchase price of each Mortgage Loan that was repurchased by the Seller or
another person pursuant to the Agreement as of such Distribution Date, (c) the
Substitution Adjustment Amount in connection with any Deleted Mortgage Loan
received with respect to such Distribution Date, (d) any Insurance Proceeds or
Liquidation Proceeds allocable to recoveries of principal of Mortgage Loans that
are not yet Liquidated Mortgage Loans received during the calendar month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date, (e) with respect to each Mortgage
Loan that became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan during the calendar month preceding
the month of such Distribution Date, the amount of Liquidation Proceeds
allocable to principal received with respect to such Mortgage Loan and (f) all
partial and full principal prepayments by borrowers received during the related
Prepayment Period; provided, however, that if a Bankruptcy Loss that is an
Excess Loss is sustained with respect to a Discount Mortgage Loan that is
not a Liquidated Mortgage Loan, the PO Formula Principal Amount will be reduced
on the related Distribution Date by the applicable PO Percentage of the
principal portion of such Bankruptcy Loss.

Allocation of Losses

     On each Distribution Date, the applicable PO Percentage of any Realized
Loss, including any Excess Loss, on a Discount Mortgage Loan will be allocated
to the Class PO Certificates until the Class Certificate Balance thereof is
reduced to zero. The amount of any such Realized Loss, other than an Excess
Loss, allocated on or prior to the Senior Credit Support Depletion Date will be
treated as a Class PO Deferred Amount. To the extent funds are available on such
Distribution Date or on any future Distribution Date from amounts that would
otherwise be allocable to the Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount, Class
PO Deferred Amounts will be paid on the Class PO Certificates prior to
distributions of principal on the Subordinated Certificates. Any distribution of
Available Funds in respect of unpaid Class PO Deferred Amounts will not further
reduce the Class Certificate Balance of the Class PO Certificates. The Class PO
Deferred Amounts will not bear interest. The Class Certificate Balance of the
Class of Subordinated Certificates then outstanding with the highest numerical
Class designation will be reduced by the amount of any payments in respect of
Class PO Deferred Amounts. After the Senior Credit Support Depletion Date, no
new Class PO Deferred Amounts will be created.

     On each Distribution Date, the applicable Non-PO Percentage of any Realized
Loss, other than any Excess Loss, will be allocated first to the Subordinated
Certificates, in the reverse order of their numerical Class designations
(beginning with the Class of Subordinated Certificates then outstanding with the
highest numerical Class designation), in each case until the Class Certificate
Balance of the respective Class of Certificates has been reduced to zero, and
then to the Senior Certificates (other than the Notional Amount Certificates and
the Class PO Certificates) pro rata, based upon their respective Class
Certificate Balances.

     On each Distribution Date, the applicable Non-PO Percentage of Excess
Losses will be allocated pro rata among the Classes of Senior Certificates
(other than the Notional Amount Certificates and the Class PO Certificates) and
the Subordinated Certificates based upon their respective Class Certificate
Balances.

     Because principal distributions are paid to certain Classes of Certificates
(other than the Class PO Certificates) before other Classes of Certificates,
holders of such Certificates that are entitled to receive principal later bear a
greater risk of being allocated Realized Losses on the Mortgage Loans than
holders of Classes that are entitled to receive principal earlier.

     Realized Losses allocated to a Class of Certificates comprised of multiple
payment Components will be allocated pro rata among the Components of such Class
of Certificates based on their respective Component Balances.


                                      S-38



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     In general, a "Realized Loss" means, with respect to a Liquidated Mortgage
Loan, the amount by which the remaining unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage
Loan exceeds the amount of Liquidation Proceeds applied to the principal balance
of the related Mortgage Loan. "Excess Losses" are (i) Special Hazard Losses in
excess of the Special Hazard Loss Coverage Amount, (ii) Bankruptcy Losses in
excess of the Bankruptcy Loss Coverage Amount and (iii) Fraud Losses in excess
of the Fraud Loss Coverage Amount. "Bankruptcy Losses" are losses that are
incurred as a result of Debt Service Reductions and Deficient Valuations.
"Special Hazard Losses" are Realized Losses in respect of Special Hazard
Mortgage Loans. "Fraud Losses" are losses sustained on a Liquidated Mortgage
Loan by reason of a default arising from fraud, dishonesty or misrepresentation.
See "Credit Enhancement -- Subordination of Certain Classes" herein.


     A "Liquidated Mortgage Loan" is a defaulted Mortgage Loan as to which the
Master Servicer has determined that all recoverable liquidation and insurance
proceeds have been received. A "Special Hazard Mortgage Loan" is a Liquidated
Mortgage Loan as to which the ability to recover the full amount due thereunder
was substantially impaired by a hazard not insured against under a standard
hazard insurance policy of the type described in the Prospectus under "Credit
Enhancement -- Special Hazard Insurance Policies." See "Credit Enhancement --
Subordination of Certain Classes" herein.

Structuring Assumptions

     Unless otherwise specified, the information in the tables in this
Prospectus Supplement has been prepared on the basis of the following assumed
characteristics of the Mortgage Loans and the following additional assumptions
(collectively, the "Structuring Assumptions"): (i) the Mortgage Pool consists of
Mortgage Loans with the following characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Original Term to     Remaining Term to
Principal Balance  Mortgage Rate    Net Mortgage Rate   Maturity (in months) Maturity (in months)  Loan Age
- -----------------  --------------   -----------------   -------------------  -------------------  -----------
<S>                 <C>               <C>                 <C>                  <C>                 <C>
$                             %                   %
$                             %                   %
</TABLE>



(ii) the Mortgage Loans prepay at the specified constant percentages of SPA,
(iii) no defaults in the payment by Mortgagors of principal of and interest on
the Mortgage Loans are experienced, (iv) scheduled payments on the Mortgage
Loans are received on the first day of each month commencing in the calendar
month following the Closing Date and are computed prior to giving effect to
prepayments received on the last day of the prior month, (v) prepayments are
allocated as described herein without giving effect to loss and delinquency
tests, (vi) there are no Net Interest Shortfalls and prepayments represent
prepayments in full of individual Mortgage Loans and are received on the last
day of each month, commencing in the calendar month of the Closing Date, (vii)
the scheduled monthly payment for each Mortgage Loan has been calculated such
that each Mortgage Loan will amortize in amounts sufficient to repay the current
balance of such Mortgage Loan by its respective remaining term to maturity,
(viii) the initial Class Certificate Balance or Notional Amount, as applicable,
of each Class of Certificates is as set forth on the cover page hereof and under
"Summary of Terms -- Certificates other than the Offered Certificates", (ix)
interest accrues on each interest bearing Class of Certificates at the
applicable interest rate set forth or described on the cover hereof and as
described under "Description of the Certificates--Interest" herein, (x)
distributions in respect of the Certificates are received in cash on the day of
each month commencing in the calendar month following the Closing Date, (xi) the
closing date of the sale of the Offered Certificates is the date set forth under
"Summary of Terms -- Closing Date," (xii) the Seller is not required to
repurchase or substitute for any Mortgage Loan, (xiii) the Master Servicer does
not exercise the option to repurchase the Mortgage Loans


                                      S-39



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

described herein under " -- Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loans" and
" -- Optional Termination" and (xiv) no Class of Certificates becomes a
Restricted Class. While it is assumed that each of the Mortgage Loans prepays
at the specified constant percentages of SPA, this is not likely to be the case.
Moreover, discrepancies may exist between the characteristics of the actual
Mortgage Loans which will be delivered to the Trustee and characteristics of the
Mortgage Loans used in preparing the tables herein.

     Prepayments of mortgage loans commonly are measured relative to a
prepayment standard or model. The model used in this Prospectus Supplement is
the Standard Prepayment Assumption ("SPA"), which represents an assumed rate of
prepayment each month of the then outstanding principal balance of a pool of new
mortgage loans. SPA does not purport to be either a historical description of
the prepayment experience of any pool of mortgage loans or a prediction of the
anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of mortgage loans, including the
Mortgage Loans. 100% SPA assumes prepayment rates of 0.2% per annum of the
then unpaid principal balance of such pool of mortgage loans in the first
month of the life of such mortgage loans and an additional 0.2% per annum
in each month thereafter (for example, 0.4% per annum in the second month)
until the 30th month. Beginning in the 30th month and in each month thereafter
during the life of such mortgage loans, 100% SPA assumes a constant prepayment
rate of 6% per annum. Multiples may be calculated from this prepayment rate
sequence. For example, ___% SPA assumes prepayment rates will be ___% per annum
in month one, ___% per annum in month two, and increasing by ___% in each
succeeding month until reaching a rate of ___% per annum in month 30 and
remaining constant at ___% per annum thereafter. 0% SPA assumes no prepayments.
There is no assurance that prepayments will occur at any SPA rate or at any
other constant rate.

Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loans

     The Master Servicer may, at its option, purchase from the Trust Fund any
Mortgage Loan which is delinquent in payment by 91 days or more. Any such
purchase shall be at a price equal to 100% of the Stated Principal Balance of
such Mortgage Loan plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable Mortgage Rate
from the date through which interest was last paid by the related mortgagor or
advanced (and not reimbursed) to the first day of the month in which such amount
is to be distributed.

Optional Termination

     The Master Servicer will have the right to repurchase all remaining
Mortgage Loans and REO Properties in the Mortgage Pool and thereby effect early
retirement of the Certificates, subject to the Pool Principal Balance of such
Mortgage Loans and REO Properties at the time of repurchase being less than or
equal to 10% of the Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance. In the event the Master
Servicer exercises such option, the purchase price distributed with respect to
each Certificate will be 100% of its then outstanding principal balance plus any
Class PO Deferred Amounts in the case of the Class PO Certificates and, in the
case of an interest bearing Certificate, any unpaid accrued interest thereon at
the applicable Pass-Through Rate (in each case subject to reduction as provided
in the Agreement if the purchase price is based in part on the appraised value
of any REO Properties and such appraised value is less than the Stated Principal
Balance of the related Mortgage Loans). Distributions on the Certificates in
respect of any such optional termination will first be paid to the Senior
Certificates and then to the Subordinated Certificates. The proceeds from any
such distribution may not be sufficient to distribute the full amount to which
each Class of Certificates is entitled if the purchase price is based in part on
the appraised value of any REO Property and such appraised value is less than
the Stated Principal Balance of the related Mortgage Loan.

The Trustee

                                      S-40



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     ______________________ will be the Trustee under the Agreement. The
Depositor and the Master Servicer may maintain other banking relationships in
the ordinary course of business with ___________________. Offered Certificates
may be surrendered at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee located at
_______________________________, Attention: _____________________ or at such
other addresses as the Trustee may designate from time to time.

Restrictions on Transfer of the Class A-R Certificates

     The Class A-R Certificates will be subject to the restrictions on transfer
described in the Prospectus under "Federal Income Tax Consequences -- REMIC
Certificates -- Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfers of Residual Certificates
- -- Disqualified Organizations," " -- Noneconomic Residual Interests" and "
- -- Foreign Investors." The Agreement provides that the Class A-R Certificates
(in addition to certain other Classes of Certificates) may not be acquired by an
ERISA Plan. See "ERISA Considerations" herein. Each Class A-R Certificate will
contain a legend describing the foregoing restrictions.


                  YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

General

     The effective yield to the holders of the interest bearing Certificates
will be lower than the yield otherwise produced by the applicable rate at which
interest is passed through to such holders and the purchase price of such
Certificates because monthly distributions will not be payable to such holders
until the ____ day (or, if such day is not a business day, the following
business day) of the month following the month in which interest accrues on the
Mortgage Loans (without any additional distribution of interest or earnings
thereon in respect of such delay).

     Delinquencies on the Mortgage Loans which are not advanced by or on behalf
of the Master Servicer (because amounts, if advanced, would be nonrecoverable),
will adversely affect the yield on the Certificates. Because of the priority of
distributions, shortfalls resulting from delinquencies not so advanced will be
borne first by the Subordinated Certificates, in the reverse order of their
numerical Class designations, and then by the Senior Certificates. If, as a
result of such shortfalls, the aggregate of the Class Certificate Balances of
all Classes of Certificates exceeds the Pool Principal Balance, the Class
Certificate Balance of the Class of Subordinated Certificates then outstanding
with the highest numerical Class designation will be reduced by the amount of
such excess.

     Net Interest Shortfalls will adversely affect the yields on the Offered
Certificates. In addition, although all losses initially will be borne by the
Subordinated Certificates, in the reverse order of their numerical Class
designations (either directly or through distributions in respect of Class PO
Deferred Amounts on the Class PO Certificates), Excess Losses will be borne by
all Classes of Certificates (other than the Notional Amount Certificates) on a
pro rata basis. Moreover, since the Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount
for each Distribution Date will be reduced by the amount of any distributions on
such Distribution Date in respect of Class PO Deferred Amounts, the amount
distributable as principal on each such Distribution Date to each Class of
Subordinated Certificates then entitled to a distribution of principal will be
less than it otherwise would be in the absence of such Class PO Deferred
Amounts. As a result, the yields on the Offered Certificates will depend on the
rate and timing of Realized Losses, including Excess Losses. Excess Losses could
occur at a time when one or more Classes of Subordinated Certificates are still
outstanding and otherwise available to absorb other types of Realized Losses.



                                      S-41



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Prepayment Considerations and Risks

     The rate of principal payments on the Offered Certificates, the aggregate
amount of distributions on the Offered Certificates and the yield to maturity of
the Offered Certificates will be related to the rate and timing of payments of
principal on the Mortgage Loans. The rate of principal payments on the Mortgage
Loans will in turn be affected by the amortization schedules of the Mortgage
Loans and by the rate of principal prepayments (including for this purpose
prepayments resulting from refinancing, liquidations of the Mortgage Loans due
to defaults, casualties, condemnations and repurchases by the Seller or Master
Servicer). The Mortgage Loans may be prepaid by the Mortgagors at any time
without a prepayment penalty. The Mortgage Loans are subject to the
"due-on-sale" provisions included therein. See "The Mortgage Pool" herein.

     Prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans (including
any optional purchase by the Master Servicer of a defaulted Mortgage Loan and
any optional repurchase of the remaining Mortgage Loans in connection with the
termination of the Trust Fund, in each case as described under "Description of
the Certificates--Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loans" and "--Optional
Termination" herein) will result in distributions on the Offered Certificates of
principal amounts which would otherwise be distributed over the remaining terms
of the Mortgage Loans. Since the rate of payment of principal of the Mortgage
Loans will depend on future events and a variety of factors, no assurance can be
given as to such rate or the rate of principal prepayments. The extent to which
the yield to maturity of a Class of Offered Certificates may vary from the
anticipated yield will depend upon the degree to which such Offered Certificate
is purchased at a discount or premium, and the degree to which the timing of
payments thereon is sensitive to prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the
Mortgage Loans. Further, an investor should consider the risk that, in the case
of the Principal Only Certificates and any other Offered Certificate purchased
at a discount, a slower than anticipated rate of principal payments (including
prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans could result in an actual yield to such
investor that is lower than the anticipated yield and, in the case of the
Interest Only Certificates and any other Offered Certificate purchased at a
premium, a faster than anticipated rate of principal payments could result in an
actual yield to such investor that is lower than the anticipated yield.
Investors in the Interest Only Certificates should carefully consider the risk
that a rapid rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans could result in
the failure of such investors to recover their initial investments.


     The rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on pools of mortgage
loans may vary significantly over time and may be influenced by a variety of
economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors'
housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors' net equity in the
mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. In general, if prevailing interest
rates were to fall significantly below the Mortgage Rates on the Mortgage Loans,
the Mortgage Loans could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if
prevailing interest rates were to remain at or above the Mortgage Rates on the
Mortgage Loans. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates were to rise
significantly, the rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans would generally be
expected to decrease. No assurances can be given as to the rate of prepayments
on the Mortgage Loans in stable or changing interest rate environments.

     As described herein under "Description of the Certificates -- Principal,"
the Senior Prepayment Percentage of the applicable Non-PO Percentage of all
principal prepayments will be initially distributed to the Classes of Senior
Certificates (other than the Class PO Certificates) then entitled to receive
principal prepayment distributions. This may result in all (or a
disproportionate percentage) of such principal prepayments being distributed to
holders of such Classes of Senior Certificates and none (or less than their pro
rata share) of such principal prepayments being distributed to holders of the
Subordinated Certificates during the periods of time described in the definition
of "Senior Prepayment Percentage."


                                      S-42



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The timing of changes in the rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans may
significantly affect an investor's actual yield to maturity, even if the average
rate of principal payments is consistent with an investor's expectation. In
general, the earlier a prepayment of principal on the Mortgage Loans, the
greater the effect on an investor's yield to maturity. The effect on an
investor's yield as a result of principal payments occurring at a rate higher
(or lower) than the rate anticipated by the investor during the period
immediately following the issuance of the Offered Certificates may not be offset
by a subsequent like decrease (or increase) in the rate of principal payments.

     The tables below indicate the sensitivity of the pre-tax corporate bond
equivalent yields to maturity of certain Classes of Certificates to various
constant percentages of SPA. The yields set forth in the tables were calculated
by determining the monthly discount rates that, when applied to the assumed
streams of cash flows to be paid on the applicable Classes of Certificates,
would cause the discounted present value of such assumed streams of cash flows
to equal the assumed aggregate purchase prices of such Classes and converting
such monthly rates to corporate bond equivalent rates. Such calculations do
not take into account variations that may occur in the interest rates at which
investors may be able to reinvest funds received by them as distributions on
such Certificates and consequently do not purport to reflect the return on any
investment in any such Class of Certificate when such reinvestment rates
are considered.

Sensitivity of the Interest Only Certificates

     As indicated in the table below, the yield to investors in the Class X
Certificates will be sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including
prepayments) of the Non-Discount Mortgage Loans (particularly those with high
Net Mortgage Rates), which generally can be prepaid at any time. On the basis of
the assumptions described below, the yield to maturity on the Class X
Certificates would be approximately 0% if prepayments were to occur at a
constant rate of approximately ___% SPA. If the actual prepayment rate of the
Non-Discount Mortgage Loans were to exceed the foregoing level for as little as
one month while equaling such level for the remaining months, the investors in
the Class X Certificates would not fully recoup their initial investments.

     As described above under "Description of the Certificates -- General," the
Pass-Through Rate of the Class X Certificates in effect from time to time is
calculated by reference to the Net Mortgage Rates of the Non-Discount Mortgage
Loans. The Non-Discount Mortgage Loans will have higher Net Mortgage Rates (and
higher Mortgage Rates) than the other Mortgage Loans. In general, mortgage loans
with higher mortgage rates tend to prepay at higher rates than mortgage loans
with relatively lower mortgage rates in response to a given change in market
interest rates. As a result, the Non-Discount Mortgage Loans may prepay at
higher rates, thereby reducing the Pass-Through Rate and Notional Amount of the
Class X Certificates.

     The information set forth in the following table has been prepared on the
basis of the Structuring Assumptions and on the assumption that the purchase
price of the Class X Certificates (expressed as a percentage of initial Notional
Amount) is as follows:

                         Class                          Price*
                         ------                         ------
                         Class X......................  %

- ----------
*    The price does not include accrued interest. Accrued interest has been
     added to such price in calculating the yields set forth in the table below.


                                      S-43



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                    Sensitivity of the Interest Only Certificates to Prepayments
                                        (Pre-Tax Yields to Maturity)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SFA Prepayment /Assumption
                                                       --------------------------
Class                           0%               %                %               %                %            %
- -------------------  ---------------  --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------   ----------
<S>                  <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Class X                          %               %                %               %                %            %
</TABLE>

     It is unlikely that the Non-Discount Mortgage Loans will have the precise
characteristics described herein or that the Non-Discount Mortgage Loans will
all prepay at the same rate until maturity or that all of the Non-Discount
Mortgage Loans will prepay at the same rate or time. As a result of these
factors, the pre-tax yields on the Class X Certificates are likely to
differ from those shown in the table above, even if all of the Mortgage Loans
prepay at the indicated percentages of SPA. No representation is made as to the
actual rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans for any period or over
the lives of the Class X Certificates or as to the yield on the Class X
Certificates. Investors must make their own decisions as to the appropriate
prepayment assumptions to be used in deciding whether to purchase the Class X
Certificates.

Sensitivity of the Principal Only Certificates

     The Class PO Certificates will be "principal only" certificates and will
not bear interest. As indicated in the table below, a lower than anticipated
rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the Discount Mortgage
Loans will have a negative effect on the yield to investors in the Principal
Only Certificates.

     As described above under "Description of the Certificates -- Principal,"
the Class PO Principal Distribution Amount is calculated by reference to the
principal payments (including prepayments) on the Discount Mortgage Loans. The
Discount Mortgage Loans will have lower Net Mortgage Rates (and lower Mortgage
Rates) than the other Mortgage Loans. In general, mortgage loans with higher
mortgage rates tend to prepay at higher rates than mortgage loans with
relatively lower mortgage rates in response to a given change in market interest
rates. As a result, the Discount Mortgage Loans may prepay at lower rates,
thereby reducing the rate of payment of principal and the resulting yield of the
Class PO Certificates.


                                      S-44



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The information set forth in the following table has been prepared on the
basis of the Structuring Assumptions and on the assumption that the aggregate
purchase price of the Principal Only Certificates (expressed as a percentage of
initial Class Certificate Balance) is as follows:

                         Class                          Price*
                         -----                          ------
                         Class PO.....................  %


                   Sensitivity of the Principal Only Certificates to Prepayments
                                        (Pre-Tax Yields to Maturity)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SFA Prepayment /Assumption
                                                       --------------------------
Class                           0%               %                %               %                %            %
- -------------------  ---------------  --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------   ----------
<S>                  <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Class PO                         %               %                %               %                %            %

     Class PO.........................       %   %    %                     %                 %            %
</TABLE>

     It is unlikely that the Discount Mortgage Loans will have the precise
characteristics described herein or that the Discount Mortgage Loans will all
prepay at the same rate until maturity or that all of such Discount Mortgage
Loans will prepay at the same rate or time. As a result of these factors, the
pre-tax yield on the Principal Only Certificates is likely to differ from those
shown in the table above, even if all of the Mortgage Loans prepay at the
indicated percentages of SPA. No representation is made as to the actual rate of
principal payments on the Mortgage Loans for any period or over the life of the
Principal Only Certificates or as to the yield on the Principal Only
Certificates. Investors must make their own decisions as to the appropriate
prepayment assumptions to be used in deciding whether to purchase the
Principal Only Certificates.

Additional Information

     The Depositor intends to file certain additional yield tables and other
computational materials with respect to one or more Classes of Underwritten
Certificates with the Commission in a report on Form 8-K to be dated
___________, 19__. Such tables and materials were prepared by each Underwriter
at the request of certain prospective investors, based on assumptions provided
by, and satisfying the special requirements of, such prospective investors. Such
tables and assumptions may be based on assumptions that differ from the
Structuring Assumptions. Accordingly, such tables and other materials may not be
relevant to or appropriate for investors other than those specifically
requesting them.

Weighted Average Lives of the Offered Certificates

     The weighted average life of an Offered Certificate is determined by (a)
multiplying the amount of the net reduction, if any, of the Class Certificate
Balance of such Certificate on each Distribution Date by the number of years
from the date of issuance to such Distribution Date, (b) summing the results and
(c) dividing the sum by the aggregate amount of the net reductions in Class
Certificate Balance of such Certificate referred to in clause (a).



                                      S-45



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     For a discussion of the factors which may influence the rate of payments
(including prepayments) of the Mortgage Loans, see " -- Prepayment
Considerations and Risks" herein and "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in
the Prospectus.

     In general, the weighted average lives of the Offered Certificates will be
shortened if the level of prepayments of principal of the Mortgage Loans
increases. However, the weighted average lives of the Offered Certificates will
depend upon a variety of other factors, including the timing of changes in such
rate of principal payments and the priority sequence of distributions of
principal of the Classes of Certificates and the distribution of principal of
the Planned Principal Classes and the Targeted Principal Classes in accordance
with the Principal Balance Schedules herein. In particular, if the amount
available for distribution as principal of the Senior Certificates (other than
the Class PO Certificates) on any Distribution Date exceeds the amount required
to reduce the principal balances of the Planned Principal Classes and the
Targeted Principal Classes then entitled to receive a distribution of principal
to their respective scheduled balances as set forth in the Principal Balance
Schedules, such excess principal will be distributed on the remaining Classes of
Senior Certificates (other than the Class PO Certificates) on such Distribution
Date. Conversely, if the amount available for distribution of principal of the
Senior Certificates (other than the Class PO Certificates) on any Distribution
Date is less than the amount so required to reduce the Planned Principal Classes
and the Targeted Principal Classes then entitled to receive a distribution of
principal to their respective scheduled balances, no principal will be
distributed on such other Classes of Senior Certificates on such Distribution
Date. Accordingly, the rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans is
expected to have a greater effect on the weighted average life of the Support
Classes and under certain prepayment scenarios, the weighted average lives of
the Targeted Principal Classes, than on the weighted average lives of the
Planned Principal Classes.

     The interaction of the foregoing factors may have different effects on
various Classes of Offered Certificates and the effects on any Class may vary at
different times during the life of such Class. Accordingly, no assurance can be
given as to the weighted average life of any Class of Offered Certificates.
Further, to the extent the prices of the Offered Certificates represent
discounts or premiums to their respective original Class Certificate Balances,
variability in the weighted average lives of such Classes of Offered
Certificates will result in variability in the related yields to maturity.
For an example of how the weighted average lives of the Classes of Offered
Certificates may be affected at various constant percentages of SPA, see
the Decrement Tables below.

Decrement Tables

     The following tables indicate the percentages of the initial Class
Certificate Balances of the Classes of Offered Certificates (other than the
Notional Amount Certificates) that would be outstanding after each of the dates
shown at various constant percentages of SPA and the corresponding weighted
average lives of such Classes. The tables have been prepared on the basis of the
Structuring Assumptions. It is not likely that (i) the Mortgage Loans will have
the precise characteristics described herein or (ii) all of the Mortgage Loans
will prepay at a constant percentage of SPA. Moreover, the diverse remaining
terms to maturity of the Mortgage Loans could produce slower or faster principal
distributions than indicated in the tables, which have been prepared using the
specified constant percentages of SPA, even if the remaining term to maturity of
the Mortgage Loans is consistent with the remaining terms to maturity of the
Mortgage Loans specified in the Structuring Assumptions.


                                      S-46



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Percent of Initial Class Certificate
                                            Balances Outstanding*

                                                                      Class A-
                                                                      --------

Distribution Date 0%                       %              %              %            %            %            %
- --------------------------------  ------------   ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>
Initial.........................           %              %              %            %            %            %
    19..........................
    19..........................
    19..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................

                                          --             --             --           --           --           --

Weighted Average
 Life (in years)**..........
</TABLE>


                                      S-47



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Class
                                                                        -----

Distribution Date 0%                       %              %              %            %            %            %
- --------------------------------  ------------   ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>
Initial.........................           %              %              %            %            %            %
    19..........................
    19..........................
    19..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................
    20..........................

                                          --             --             --           --           --           --

Weighted Average
 Life (in years)**..........
</TABLE>

- ---------
*    Rounded to the nearest whole percentage.

**   Determined as specified under "Weighted Average Lives of the Offered
     Certificates" herein.

Last Scheduled Distribution Date


                                      S-48



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The Last Scheduled Distribution Date for each Class of Offered Certificates
is the Distribution Date in ___________, 20__, which is the Distribution Date in
the __________ month following the latest scheduled maturity date for any of the
Mortgage Loans. Since the rate of distributions in reduction of the Class
Certificate Balance or Notional Amount of each Class of Offered Certificates
will depend on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the Mortgage
Loans, the Class Certificate Balance or Notional Amount of any such Class could
be reduced to zero significantly earlier or later than the Last Scheduled
Distribution Date. The rate of payments on the Mortgage Loans will depend on
their particular characteristics, as well as on prevailing interest rates from
time to time and other economic factors, and no assurance can be given as to the
actual payment experience of the Mortgage Loans. See "Yield, Prepayment and
Maturity Considerations -- Prepayment Considerations and Risks" and " --
Weighted Average Lives of the Offered Certificates" herein and "Yield and
Prepayment Considerations" in the Prospectus.

The Subordinated Certificates

     The weighted average life of, and the yield to maturity on, the
Subordinated Certificates, in increasing order of their numerical Class
designation, will be progressively more sensitive to the rate and timing of
mortgagor defaults and the severity of ensuing losses on the Mortgage Loans. If
the actual rate and severity of losses on the Mortgage Loans is higher than
those assumed by a holder of a Subordinated Certificate, the actual yield to
maturity of such Certificate may be lower than the yield expected by such holder
based on such assumption. The timing of losses on Mortgage Loans will also
affect an investor's actual yield to maturity, even if the rate of defaults and
severity of losses over the life of the Mortgage Pool are consistent with an
investor's expectations. In general, the earlier a loss occurs, the greater the
effect on an investor's yield to maturity. Realized Losses on the Mortgage Loans
will reduce the Class Certificate Balances of the applicable Class of
Subordinated Certificates to the extent of any losses allocated thereto (as
described under "Description of the Certificates -- Allocation of Losses"
herein), without the receipt of cash attributable to such reduction. In
addition, shortfalls in cash available for distributions on the Subordinated
Certificates will result in a reduction in the Class Certificate Balance of the
Class of Subordinated Certificates then outstanding with the highest numerical
Class designation if and to the extent that the aggregate of the Class
Certificate Balances of all Classes of Certificates, following all distributions
and the allocation of Realized Losses on a Distribution Date, exceeds the Pool
Principal Balance as of the Due Date occurring in the month of such Distribution
Date. As a result of such reductions, less interest will accrue on such Class of
Subordinated Certificates than otherwise would be the case. The yield to
maturity of the Subordinated Certificates will also be affected by the
disproportionate allocation of principal prepayments to the Senior Certificates,
Net Interest Shortfalls, other cash shortfalls in Available Funds and
distribution of funds to Class PO Certificateholders otherwise available for
distribution on the Subordinated Certificates to the extent of reimbursement for
Class PO Deferred Amounts. See "Description of the Certificates -- Allocation of
Losses" herein.

     If on any Distribution Date, the Applicable Credit Support Percentage for
any Class of Subordinated Certificates is less than its Original Applicable
Credit Support Percentage, all partial principal prepayments and principal
prepayments in full available for distribution on the Subordinated Certificates
will be allocated solely to such Class and all other Classes of Subordinated
Certificates with lower numerical Class designations, thereby accelerating the
amortization thereof relative to that of the Restricted Classes and reducing the
weighted average lives of such Classes of Subordinated Certificates receiving
such distributions. Accelerating the amortization of the Classes of Subordinated
Certificates with lower numerical Class designations relative to the other
Classes of Subordinated Certificates is intended to preserve the availability of
the subordination provided by such other Classes.


                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT


                                      S-49



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Subordination of Certain Classes

     The rights of the holders of the Subordinated Certificates to receive
distributions with respect to the Mortgage Loans will be subordinated to such
rights of the holders of the Senior Certificates and the rights of the holders
of each Class of Subordinated Certificates (other than the Class B-1
Certificates) to receive such distributions will be further subordinated to such
rights of the Class or Classes of Subordinated Certificates with lower numerical
Class designations, in each case only to the extent described herein. The
subordination of the Subordinated Certificates to the Senior Certificates and
the subordination of the Classes of Subordinated Certificates with higher
numerical Class designations to those with lower numerical Class designations is
intended to increase the likelihood of receipt, respectively, by the Senior
Certificateholders and the holders of Subordinated Certificates with lower
numerical Class designations of the maximum amount to which they are entitled on
any Distribution Date and to provide such holders protection against Realized
Losses, other than Excess Losses. In addition, the Subordinated Certificates
will provide limited protection against Special Hazard Losses, Bankruptcy Losses
and Fraud Losses up to the Special Hazard Loss Coverage Amount, Bankruptcy Loss
Coverage Amount and Fraud Loss Coverage Amount, respectively, as described
below. The applicable Non-PO Percentage of Realized Losses, other than Excess
Losses, will be allocated to the Class of Subordinated Certificates then
outstanding with the highest numerical Class designation. In addition, the Class
Certificate Balance of such Class of Subordinated Certificates will be reduced
by the amount of distributions on the Class PO Certificates in reimbursement for
Class PO Deferred Amounts.

     The Subordinated Certificates will provide limited protection to the
Classes of Certificates of higher relative priority against (i) Special Hazard
Losses in an initial amount expected to be up to approximately $_________ (the
"Special Hazard Loss Coverage Amount"), (ii) Bankruptcy Losses in an initial
amount expected to be up to approximately $_________ (the "Bankruptcy Loss
Coverage Amount") and (iii) Fraud Losses in an initial amount expected to be up
to approximately $_________ (the "Fraud Loss Coverage Amount").

     The Special Hazard Loss Coverage Amount will be reduced, from time to time,
to be an amount equal on any Distribution Date to the lesser of (a) the greatest
of (i) __% of the aggregate of the principal balances of the Mortgage Loans,
(ii) _____ the principal balance of the largest Mortgage Loan and (iii) the
aggregate principal balances of the Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged
Properties located in the single California postal zip code area having the
highest aggregate principal balance of any such zip code area and (b) the
Special Hazard Loss Coverage Amount as of the Closing Date less the amount, if
any, of losses attributable to Special Hazard Mortgage Loans incurred since the
Closing Date. All principal balances for the purpose of this definition will be
calculated as of the first day of the month preceding such Distribution Date
after giving effect to scheduled installments of principal and interest on the
Mortgage Loans then due, whether or not paid.

     The Fraud Loss Coverage Amount will be reduced, from time to time, by the
amount of Fraud Losses allocated to the Certificates. In addition, on each
anniversary of the Cut-off Date, the Fraud Loss Coverage Amount will be reduced
as follows: (a) on the _____, ______, _____ and ______ anniversaries of the
Cut-off Date, to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) __% of the then current
Pool Principal Balance and (ii) the excess of the Fraud Loss Coverage Amount as
of the preceding anniversary of the Cut-off Date over the cumulative amount of
Fraud Losses allocated to the Certificates since such preceding anniversary and
(b) on the _____ anniversary of the Cut-off Date, to zero.

     The Bankruptcy Loss Coverage Amount will be reduced, from time to time, by
the amount of Bankruptcy Losses allocated to the Certificates.


                                      S-50



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     The amount of coverage provided by the Subordinated Certificates for
Special Hazard Losses, Bankruptcy Losses and Fraud Losses may be cancelled or
reduced from time to time for each of the risks covered, provided that the then
current ratings of the Certificates assigned by the Rating Agencies are not
adversely affected thereby. In addition, a reserve fund or other form of credit
enhancement may be substituted for the protection provided by the Subordinated
Certificates for Special Hazard Losses, Bankruptcy Losses and Fraud Losses.


     As used herein, a "Deficient Valuation" is a bankruptcy proceeding whereby
the bankruptcy court may establish the value of the Mortgaged Property at an
amount less than the then outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan
secured by such Mortgaged Property or may reduce the outstanding principal
balance of a Mortgage Loan. In the case of a reduction in the value of the
related Mortgaged Property, the amount of the secured debt could be reduced to
such value, and the holder of such Mortgage Loan thus would become an unsecured
creditor to the extent the outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan
exceeds the value so assigned to the Mortgaged Property by the bankruptcy court.
In addition, certain other modifications of the terms of a Mortgage Loan can
result from a bankruptcy proceeding, including the reduction (a "Debt Service
Reduction") of the amount of the monthly payment on the related Mortgage Loan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such occurrence shall be considered a Debt
Service Reduction or Deficient Valuation so long as the Master Servicer is
pursuing any other remedies that may be available with respect to the related
Mortgage Loan and (i) such Mortgage Loan is not in default with respect to
payment due thereunder or (ii) scheduled monthly payments of principal and
interest are being advanced by the Master Servicer without giving effect to any
Debt Service Reduction or Deficient Valuation.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Depositor will apply the net proceeds of the sale of the Certificates
against the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.



                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     For federal income tax purposes, an election will be made to treat the
Trust Fund as a REMIC. Assuming such an election is timely made and the terms of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are complied with, Brown & Wood LLP, special
tax counsel to the Depositor ("Tax Counsel") is of the opinion that the Trust
Fund will qualify as a REMIC within the meaning of the Code. The Regular
Certificates will constitute the regular interests in the REMIC. The Residual
Certificates will constitute the sole class of "residual interest" in the REMIC.
See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.


     The Regular Certificates generally will be treated as debt instruments
issued by the REMIC for federal income tax purposes. Income on the Regular
Certificates must be reported under an accrual method of accounting.


     In the opinion of Tax Counsel, the Principal Only Certificates will be
treated for federal income tax purposes as having been issued with an amount of
Original Issue Discount ("OID") equal to the difference between their principal
balance and their issue price. Although the tax treatment is not entirely
certain, Notional Amount Certificates will be treated as having been issued with
OID for federal income tax purposes equal to the excess of all expected payments
of interest on such Certificates over their issue price. Although unclear, a
holder of a Notional Amount Certificate may be entitled to deduct a loss to the
extent that its 



                                      S-51



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


remaining basis exceeds the maximum amount of future payments to which such
Certificateholder would be entitled if there were no further prepayments of the
Mortgage Loans. The remaining Classes of Regular Certificates, depending on
their respective issue prices (as described in the Prospectus under "Federal
Income Tax Consequences"), may be treated as having been issued with OID for
federal income tax purposes. For purposes of determining the amount and rate of
accrual of OID and market discount, the Trust Fund intends to assume that there
will be prepayments on the Mortgage Loans at a rate equal to % SPA (the
"Prepayment Assumption"). No representation is made as to whether the Mortgage
Loans will prepay at the foregoing rate or any other rate. See "Yield,
Prepayment and Maturity Considerations" herein and "Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus. Computing accruals of OID in the manner
described in the Prospectus may (depending on the actual rate of prepayments
during the accrual period) result in the accrual of negative amounts of OID on
the Certificates issued with OID in an accrual period. Holders will be entitled
to offset negative accruals of OID only against future OID accrual on such
Certificates.


     If the holders of any Regular Certificates are treated as holding such
Certificates at a premium, such holders should consult their tax advisors
regarding the election to amortize bond premium and the method to be employed.


     As is described more fully under "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
Prospectus, the Offered Certificates will represent qualifying assets under
Sections 593(d), 856(c)(5)(A) and 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code, and net interest
income attributable to the Offered Certificates will be "interest on obligations
secured by mortgages on real property" within the meaning of Section
856(c)(3)(B) of the Code, to the extent the assets of the Trust Fund are assets
described in such sections. The Regular Certificates will represent qualifying
assets under Section 860G(a)(3) if acquired by a REMIC within the prescribed
time periods of the Code.


     The holders of the Residual Certificates must include the taxable income of
the REMIC in their federal taxable income. The resulting tax liability of the
holders may exceed cash distributions to such holders during certain periods.
All or a portion of the taxable income from a Residual Certificate recognized by
a holder may be treated as "excess inclusion" income, which with limited
exceptions, is subject to U.S federal income tax.


     Prospective purchasers of a Residual Certificate should consider carefully
the tax consequences of an investment in Residual Certificates discussed in the
Prospectus and should consult their own tax advisors with respect to those
consequences. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences -- REMIC Certificates -- b.
Residual Certificates" in the Prospectus. Specifically, prospective holders of
Residual Certificates should consult their tax advisors regarding whether, at
the time of acquisition, a Residual Certificate will be treated as a
"noneconomic" residual interest, a "non-significant value" residual interest and
a "tax avoidance potential" residual interest. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences -- Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfer of Residual Certificates --
Noneconomic Residual Certificates -- Residual Certificates -- Mark to Market
Rules -- Residual Certificates -- Excess Inclusions and -- Tax-Related
Restrictions on Transfers of Residual Certificates -- Foreign Investors" in the
Prospectus. Additionally, for information regarding Prohibited Transactions and
Treatment of Realized Losses, see "Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Prohibited
Transactions and Other Taxes" and " -- REMIC Certificates -- a. Regular
Certificates -- Treatment of Realized Losses" in the Prospectus.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS


                                      S-52



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan (as defined below) to
acquire any of the Offered Certificates should consult with its counsel with
respect to the potential consequences under the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") and/or the Code, of the Plan's
acquisition and ownership of such Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in
the Prospectus. Section 406 of ERISA prohibits "parties in interest" with
respect to an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA and/or the excise tax
provisions set forth under Section 4975 of the Code (a "Plan") from engaging in
certain transactions involving such Plan and its assets unless a statutory or
administrative exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Code
imposes certain excise taxes on prohibited transactions involving Plans and
other arrangements (including, but not limited to, individual retirement
accounts) described under that Section; ERISA authorizes the imposition of civil
penalties for prohibited transactions involving Plans not subject to the
requirements of Section 4975 of the Code.

     Certain employee benefit plans, including governmental plans and certain
church plans, are not subject to ERISA's requirements. Accordingly, assets of
such plans may be invested in the Offered Certificates without regard to the
ERISA considerations described herein and in the Prospectus, subject to the
provisions of other applicable federal and state law. Any such plan that is
qualified and exempt from taxation under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code
may nonetheless be subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in
Section 503 of the Code.

     Except as noted above, investments by Plans are subject to ERISA's general
fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan. A fiduciary that decides to
invest the assets of a Plan in the Offered Certificates should consider, among
other factors, the extreme sensitivity of the investment to the rate of
principal payments (including prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans.

     The U.S. Department of Labor has granted an individual administrative
exemption to (Prohibited Transaction Exemption , Exemption Application No.
D-_____, Fed. Reg. (_____) (_____) (the "Exemption") from certain of the
prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of
Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and
the subsequent resale by Plans of certificates in pass-through trusts that
consist of certain receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the
conditions and requirements of the Exemption. The Exemption applies to mortgage
loans such as the Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund.

     For a general description of the Exemption and the conditions that must be
satisfied for the Exemption to apply, see "ERISA Considerations" in the
Prospectus.

     It is expected that the Exemption will apply to the acquisition and holding
by Plans of the Senior Certificates (other than the Class _____, Class PO, Class
X and Class A-R Certificates) and that all conditions of the Exemption other
than those within the control of the investors will be met. In addition, as of
the date hereof, there is no single Mortgagor that is the obligor on five
percent (5%) of the Mortgage Loans included in the Trust Fund by aggregate
unamortized principal balance of the assets of the Trust Fund. Because the Class
, Class PO and Class X Certificates are not being purchased by either
Underwriter, such Classes of Certificates do not currently meet the requirements
of the Exemption or any comparable individual administrative exemption granted
to either Underwriter. Consequently, the sale or exchange of the Class , Class
PO and Class X Certificates may be made only under the conditions set forth for
the Class B-, Class B- and Class B-Certificates below.

     Because the characteristics of the Class B-__, Class B-__, Class B-__ and
Class __ A-R Certificates may not meet the requirements of PTCE 83-1, the
Exemption or any other issued exemption under ERISA, the


                                      S-53



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

purchase and holding of the Class B-__, Class B-__, Class B-__ and Class A-R
Certificates by a Plan or by individual retirement accounts or other plans
subject to Section 4975 of the Code may result in prohibited transactions or the
imposition of excise taxes or civil penalties. Consequently, transfers of the
Class B-__, Class B-__, Class B-__ and Class A-R Certificates will not be
registered by the Trustee unless the Trustee receives: (i) a representation from
the transferee of such Certificate, acceptable to and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Trustee, to the effect that such transferee is not an
employee benefit plan subject to Section 406 of ERISA or a plan or arrangement
subject to Section 4975 of the Code, nor a person acting on behalf of any such
plan or arrangement nor using the assets of any such plan or arrangement to
effect such transfer; (ii) if the purchaser is an insurance company, a
representation that the purchaser is an insurance company which is purchasing
such Certificates with funds contained in an "insurance company general account"
(as such term is defined in Section V(e) of Prohibited Transaction Class
Exemption 95-60 ("PTCE 95-60")) and that the purchase and holding of such
Certificates are covered under PTCE 95-60; or (iii) an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the Trustee that the purchase or holding of such Certificate by
a Plan, any person acting on behalf of a Plan or using such Plan's assets, will
not result in the assets of the Trust Fund being deemed to be "plan assets" and
subject to the prohibited transaction requirements of ERISA and the Code and
will not subject the Trustee to any obligation in addition to those undertaken
in the Agreement. Such representation as described above shall be deemed to have
been made to the Trustee by the transferee's acceptance of a Class B-__, Class
B-__ or Class B-Certificate. In the event that such representation is violated,
or any attempt to transfer to a plan or person acting on behalf of a Plan or
using such Plan's assets is attempted without such opinion of counsel, such
attempted transfer or acquisition shall be void and of no effect.

     Prospective Plan investors should consult with their legal advisors
concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the applicability of PTCE 83-1
described in the Prospectus and the Exemption, and the potential consequences in
their specific circumstances, prior to making an investment in any of the
Offered Certificates. Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether
under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and
diversification, an investment in any of the Offered Certificates is appropriate
for the Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and
the composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.


                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
between the Depositor and the Underwriters, the Depositor has agreed to sell to
the Underwriters, and each Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the Depositor
the respective Classes of Underwritten Certificates indicated on the cover page
hereof to be purchased by it. Distribution of the Underwritten Certificates will
be made by the respective Underwriters in each case from time to time in
negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the
time of sale. In connection with the sale of the Underwritten Certificates, the
Underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from the Depositor in
the form of underwriting discounts.

     Each Underwriter intends to make a secondary market in the Classes of
Underwritten Certificates being purchased by it, but no Underwriter has any
obligation to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the
Offered Certificates will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue
or that it will provide Certificateholders with a sufficient level of liquidity
of investment.


                                      S-54



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against, or make
contributions to the Underwriters with respect to, certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     The Class X and Class PO Certificates may be offered by the Depositor from
time to time directly or through underwriters or agents (either of which may
include Countrywide Securities Corporation, an affiliate of the Depositor and
the Master Servicer) in one or more negotiated transactions, or otherwise, at
varying prices to be determined at the time of sale, in one or more separate
transactions at prices to be negotiated at the time of each sale. Proceeds to
the Depositor from any sale of the Class X or Class PO Certificates will equal
the purchase price paid by the purchaser thereof, net of any expenses payable by
the Depositor and any compensation payable to any such underwriter or agent. Any
underwriters or agents that participate in the distribution of the Class X or
Class PO Certificates may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of
the Securities Act of 1933 and any profit on the sale of such Certificates by
them and any discounts, commissions, concessions or other compensation received
by any such underwriter or agent may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and
commissions under such Act.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the Certificates, including certain federal income tax
consequences with respect thereto, will be passed upon for the Depositor by
Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York. Strook & Strook & Lavan, New York, New
York, will pass upon certain legal matters on behalf of the Underwriters.

                                     RATINGS

     It is a condition to the issuance of the Senior Certificates that they be
rated ______ by ("_____") and, by ("______" and, together with ______, the
"Rating Agencies"). It is a condition to the issuance of the Class B-__, Class
B-__ and Class B-__ Certificates that they be rated at least _____, and _____,
respectively, by _____.

     The ratings assigned by ________ to mortgage pass-through certificates
address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the mortgage loans
by the related certificateholders under the agreements pursuant to which such
certificates are issued. _______'s ratings take into consideration the credit
quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent
to which the payment stream on the mortgage pool is adequate to make the
payments required by such certificates. _______ratings on such certificates do
not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of payments of the
mortgage loans.

     The ratings assigned by ________ to mortgage pass-through certificates
address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the mortgage loans
by the related certificateholders under the agreements pursuant to which such
certificates are issued. _______'s ratings take into consideration the credit
quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent
to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool is adequate to make payments
required by such certificates. _______'s ratings on such certificates do not,
however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the
related mortgage loans.

     The ratings of the Rating Agencies do not address the possibility that, as
a result of principal prepayments, Certificateholders may receive a lower than
anticipated yield.


                                      S-55



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The security ratings assigned to the Offered Certificates should be
evaluated independently from similar ratings on other types of securities. A
security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may
be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the Rating Agencies.

     The Depositor has not requested a rating of the Offered Certificates by any
rating agency other than the Rating Agencies; there can be no assurance,
however, as to whether any other rating agency will rate the Offered
Certificates or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by such other rating
agency. The rating assigned by such other rating agency to the Offered
Certificates could be lower than the respective ratings assigned by the Rating
Agencies.


                                      S-56



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
Advance..............................................................S-8, S-28
Agreement............................................................S-4, S-15
Applicable Credit Support Percentage......................................S-35
Available Funds...........................................................S-31
B&C.......................................................................S-15
Bankruptcy Losses.........................................................S-38
Bankruptcy Loss Coverage Amount...........................................S-48
Beneficial Owner..........................................................S-29
Book-Entry Certificates....................................................S-4
CEDE......................................................................S-29
Certificate Account.......................................................S-30
Certificateholder...................................................S-15, S-29
Certificates..........................................................S-1, S-3
Class PO Principal Distribution Amount....................................S-36
Class Subordination Percentage............................................S-35
Closing Date...............................................................S-5
Code......................................................................S-10
Corporate Trust Office.....................................................S-2
Countrywide.....................................................S-2, S-4, S-25
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance.......................................S-15
Cut-Off Date...............................................................S-5
Debt Service Reduction....................................................S-49
Deficient Valuation.......................................................S-49
Definitive Certificate....................................................S-29
Deleted Mortgage Loan.....................................................S-22
Depositor..................................................................S-4
Depository................................................................S-29
Determination Date.........................................................S-5
Discount Mortgage Loan....................................................S-33
Distribution Account......................................................S-30
Distribution Date....................................................S-5, S-31
ERISA...............................................................S-10, S-50
Excess Losses.............................................................S-37
Exemption.................................................................S-51
FHLMC.....................................................................S-23
Fixed Rate Certificates....................................................S-4
FNMA......................................................................S-23
Fraud Loss Coverage Amount................................................S-48
Fraud Losses..............................................................S-38
Full Doc Program..........................................................S-24
Insurance Proceeds........................................................S-31
Interest Distribution Amount.........................................S-6, S-32
Interest Only Certificates.................................................S-4
Interest Accrual Period....................................................S-6
Last Scheduled Distribution Date..........................................S-46



                                      S-57



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
Liquidated Mortgage Loan..................................................S-38
Liquidation Proceeds......................................................S-31
Loan-to-Value Ratio.......................................................S-16
Master Servicer............................................................S-4
Moody's...................................................................S-30
Mortgage..................................................................S-22
Mortgage File.............................................................S-22
Mortgage Loans.............................................................S-5
Mortgage Note.............................................................S-22
Mortgage Pool........................................................S-1, S-15
Mortgage Rate.............................................................S-32
Net Prepayment Interest Shortfall.........................................S-32
Net Interest Shortfall....................................................S-32
NMR.......................................................................S-33
Non-Discount Mortgage Loan................................................S-29
Non-PO Percentage.........................................................S-33
Non-PO Formula Principal Amount...........................................S-33
Notional Amount Certificates...............................................S-4
Notional Amount...........................................................S-29
Offered Certificates............................................S-1, S-3, S-28
OID..................................................................S-9, S-49
Original Subordinated Principal Balance...................................S-35
Original Applicable Credit Support Percentage.............................S-35
Pass-Through Rate..........................................................S-6
Permitted Investments.....................................................S-30
Physical Certificates......................................................S-4
Plan................................................................S-10, S-50
Pool Principal Balance....................................................S-34
PO Formula Principal Amount.........................................S-36, S-37
PO Percentage.............................................................S-33
Prepayment Assumption.....................................................S-49
Prepayment Interest Excess................................................S-27
Prepayment Interest Shortfall.............................................S-32
Principal Only Certificates................................................S-4
Prospectus.................................................................S-2
PTCE 95-60................................................................S-51
Rating Agencies.....................................................S-10, S-53
Realized Loss.............................................................S-37
Record Date..........................................................S-5, S-31
Regular Certificates.......................................................S-4
Regular Interests.....................................................S-2, S-9
Relief Act Reduction......................................................S-32
REMIC.................................................................S-2, S-9
REO Property..............................................................S-28
Replacement Mortgage Loan.................................................S-22
Residual Certificates......................................................S-4
Residual Interest.....................................................S-2, S-9
Restricted Classes........................................................S-35



                                      S-58



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
Scheduled Payments........................................................S-15
Seller.....................................................................S-4
Senior Credit Support Depletion Date......................................S-34
Senior Prepayment Percentage..............................................S-34
Senior Certificates..................................................S-4, S-28
Senior Principal Distribution Amount......................................S-33
Senior Percentages........................................................S-34
Senior Credit Support Depletion Date......................................S-34
Servicing Fee.............................................................S-27
Simple Doc Program........................................................S-24
SMMEA.....................................................................S-10
SPA.......................................................................S-39
Special Hazard Mortgage Loan..............................................S-38
Special Hazard Losses.....................................................S-38
Special Hazard Loss Coverage Amount.......................................S-48
Stated Income Program.....................................................S-24
Stated Principal Balance..................................................S-34
Subordinated Prepayment Percentage........................................S-35
Subordinated Certificates............................................S-4, S-28
Subordinated Principal Distribution Amount................................S-35
Substitution Adjustment Amount............................................S-22
Trust Fund.................................................................S-4
Trustee....................................................................S-5
Underwriter................................................................S-1
Underwritten Senior Certificates...........................................S-1
Underwritten Certificates..................................................S-1
Unpaid Interest Amounts...................................................S-32
Variable Rate Certificates.................................................S-4



                                      S-59



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

================================================================================

     No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Prospectus Supplement or the
Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not
be relied upon. This Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus do not constitute
an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities
offered hereby, nor an offer of Offered Certificates in any state or
jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, such offer would be unlawful.
The delivery of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus at any time does
not imply that the information contained herein or therein is correct as of any
time subsequent to its date; however, if any material change occurs while this
Prospectus Supplement or Prospectus is required by law to be delivered, this
Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus will be amended or supplemented
accordingly.
                                 _______________

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
                              Prospectus Supplement

Summary of Terms .....................................................     S-3
Risk Factors .........................................................    S-12
The Mortgage Pool ....................................................    S-15
Servicing of Mortgage Loans ..........................................    S-24
Description of the Certificates ......................................    S-28
Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations ........................    S-40
Credit Enhancement ...................................................    S-47
Use of Proceeds ......................................................    S-49
Federal Income Tax Consequences ......................................    S-49
ERISA Considerations .................................................    S-50
Method of Distribution ...............................................    S-52
Legal Matters ........................................................    S-53
Ratings ..............................................................    S-53
Index of Defined Terms ...............................................    S-54


                                   PROSPECTUS


Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K ..................       2
Available Information ................................................       2
Incorporation of Certain Document by Reference .......................       2
Reports to Securityholders ...........................................       3
Summary of Terms .....................................................       4
Risk Factors .........................................................      11
The Trust Fund .......................................................      17
Use of Proceeds ......................................................      21
The Depositor ........................................................      22
Loan Program .........................................................      22
Description of the Securities ........................................      24
Credit Enhancement ...................................................      38
Yield and Prepayment Considerations ..................................      43
The Agreements .......................................................      45
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans ...................................      57
Federal Income Tax Consequences ......................................      71
State Tax Considerations .............................................      90
ERISA Considerations .................................................      90
Legal Investment .....................................................      93
Method of Distribution ...............................................      94
Legal Matters ........................................................      95
Financial Information ................................................      95
Rating ...............................................................      95
Index of Defined Terms ...............................................      97


================================================================================


                                $[_____________]
                                  (Approximate)

                                   
                              Mortgage Pass-Through
                                 Certificates,
                                 Series 199_ - _
                                   

                                   CWABS, Inc.
                                    Depositor
                                   
                                   
                         [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.]
                           Seller and Master Servicer

                                   
                                   
                          -----------------------------
                                   
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                [_________, 199_]
                                   
                                   
                          -----------------------------

================================================================================

                                      S-60



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.


   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 28, 1996
    


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated ___________, 1996)

                                  $___________
                  [COUNTRYWIDE] HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199___
         $___________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED NOTES, SERIES 199_-_
      $__________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-_


     The [Countrywide] Home Equity Loan Trust 199__ (the "Trust Fund") will be
formed pursuant to a trust agreement to be dated as of ______, 199_ (the "Trust
Agreement") and entered into by CWABS, Inc. (the "Depositor"), ________________
and _____________, as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee"). The Trust Fund will
issue $___________ aggregate principal amount of Home Equity Loan Asset Backed
Notes (the "Notes"). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture to be
dated as of __________ __, 199_ (the "Indenture"), between the Trust Fund and
____________, as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). The Trust Fund
will also issue $____________ aggregate principal amount of Home Equity Loan
Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_ (the "Certificates" and, together with
the Notes, the "Securities"). See "Index of Defined Terms" on Page S-45 of this
Prospectus Supplement and on Page 98 of the Prospectus for the location of the
definitions of certain capitalized terms.

     The property of the Trust Fund will include a pool of [adjustable rate]
home equity revolving credit line loans made or to be made in the future (the
"Mortgage Loans") under certain home equity revolving credit line loan
agreements. The Mortgage Loans are secured by first and second deeds of trust or
mortgages on one- to four-family residential properties. [In addition, the
Securities will have the benefit of an irrevocable and unconditional limited
financial guaranty insurance policy (the "Policy") issued by ______________ (the
"Certificate Insurer") covering [describe].]

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Notes will be made on the
_________ day of each month or, if such date is not a Business Day, then on the
succeeding Business Day (each a "Distribution Date"), commencing on ________,
199_ to the extent described under "Summary of Terms--Description of the
Securities" and "Description of the Securities" herein. Interest will accrue on
the Notes at a rate (the "Note Rate") equal to ___% per annum from the Closing
Date to the first Distribution Date and at [a floating rate equal to [LIBOR] (as
defined herein) plus ___% per annum] [___% per annum] thereafter.

     The Certificates will represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust
Fund. Distribution of principal and interest on the Certificates will be made on
each Distribution Date to the extent described herein. Interest will accrue on
the Certificates at a rate (the "Pass-Through Rate") equal to ___% per annum
from the Closing Date to the first Distribution Date and at [a floating rate
equal to [LIBOR] plus ___% per annum] [___% per annum] thereafter.


     Payments of interest and principal on the Notes will have equal priority
with payments of principal and interest (and will be made pro rata) on the
Certificates.

     There is currently no market for the Securities offered hereby and there
can be no assurance that such a market will develop or if it does develop that
it will continue. See "Risk Factors" herein.


       PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER
            "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-12 HEREIN AND ON PAGE 12 IN THE
                            ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.


                                   ----------



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     THE SECURITIES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST ONLY
       AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,
      OWNER TRUSTEE, INDENTURE TRUSTEE OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, EXCEPT TO
          THE EXTENT PROVIDED HEREIN. THE SECURITIES ARE NOT INSURED OR
                     GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.


          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
               OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
                     ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
                      SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     The Securities offered hereby will be purchased by [ ] (the "Underwriter")
from the Depositor and will, in each case, be offered by the Underwriter from
time to time to the public in negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying
prices to be determined at the time of sale. The aggregate proceeds to the
Depositor from the sale of the Notes are expected to be $_____________ and from
the sale of the Certificates are expected to be $__________ before deducting
expenses payable by the Depositor of $_______.

     The Securities are offered subject to prior sale and subject to the
Underwriters' right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
the Notes will be delivered in book-entry form through the facilities of The
Depository Trust Company, [Cedel, S.A. and the Euroclear System] on or about
_______, 199_. The Securities will be offered in [Europe and] the United States
of America.

                                   ----------

     Until ninety days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the Securities, whether or not participating in this
distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus
to investors. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers acting as
Underwriters to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                                   ----------

     Each Series of Securities offered hereby constitute part of a separate
Series of Asset Backed Securities being offered by the Underwriter from time to
time pursuant to the Prospectus dated ____________, 199_. This Prospectus
Supplement does not contain complete information about the offering of the
Securities. Additional information is contained in the Prospectus and investors
are urged to read both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus in full.
Sales of the Securities may not be consummated unless the purchaser has received
both this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.


     The Trustee on behalf of any Trust Fund will provide without charge to each
person to whom this Prospectus Supplement is delivered, on the written or oral
request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to in the
Prospectus under "Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference" that have
been or may be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (not including
exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless such
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that
the Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee at _____________, telephone:_________, facsimile
number:_____________, attention:__________.


                                   ----------

                                  [UNDERWRITER]

_______________, 199_


                                       S-2





 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS


The following summary of certain pertinent information is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the detailed information appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized
terms used herein are defined elsewhere in the Prospectus Supplement or in the
Prospectus. See "Index of Defined Terms" on Page S-45 of this Prospectus
Supplement and on Page 98 of the Prospectus for the location of the definitions
of certain capitalized terms.


Title of Securities ..................  Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Notes,
                                        Series 199__-__(the "Notes") and Home
                                        Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates,
                                        Series 199__-__ (the "Certificates" and,
                                        together with the Notes, the
                                        "Securities").

Securities Offered ...................  All of the Securities, including the
                                        Class ___, Class __ and Class __ Notes
                                        and the Class __, Class __ and Class __
                                        Certificates. Each Security represents
                                        the right to receive payments of
                                        interest at the variable rate described
                                        below, payable monthly, and payments of
                                        principal at such time and to the extent
                                        provided below.


Trust Fund............................  [Countrywide] Home Equity Loan Trust
                                        199_-_ (the "Trust Fund" or the
                                        "Issuer"), a Delaware business trust
                                        established pursuant to the Trust
                                        Agreement (as defined herein), dated as
                                        of ___, 199_ (the "Cut-off Date"). The
                                        property of the Trust Fund will include:
                                        a pool of [adjustable rate] home equity
                                        revolving credit line loans made or to
                                        be made in the future (the "Mortgage
                                        Loans"), under certain home equity
                                        revolving credit line loan agreements
                                        (the "Credit Line Agreements") and
                                        secured by either first or second
                                        mortgages on residential properties that
                                        are one- to four-family properties (the
                                        "Mortgaged Properties"); the collections
                                        in respect of the Mortgage Loans
                                        received after the Cut-off Date
                                        (exclusive of payments in respect of
                                        accrued interest due on or prior to the
                                        Cut-off Date or due in the month of
                                        _____________); property that secured a
                                        Mortgage Loan which has been acquired by
                                        foreclosure or deed in lieu of
                                        foreclosure; [an irrevocable and
                                        unconditional limited financial guaranty
                                        insurance policy (the "Policy")]; an
                                        assignment of the Depositor's rights
                                        under the Purchase Agreement (as defined
                                        herein); rights under certain hazard
                                        insurance policies covering the
                                        Mortgaged Properties; and certain other
                                        property, as described more fully under
                                        "The Trust Fund" herein.

                                        The Trust Fund will include the unpaid
                                        principal balance of each Mortgage Loan
                                        as of the Cut-off Date (the "Cut-off
                                        Date Principal Balance") plus any
                                        additions thereto as a result of new
                                        advances made pursuant to the applicable
                                        Credit Line Agreement (the "Additional
                                        Balances") during the life of the Trust
                                        Fund. With respect to any date, the
                                        "Pool Balance"


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-3




 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        will be equal to the aggregate of the
                                        Principal Balances of all Mortgage Loans
                                        as of such date. The "Principal Balance"
                                        of a Loan (other than a Liquidated Loan)
                                        on any day is equal to its Cut-off Date
                                        Principal Balance, plus (i) any
                                        Additional Balances in respect of such
                                        Mortgage Loan, minus (ii) all
                                        collections credited against the
                                        Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan
                                        in accordance with the related Credit
                                        Line Agreement prior to such day. The
                                        Principal Balance of a Liquidated Loan
                                        after the final recovery of related
                                        Liquidation Proceeds shall be zero.


Indenture  ...........................  The Notes will be issued pursuant to an
                                        indenture dated as of _________, 199_
                                        (the "Indenture") between the Trust Fund
                                        and the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture
                                        Trustee will allocate distributions of
                                        principal and interest to holders of the
                                        Notes (the "Noteholders") in accordance
                                        with the Indenture.

Trust Agreement.......................  Pursuant to a trust agreement dated as
                                        of ________ 1, 199_ (the "Trust
                                        Agreement"), among the Depositor,
                                        ________ and the Owner Trustee, the
                                        Trust Fund will issue the Certificates
                                        in an initial aggregate amount of
                                        $__________. The Certificates will
                                        represent fractional undivided interests
                                        in the Trust Fund.


Depositor.............................  CWABS, Inc. a Delaware corporation and a
                                        limited purpose finance subsidiary of
                                        Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc., a
                                        Delaware corporation.

Master Servicer.......................  [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.
                                        ("Countrywide") and, in its capacity as
                                        Master Servicer of the Mortgage Loans,
                                        the "Master Servicer". The Master
                                        Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans
                                        pursuant to a Master Servicing Agreement
                                        dated _________ 1, 199_ between the
                                        Issuer and the Master Servicer.

Indenture Trustee.....................  _______________ (the "Indenture
                                        Trustee").

Owner Trustee.........................  _______________ (the "Owner Trustee").

Cut-off Date..........................  __________ 1, 199__.

Closing Date..........................  On or about __________ __, 199__.

Determination Date....................  The ___ business day, but no later than
                                        the ___ calendar day, of each month (the
                                        "Determination Date").

The Mortgage Loans....................  The Mortgage Loans are secured by first
                                        and second mortgages on Mortgaged
                                        Properties. The Mortgage Loans were
                                        originated or acquired in the normal
                                        course of its business by [Countrywide]
                                        (in such capacity, the "Seller").

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-4



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        On the Closing Date, [Countrywide] will
                                        sell the Mortgage Loans to the
                                        Depositor, pursuant to a purchase
                                        agreement (the "Purchase Agreement").
                                        The aggregate Principal Balance of the
                                        Mortgage loans as of the Cut-off Date is
                                        $___________ (the "Cut-off Date Pool
                                        Principal Balance").

                                        The percentage of the Cut-off Date
                                        Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans
                                        secured by Mortgaged Properties located
                                        in the states of [__________, _________,
                                        _________, _______, ______ and ________]
                                        is approximately ____%, ____%, ____%,
                                        ____%, ____% and ____%, respectively.
                                        The "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" of
                                        each Mortgage Loan is the ratio of (A)
                                        the sum of (i) the maximum amount the
                                        borrower was permitted to draw down
                                        under the related Credit Line Agreement
                                        (the "Credit Limit") and (ii) the
                                        amounts of any related senior mortgage
                                        loans (computed as of the date of
                                        origination of each such Mortgage Loans)
                                        to (B) the lesser of (i) the appraised
                                        value of the Mortgaged Property or (ii)
                                        in the case of a Mortgaged Property
                                        purchased within one year of the
                                        origination of the related Mortgage
                                        Loan, the purchase price of such
                                        Mortgaged Property. As of the Cut-off
                                        Date the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios
                                        ranged from ____% to ______% and, as of
                                        the Cut-off Date, the weighted average
                                        Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the
                                        Mortgage Loans was approximately ____%.


                                        Interest on each Mortgage Loan is
                                        payable monthly and computed on the
                                        related daily outstanding Principal
                                        Balance for each day in the billing
                                        cycle at a variable rate per annum (the
                                        "Loan Rate") equal at any time (subject
                                        to maximum rates, as described herein
                                        under "The Home Equity Lending
                                        Program--Mortgage Loan Terms," and
                                        further subject to applicable usury
                                        limitations) to the sum of [(i) the
                                        highest prime rate published in the
                                        "Money Rates" section of The Wall Street
                                        Journal] and (ii) a Margin within the
                                        range of ___% to ___%. As of the Cut-off
                                        Date, the weighted average Margin was
                                        approximately %. Loan Rates are adjusted
                                        monthly on the first business day of the
                                        calendar month preceding the Due Date.
                                        As to each Mortgage Loan, the "Due Date"
                                        is the ___ day of each month. The
                                        Cut-off Date Principal Balances ranged
                                        from zero to $________ and averaged
                                        approximately $_______. Credit Limits
                                        under the Mortgage Loans as of the
                                        Cut-off Date ranged from $________ to
                                        $________ and averaged approximately
                                        $________. Each Mortgage Loan was
                                        originated in the period from __________
                                        __, 19__ to __________ __, 19__. As of
                                        the Cut-off Date, the maximum Credit
                                        Limit Utilization Rate (as defined
                                        herein) was 100% and the weighted
                                        average Credit Limit Utilization Rate
                                        was approximately %. As of the Cut-off
                                        Date,

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-5



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        approximately ___% by Cut-off Date
                                        Principal Balance of theMortgage Loans
                                        represented first liens on the related
                                        Mortgaged Properties, while
                                        approximately ___% of the Mortgage Loans
                                        represented second liens. As of the
                                        Cut-off Date, the Mortgage Loans had
                                        remaining terms to scheduled maturity
                                        ranging from ___ months to ___ months
                                        and had a weighted average of
                                        approximately ___ months. See "The Home
                                        Equity Lending Program" and "Description
                                        of the Mortgage Loans" herein.

Distribution Date.....................  The ____ day of each month or, if such
                                        day is not a Business Day, the next
                                        succeeding Business Day, commencing with
                                        _______, 199_. A "Business Day" is any
                                        day other than a Saturday or Sunday or
                                        another day on which banking
                                        institutions in New York, New York [and
                                        ____________] are authorized or
                                        obligated by law, regulations or
                                        executive order to be closed.


Final Scheduled
     Distribution Dates...............  With respect to the Certificates,
                                        ___________________. To the extent not
                                        previously paid, the principal balance
                                        (the "Security Principal Balance") of
                                        the Notes will be due on the
                                        Distribution Date in _______, 199_.
                                        Failure to pay the full principal
                                        balance of Notes on or before the
                                        applicable final scheduled payment dates
                                        constitutes an Event of Default under
                                        the Indenture.


Record Date...........................  The last day preceding a Distribution
                                        Date or, if the Securities are no longer
                                        Book-Entry Securities, the last day of
                                        the month preceding a Distribution Date.

Collections...........................  All collections on the Mortgage Loans
                                        will be allocated by the Master Servicer
                                        in accordance with the Loan Agreements
                                        between amounts collected in respect of
                                        interest ("Interest Collections") and
                                        amounts collected in respect of
                                        principal ("Principal Collections" and
                                        collectively with Interest Collections,
                                        the "Collections"). The Master Servicer
                                        will generally deposit Collections
                                        distributable to the Holders in an
                                        account established for such purpose
                                        under the Servicing Agreement (the
                                        "Collection Account"). See "Description
                                        of the Master Servicing Agreement --
                                        Allocations and Collections" herein and
                                        "The Agreements -- Payments on Loans;
                                        Deposits to Security Account" and "--
                                        Collection Procedures" in the
                                        Prospectus.

Description of the Securities.........

     A. Distributions...................On each Distribution Date, collections
                                        on the Mortgage Loans will be applied in
                                        the following order of priority:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-6



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        (i)   to the Master Servicer, the 
                                              Servicing Fee;

                                        (ii)  as payment for the accruedinterest
                                              due and any overdue accrued
                                              interest (with interest thereon)
                                              on the respective Security
                                              Principal Balances of the Notes
                                              and the Certificates;

                                        (iii) as principal on the
                                              Securities, the excess of
                                              Principal Collections over
                                              Additional Balances created during
                                              the preceding Collection Period,
                                              such amount to be allocated
                                              between the Notes and
                                              Certificates, pro rata, based on
                                              their respective Security
                                              Principal Balances;

                                        (iv)  as principal on the
                                              Securities, as payment for any
                                              Liquidation Loss Amounts on the
                                              Mortgage Loans;

                                        (v)   as payment for the premium on
                                              the Policy;

                                        (vi)  to reimburse prior draws made
                                              on the Policy; and

                                        (vii) any remaining amounts to the
                                              Seller.

                                        As to any Distribution Date, the
                                        "Collection Period" is the calendar
                                        month preceding the month of such
                                        Distribution Date.

                                        "Liquidation Loss Amount" means with
                                        respect to any Liquidated Mortgage
                                        Loan, the unrecovered Principal Balance
                                        thereof at the end of the related
                                        Collection Period in which such Mortgage
                                        Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan
                                        after giving effect to the Net
                                        Liquidation Proceeds in connection
                                        therewith.

B. Note Rate..........................  Interest will accrue on the unpaid
                                        Security Principal Balance of the Notes
                                        at the per annum rate (the "Note Rate")
                                        equal to ___% per annum from the Closing
                                        Date to the first Distribution Date and
                                        thereafter interest will accrue on the
                                        Notes from and including the preceding
                                        Distribution Date to but excluding such
                                        current Distribution Date (each, an
                                        "Interest Accrual Period") at [a
                                        floating rate equal to LIBOR (as defined
                                        herein) plus ___%] [___%]. [Interest
                                        will be calculated on the basis of the
                                        actual number of days in each Interest
                                        Accrual Period divided by 360.] A
                                        failure to pay interest on any Notes on
                                        any Distribution Date that continues for
                                        five days constitutes an Event of
                                        Default under the Indenture.

C. Pass-Through Rate..................  Interest will accrue on the unpaid
                                        Principal Balance of the Certificates at
                                        the per annum rate (the "Pass-Through
                                        Rate") equal to ___% per annum from the
                                        Closing Date to the first 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       S-7



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        Distribution Date and thereafter
                                        interest will accrue on the Certificates
                                        for each Interest Accrual Period at [a
                                        floating rateequal to LIBOR (as defined
                                        herein) plus ___%] [___%]. [Interest
                                        will be calculated on the basis of the
                                        actual number of days in each Interest
                                        Accrual Period divided by 360.] A
                                        failure to pay interest on any
                                        Certificates on any Distribution Date
                                        that continues for five days constitutes
                                        an Event of Default under the Trust
                                        Agreement.

D. Form and Registration..............  The Securities will initially be
                                        delivered in book-entry form
                                        ("Book-Entry Securities"). Holders of
                                        such Securities may elect to hold their
                                        interests through The Depository Trust
                                        Company ("DTC"), [in the United States,
                                        or Centrale de Livraison de Valeurs
                                        Mobilieres S.A. ("Cedel") or the
                                        Euroclear System ("Euroclear"), in
                                        Europe]. Transfers within DTC [, Cedel
                                        or Euroclear, as the case may be,] will
                                        be in accordance with the usual rules
                                        and operating procedures of the relevant
                                        system. So long as the Securities are
                                        Book-Entry Securities, such Securities
                                        will be evidenced by one or more
                                        securities registered in the name of
                                        Cede & Co. ("Cede"), as the nominee of
                                        DTC [or one of the relevant depositaries
                                        (collectively, the "European
                                        Depositaries")]. Cross-market transfers
                                        between persons holding directly or
                                        indirectly through DTC[, on the one
                                        hand, and counterparties holding
                                        directly or indirectly through Cedel or
                                        Euroclear, on the other,] will be
                                        effected in DTC through Citibank N.A.
                                        ("Citibank") or The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                        ("Chase") the relevant depositaries of
                                        Cedel and Euroclear, respectively, and
                                        each a participating member of DTC. The
                                        Securities will initially be registered
                                        in the name of Cede. The interests of
                                        such Holders will be represented by book
                                        entries on the records of DTC and
                                        participating members thereof. No Holder
                                        of a Security will be entitled to
                                        receive a definitive note representing
                                        such person's interest, except in the
                                        event that Securities in fully
                                        registered, certificated form
                                        ("Definitive Securities") are issued
                                        under the limited circumstances
                                        described in "Description of the
                                        Securities ___ Book-Entry Registration
                                        of Securities" in the Prospectus. All
                                        references in this Prospectus Supplement
                                        to Securities reflect the rights of
                                        Holders of such Notes only as such
                                        rights may be exercised through DTC and
                                        its participating organizations for so
                                        long as such Securities are held by DTC.
                                        See "Risk Factors -- Book-Entry
                                        Securities" herein.

E. Denominations......................  The Securities will be issued in minimum
                                        denominations of $[________] and
                                        integral multiples thereof.


[Final Payment of Principal;
      Termination.....................  The Trust Fund will terminate on the
                                        Distribution Date following the earlier
                                        of (i) _________________________ and


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       S-8



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        (ii) the final payment or other
                                        liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan in
                                        the Trust Fund. The Mortgage Loans will
                                        be subjectto optional repurchase by the
                                        Master Servicer on any Distribution Date
                                        after the Principal Balance is reduced
                                        to an amount less than or equal to $
                                        (____% of the initial Principal
                                        Balance). The repurchase price will be
                                        equal to the sum of the outstanding
                                        Principal Balance and accrued and unpaid
                                        interest thereon at the weighted average
                                        of the Loan Rates through the day
                                        preceding the final Distribution Date.
                                        See "Description of the Securities --
                                        Optional Termination" herein and "The
                                        Agreements -- Termination; Optional
                                        Termination" in the Prospectus.


[Letter of Credit]
      [Surety Bond]
       Issuer........................  _________________ (the "[Letter of
                                        Credit] [Surety Bond] Issuer"). See "The
                                        [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond] Issuer"
                                        herein.


[Letter of Credit]
      [Surety Bond]...................  On the Closing Date, the [Letter of
                                        Credit] [Surety Bond] Issuer will issue
                                        a [letter of credit] [surety bond] (the
                                        "[Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond]") in
                                        favor of the Owner Trustee on behalf of
                                        the Trust Fund. In the event that, on
                                        any Distribution Date, available amounts
                                        on deposit in the Collection Account
                                        with respect to the preceding Collection
                                        Period are insufficient to provide for
                                        the payment of the amount required to be
                                        distributed to the Holders and the
                                        Master Servicer on such Distribution
                                        Date, the Trustee will draw on the
                                        [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond], to the
                                        extent of the [Letter of Credit] [Surety
                                        Bond] Amount for such Distribution Date,
                                        in an amount equal to such deficiency.
                                        See "Description of the Securities --
                                        Distributions" herein and "Credit
                                        Enhancement" in the Prospectus.


[[Letter of Credit]
      [Surety Bond]
       Amount.........................  The amount available under the [Letter
                                        of Credit] [Surety Bond] (the "[Letter
                                        of Credit] [Surety Bond] Amount") for
                                        the initial Distribution Date will be
                                        $_______. For each Distribution Date
                                        thereafter, the [Letter of Credit]
                                        [Surety Bond] Amount will equal the
                                        lesser of (i) ___% of the Pool Balance
                                        as of the first day of the preceding
                                        Collection Period (after giving effect
                                        to any amounts distributed with respect
                                        to principal of the Mortgage Loans on
                                        the Distribution Date occurring in such
                                        preceding Collection Period) and (ii)
                                        the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond]
                                        Amount as of the first day of the
                                        preceding Collection Period, minus any
                                        amounts drawn under the [Letter of
                                        Credit] [Surety Bond] during such
                                        preceding Collection Period, plus any
                                        amounts paid to the [Letter of Credit]
                                        [Surety Bond] Issuer on the Distribution
                                        

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-9



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        Date occurring in such preceding
                                        Collection Period up to theamount of any
                                        previous draws on the [Letter of Credit]
                                        [Surety Bond].]


Federal Income Tax
      Consequences....................  In the opinion of Tax Counsel (as
                                        defined herein), for federal income tax
                                        purposes, the Securities will be
                                        characterized as indebtedness, and the
                                        Trust Fund will not be characterized as
                                        an association (or publicly traded
                                        partnership) taxable as a corporation.
                                        Each holder of a Security, by the
                                        acceptance of a Security, will agree to
                                        treat the Security as indebtedness for
                                        federal, state and local income and
                                        franchise tax purposes. See "Federal
                                        Income Tax Consequences" and "State Tax
                                        Consequences" herein and "Federal Income
                                        Tax Consequences" and "State Tax
                                        Considerations" in the Prospectus
                                        concerning the application of federal,
                                        state and local tax laws.

ERISA Considerations..................  Generally, plans that are subject to the
                                        requirements of ERISA and the Code are
                                        permitted to purchase instruments like
                                        the Notes that are debt under applicable
                                        state law and have no "substantial
                                        equity features" without reference to
                                        the prohibited transaction requirements
                                        of ERISA and the Code. In the opinion of
                                        ERISA Counsel (as defined herein), the
                                        Notes will be classified as indebtedness
                                        without substantial equity features for
                                        ERISA purposes. However, if the Notes
                                        are deemed to be equity interests and no
                                        statutory, regulatory or administrative
                                        exemption applies, the Trust Fund will
                                        hold plan assets by reason of a Plan's
                                        investment in the Notes. Accordingly,
                                        any Plan fiduciary considering whether
                                        to purchase the Notes on behalf of a
                                        Plan should consult with its counsel
                                        regarding the applicability of the
                                        provisions of ERISA and the Code and the
                                        availability of any exemptions. Under
                                        current law the purchase and holding of
                                        the Certificates by or on behalf of any
                                        employee benefit plan (a "Plan") subject
                                        to the fiduciary responsibility
                                        provisions of the Employee Retirement
                                        Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                        ("ERISA"), may result in a "prohibited
                                        transaction" within the meaning of ERISA
                                        and the Code or other violation of the
                                        fiduciary responsibility provisions of
                                        ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code.
                                        [Consequently, Certificates may not be
                                        transferred to a proposed transferee
                                        that is a Plan subject to ERISA or that
                                        is described in Section 4975(e)(1) of
                                        the Code, or a person acting on behalf
                                        of any such Plan or using the assets of
                                        such plan unless the Owner Trustee and
                                        the Depositor receive the opinion of
                                        counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
                                        Owner Trustee and the Depositor to the
                                        effect that the purchase and holding of
                                        such Certificate will not result in the
                                        assets of the Trust Fund being deemed to
                                        be "plan assets" for ERISA purposes and
                                        will not be a prohibited


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      S-10



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        transaction under ERISA or Section 4975
                                        of the Code.] See "ERISA Considerations"
                                        herein and in the Prospectus.

Legal Investment......................  The Securities will not constitute
                                        "mortgage related securities" for
                                        purposes of the Secondary Mortgage
                                        Market Enhancement Act of 1984
                                        ("SMMEA"), because some of the Mortgages
                                        securing the Mortgage Loans are not
                                        first mortgages. Accordingly, many
                                        institutions with legal authority to
                                        invest in comparably rated securities
                                        based solely on first mortgages may not
                                        be legally authorized to invest in the
                                        Certificates. See "Legal Investment
                                        Considerations" herein and "Legal
                                        Investment" in the Prospectus.

Rating................................  It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                        Securities that they be rated _________
                                        by at least ____ nationally recognized
                                        statistical rating organizations (each a
                                        "Rating Agency"). In general, ratings
                                        address credit risk and do not address
                                        the likelihood of prepayments. A
                                        security rating is not a recommendation
                                        to buy, sell or hold securities.


Risk Factors..........................  For a discussion of certain risks
                                        associated with an investment in the
                                        Securities, see "Risk Factors" on Page
                                        S-12 herein and on Page 12 in the
                                        Prospectus.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      S-11



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     Investors should consider the following risks in connection with the
Purchase of the Securities.

     Consequences of Owning Book-Entry Securities


     Issuance of the Securities in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of
such Securities in the secondary trading market since investors may be unwilling
to purchase Securities for which they cannot obtain physical securities. See
"Description of the Securities--Book-Entry Securities" herein and "Risk
Factors-- Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

     Since transactions in the Securities can be effected only through DTC,
CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and certain
banks, the ability of a Security Owner to pledge a Security to persons or
entities that do not participate in the DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear system may be
limited due to lack of a physical security representing the Securities. See
"Description of the Securities--Book-Entry Securities" herein and "Risk
Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

   

     Security Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of distributions
of interest and principal on the Securities since such distributions will be
forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such distributions to the
accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which will thereafter credit
them to the accounts of Security Owners either directly or indirectly through
indirect participants. Security Owners will not be recognized as Securityholders
as such term is used in the Agreement, and Security Owners will be permitted to
exercise the rights of Securityholders only indirectly through DTC and its
Participants. See "Description of the Securities--Book-Entry Securities" herein
and "Risk Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

    
Cash Flow Considerations and Risks


     Minimum monthly payments will at least equal and may exceed accrued
interest. Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security
for the Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered in connection
with the liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and corresponding
delays in the receipt of related proceeds by Holders could occur if the [Letter
of Credit] [Surety Bond] provider were unable to perform on its obligations
under the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond]. Further, liquidation expenses (such
as legal fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance and preservation expenses)
will reduce the proceeds payable to Holders and thereby reduce the security for
the Mortgage Loans. In the event any of the Mortgaged Properties fail to provide
adequate security for the related Mortgage Loans, Holders could experience a
loss if the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond] provider were unable to perform its
obligations under the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond].]


Prepayment Considerations and Risks

     Substantially all of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part
at any time without penalty. Home equity loans, such as the Mortgage Loans, have
been originated in significant volume only during the past few years and neither
the Depositor nor the Master Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies
or statistics on the rate of prepayment of such loans. Generally, home equity
loans are not viewed by borrowers as permanent financing. Accordingly, the
Mortgage Loans may experience a higher rate of prepayment than traditional
loans. The Trust Fund's prepayment experience may be affected by a wide variety
of factors, including general economic conditions, interest rates, the
availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility. In addition,
substantially all of the Mortgage Loans contain due-on-sale provisions and the
Master Servicer intends to enforce such provisions unless (i) such enforcement
is not permitted by applicable law or (ii) the Master Servicer, in a manner
consistent with reasonable commercial practice, permits the purchaser of the
related Mortgaged Property to assume the Mortgage Loan. To the extent permitted
by applicable law, such assumption will not release the original borrower from
its obligation under any such Mortgage Loan. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in the Prospectus for a description of certain
provisions of the Credit Line Agreements that may affect the prepayment
experience



                                      S-12



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


on the Mortgage Loans. The yield to maturity and weighted average life of the
Securities will be affected primarily by the rate and timing of prepayments on
the Mortgage Loans. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower
incidence of prepayment of Mortgage Loans will be borne entirely by the
Securityholders.


     Certificate Rating. The rating of the Securities will depend primarily on
an assessment by the Rating Agencies of the Loans and upon the claims-paying
ability [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond] provider. Any reduction in a rating
assigned to the claims-paying ability of the [Letter of Credit][Surety Bond]
provider below the rating initially given to the Securities may result in a
reduction in the rating of the Securities. The rating by the Rating Agencies of
the Securities is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Securities,
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to the market price or suitability
for a particular investor. There is no assurance that the ratings will remain in
place for any given period of time or that the ratings will not be lowered or
withdrawn by the Rating Agencies. In general, the ratings address credit risk
and do not address the likelihood of prepayments. The ratings of the Securities
do not address the possibility of the imposition of United States withholding
tax with respect to non-U.S. persons.


Legal Considerations--Lien Priority

     The Mortgage Loans are secured by deeds of trust or mortgages (which
generally are second mortgages). With respect to Mortgage Loans that are secured
by first mortgages, the Master Servicer has the power under certain
circumstances to consent to a new mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Property having
priority over such Mortgage Loan. Mortgage Loans secured by second mortgages are
entitled to proceeds that remain from the sale of the related Mortgage Property
after any related senior mortgage loan and prior statutory liens have been
satisfied. In the event that such proceeds are insufficient to satisfy such
loans and prior liens in the aggregate [and the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond]
provider is unable to perform its obligations under the [Letter of Credit]
[Surety Bond] or if the coverage under the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond] is
exhausted] the Trust Fund and, accordingly, the Holders, bear (i) the risk of
delay in distributions while a deficiency judgment against the borrower is
obtained and (ii) the risk of loss if the deficiency judgment cannot be obtained
or is not realized upon. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans" in
the Properties.

Legal Considerations--Security Interest

     Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, so long as [Countrywide's]
long-term senior unsecured debt is rated at least "____" by ____ and "________"
by ______, the Master Servicer will be entitled to maintain possession of the
documentation relating to each Mortgage Loan sold by it, including the Credit
Line Agreements and the Related Documents or other evidence of indebtedness
signed by the borrower, and the assignments of the related mortgages to the
Trust will not be required to be recorded. Failure to deliver the Related
Documents to the Owner Trustee will have the result in most (if not all) of the
states in which the Related Documents will be held, and failure to record the
assignments of the related mortgages to the Owner Trustee will have the result
in certain states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, of making the
sale of the Cut-off Date Principal Balances, Additional Balances and Related
Documents potentially ineffective against (i) any creditors of [Countrywide],
who may have been fraudulently or inadvertently induced to rely on the Mortgage
Loans as assets of [Countrywide], or (ii) any purchaser of a Mortgage Loan who
had no notice of the prior conveyance to the Trust Fund if such purchaser
perfects his interest in the Mortgage Loan by taking possession of the Related
Documents or other evidence of indebtedness or otherwise. In such event, the
Trust Fund would be an unsecured creditor of [Countrywide].

Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks


     The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor pursuant to
the Purchase Agreement will be treated as a sale of the Mortgage Loans. The
Seller will warrant that such transfer is either a sale of


                                      S-13



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


its interest in the Mortgage Loans or a grant of a first priority perfected
security interest therein. In the event of an insolvency of the Seller, the
receiver of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage
Loans as a borrowing by the Seller secured by a pledge of the Mortgage Loans. If
the receiver decided to challenge such transfer, delays in payments of the
Securities and possible reductions in the amount thereof could occur. The
Depositor will warrant in the Trust Agreement that the transfer of its interest
in the Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund is a valid transfer and assignment of
such interest.

     If a conservator, receiver or trustee were appointed for the Seller, or if
certain other events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Seller were
to occur, Additional Balances would not be transferred by the Seller to the
Trust Fund. In such an event, an Event of Default under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and Indenture would occur and the Owner Trustee would
attempt to sell the Mortgage Loans (unless Holders holding Securities evidencing
undivided interests aggregating at least 51% of each of the Security Principal
Balance of the Notes and the Certificates instruct otherwise), thereby causing
early payment of the Security Principal Balance of the Notes and the
Certificates.


     In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the Master Servicer, the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the applicable
Trustee or the Holders from appointing a successor Master Servicer.

     [Geographic Concentration. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately _____% (by
Cut-off Date Principal Balance) of the Mortgaged Properties are located in the
State of __________. An overall decline in the __________ residential real
estate market could adversely affect the values of the Mortgaged Properties
securing such Mortgage Loans such that the Principal Balances of the related
Mortgage Loans, together with any primary financing on such Mortgaged
Properties, could equal or exceed the value of such Mortgaged Properties. As the
residential real estate market is influenced by many factors, including the
general condition of the economy and interest rates, no assurances may be given
that the __________ residential real estate market will not weaken. If the
__________ residential real estate market should experience an overall decline
in property values after the dates of origination of the Mortgage Loans, the
rates of losses on the Mortgage Loans would be expected to increase, and could
increase substantially.]

Master Servicer's Ability to Change the Terms of the Mortgage Loans


     The Master Servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a Credit Line
Agreement, provided that such changes (i) do not adversely affect the interest
of the Holders or the [Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond] provider, and (ii) are
consistent with prudent business practice. There can be no assurance that
changes in applicable law or the marketplace for home equity loans or prudent
business practice will not result in changes in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.
In addition, the Master Servicing Agreement permits the Master Servicer, within
certain limitations described therein, to increase the Credit Limit of the
related Mortgage Loan or reduce the Margin for such Mortgage Loan. Any such
increase in the Credit Limit of a Mortgage Loan would increase the Loan-to-Value
Ratio of such Mortgage Loan and, accordingly, would increase the risk of the
Trust Fund's investment in such Mortgage Loan. In addition, any reduction in the
Margin of a Mortgage Loan would reduce the excess cash flow available to absorb
losses.


Delinquent Mortgage Loans


     The Trust Fund will include Mortgage Loans which are __ or fewer days
delinquent. The Cut-off Date Principal Balance of such delinquent Mortgage Loans
was $______________.]


     For a discussion of additional risks pertaining to the Securities, see
"Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.


                                      S-14



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                 THE TRUST FUND


General


     The Issuer, [Countrywide] Home Equity Loan Trust 199_, is a business trust
formed under the laws of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement
for the transactions described in this Prospectus Supplement. The Trust
Agreement constitutes the "governing instrument" under the laws of the State of
Delaware relating to business trusts. After its formation, the Issuer will not
engage in any activity other than (i) acquiring, holding and managing the
Mortgage Loans and the other assets of the Trust Fund and proceeds therefrom,
(ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates, (iii) making payments on the Notes
and the Certificates and (iv) engaging in other activities that are necessary,
suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or
connected therewith.

     The property of the Trust Fund will consist of: (i) each of the Mortgage
Loans that are _________; (ii) collections on the Mortgage Loans received after
the Cut-off Date; (iii) Mortgaged Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans that
are acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure; (iv) the Collection
Account and the Distribution Account (excluding net earnings thereon); (v) the
[Letter of Credit] [Surety Bond]; and (vi) an assignment of the Depositor's
rights under the Purchase Agreement, including all rights of the Depositor to
purchase Additional Balances.

     The Trust Fund's principal offices are in __________, Delaware, in care of
________________________, as Owner Trustee, at [ ].


                   THE [LETTER OF CREDIT][SURETY BOND] ISSUER

     The following information with respect to _________ ("_______") has been
furnished by __________. Accordingly, none of the Issuer, the Depositor or the
Master Servicer makes any representation as to the accuracy and completeness of
such information.

     [Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer]

                               THE MASTER SERVICER

General

     The Master Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the
terms set forth in the Master Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer may
perform any of its obligations under the Master Servicing Agreement through one
or more subservicers. Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, the
Master Servicer will remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations
under the Master Servicing Agreement as if the Master Servicer alone were
servicing the Mortgage Loans. As of the Closing Date, the Master Servicer will
service the Mortgage Loans without subservicing arrangements.

The Master Servicer

     [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. ("Countrywide"), a New York corporation and a
subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc., will act as Master Servicer
for the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Master Servicing Agreement. Countrywide
is engaged primarily in the mortgage banking business, and as such, originates,
purchases, sells and services mortgage loans. Countrywide originates mortgage
loans through a retail branch system and through mortgage loan brokers and
correspondents nationwide.


                                      S-15



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Countrywide's mortgage loans are principally first-lien, fixed or adjustable
rate mortgage loans secured by single-family residences. Countrywide began
servicing home equity lines of credit in _______ 19__.

     At ______________, 199_, Countrywide provided servicing for approximately
$______ billion aggregate principal amount of first-lien mortgage loans,
substantially all of which are being serviced for unaffiliated persons. At
_____________, 199_, Countrywide provided servicing for approximately $______
million aggregate principal amount of first and second lien mortgage loans
originated under home equity lines of credit.

     The principal executive offices of Countrywide are located at 155 North
Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its telephone number is (818)
304-8400. Countrywide conducts operations from its headquarters in Pasadena and
from offices located through the nation.]

                          THE HOME EQUITY LOAN PROGRAM

Underwriting Procedures Relating to Home Equity Loans

     The following is a description of the underwriting procedures customarily
employed by the Seller with respect to home equity loans. The underwriting
process is intended to assess the applicant's credit standing and repayment
ability, and the value and adequacy of the real property security as collateral
for the proposed loan. Exceptions to the Seller's underwriting guidelines will
be made when compensating factors are present. Such factors include the
borrower's employment stability, credit history, disposable income, equity in
the related property and the nature of the underlying first mortgage loan.

     Each applicant for a home equity loan is required to complete an
application which lists the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit and
employment history and other demographic and personal information. If
information in the loan application demonstrates that there is sufficient income
and equity in the real property to justify making a home equity loan, the Seller
will conduct a further credit investigation of the applicant. This investigation
includes obtaining and reviewing an independent credit bureau report on the
credit history of the applicant in order to evaluate the applicant's ability to
repay. The credit report typically contains information relating to such matters
as credit history with local merchants and lenders, installment debt payments
and any record of delinquencies, defaults, bankruptcy, collateral repossessions,
suits or judgments.

     The Seller originates or acquires mortgage loans pursuant to alternative
sets of underwriting criteria under its Alternative Documentation Loan Program
(the "Alternative Documentation Program") and its Reduced Documentation Loan
Program (the "Reduced Documentation Program"). The Alternative Documentation
Program permits a borrower to provide W-2 forms instead of tax returns covering
the most recent two years, permits bank statements in lieu of verifications of
deposits and permits alternative methods of employment verification. Under the
Reduced Documentation Program, relatively more emphasis is placed on property
underwriting than on credit underwriting and certain credit underwriting
documentation concerning income and employment verification therefore is waived.
Mortgage loans underwritten under the Reduced Documentation Program generally
are limited to self-employed borrowers with credit histories that demonstrate an
established ability to repay indebtedness in a timely fashion.

     Full appraisals are generally performed on all home equity loans which at
origination had a principal balance greater than $100,000. Such appraisals are
determined on the basis of a Seller-approved, independent third-party, fee-based
appraisal completed on forms approved by Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA") or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"). For loans which
had at origination a principal balance equal to or less than $100,000, a
drive-by evaluation is generally completed by a state licensed, independent
third-party, professional appraiser on forms approved by either FNMA or FHLMC.


                                      S-16



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


The drive-by evaluation is an exterior examination of the premises by the
appraiser to determine that the property is in good condition. The appraisal is
based on various factors, including the market value of comparable homes and the
cost of replacing the improvement and generally is required to have been made
not earlier than 150 days prior to the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan.
The minimum and maximum loan amounts for home equity loans are $10,000 and
$500,000, respectively. Borrowers may draw under the home equity loans in
minimum amounts of $250 and maximum amounts up to the remaining available
credit thereunder, in each case after giving effect to all prior draws and
payments thereon.

     After obtaining all applicable employment, credit and property information,
the Seller uses a debt-to-income ratio to assist in determining whether the
prospective borrower has sufficient monthly income available to support the
payments of principal and interest on the home equity loan in addition to any
senior mortgage loan payments (including any escrows for property taxes and
hazard insurance premiums) and other monthly credit obligations. The
"debt-to-income ratio" is the ratio of the borrower's total monthly payments
(assumed to be based on the applicable fully indexed interest rate plus a margin
of 2%) to the borrower's gross monthly income. Based on the foregoing, for loans
with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 90% or less, the maximum monthly
debt-to-income ratio is 45%. For loans with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios
greater than 90%, the maximum monthly debt-to-income ratio is generally 38%.
Variations in the monthly debt-to-income ratios limits are permitted based on
compensating factors. The Seller currently offers home equity loan products
that allow maximum Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 70%, 80%, 90% and 100%.


     It is generally the Seller's policy to require a title search before it
makes a home equity loan for amounts less than or equal to $100,000. In
addition, if the home equity loan has an original principal balance of $100,000
or more, the Seller requires that the borrower obtain an American Land Title
Association ("ALTA") policy, or other assurance of title customary in the
relevant jurisdiction. In addition, ALTA title policies are generally obtained
in situations where the property is on leased land or there has been a change in
title or such home equity loan is in first lien position.

Servicing of the Mortgage Loans

     The Master Servicer has established standard policies for the servicing and
collection of the home equity loans. Servicing includes, but is not limited to,
(i) the collection and aggregation of payments relating to the Mortgage Loans;
(ii) the supervision of delinquent Mortgage Loans, loss mitigation efforts,
foreclosure proceedings and, if applicable, the disposition of Mortgaged
Properties; and (iii) the preparation of tax related information in connection
with the Mortgage Loans.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly by the Master Servicer. The statement
details all debits and credits and specifies the minimum payment due and the
available credit line. Notice of changes in the applicable loan rate are
provided by the Master Servicer to the Mortgagor with such statements. All
payments are due by the fifteenth day of the month.

     With respect to Mortgage Loans, the general policy of the Master Servicer
is to initiate foreclosure in the underlying property (i) after such loan is 75
days or more delinquent and satisfactory arrangements cannot be made with the
Mortgagor; or (ii) if a notice of default on a senior lien is received by the
Master Servicer. Foreclosure proceedings may be terminated if the delinquency is
cured. Mortgage Loans to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings may be restructured
in accordance with law and with a view to maximizing recovery of such loans,
including any deficiencies.

     Once foreclosure is initiated by the Master Servicer, a foreclosure
tracking system is used to monitor the progress of the proceedings. The system
includes state specific parameters to monitor whether proceedings are
progressing within the time frame typical for the state in which the property is
located. During the foreclosure proceeding, the Master Servicer determines the
amount of the foreclosure bid and whether to liquidate the loan.

     After foreclosure, if the home equity loan is secured by a first mortgage
lien, the Master Servicer may liquidate the Mortgaged Property and charge off
the home equity loan balance which was not recovered through liquidation
proceeds. If the Mortgaged Property was subject to a senior lien, the Master
Servicer will


                                      S-17



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

either directly manage the foreclosure sale of the property and satisfy such
lien at the time of sale or take other action as deemed necessary to protect the
interest in the Mortgaged Property. If in the judgment of the Master Servicer,
the cost of maintaining or purchasing the senior lien position exceeds the
economic benefit of such action, the Master Servicer will generally charge off
the entire home equity loan and may seek a money judgment against the borrower.

     Servicing and charge-off policies and collection practices may change over
time in accordance with, among other things, the Master Servicer's business
judgment, changes in the portfolio and applicable laws and regulations.

Foreclosure and Delinquency Experience

     The following table summarizes the delinquency and foreclosure experience,
respectively, on the dates indicated, of home equity loans serviced by the
Master Servicer. Since [Countrywide] only began servicing home equity loans in
_______ 199_, the delinquency and foreclosure percentages may be affected by the
size and relative lack of seasoning of the servicing portfolio because many of
such loans were not outstanding long enough to give rise to some or all of the
periods of delinquency indicated in the chart below. Accordingly, the
information should not be considered as a basis for assessing the likelihood,
amount or severity of delinquency or losses on the Mortgage Loans and no
assurances can be given that the foreclosure and delinquency experience
presented in the table below will be indicative of such experience on the
Mortgage Loans:

                  Delinquency Status as of _____________, 199_*

                                       Dollars   Percent    Units     Percent
                                       -------   -------    -----     -------

Current.............................   $______   ______%    _____     _______%

30-59 days..........................    ______   ______     _____     _______

60-89 days..........................    ______   ______     _____     _______

90+ days............................    
                                        ------   ------     -----     -------
   Total                               $         100.00%               100.00%
                                       ========  ======     ======     =======

- ----------
*    Delinquencies are reported on a contractual basis.

     As of _____________, 199_, ______ loans with an aggregate balance of
$___________ are in bankruptcy and ________ loans with an aggregate balance of
$___________ are in foreclosure. Of the loans in foreclosure, there will be a
____________ 199_ charge off of $________. In addition to this charge off, there
is an anticipated charge off of approximately $_____________ which may also be
realized in --------------.]

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

General

     The Mortgage Loans were originated pursuant to loan agreements and
disclosure statements (the "Credit Line Agreements") and are secured by
mortgages or deeds of trust, which are either first or second 


                                      S-18



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


mortgages or deeds of trust, on Mortgaged Properties located in [__] states. The
Mortgaged Propertiessecuring the Mortgage Loans consist of residential
properties that are one- to four-family properties. See "--Mortgage Loan Terms"
below.


     The Cut-off Date Pool Balance is $______________, which is equal to the
aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date. As of
the Cut-off Date, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89 days delinquent. The
average Cut-off Date Principal Balance was approximately $_________, the minimum
Cut-off Date Principal Balance was zero, the maximum Cut-off Date Principal
Balance was $________, the minimum Loan Rate and the maximum Loan Rate as of the
Cut-off Date were ___% and ___% per annum, respectively, and the weighted
average Loan Rate as of the Cut-off Date was approximately ___% per annum. As of
the Cut-off Date, the weighted average Credit Limit Utilization Rate was
approximately ___%, the minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate was zero and the
maximum Credit Limit Utilization Rate was 100%. The "Credit Limit Utilization
Rate" is determined by dividing the Cut-off Date Principal Balance of a Mortgage
Loan by the Credit Limit of the related Credit Line Agreement. The remaining
term to scheduled maturity for the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date ranged
from ___ months to ___ months and the weighted average remaining term to
scheduled maturity was approximately months. As of the Cut-off Date, the
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans ranged from ___% to ______%
and the weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio was __%. The Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratio for a Mortgage Loan is the ratio (expressed as a percentage)
of (A) the sum of (i) the Credit Limit of the Mortgage Loan and (ii) any
outstanding principal balances of mortgage loans senior to such Mortgage Loan
(calculated at the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan) to (B) the lesser
of (i) the appraised value of the related Mortgaged Property as set forth in the
loan files at such date of origination or (ii) in the case of a Mortgaged
Property purchased within one year of the origination of the related Mortgage
Loan, the purchase price of such Mortgaged Property. Credit Limits under the
Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date ranged from $________ to $________ and
averaged approximately $________. The weighted average second mortgage ratio
(which is the Credit Limit for the related Mortgage Loan, provided such Mortgage
Loan was in the second lien position, divided by the sum of such Credit Limit
and the outstanding principal balance of any mortgage loan senior to the related
Mortgage Loan) was approximately ___%. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately %
by Cut-off Date Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans represented first liens
on the related Mortgaged Properties, while approximately ___% of the Mortgage
Loans represented second liens. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately ___% of
the Mortgage Loans are secured by Mortgaged Properties which are single-family
residences and ___% were owner-occupied. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately
___%, ___%, ___%, ___%, ___% and ___% by Cut-off Date Principal Balance are
located in [__________, ________, __________, _______, ______ and ________],
respectively.

Mortgage Loan Terms

     [A borrower may access a Mortgage Loan by writing a check in a minimum
amount of $250. The Mortgage Loans bear interest at a variable rate which
changes monthly on the first business day of the related month with changes in
the applicable Index Rate. The Mortgage Loans are subject to a maximum per annum
interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") ranging from _____% to _____% per annum and
subject to applicable usury limitations. As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted
average Maximum Rate was approximately ___%. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans--Applicability of Usury Laws" in the Prospectus. The daily periodic rate
on the Mortgage Loans (the "Loan Rate") is the sum of the Index Rate plus the
spread (the "Margin") which generally ranges between ____% and ____% and had a
weighted average, as of the Cut-off Date, of approximately ___%, divided by 365
days. The "Index Rate" is based on the highest "prime rate" published in the
'Money Rates' table of The Wall Street Journal as of the first business day of
each calendar month.]

     [Countrywide] offers an introductory loan rate on home equity lines of
credit which are originated with Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of 75% and 80%.
The introductory rate applies to any payments made during the first three months
after origination. After such three month period, the Loan Rate will adjust to


                                      S-19



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the Index plus the applicable Margin. As of the Cut-off Date, approximately ___%
of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Principal Balance were subject to an
introductory rate of ____% per annum.

     In general, the home equity loans may be drawn upon for a period (the "Draw
Period") of either five years (which may be extendible for an additional five
years, upon [Countrywide's] approval) or three years. Home equity loans with an
initial Draw Period of five years, which constitute approximately ___% of the
Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Principal Balance, are subject to a fifteen year
repayment period (the "Repayment Period") following the end of the Draw Period
during which the outstanding principal balance of the loan will be repaid in
monthly installments equal to [1/180] of the outstanding principal balance as of
the end of the Draw Period. Mortgage Loans with a Draw Period of three years,
which constitute approximately ___% of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date
Principal Balance, are subject to a ten year Repayment Period following the end
of the Draw Period during which the outstanding principal balance of the loan
will be paid in monthly installments equal to [1/120] of the outstanding
principal balance as of the end of the Draw Period.

     The minimum payment due during the Draw Period will be equal to the finance
charges accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the home equity loan
during the related billing period. The minimum payment due during the repayment
period will be equal to the sum of the finance charges accrued on the
outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan during the related billing
period and the principal payment described above.

     Set forth below is a description of certain characteristics of the Mortgage
Loans as of the Cut-off Date:

                               PRINCIPAL BALANCES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                        Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
            Range of Principal Balances                  Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      ----------------
<S>         <C>                                        <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................                    $
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................

                                                       ---------      -----------------      ----------------
$ ______ to $ ___________..........................

     Total.........................................                   $                               100.00%
                                                       ==========     =================      ================
</TABLE>


                                      S-20



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                           GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                        Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                      State                              Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      ----------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
                                                                       $ 














                                                       ----------      ------------------     -----------------

     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                       ===========     ==================     =================
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Geographic location is determined by the address of the Mortgaged Property
     securing the related Mortgage Loan.


                                      S-21



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Number of                               Percent of Pool
                 Range of Combined                      Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
               Loan-to-Value Ratios                       Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      ----------------
<S>         <C>                                        <C>             <C>                     <C>                 

____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................
____% to ________%.................................

                                                       ----------      -----------------      ----------------
____% to ________%.................................

     Total.........................................                    $                               100.00%
                                                       ==========      =================      ================
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the sum of (i) the Credit
     Limit of the Mortgage Loans and (ii) any outstanding principal balances of
     mortgage loans senior to the Mortgage Loans (calculated at the date of
     origination of the Mortgage Loans) to (B) the lesser of (i) the appraised
     value of the related Mortgaged Property as set forth in loan files at such
     date of origination or (ii) in the case of a Mortgaged Property purchased
     within one year of the origination of the related Mortgage Loan, the
     purchase price of such Mortgaged Property.

                                  PROPERTY TYPE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                        Mortgage         Cut-off Date           by Cut-off Date
                   Property Type                          Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------       -----------------      -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>                     <C>                 

Single Family......................................                      $                                     %
Two- to Four-Family................................
Condominium........................................
PUD................................................

                                                       ----------       ------------------     -----------------
     Total.........................................                     $                                100.00%
                                                       ==========       ==================     =================

</TABLE>


                                      S-22



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                  LIEN PRIORITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                        Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                  Lien Priority                          Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
First Lien.........................................                    $                                      %
Second Lien........................................
                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     ==================      ================ 
</TABLE>


                                  LOAN RATES(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                     Range of                           Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                    Loan Rates                           Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>        <C>                                         <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
______% to ________%...............................

______% to ________%...............................                     $                                      %
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................
______% to ________%...............................

                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================ 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Approximately ___% of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-Of Date Principal Balance
     are subject to an introductory rate of ____% per annum.


                                      S-23



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                     MARGIN

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                     Range of                           Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                      Margins                            Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>        <C>                                         <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
____% to ______%...................................                    $
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................
____% to ______%...................................

                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================
</TABLE>

                         CREDIT LIMIT UTILIZATION RATES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
               Range of Credit Limit                    Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                 Utilization Rates                       Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>        <C>                                         <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
____% to _____% ...................................                    $
____% to _____% ...................................                                                           %
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................
____% to _____% ...................................

                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================ 
</TABLE>


                                      S-24



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  CREDIT LIMITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                        Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
              Range of Credit Limits                     Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>        <C>                                         <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
$________ to $________ ............................                    $
$________ to $________ ............................                                                           %
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................
$________ to $________ ............................

                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================ 
</TABLE>


                                  MAXIMUM RATES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                        Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                   Maximum Rates                          Loans        Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
- -----%.............................................                     $                                     %
- -----%.............................................
- -----%.............................................
- -----%.............................................
                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================ 
</TABLE>


                                      S-25



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                    MONTHS REMAINING TO SCHEDULED MATURITY(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                  Range of Months                       Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
          Remaining to Scheduled Maturity                 Loans         Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>    <C>                                             <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
___ to _____ ......................................                    $
___ to _____ ......................................                                                           %
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................
___ to _____ ......................................

                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================ 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Assumes that the Draw Period for Mortgage Loans with five year Draw Periods
     will be extended for an additional five years.

                                ORIGINATION YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                         Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
                 Origination Year                         Loans        Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                     <C>                 
- ----...............................................                     $                                     %
- ----...............................................
                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                     $                               100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================ 
</TABLE>

                               DELINQUENCY STATUS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of                               Percent of Pool
                                                         Mortgage         Cut-off Date          by Cut-off Date
             Number of Days Delinquent                    Loans        Principal Balance      Principal Balance
- ---------------------------------------------------    ----------      -----------------      -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                     <C>                 

0 to 29............................................    $                                                      %
30 to 59...........................................
60 to 89...........................................
                                                        ----------     -----------------       ---------------- 
     Total.........................................                    $                                100.00%
                                                        ==========     =================       ================ 
</TABLE>

                                      S-26



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Assignment of Mortgage Loans


     At the time of issuance of the Securities, the Depositor will transfer to
the Trust Fund all of its right, title and interest in and to each Mortgage Loan
(including its right to purchase any Additional Balances arising in the future),
related Credit Line Agreements, mortgages and other related documents
(collectively, the "Related Documents"), without recourse, including all
collections received on or with respect to each such Mortgage Loan after the
Cut-off Date (exclusive of payments in respect of accrued interest due on or
prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of ______). The Owner Trustee,
concurrently with such transfer, will deliver the Securities. Each Mortgage Loan
transferred to the Trust Fund will be identified on a schedule delivered to the
Owner Trustee pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Such schedule will include
information as to the Cutoff Date Principal Balance of each Mortgage Loan, as
well as information with respect to the Loan Rate.

     The Purchase Agreement will permit the Seller to maintain possession of the
Related Documents and certain other documents relating to the Mortgage Loans
(the "Mortgage Files") and assignments of the Mortgage Loans to the Owner
Trustee will not be required to be recorded for so long as the long-term senior
unsecured debt of [Countrywide] is rated at least "________" by ___ and
"________" by _______. In the event that [Countrywide's] long-term senior
unsecured debt rating does not satisfy the above-described standards (an
"Assignment Event"), [Countrywide] will have 90 days to record assignments of
the mortgages for each such Mortgage Loan in favor of the Owner Trustee and 60
days to deliver the Mortgage Files pertaining to each such Mortgage Loan to the
Owner Trustee (unless opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Rating Agencies
and the [Letter of Credit][Surety Bond] provider to the effect that recordation
of such assignments or delivery of such documentation is not required in the
relevant jurisdiction to protect the interest of [Countrywide] and the Owner
Trustee in the Mortgage Loans). In lieu of delivery of original documentation,
[Countrywide] may deliver documents which have been imaged optically upon
delivery of an opinion of counsel that such documents do not impair the
enforceability of the transfer to the Trust Fund of the Mortgage Loans.


     Within 90 days of on Assignment Event the Owner Trustee will review the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan or Related
Document is found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not
cured within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the
Depositor by the Owner Trustee, the Seller will be obligated to repurchase the
Mortgage Loan and to deposit the Repurchase Price into the Collection Account.
Upon such retransfer, the Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan will be
deducted from the Pool Balance. In lieu of any such repurchase, the Seller may
substitute an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan. Any such repurchase or
substitution will be considered a payment in full of such Mortgage Loan. The
obligation of the Seller to accept a transfer of a Defective Mortgage Loan is
the sole remedy regarding any defects in the Mortgage Loans and Related
Documents available to the Owner Trustee or the Holders.

     With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the "Repurchase Price" is equal to the
Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan at the time of any transfer described
above plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of repurchase.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the Depositor for a Defective Mortgage Loan which must, on the date of such
substitution, (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance), not __% more or less than the Transfer Deficiency
relating to such Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have a Loan Rate not less than
the Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than 1% in excess of
the Loan Rate of such Defective Mortgage Loan; (iii) have a Loan Rate based on
the same Index with adjustments to such Loan Rate made on the same Interest Rate
Adjustment Date as that of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv) have a Margin that
is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not more than ___
basis points higher than the Margin for the Defective Mortgage Loan; (v) have a
mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as the mortgage relating to the
Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi) have a remaining term to maturity not more than
___ months earlier and not more than __ months later 


                                      S-27



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

than the remaining term to maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply
with each representation and warranty as to the Mortgage Loans set forth in the
Purchase Agreement (deemed to be made as of the date of substitution); (viii) in
general, have an original Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio not greater than that of
the Defective Mortgage Loans; and (ix) satisfy certain other conditions
specified in the Purchase Agreement. To the extent the Principal Balance of an
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan is less than the Principal Balance of the
related Defective Mortgage Loan, the Seller will be required to make a deposit
to the Collection Account equal to such difference.


     The Seller will make certain representations and warranties as to the
accuracy in all material respects of certain information furnished to the Owner
Trustee with respect to each Mortgage Loan (e.g., Cut-off Date Principal Balance
and the Loan Rate). In addition, the Seller will represent and warrant on the
Closing Date that at the time of transfer to the Depositor, the Seller has
transferred or assigned all of its right, title and interest in each Mortgage
Loan and the Related Documents, free of any lien (subject to certain
exceptions). Upon discovery of a breach of any such representation and warranty
which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Holders or the
[Letter of Credit][Surety Bond] provider in the Related Mortgage Loan and
Related Documents, the Seller will have a period of 90 days after discovery or
notice of the breach to effect a cure. If the breach cannot be cured within the
90-day period, the Seller will be obligated to repurchase or substitute the
Defective Mortgage Loan from the Trust Fund. The same procedure and limitations
that are set forth above for the repurchase or substitution of Defective
Mortgage Loans will apply to the transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is required to
be repurchased or substituted because of a breach of a representation or
warranty in the Purchase Agreement that materially and adversely affects the
interests of the Holders.


     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Seller as described in the
preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     [All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in full or in part at any time.]
However, Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged Properties in California are
subject to an account termination fee equal to the lesser of $350 and six months
interest on the amount prepaid, to the extent the prepaid amount exceeds 20% of
the unpaid principal balance, if the account is terminated on or before its
fifth year anniversary. In addition, Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged
Properties in other jurisdictions may be subject to account termination fees to
the extent permitted by law. In general, such account termination fees do not
exceed $350 and do not apply to accounts terminated subsequent to a date
designated in the related Mortgage Note which, depending on the jurisdiction,
ranges between [six months and five years] following origination.] The
prepayment experience with respect to the Mortgage Loans will affect the
weighted average life of the Securities.


     The rate of prepayment on the Mortgage Loans cannot be predicted. Neither
the Depositor nor the Master Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies
or statistics on the rate of prepayment of such Mortgage Loans. Generally, home
equity revolving credit lines are not viewed by borrowers as permanent
financing. Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans may experience a higher rate of
prepayment than traditional first mortgage loans. On the other hand, because the
Mortgage Loans amortize as described under "Description of the Mortgage
Loans--Mortgage Loan Terms" herein, rates of principal payment on the Mortgage
Loans will generally be slower than those of traditional fully-amortizing first
mortgages in the absence of prepayments on such Mortgage Loans. The prepayment
experience of the Trust Fund with respect to the Mortgage Loans may be affected
by a wide variety of factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing
interest rate levels, the availability of alternative financing, homeowner
mobility, the frequency and amount of any future draws on the Credit Line
Agreements and changes affecting the deductibility for Federal income tax
purposes of interest payments on home equity credit lines. Substantially all of
the Mortgage Loans contain "due-on-sale" provisions, and, with respect to the
Mortgage Loans, the Master Servicer intends to enforce such provisions, unless
such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law. The enforcement of a
"due-on-sale" 



                                      S-28



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

provision will have the same effect as a prepayment of the related Mortgage
Loan. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in the
Prospectus.

     The yield to an investor who purchases the Securities in the secondary
market at a price other than par will vary from the anticipated yield if the
rate of prepayment on the Mortgage Loans is actually different than the rate
anticipated by such investor at the time such Securities were purchased.

     Collections on the Mortgage Loans may vary because, among other things,
borrowers may make payments during any month as low as the minimum monthly
payment for such month or as high as the entire outstanding principal balance
plus accrued interest and the fees and charges thereon. It is possible that
borrowers may fail to make scheduled payments. Collections on the Mortgage Loans
may vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.


     No assurance can be given as to the level of prepayments that will be
experienced by the Trust Fund and it can be expected that a portion of borrowers
will not prepay their Mortgage Loans to any significant degree.
See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                  DESCRIPTION OF THE MASTER SERVICING AGREEMENT

     The Master Servicer shall establish and maintain on behalf of the Owner
Trustee an account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Holders.
The Collection Account will be an Eligible Account (as defined herein). Subject
to the investment provision described in the following paragraphs, upon receipt
by the Master Servicer of amounts in respect of the Mortgage Loans (excluding
amounts representing administrative charges, annual fees, taxes, assessments,
credit insurance charges, insurance proceeds to be applied to the restoration or
repair of a Mortgaged Property or similar items), the Master Servicer will
deposit such amounts in the Collection Account. Amounts so deposited may be
invested in Eligible Investments (as described in the Servicing Agreement)
maturing no later than one Business Day prior to the date on which the amount on
deposit therein is required to be deposited in the Distribution Account or on
such Distribution Date if approved by the Rating Agencies. Not later than the
_____ Business Day prior to each Distribution Date (the "Determination Date"),
the Master Servicer will notify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of
the amount of such deposit to be included in funds available for the related
Distribution Date.

     The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee will establish one or more
accounts (the "Security Account") into which will be deposited amounts withdrawn
from the Collection Account for distribution to Holders on a Distribution Date.
The Security Account will be an Eligible Account. Amounts on deposit therein
will be invested in Eligible Investments maturing on or before the Business Day
prior to the related Distribution Date.

     An "Eligible Account" is (i) an account that is maintained with a
depository institution whose debt obligations at the time of any deposit therein
have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii) one or more
accounts with a depository institution having a minimum long-term unsecured debt
rating of "____" by _____ and "____" by _____, which accounts are fully insured
by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank Insurance
Fund ("BIF") of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation established by such
fund, (iii) a segregated trust account maintained with the Owner Trustee or an
Affiliate of the Owner Trustee in its fiduciary capacity or (iv) otherwise
acceptable to each Rating Agency as evidenced by a letter from each Rating
Agency to the Owner Trustee, without reduction or withdrawal of their then
current ratings of the Securities.


     Eligible Investments are specified in the Servicing Agreement and are
limited to (i) obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, provided
such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United 
States; (ii) general obligations of or obligations guaranteed by any state of
the United 



                                      S-29



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


States or the District of Columbia receiving the highest long-term debt
rating of each Rating Agency rating the Securities, or such lower rating as
will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to
the Securities by each such Rating Agency; (iii) commercial or finance company
paper (including, without limitation, commercial paper issued by Countrywide
Home Loans, Inc. or any of its affiliates) which is then receiving the highest
commercial or finance company paper rating of each such Rating Agency, or such
lower rating as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings
then assigned to the Securities by each such Rating Agency; (iv) certificates of
deposit, demand or time deposits, or bankers' acceptances issued by any
depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the
United States or of any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination
by federal and/or state banking authorities, provided that the commercial paper
and/or long term unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution or
trust company (or in the case of the principal depository institution in a
holding company system, the commercial paper or long-term unsecured debt
obligations of such holding company, but only if Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's") is not a Rating Agency) are then rated one of the two highest
long-term and the highest short-term ratings of each such Rating Agency for such
securities, or such lower ratings as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Securities by any such Rating
Agency; (iv) demand or time deposits or certificates of deposit issued by any
bank or trust company or savings institution to the extent that such deposits
are fully insured by the FDIC; (v) guaranteed reinvestment agreements issued by
any bank, insurance company or other corporation containing, at the time of the
issuance of such agreements, such terms and conditions as will not result in the
downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Securities by any
such Rating Agency; (vi) repurchase obligations with respect to any security
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in either case entered into with a
depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in
clause (iv) above; (vii) securities (other than stripped bonds, stripped coupons
or instruments sold at a purchase price in excess of 115% of the face amount
thereof) bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation
incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which, at
the time of such investment, have one of the two highest ratings of each Rating
Agency (except if the Rating Agency is Moody's, such rating shall be the highest
commercial paper rating of Moody's for any such securities), or such lower
rating as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then
assigned to the Securities by any such Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed
writing delivered by each such Rating Agency; and (viii) such other investments
having a specified stated maturity and bearing interest or sold at a discount
acceptable to each Rating Agency as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Securities by any such Rating
Agency, as evidenced by a signed writing delivered by each such Rating Agency;
provided that no such instrument shall be a Permitted Investment if such
instrument evidences the right to receive interest only payments with respect to
the obligations underlying such instrument.


Allocations and Collections

     All collections on the Mortgage Loans will generally be allocated in
accordance with the Credit Line Agreements between amounts collected in respect
of interest and amounts collected in respect of principal. As to any
Distribution Date, "Interest Collections" will be equal to the aggregate of the
amounts collected during the related Collection Period, including Net
Liquidation Proceeds (as defined below), allocated to interest pursuant to the
terms of the Credit Line Agreements.

     As to any Distribution Date, "Principal Collections" will be equal to the
sum of (i) the amounts collected during the related Collection Period, including
Net Liquidation Proceeds, and allocated to principal pursuant to the terms of
the Credit Line Agreements and (ii) any Substitution Adjustment Amounts. "Net
Liquidation Proceeds" with respect to a Mortgage Loan are equal to the aggregate
of all amounts received upon liquidation of such Mortgage Loan, including,
without limitation, insurance proceeds, reduced by related expenses, but not
including the portion, if any, of such amount that exceeds the Principal Balance
of the Mortgage Loan at 

                                      S-30



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the end of the Collection Period immediately preceding the Collection Period in
which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon through the date of liquidation.

     With respect to any date, the "Pool Balance" will be equal to the aggregate
of the Principal Balances of all Mortgage Loans as of such date. The Principal
Balance of a Mortgage Loan (other than a Liquidated Mortgage Loan) on any day is
equal to the Cut-off Date Principal Balance thereof, plus (i) any Additional
Balances in respect of such Mortgage Loan minus (ii) all collections credited
against the Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan in accordance with the
related Credit Line Agreement prior to such day. The Principal Balance of a
Liquidated Mortgage Loan after final recovery of related Liquidation Proceeds
shall be zero.

Hazard Insurance

     The Master Servicing Agreement provides that the Master Servicer maintain
certain hazard insurance on the Mortgaged Properties relating to the Mortgage
Loans. While the terms of the related Credit Line Agreements generally require
borrowers to maintain certain hazard insurance, the Master Servicer will not
monitor the maintenance of such insurance.


     The Master Servicing Agreement requires the Master Servicer to maintain for
any Mortgaged Property relating to a Mortgage Loan acquired upon foreclosure of
a Mortgage Loan, or by deed in lieu of such foreclosure, hazard insurance with
extended coverage in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum insurable
value of such Mortgaged Property or (b) the outstanding balance of such Mortgage
Loan plus the outstanding balance on any mortgage loan senior to such Mortgage
Loan at the time of foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus accrued
interest and the Master Servicer's good faith estimate of the related
liquidation expenses to be incurred in connection therewith. The Master
Servicing Agreement provides that the Master Servicer may satisfy its obligation
to cause hazard policies to be maintained by maintaining a blanket policy
insuring against losses on such Mortgaged Properties. If such blanket policy
contains a deductible clause, the Master Servicer will be obligated to deposit
in the Collection Account the sums which would have been deposited therein but
for such clause. The Master Servicer will satisfy these requirements by
maintaining a blanket policy. As set forth above, all amounts collected by the
Master Servicer (net of any reimbursements to the Master Servicer) under any
hazard policy (except for amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair of
the Mortgaged Property) will ultimately be deposited in the Collection Account.


     In general, the standard form of fire and extended coverage policy covers
physical damage to or destruction of the improvements on the property by fire,
lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm and hail, and the like, strike and civil
commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions specified in each policy.
Although the policies relating to the Mortgage Loans will be underwritten by
different insurers and therefore will not contain identical terms and
conditions, the basic terms thereof are dictated by state laws and most of such
policies typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related
causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mudflows), nuclear
reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals, theft
and, in certain cases vandalism. The foregoing list is merely indicative of
certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be all-inclusive or an
exact description of the insurance policies relating to the Mortgaged
Properties.

Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans

     The Master Servicer will foreclose upon or otherwise comparably convert to
ownership Mortgaged Properties securing such of the Mortgage Loans as come into
default when in accordance with applicable servicing procedures under the Master
Servicing Agreement, no satisfactory arrangements can be made for the collection
of delinquent payments. In connection with such foreclosure or other conversion,
the Master Servicer will follow such practices as it deems necessary or
advisable and as are in keeping with its general subordinate mortgage servicing
activities, provided the Master Servicer will not be required to expend its own


                                      S-31



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

funds in connection with foreclosure or other conversion, correction of default
on a related senior mortgage loan or restoration of any property unless, in its
sole judgment, such foreclosure, correction or restoration will increase net
Liquidation Proceeds. The Master Servicer will be reimbursed out of Liquidation
Proceeds for advances of its own funds as liquidation expenses before any Net
Liquidation Proceeds are distributed to Holders or the [Transferor][Seller].
"Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect to a Mortgage Loan is the amount
received upon liquidation of such Mortgage Loan reduced by related expenses,
which may include the amount advanced in respect of a senior mortgage, up to the
unpaid Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

     With respect to each Collection Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the Master Servicer will retain from interest collections in respect of
the Mortgage Loan a portion of such interest collections as a monthly Servicing
Fee in the amount equal to ___% per annum ("Servicing Fee Rate") on the
aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the first day of each
such Collection Period. All assumption fees, late payment charges and other fees
and charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, will be retained by the
Master Servicer as additional servicing compensation.


     The Master Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the
Trust Fund and incurred by it in connection with its responsibilities under the
Servicing Agreement, including, without limitation, payment of the fees and
disbursements of the Trustee, any custodian appointed by the Trustee, the entity
maintaining the Security Register relating to the Securities and any paying
agent. In addition, the Master Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for
certain expenses incurred by it in connection with defaulted Mortgage Loans and
in connection with the restoration of Mortgaged Properties, such right of
reimbursement being prior to the rights of Holders to receive any related Net
Liquidation Proceeds.


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

General


     The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of ___________,
199_, between the Trust Fund and _______________, as Indenture Trustee. The
Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement dated as of
______________, 199_, among the Depositor, __________, and ______________, as
Owner Trustee. The following is a description of the material provisions of the
Securities, Indenture and Trust Agreement. As used herein, "Agreement" shall
mean either the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, as the context requires.


     The Securities will be issued in fully registered, certificated form only.
The Securities will be freely transferrable and exchangeable at the corporate
trust office of the Owner Trustee, with respect to the Certificates or the
Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes.

Book-Entry Securities

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates"). Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the Senior
Certificates ("Certificate Owners") will hold their Certificates through the
Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States[, or CEDEL or Euroclear
(in Europe)] if they are participants of such systems, or indirectly through
organizations which are participants in such systems. The Book-Entry
Certificates will be issued in one or more certificates which equal the
aggregate principal balance of the Certificates and will initially be registered
in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. [CEDEL and Euroclear will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers' securities
accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective
depositaries 


                                      S-32



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

which in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the
depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Citibank N.A. will act as depositary
for CEDEL and Chase will act as depositary for Euroclear (in such capacities,
individually the "Relevant Depositary" and collectively the "European
Depositaries").] Investors may hold such beneficial interests in the Book-Entry
Certificates in minimum denominations representing Certificate Principal
Balances of $1,000 and in integral multiples in excess thereof. Except as
described below, no person acquiring a Book-Entry Certificate (each, a
"beneficial owner") will be entitled to receive a physical certificate
representing such Certificate (a "Definitive Certificate"). Unless and until
Definitive Certificates are issued, it is anticipated that the only
"Certificateholder" of the Certificates will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Certificate Owners will not be Certificateholders as that term is used in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Certificate Owners are only permitted to
exercise their rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

Distributions

     On each Distribution Date, collections on the Mortgage Loans will be
applied in the following order of priority:

          (i) to the Master Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

          (ii) as payment for the accrued interest due and any overdue accrued
     interest on the respective Security Principal Balance of the Notes and the
     Certificates;

          (iii) as principal on the Securities, the excess of Principal
     Collections over Additional Balances created during the preceding
     Collection Period, such amount to be allocated between the Notes and
     Certificates pro rata, based on their respective Security Principal
     Balances;

          (iv) as principal on the Securities, as payment for any Liquidation
     Loss Amounts on the Mortgage Loans;

          (v) as payment for the premium for the [Letter of Credit][Surety
     Bond];

          (vi) to reimburse prior draws made on the [Letter of Credit][Surety
     Bond]; and

          (vii) any remaining amounts to the Seller.

     As to any Distribution Date, the "Collection Period" is the calendar month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     "Liquidation Loss Amount" means with respect to any Liquidated Mortgage
Loan, the unrecovered Principal Balance thereof at the end of the Collection
Period in which such Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan after
giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection therewith.

Interest

     Note Rate. Interest will accrue on the unpaid Security Principal Balance of
the Notes at the per annum rate (the "Note Rate") equal to __% per annum from
the Closing Date to the first Distribution Date and thereafter interest will
accrue on the Notes from and including the preceding Distribution Date to but
excluding such current Distribution Date (each, an "Interest Accrual Period") at
[a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as defined herein) plus __%] [__%]. [Interest
will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in each Interest
Accrual Period by 360.] A failure to pay interest on any Notes on any
Distribution Date that continues for five days constitutes an Event of Default
under the Indenture.




                                      S-33



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Pass-Through Rate. Interest will accrue on the unpaid Security Principal
Balance of the Certificates at the per annum rate (the "Pass-Through Rate")
equal to __% per annum from the Closing Date to the first Distribution Date and
thereafter interest will accrue on the Certificates for each Interest Accrual
Period at [a floating rate equal to LIBOR (as defined herein) plus __%] [__%].
[Interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in each
Interest Accrual Period divided by 360.] A failure to pay interest on any
Certificates on any Distribution Date that continues for five days constitutes
an Event of Default under the Trust Agreement.

Optional Termination


     The Trust Fund will terminate on the Distribution Date following the
earlier of (i) _________________________ and (ii) the final payment or other
liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan in the Trust Fund. The Mortgage Loans will
be subject to optional repurchase by the Master Servicer on any Distribution
Date after the Principal Balance is reduced to an amount less than or equal to
$________ (__% of the initial Principal Balance). The repurchase price will be
equal to the sum of the outstanding Principal Balance and accrued and unpaid
interest thereon at the weighted average of the Loan Rates through the day
preceding the final Distribution Date.


                                  THE DEPOSITOR


     CWABS, Inc. the Depositor, is a Delaware corporation organized on August
__, 1996 for the limited purpose of acquiring, owning and transferring Trust
Assets and selling interests therein or bonds secured thereby. It is a limited
purpose finance subsidiary of Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc., a Delaware
corporation. The Depositor maintains its principal office at 155 North Lake
Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its telephone number is (818) 584-2212.


                                  THE INDENTURE


     The following is a description of the material terms of the Indenture.
Whenever particular sections or defined terms of the Indenture are referred to,
such sections or defined terms are thereby incorporated herein by reference. See
"Description of the Securities" herein for a description of certain additional
terms of the Indenture.


Reports to Noteholders

     The Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder, at such Noteholder's
request, at its address listed on the Note Register maintained with the
Indenture Trustee a report setting forth certain amounts relating to the Notes.

Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default


     With respect to the Notes, "Events of Default" under the Indenture will
consist of: (i) a default for five days or more in the payment of any interest
on any Note; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal of or any
installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable;
(iii) a default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of
the Trust Fund made in the Indenture and the continuation of any such default
for a period of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the Trust Fund by the
Indenture Trustee or to the Trust Fund and the Indenture Trustee by the holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; (iv) any
representation or warranty made by the Trust Fund in the Indenture or in any
certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith having been
incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, and such breach not having
been cured within 30 days after notice 



                                      S-34



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


thereof is given to the Trust Fund by the Indenture Trustee or to the Trust Fund
and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
Notes then outstanding; or (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership or liquidation of the Trust Fund. [The amount of principal required
to be paid to Noteholders under the Indenture will generally be limited to
amounts available to be deposited in the Collection Account. Therefore, the
failure to pay principal on the Notes generally will not result in the
occurrence of an Event of Default until the final scheduled Distribution Date
for such Notes.] If there is an Event of Default with respect to a Note due to
late payment or nonpayment of interest due on a Note, additional interest will
accrue on such unpaid interest at the interest rate on the Note (to the extent
lawful) until such interest is paid. Such additional interest on unpaid interest
shall be due at the time such interest is paid. If there is an Event of Default
due to late payment or nonpayment of principal on a Note, interest will continue
to accrue on such principal at the interest rate on the Note until such
principal is paid. If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with
respect to the Notes, the Indenture Trustee or holders of a majority in
principal amount of Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of such
Notes to be immediately due and payable. Such declaration may, under certain
circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding. If the Notes are due and payable following an Event
of Default with respect thereto, the Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings
to collect amounts due or foreclose on Trust Fund property or exercise remedies
as a secured party. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to the Notes, the Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any
of the holders of the Notes, if the Indenture Trustee reasonably believes it
will not be adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in complying with such request. Subject to the
provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained in the
Indenture, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding or any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee, and the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, in certain
cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a default in the payment
of principal or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or provision of
the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent of all the
holders of the outstanding Notes. No holder of a Note will have the right to
institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture, unless (i) such holder
previously has given the Indenture Trustee written notice of a continuing Event
of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to
institute such proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such
holder or holders have offered the Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity, (iv)
the Indenture Trustee has for 60 days failed to institute such proceeding and
(v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the
Indenture Trustee during the 60-day period by the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes. In addition, the Indenture Trustee and the
Noteholders, by accepting the Notes, will covenant that they will not at any
time institute against the Trust Fund any bankruptcy, reorganization or other
proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. With respect to
the Trust Fund, neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, nor any holder of a Certificate representing an ownership
interest in the Trust Fund nor any of their respective owners, beneficiaries,
agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, successors or assigns will,
in the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for
the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes or for the agreements
of the Trust Fund contained in the Indenture.


Certain Covenants


     The Indenture will provide that the Trust Fund may not consolidate with or
merge into any other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by or surviving such
consolidation or merger is organized under the laws of the United States, any
state or the District of Columbia, (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust
Fund's obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the Notes and the
performance or observance of any agreement and covenant of the Trust Fund under
the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) the Trust Fund has been
advised that the ratings of the Securities then in effect would not be reduced
or withdrawn by any Rating Agency as a 



                                      S-35



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


result of such merger or consolidation and (v) the Trust Fund has received an
opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation or merger would have no
material adverse tax consequence to the Trust Fund or to any Noteholder or
Certificateholder. The Trust Fund will not, among other things, (i) except as
expressly permitted by the Indenture, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise
dispose of any of the assets of the Trust Fund, (ii) claim any credit on or make
any deduction from the principal and interest payable in respect of the Notes
(other than amounts withheld under the Code or applicable state law) or assert
any claim against any present or former holder of Notes because of the payment
of taxes levied or assessed upon the Trust Fund, (iii) dissolve or liquidate in
whole or in part, (iv) permit the validity or effectiveness of the Indenture to
be impaired or permit any person to be released from any covenants or
obligations with respect to the Notes under the Indenture except as may be
expressly permitted thereby or (v) permit any lien, charge excise, claim,
security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance to be created on or extend to
or otherwise arise upon or burden the assets of the Trust Fund or any part
thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof. The Trust Fund may not
engage in any activity other than as specified under "The Trust Fund" herein.
The Trust Fund will not incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than
indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Notes and the Indenture.


Annual Compliance Statement


     The Trust Fund will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee
a written statement as to the fulfillment of its obligations under the
Indenture.


Indenture Trustee's Annual Report


     The Indenture Trustee will be required to mail each year to all Noteholders
a report relating to any change in its eligibility and qualification to continue
as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under the
Indenture, the amount, interest rate and maturity date of any indebtedness owing
by the Trust Fund to the Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity, any
change in the property and funds physically held by the Indenture Trustee as
such and any action taken by it that materially affects the Notes and that has
not been previously reported, but if no such changes have occurred, then no
report shall be required.


Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing
the Notes upon the delivery to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all the
Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee of
funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes.

Modification of Indenture


     With the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding, the Trust Fund and the Indenture Trustee may execute a
supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate
any provisions of, the Indenture, or modify (except as provided below) in any
manner the rights of the Noteholders. Without the consent of the holder of each
outstanding Note affected thereby, however, no supplemental indenture will: (i)
change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note
or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or
the redemption price with respect thereto or change any place of payment where
or the coin or currency in which any Note or any interest thereon is payable;
(ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of certain
provisions of the Indenture regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of
the aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of the holders of
which is required for any supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders
of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the
Indenture or of certain defaults thereunder and their consequences as provided
for in the Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture
regarding the voting of Notes held by the Trust Fund, the Depositor or an
affiliate of any of them; (v) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes required to amend the sections 



                                      S-36



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


of the Indenture which specify the applicable percentage of aggregate principal
amount of the Notes necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other related
agreements; or (vi) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a
parity with the lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the collateral for
the Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in the Indenture,
terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive the holder
of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture. The Trust
Fund and the Indenture Trustee may also enter into supplemental indentures,
without obtaining the consent of the Noteholders, for the purpose of, among
other things, adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of the Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Noteholders; provided that such action will not materially and adversely
affect the interest of any Noteholder.


Voting Rights

     At all times, the voting rights of Noteholders under the Indenture will be
allocated among the Notes pro rata in accordance with their outstanding
principal balances.

Certain Matters Regarding the Indenture Trustee and the Depositor


     Neither the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee nor any director, officer or
employee of the Depositor or the Indenture Trustee will be under any liability
to the Trust Fund or the related Noteholders for any action taken or for
refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Indenture
or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that none of the Indenture
Trustee, the Depositor and any director, officer or employee thereof will be
protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of
willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the
Indenture. Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the
Indenture Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Indenture
Trustee shall be indemnified by the Trust Fund and held harmless against any
loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with investigating, preparing
to defend or defending any legal action, commenced or threatened, relating to
the Indenture other than any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of
willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its
duties under such Indenture or by reason of reckless disregard of its
obligations and duties under the Indenture. Any such indemnification by the
Trust Fund will reduce the amount distributable to the Noteholders. All persons
into which the Indenture Trustee may be merged or with which it may be
consolidated or any person resulting from such merger or consolidation shall be
the successor of the Indenture Trustee under each Indenture.


                               THE TRUST AGREEMENT


     The following is a description of the material terms of the Trust
Agreement. Whenever particular sections or defined terms of the Trust Agreement
are referred to, such sections or defined terms are thereby incorporated herein
by reference. See "Description of the Securities" herein for a description of
certain additional terms of the Trust Agreement.


Amendment

     The Trust Agreement may be amended by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee,
without consent of the Holders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement
any provision or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any of the provisions thereof or of modifying in any
manner the rights of such Holders; provided, however, that such action will not,
as evidenced by an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Owner Trustee,
adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders. The Trust
Agreement may also be amended by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee with the
consent of the holders of Certificates evidencing at least a majority in
principal amount of then outstanding Certificates and Holders owning Voting
Interests (as herein defined) aggregating not less than a majority of 


                                      S-37



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the aggregate Voting Interests for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Trust
Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders.

Insolvency Event


     "Insolvency Event" means, with respect to any Person, any of the following
events or actions; certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings with respect to
such Person and certain actions by such Person indicating its insolvency,
reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to pay its
obligations. Upon termination of the Trust Fund, the Owner Trustee shall direct
the Indenture Trustee promptly to sell the assets of the Trust Fund (other than
the Collection Account) in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially
reasonable terms. The proceeds from any such sale, disposition or liquidation of
the Mortgage Loans will be treated as collections on the Mortgage Loans and
deposited in the Collection Account. The Trust Agreement will provide that the
Owner Trustee does not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in
bankruptcy with respect to the Trust Fund without the unanimous prior approval
of all Holders (including the Depositor) of the Trust Fund and the delivery to
the Owner Trustee by each Holder (including the Depositor) of a certificate
certifying that the Holder reasonably believes that the Trust Fund is insolvent.


Liability of the Depositor


     Under the Trust Agreement, the Depositor will agree to be liable directly
to an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Holder in the
capacity of an investor with respect to the Trust Fund) arising out of or based
on the arrangement created by the Trust Agreement.


Voting Interests

     As of any date, the aggregate principal balance of all Certificates
outstanding will constitute the voting interest of the Issuer (the "Voting
Interests"), except that, for purposes of determining Voting Interests,
Certificates owned by the Issuer or its affiliates (other than the Depositor)
will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, and except that, in
determining whether the Owner Trustee is protected in relying upon any such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only
Certificates that the Owner Trustee knows to be so owned will be so disregarded.
Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as
outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Owner Trustee
the pledgor's right so to act with respect to such Certificates and that the
pledgee is not the Issuer or its affiliates.

Certain Matters Regarding the Owner Trustee and the Depositor


     Neither the Depositor, the Owner Trustee nor any director, officer or
employee of the Depositor or the Owner Trustee will be under any liability to
the Trust Fund or the related Holders for any action taken or for refraining
from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Trust Agreement or
for errors in judgment; provided, however, that none of the Owner Trustee, the
Depositor and any director, officer or employee thereof will be protected
against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the Trust
Agreement. Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Trust Agreement, the
Owner Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Owner Trustee
shall be indemnified by the Trust Fund and held harmless against any loss,
liability or expense incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to
defend or defending any legal action, commenced or threatened, relating to the
Trust Agreement other than any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of
willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its
duties under such Trust Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of its
obligations and duties under the Trust Agreement. Any such indemnification by
the Trust 



                                      S-38



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Fund will reduce the amount distributable to the Holders. All persons into which
the Owner Trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any
person resulting from such merger or consolidation shall be the successor of the
Owner Trustee under each Trust Agreement.


                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT


     The _________________, in its capacity as Administrator, will enter into
the Administration Agreement with the Trust Fund and the Owner Trustee pursuant
to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent provided in such
Administration Agreement, to provide notices and perform other administrative
obligations required by the Indenture and the Trust Agreement.


                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     [ ] is the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture. The mailing address of
the Indenture Trustee is [ ], Attention: Corporate Trust Department.

                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     [ ] is the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement. The mailing address of
the Owner Trustee is [ ], Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be applied by the
Depositor towards the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.


                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     On January 27, 1994, the Internal Revenue Service issued final regulations
("final OID regulations") relating to original issue discount ("OID"). The
discussion under "Federal Income Tax Consequences ___ Taxation of Debt
Securities" in the Prospectus applies with respect to the final OID regulations.

     Prospective purchasers should see "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
Prospectus for a discussion of the application of material federal income and
state tax laws to the Trust Fund and the Securities.


                             STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES


     In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in "Federal
Income Tax Consequences" herein, potential investors should consider the state
income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the
Securities offered hereunder. State income tax law may differ substantially from
the corresponding federal tax law, and this discussion does not purport to
describe any aspect of the income tax laws of any state. Therefore, potential
investors should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the various tax
consequences of investments in the Securities offered hereunder.



                                      S-39



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

     The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA")
and Section 4975 of the Code impose certain restrictions on employee benefit
plans subject to ERISA or plans or arrangements subject to Section 4975 of the
Code ("Plans") and on persons who are parties in interest or disqualified
persons ("parties in interest") with respect to such Plans. Certain employee
benefit plans, such as governmental plans and church plans (if no election has
been made under section 410(d) of the Code), are not subject to the restrictions
of ERISA, and assets of such plans may be invested in the Securities without
regard to the ERISA considerations described below, subject to other applicable
federal and state law. However, any such governmental or church plan which is
qualified under section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from taxation under
section 501(a) of the Code is subject to the prohibited transaction rules set
forth in section 503 of the Code. Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a
Plan to acquire any of the Securities should consult with its counsel with
respect to the potential consequences under ERISA, and the Code, of the Plan's
acquisition and ownership of the Securities. See "ERISA Considerations" in the
Prospectus. Investments by Plans are also subject to ERISA's general fiduciary
requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan.

Prohibited Transactions

General

     Section 406 of ERISA prohibits parties in interest with respect to a Plan
from engaging in certain transactions (including loans) involving a Plan and its
assets unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies to the
transaction. Section 4975 of the Code imposes certain excise taxes (or, in some
cases, a civil penalty may be assessed pursuant to section 502(i) of ERISA) on
parties in interest which engage in non-exempt prohibited transactions.

Plan Asset Regulation


     The United States Department of Labor ("Labor") has issued final
regulations concerning the definition of what constitutes the assets of a Plan
for purposes of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code (the
"Plan Asset Regulation"). The Plan Asset Regulation describes the circumstances
under which the assets of an entity in which a Plan invests will be considered
to be "plan assets" such that any person who exercises control over such assets
would be subject to ERISA's fiduciary standards. Under the Plan Asset
Regulation, generally when a Plan invests in another entity, the Plan's assets
do not include, solely by reason of such investment, any of the underlying
assets of the entity. However, the Plan Asset Regulation provides that, if a
Plan acquires an "equity interest" in an entity that is neither a
"publicly-offered security" (as defined therein) nor a security issued by an
investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the
assets of the entity will be treated as assets of the Plan investor unless
certain exceptions apply. If the [Notes/Certificates] were deemed to be equity
interests and no statutory, regulatory or administrative exemption applies, the
Trust Fund could be considered to hold plan assets by reason of a Plan's
investment in the Notes. Such plan assets would include an undivided interest in
any assets held by the Trust Fund. In such an event, the Trustee and other
persons, in providing services with respect to the Trust Fund's assets, may be
parties in interest with respect to such Plans, subject to the fiduciary
responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA, including the prohibited
transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA, and Section 4975 of the Code
with respect to transactions involving the Trust Fund's assets. Under the Plan
Asset Regulation, the term "equity interest" is defined as any interest in an
entity other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness under
"applicable local law" and which has no "substantial equity features." Although
the Plan Assets Regulation is silent with respect to the question of which law
constitutes "applicable local law" for this 



                                      S-40



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


purpose, Labor has stated that these determinations should be made under the
state law governing interpretation of the instrument in question. In the
preamble to the Plan Assets Regulation, Labor declined to provide a precise
definition of what features are equity features or the circumstances under which
such features would be considered "substantial," noting that the question of
whether a plan's interest has substantial equity features is an inherently
factual one, but that in making a determination it would be appropriate to take
into account whether the equity features are such that a Plan's investment would
be a practical vehicle for the indirect provision of investment management
services. Brown & Wood llp ("ERISA Counsel") has rendered its opinion that the
Notes will be classified as indebtedness without substantial equity features for
ERISA purposes. ERISA Counsel's opinion is based upon the terms of the Notes,
the opinion of Tax Counsel that the Notes will be classified as debt instruments
for federal income tax purposes and the ratings which have been assigned to the
Notes. However, if contrary to ERISA Counsel's opinion the Notes are deemed to
be equity interests in the Trust Fund and no statutory, regulatory or
administrative exemption applies, the Trust Fund could be considered to hold
plan assets by reason of a Plan's investment in the Notes.


The Underwriter's Exemption

     Labor has granted to [ ] (the "Underwriter") an administrative exemption
(Prohibited Transaction Exemption _____ (the "Exemption")) which exempts from
the application of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the related
excise tax provisions of Section 4975 of the Code transactions relating to: (i)
the acquisition, sale and holding by Plans of certificates representing an
undivided interest in certain asset backed pass-through trusts with respect to
which the Underwriter or any of its affiliates is the sole underwriter or the
manager or co-manager of the underwriting syndicate; and (ii) the servicing,
operation and management of such asset backed pass-through trusts, provided that
the general conditions and certain other conditions set forth in the Exemption
are satisfied. The Exemption will apply to the acquisition, holding and resale
of the Certificates by a Plan provided that certain conditions (some of which
are described below) are met.

     Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply are
the following:

          (1) the acquisition of the Certificates by a Plan is on terms
     (including the price for the Certificates) that are at least as favorable
     to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction with an
     unrelated party;

          (2) the rights and interest evidenced by the Certificates acquired by
     the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced by
     other Certificates of the trust;

          (3) the Certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating at
     the time of such acquisition that is one of the three highest generic
     rating categories from either Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's
     Investors Service, Inc, Duff & Phelps Inc. or Fitch Investors Service,
     Inc.;


          (4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of the Underwriter, the
     Trustee, any Master Servicer, any obligor with respect to assets held in
     the Trust Fund constituting more than five percent of the aggregate
     unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust Fund;


          (5) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the Underwriters
     in connection with the distribution of the Certificates represents not more
     than reasonable compensation for underwriting the Certificates; the sum of
     all payments made to and retain by the Issuer pursuant to the assignment of
     the Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund represents not more than the fair
     market value of such Mortgage Loans; the sum of all payments made to and
     retained by the servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation
     for such person's services under a pooling and servicing agreement and
     reimbursements of such person's reasonable expenses in connection
     therewith; and


                                      S-41



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

          (6) the Plan investing in the Certificates is an "accredited investor"
     as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

     The Underwriter believes that the Exemption will apply to the acquisition
and holding of the Certificates by Plans and that all conditions of the
Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be met.

Review by Plan Fiduciaries


     Any Plan fiduciary considering whether to purchase any [Notes/Certificates]
on behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability
of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA
and the Code to such investment. Among other things, before purchasing any
[Notes/Certificates], a fiduciary of a Plan should make its own determination as
to whether the Trust Fund, as obligor on the [Notes/Certificates], is a party in
interest with respect to the Plan, the availability of the exemptive relief
provided in the Plan Asset Regulations and the availability of any other
prohibited transaction exemptions. Purchasers should analyze whether the
decision may have an impact with respect to purchases of the
[Notes/Certificates].


                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     The appropriate characterization of the Securities under various legal
investment restrictions, and thus the ability of investors subject to these
restrictions to purchase Securities, may be subject to significant interpretive
uncertainties. All investors whose investment authority is subject to legal
restrictions should consult their own legal advisors to determine whether, and
to what extent, the Securities will constitute legal investments for them. The
Depositor makes no representation as to the proper characterization of the
Securities for legal investment or financial institution regulatory purposes, or
as to the ability of particular investors to purchase Securities under
applicable legal investment restrictions. The uncertainties described above (and
any unfavorable future determinations concerning legal investment or financial
institution regulatory characteristics of the Securities) may adversely affect
the liquidity of the Securities.

                                  UNDERWRITING


     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
between the Depositor and [ ] (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Depositor has
agreed to sell to [ ] (the "Underwriter"), and the Underwriter has agreed to
purchase from the Depositor, the Securities. The Underwriter is obligated to
purchase all the Securities offered hereby if any are purchased. Distribution of
the Securities will be made by the Underwriter from time to time in negotiated
transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the time of
sale. Proceeds to the Depositor are expected to be $________________ from the
sale of the Notes and $___________ from the sale of the Certificates, before
deducting expenses payable by the Depositor of $_________. In connection with
the purchase and sale of the Securities, the Underwriter may be deemed to have
received compensation from the Depositor in the form of underwriting discounts,
concessions or commissions.


     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Depositor will indemnify the
Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, or contribute payments the Underwriter may be required
to make in respect thereof. The Depositor is an affiliate of the Underwriter.
The Underwriter is an affiliate of the Depositor.



                                      S-42




 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to the Securities will be passed upon
for the Depositor by Brown & Wood llp, New York, New York and for the
Underwriter by _____________________________.


                                     RATINGS

     It is a condition to issuance that each Class of the Notes be rated be
rated not lower than "_________" by [ ] and _______ by [ ]. It is a condition to
issuance that the Certificates be rated at least "___" by [ ] and "___" by [ ].
A securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by
Certificateholders and Noteholders of distributions on the Mortgage Loans. The
rating takes into consideration the structural, legal and tax aspects associated
with the Certificates and Notes. The ratings on the Securities do not, however,
constitute statements regarding the possibility that Certificateholders or
Noteholders might realize a lower than anticipated yield. A securities rating is
not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to
revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization. Each
securities rating should be evaluated independently of similar ratings on
different securities.

     [The ratings assigned by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("DCR") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by the holders of such
securities of all distributions to which they are entitled under the transaction
structure. DCR's ratings reflect its analysis of the riskiness of the mortgages
and its analysis of the structure of the transaction as set forth in the
operative documents. DCR's ratings do not address the effect on yield on the
securities attributable to prepayments or recoveries on the underlying assets.]

     [The ratings assigned by Fitch Investors Service, L.P. ("Fitch") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the
assets by the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to
which such securities are issued. Fitch's ratings take into consideration the
credit quality of the related pool, including any credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated with such securities, and the extent to
which the payment stream on the pool is adequate to make the payments required
by such securities. Fitch ratings on such securities do not, however, constitute
a statement regarding frequency of prepayments of the assets.]

     [The ratings assigned by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by holders of securities of all
distributions to which such holders of securities are entitled. Moody's ratings
on securities do not represent any assessment of the likelihood or rate of
principal prepayments. The ratings do not address the possibility that holders
of securities might suffer a lower than anticipated yield as a result of
prepayments.]

     [The ratings assigned by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a Division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies ("Standard & Poor's"), to securities address the
likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the assets by the related
holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such securities are
issued. Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the credit quality of
the related pool, including any credit support providers, structural and legal
aspects associated with such securities, and the extent to which the payment
stream on such pool is adequate to make payments required by such securities.
Standard & Poor's ratings on such certificates do not, however, constitute a
statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the related assets. The letter
"r" attached to a Standard & Poor's rating highlights derivative, hybrid and
certain other types of securities that Standard & Poor's believes may experience
high volatility or high variability in expected returns due to non-credit risks.
The absence of an "r" symbol in the rating of a class of securities should not
be taken as an indication that such securities will exhibit no volatility or
variability in total return.]

     The Depositor has not requested a rating of the Offered Certificates by any
rating agency other than the Rating Agencies; there can be no assurance,
however, as to whether any other rating agency will rate the 


                                      S-43



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Offered Certificates or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by such other
rating agency. The rating assigned by such other rating agency to the Offered
Certificates could be lower than the respective ratings assigned by the Rating
Agencies.


                                      S-44



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Additional Balances..........................................................S-3
ALTA........................................................................S-17
Alternative Documentation Program...........................................S-16
Assignment Event............................................................S-27
beneficial owners...........................................................S-32
BIF.........................................................................S-29
Book-Entry Certificates.....................................................S-32
Book-Entry Securities........................................................S-8
Business Day.................................................................S-6
Cede.........................................................................S-8
Cedel........................................................................S-8
Certificate Insurer..........................................................S-1
Certificate Owners..........................................................S-32
Certificates............................................................S-1, S-3
Chase........................................................................S-8
Citibank.....................................................................S-8
Collection Account.....................................................S-6, S-29
Collection Period......................................................S-7, S-33
Collections..................................................................S-6
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio.................................................S-5
Countrywide............................................................S-4. S-15
Credit Limit.................................................................S-5
Credit Limited Utilization Rate.............................................S-19
Credit Line Agreement..................................................S-3, S-18
Cut-Off Date.................................................................S-3
Cut-Off Date Principal Balance..........................................S-3, S-5
DCR.........................................................................S-43
debt-to-income ratio........................................................S-17
Defective Mortgage Loans....................................................S-28
Definitive Certificate......................................................S-33
Definitive Securities........................................................S-8
Depositor....................................................................S-1
Determination Date.....................................................S-4, S-29
Distribution Date............................................................S-1
Draw Period.................................................................S-20
DTC....................................................................S-8, S-32
Due Date.....................................................................S-5
Eligible Account............................................................S-29
Eligible Substitution Mortgage Loan.........................................S-27
ERISA.................................................................S-10, S-39
ERISA Counsel...............................................................S-41
Euroclear....................................................................S-8
European Depositories..................................................S-8, S-32
Events of Default...........................................................S-34
Exemption...................................................................S-41
FHLMC.......................................................................S-16
final OID regulations.......................................................S-39
Fitch.......................................................................S-43



                                      S-45



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
FNMA........................................................................S-16
Indenture...............................................................S-1, S-4
Indenture Trustee.......................................................S-1, S-4
Index Rate..................................................................S-19
Insolvency Event............................................................S-38
Interest Accrual Period................................................S-7, S-33
Interest Collections...................................................S-6, S-30
Issuer.......................................................................S-3
Labor.......................................................................S-40
Letter of Credit.............................................................S-9
Letter of Credit Amount......................................................S-9
Liquidation Loss Amount................................................S-7, S-33
Loan Rate..............................................................S-5, S-19
Margin......................................................................S-19
Master Servicer..............................................................S-4
Maximum Rate................................................................S-19
Money Rates..................................................................S-5
Moody's...............................................................S-30, S-43
Mortgage Files..............................................................S-27
Mortgage Loans..........................................................S-1, S-3
Mortgaged Properties.........................................................S-3
Net Liquidation Proceeds..............................................S-30, S-31
Note Rate.........................................................S-1, S-7, S-33
Noteholders..................................................................S-4
Notes...................................................................S-1, S-3
OID.........................................................................S-39
Owner Trustee...........................................................S-1, S-4
parties in interest.........................................................S-40
Pass-Through Rate.................................................S-1, S-7, S-33
Plan..................................................................S-10, S-40
plan assets.................................................................S-10
Plan Asset Regulation.......................................................S-40
Policy..................................................................S-1, S-3
Pool Balance...........................................................S-3, S-30
Principal Balance............................................................S-4
Principal Collections..................................................S-6, S-30
Purchase Agreement...........................................................S-5
Rating Agency...............................................................S-11
Reduced Documentation Program...............................................S-16
Related Documents...........................................................S-26
Relevant Depositary.........................................................S-32
Repayment Period............................................................S-20
Repurchase Price............................................................S-27
SAIF........................................................................S-29
Securities...................................................................S-3
Security Account............................................................S-29
Security Principal Balance...................................................S-6
Seller.......................................................................S-4
Servicing Fee Rate..........................................................S-32
SMMEA.......................................................................S-11

                                                            

                                      S-46



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Standard & Poor's...........................................................S-43
Surety Bond..................................................................S-9
Surety Bond Amount...........................................................S-9
Trust Agreement.........................................................S-1, S-4
Trust Fund..............................................................S-1, S-3
Underwriter......................................................S-2, S-41, S-42
Underwriting Agreement......................................................S-42
Voting Interests............................................................S-38



                                      S-47



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

================================================================================

NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION
OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE DEPOSITOR OR THE UNDERWRITER. THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH THEY RELATE OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN
OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
$______________PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR
RESPECTIVE DATES.

                                   ----------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                                

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Summary of Terms ........................................................... S-3
Risk Factors ...............................................................S-12
The Trust Fund .............................................................S-15
The [Letter of Credit][Surety Bond] Issuer .................................S-15
The Master Servicer ........................................................S-15
The Home Equity Loan Program ...............................................S-16
Description of the Mortgage Loans ..........................................S-18
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations .....................................S-28
Description of the Master Servicing Agreement ..............................S-29
Description of the Securities ..............................................S-32
The Depositor ..............................................................S-34
The Indenture ..............................................................S-34
The Trust Agreement ........................................................S-37
Administration Agreement ...................................................S-39
The Indenture Trustee ......................................................S-39
The Owner Trustee ..........................................................S-39
Use of Proceeds ............................................................S-39
Federal Income Tax Consequences ............................................S-39
State Tax Consequences .....................................................S-39
ERISA Considerations .......................................................S-39
Legal Investment Considerations ............................................S-42
Underwriting ...............................................................S-42
Legal Matters ..............................................................S-42
Ratings ....................................................................S-43
Defined Terms ..............................................................S-44

                                                                        
                                   PROSPECTUS


Prospectus Supplement or Current Report on Form 8-K .......................    2
Available Information .....................................................    2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference ...........................    2
Reports to Securityholders ................................................    3
Summary of Terms ..........................................................    4
Risk Factors ..............................................................   11
The Trust Fund ............................................................   17
Use of Proceeds ...........................................................   21
The Depositor .............................................................   22
Loan Program ..............................................................   22
Description of the Securities .............................................   24
Credit Enhancement ........................................................   38
Yield and Prepayment Considerations .......................................   43
The Agreements ............................................................   45
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans ........................................   57
Federal Income Tax Consequences ...........................................   71
State Tax Considerations ..................................................   90
ERISA Considerations ......................................................   90
Legal Investment ..........................................................   93
Method of Distribution ....................................................   94
Legal Matters .............................................................   95
Financial Information .....................................................   95
Rating ....................................................................   95
Index of Defined Terms ....................................................   97
================================================================================

 
================================================================================



                               $________________




                         [COUNTRYWIDE] HOME EQUITY LOAN
                                  TRUST 199___
                         $______ [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE
                               ASSET BACKED NOTES
                         $______ [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE
                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                                                    
                                              




     
                                                    
                                   CWABS, Inc.
                                   (Depositor)
                                                    
                                                    
                                                    
                                ----------------
                                                    
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                 [_______, 199 ]
                                                                        
                                ----------------                        


                                  [UNDERWRITER]






                  
================================================================================





 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 28, 1996
    
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                                  CWABS, INC.
                                   Depositor
                                  $200,000,000
                               (Aggregate Amount)
                            Asset Backed Securities
                              (Issuable in Series)
                         ------------------------------
 
   
     This  Prospectus relates to the issuance  of Asset Backed Certificates (the
'Certificates') and  Asset Backed  Notes  (the 'Notes'  and, together  with  the
Certificates,  the 'Securities'), which may be sold  from time to time in one or
more series (each, a 'Series')  by CWABS, Inc. (the  'Depositor') or by a  Trust
Fund (as defined below) on terms determined at the time of sale and described in
this  Prospectus  and the  related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Securities  of a
Series will consist  of Certificates  which evidence beneficial  ownership of  a
trust  established by the Depositor (each, a 'Trust Fund'), and/or Notes secured
by the  assets  of  a  Trust  Fund.  As  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Trust Fund  for a  Series of  Securities will  include certain
assets (the 'Trust Fund  Assets') which will consist  of the following types  of
single  family mortgage loans (the 'Loans'): (i) mortgage loans secured by first
and/or subordinate liens  on one-  to four-family  residential properties,  (ii)
closed-end  and/or revolving home equity loans (the 'Home Equity Loans') secured
by first or  subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties and
(iii)   home   improvement   installment   sale   contracts and installment loan
agreements  (the 'Home   Improvement  Contracts')  that  are   either  unsecured
or  secured  by subordinate liens on one- to four-family residential properties,
or   by    purchase money  security interests in  the home improvements financed
thereby (the 'Home Improvements'). The Trust Fund Assets will be acquired by the
Depositor,  either directly  or indirectly, from one or more institutions (each,
a 'Seller'), which may be   affiliates  of  the  Depositor,  and conveyed by the
Depositor   to   the related Trust Fund. A Trust Fund also may include insurance
policies,  surety   bonds,  cash   accounts, reinvestment income,  guaranties or
letters of credit to the  extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
See 'Index of Defined Terms' on  Page 95  of this  Prospectus for  the  location
of  the definitions  of  certain capitalized terms.
    
 
     Each Series of Securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each class
of  Certificates of a  Series will evidence beneficial  ownership of a specified
percentage (which  may be  0%) or  portion  of future  interest payments  and  a
specified  percentage (which may be 0%)  or portion of future principal payments
on the  related Trust  Fund Assets.  Each class  of Notes  of a  Series will  be
secured  by the  related Trust Fund  Assets or,  if so specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a portion thereof. A Series of Securities may include one
or more classes that are senior in right of payment to one or more other classes
of Securities of such Series. One or more classes of Securities of a Series  may
be entitled to receive
 
                                                  (cover continued on next page)
                         ------------------------------
 
     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE
        SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGE 12.
                         ------------------------------
 
     THE  CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN,
AND THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, THE RELATED TRUST
FUND ONLY AND WILL NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE  DEPOSITOR,
THE  MASTER SERVICER, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
DESCRIBED IN THE  RELATED PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT. THE SECURITIES  AND THE  LOANS
WILL  NOT BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY
OR BY THE DEPOSITOR OR  ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY,  EXCEPT IN EACH CASE TO  THE
EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
                         ------------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
     SECURITIES   AND   EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR   ANY   STATE  SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON   THE  ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY  OF   THIS
        PROSPECTUS   OR   THE   RELATED   PROSPECTUS   SUPPLEMENT.   ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                         ------------------------------
 
     Prior to issuance there will have been no market for the Securities of  any
Series  and there can be no assurance that a secondary market for any Securities
will develop,  or  if  it  does  develop,  that  it  will  continue  or  provide
Securityholders  with  a  sufficient  level  of  liquidity  of  investment. This
Prospectus may  not be  used to  consummate sales  of Securities  of any  Series
unless  accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.  Offers of the Securities may be
made  through  one  or  more  different  methods,  including  offerings  through
underwriters,  as more fully described under 'Method of Distribution' herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
              , 1996
 
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS  BEEN FILED  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR  MAY
OFFERS  TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO  THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  THE
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL  PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(continued from cover page)
 
distributions  of principal, interest or any combination thereof prior to one or
more other  classes of  Securities of  such Series  or after  the occurrence  of
specified   events,  in  each  case  as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.
 
     Distributions  to  Securityholders   will  be   made  monthly,   quarterly,
semi-annually  or at  such other  intervals and  on the  dates specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions on the Securities of a Series  will
be  made from the related Trust Fund  Assets or proceeds thereof pledged for the
benefit  of  the  Securityholders  as   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.
 
     The  related Prospectus Supplement will describe any insurance or guarantee
provided with respect  to the  related Series of  Securities including,  without
limitation, any insurance or guarantee provided by the Department of Housing and
Urban  Development, the  United States  Department of  Veterans' Affairs  or any
private insurer or guarantor. The only obligations of the Depositor with respect
to a  Series  of  Securities  will be  to  obtain  certain  representations  and
warranties  from each Seller and to assign to the Trustee for the related Series
of Securities the Depositor's  rights with respect  to such representations  and
warranties.  The  principal  obligations of  the  Master Servicer  named  in the
related Prospectus Supplement with respect  to the related Series of  Securities
will   be  limited  to  obligations  pursuant  to  certain  representations  and
warranties  and  to  its   contractual  servicing  obligations,  including   any
obligation  it may have to advance delinquent payments on the related Trust Fund
Assets.
 
     The yield on  each class of  Securities of  a Series will  be affected  by,
among other things, the rate of payments of principal (including prepayments) on
the  related Trust  Fund Assets and  the timing  of receipt of  such payments as
described under 'Risk Factors -- Prepayment and Yield Considerations' and 'Yield
and Prepayment Considerations' herein and in the related Prospectus  Supplement.
A  Trust  Fund  may be  subject  to  early termination  under  the circumstances
described under 'The Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination herein  and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     If  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  one or more elections
may be made  to treat  a Trust  Fund or specified  portions thereof  as a  'real
estate  mortgage investment conduit' ('REMIC')  for federal income tax purposes.
See 'Federal Income Tax Consequences.'
 
                                       2




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     UNTIL  90 DAYS  AFTER THE DATE  OF EACH PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES COVERED BY SUCH PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,
WHETHER  OR NOT  PARTICIPATING IN THE  DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER SUCH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THIS  PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION  TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT WHEN
ACTING   AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K
 
     The Prospectus Supplement  or Current Report  on Form 8-K  relating to  the
Securities  of each Series to be offered hereunder will, among other things, set
forth with  respect  to  such  Securities, as  appropriate:  (i)  the  aggregate
principal  amount, interest rate  and authorized denominations  of each class of
such Series of  Securities; (ii)  information as  to the  assets comprising  the
Trust  Fund, including  the general  characteristics of  the related  Trust Fund
Assets included  therein  and, if  applicable,  the insurance  policies,  surety
bonds, guaranties, letters of credit or other instruments or agreements included
in the Trust Fund or otherwise, and the amount and source of any reserve account
or  other cash account; (iii)  the circumstances, if any,  under which the Trust
Fund may be subject to early termination; (iv) the circumstances, if any,  under
which the Notes of such Series are subject to redemption; (v) the method used to
calculate the amount of principal to be distributed or paid with respect to each
class  of Securities; (vi) the order of application of distributions or payments
to each of  the classes  within such Series,  whether sequential,  pro rata,  or
otherwise;  (vii) the  Distribution Dates  with respect  to such  Series; (viii)
additional information  with  respect to  the  method of  distribution  of  such
Securities;  (ix) whether one or more REMIC  elections will be made with respect
to the Trust Fund and, if so,  the designation of the regular interests and  the
residual  interests; (x) the aggregate original percentage ownership interest in
the Trust Fund to be  evidenced by each class  of Certificates; (xi) the  stated
maturity  of each  class of Notes  of such  Series; (xii) information  as to the
nature and extent of subordination with respect to any class of Securities  that
is subordinate in right of payment to any other class; and (xiii) information as
to the Seller, the Master Servicer and the Trustee.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The  Depositor has filed  with the Securities  and Exchange Commission (the
'Commission') a  Registration Statement  under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as
amended,  with respect to the Securities. This Prospectus, which forms a part of
the Registration  Statement,  and the  Prospectus  Supplement relating  to  each
Series of Securities contain descriptions of the material terms of the documents
referred  to herein and therein,  but do not contain  all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the
Commission. For  further information,  reference is  made to  such  Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. Such Registration Statement and exhibits can
be  inspected and copied at prescribed  rates at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at its Public Reference Section, 450 Fifth  Street,
N.W.,  Washington, D.C. 20549,  and at its Regional  Offices located as follows:
Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois
60661;  and Northeast Regional Office, Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York,  New  York   10048.  The  Commission   also  maintains  a   Web  site   at
http://www.sec.gov  from which such  Registration Statement and  exhibits may be
obtained.
 
     No person  has been  authorized to  give  any information  or to  make  any
representation  other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement with  respect hereto  and,  if given  or  made, such  information  or
representations  must not  be relied  upon. This  Prospectus and  any Prospectus
Supplement with  respect  hereto  do  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or  a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Securities offered
hereby  and thereby nor an offer of the Securities to any person in any state or
other jurisdiction in which such offer  would be unlawful. The delivery of  this
Prospectus  at any time does not imply  that information herein is correct as of
any time subsequent to its date.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
     All documents subsequently filed by or on behalf of the Trust Fund referred
to in the  accompanying Prospectus  Supplement with the  Commission pursuant  to
Section  13(a), 13(c), 14  or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, as
amended (the 'Exchange Act'), after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of any offering of the Securities issued by such Trust Fund shall be
deemed to be incorporated by
 
                                       3
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
reference in this Prospectus and to be  a part of this Prospectus from the  date
of  the  filing  of  such  documents.  Any  statement  contained  in  a document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded for all purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that
a statement contained herein (or  in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement)  or
in  any  other subsequently  filed document  which also  is or  is deemed  to be
incorporated  by  reference  modifies  or  replaces  such  statement.  Any  such
statement  so modified or superseded shall not  be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute  a part of this  Prospectus. Neither the  Depositor
nor  the Master  Servicer for  any Series  intends to  file with  the Commission
periodic reports with respect to the related Trust Fund following completion  of
the reporting period required by Rule 15d-1 or Regulation 15D under the Exchange
Act.
    
   
     The Trustee  or  such other  entity  specified in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  on behalf  of any  Trust Fund  will provide  without charge  to each
person to whom this Prospectus is delivered,  on the written or oral request  of
such  person, a copy of any or all  of the documents referred to above that have
been or  may be  incorporated by  reference in  this Prospectus  (not  including
exhibits  to  the  information that  is  incorporated by  reference  unless such
exhibits are specifically  incorporated by reference  into the information  that
this Prospectus incorporates). Such requests should be directed to the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee or the address of such other entity specified in the
accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement.  Included in  the  accompanying Prospectus
Supplement is the name, address, telephone number, and, if available,  facsimile
number  of the  office or contact  person at  the Corporate Trust  Office of the
Trustee or such other entity.
    
 
                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
     Periodic and annual reports concerning the related Trust Fund for a  Series
of  Securities will be forwarded to  Securityholders. However, such reports will
neither be examined  nor reported on  by an independent  public accountant.  See
'Description of the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders'.
 
                                       4




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
 
   
     This  summary is  qualified in  its entirety  by reference  to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus
Supplement with respect to the Series  of Securities offered thereby and to  the
related  Agreement (as  such term  is defined below)  which will  be prepared in
connection  with  each  Series   of  Securities.  Unless  otherwise   specified,
capitalized  terms  used and  not  defined in  this  Summary of  Terms  have the
meanings given  to  them  in  this Prospectus  and  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  See 'Index of Defined Terms' on  Page 95 of this Prospectus for the
location of the definitions of certain capitalized terms.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Title of Securities.......................  Asset Backed Certificates (the 'Certificates') and Asset Backed Notes
                                            (the 'Notes' and, together with the Certificates, the  'Securities'),
                                            which are issuable in Series.

Depositor.................................  CWABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Trustee...................................  The  trustee(s) (the 'Trustee') for each Series of Securities will be
                                            specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. See 'The  Agreements'
                                            herein for a description of the Trustee's rights and obligations.

Master Servicer...........................  The  entity  or  entities  named  as  Master  Servicer  (the  'Master
                                            Servicer') in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  which may  be  an
                                            affiliate  of the Depositor.  See 'The Agreements  -- Certain Matters
                                            Regarding the Master Servicer and the Depositor'.

Trust Fund Assets.........................  Assets of the  Trust Fund  for a  Series of  Securities will  include
                                            certain  assets (the 'Trust  Fund Assets') which  will consist of the
                                            Loans, together with payments in  respect of such Trust Fund  Assets,
                                            as  specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement. At  the time of
                                            issuance of the Securities  of the Series,  the Depositor will  cause
                                            the  Loans comprising  the related Trust  Fund to be  assigned to the
                                            Trustee, without  recourse. The  Loans will  be collected  in a  pool
                                            (each,  a 'Pool') as of the first day of the month of the issuance of
                                            the related Series of Securities or such other date specified in  the
                                            related Prospectus Supplement (the 'Cut-off Date'). Trust Fund Assets
                                            also  may include  insurance policies,  surety bonds,  cash accounts,
                                            reinvestment income, guaranties  or letters of  credit to the  extent
                                            described   in  the   related  Prospectus   Supplement.  See  'Credit
                                            Enhancement'. In addition,  if the related  Prospectus Supplement  so
                                            provides,  the related  Trust Fund Assets  will include  the funds on
                                            deposit in an account (a 'Pre-Funding Account') which will be used to
                                            purchase  additional  Loans  during  the  period  specified  in  such
                                            Prospectus Supplement. See 'The Agreements -- Pre-Funding Account'.

Loans.....................................  The  Loans will consist of (i) mortgage loans secured by first and/or
                                            subordinate liens on  one- to four-family  residential properties  or
                                            security   interests   in  shares   issued  by   cooperative  housing
                                            corporations (each, a  'Mortgage Loan'), (ii)  closed-end loans  (the
                                            'Closed-End  Loans') and/or  revolving home  equity loans  or certain
                                            balances thereof (the  'Revolving Credit Line  Loans', together  with
                                            the  Closed-End  Loans,  the  'Home Equity  Loans'),  and  (iii) home
                                            improvement  installment   sales  contracts   and  installment   loan
                                            agreements  (the 'Home  Improvement Contracts'). All  Loans will have
                                            been purchased  by  the  Depositor, either  directly  or  through  an
                                            affiliate, from one or more Sellers.
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            As  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  the Home Equity
                                            Loans will, and  the Home  Improvement Contracts may,  be secured  by
                                            mortgages  or deeds  of trust  or other  similar security instruments
                                            creating a lien on a Mortgaged Property, which may be subordinated to
                                            one or more senior liens on  the Mortgaged Property, as described  in
                                            the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  As  specified  in  the related
                                            Prospectus Supplement, Home Improvement Contracts may be unsecured or
                                            secured by purchase money security interests in the Home Improvements
                                            financed thereby. The Mortgaged Properties and the Home  Improvements
                                            are collectively referred to herein as the 'Properties'.

Description of the Securities.............  Each  Security will represent a  beneficial ownership interest in, or
                                            be secured by the  assets of, a Trust  Fund created by the  Depositor
                                            pursuant to an Agreement among the Depositor, the Master Servicer and
                                            the  Trustee for the related Series. The Securities of any Series may
                                            be issued  in  one  or  more classes  as  specified  in  the  related
                                            Prospectus Supplement. A Series of Securities may include one or more
                                            classes  of senior Securities (collectively, the 'Senior Securities')
                                            and one or more classes of subordinate Securities (collectively,  the
                                            'Subordinated  Securities'). Certain Series  or classes of Securities
                                            may be  covered  by  insurance  policies or  other  forms  of  credit
                                            enhancement,  in each  case as  described under  'Credit Enhancement'
                                            herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                            One or more classes of Securities of each Series (i) may be  entitled
                                            to  receive  distributions  allocable  only  to  principal,  only  to
                                            interest or  to any  combination  thereof; (ii)  may be  entitled  to
                                            receive distributions only of prepayments of principal throughout the
                                            lives  of the  Securities or during  specified periods;  (iii) may be
                                            subordinated in  the  right  to receive  distributions  of  scheduled
                                            payments  of  principal, prepayments  of  principal, interest  or any
                                            combination thereof to  one or  more other classes  of Securities  of
                                            such  Series  throughout  the  lives  of  the  Securities  or  during
                                            specified periods; (iv) may be entitled to receive such distributions
                                            only  after  the  occurrence  of  events  specified  in  the  related
                                            Prospectus  Supplement; (v) may be  entitled to receive distributions
                                            in accordance  with  a  schedule  or  formula  or  on  the  basis  of
                                            collections  from  designated  portions  of  the  related  Trust Fund
                                            Assets; (vi) as to Securities entitled to distributions allocable  to
                                            interest,  may be entitled to  receive interest at a  fixed rate or a
                                            rate that is subject  to change from  time to time;  and (vii) as  to
                                            Securities  entitled to  distributions allocable to  interest, may be
                                            entitled to  distributions  allocable  to  interest  only  after  the
                                            occurrence  of events specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement
                                            and may accrue  interest until  such events  occur, in  each case  as
                                            specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  timing and
                                            amounts of such distributions may vary among classes or over time, as
                                            specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Distributions on the Securities...........  Distributions  on  the  Securities  entitled  thereto  will  be  made
                                            monthly,  quarterly, semi-annually or at  such other intervals and on
                                            the dates specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement (each,  a
                                            'Distribution  Date') out of the payments  received in respect of the
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            assets of the related Trust Fund or Funds or other assets pledged for
                                            the benefit of the Securities as described under 'Credit Enhancement'
                                            herein to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.
                                            The  amount allocable  to payments of  principal and  interest on any
                                            Distribution Date  will be  determined as  specified in  the  related
                                            Prospectus  Supplement.  The Prospectus  Supplement  for a  Series of
                                            Securities will  describe  the method  for  allocating  distributions
                                            among  Securities  of different  classes as  well  as the  method for
                                            allocating distributions among Securities for any particular class.

                                            Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
                                            aggregate  original  principal  balance of  the  Securities  will not
                                            exceed the aggregate distributions  allocable to principal that  such
                                            Securities  will be entitled to receive.  If specified in the related
                                            Prospectus Supplement, the Securities will have an aggregate original
                                            principal balance equal to the aggregate unpaid principal balance  of
                                            the  Trust Fund Assets as  of the related Cut-off  Date and will bear
                                            interest in the aggregate at a rate equal to the interest rate  borne
                                            by  the  underlying  Loans (the  'Loan  Rate') net  of  the aggregate
                                            servicing fees  and  any  other  amounts  specified  in  the  related
                                            Prospectus  Supplement  (the 'Pass-Through  Rate')  or at  such other
                                            interest rate as may be  specified in such Prospectus Supplement.  If
                                            specified   in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  aggregate
                                            original principal balance  of the Securities  and interest rates  on
                                            the  classes of Securities will be  determined based on the cash flow
                                            on the Trust Fund Assets.

                                            The rate at which interest will be passed through or paid to  holders
                                            of each class of Securities entitled thereto may be a fixed rate or a
                                            rate  that is subject to  change from time to  time from the time and
                                            for the periods, in each case, as specified in the related Prospectus
                                            Supplement. Any  such  rate  may be  calculated  on  a  loan-by-loan,
                                            weighted  average or notional amount in each case as described in the
                                            related Prospectus Supplement.

Credit Enhancement........................  The assets in a Trust Fund or  the Securities of one or more  classes
                                            in  the related Series may  have the benefit of  one or more types of
                                            credit enhancement as described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
                                            The protection against losses afforded by any such credit support may
                                            be  limited.  The   type,  characteristics  and   amount  of   credit
                                            enhancement  will be determined  based on the  characteristics of the
                                            Loans comprising the Trust Fund Assets and other factors and will  be
                                            established on the basis of requirements of each Rating Agency rating
                                            the Securities of such Series. See 'Credit Enhancement.'

A. Subordination..........................  A  Series of Securities may consist of  one or more classes of Senior
                                            Securities and one  or more classes  of Subordinated Securities.  The
                                            rights  of the holders of the  Subordinated Securities of a Series to
                                            receive distributions with respect to the assets in the related Trust
                                            Fund will be subordinated to such rights of the holders of the Senior
                                            Securities of the same Series to the extent described in the  related
                                            Prospectus  Supplement. This subordination is intended to enhance the
                                            likelihood   of    regular    receipt   by    holders    of    Senior
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            Securities  of the full  amount of monthly  payments of principal and
                                            interest due them. The protection  afforded to the holders of  Senior
                                            Securities  of a Series by means of the subordination feature will be
                                            accomplished by  (i)  the  preferential  right  of  such  holders  to
                                            receive,  prior  to any  distribution being  made  in respect  of the
                                            related Subordinated  Securities,  the  amounts  of  interest  and/or
                                            principal  due  them  on  each Distribution  Date  out  of  the funds
                                            available for  distribution  on such  date  in the  related  Security
                                            Account  and,  to  the  extent described  in  the  related Prospectus
                                            Supplement,  by  the  right  of   such  holders  to  receive   future
                                            distributions  on the  assets in  the related  Trust Fund  that would
                                            otherwise  have  been   payable  to  the   holders  of   Subordinated
                                            Securities;  (ii) reducing the ownership  interest (if applicable) of
                                            the related  Subordinated  Securities;  or  (iii)  a  combination  of
                                            clauses (i) and (ii) above. If so specified in the related Prospectus
                                            Supplement,  subordination  may apply  only in  the event  of certain
                                            types of losses not covered by other forms of credit support, such as
                                            hazard losses not  covered by standard  hazard insurance policies  or
                                            losses  due to the  bankruptcy or fraud of  the borrower. The related
                                            Prospectus Supplement will  set forth  information concerning,  among
                                            other  things, the amount  of subordination of a  class or classes of
                                            Subordinated Securities in a Series, the circumstances in which  such
                                            subordination  will be applicable,  and the manner,  if any, in which
                                            the amount of subordination will decrease over time.

B. Reserve Account........................  One or more reserve accounts or other cash accounts (each, a 'Reserve
                                            Account') may  be  established  and maintained  for  each  Series  of
                                            Securities. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify whether or
                                            not such Reserve Accounts will be included in the corpus of the Trust
                                            Fund for such Series and will also specify the manner of funding such
                                            Reserve  Accounts and the  conditions under which  the amounts in any
                                            such Reserve Accounts will be  used to make distributions to  holders
                                            of  Securities of  a particular class  or released  from such Reserve
                                            Accounts.

C. Letter of Credit.......................  If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit  support
                                            may  be provided by one or more letters of credit. A letter of credit
                                            may provide limited protection against certain losses in addition  to
                                            or  in lieu  of other credit  support, such as  losses resulting from
                                            delinquent payments on the  Loans in the  related Trust Fund,  losses
                                            from  risks not covered by standard hazard insurance policies, losses
                                            due to bankruptcy of a borrower and application of certain provisions
                                            of the federal Bankruptcy Code, and losses due to denial of insurance
                                            coverage due  to  misrepresentations  made  in  connection  with  the
                                            origination  or sale of  a Loan. The  issuer of the  letter of credit
                                            (the 'L/C Bank') will be obligated  to honor demands with respect  to
                                            such  letter  of  credit,  to  the  extent  of  the  amount available
                                            thereunder to provide  funds under the  circumstances and subject  to
                                            such   conditions  as   are  specified  in   the  related  Prospectus
                                            Supplement. The liability of the L/C Bank under its letter of  credit
                                            will be reduced by the amount of unreimbursed payments thereunder.

                                            The  maximum liability of a L/C Bank  under its letter of credit will
                                            be  an  amount  equal  to  a  percentage  specified  in  the  related
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            Prospectus  Supplement of the initial aggregate outstanding principal
                                            balance of the Loans in the related Trust Fund or one or more Classes
                                            of Securities  of  the related  Series  (the 'L/C  Percentage').  The
                                            maximum  amount available at  any time to  be paid under  a letter of
                                            credit will be determined in the manner specified therein and in  the
                                            related Prospectus Supplement.
D. Insurance Policies; Surety Bonds and
   Guarantees.............................  If  so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit support
                                            for a Series may be provided  by an insurance policy and/or a  surety
                                            bond  issued by  one or  more insurance  companies or  sureties. Such
                                            certificate guarantee insurance or surety bond will guarantee  timely
                                            distributions  of interest and/or full  distributions of principal on
                                            the basis of a  schedule of principal distributions  set forth in  or
                                            determined   in  the  manner  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                            Supplement. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or
                                            more bankruptcy  bonds,  special  hazard  insurance  policies,  other
                                            insurance  or third-party guarantees may  be used to provide coverage
                                            for the  risks  of default  or  types of  losses  set forth  in  such
                                            Prospectus Supplement.

E. Over-Collateralization.................  If  so  provided  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  for  a  Series  of
                                            Securities, a portion  of the interest  payment on each  Loan may  be
                                            applied  as  an additional  distribution in  respect of  principal to
                                            reduce the  principal  balance  of  a certain  class  or  classes  of
                                            Securities  and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment of principal on
                                            such class or classes of Securities.

F. Loan Pool Insurance....................  Policy A mortgage pool insurance  policy or policies may be  obtained
                                            and  maintained for Loans relating to any Series of Securities, which
                                            shall be limited in scope, covering defaults on the related Loans  in
                                            an  initial amount equal  to a specified  percentage of the aggregate
                                            principal balance of all Loans included in the Pool as of the related
                                            Cut-off Date.

G. FHA Insurance..........................  If specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, all or a  portion
                                            of  the Loans  in a Pool  may be  (i) insured by  the Federal Housing
                                            Administration (the 'FHA')  and/or (ii) partially  guaranteed by  the
                                            Department  of  Veterans'  Affairs  (the  'VA').  See  'Certain Legal
                                            Aspects of the Loans -- The Title I Program'.

H. Cross-Collateralization................  If specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, separate  classes
                                            of  a Series of Securities may  evidence the beneficial ownership of,
                                            or be secured by, separate groups of assets included in a Trust Fund.
                                            In  such  case,  credit   support  may  be   provided  by  a   cross-
                                            collateralization  feature which requires  that distributions be made
                                            with respect to Securities evidencing a beneficial ownership interest
                                            in, or secured by, one or more asset groups prior to distributions to
                                            Subordinated Securities  evidencing a  beneficial ownership  interest
                                            in, or secured by, other asset groups within the same Trust Fund. See
                                            'Credit Enhancement -- Cross -- Collateralization.'

                                            If  specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the coverage
                                            provided by one or more of the forms  of credit enhancement described
                                            in  this Prospectus may apply  concurrently  to two  or more separate
                                            Trust Funds. If applicable, the related Prospectus   Supplement  will
                                            identify the Trust  Funds  to  which    such    credit    enhancement
                                            relates  and  the  manner  of  determining the
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       9
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            amount of  coverage provided  to such Trust Funds thereby and of  the
                                            application  of such coverage to the identified  Trust  Funds.   See 
                                            'Credit Enhancement -- Cross-Collateralization.

Advances..................................  The  Master  Servicer  and, if  applicable,  each  mortgage servicing
                                            institution that services a  Loan in a Pool  on behalf of the  Master
                                            Servicer (each, a 'Sub-Servicer') may be obligated to advance amounts
                                            (each,  an  'Advance')  corresponding to  delinquent  interest and/or
                                            principal  payments  on  such  Loan   (including,  in  the  case   of
                                            Cooperative Loans, unpaid maintenance fees or other charges under the
                                            related  proprietary  lease)  until  the date,  as  specified  in the
                                            related Prospectus  Supplement,  following  the  date  on  which  the
                                            related Property is sold at a foreclosure sale or the related Loan is
                                            otherwise  liquidated. Any obligation to make Advances may be subject
                                            to limitations as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If
                                            so  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  Advances may be
                                            drawn from a cash account available for such purpose as described  in
                                            such  Prospectus  Supplement. Advances  will  be reimbursable  to the
                                            extent described under  'Description of the  Securities --  Advances'
                                            herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                            In  the event  the Master  Servicer or  Sub-Servicer fails  to make a
                                            required Advance,  the  Trustee  may be  obligated  to  advance  such
                                            amounts  otherwise required to be advanced  by the Master Servicer or
                                            Sub-Servicer. See 'Description of the Securities -- Advances.'

Optional Termination......................  The Master Servicer or the party specified in the related  Prospectus
                                            Supplement, including the holder of the residual interest in a REMIC,
                                            may  have  the  option to  effect  early  retirement of  a  Series of
                                            Securities through the purchase of the Trust Fund Assets. The  Master
                                            Servicer  will  deposit  the proceeds  of  any such  purchase  in the
                                            Security  Account  for  each  Trust  Fund  as  described  under  'The
                                            Agreements  -- Payments on  Loans; Deposit to  Security Account.' Any
                                            such purchase of Trust Fund  Assets and property acquired in  respect
                                            of Trust Fund Assets evidenced by a Series of Securities will be made
                                            at  the  option of  the  Master Servicer,  such  other person  or, if
                                            applicable, such holder of  the REMIC residual  interest, at a  price
                                            specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement. The exercise of such
                                            right will effect early retirement of the Securities of that  Series,
                                            but  the  right of  the  Master Servicer,  such  other person  or, if
                                            applicable, such  holder  of  the  REMIC  residual  interest,  to  so
                                            purchase  is subject  to the principal  balance of  the related Trust
                                            Fund Assets being less than  the percentage specified in the  related
                                            Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate principal balance of the Trust
                                            Fund  Assets at  the Cut-off  Date for  the Series.  The foregoing is
                                            subject to  the provision  that  if a  REMIC  election is  made  with
                                            respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant to clause (ii) above
                                            will be made only in connection with a 'qualified liquidation' of the
                                            REMIC within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.

Legal Investment..........................  The  Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will specify
                                            which,  if  any,  of  the  classes  of  Securities  offered   thereby
                                            constitute   'mortgage  related  securities'   for  purposes  of  the
                                            Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ('SMMEA').  Classes
                                            of Securities that qualify as 'mortgage related
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            securities'   will  be   legal  investments  for   certain  types  of
                                            institutional investors to the extent provided in SMMEA, subject,  in
                                            any  case, to any  other regulations which  may govern investments by
                                            such   institutional   investors.   Institutions   whose   investment
                                            activities  are  subject to  review by  federal or  state authorities
                                            should consult with  their counsel or  the applicable authorities  to
                                            determine  whether an investment in  a particular class of Securities
                                            (whether or not such class constitutes a 'mortgage related security')
                                            complies   with   applicable   guidelines,   policy   statements   or
                                            restrictions. See 'Legal Investment.'
   
Federal Income Tax Consequences...........  The  federal  income tax  consequences  to Securityholders  will vary
                                            depending on whether  one or  more elections  are made  to treat  the
                                            Trust  Fund  or  specified  portions thereof  as  a  REMIC  under the
                                            provisions of  the Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended  (the
                                            'Code'). The Prospectus Supplement for each Series of Securities will
                                            specify  whether such an  election will be  made. 
                                            
                                            If   a  REMIC  election  is  made,  Securities  representing  regular
                                            interests in a REMIC will generally be taxable to holders in the same
                                            manner as  evidences  of indebtedness  issued  by the  REMIC.  Stated
                                            interest on such regular interests will be taxable as ordinary income
                                            and  taken  into  account  using the  accrual  method  of accounting,
                                            regardless of  the holder's  normal accounting  method. If  no  REMIC
                                            election  is  made,  interest (other  than  original  issue  discount
                                            ('OID')) on  Securities that  are characterized  as indebtedness  for
                                            federal  income tax purposes will be  includible in income by holders
                                            thereof in accordance with their usual method of accounting.
                                            Certain Classes of Securities may be issued with OID. A holder should
                                            be aware  that  the Code  and  the Treasury  regulations  promulgated
                                            thereunder  do  not  adequately address  certain  issues  relevant to
                                            prepayable securities, such as the Securities.
                                            Holders that will be  required to report income  with respect to  the
                                            related  Securities under the accrual method of accounting will do so
                                            without giving  effect  to  delays and  reductions  in  distributions
                                            attributable  to  a  default  or  delinquency  on  the  Loans, except
                                            possibly to the extent that it  can be established that such  amounts
                                            are  uncollectible. As a result, the amount of income (including OID)
                                            reported by a holder of a Security in any period could  significantly
                                            exceed the amount of cash distributed to such holder in that period.
                                            In  the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP, if a REMIC election is made with
                                            respect to a Series of Securities, then the arrangement by which such
                                            Securities are issued will be  treated as a REMIC  as long as all  of
                                            the  provisions of the applicable Agreement are complied with and the
                                            statutory and regulatory requirements are satisfied. Securities  will
                                            be  designated as 'regular interests'  or 'residual  interests' in  a
                                            REMIC. A REMIC will not be  subject to entity-level tax. Rather,  the
                                            taxable  income or net loss of a  REMIC will be taken into account by
                                            the holders of  residual interests.  Such holders  will report  their
                                            proportionate share of the taxable income of the REMIC whether or not
                                            they  receive cash distributions from  the REMIC attributable to such
                                            income. The portion of the REMIC taxable income consisting of 'excess
                                            inclusions' may not be offset  against other deductions or losses  of
                                            the holder, including the net operating losses.
                                            In  the opinion  of Brown  & Wood  LLP, if  a REMIC  or a partnership
                                            election is not made with respect to a Series of Securities, then the
                                            arrangement by which such Securities are issued will be classified as
                                            a grantor trust under Subpart E, Part  I of Subchapter J of the  Code
                                            and not as an association taxable as a corporation. If so provided in
                                            the  Prospectus Supplement for a Series,  there will be no separation
                                            of the  principal  and  interest  payments  on  the  Loans.  In  such
                                            circumstances,  the holder will be considered to have purchased a pro
                                            rata undivided interest in each of the Loans. In other cases, sale of
                                            the Securities will produce a separation in the ownership of all or a
                                            portion  of  the principal  payments  from all  or  a portion  of the
                                            interest payments on the Loans.
                                            In the opinion  of Brown  & Wood LLP,  if a  partnership election  is
                                            made,  the Trust  Fund will  not be  treated as  an association  or a
                                            publicly traded partnership taxable as  a corporation as long as  all
                                            of  the provisions of the applicable  Agreement are complied with and
                                            the statutory and  regulatory requirements are  satisfied. If   Notes
                                            are  issued  by  such  Trust  Fund, such  Notes  will  be  treated as
                                            indebtedness for  federal income  tax purposes.  The holders  of  the
                                            Certificates  issued by such Trust Fund,  if any, will agree to treat
                                            the Certificates as equity interests in a partnership.
                                            The Securities  will  be  treated  as  assets  described  in  section
                                            7701(a)(19)(C)  of the  Code and as  real estate  assets described in
                                            section 856(c) of the Code.
                                            Generally, gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of Securities in
                                            the amount equal to  the difference between  the amount realized  and
                                            the seller's tax basis in the Securities sold.
                                            The material federal income tax consequences for investors associated
                                            with  the purchase, ownership  and disposition of  the Securities are
                                            set forth  herein under  'Federal Income     Tax  Consequences'.  The
                                            material federal income tax consequences for investors associated with
                                            the   purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of  Securities  of  any
                                            particular Series will be set forth under the heading 'Federal Income
                                            Tax Consequences' in the related Prospectus Supplement. See  'Federal
                                            Income Tax Consequences'.

    
ERISA Considerations......................  A fiduciary of any employee benefit plan or other retirement plan  or
                                            arrangement subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                                            1974,  as amended ('ERISA'), or the Code should carefully review with
                                            its legal  advisors whether  the purchase  or holding  of  Securities
                                            could  give  rise  to  a  transaction  prohibited  or  not  otherwise
                                            permissible under  ERISA or  the  Code. See  'ERISA  Considerations'.
                                            Certain  classes  of Securities  may  not be  transferred  unless the
                                            Trustee  and  the   Depositor  are   furnished  with   a  letter   of
                                            representation  or  an opinion  of counsel  to  the effect  that such
                                            transfer will not result in a violation of the prohibited transaction
                                            provisions of ERISA and  the Code and will  not subject the  Trustee,
                                            the  Depositor or the Master  Servicer to additional obligations. See
                                            'Description of the Securities-General' and 'ERISA Considerations'.

Risk Factors............................... For  a  discussion  of    certain    risks    associated    with   an
                                            investment  in the Securities,  see 'Risk Factors'  on Page 12 herein
                                            and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
</TABLE>
 
                                       11




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Investors  should  consider the  following factors  in connection  with the
purchase of the Securities.
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
 
     There will be  no market  for the  Securities of  any Series  prior to  the
issuance  thereof, and there  can be no  assurance that a  secondary market will
develop or,  if it  does  develop, that  it  will provide  Securityholders  with
liquidity  of investment or will continue for the life of the Securities of such
Series.
 
LIMITED SOURCE OF PAYMENTS -- NO RECOURSE TO SELLERS, DEPOSITOR OR MASTER
SERVICER
 
     The Depositor does not  have, nor is it  expected to have, any  significant
assets.  Unless otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement, the
Securities of a  Series will  be payable  solely from  the Trust  Fund for  such
Securities and will not have any claim against or security interest in the Trust
Fund  for any other  Series. There will be  no recourse to  the Depositor or any
other person  for  any  failure  to receive  distributions  on  the  Securities.
Further,  at the times  set forth in the  related Prospectus Supplement, certain
Trust  Fund  Assets  and/or  any  balance  remaining  in  the  Security  Account
immediately  after making  all payments  due on  the Securities  of such Series,
after making  adequate  provision for  future  payments on  certain  classes  of
Securities  and  after  making  any  other  payments  specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, may be  promptly released or  remitted to the  Depositor,
the  Master  Servicer,  any  credit enhancement  provider  or  any  other person
entitled thereto  and  will  no  longer be  available  for  making  payments  to
Securityholders.  Consequently, holders of  Securities of each  Series must rely
solely upon payments with respect to the Trust Fund Assets and the other  assets
constituting   the  Trust  Fund  for  a  Series  of  Securities,  including,  if
applicable, any amounts available  pursuant to any  credit enhancement for  such
Series,  for the payment of principal of  and interest on the Securities of such
Series.
 
     The Securities  will not  represent an  interest in  or obligation  of  the
Depositor,   the  Master  Servicer,  any  Seller  or  any  of  their  respective
affiliates. The only obligations, if any,  of the Depositor with respect to  the
Trust  Fund Assets or the  Securities of any Series  will be pursuant to certain
representations and warranties. The Depositor does not have, and is not expected
in the future to have, any significant assets with which to meet any  obligation
to repurchase Trust Fund Assets with respect to which there has been a breach of
any  representation or warranty. If, for example, the Depositor were required to
repurchase a Loan, its only  sources of funds to  make such repurchase would  be
from  funds obtained (i) from the  enforcement of a corresponding obligation, if
any, on the part of  the related Seller or originator  of such Loan, or (ii)  to
the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, from a Reserve Account
or similar credit enhancement established to provide funds for such repurchases.
 
     The  only  obligations  of  the  Master  Servicer,  other  than  its master
servicing obligations, with respect to the  Trust Fund Assets or the  Securities
of  any Series will  be pursuant to certain  representations and warranties. The
Master Servicer may be  required to repurchase or  substitute for any Loan  with
respect  to which such representations and  warranties are breached. There is no
assurance, however, that the Master Servicer will have the financial ability  to
effect any such repurchase or substitution.
 
     The only obligations of any Seller with respect to Trust Fund Assets or the
Securities  of  any  Series  will be  pursuant  to  certain  representations and
warranties and certain document delivery requirements. A Seller may be  required
to   repurchase  or  substitute  for  any   Loan  with  respect  to  which  such
representations and warranties or  document delivery requirements are  breached.
There is no assurance, however, that such Seller will have the financial ability
to effect such repurchase or substitution.
 
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
 
     Although  credit enhancement is  intended to reduce  the risk of delinquent
payments or losses to holders of Securities entitled to the benefit thereof, the
amount of such credit enhancement will be  limited, as set forth in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, and may  be subject to  periodic reduction in accordance
with a schedule  or formula or  otherwise decline, and  could be depleted  under
certain  circumstances prior  to the  payment in full  of the  related Series of
Securities, and as  a result Securityholders  of the related  Series may  suffer
losses.  Moreover, such credit enhancement may not cover all potential losses or
risks. For example, credit enhancement may or may not cover fraud or  negligence
by  a loan originator or other parties.  In addition, the Trustee will generally
be
 
                                       12
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
permitted to reduce,  terminate or  substitute all or  a portion  of the  credit
enhancement  for any Series of Securities, provided the applicable Rating Agency
indicates that the then-current rating of the Securities of such Series will not
be adversely affected. See 'Credit Enhancement'.
 
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS
   
     The timing of  principal payments  of the Securities  of a  Series will  be
affected  by a  number of  factors, including the  following: (i)  the extent of
prepayments (including for this  purpose prepayments resulting from  refinancing
or  liquidations of  the Loans  due to  defaults, casualties,  condemnations and
repurchases by the Depositor or the Master Servicer) of the Loans comprising the
Trust Fund,  which  prepayments  may  be influenced  by  a  variety  of  factors
including  general  economic conditions,  prevailing  interest rate  levels, the
availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility, (ii) the manner of
allocating principal and/or payments among the classes of Securities of a Series
as specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, (iii) the  exercise by  the
party  entitled thereto of any  right of optional termination  and (iv) the rate
and timing of  payment defaults and  losses incurred with  respect to the  Trust
Fund Assets. The repurchase of Loans by the Depositor or the Master Servicer may
result  from repurchases of  Trust Fund Assets  due to material  breaches of the
Depositor's  or  the  Master  Servicer's  representations  and  warranties,   as
applicable.  The yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities
will be affected primarily  by the rate  and timing of  prepayment of the  Loans
comprising  the  Trust Fund  Assets.  In addition,  the  yields to  maturity and
weighted average lives of the Securities will be affected by the distribution of
amounts remaining in any  Pre-Funding Account following the  end of the  related
Funding  Period.  Any  reinvestment  risks resulting  from  a  faster  or slower
incidence of prepayment of Loans held by a Trust Fund will be borne entirely  by
the  holders of  one or more  classes of  the related Series  of Securities. See
'Yield  and  Prepayment  Considerations'  and  'The  Agreements  --  Pre-Funding
Account.'
    
     Interest  payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution Date will
include all  interest  accrued  during  the  period  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more  days prior to a Distribution  Date, the effective yield to Securityholders
will be reduced from  the yield that would  otherwise be obtainable if  interest
payable  on the Securities were to  accrue through the day immediately preceding
each Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be  less   than   the  indicated   coupon   rate.  See   'Description   of   the
Securities -- Distributions on Securities -- Distributions of Interest'.
 
BALLOON PAYMENTS
 
     Certain  of  the Loans  as of  the related  Cut-off Date  may not  be fully
amortizing over  their terms  to maturity  and, thus,  will require  substantial
principal payments (i.e., balloon payments) at their stated maturity. Loans with
balloon  payments involve  a greater  degree of  risk because  the ability  of a
borrower to make a balloon payment typically will depend upon its ability either
to timely refinance the loan or to timely sell the related Property. The ability
of a borrower to accomplish either of  these goals will be affected by a  number
of  factors, including the level of available mortgage rates at the time of sale
or refinancing, the  borrower's equity  in the related  Property, the  financial
condition  of  the borrower  and tax  laws. Losses  on such  Loans that  are not
otherwise  covered  by  the  credit  enhancement  described  in  the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement will be  borne by the  holders of one  or more classes of
Securities of the related Series.
 
NATURE OF MORTGAGES
 
     Property Values.  There are several factors that could adversely affect the
value of Properties  such that  the outstanding  balance of  the related  Loans,
together with any senior financing on the Properties, if applicable, would equal
or  exceed the value of  the Properties. Among the  factors that could adversely
affect the value  of the Properties  are an overall  decline in the  residential
real estate market in the areas in which the Properties are located or a decline
in  the general condition of the Properties  as a result of failure of borrowers
to maintain  adequately the  Properties or  of natural  disasters that  are  not
necessarily covered by insurance, such as earthquakes and floods. In the case of
Home  Equity Loans, such decline could extinguish the value of the interest of a
junior mortgagee in the Property before having any effect on the interest of the
related senior  mortgagee.  If  such  a decline  occurs,  the  actual  rates  of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on all Loans could
 
                                       13
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
be  higher than those currently experienced  in the mortgage lending industry in
general. Losses  on such  Loans that  are not  otherwise covered  by the  credit
enhancement  described in the applicable Prospectus  Supplement will be borne by
the holder of one or more classes of Securities of the related Series.
 
     Delays Due  to Liquidation.    Even assuming  that the  Properties  provide
adequate  security for  the Loans,  substantial delays  could be  encountered in
connection with the liquidation of  defaulted Loans and corresponding delays  in
the  receipt of  related proceeds by  Securityholders could occur.  An action to
foreclose on a Property securing a Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules
and is subject to many of the delays and expenses of other lawsuits if  defenses
or  counterclaims are interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete.
Furthermore, in some  states an action  to obtain a  deficiency judgment is  not
permitted  following a nonjudicial sale of a Property. In the event of a default
by a borrower, these restrictions, among other things, may impede the ability of
the Master  Servicer  to  foreclose  on  or  sell  the  Property  or  to  obtain
liquidation proceeds sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In
addition,   the  Master  Servicer  will  be  entitled  to  deduct  from  related
liquidation proceeds all expenses reasonably  incurred in attempting to  recover
amounts  due on defaulted Loans and not yet repaid, including payments to senior
lienholders, legal  fees  and costs  of  legal  action, real  estate  taxes  and
maintenance and preservation expenses.
 
     Disproportionate Effect of Liquidation Expenses.  Liquidation expenses with
respect  to defaulted loans do not  vary directly with the outstanding principal
balance of the loan at the time of default. Therefore, assuming that a  servicer
took  the same steps in realizing upon a defaulted loan having a small remaining
principal balance as it  would in the  case of a defaulted  loan having a  large
remaining  principal balance, the amount  realized after expenses of liquidation
would be smaller  as a percentage  of the outstanding  principal balance of  the
small  loan  than would  be  the case  with the  defaulted  loan having  a large
remaining principal balance.
 
     Home Equity Loans; Junior  Liens.  Since the  mortgages and deeds of  trust
securing the Home Equity Loans will be primarily junior liens subordinate to the
rights  of  the mortgagee  under the  related senior  mortgage(s) or  deed(s) of
trust, the proceeds  from any  liquidation, insurance  or condemnation  proceeds
will be available to satisfy the outstanding balance of such junior lien only to
the  extent that  the claims  of such senior  mortgagees have  been satisfied in
full, including any related foreclosure  costs. In addition, a junior  mortgagee
may  not  foreclose  on  the  property  securing  a  junior  mortgage  unless it
forecloses subject to any senior mortgage, in which case it must either pay  the
entire  amount due on any senior mortgage  to the related senior mortgagee at or
prior to the foreclosure  sale or undertake the  obligation to make payments  on
any  such senior mortgage in  the event the mortgagor  is in default thereunder.
The Trust Fund will not have any source of funds to satisfy any senior mortgages
or make payments  due to any  senior mortgagees and  may therefore be  prevented
from foreclosing on the related property.
 
     Consumer  Protection  Laws.    Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate
interest rates  and  other charges,  require  certain disclosures,  and  require
licensing  of  certain originators  and servicers  of  Loans. In  addition, most
states have other laws, public policy and general principles of equity  relating
to  the protection  of consumers, unfair  and deceptive  practices and practices
which may  apply to  the origination,  servicing and  collection of  the  Loans.
Depending  on the provisions  of the applicable  law and the  specific facts and
circumstances involved, violations  of these laws,  policies and principles  may
limit the ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the principal
of  or interest on  the Loans, may entitle  the borrower to  a refund of amounts
previously paid and, in addition, could  subject the Master Servicer to  damages
and administrative sanctions. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans'.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
 
     Real  property pledged as  security to a  lender may be  subject to certain
environmental risks.  Under  the laws  of  certain states,  contamination  of  a
property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the costs of cleanup.
In  several  states, such  a  lien has  priority over  the  lien of  an existing
mortgage against such property.  In addition under the  laws of some states  and
under   the  federal  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and
Liability Act of  1980 ('CERCLA'),  a lender  may be  liable, as  an 'owner'  or
'operator', for costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous
substances  that require  remedy at  a property, if  agents or  employees of the
lender have  become sufficiently  involved in  the operations  of the  borrower,
regardless  of whether the environmental damage or  threat was caused by a prior
owner. Such costs could result in a loss  to the holders of one or more  classes
of   Securities   of   the   related   Series.   A   lender   also   risks  such
 
                                       14
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
liability on foreclosure of the related property. See 'Certain Legal Aspects  of
the Loans -- Environmental Risks'.
 
CERTAIN OTHER LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS
 
     Consumer  Protection Laws.  The Loans may  also be subject to federal laws,
including:
 
          (i) the  Federal Truth  in Lending  Act and  Regulation Z  promulgated
     thereunder,  which require  certain disclosures to  the borrowers regarding
     the terms of the Loans;
 
          (ii) the Equal  Credit Opportunity  Act and  Regulation B  promulgated
     thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race, color,
     sex,   religion,  marital  status,  national   origin,  receipt  of  public
     assistance  or  the  exercise  of  any  right  under  the  Consumer  Credit
     Protection Act, in the extension of credit;
 
          (iii)  the  Fair Credit  Reporting Act,  which  regulates the  use and
     reporting of information related to the borrower's credit experience; and
 
          (iv) for Loans that were originated or closed after November 7,  1989,
     the  Home  Equity  Loan Consumer  Protection  Act of  1988,  which requires
     additional application disclosures, limits changes that may be made to  the
     loan  documents  without the  borrower's consent  and restricts  a lender's
     ability to declare a  default or to suspend  or reduce a borrower's  credit
     limit to certain enumerated events.
 
     The  Riegle  Act.   Certain mortgage  loans  may be  subject to  the Riegle
Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (the 'Riegle  Act')
which  incorporates the Home Ownership and  Equity Protection Act of 1994. These
provisions impose additional disclosure and other requirements on creditors with
respect to non-purchase money  mortgage loans with high  interest rates or  high
up-front fees and charges. The provisions of the Riegle Act apply on a mandatory
basis  to  all mortgage  loans originated  on  or after  October 1,  1995. These
provisions can impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail  to
comply  with their provisions  and may affect the  enforceability of the related
loans. In addition, any assignee of  the creditor would generally be subject  to
all  claims and  defenses that the  consumer could assert  against the creditor,
including, without limitation, the right to rescind the mortgage loan.
 
     Holder in  Due Course  Rules.   The  Home  Improvement Contracts  are  also
subject to the Preservation of Consumers' Claims and Defenses regulations of the
Federal  Trade  Commission  and other  similar  federal and  state  statutes and
regulations (collectively, the 'Holder in Due Course Rules'), which protect  the
homeowner from defective craftsmanship or incomplete work by a contractor. These
laws  permit  the obligor  to withhold  payment if  the work  does not  meet the
quality and durability standards agreed to by the homeowner and the  contractor.
The Holder in Due Course Rules have the effect of subjecting any assignee of the
seller  in a consumer  credit transaction to  all claims and  defenses which the
obligor in the credit  sale transaction could assert  against the seller of  the
goods.
 
     Violations  of  certain  provisions of  these  federal laws  may  limit the
ability of the Master  Servicer to collect  all or part of  the principal of  or
interest  on the Loans and  in addition could subject  the Trust Fund to damages
and administrative  enforcement. Losses  on such  Loans that  are not  otherwise
covered  by  the  credit  enhancement  described  in  the  applicable Prospectus
Supplement will be borne by the holders of one or more classes of Securities  of
the related Series. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans'.
 
RATING OF THE SECURITIES
 
     It  will be a  condition to the  issuance of a  class of Securities offered
hereby that they be rated  in one of the four  highest rating categories by  the
Rating  Agency identified in the related  Prospectus Supplement. Any such rating
would be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the value of the  related
Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to such class and will
represent  such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood that holders
of such class of Securities will receive payments to which such  Securityholders
are  entitled under  the related Agreement.  Such rating will  not constitute an
assessment of the  likelihood that  principal prepayments on  the related  Loans
will be made, the degree to which the rate of such prepayments might differ from
that  originally anticipated or the likelihood  of early optional termination of
the Series of Securities.  Such rating shall not  be deemed a recommendation  to
purchase,  hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as it does not address market price
or suitability  for a  particular investor.  Such rating  will not  address  the
possibility  that prepayment  at higher  or lower  rates than  anticipated by an
investor may cause such investor to
 
                                       15
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
experience a  lower than  anticipated yield  or that  an investor  purchasing  a
Security  at a significant  premium might fail to  recoup its initial investment
under certain prepayment scenarios.
 
     There is also no assurance that any  such rating will remain in effect  for
any  given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by
the Rating Agency in the future if  in its judgment circumstances in the  future
so  warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in the
adequacy of the value of  the Trust Fund Assets  or any credit enhancement  with
respect  to  a  Series of  Securities,  such  rating might  also  be  lowered or
withdrawn because of, among other reasons, an adverse change in the financial or
other condition of a credit  enhancement provider or a  change in the rating  of
such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.
 
     The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement, if any, established with
respect  to a class  of Securities will  be determined on  the basis of criteria
established by each Rating Agency rating  classes of such Series. Such  criteria
are  sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of similar loans
in a larger  group. Such  analysis is  often the  basis upon  which each  Rating
Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required with respect to each
such  class. There can be  no assurance that the  historical data supporting any
such actuarial  analysis  will  accurately reflect  future  experience  nor  any
assurance  that the data derived  from a large pool  of similar loans accurately
predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any particular  pool
of  Loans. No  assurance can  be given  that the  values of  any Properties have
remained or will remain at their  levels on the respective dates of  origination
of  the related Loans. If the  residential real estate markets should experience
an overall  decline  in property  values  such that  the  outstanding  principal
balances  of the Loans in a particular Trust Fund and any secondary financing on
the related  Properties  become  equal to  or  greater  than the  value  of  the
Properties,  the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be higher
than those  now  generally experienced  in  the mortgage  lending  industry.  In
addition, adverse economic conditions (which may or may not affect real property
values)  may affect  the timely payment  by mortgagors of  scheduled payments of
principal  and  interest   on  the   Loans  and,  accordingly,   the  rates   of
delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses  with respect to any  Trust Fund. To the
extent that such losses are not covered by credit enhancement, such losses  will
be  borne, at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of Securities
of the related Series. See 'Rating'.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
   
     If issued in book-entry form, such registration may reduce the liquidity of
the Securities in the secondary trading market since investors may be  unwilling
to purchase Securities for which they cannot obtain physical certificates. Since
transactions   in  book-entry  Securities  can  be  effected  only  through  the
Depository  Trust  Company   ('DTC'),  participating  organizations,   Financial
Intermediaries  and certain banks,  the ability of a  Securityholder to pledge a
book-entry Security to persons  or entities that do  not participate in the  DTC
system  may be limited due  to lack of a  physical certificate representing such
Securities. Securities Owners will not be recognized as Securityholders as  such
term  is used in the related Agreement, and Security Owners will be permitted to
exercise the  rights of  Securityholders  only indirectly  through DTC  and  its
Participants.
    
 
     In  addition, Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt of
distributions  of  interest  and   principal  on  book-entry  Securities   since
distributions  are required to be  forwarded by the Trustee  to DTC and DTC will
then be required  to credit  such distributions  to the  accounts of  Depository
participants which thereafter will be required to credit them to the accounts of
Securityholders  either directly or indirectly through Financial Intermediaries.
See 'Description of the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration of Securities'.
 
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS
 
     If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the related Closing
Date the Depositor  will deposit  cash in  an amount  (the 'Pre-Funded  Amount')
specified  in  such  Prospectus  Supplement into  an  account  (the 'Pre-Funding
Account'). In no  event shall the  Pre-Funded Amount exceed  50% of the  initial
aggregate  principal  amount of  the Certificates  and/or  Notes of  the related
Series of  Securities. The  Pre-Funded Amount  will be  used to  purchase  Loans
('Subsequent  Loans') in a  period from the  related Closing Date  to a date not
more than one year after such  Closing Date (such period, the 'Funding  Period')
from  the Depositor (which, in turn, will acquire such Subsequent Loans from the
Seller  or  Sellers  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement).   The
Pre-Funding  Account will be maintained with  the Trustee for the related Series
of Securities and is designed solely to hold funds to be applied by such Trustee
during the  Funding  Period to  pay  to the  Depositor  the purchase  price  for
Subsequent  Loans.  Monies on  deposit in  the Pre-Funding  Account will  not be
available to
 
                                       16
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
cover losses on  or in  respect of  the related Loans.  To the  extent that  the
entire  Pre-Funded Amount  has not  been applied  to the  purchase of Subsequent
Loans by the end  of the related  Funding Period, any  amounts remaining in  the
Pre-Funding  Account  will  be  distributed  as  a  prepayment  of  principal to
Certificateholders and/or  Noteholders  on  the  Distribution  Date  immediately
following  the end  of the Funding  Period, in  the amounts and  pursuant to the
priorities set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Any reinvestment risk
resulting from such prepayment will be borne  entirely by the holders of one  or
more classes of the related Series of Certificates.
 
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY RISKS
 
     The  Seller and the Depositor  will treat the transfer  of the Loans by the
Seller to the Depositor as a sale for accounting purposes. The Depositor and the
Trust Fund will treat the transfer of Loans from the Depositor to the Trust Fund
as a sale for accounting purposes. As a  sale of the Loans by the Seller to  the
Depositor,  the Loans would  not be part  of the Seller's  bankruptcy estate and
would not be available to the Seller's  creditors. However, in the event of  the
insolvency  of  the Seller,  it is  possible  that the  bankruptcy trustee  or a
creditor of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Loans as  a
borrowing  by the Seller, secured by a pledge of the Loans. Similarly, as a sale
of the Loans by the Depositor to the Trust Fund, the Loans would not be part  of
the  Depositor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the Depositor's
creditors. However,  in the  event of  the insolvency  of the  Depositor, it  is
possible  that the bankruptcy trustee or a creditor of the Depositor may attempt
to recharacterize the sale of the Loans as a borrowing by the Depositor, secured
by a pledge of  the Loans. In  either case, this position,  if argued before  or
accepted  by  a court,  could  prevent timely  payments  of amounts  due  on the
Securities and result in a reduction of payments due on the Securities.
 
   
     In the event  of a  bankruptcy or insolvency  of the  Master Servicer,  the
bankruptcy  trustee or receiver may have the power to prevent the Trustee or the
Securityholders from appointing  a successor Servicer.
     The  time period   during which cash collections may be commingled with the
Master Servicer's  own  funds prior  to each Distribution Date will be specified
in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement.   In the event of the insolvency of the
Master   Servicer   and if  such cash collections are commingled with the Master
Servicer's   own   funds for at least  ten  days, the Trust Fund will likely not
have a perfected   interest in such collections since such collections would not
have been deposited in a  segregated  account  within   ten   days   after   the
collection thereof, and the  inclusion  thereof  in the bankruptcy estate of the
Master Servicer may result in delays in  payment   and  failure  to  pay amounts
due on the Securities of the related Series.
    
 
     In  addition, federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal
bankruptcy laws and state laws affording  relief to debtors, may interfere  with
or  affect  the ability  of  the secured  mortgage  lender to  realize  upon its
security. For example,  in a  proceeding under  the federal  Bankruptcy Code,  a
lender  may not foreclose on a mortgaged  property without the permission of the
bankruptcy court. The rehabilitation plan proposed by the debtor may provide, if
the mortgaged property  is not the  debtor's principal residence  and the  court
determines  that the value of the mortgaged  property is less than the principal
balance of the mortgage loan, for  the reduction of the secured indebtedness  to
the  value of the mortgaged  property as of the date  of the commencement of the
bankruptcy,  rendering  the  lender  a   general  unsecured  creditor  for   the
difference,  and also  may reduce the  monthly payments due  under such mortgage
loan, change  the  rate  of  interest and  alter  the  mortgage  loan  repayment
schedule.  The effect of any such proceedings under the federal Bankruptcy Code,
including but  not limited  to any  automatic stay,  could result  in delays  in
receiving  payments on the Loans underlying  a Series of Securities and possible
reductions in the aggregate amount of such payments.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT SECURITIES.
 
     Debt Securities that are Compound Interest Securities will be, and  certain
of  the other Debt Securities may be,  issued with original discount for federal
income tax purposes.  A holder  of Debt  Securities issued  with original  issue
discount  will be required to include  original issue discount in ordinary gross
income for federal income tax purposes as  it accrues, in advance of receipt  of
the  cash attributable to such  income. Accrued but unpaid  interest on the Debt
Securities that are Compound  Interest Securities generally  will be treated  as
original   issue   discount   for   this  purpose.   See   Federal   Income  Tax
Consequences  --  Taxation  of  Debt  Securities  --  Interest  and  Acquisition
Discount' and ' -- Market Discount' herein.
 
VALUE OF TRUST FUND ASSETS
 
     There is no assurance that the market value of the Trust Fund Assets or any
other  assets  relating  to  a  Series  of  Securities  described  under 'Credit
Enhancement' herein will at any time be  equal to or greater than the  principal
amount  of the Securities of such Series then outstanding, plus accrued interest
thereon. Moreover, upon
 
                                       17
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
an event of default under the Agreement for a Series of Securities and a sale of
the related Trust Fund Assets or upon a sale of the assets of a Trust Fund for a
Series of Securities, the Trustee, the Master Servicer, the credit enhancer,  if
any,  and  any  other  service  provider  specified  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement generally will be entitled to  receive the proceeds of any such  sale
to  the extent of unpaid fees and other  amounts owing to such persons under the
related Agreement prior to distributions to Securityholders. Upon any such sale,
the proceeds thereof may  be insufficient to  pay in full  the principal of  and
interest on the Securities of such Series.
 
                                 THE TRUST FUND
 
GENERAL
 
     The Securities of each Series will represent interests in the assets of the
related  Trust Fund, and the Notes of each  Series will be secured by the pledge
of the assets of the related Trust Fund. The Trust Fund for each Series will  be
held  by the Trustee for the benefit  of the related Securityholders. Each Trust
Fund will consist of  certain assets (the 'Trust  Fund Assets') consisting of  a
pool  (each, a 'Pool') comprised of Loans as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, together with payments in respect of such Loans, as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.* The Pool will be created on the first day of the
month of the issuance  of the related  Series of Securities  or such other  date
specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the  'Cut-off  Date'). The
Securities will be entitled to payment from the assets of the related Trust Fund
or Funds or  other assets  pledged for the  benefit of  the Securityholders,  as
specified  in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  and will  not be  entitled to
payments in respect of  the assets of  any other trust  fund established by  the
Depositor.
 
     The Trust Fund Assets will be acquired by the Depositor, either directly or
through  affiliates, from originators or sellers  which may be affiliates of the
Depositor (the 'Sellers'), and conveyed without recourse by the Depositor to the
related Trust Fund. Loans acquired by the Depositor will have been originated in
accordance  with  the   underwriting  criteria  specified   below  under   'Loan
Program  -- Underwriting  Standards' or  as otherwise  described in  the related
Prospectus Supplement. See 'Loan Program -- Underwriting Standards'.
 
     The Depositor  will cause  the Trust  Fund  Assets to  be assigned  to  the
Trustee  named  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  for  the benefit  of the
holders of the Securities  of the related Series.  The Master Servicer named  in
the  related Prospectus  Supplement will service  the Trust  Fund Assets, either
directly or through other servicing institutions ('Sub-Servicers'), pursuant  to
a  Pooling and Servicing Agreement among  the Depositor, the Master Servicer and
the Trustee with  respect to a  Series consisting of  Certificates, or a  master
servicing  agreement (each, a 'Master  Servicing Agreement') between the Trustee
and the Master Servicer with respect to a Series consisting of Certificates  and
Notes,  and will receive  a fee for  such services. See  'Loan Program' and 'The
Agreements'. With respect  to Loans serviced  by the Master  Servicer through  a
Sub-Servicer,   the  Master  Servicer  will  remain  liable  for  its  servicing
obligations under the  related Agreement as  if the Master  Servicer alone  were
servicing such Loans.
 
     As  used herein, 'Agreement' means, with  respect to a Series consisting of
Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and with respect to a  Series
consisting of Certificates and Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture and the
Master Servicing Agreement, as the context requires.
 
     If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust Fund relating
to  a Series of Securities may be a  business trust formed under the laws of the
state specified  in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement  pursuant  to  a  trust
agreement  (each, a 'Trust Agreement') between  the Depositor and the trustee of
such Trust Fund.
 
     With respect  to each  Trust Fund,  prior to  the initial  offering of  the
related Series of Securities, the Trust Fund will have no assets or liabilities.
No  Trust Fund  is expected  to engage in  any activities  other than acquiring,
managing and  holding  of  the  related  Trust  Fund  Assets  and  other  assets
contemplated herein specified
 
- ------------------------------
* Whenever  the terms 'Pool', 'Certificates',  'Notes' and 'Securities' are used
  in this Prospectus,  such terms will  be deemed to  apply, unless the  context
  indicates  otherwise, to  one specific Pool  and the Securities  of one Series
  including the Certificates representing certain undivided interests in, and/or
  Notes secured by the  assets of, a single  Trust Fund consisting primarily  of
  the  Loans in such Pool. Similarly, the term 'Pass-Through Rate' will refer to
  the Pass-Through Rate borne by the  Certificates and the term 'interest  rate'
  will  refer to the interest rate borne by the Notes of one specific Series, as
  applicable, and the term 'Trust Fund' will refer to one specific Trust Fund.
 
                                       18
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement and  the proceeds  thereof,  issuing
Securities  and making  payments and  distributions thereon  and certain related
activities. No Trust Fund is expected to  have any source of capital other  than
its assets and any related credit enhancement.
 
     Unless  otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the only
obligations of the Depositor with respect to  a Series of Securities will be  to
obtain  certain representations and warranties from the Sellers and to assign to
the Trustee for such Series of Securities the Depositor's rights with respect to
such representations and warranties.  See 'The Agreements  -- Assignment of  the
Trust  Fund Assets'. The obligations of the  Master Servicer with respect to the
Loans will consist  principally of its  contractual servicing obligations  under
the  related Agreement (including  its obligation to  enforce the obligations of
the Sub-Servicers or  Sellers, or  both, as  more fully  described herein  under
'Loan   Program   --   Representations  by   Sellers;   Repurchases'   and  'The
Agreements -- Sub-Servicing By  Sellers' and ' --  Assignment of the Trust  Fund
Assets')  and its obligation, if any, to make certain cash advances in the event
of delinquencies in  payments on or  with respect  to the Loans  in the  amounts
described  herein  under  'Description  of  the  Securities  --  Advances'.  The
obligations  of  the  Master  Servicer  to  make  advances  may  be  subject  to
limitations,  to  the  extent  provided herein  and  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement.
 
     The following is a brief description of the assets expected to be  included
in  the Trust Funds. If specific information respecting the Trust Fund Assets is
not known at  the time the  related Series of  Securities initially is  offered,
more  general information of the nature described  below will be provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and specific information  will be set forth in  a
report  on Form  8-K to  be filed  with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission
within fifteen days after the initial issuance of such Securities (the 'Detailed
Description'). A copy of the Agreement with respect to each Series of Securities
will be attached to  the Form 8-K  and will be available  for inspection at  the
corporate  trust  office  of the  Trustee  specified in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement. A schedule of the Loans relating to such Series will be attached  to
the Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.
 
THE LOANS
 
     General.  Loans will consist of mortgage loans or deeds of trust secured by
first  or subordinated liens on one- to four-family residential properties, Home
Equity Loans or Home  Improvement Contracts. For  purposes hereof, 'Home  Equity
Loans'  includes 'Closed-End  Loans' and  'Revolving Credit  Line Loans'.  If so
specified, the  Loans  may  include cooperative  apartment  loans  ('Cooperative
Loans')  secured by security interests in  shares issued by private, non-profit,
cooperative housing corporations ('Cooperatives') and in the related proprietary
leases or  occupancy agreements  granting exclusive  rights to  occupy  specific
dwelling  units in such Cooperatives' buildings.  As more fully described in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the  Loans may be  'conventional' loans or  loans
that are insured or guaranteed by a governmental agency such as the FHA or VA.
 
     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all of the
Loans  in a Pool will have monthly payments  due on the first day of each month.
The payment terms of the Loans to be included in a Trust Fund will be  described
in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement  and may  include  any of  the following
features (or combination  thereof), all  as described  below or  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement:
 
          (a)  Interest may be payable  at a fixed rate,  a rate adjustable from
     time to  time in  relation to  an index  (which will  be specified  in  the
     related  Prospectus Supplement), a rate that is  fixed for a period of time
     or under certain  circumstances and is  followed by an  adjustable rate,  a
     rate that otherwise varies from time to time, or a rate that is convertible
     from  an adjustable rate to a fixed rate. Changes to an adjustable rate may
     be subject  to periodic  limitations,  maximum rates,  minimum rates  or  a
     combination of such limitations. Accrued interest may be deferred and added
     to the principal of a Loan for such periods and under such circumstances as
     may  be specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement. Loans may provide
     for the payment  of interest at  a rate lower  than the specified  interest
     rate  borne by such Loan (the 'Loan Rate')  for a period of time or for the
     life of the Loan, and the amount of any difference may be contributed  from
     funds supplied by the seller of the Property or another source.
 
          (b)  Principal may be payable  on a level debt  service basis to fully
     amortize the Loan  over its  term, may  be calculated  on the  basis of  an
     assumed  amortization  schedule  that  is  significantly  longer  than  the
     original term to maturity or on an interest rate that is different from the
     Loan Rate or may not be amortized  during all or a portion of the  original
     term.  Payment of  all or  a substantial  portion of  the principal  may be
 
                                       19
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     due on maturity  ('balloon payment'). Principal  may include interest  that
     has been deferred and added to the principal balance of the Loan.
 
          (c)  Monthly payments of  principal and interest may  be fixed for the
     life of the  Loan, may  increase over  a specified  period of  time or  may
     change  from  period  to  period.  Loans  may  include  limits  on periodic
     increases or decreases in  the amount of monthly  payments and may  include
     maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.
 
          (d) Prepayments of principal may be subject to a prepayment fee, which
     may  be fixed for the life of the Loan or may decline over time, and may be
     prohibited for  the life  of  the Loan  or  for certain  periods  ('lockout
     periods').  Certain Loans  may permit  prepayments after  expiration of the
     applicable lockout period and may require  the payment of a prepayment  fee
     in  connection with any such subsequent  prepayment. Other Loans may permit
     prepayments without payment of  a fee unless  the prepayment occurs  during
     specified  time periods. The Loans may  include 'due on sale' clauses which
     permit the mortgagee  to demand payment  of the entire  Loan in  connection
     with the sale or certain transfers of the related Property. Other Loans may
     be  assumable by persons meeting the then applicable underwriting standards
     of the related Seller.
 
     A Trust  Fund may  contain  certain Loans  ('Buydown Loans')  that  include
provisions  whereby a third  party partially subsidizes  the monthly payments of
the borrowers on such Loans during the early years of such Loans, the difference
to be made up from a fund (a 'Buydown Fund') contributed by such third party  at
the  time of origination of the Loan. A  Buydown Fund will be in an amount equal
either to  the discounted  value  or full  aggregate  amount of  future  payment
subsidies.  The underlying assumption of buydown plans is that the income of the
borrower will increase during the buydown period as a result of normal increases
in compensation and inflation,  so that the  borrower will be  able to meet  the
full  loan payments at  the end of the  buydown period. To  the extent that this
assumption as to increased income is not fulfilled, the possibility of  defaults
on  Buydown Loans is  increased. The related  Prospectus Supplement will contain
information with  respect to  any  Buydown Loan  concerning limitations  on  the
interest  rate  paid  by the  borrower  initially,  on annual  increases  in the
interest rate and on the length of the buydown period.
 
     The real property which  secures repayment of the  Loans is referred to  as
the  'Mortgaged Properties'. Home Improvement Contracts may, and the other Loans
will, be  secured by  mortgages or  deeds  of trust  or other  similar  security
instruments  creating a lien on a Mortgaged Property. In the case of Home Equity
Loans, such liens generally will be subordinated to one or more senior liens  on
the  related  Mortgaged  Properties  as  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement. As specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Home  Improvement
Contracts  may be unsecured  or secured by purchase  money security interests in
the Home Improvements financed  thereby. The Mortgaged  Properties and the  Home
Improvements  are  collectively  referred  to herein  as  the  'Properties'. The
Properties relating to Loans will consist  of detached or semi-detached one-  to
four-family dwelling units, townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units,
individual  units in planned unit developments, and certain other dwelling units
('Single Family Properties').  Such Properties may  include vacation and  second
homes,  investment properties and leasehold interests.  In the case of leasehold
interests, the term of the leasehold  will exceed the scheduled maturity of  the
Loan  by  at  least  five  years,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement. The  Properties may be  located in any  one of the  fifty
states,  the District of Columbia,  Guam, Puerto Rico or  any other territory of
the United States.
 
     Loans with certain Loan-to-Value  Ratios and/or certain principal  balances
may  be  covered  wholly or  partially  by primary  mortgage  guaranty insurance
policies (each, a  'Primary Mortgage Insurance  Policy'). The existence,  extent
and duration of any such coverage will be described in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.
 
     The  aggregate principal  balance of Loans  secured by  Properties that are
owner-occupied will be  disclosed in the  related Prospectus Supplement.  Unless
otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, the sole basis for a
representation that a given percentage of the Loans is secured by Single  Family
Properties  that  are  owner-occupied  will  be  either  (i)  the  making  of  a
representation by  the borrower  at  origination of  the  Loan either  that  the
underlying  Property will be used  by the borrower for a  period of at least six
months every year or that the borrower intends to use the Property as a  primary
residence  or (ii) a finding that the  address of the underlying Property is the
borrower's mailing address.
 
     Home Equity  Loans.   As more  fully described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  interest on each Revolving Credit Line Loan, excluding introduction
rates   offered    from   time    to    time   during    promotional    periods,
 
                                       20
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
is  computed  and payable  monthly on  the  average daily  outstanding principal
balance of such Loan. Principal amounts on  a Revolving Credit Line Loan may  be
drawn  down  (up to  a maximum  amount as  set forth  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement) or repaid under each Revolving  Credit Line Loan from time to  time,
but  may be subject to a minimum periodic payment. Except to the extent provided
in the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trust  Fund  will not  include  any
amounts  borrowed under a Revolving Credit Line Loan after the Cut-off Date. The
full amount of a Closed-End  Loan is advanced at the  inception of the Loan  and
generally  is repayable  in equal  (or substantially  equal) installments  of an
amount to fully amortize such Loan at its stated maturity. Except to the  extent
provided  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  original terms  to stated
maturity  of  Closed-End  Loans  will  not  exceed  360  months.  Under  certain
circumstances, under either a Revolving Credit Line Loan or a Closed-End Loan, a
borrower may choose an interest only payment option and is obligated to pay only
the  amount of interest which  accrues on the Loan  during the billing cycle. An
interest only payment option may be available for a specified period before  the
borrower  must begin paying at least the  minimum monthly payment of a specified
percentage of the average outstanding balance of the Loan.
 
     Home Improvement  Contracts.    The  Trust Fund  Assets  for  a  Series  of
Securities  may  consist, in  whole or  in part,  of Home  Improvement Contracts
originated by a home improvement contractor,  a thrift or a commercial  mortgage
banker  in the ordinary  course of business. The  Home Improvements securing the
Home Improvement  Contracts may  include, but  are not  limited to,  replacement
windows,  house siding, new roofs, swimming pools, satellite dishes, kitchen and
bathroom remodeling goods and solar heating panels. As specified in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, the Home Improvement  Contracts will either be unsecured
or secured  by  mortgages  on  Single  Family  Properties  which  are  generally
subordinate  to other  mortgages on  the same  Property, or  secured by purchase
money security interests in  the Home Improvements  financed thereby. Except  as
otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the Home Improvement
Contracts will  be  fully  amortizing  and may  have  fixed  interest  rates  or
adjustable  interest rates and may provide  for other payment characteristics as
described  below  and  in  the   related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The   initial
Loan-to-Value  Ratio of  a Home Improvement  Contract is computed  in the manner
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Additional  Information.     Each   Prospectus  Supplement   will   contain
information, as of the date of such Prospectus Supplement and to the extent then
specifically  known to the Depositor, with respect to the Loans contained in the
related Pool, including (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance and  the
average  outstanding principal balance of the Loans as of the applicable Cut-off
Date, (ii)  the  type  of  property  securing  the  Loan  (e.g.,  single  family
residences,  individual units in condominium  apartment buildings, two- to four-
family dwelling  units, other  real property  or Home  Improvements), (iii)  the
original  terms to maturity of the Loans, (iv) the largest principal balance and
the smallest principal balance of any of the Loans, (v) the earliest origination
date and latest maturity date of any of the Loans, (vi) the Loan-to-Value Ratios
or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios,  as applicable, of the  Loans, (vii) the  Loan
Rates  or annual percentage rates ('APR') or  range of Loan Rates or APR's borne
by the Loans, (viii) the maximum and minimum per annum Loan Rates, and (ix)  the
geographical location of the Loans. If specific information respecting the Loans
is  not known to the Depositor at  the time the related Securities are initially
offered, more general information of the nature described above will be provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, and specific information will be set forth
in the Detailed Description.
 
     The 'Loan-to-Value Ratio'  of a  Loan at any  given time  is the  fraction,
expressed  as a  percentage, the  numerator of  which is  the original principal
balance of the related Loan and the denominator of which is the Collateral Value
of the related  Property. The 'Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio' of  a Loan at  any
given  time is the ratio, expressed  as a percentage, of (i)  the sum of (a) the
original principal balance of the  Loan (or, in the  case of a Revolving  Credit
Line  Loan,  the  maximum  amount thereof  available)  and  (b)  the outstanding
principal balance at the date of origination of the Loan of any senior  mortgage
loan(s)  or, in  the case  of any open-ended  senior mortgage  loan, the maximum
available line of credit with respect  to such mortgage loan, regardless of  any
lesser  amount actually outstanding at  the date of origination  of the Loan, to
(ii) the Collateral Value of the related Property. The 'Collateral Value' of the
Property, other than with  respect to certain Loans  the proceeds of which  were
used  to refinance an existing mortgage loan  (each, a 'Refinance Loan'), is the
lesser of (a)  the appraised value  determined in an  appraisal obtained by  the
originator  at  origination  of such  Loan  and  (b) the  sales  price  for such
Property. In the case of Refinance Loans, the 'Collateral Value' of the  related
Property  is the appraised value thereof  determined in an appraisal obtained at
the time of refinancing.
 
                                       21
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     No assurance can be  given that values of  the Properties have remained  or
will remain at their levels on the dates of origination of the related Loans. If
the  residential  real estate  market should  experience  an overall  decline in
property values such that the sum  of the outstanding principal balances of  the
Loans  and any primary or secondary  financing on the Properties, as applicable,
in a  particular  Pool  become  equal  to or  greater  than  the  value  of  the
Properties,  the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be
higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
addition, adverse economic conditions  and other factors (which  may or may  not
affect  real  property values)  may affect  the timely  payment by  borrowers of
scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly,  the
actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to any Pool.
To  the extent that such  losses are not covered  by subordination provisions or
alternative arrangements, such losses  will be borne, at  least in part, by  the
holders of the Securities of the related Series.
 
SUBSTITUTION OF TRUST FUND ASSETS
 
     Substitution  of  Trust  Fund Assets  will  be  permitted in  the  event of
breaches of representations and  warranties with respect  to any original  Trust
Fund  Asset or  in the event  the documentation  with respect to  any Trust Fund
Asset is determined  by the Trustee  to be incomplete.  The period during  which
such  substitution will be permitted generally  will be indicated in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to  be received from  the sale of  the Securities will  be
applied by the Depositor to the purchase of Trust Fund Assets or will be used by
the  Depositor for  general corporate  purposes. The  Depositor expects  to sell
Securities in Series from time to time,  but the timing and amount of  offerings
of  Securities will depend on a number of factors, including the volume of Trust
Fund Assets acquired by the  Depositor, prevailing interest rates,  availability
of funds and general market conditions.
 
                                 THE DEPOSITOR
 
     CWABS,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the 'Depositor'), was incorporated in
August 1996 for the limited purpose of acquiring, owning and transferring  Trust
Fund  Assets  and  selling  interests  therein  or  bonds  secured  thereby. The
Depositor  is  a  limited  purpose  finance  subsidiary  of  Countrywide  Credit
Industries,  Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Depositor maintains its principal
office at 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California 91101-7139. Its  telephone
number is (818) 584-2212.
 
     Neither  the Depositor nor any of the Depositor's affiliates will insure or
guarantee distributions on the Securities of any Series.
 
                                  LOAN PROGRAM
 
     The Loans will  have been purchased  by the Depositor,  either directly  or
through  affiliates,  from Sellers.  Unless otherwise  specified in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, the  Loans so acquired  by the Depositor  will have  been
originated  in accordance with  the underwriting criteria  specified below under
'Underwriting Standards'.
 
UNDERWRITING STANDARDS
 
     Unless otherwise  specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Seller will represent and warrant that all Loans originated and/or sold by it to
the Depositor or one of its affiliates will have been underwritten in accordance
with  standards  consistent with  those utilized  by mortgage  lenders generally
during the period  of origination for  similar types  of loans. As  to any  Loan
insured  by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the Seller will represent
that it has complied  with underwriting policies  of the FHA or  the VA, as  the
case may be.
 
     Underwriting  standards are applied by or on behalf of a lender to evaluate
the borrower's credit standing and repayment ability, and the value and adequacy
of the  related  Property as  collateral.  In general,  a  prospective  borrower
applying  for a Loan is required to  fill out a detailed application designed to
provide to the underwriting officer pertinent credit information, including  the
principal  balance and payment  history with respect to  any senior mortgage, if
any, which, unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement,
will be verified
 
                                       22
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
by  the related Seller. As  part of the description  of the borrower's financial
condition, the  borrower generally  is required  to provide  a current  list  of
assets  and liabilities and  a statement of  income and expenses,  as well as an
authorization to  apply for  a  credit report  which summarizes  the  borrower's
credit history with local merchants and lenders and any record of bankruptcy. In
most  cases, an employment  verification is obtained  from an independent source
(typically the  borrower's employer)  which  verification reports,  among  other
things,  the  length of  employment with  that  organization and  the borrower's
current salary. If a prospective borrower is self-employed, the borrower may  be
required  to  submit copies  of signed  tax  returns. The  borrower may  also be
required to authorize verification of  deposits at financial institutions  where
the borrower has demand or savings accounts.
 
     In  determining the adequacy of  the property to be  used as collateral, an
appraisal will generally be made of each property considered for financing.  The
appraiser  is generally required to inspect the  property, issue a report on its
condition and, if applicable, verify  construction, if new, has been  completed.
The  appraisal is based on  the market value of  comparable homes, the estimated
rental income  (if considered  applicable  by the  appraiser)  and the  cost  of
replacing  the home. The value  of the property being  financed, as indicated by
the appraisal, must be  such that it currently  supports, and is anticipated  to
support in the future, the outstanding loan balance.
 
     Once   all  applicable  employment,  credit  and  property  information  is
received, a  determination  generally is  made  as to  whether  the  prospective
borrower  has sufficient  monthly income  available (i)  to meet  the borrower's
monthly obligations on the proposed  mortgage loan (generally determined on  the
basis of the monthly payments due in the year of origination) and other expenses
related  to the property (such as property  taxes and hazard insurance) and (ii)
to  meet  other   financial  obligations  and   monthly  living  expenses.   The
underwriting  standards  applied by  Sellers, particularly  with respect  to the
level of loan documentation and the borrower's income and credit history, may be
varied in appropriate  cases where  factors such as  low Combined  Loan-to-Value
Ratios or other favorable credit exist.
 
     In the case of a Loan secured by a leasehold interest in real property, the
title  to which is held by a third party lessor, the related Seller will, unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, represent and warrant,
among other things, that the remaining term of the lease and any sublease is  at
least five years longer than the remaining term on the Loan.
 
     Certain  of the  types of Loans  that may be  included in a  Trust Fund are
recently developed  and  may involve  additional  uncertainties not  present  in
traditional  types of loans. For example, certain  of such Loans may provide for
escalating or  variable payments  by  the borrower.  These  types of  Loans  are
underwritten  on the basis of a judgment  that the borrowers have the ability to
make the monthly payments  required initially. In  some instances, a  borrower's
income  may not be sufficient to permit continued loan payments as such payments
increase. These types of Loans may also be underwritten primarily upon the basis
of Loan-to-Value Ratios or other favorable credit factors.
 
QUALIFICATIONS OF SELLERS
 
     Each Seller will be required to satisfy the following qualifications.  Each
Seller  must be an institution experienced in originating and servicing loans of
the type contained in the related Pool in accordance with accepted practices and
prudent guidelines, and must maintain  satisfactory facilities to originate  and
service  those loans. Each  Seller must be a  seller/servicer approved by either
the Federal  National Mortgage  Association ('FNMA')  or the  Federal Home  Loan
Mortgage  Corporation ('FHLMC'). Each Seller must be a mortgagee approved by the
FHA or an institution the deposit accounts  in which are insured by the  Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the 'FDIC').
 
REPRESENTATIONS BY SELLERS; REPURCHASES
 
     Each Seller will have made representations and warranties in respect of the
Loans  sold by  such Seller  and evidenced  by all,  or a  part, of  a Series of
Securities. Such representations and warranties may include, among other things:
(i) that title insurance (or  in the case of  Properties located in areas  where
such  policies are generally not available,  an attorney's certificate of title)
and any required hazard insurance policy  were effective at origination of  each
Loan,  other than a  Cooperative Loan, and  that each policy  (or certificate of
title as applicable) remained in effect on the date of purchase of the Loan from
the Seller by or on behalf of the Depositor; (ii) that the Seller had good title
to   each   such   Loan   and   such   Loan   was   subject   to   no   offsets,
 
                                       23
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
defenses,  counterclaims or rights  of rescission except to  the extent that any
buydown agreement may  forgive certain  indebtedness of a  borrower; (iii)  that
each  Loan constituted a  valid lien on,  or a perfected  security interest with
respect to,  the  Property (subject  only  to permissible  liens  disclosed,  if
applicable,  title  insurance  exceptions,  if  applicable,  and  certain  other
exceptions described  in the  Agreement) and  that the  Property was  free  from
damage  and was in acceptable condition; (iv)  that there were no delinquent tax
or assessment liens against the Property; (v) that no required payment on a Loan
was delinquent more than the number of days specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement;  and  (vi)  that each  Loan  was  made in  compliance  with,  and is
enforceable under, all applicable local, state and federal laws and  regulations
in all material respects.
 
     If  so specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the representations
and warranties of  a Seller in  respect of  a Loan will  be made not  as of  the
Cut-off  Date but  as of  the date  on which  such Seller  sold the  Loan to the
Depositor or  one of  its affiliates.  Under such  circumstances, a  substantial
period  of time may have  elapsed between the sale date  and the date of initial
issuance of the Series of Securities evidencing an interest in such Loan.  Since
the  representations and warranties of  a Seller do not  address events that may
occur following the  sale of a  Loan by such  Seller, its repurchase  obligation
described  below will not arise if the  relevant event that would otherwise have
given rise to such an obligation with respect to a Loan occurs after the date of
sale of such Loan by  such Seller to the  Depositor or its affiliates.  However,
the  Depositor will  not include any  Loan in the  Trust Fund for  any Series of
Securities if anything has come to the Depositor's attention that would cause it
to believe  that the  representations and  warranties of  a Seller  will not  be
accurate and complete in all material respects in respect of such Loan as of the
date  of initial  issuance of  the related Series  of Securities.  If the Master
Servicer is  also a  Seller of  Loans with  respect to  a particular  Series  of
Securities,  such representations will be in addition to the representations and
warranties made by the Master Servicer in its capacity as a Master Servicer.
 
     The Master Servicer or the Trustee,  if the Master Servicer is the  Seller,
will  promptly notify the relevant Seller of any breach of any representation or
warranty made by it in respect of a Loan which materially and adversely  affects
the interests of the Securityholders in such Loan. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, if such Seller cannot cure such breach within
90  days following notice from  the Master Servicer or  the Trustee, as the case
may be, then such Seller  will be obligated either  (i) to repurchase such  Loan
from  the Trust  Fund at  a price (the  'Purchase Price')  equal to  100% of the
unpaid principal balance thereof as of  the date of the repurchase plus  accrued
interest thereon to the first day of the month following the month of repurchase
at  the Loan  Rate (less  any Advances  or amount  payable as  related servicing
compensation if the Seller is the  Master Servicer) or (ii) substitute for  such
Loan  a replacement  loan that satisfies  the criteria specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement. If a REMIC election is to be made with respect to a Trust
Fund, unless  otherwise  specified in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Master  Servicer or a holder of  the related residual certificate generally will
be obligated to pay any prohibited transaction tax which may arise in connection
with any such repurchase  or substitution and the  Trustee must have received  a
satisfactory  opinion of counsel  that such repurchase  or substitution will not
cause the Trust  Fund to lose  its status as  a REMIC or  otherwise subject  the
Trust  Fund to a prohibited transaction tax. The Master Servicer may be entitled
to reimbursement for any such payment from the assets of the related Trust  Fund
or  from any holder of the related residual certificate. See 'Description of the
Securities -- General'. Except  in those cases in  which the Master Servicer  is
the  Seller, the Master Servicer will be required under the applicable Agreement
to enforce this obligation for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the
Securities, following the practices it would  employ in its good faith  business
judgment  were  it  the owner  of  such  Loan. This  repurchase  or substitution
obligation will constitute the sole remedy available to holders of Securities or
the Trustee for a breach of representation by a Seller.
 
     Neither the Depositor nor the  Master Servicer (unless the Master  Servicer
is  the Seller) will be  obligated to purchase or substitute  a Loan if a Seller
defaults on its obligation to do so, and no assurance can be given that  Sellers
will  carry  out their  respective repurchase  or substitution  obligations with
respect to Loans. However, to the extent  that a breach of a representation  and
warranty  of a Seller may  also constitute a breach  of a representation made by
the Master Servicer, the Master Servicer  may have a repurchase or  substitution
obligation  as described below under 'The Agreements -- Assignment of Trust Fund
Assets'.
 
                                       24




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                         DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
 
     Each  Series of Certificates will be issued pursuant to separate agreements
(each, a 'Pooling  and Servicing Agreement'  or a 'Trust  Agreement') among  the
Depositor,  the Master Servicer and the Trustee. A form of Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and Trust Agreement has been  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement  of which this Prospectus  forms a part. Each  Series of Notes will be
issued pursuant to an indenture (the 'Indenture') between the related Trust Fund
and the  entity named  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement as  trustee  (the
'Trustee')  with respect to such Series, and  the related Loans will be serviced
by the  Master Servicer  pursuant to  a Master  Servicing Agreement.  A form  of
Indenture  and Master Servicing  Agreement has been  filed as an  exhibit to the
Registration Statement  of which  this  Prospectus forms  a  part. A  Series  of
Securities  may consist of both Notes and Certificates. Each Agreement, dated as
of the related Cut-off  Date, will be among  the Depositor, the Master  Servicer
and the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of such Series.
The  provisions of  each Agreement  will vary depending  upon the  nature of the
Securities to be issued thereunder and the nature of the related Trust Fund. The
following are descriptions of the material  provisions which may appear in  each
Agreement.  The descriptions are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety
by reference to,  all of  the provisions  of the  Agreement for  each Series  of
Securities  and the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The Depositor will provide
a copy of the Agreement (without exhibits) relating to any Series without charge
upon written  request  of a  holder  of record  of  a Security  of  such  Series
addressed   to  CWABS,  Inc.,  155   North  Lake  Avenue,  Pasadena,  California
91101-7139, Attention: Secretary.
 
GENERAL
 
     Unless otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Securities of each Series will be issued in book-entry or fully registered form,
in  the authorized denominations specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
will, in  the  case of  Certificates,  evidence specified  beneficial  ownership
interests in, and in the case of Notes, be secured by, the assets of the related
Trust  Fund  created pursuant  to each  Agreement  and will  not be  entitled to
payments in respect of the assets  included in any other Trust Fund  established
by   the  Depositor.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, the Securities will  not represent obligations  of the Depositor  or
any  affiliate  of the  Depositor. Certain  of  the Loans  may be  guaranteed or
insured as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Each Trust Fund  will
consist  of, to the extent provided in the related Agreement, (i) the Trust Fund
Assets, as from time to time are subject to the related Agreement (exclusive  of
any   amounts  specified   in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement  ('Retained
Interest')), including  all payments  of interest  and principal  received  with
respect  to  the Loans  after the  Cut-off Date  (to the  extent not  applied in
computing the  principal balance  of such  Loans  as of  the Cut-off  Date  (the
'Cut-off  Date Principal Balance')); (ii)  such assets as from  time to time are
required to be  deposited in the  related Security Account,  as described  below
under 'The Agreements -- Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account'; (iii)
property  which  secured  a  Loan  and  which  is  acquired  on  behalf  of  the
Securityholders by  foreclosure or  deed in  lieu of  foreclosure and  (iv)  any
insurance  policies  or  other  forms  of  credit  enhancement  required  to  be
maintained pursuant to  the related Agreement.  If so specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  a  Trust Fund  may  also  include one  or  more  of the
following: reinvestment income on payments received on the Trust Fund Assets,  a
Reserve  Account, a mortgage  pool insurance policy,  a special hazard insurance
policy, a  bankruptcy  bond, one  or  more letters  of  credit, a  surety  bond,
guaranties or similar instruments.
 
     Each Series of Securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each class
of  Certificates of a  Series will evidence beneficial  ownership of a specified
percentage (which  may be  0%) or  portion  of future  interest payments  and  a
specified  percentage (which may be 0%)  or portion of future principal payments
on, and each class of  Notes of a Series will  be secured by, the related  Trust
Fund  Assets. A Series  of Securities may  include one or  more classes that are
senior in right to payment  to one or more other  classes of Securities of  such
Series.  Certain Series  or classes  of Securities  may be  covered by insurance
policies, surety bonds  or other forms  of credit enhancement,  in each case  as
described  under  'Credit  Enhancement'  herein and  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement. One or more  classes of Securities  of a Series  may be entitled  to
receive  distributions  of  principal,  interest  or  any  combination  thereof.
Distributions on one or more classes of a Series of Securities may be made prior
to one  or more  other classes,  after the  occurrence of  specified events,  in
accordance  with  a schedule  or formula  or  on the  basis of  collections from
designated portions of the related Trust Fund Assets, in each case as  specified
in   the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The   timing  and  amounts  of  such
distributions may vary among  classes or over time  as specified in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                       25
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Distributions of principal and interest (or, where applicable, of principal
only  or interest only) on the related Securities will be made by the Trustee on
each Distribution Date (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at such other
intervals  and  on  the  dates  as  are  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement) in proportion to the percentages specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  Distributions  will  be made  to  the  persons in  whose  names the
Securities are registered at the close of business on the dates specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement  (each, a  'Record Date').  Distributions will  be
made in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement to the persons
entitled thereto at the address appearing in the register maintained for holders
of  Securities  (the 'Security  Register');  provided, however,  that  the final
distribution in retirement of the Securities will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of the Securities at the office or agency of the Trustee or  other
person specified in the notice to Securityholders of such final distribution.
 
     The  Securities  will  be  freely  transferable  and  exchangeable  at  the
Corporate Trust Office  of the Trustee  as set forth  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  No service charge will be made  for any registration of exchange or
transfer of Securities of any Series, but  the Trustee may require payment of  a
sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.
 
     Under  current  law  the purchase  and  holding  of a  class  of Securities
entitled only  to a  specified  percentage of  payments  of either  interest  or
principal  or a notional amount  of either interest or  principal on the related
Loans or a  class of  Securities entitled to  receive payments  of interest  and
principal  on  the Loans  only  after payments  to  other classes  or  after the
occurrence of certain specified events by  or on behalf of any employee  benefit
plan  or other retirement arrangement  (including individual retirement accounts
and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds in which such  plans,
accounts  or arrangements  are invested) subject  to provisions of  ERISA or the
Code, may result in prohibited transactions, within the meaning of ERISA and the
Code. See  'ERISA Considerations'.  Unless otherwise  specified in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, the transfer of  Securities of such a  class will not be
registered unless  the transferee  (i) represents  that it  is not,  and is  not
purchasing  on behalf of, any such plan, account or arrangement or (ii) provides
an opinion of  counsel satisfactory to  the Trustee and  the Depositor that  the
purchase  of Securities of such a class by or on behalf of such plan, account or
arrangement is  permissible  under  applicable  law and  will  not  subject  the
Trustee,  the Master Servicer or the Depositor to any obligation or liability in
addition to those undertaken in the Agreements.
 
     As to each Series, an election may be made to treat the related Trust  Fund
or designated portions thereof as a 'real estate mortgage investment conduit' or
'REMIC'  as defined in the Code.  The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
whether a  REMIC election  is to  be made.  Alternatively, the  Agreement for  a
Series  may provide that a  REMIC election may be made  at the discretion of the
Depositor or the Master Servicer and may only be made if certain conditions  are
satisfied.  As to any  such Series, the  terms and provisions  applicable to the
making of  a  REMIC  election  will  be set  forth  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  If such an  election is made with  respect to a  Series, one of the
classes will be designated as evidencing the sole class of 'residual  interests'
in the related REMIC, as defined in the Code. All other classes of Securities in
such  a  Series will  constitute 'regular  interests' in  the related  REMIC, as
defined in the Code. As to each Series with respect to which a REMIC election is
to be made, the Master Servicer or a holder of the related residual  certificate
will  be  obligated  to  take  all actions  required  in  order  to  comply with
applicable laws and  regulations and  will be  obligated to  pay any  prohibited
transaction taxes. The Master Servicer, unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus  Supplement, will be  entitled to reimbursement  for any such payment
from the assets of  the Trust Fund  or from any holder  of the related  residual
certificate.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS ON SECURITIES
 
     General.  In general, the method of determining the amount of distributions
on  a particular Series of Securities will depend on the type of credit support,
if any, that is used with respect to such Series. See 'Credit Enhancement'.  Set
forth  below are descriptions of  various methods that may  be used to determine
the amount  of distributions  on  the Securities  of  a particular  Series.  The
Prospectus  Supplement for each Series of Securities will describe the method to
be used in  determining the amount  of distributions on  the Securities of  such
Series.
 
     Distributions allocable to principal and interest on the Securities will be
made  by the Trustee  out of, and  only to the  extent of, funds  in the related
Security Account, including any  funds transferred from  any Reserve Account  (a
'Reserve  Account'). As between  Securities of different  classes and as between
distributions  of  principal  (and,  if  applicable,  between  distributions  of
Principal  Prepayments, as defined  below, and scheduled  payments of principal)
and interest, distributions  made on any  Distribution Date will  be applied  as
specified in
 
                                       26
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the  related Prospectus Supplement. The Prospectus Supplement will also describe
the method for allocating distributions among Securities of a particular class.
 
     Available Funds.   All distributions on  the Securities of  each Series  on
each Distribution Date will be made from the Available Funds described below, in
accordance  with the  terms described in  the related  Prospectus Supplement and
specified in the Agreement.  'Available Funds' for  each Distribution Date  will
generally  equal the amount on  deposit in the related  Security Account on such
Distribution Date (net of related fees and expenses payable by the related Trust
Fund) other  than  amounts  to  be  held  therein  for  distribution  on  future
Distribution Dates.
 
     Distributions of Interest.  Interest will accrue on the aggregate principal
balance  of  the Securities  (or, in  the  case of  Securities entitled  only to
distributions allocable  to interest,  the aggregate  notional amount)  of  each
class of Securities (the 'Class Security Balance') entitled to interest from the
date,  at the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable (which in either
case may be  a fixed rate  or rate  adjustable as specified  in such  Prospectus
Supplement), and for the periods specified in such Prospectus Supplement. To the
extent funds are available therefor, interest accrued during each such specified
period  on each class of Securities entitled  to interest (other than a class of
Securities that  provides  for  interest  that accrues,  but  is  not  currently
payable, referred to hereafter as 'Accrual Securities') will be distributable on
the  Distribution Dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement until the
aggregate Class  Security Balance  of  the Securities  of  such class  has  been
distributed in full or, in the case of Securities entitled only to distributions
allocable to interest, until the aggregate notional amount of such Securities is
reduced  to zero or for the period  of time designated in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The original Class Security Balance of each Security will equal  the
aggregate  distributions  allocable  to  principal  to  which  such  Security is
entitled. Distributions  allocable to  interest  on each  Security that  is  not
entitled to distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the
notional  amount of such  Security. The notional  amount of a  Security will not
evidence an interest in or  entitlement to distributions allocable to  principal
but  will  be  used solely  for  convenience  in expressing  the  calculation of
interest and for certain other purposes.
 
     Interest payable on the Securities of a Series on a Distribution Date  will
include  all  interest  accrued  during  the  period  specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution  Date, the effective yield to  Securityholders
will  be reduced from the  yield that would otherwise  be obtainable if interest
payable on the  Security were to  accrue through the  day immediately  preceding
such Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to Securityholders will
be less than the indicated coupon rate.
 
     With  respect  to any  class  of Accrual  Securities,  if specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any interest that has accrued but is not paid  on
a  given Distribution Date will be added to the aggregate Class Security Balance
of such class of Securities on that Distribution Date. Distributions of interest
on any class of  Accrual Securities will commence  only after the occurrence  of
the  events specified  in such  Prospectus Supplement.  Prior to  such time, the
beneficial ownership interest  in the Trust  Fund or the  principal balance,  as
applicable,  of such class of Accrued  Securities, as reflected in the aggregate
Class Security Balance  of such class  of Accrual Securities,  will increase  on
each  Distribution Date by the amount of  interest that accrued on such class of
Accrual Securities during the preceding interest accrual period but that was not
required to be  distributed to such  class on such  Distribution Date. Any  such
class  of Accrual Securities will thereafter  accrue interest on its outstanding
Class Security Balance as so adjusted.
 
     Distributions of Principal.  The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
the method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the  Securities
on each Distribution Date will be calculated and the manner in which such amount
will  be allocated among the classes  of Securities entitled to distributions of
principal. The  aggregate Class  Security  Balance of  any class  of  Securities
entitled  to distributions of principal generally will be the aggregate original
Class Security Balance of such class of Securities specified in such  Prospectus
Supplement,  reduced  by  all  distributions reported  to  the  holders  of such
Securities as allocable to principal and, (i) in the case of Accrual Securities,
unless otherwise specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement, increased  by
all  interest accrued but not then  distributable on such Accrual Securities and
(ii) in  the  case of  adjustable  rate Securities,  subject  to the  effect  of
negative amortization, if applicable.
 
     If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of
Securities  will be entitled to receive  all or a disproportionate percentage of
the payments of principal which are received from borrowers in advance of  their
scheduled  due dates and  are not accompanied  by amounts representing scheduled
interest due
 
                                       27
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
after the month of  such payments ('Principal  Prepayments') in the  percentages
and  under the  circumstances or  for the  periods specified  in such Prospectus
Supplement. Any  such  allocation of  Principal  Prepayments to  such  class  or
classes  of Securities will have the  effect of accelerating the amortization of
such Securities while increasing  the interests evidenced by  one or more  other
classes  of Securities in the Trust Fund.  Increasing the interests of the other
classes of Securities  relative to  that of  certain Securities  is intended  to
preserve   the  availability  of  the   subordination  provided  by  such  other
Securities. See 'Credit Enhancement -- Subordination'.
 
     Unscheduled  Distributions.    If  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,  the Securities will  be subject to  receipt of distributions before
the next scheduled Distribution Date under  the circumstances and in the  manner
described  below and in  such Prospectus Supplement.  If applicable, the Trustee
will be required to make  such unscheduled distributions on  the day and in  the
amount  specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement if,  due to substantial
payments of  principal  (including  Principal Prepayments)  on  the  Trust  Fund
Assets,  the Trustee or the Master  Servicer determines that the funds available
or anticipated to be available from the Security Account and, if applicable, any
Reserve Account,  may be  insufficient  to make  required distributions  on  the
Securities  on such Distribution Date. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the amount of  any such unscheduled distribution that  is
allocable to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been
required  to  be  distributed  as  principal  on  the  Securities  on  the  next
Distribution  Date.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement,   the  unscheduled  distributions  will   include  interest  at  the
applicable Pass-Through Rate (if any) or interest rate (if any) on the amount of
the unscheduled distribution allocable  to principal for the  period and to  the
date specified in such Prospectus Supplement.
 
ADVANCES
 
     To  the extent  provided in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the Master
Servicer will be required to advance  on or before each Distribution Date  (from
its  own funds, funds  advanced by Sub-Servicers  or funds held  in the Security
Account for future  distributions to the  holders of Securities  of the  related
Series),  an  amount  equal to  the  aggregate  of payments  of  interest and/or
principal that were delinquent on the  related Determination Date (as such  term
is  defined in the related  Prospectus Supplement) and were  not advanced by any
Sub-Servicer, subject to the Master Servicer's determination that such  advances
may  be recoverable  out of  late payments  by borrowers,  Liquidation Proceeds,
Insurance Proceeds or otherwise.  In the case of  Cooperative Loans, the  Master
Servicer  also may be required to advance  any unpaid maintenance fees and other
charges under  the  related  proprietary  leases as  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
     In making Advances, the Master Servicer will endeavor to maintain a regular
flow  of scheduled interest and principal payments to holders of the Securities,
rather than to guarantee or insure against  losses. If Advances are made by  the
Master Servicer from cash being held for future distribution to Securityholders,
the Master Servicer will replace such funds on or before any future Distribution
Date  to  the extent  that  funds in  the  applicable Security  Account  on such
Distribution Date would  be less than  the amount required  to be available  for
distributions  to  Securityholders  on  such  date.  Any  Master  Servicer funds
advanced will be reimbursable  to the Master Servicer  out of recoveries on  the
specific  Loans  with  respect to  which  such  Advances were  made  (e.g., late
payments  made  by  the  related  borrower,  any  related  Insurance   Proceeds,
Liquidation  Proceeds  or proceeds  of any  Loan purchased  by the  Depositor, a
Sub-Servicer or a  Seller pursuant to  the related Agreement).  Advances by  the
Master  Servicer (and any advances by  a Sub-Servicer) also will be reimbursable
to the Master Servicer  (or Sub-Servicer) from  cash otherwise distributable  to
Securityholders  (including the holders of Senior Securities) to the extent that
the Master Servicer determines  that any such Advances  previously made are  not
ultimately recoverable as described above. To the extent provided in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master Servicer  also  will be  obligated  to make
Advances, to  the  extent recoverable  out  of Insurance  Proceeds,  Liquidation
Proceeds  or otherwise, in  respect of certain taxes  and insurance premiums not
paid by borrowers on a timely basis.  Funds so advanced are reimbursable to  the
Master   Servicer  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the  related  Agreement.  The
obligations of the Master Servicer to make  advances may be supported by a  cash
advance  reserve fund, a surety bond or  other arrangement of the type described
herein under 'Credit  Enhancement', in  each case  as described  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, in the
event the Master Servicer  or a Sub-Servicer fails  to make a required  Advance,
the  Trustee will be obligated to make such Advance in its capacity as successor
servicer. If  the Trustee  makes such  an Advance,  it will  be entitled  to  be
reimbursed for such Advance
 
                                       28
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
to  the  same extent  and degree  as the  Master Servicer  or a  Sub-Servicer is
entitled  to   be   reimbursed   for   Advances.   See   'Description   of   the
Securities -- Distributions on Securities'.
 
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
     Prior  to or concurrently with each distribution on a Distribution Date the
Master Servicer or the Trustee will furnish to each Securityholder of record  of
the  related Series a statement setting forth,  to the extent applicable to such
Series of Securities, among other things:
 
          (i) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal, separately
     identifying the aggregate  amount of  any Principal Prepayments  and if  so
     specified  in the related Prospectus  Supplement, any applicable prepayment
     penalties included therein;
 
          (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;
 
          (iii) the amount of any Advance;
 
          (iv) the aggregate amount (a) otherwise allocable to the  Subordinated
     Securityholders  on  such Distribution  Date,  and (b)  withdrawn  from the
     Reserve Account, if any, that is included in the amounts distributed to the
     Senior Securityholders;
 
          (v) the outstanding principal balance or notional amount of each class
     of the related Series after giving effect to the distribution of  principal
     on such Distribution Date;
 
          (vi)  the  percentage of  principal payments  on the  Loans (excluding
     prepayments), if any, which each such class will be entitled to receive  on
     the following Distribution Date;
 
          (vii)  the percentage of  Principal Prepayments on  the Loans, if any,
     which each  such  class  will  be entitled  to  receive  on  the  following
     Distribution Date;
 
          (viii)  the related amount  of the servicing  compensation retained or
     withdrawn from the Security Account by the Master Servicer, and the  amount
     of  additional  servicing  compensation  received  by  the  Master Servicer
     attributable to  penalties, fees,  excess  Liquidation Proceeds  and  other
     similar charges and items;
 
          (ix)  the  number  and  aggregate  principal  balances  of  Loans  (A)
     delinquent (exclusive of Loans in foreclosure) (1) 1 to 30 days, (2) 31  to
     60  days, (3) 61 to 90 days and (4)  91 or more days and (B) in foreclosure
     and delinquent (1) 1 to 30 days, (2) 31  to 60 days, (3) 61 to 90 days  and
     (4)  91 or more days,  as of the close  of business on the  last day of the
     calendar month preceding such Distribution Date;
 
          (x) the book value of any real estate acquired through foreclosure  or
     grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;
 
          (xi)  the  Pass-Through  Rate  or  interest  rate,  as  applicable, if
     adjusted from the date of the last statement, of any such class expected to
     be applicable to the next distribution to such class;
 
          (xii) if applicable, the  amount remaining in  any Reserve Account  at
     the close of business on the Distribution Date;
 
          (xiii)  the Pass-Through Rate  or interest rate,  as applicable, as of
     the day prior to the immediately preceding Distribution Date; and
 
          (xiv) any amounts remaining under letters of credit, pool policies  or
     other forms of credit enhancement.
 
     Where  applicable, any amount set forth above  may be expressed as a dollar
amount per single Security of the relevant class having the Percentage  Interest
specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement. The  report to Securityholders
for any Series of  Securities may include additional  or other information of  a
similar nature to that specified above.
 
     In  addition, within  a reasonable  period of  time after  the end  of each
calendar  year,  the  Master  Servicer  or   the  Trustee  will  mail  to   each
Securityholder  of record at any time during  such calendar year a report (a) as
to the aggregate of  amounts reported pursuant  to (i) and  (ii) above for  such
calendar year or, in the event such person was a Securityholder of record during
a portion of such calendar year, for the applicable portion of such year and (b)
such  other customary  information as may  be deemed necessary  or desirable for
Securityholders to prepare their tax returns.
 
                                       29
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
CATEGORIES OF CLASSES OF SECURITIES
 
     The Securities of any Series may be comprised of one or more classes.  Such
classes,  in  general,  fall  into  different  categories.  The  following chart
identifies and generally  defines certain  of the more  typical categories.  The
Prospectus  Supplement for a series of Securities may identify the classes which
comprise such Series by reference to the following categories.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CATEGORIES OF CLASSES                                              DEFINITION
<S>                             <C>
                                                                 PRINCIPAL TYPES
Accretion Directed............  A class  that  receives  principal  payments  from  the  accreted  interest  from
                                specified Accrual classes. An Accretion Directed class also may receive principal
                                payments  from principal paid on the underlying Trust Fund Assets for the related
                                Series.
Component Securities..........  A class  consisting of  'Components.'  The Components  of  a class  of  Component
                                Securities  may have different principal  and/or interest payment characteristics
                                but together constitute a  single class. Each Component  of a class of  Component
                                Securities  may be identified  as falling into  one or more  of the categories in
                                this chart.
Notional Amount Securities....  A class having no principal balance and bearing interest on the related  notional
                                amount. The notional amount is used for purposes of the determination of interest
                                distributions.
Planned Principal Class (also
  sometimes referred to as
  'PACs').....................  A  class that  is designed  to receive  principal payments  using a predetermined
                                principal balance schedule derived by assuming two constant prepayment rates  for
                                the  underlying Trust  Fund Assets.  These two  rates are  the endpoints  for the
                                'structuring range'  for  the  Planned Principal  Class.  The  Planned  Principal
                                Classes  in any Series of Securities  may be subdivided into different categories
                                (e.g., Primary Planned Principal Classes, Secondary Planned Principal Classes and
                                so forth) having different effective  structuring ranges and different  principal
                                payment  priorities. The  structuring range  for the  Secondary Planned Principal
                                Categories of Classes Definition Class of a Series of Securities will be narrower
                                than that for the Primary Planned Principal Class of such Series.
Scheduled Principal Class.....  A class that  is designed  to receive  principal payments  using a  predetermined
                                principal  balance schedule but is not designated as a Planned Principal Class or
                                Targeted Principal class. In may cases,  the schedule is derived by assuming  two
                                constant  prepayment rates for the underlying  Trust Fund Assets. These two rates
                                are the endpoints for the 'structuring range' for the Scheduled Principal Class.
Sequential Pay................  Classes that receive  principal payments in  a prescribed sequence,  that do  not
                                have  predetermined principal balance schedules  and that under all circumstances
                                receive payments of principal  continuously from the  first Distribution Date  on
                                which they receive principal until they are retired. A single class that receives
                                principal  payments  before or  after all  other  classes in  the same  Series of
                                Securities may be identified as a Sequential Pay class.
Strip.........................  A class  that  receives a  constant  proportion,  or 'strip,'  of  the  principal
                                payments on the underlying Trust Fund Assets.
Support Class (also sometimes
  referred to as 'companion
  classes')...................  A  class  that  receives principal  payments  on  any Distribution  Date  only if
                                scheduled payments  have  been  made  on  specified  Planned  Principal  Classes,
                                Targeted Principal Classes and/or Scheduled Principal Classes.
</TABLE>
 
                                       30
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
Targeted Principal Class (also
  sometimes referred to as
  'TACs').....................  A  class that  is designed  to receive  principal payments  using a predetermined
                                principal balance schedule derived by assuming a single constant prepayment  rate
                                for the underlying Trust Fund Assets.
 
                                                                 INTEREST TYPES
Fixed Rate....................  A class with an interest rate that is fixed throughout the life of the class.
Floating Rate.................  A  class with an interest  rate that resets periodically  based upon a designated
                                index and that varies directly with changes in such index.
Inverse Floating Rate.........  A class with an  interest rate that resets  periodically based upon a  designated
                                index and that varies inversely with changes in such index.
Variable Rate.................  A  class with  an interest  rate that  resets periodically  and is  calculated by
                                reference to the  rate or  rates of interest  applicable to  specified assets  or
                                instruments (e.g., the Loan Rates borne by the underlying Loans).
Interest Only.................  A class that receives some or all of the interest payments made on the underlying
                                Trust Fund Assets and little or no principal. Interest Only classes have either a
                                nominal  principal  balance or  a notional  amount.  A nominal  principal balance
                                represents actual principal that will be paid on the class. It is referred to  as
                                nominal  since it is extremely small compared to other classes. A notional amount
                                is the amount used as a reference to  calculate the amount of interest due on  an
                                Interest  Only class  that is  not entitled  to any  distributions in  respect of
                                principal.
Principal.....................  Only A  class  that does  not  bear interest  and  is entitled  to  receive  only
                                distributions in respect of principal.
Partial Accrual...............  A  class that accretes a portion of the amount of accrued interest thereon, which
                                amount will be added to  the principal balance of  such class on each  applicable
                                Distribution  Date, with the remainder of such accrued interest to be distributed
                                currently as  interest  on  such  class. Such  accretion  may  continue  until  a
                                specified event has occurred or until such Partial Accrual class is retired.
Accrual.......................  A  class that accretes the amount  of accrued interest otherwise distributable on
                                such class, which amount will be added  as principal to the principal balance  of
                                such  class on  each applicable  Distribution Date.  Such accretion  may continue
                                until some specified event has occurred or until such Accrual class is retired.
</TABLE>
 
INDICES APPLICABLE TO FLOATING RATE AND INVERSE FLOATING RATE CLASSES
 
LIBOR
 
     Unless otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, on  the
LIBOR  Determination Date  (as such  term is  defined in  the related Prospectus
Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the  applicable
interest  rate is determined by reference to  an index denominated as LIBOR, the
Person designated  in  the  related Agreement  (the  'Calculation  Agent')  will
determine  LIBOR by  reference to  the quotations, as  set forth  on the Reuters
Screen LIBO Page (as defined in the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc.
Code of Standard Wording, Assumptions  and Provisions for Swaps, 1986  Edition),
offered by the principal London office of each of the designated reference banks
meeting  the  criteria  set  forth  below  (the  'Reference  Banks')  for making
one-month United States dollar deposits in leading banks in the London Interbank
market, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date. In lieu
of relying on the quotations for those Reference Banks that appear at such  time
on  the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the Calculation Agent will request each of the
Reference Banks to provide such offered quotations at such time.
 
     LIBOR  will  be  established  by  the  Calculation  Agent  on  each   LIBOR
Determination Date as follows:
 
                                       31
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          (a)  If on  any LIBOR Determination  Date two or  more Reference Banks
     provide such offered quotations, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual Period
     shall be the arithmetic mean of such offered quotations (rounded upwards if
     necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%).
 
          (b) If  on  any LIBOR  Determination  Date only  one  or none  of  the
     Reference  Banks  provides  such  offered quotations,  LIBOR  for  the next
     Interest Accrual Period (as such term is defined in the related  Prospectus
     Supplement)  shall be whichever is the higher of (i) LIBOR as determined on
     the previous LIBOR Determination  Date or (ii)  the Reserve Interest  Rate.
     The  'Reserve  Interest  Rate'  shall  be  the  rate  per  annum  which the
     Calculation Agent determines to be either (i) the arithmetic mean  (rounded
     upwards  if  necessary  to the  nearest  whole  multiple of  1/32%)  of the
     one-month United  States dollar  lending  rates that  New York  City  banks
     selected  by  the  Calculation Agent  are  quoting, on  the  relevant LIBOR
     Determination Date, to the principal London offices of at least two of  the
     Reference  Banks  to  which such  quotations  are,  in the  opinion  of the
     Calculation Agent being so made, or (ii) in the event that the  Calculation
     Agent  can determine no  such arithmetic mean,  the lowest one-month United
     States dollar  lending rate  which  New York  City  banks selected  by  the
     Calculation  Agent are quoting on such  LIBOR Determination Date to leading
     European banks.
 
          (c) If on any  LIBOR Determination Date for  a class specified in  the
     related  Prospectus Supplement,  the Calculation  Agent is  required but is
     unable to determine  the Reserve Interest  Rate in the  manner provided  in
     paragraph  (b) above, LIBOR  for the next Interest  Accrual Period shall be
     LIBOR as determined on the preceding  LIBOR Determination Date, or, in  the
     case of the first LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the
     per annum rate specified as such in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Each  Reference Bank (i) shall be a leading bank engaged in transactions in
Eurodollar deposits in  the international  Eurocurrency market;  (ii) shall  not
control,  be  controlled by,  or be  under common  control with  the Calculation
Agent; and (iii) shall have an established  place of business in London. If  any
such  Reference  Bank  should  be unwilling  or  unable  to act  as  such  or if
appointment of  any such  Reference  Bank is  terminated, another  leading  bank
meeting the criteria specified above will be appointed.
 
     The  establishment  of  LIBOR  on  each  LIBOR  Determination  Date  by the
Calculation Agent and its calculation of the rate of interest for the applicable
classes for  the  related Interest  Accrual  Period  shall (in  the  absence  of
manifest error) be final and binding.
 
COFI
 
     The  Eleventh District  Cost of  Funds Index  is designed  to represent the
monthly weighted  average cost  of funds  for savings  institutions in  Arizona,
California  and Nevada that are member institutions of the Eleventh Federal Home
Loan Bank  District (the  'Eleventh District').  The Eleventh  District Cost  of
Funds Index for a particular month reflects the interest costs paid on all types
of  funds held  by Eleventh  District member  institutions and  is calculated by
dividing the cost of  funds by the  average of the total  amount of those  funds
outstanding  at the end of that month and of the prior month and annualizing and
adjusting the result  to reflect  the actual number  of days  in the  particular
month.  If necessary, before these calculations  are made, the component figures
are adjusted  by the  Federal Home  Loan  Bank of  San Francisco  ('FHLBSF')  to
neutralize the effect of events such as member institutions leaving the Eleventh
District  or acquiring institutions outside  the Eleventh District. The Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index is weighted to reflect the relative amount of  each
type  of funds held  at the end of  the relevant month.  The major components of
funds of Eleventh District member  institutions are: (i) savings deposits,  (ii)
time  deposits, (iii)  FHLBSF advances, (iv)  repurchase agreements  and (v) all
other borrowings. Because the component funds represent a variety of  maturities
whose  costs may  react in different  ways to changing  conditions, the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index does not necessarily reflect current market rates.
 
     A number of factors affect the performance of the Eleventh District Cost of
Funds Index, which may cause it to move in a manner different from indices  tied
to  specific  interest rates,  such as  United States  Treasury bills  or LIBOR.
Because the liabilities upon which the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index  is
based  were issued  at various  times under  various market  conditions and with
various  maturities,  the  Eleventh  District  Cost  of  Funds  Index  may   not
necessarily  reflect the prevailing market interest  rates on new liabilities of
similar maturities. Moreover,  as stated  above, the Eleventh  District Cost  of
Funds  Index is  designed to  represent the average  cost of  funds for Eleventh
District savings institutions for the month prior  to the month in which it  its
due to be
 
                                       32
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
published.  Additionally,  the Eleventh  District Cost  of  Funds Index  may not
necessarily move in the  same direction as market  interest rates at all  times,
since as longer term deposits or borrowings mature and are renewed at prevailing
market  interest rates, the Eleventh District  Cost of Funds Index is influenced
by the differential between  the prior and  the new rates  on those deposits  or
borrowings. In addition, movements of the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index,
as compared to other indices tied to specific interest rates, may be affected by
changes  instituted by the FHLBSF  in the method used  to calculate the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index.
 
     The FHLBSF  publishes the  Eleventh District  Cost of  Funds Index  in  its
monthly Information Bulletin. Any individual may request regular receipt by mail
of Information Bulletins by writing the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco,
P.O.  Box 7948,  600 California Street,  San Francisco, California  94120, or by
calling (415) 616-1000. The  Eleventh District Cost of  Funds Index may also  be
obtained by calling the FHLBSF at (415) 616-2600.
 
     The  FHLBSF  has  stated  in its  Information  Bulletin  that  the Eleventh
District Cost of Funds Index for a month 'will be announced on or near the  last
working  day'  of  the following  month  and  also has  stated  that  it 'cannot
guarantee the announcement'  of such index  on an  exact date. So  long as  such
index  for  a month  is  announced on  or  before the  tenth  day of  the second
following month, the interest rate for each  class of Securities of a Series  as
to  which the applicable  interest rate is  determined by reference  to an index
denominated as  COFI (each,  a  class of  'COFI  Securities') for  the  Interest
Accrual  Period commencing in such  second following month will  be based on the
Eleventh District  Cost  of Funds  Index  for  the second  preceding  month.  If
publication  is delayed beyond such tenth day,  such interest rate will be based
on the Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index for the third preceding month.
 
     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if on  the
tenth  day of  the month in  which any  Interest Accrual Period  commences for a
class of COFI Securities the most  recently published Eleventh District Cost  of
Funds Index relates to a month prior to the third preceding month, the index for
such  current Interest Accrual  Period and for  each succeeding Interest Accrual
Period will, except as described in the next to last sentence of this paragraph,
be based on  the National  Monthly Median Cost  of Funds  Ratio to  SAIF-Insured
Institutions  (the 'National  Cost of Funds  Index') published by  the Office of
Thrift Supervision (the  'OTS') for  the third  preceding month  (or the  fourth
preceding  month if  the National  Cost of Funds  Index for  the third preceding
month has not been published on such  tenth day of an Interest Accrual  Period).
Information  on the National Cost of Funds  Index may be obtained by writing the
OTS at 1700 G  Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20552 or calling (202)  906-6677,
and  the current National Cost  of Funds Index may  be obtained by calling (202)
906-6988. If on any  such tenth day  of the month in  which an Interest  Accrual
Period  commences  the  most recently  published  National Cost  of  Funds Index
relates to a month prior to the fourth preceding month, the applicable index for
such Interest Accrual Period and each succeeding Interest Accrual Period will be
based on LIBOR, as  determined by the Calculation  Agent in accordance with  the
Agreement  relating to  such Series  of Securities. A  change of  index from the
Eleventh District Cost of Funds Index to  an alternative index will result in  a
change  in the index level, and, particularly if LIBOR is the alternative index,
could increase its volatility.
 
     The establishment of COFI by the  Calculation Agent and its calculation  of
the  rates  of interest  for  the applicable  classes  for the  related Interest
Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
 
Treasury Index
 
     Unless otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, on  the
Treasury  Index  Determination Date  (as  such term  is  defined in  the related
Prospectus Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which  the
applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index denominated as a
Treasury  Index, the  Calculation Agent  will ascertain  the Treasury  Index for
Treasury securities of the maturity and for the period (or, if applicable, date)
specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.  Unless otherwise specified  in
the  related Prospectus Supplement, the Treasury  Index for any period means the
average of the yield for each  business day during the period specified  therein
(and  for any  date means  the yield for  such date),  expressed as  a per annum
percentage rate,  on  (i) U.S  Treasury  securities adjusted  to  the  'constant
maturity'  (as further described below)  specified in such Prospectus Supplement
or (ii) if  no 'constant  maturity' is  so specified,  U.S. Treasury  securities
trading on the secondary market having the maturity specified in such Prospectus
Supplement,  in  each case  as published  by  the Federal  Reserve Board  in its
Statistical Release No. H.15(519). Statistical Release No.
 
                                       33
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
H.15(519) is published on Monday or Tuesday of each week and may be obtained  by
writing  or calling the Publications Department at the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve  System,  21st  and  C Streets,  Washington,  D.C.  20551  (202)
452-3244.  If the Calculation Agent has not yet received Statistical Release No.
H.15(519) for such  week, then  it will use  such Statistical  Release from  the
immediately preceding week.
 
     Yields  on U.S. Treasury securities at 'constant maturity' are derived from
the U.S. Treasury's daily yield curve. This curve, which relates the yield on  a
security  to its time to maturity, is based  on the closing market bid yields on
actively traded Treasury securities in the over-the-counter market. These market
yields are calculated  from composites  of quotations reported  by five  leading
U.S. Government securities dealers to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. This
method provides a yield for a given maturity even if no security with that exact
maturity  is outstanding.  In the  event that  the Treasury  Index is  no longer
published, a  new index  based  upon comparable  data  and methodology  will  be
designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of
Securities. The Calculation Agent's determination of the Treasury Index, and its
calculation  of the rates of interest for the applicable classes for the related
Interest Accrual Period shall  (in the absence of  manifest error) be final  and
binding.
 
Prime Rate
 
     Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, on the
Prime Rate Determination Date (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement) for each class of Securities of a Series as to which the  applicable
interest  rate is determined by  reference to an index  denominated as the Prime
Rate, the  Calculation Agent  will  ascertain the  Prime  Rate for  the  related
Interest  Accrual Period. Unless  otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Prime  Rate for an  Interest Accrual Period  will be the  'Prime
Rate'  as published in the 'Money Rates'  section of The Wall Street Journal (or
if not so published,  the 'Prime Rate'  as published in  a newspaper of  general
circulation  selected by  the Calculation Agent  in its sole  discretion) on the
related Prime Rate Determination Date. If a prime rate range is given, then  the
average  of such  range will be  used. In  the event that  the Prime  Rate is no
longer published, a new index based upon comparable data and methodology will be
designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the particular Series of
Securities. The  Calculation Agent's  determination of  the Prime  Rate and  its
calculation  of the  rates of interest  for the related  Interest Accrual Period
shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
 
     As described in the related Prospectus  Supplement, if not issued in  fully
registered  form,  each class  of Securities  will  be registered  as book-entry
certificates  (the  'Book-Entry   Securities').  Persons  acquiring   beneficial
ownership  interests  in  the  Securities ('Security  Owners')  will  hold their
Securities through the Depository Trust Company ('DTC') in the United States, or
CEDEL or Euroclear  (in Europe)  if they are  participants of  such systems,  or
indirectly  through organizations  which are  participants in  such systems. The
Book-Entry Securities will be issued in one or more certificates which equal the
aggregate principal balance of the  Securities and will initially be  registered
in  the name of  Cede & Co., the  nominee of DTC. CEDEL  and Euroclear will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers'  securities
accounts  in  CEDEL's and  Euroclear's names  on the  books of  their respective
depositaries which in  turn will  hold such positions  in customers'  securities
accounts  in the depositaries' names  on the books of  DTC. Citibank, N.A., will
act as depositary for CEDEL and The Chase Manhattan Bank will act as  depositary
for  Euroclear (in such  capacities, individually the  'Relevant Depositary' and
collectively the 'European Depositaries'). Except as described below, no  person
acquiring a Book-Entry Security (each, a 'beneficial owner') will be entitled to
receive  a  physical  certificate  representing  such  Security  (a  'Definitive
Security'). Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued, it is anticipated
that the only 'Securityholders' of the Securities will be Cede & Co., as nominee
of DTC. Security Owners are only  permitted to exercise their rights  indirectly
through Participants and DTC.
 
     The  beneficial owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Security will be recorded
on the  records  of  the  brokerage firm,  bank,  thrift  institution  or  other
financial  intermediary (each,  a 'Financial  Intermediary') that  maintains the
beneficial  owner's  account   for  such   purpose.  In   turn,  the   Financial
Intermediary's  ownership of  such Book-Entry Security  will be  recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating firm that acts as agent for the  Financial
Intermediary,  whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the beneficial
 
                                       34
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
owner's Financial Intermediary is not a  DTC participant, and on the records  of
CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).
 
     Security  Owners  will  receive  all  distributions  of  principal  of, and
interest on, the Securities from the  Trustee through DTC and DTC  participants.
While  the Securities are outstanding  (except under the circumstances described
below), under the rules, regulations  and procedures creating and affecting  DTC
and  its operations (the 'Rules'), DTC  is required to make book-entry transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Securities and is
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of, and interest on,
the Securities. Participants and indirect participants with whom Security Owners
have accounts  with  respect  to  Securities  are  similarly  required  to  make
book-entry  transfers and receive  and transmit such  distributions on behalf of
their respective Security Owners. Accordingly, although Security Owners will not
possess certificates, the  Rules provide  a mechanism by  which Security  Owners
will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.
 
     Security  Owners will  not receive or  be entitled  to receive certificates
representing their  respective interests  in the  Securities, except  under  the
limited  circumstances described  below. Unless and  until Definitive Securities
are issued, Security Owners who are  not Participants may transfer ownership  of
Securities  only through  Participants and indirect  participants by instructing
such  Participants  and  indirect   participants  to  transfer  Securities,   by
book-entry  transfer,  through DTC  for the  account of  the purchasers  of such
Securities, which  account is  maintained  with their  respective  Participants.
Under  the Rules  and in accordance  with DTC's normal  procedures, transfers of
ownership of Securities  will be executed  through DTC and  the accounts of  the
respective  Participants at  DTC will  be debited  and credited.  Similarly, the
Participants and indirect participants will make debits or credits, as the  case
may  be,  on their  records on  behalf  of the  selling and  purchasing Security
Owners.
 
     Because of time zone differences,  credits of securities received in  CEDEL
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the  DTC settlement  date. Such credits  or any transactions  in such securities
settled during such  processing will be  reported to the  relevant Euroclear  or
CEDEL  Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as
a result of sales of  securities by or through  a CEDEL Participant (as  defined
herein)  or Euroclear Participant (as defined  herein) to a DTC Participant will
be received with value on the DTC  settlement date but will be available in  the
relevant  CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only  as of the business day following
settlement in DTC.
 
     Transfers between Participants  will occur  in accordance  with DTC  rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL Participants  and Euroclear Participants  will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
 
     Cross-market transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through  DTC,  on  the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with  DTC rules  on  behalf of  the relevant  European  international
clearing   system  by  the  Relevant   Depositary;  however,  such  cross-market
transactions will  require delivery  of instructions  to the  relevant  European
international  clearing system by the counterparty  in such system in accordance
with its rules  and procedures  and within its  established deadlines  (European
time).  The  relevant  European  international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction meets  its  settlement  requirements, deliver  instructions  to  the
Relevant  Depositary to take action to effect  final settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving securities  in DTC, and making  or receiving payment  in
accordance  with normal procedures  for same day  funds settlement applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver  instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.
 
     CEDEL  is  incorporated  under the  laws  of Luxembourg  as  a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities  for its participating organizations  ('CEDEL
Participants')  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of  CEDEL  Participants,  thereby eliminating  the  need  for  physical
movement  of certificates.  Transactions may  be settled in  CEDEL in  any of 28
currencies, including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to  its  CEDEL
Participants,  among  other  things, services  for  safekeeping, administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally traded  securities and  securities
lending  and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL  is subject to regulation by  the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  participants  are  recognized financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters,
 
                                       35
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
securities brokers and  dealers, banks, trust  companies, clearing  corporations
and  certain other organizations. Indirect access  to CEDEL is also available to
others, such as banks, brokers, dealers  and trust companies that clear  through
or  maintain a custodial relationship with  a CEDEL Participant, either directly
or indirectly.
    
     Euroclear was  created in  1968  to hold  securities for  its  participants
('Euroclear   Participants')  and  to  clear  and  settle  transactions  between
Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous  electronic  book-entry  delivery
against   payment,  thereby  eliminating  the  need  for  physical  movement  of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities  and
cash.  Transactions may  be settled  in any  of 32  currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including  securities
lending  and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar  to  the  arrangements for  cross-market  transfers  with  DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty   Trust  Company  of  New  York ('Morgan'  and  in  such  capacity, the
'Euroclear Operator'), under contract with  Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C.,  a
Belgian  cooperative corporation (the 'Belgian Cooperative'). All operations are
conducted by  Morgan,  and  all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts  are accounts  with  the Euroclear  Operator,  not the
Belgian Cooperative. The Belgian Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on
behalf  of  Euroclear   Participants.  Euroclear   Participants  include   banks
(including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other professional
financial  intermediaries.  Indirect access  to Euroclear  is also  available to
other firms  that clear  through or  maintain a  custodial relationship  with  a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
     
     Morgan  is the Belgian branch of a  New York banking corporation which is a
member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is regulated and examined
by the Board of Governors of the  Federal Reserve System and the New York  State
Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.
 
     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with Morgan are governed by
the  Terms and Conditions  Governing Use of Euroclear  and the related Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law (collectively, the
'Terms and Conditions'). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities
and cash within Euroclear,  withdrawals of securities  and cash from  Euroclear,
and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities
in  Euroclear  are held  on  a fungible  basis  without attribution  of specific
certificates to specific securities  clearance accounts. The Euroclear  Operator
acts  under the Terms  and Conditions only on  behalf of Euroclear Participants,
and has no  record of  or relationship  with persons  holding through  Euroclear
Participants.
 
     Under  a book-entry format, beneficial  owners of the Book-Entry Securities
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Distributions with
respect to Securities held  through CEDEL or Euroclear  will be credited to  the
cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with
the  relevant  system's rules  and  procedures, to  the  extent received  by the
Relevant Depositary.  Such distributions  will be  subject to  tax reporting  in
accordance  with relevant United  States tax laws  and regulations. See 'Federal
Income Tax  Consequences -Tax  Treatment  of Foreign  Investors'  and '  --  Tax
Consequences  to Holders of the Notes -- Backup Withholding' herein. Because DTC
can only act on behalf of Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a  beneficial
owner  to  pledge  Book-Entry Securities  to  persons  or entities  that  do not
participate in the Depository system may be limited due to the lack of  physical
certificates  for such Book-Entry Securities. In addition, issuance of the Book-
Entry Securities in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of such  Securities
in  the secondary market  since certain potential investors  may be unwilling to
purchase Securities for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.
 
     Monthly and annual reports on the Trust will be provided to Cede & Co.,  as
nominee  of DTC, and  may be made available  by Cede &  Co. to beneficial owners
upon request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures  creating
and  affecting the Depository, and to  the Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC
accounts the Book-Entry Securities of such beneficial owners are credited.
 
     DTC has advised the  Trustee that, unless  and until Definitive  Securities
are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders of the
Book-Entry  Securities under the  applicable Agreement only  at the direction of
one or  more  Financial Intermediaries  to  whose DTC  accounts  the  Book-Entry
Securities  are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of
Financial Intermediaries  whose  holdings include  such  Book-Entry  Securities.
CEDEL  or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action
permitted to be taken  by a Securityholder  under the Agreement  on behalf of  a
CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules  and   procedures   and  subject   to   the  ability   of   the   Relevant
 
                                       36
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Depositary  to  effect such  actions on  its  behalf through  DTC. DTC  may take
actions, at the  direction of  the related  Participants, with  respect to  some
Securities which conflict with actions taken with respect to other Securities.
 
     Upon  the  occurrence of  any of  the events  described in  the immediately
preceding paragraph,  the Trustee  will  be required  to notify  all  beneficial
owners  of the  occurrence of  such event  and the  availability through  DTC of
Definitive Securities.  Upon  surrender by  DTC  of the  global  certificate  or
certificates   representing  the  Book-Entry  Securities  and  instructions  for
re-registration, the Trustee  will issue Definitive  Securities, and  thereafter
the  Trustee  will  recognize  the  holders  of  such  Definitive  Securities as
Securityholders under the applicable Agreement.
 
     Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear  have agreed to the foregoing  procedures
in  order to facilitate transfers of Securities among participants of DTC, CEDEL
and Euroclear, they are  under no obligation to  perform or continue to  perform
such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
     None  of the Master  Servicer, the Depositor  or the Trustee  will have any
responsibility for any  aspect of the  records relating to  or payments made  on
account  of beneficial ownership interests of  the Book-Entry Securities held by
Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing  any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
 
GENERAL
 
   
     Credit enhancement may be provided with respect to one or more classes of a
Series  of Securities or with  respect to the related  Trust Fund Assets. Credit
enhancement may be in the form of a limited financial guaranty policy issued  by
an  entity named in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the subordination of one
or more classes of the  Securities of such Series,  the establishment of one  or
more  Reserve Accounts, the  use of a cross-collateralization  feature, use of a
mortgage pool insurance  policy, FHA Insurance,  VA Guarantee, bankruptcy  bond,
special  hazard  insurance policy,  surety  bond, letter  of  credit, guaranteed
investment  contract,  overcollateralization,  or   another  method  of   credit
enhancement   contemplated  herein  and  described  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, or any combination of  the foregoing. Unless otherwise specified  in
the   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  credit   enhancement  will  not  provide
protection against all  risks of loss  and will not  guarantee repayment of  the
entire principal balance of the Securities and interest thereon. If losses occur
which  exceed the amount covered by credit  enhancement or which are not covered
by the credit enhancement,  Securityholders will bear  their allocable share  of
any deficiencies.
    
 
SUBORDINATION
 
     If  so specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, protection afforded
to holders of  one or more  classes of Securities  of a Series  by means of  the
subordination  feature may be accomplished by  the preferential right of holders
of one  or  more other  classes  of such  Series  (the 'Senior  Securities')  to
distributions in respect of scheduled principal, Principal Prepayments, interest
or  any combination thereof that otherwise would have been payable to holders of
Subordinated Securities under the circumstances  and to the extent specified  in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement. Protection  may  also be  afforded  to the
holders of Senior Securities of a Series by: (i) reducing the ownership interest
(if applicable) of the  related Subordinated Securities;  (ii) a combination  of
the  immediately preceding sentence and clause  (i) above; or (iii) as otherwise
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If so specified in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, delays in receipt of scheduled payments on the Loans and
losses on  defaulted  Loans  may  be  borne first  by  the  various  classes  of
Subordinated  Securities  and  thereafter  by  the  various  classes  of  Senior
Securities, in each case under the circumstances and subject to the  limitations
specified  in such Prospectus Supplement. The aggregate distributions in respect
of delinquent payments on the Loans over  the lives of the Securities or at  any
time,  the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted Loans which must be borne by
the Subordinated Securities  by virtue of  subordination and the  amount of  the
distributions  otherwise distributable to  the Subordinated Securityholders that
will be distributable to Senior Securityholders on any Distribution Date may  be
limited  as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If  aggregate
distributions in respect of delinquent payments on the Loans or aggregate losses
in respect of  such Loans  were to  exceed an  amount specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, holders of Senior  Securities would experience losses on
the Securities.
 
                                       37
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     In addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, if so specified in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, all or any portion of distributions otherwise payable to
holders of  Subordinated Securities  on  any Distribution  Date may  instead  be
deposited  into one  or more  Reserve Accounts  established with  the Trustee or
distributed to holders of Senior Securities.  Such deposits may be made on  each
Distribution  Date, for  specified periods or  until the balance  in the Reserve
Account has reached a specified amount and, following payments from the  Reserve
Account  to holders of Senior Securities  or otherwise, thereafter to the extent
necessary to restore the balance in  the Reserve Account to required levels,  in
each  case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Amounts on deposit
in the Reserve  Account may be  released to  the holders of  certain classes  of
Securities at the times and under the circumstances specified in such Prospectus
Supplement.
 
   
     If  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  various  classes of
Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities  may themselves be subordinate  in
their  right to  receive certain  distributions to  other classes  of Senior and
Subordinated  Securities,   respectively,  through   a   cross-collateralization
mechanism or otherwise.
    
 
     As  between  classes  of  Senior  Securities  and  as  between  classes  of
Subordinated Securities, distributions may be  allocated among such classes  (i)
in  the order  of their scheduled  final distribution dates,  (ii) in accordance
with a schedule or formula,  (iii) in relation to  the occurrence of events,  or
(iv)  otherwise, in each case as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
As between classes  of Subordinated  Securities, payments to  holders of  Senior
Securities  on account  of delinquencies or  losses and payments  to any Reserve
Account will be allocated as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
LETTER OF CREDIT
 
     The letter of credit, if any, with  respect to a Series of Securities  will
be  issued  by  the  bank  or financial  institution  specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement (the 'L/C Bank'). Under the letter of credit, the L/C Bank
will be obligated  to honor  drawings thereunder  in an  aggregate fixed  dollar
amount,  net  of  unreimbursed  payments  thereunder,  equal  to  the percentage
specified in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement  of  the  aggregate  principal
balance  of the Loans on the  related Cut-off Date or of  one or more Classes of
Securities (the 'L/C  Percentage'). If  so specified in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the letter of credit may permit drawings in the event of losses not
covered by insurance policies  or other credit support,  such as losses  arising
from  damage not covered by standard hazard insurance policies, losses resulting
from the bankruptcy of a borrower  and the application of certain provisions  of
the  federal  Bankruptcy  Code, or  losses  resulting from  denial  of insurance
coverage due to misrepresentations in connection with the origination of a Loan.
The amount available under the letter of  credit will, in all cases, be  reduced
to  the extent of  the unreimbursed payments thereunder.  The obligations of the
L/C Bank under the letter of credit for each Series of Securities will expire at
the earlier of the  date specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement or  the
termination  of the  Trust Fund.  See 'The  Agreements --  Termination: Optional
Termination.' A copy of the letter of credit for a Series, if any, will be filed
with the Commission as an  exhibit to a Current Report  on Form 8-K to be  filed
within 15 days of issuance of the Securities of the related Series.
 
INSURANCE POLICIES, SURETY BONDS AND GUARANTIES
 
     If  so provided  in the Prospectus  Supplement for a  Series of Securities,
deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on such Securities or certain  classes
thereof  will be covered  by insurance policies and/or  surety bonds provided by
one or more insurance  companies or sureties. Such  instruments may cover,  with
respect  to one  or more  classes of  Securities of  the related  series, timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal on the basis of
a schedule of principal distributions set  forth in or determined in the  manner
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if specified in the
relate  Prospectus Supplement, a  Trust Fund may  also include bankruptcy bonds,
special hazard insurance policies, other insurance or guaranties for the purpose
of (i) maintaining  timely payments or  providing additional protection  against
losses  on the  assets included in  such Trust Fund,  (ii) paying administrative
expenses or (iii) establishing a minimum reinvestment rate on the payments  made
in  respect  of such  assets  or principal  payment  rate on  such  assets. Such
arrangements may include agreements under which Securityholders are entitled  to
receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms
specified  in such Prospectus  Supplement. A copy  of any such  instrument for a
series will be filed with  the Commission as an exhibit  to a Current Report  on
Form  8-K to  be filed  with the Commission  within 15  days of  issuance of the
Securities of the related series.
 
                                       38
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
OVER-COLLATERALIZATION
 
     If so provided in the Prospectus  Supplement for a Series of Securities,  a
portion  of the interest  payment on each  Loan may be  applied as an additional
distribution in  respect of  principal  to reduce  the  principal balance  of  a
certain class or classes of Securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of payment
of principal on such class or classes of Securities.
 
RESERVE ACCOUNTS
 
     If  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, credit  support with
respect to a  Series of  Securities will be  provided by  the establishment  and
maintenance  with the Trustee for such Series of Securities, in trust, of one or
more Reserve Accounts for  such Series. The  related Prospectus Supplement  will
specify  whether or not any such Reserve  Accounts will be included in the Trust
Fund for such Series.
 
     The Reserve Account for a Series will be funded (i) by the deposit  therein
of  cash, United States Treasury securities, instruments evidencing ownership of
principal or  interest  payments  thereon,  letters  of  credit,  demand  notes,
certificates  of  deposit  or  a combination  thereof  in  the  aggregate amount
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, (ii) by the deposit therein from
time to  time  of  certain  amounts, as  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  to which the Subordinate Securityholders, if any, would otherwise be
entitled or  (iii) in  such other  manner as  may be  specified in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.
    
     Any amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account and the proceeds of any other
instrument  upon maturity will be held in cash or will be invested in 'Permitted
Investments' which  may include  (i) obligations  of the  United States  or  any
agency  thereof,  provided such  obligations are  backed by  the full  faith and
credit of  the  United  States;  (ii)  general  obligations  of  or  obligations
guaranteed  by  any state  of  the United  States  or the  District  of Columbia
receiving the highest  long-term debt rating  of each Rating  Agency rating  the
related  Series of Securities,  or such lower  rating as will  not result in the
downgrading or withdrawal  of the ratings  then assigned to  such Securities  by
each  such  Rating  Agency;  (iii)  commercial paper issued  by Countrywide Home
Loans,  Inc.  or  any  of its affiliates; provided that such commercial paper is
rated  no  lower than the rating specified in the related Prospectus Supplement;
(iv) commercial  or finance company paper which is then   receiving  the highest
commercial or finance company paper rating of each  such Rating Agency, or  such
lower rating as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the  ratings
then  assigned to such Securities by each such Rating Agency;  (v)  certificates
of  deposit,  demand  or  time  deposits, or bankers' acceptances issued  by any
depository  institution  or  trust  company  incorporated  under the laws of the
United   States  or   of  any   state  thereof  and  subject to  supervision and
examination  by  federal  and/or state banking authorities,  provided  that  the
commercial  paper  and/or  long  term unsecured   debt   obligations   of   such
depository  institution or trust company (or  in  the  case  of  the   principal
depository       institution      in      a     holding      company     system,
the commercial paper  or long-term  unsecured debt obligations  of such  holding
company, but only if Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ('Moody's') is not a Rating
Agency)  are then rated one of the  two highest long-term and the highest short-
term ratings  of each  such Rating  Agency for  such securities,  or such  lower
ratings  as will not result in the  downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then
assigned to  such Securities  by any  such Rating  Agency; (vi)  demand or  time
deposits  or certificates  of deposit  issued by  any bank  or trust  company or
savings institution to the  extent that such deposits  are fully insured by  the
FDIC; (vii) guaranteed reinvestment  agreements  issued by  any  bank, insurance
company or other  corporation containing, at  the time of  the issuance of  such
agreements,  such terms and conditions as will  not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the  rating then assigned  to such Securities  by any such  Rating
Agency; (viii) repurchase obligations with respect to  any security described in
clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, in  either  case entered  into with  a  depository
institution  or trust  company (acting  as principal)  described in  clause  (v)
above;  (ix)   securities  (other  than  stripped  bonds,  stripped  coupons  or
instruments  sold  at a  purchase price  in excess  of 115%  of the  face amount
thereof) bearing  interest or  sold  at a  discount  issued by  any  corporation
incorporated  under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which, at
the time of such investment, have one of the two highest ratings of each  Rating
Agency (except if the Rating Agency is Moody's, such rating shall be the highest
commercial  paper  rating of  Moody's for  any such  securities), or  such lower
rating as will not result  in the downgrading or  withdrawal of the rating  then
assigned  to such Securities by any such Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed
writing delivered by each such Rating Agency; (x) interests in any money  market
fund  which at  the date of  acquisition  of the  interests  in  such  fund  and
throughout  the  time  such  interests are  held in such  fund  has the  highest
applicable rating by each such Rating  Agency or such  lower rating as  will not
result  in the  downgrading or  withdrawal of  the ratings then assinged to such
Securities  by  each  such  Rating  Agency;  (xi) short  term  investment  funds
sponsored  by any  trust company or national  banking  association  incorporated
under the laws of the United States  or any  state thereof  which on the date of
acquisition  has  been  rated  by each  such  Rating Agency in their  respective
highest applicable rating category or  such lower rating as will not  result  in
the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to such Securities by
each such Rating Agency; and  (xii) such  other investments having  a  specified
stated maturity  and bearing interest or  sold at a discount acceptable to  each
Rating  Agency as  will  not result  in the  downgrading  or withdrawal  of  the
rating then assigned to such Securities by  any such Rating Agency, as evidenced
by a signed  writing delivered by each such Rating Agency; provided that no such
instrument shall be a Permitted Investment if such instrument evidences
    
                                       39
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
the right to  receive interest  only payments  with respect  to the  obligations
underlying such instrument; and provided, further that no  investment  specified
in  clause (x) or  clause (xi) above  shall be a  Permitted Investment  for  any
Pre-Funding Account or any related Capitalized Interest Account.  If a letter of
credit is deposited with the Trustee, such letter of credit will be irrevocable.
Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any instrument
deposited  therein  will name the Trustee,  in its  capacity as trustee for  the
holders  of  the  Securities,  as  beneficiary and will  be issued by  an entity
acceptable  to  each Rating  Agency  that  rates the  Securities of the  related
Series.  Additional  information with  respect to such instruments deposited  in
the Reserve Accounts will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
    
 
     Any  amounts so deposited and payments  on instruments so deposited will be
available for  withdrawal  from the  Reserve  Account for  distribution  to  the
holders  of Securities of the related Series for the purposes, in the manner and
at the times specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
POOL INSURANCE POLICIES
 
     If  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a  separate  pool
insurance  policy ('Pool  Insurance Policy') will  be obtained for  the Pool and
issued by the insurer (the 'Pool Insurer') named in such Prospectus  Supplement.
Each  Pool Insurance  Policy will, subject  to the  limitations described below,
cover loss by reason  of default in payment  on Loans in the  Pool in an  amount
equal  to a percentage specified in  such Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate
principal balance of such Loans on the Cut-off Date which are not covered as  to
their  entire  outstanding  principal  balances  by  Primary  Mortgage Insurance
Policies. As more fully described below, the Master Servicer will present claims
thereunder to the Pool Insurer on behalf of itself, the Trustee and the  holders
of  the Securities of the related  Series. The Pool Insurance Policies, however,
are not blanket policies against loss, since claims thereunder may only be  made
respecting  particular  defaulted Loans  and only  upon satisfaction  of certain
conditions precedent described below. Unless otherwise specified in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, the Pool Insurance Policies will not cover losses due to
a failure to pay or denial of a claim under a Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.
 
     Unless otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the  Pool
Insurance Policy will provide that no claims may be validly presented unless (i)
any  required Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy is in  effect for the defaulted
Loan and  a  claim  thereunder  has been  submitted  and  settled;  (ii)  hazard
insurance  on the related Property has been  kept in force and real estate taxes
and other protection and  preservation expenses have been  paid; (iii) if  there
has  been physical loss or  damage to the Property, it  has been restored to its
physical condition (reasonable wear and tear  excepted) at the time of  issuance
of  the policy; and (iv) the insured has acquired good and merchantable title to
the Property free and clear of liens except certain permitted encumbrances. Upon
satisfaction of these conditions, the Pool  Insurer will have the option  either
(a) to purchase the property securing the defaulted Loan at a price equal to the
principal  balance thereof plus accrued and unpaid  interest at the Loan Rate to
the date of such purchase and  certain expenses incurred by the Master  Servicer
on  behalf of the Trustee and Securityholders, or (b) to pay the amount by which
the sum of the principal balance of  the defaulted Loan plus accrued and  unpaid
interest  at  the  Loan  Rate to  the  date  of  payment of  the  claim  and the
aforementioned expenses exceeds the proceeds  received from an approved sale  of
the Property, in either case net of certain amounts paid or assumed to have been
paid  under  the  related Primary  Mortgage  Insurance Policy.  If  any Property
securing a defaulted  Loan is  damaged and proceeds,  if any,  from the  related
hazard  insurance policy or  the applicable special  hazard insurance policy are
insufficient to restore the damaged Property to a condition sufficient to permit
recovery under  the Pool  Insurance  Policy, the  Master  Servicer will  not  be
required  to expend  its own  funds to  restore the  damaged Property  unless it
determines  that   (i)  such   restoration  will   increase  the   proceeds   to
Securityholders  on liquidation  of the Loan  after reimbursement  of the Master
Servicer for  its expenses  and (ii)  such expenses  will be  recoverable by  it
through  proceeds of the  sale of the  Property or proceeds  of the related Pool
Insurance Policy or any related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.
 
     Unless otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the  Pool
Insurance  Policy will not insure (and  many Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies
do not insure) against loss sustained by reason of a default arising from, among
other things, (i) fraud or negligence in the origination or servicing of a Loan,
including misrepresentation by the borrower, the originator or persons  involved
in  the  origination  thereof,  or  (ii)  failure  to  construct  a  Property in
accordance with plans and specifications. A failure of coverage attributable  to
one  of the foregoing  events might result  in a breach  of the related Seller's
representations described  above, and,  in such  events might  give rise  to  an
obligation  on the part of  such Seller to repurchase  the defaulted Loan if the
breach cannot be cured by such Seller. No Pool Insurance Policy will cover  (and
many Primary Mortgage Insurance
 
                                       40
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Policies do not cover) a claim in respect of a defaulted Loan occurring when the
servicer of such Loan, at the time of default or thereafter, was not approved by
the applicable insurer.
 
     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement, the
original amount of  coverage under each  Pool Insurance Policy  will be  reduced
over the life of the related Securities by the aggregate dollar amount of claims
paid  less the aggregate  of the net  amounts realized by  the Pool Insurer upon
disposition of all foreclosed properties. The amount of claims paid will include
certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer as well as accrued interest  on
delinquent Loans to the date of payment of the claim, unless otherwise specified
in  the related Prospectus Supplement. Accordingly, if aggregate net claims paid
under any Pool Insurance Policy reach the original policy limit, coverage  under
that  Pool Insurance  Policy will  be exhausted and  any further  losses will be
borne by the related Securityholders.
 
   
CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION
    
 
   
     If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the beneficial ownership
of separate  groups of  assets included  in a  Trust Fund  may be  evidenced  by
separate  classes  of the  related Series  of Securities.  In such  case, credit
support may be provided by a cross-collateralization feature which requires that
distributions be  made  with  respect  to  Securities  evidencing  a  beneficial
ownership  interest in, or secured by, one  or more asset groups within the same
Trust Fund  prior  to  distributions to  Subordinated  Securities  evidencing  a
beneficial  ownership interest in, or secured by, one or more other asset groups
within such  Trust Fund.  Cross-collateralization  may be  provided by  (i)  the
allocation  of certain excess amounts  generated by one or  more asset groups to
one or more other asset groups within the same Trust Fund or (ii) the allocation
of losses with respect to  one or more asset groups  to one or more other  asset
groups  within the same Trust  Fund. Such excess amounts  will be applied and/or
such losses will be allocated to the class or classes of Subordinated Securities
of the related Series then outstanding having the lowest rating assigned by  any
Rating  Agency or the lowest payment priority, in each case to the extent and in
the manner more specifically described in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
Prospectus Supplement  for a  Series  which includes  a  cross-collateralization
feature   will   describe  the   manner   and  conditions   for   applying  such
cross-collateralization feature.
 
     If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the coverage provided by
one  or more of the forms of credit enhancement may apply concurrently to two or
more separate Trust  Funds. If  applicable,  the related  Prospectus  Supplement
will  identify  the Trust Funds to which such credit enhancement relates and the
manner  of determining  the   amount  of  coverage  provided to such Trust Funds
thereby and of the application of such coverage to the identified Trust Funds.
    

                                       41




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities will be
affected primarily by the amount and timing of principal payments received on or
in  respect of  the Trust Fund  Assets included  in the related  Trust Fund. The
original terms to maturity of the Loans in a given Pool will vary depending upon
the type  of Loans  included therein.  Each Prospectus  Supplement will  contain
information  with respect to the type and maturities of the Loans in the related
Pool. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the circumstances, if  any,
under  which  the related  Loans will  be subject  to prepayment  penalties. The
prepayment experience on the  Loans in a Pool  will affect the weighted  average
life of the related Series of Securities.
   
     The  rate of prepayment on the Loans cannot be predicted. Home equity loans
and home improvement contracts have  been originated in significant volume  only
during  the  past few  years  and the  Depositor is  not  aware of  any publicly
available studies  or  statistics on  the  rate  of prepayment  of  such  loans.
Generally,  home equity loans  and home improvement contracts  are not viewed by
borrowers  as  permanent  financing.  Accordingly,  such Loans  may experience a
higher rate of prepayment  than traditional first  mortgage loans.  On the other
hand,  because  home  equity  loans  such  as  the Revolving  Credit  Line Loans
generally   are   not  fully  amortizing,  the  absence  of  voluntary  borrower
prepayments could cause rates  of principal payments lower than, or  similar to,
those  of  traditional  fully-amortizing  first  mortgage loans.  The prepayment
experience  of  the  related  Trust Fund may  be affected  by a wide  variety of
factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels,
the  availability of alternative financing, homeowner mobility and the frequency
and amount of any future draws on any Revolving Credit Line Loans. Other factors
that might  be expected  to affect the prepayment rate of  a pool of home equity
mortgage  loans or  home  improvement  contracts  include the  amounts  of,  and
interest rates on, the underlying senior  mortgage  loans, and  the use of first
mortgage  loans  as long-term  financing  for  home  purchase   and  subordinate
mortgage  loans  as shorter-term financing for  a variety of purposes, including
home  improvement, education  expenses  and purchases  of consumer durables such
as  automobiles.  Accordingly,  such Loans  may  experience  a  higher  rate  of
prepayment  than traditional  fixed-rate mortgage loans. In addition, any future
limitations on the right of borrowers to deduct interest payments on home equity
loans  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  may  further  increase  the rate  of
prepayments  of  the  Loans.  The enforcement of  a 'due-on-sale' provision  (as
described below) will have  the same effect as a prepayment of the related Loan.
See 'Certain Legal Aspects of  the Loans  -- Due-on-Sale Clauses'. The  yield to
an investor  who purchases Securities in the secondary market at a  price  other
than par will vary from  the anticipated yield if  the rate of prepayment on the
Loans  is actually  different than the rate  anticipated by such investor at the
time such Securities were purchased.
    
     Collections on Revolving Credit  Line Loans may  vary because, among  other
things,  borrowers may (i) make payments during  any month as low as the minimum
monthly payment for such month or,  during the interest-only period for  certain
Revolving  Credit  Line Loans  and,  in more  limited  circumstances, Closed-End
Loans, with respect to which an interest-only payment option has been  selected,
the  interest and the fees  and charges for such month  or (ii) make payments as
high as the entire outstanding principal  balance plus accrued interest and  the
fees  and charges thereon.  It is possible  that borrowers may  fail to make the
required periodic payments. In addition, collections  on the Loans may vary  due
to seasonal purchasing and the payment habits of borrowers.
 
     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement, all
conventional Loans will contain due-on-sale provisions permitting the  mortgagee
to  accelerate the maturity  of the loan  upon sale or  certain transfers by the
borrower of the related  Property. Loans insured by  the FHA, and Single  Family
Loans  partially guaranteed by the VA, are assumable with the consent of the FHA
and the VA, respectively.  Thus, the rate  of prepayments on  such Loans may  be
lower  than that  of conventional Loans  bearing comparable  interest rates. The
Master Servicer  generally will  enforce any  due-on-sale or  due-on-encumbrance
clause,  to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or further encumbrance
or the proposed conveyance or proposed  further encumbrance of the Property  and
reasonably believes that it is entitled to do so under applicable law; provided,
however,  that the  Master Servicer  will not  take any  enforcement action that
would impair or  threaten to  impair any  recovery under  any related  insurance
policy. See 'The Agreements -- Collection Procedures' and 'Certain Legal Aspects
of  the Loans'  for a  description of certain  provisions of  each Agreement and
certain legal  developments that  may affect  the prepayment  experience on  the
Loans.
 
     The  rate of  prepayments with respect  to conventional  mortgage loans has
fluctuated significantly in recent years.  In general, if prevailing rates  fall
significantly  below  the  Loan  Rates  borne  by  the  Loans,  such  Loans  are
 
                                       42
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
more likely to be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest
rates remain at  or above such  Loan Rates. Conversely,  if prevailing  interest
rates  rise appreciably above the Loan Rates  borne by the Loans, such Loans are
more likely  to experience  a lower  prepayment rate  than if  prevailing  rates
remain at or below such Loan Rates. However, there can be no assurance that such
will be the case.
 
     When  a full prepayment is made on a Loan, the borrower is charged interest
on the principal amount of  the Loan so prepaid only  for the number of days  in
the  month actually elapsed up to the date  of the prepayment, rather than for a
full month. The effect of  prepayments in full will be  to reduce the amount  of
interest  passed through or paid in the following month to holders of Securities
because interest on the principal amount  of any Loan so prepaid will  generally
be paid only to the date of prepayment. Partial prepayments in a given month may
be  applied to the outstanding principal balances of the Loans so prepaid on the
first day of the month of receipt or the month following receipt. In the  latter
case,  partial prepayments will not reduce the amount of interest passed through
or paid in  such month.  Unless otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  neither full nor partial prepayments will be passed through or paid
until the month following receipt.
 
     Even assuming that the Properties provide adequate security for the  Loans,
substantial  delays could be  encountered in connection  with the liquidation of
defaulted Loans and corresponding delays in  the receipt of related proceeds  by
Securityholders  could occur.  An action to  foreclose on a  Property securing a
Loan is regulated  by state statutes  and rules and  is subject to  many of  the
delays  and  expenses  of  other  lawsuits  if  defenses  or  counterclaims  are
interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete. Furthermore, in  some
states  an action to obtain  a deficiency judgment is  not permitted following a
nonjudicial sale of a property. In the  event of a default by a borrower,  these
restrictions  among other things, may impede  the ability of the Master Servicer
to foreclose  on  or  sell  the  Property  or  to  obtain  liquidation  proceeds
sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In addition, the Master
Servicer  will  be  entitled to  deduct  from related  liquidation  proceeds all
expenses reasonably incurred in attempting  to recover amounts due on  defaulted
Loans  and not yet repaid, including  payments to senior lienholders, legal fees
and costs of legal  action, real estate taxes  and maintenance and  preservation
expenses.
 
     Liquidation  expenses with respect to defaulted  mortgage loans do not vary
directly with  the outstanding  principal balance  of the  loan at  the time  of
default.  Therefore, assuming that  a servicer took the  same steps in realizing
upon a defaulted mortgage loan having a small remaining principal balance as  it
would  in  the  case of  a  defaulted  mortgage loan  having  a  large remaining
principal balance, the amount  realized after expenses  of liquidation would  be
smaller as a percentage of the remaining principal balance of the small mortgage
loan  than would  be the case  with the  other defaulted mortgage  loan having a
large remaining principal balance.
 
     Applicable state laws generally regulate interest rates and other  charges,
require  certain disclosures, and  require licensing of  certain originators and
servicers of Loans. In addition, most have other laws, public policy and general
principles of  equity  relating  to  the protection  of  consumers,  unfair  and
deceptive  practices and practices which may apply to the origination, servicing
and collection of the Loans. Depending  on the provisions of the applicable  law
and  the specific  facts and circumstances  involved, violations  of these laws,
policies and principles may limit the ability of the Master Servicer to  collect
all  or part  of the  principal of  or interest  on the  Loans, may  entitle the
borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid and, in addition, could  subject
the Master Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.
 
     If  the rate at which interest is passed  through or paid to the holders of
Securities of a Series is  calculated on a Loan-by-Loan basis,  disproportionate
principal  prepayments among  Loans with  different Loan  Rates will  affect the
yield on such Securities. In most cases, the effective yield to  Securityholders
will  be lower than the yield  otherwise produced by the applicable Pass-Through
Rate or interest rate and purchase price, because while interest will accrue  on
each  Loan from the  first day of  the month (unless  otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement), the  distribution of such  interest will not  be
made earlier than the month following the month of accrual.
 
     Under  certain  circumstances,  the  Master Servicer,  the  holders  of the
residual interests in a REMIC or any person specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement  may have the option  to purchase the assets  of a Trust Fund thereby
effecting earlier  retirement of  the  related Series  of Securities.  See  'The
Agreements -- Termination; Optional Termination'.
 
                                       43
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The  relative contribution of the  various factors affecting prepayment may
vary from time to time. There can be  no assurance as to the rate of payment  of
principal  of  the Trust  Fund  Assets at  any  time or  over  the lives  of the
Securities.
 
     The Prospectus Supplement relating to  a Series of Securities will  discuss
in  greater  detail the  effect of  the  rate and  timing of  principal payments
(including prepayments), delinquencies and losses on the yield, weighted average
lives and maturities of such Securities.
 
                                 THE AGREEMENTS
 
     Set forth  below  is a  description  of  the material  provisions  of  each
Agreement  which are not described elsewhere in this Prospectus. The description
is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions  of
each  Agreement. Where particular provisions or terms used in the Agreements are
referred to, such provisions or terms are as specified in the Agreements.
 
ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRUST FUND ASSETS
 
     Assignment of the Loans.  At the time  of issuance of  the Securities of  a
Series,  the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related Trust Fund to
be assigned to the  Trustee, without recourse, together  with all principal  and
interest  received by or on  behalf of the Depositor on  or with respect to such
Loans after the Cut-off Date, other than principal and interest due on or before
the Cut-off Date and other than  any Retained Interest specified in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  The Trustee  will,  concurrently with  such assignment,
deliver such Securities to  the Depositor in exchange  for the Loans. Each  Loan
will  be  identified  in a  schedule  appearing  as an  exhibit  to  the related
Agreement.  Such  schedule  will  include  information  as  to  the  outstanding
principal  balance of each Loan  after application of payments  due on or before
the Cut-off Date, as  well as information  regarding the Loan  Rate or APR,  the
maturity of the Loan, the Loan-to-Value Ratios or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios,
as applicable, at origination and certain other information.
 
     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement, the
Agreement will  require that,  within  the time  period specified  therein,  the
Depositor  will also deliver or cause to be  delivered to the Trustee (or to the
custodian hereinafter referred to) as to each Mortgage Loan or Home Equity Loan,
among other things, (i) the mortgage note or contract endorsed without  recourse
in  blank or to  the order of the  Trustee, (ii) the mortgage,  deed of trust or
similar instrument (a 'Mortgage') with  evidence of recording indicated  thereon
(except for any Mortgage not returned from the public recording office, in which
case the Depositor will deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of such Mortgage
together  with a certificate that the original of such Mortgage was delivered to
such recording office),  (iii) an  assignment of  the Mortgage  to the  Trustee,
which  assignment  will  be  in  recordable  form  in  the  case  of  a Mortgage
assignment, and (iv) such other security documents, including those relating  to
any  senior  interests in  the  Property, as  may  be specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement or  the related Agreement.  Unless otherwise specified  in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Depositor  will  promptly  cause the
assignments of the related Loans to be recorded in the appropriate public office
for real property records, except in states in which, in the opinion of  counsel
acceptable  to  the  Trustee, such  recording  is  not required  to  protect the
Trustee's interest in such Loans against the claim of any subsequent  transferee
or  any successor  to or  creditor of  the Depositor  or the  originator of such
Loans.
 
     With respect to any  Loans that are Cooperative  Loans, the Depositor  will
cause  to  be delivered  to the  Trustee the  related original  cooperative note
endorsed without recourse in blank or to the order of the Trustee, the  original
security   agreement,  the   proprietary  lease  or   occupancy  agreement,  the
recognition agreement, an  executed financing agreement  and the relevant  stock
certificate,  related blank stock powers and any other document specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement. The  Depositor will  cause to  be filed  in  the
appropriate  office  an  assignment  and a  financing  statement  evidencing the
Trustee's security interest in each Cooperative Loan.
 
     Unless otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Depositor  will as  to each  Home Improvement Contract,  deliver or  cause to be
delivered to the Trustee  the original Home Improvement  Contract and copies  of
documents  and instruments related to each  Home Improvement Contract and, other
than in the case of unsecured Home Improvement Contracts, the security  interest
in the Property securing such Home Improvement Contract. In order to give notice
of  the right,  title and  interest of  Securityholders to  the Home Improvement
Contracts, the Depositor will cause a  UCC-1 financing statement to be  executed
by the Depositor
 
                                       44
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
or  the Seller identifying the Trustee as  the secured party and identifying all
Home Improvement  Contracts as  collateral. Unless  otherwise specified  in  the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Home Improvement  Contracts  will  not be
stamped or  otherwise  marked  to  reflect  their  assignment  to  the  Trustee.
Therefore,  if, through negligence,  fraud or otherwise,  a subsequent purchaser
were able to take physical possession of the Home Improvement Contracts  without
notice  of  such  assignment,  the  interest  of  Securityholders  in  the  Home
Improvement Contracts  could be  defeated.  See 'Certain  Legal Aspects  of  the
Loans -- The Home Improvement Contracts.'
 
     The  Trustee (or  the custodian hereinafter  referred to)  will review such
Loan documents  within  the time  period  specified in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  after receipt thereof,  and the Trustee will  hold such documents in
trust for the benefit of the related Securityholders. Unless otherwise specified
in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, if  any  such document  is found  to  be
missing  or defective in  any material respect, the  Trustee (or such custodian)
will notify the Master Servicer and the Depositor, and the Master Servicer  will
notify  the related Seller.  If such Seller  cannot cure the  omission or defect
within the  time period  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  after
receipt of such notice, such Seller will be obligated to either (i) purchase the
related  Loan from the Trust Fund at the  Purchase Price or (ii) if so specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, remove  such Loan from the Trust Fund  and
substitute  in its place one or more other Loans that meets certain requirements
set forth therein. There  can be no  assurance that a  Seller will fulfill  this
purchase  or  substitution  obligation.  Although  the  Master  Servicer  may be
obligated to enforce such obligation to  the extent described above under  'Loan
Program -- Representations by Sellers; Repurchases', neither the Master Servicer
nor  the Depositor  will be obligated  to purchase  or replace such  Loan if the
Seller defaults on its obligation, unless such breach also constitutes a  breach
of the representations or warranties of the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as
the   case  may  be.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, this obligation to cure, purchase or substitute constitutes the sole
remedy available to  the Securityholders or  the Trustee for  omission of, or  a
material defect in, a constituent document.
 
     The  Trustee  will  be authorized  to  appoint  a custodian  pursuant  to a
custodial agreement to maintain possession of and, if applicable, to review  the
documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.
 
     The  Master  Servicer  will  make  certain  representations  and warranties
regarding  its  authority  to  enter  into,  and  its  ability  to  perform  its
obligations  under, the Agreement.  Upon a breach of  any such representation of
the Master Servicer which materially and adversely affects the interests of  the
Securityholders  in a Loan, the Master Servicer will be obligated either to cure
the breach in all material respects or to purchase (at the Purchase Price) or if
so specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, replace  the Loan.  Unless
otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  this obligation to
cure, purchase  or  substitute constitutes  the  sole remedy  available  to  the
Securityholders or the Trustee for such a breach of representation by the Master
Servicer.
 
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing provisions, with respect to a Trust Fund for
which a REMIC election is to be made, no purchase or substitution of a Loan will
be  made  if  such  purchase  or  substitution  would  result  in  a  prohibited
transaction tax under the Code.
 
     No  Recourse to Sellers;  Depositor or Master  Servicer. As described above
under '  --  Assignment  of the  Loans,'  the  Depositor will  cause  the  Loans
comprising  the  related  Trust Fund  to  be  assigned to  the  Trustee, without
recourse. However, each Seller will be obligated to repurchase or substitute for
any Loan as to which certain representations and warranties are breached or  for
failure  to deliver certain documents relating  to the Loans as described herein
under 'Assignment of the Loans' and 'Loan Program -- Representations by Sellers;
Repurchases.' In  addition,  the  Master  Servicer and  the  Depositor  will  be
obligated   to  purchase  or  substitute  for  any  Loan  as  to  which  certain
representations  and  warranties   are  breached  as   described  herein   under
'  --  Assignment of  the Loans.'  These obligations  to purchase  or substitute
constitute the sole remedy available to the Securityholders or the Trustee for a
breach of any such representation or failure to deliver a constituent document.
 
PAYMENTS ON LOANS; DEPOSITS TO SECURITY ACCOUNT
 
     The Master Servicer will establish and maintain or cause to be  established
and  maintained with  respect to  the related Trust  Fund a  separate account or
accounts for the collection of payments on the related Trust Fund Assets in  the
Trust  Fund (the  'Security Account') which,  unless otherwise  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, must be  either (i) maintained with a  depository
institution the debt obligations of which (or in the
 
                                       45
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
case  of a depository institution that is  the principal subsidiary of a holding
company, the obligations of which)  are rated in one  of the two highest  rating
categories  by  the Rating  Agency or  Rating  Agencies that  rated one  or more
classes of the  related Series of  Securities, (ii) an  account or accounts  the
deposits  in which  are fully  insured by  either the  Bank Insurance  Fund (the
'BIF') of the FDIC  or the Savings Association  Insurance Fund (as successor  to
the  Federal Savings and Loan Insurance  Corporation ('SAIF')), (iii) an account
or accounts the deposits in which are insured by the BIF or SAIF (to the  limits
established  by the  FDIC), and  the uninsured  deposits in  which are otherwise
secured such that, as  evidenced by an opinion  of counsel, the  Securityholders
have  a claim with respect  to the funds in the  Security Account or a perfected
first priority security interest against any collateral securing such funds that
is superior to the claims  of any other depositors  or general creditors of  the
depository institution with which the Security Account is maintained, or (iv) an
account  or accounts otherwise acceptable to  each Rating Agency. The collateral
eligible to  secure amounts  in the  Security Account  is limited  to  Permitted
Investments. A Security Account may be maintained as an interest bearing account
or  the funds held therein may  be invested pending each succeeding Distribution
Date in  Permitted  Investments.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, the Master Servicer or  its designee will be entitled to
receive any  such interest  or other  income  earned on  funds in  the  Security
Account  as  additional compensation  and will  be obligated  to deposit  in the
Security Account the amount  of any loss immediately  as realized. The  Security
Account  may  be  maintained  with  the Master  Servicer  or  with  a depository
institution that is an affiliate of  the Master Servicer, provided it meets  the
standards set forth above.
 
     The  Master Servicer will deposit or cause  to be deposited in the Security
Account for  each Trust  Fund, to  the extent  applicable and  unless  otherwise
specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement and  provided in the Agreement,
the following payments and collections received or advances made by or on behalf
of it subsequent to the Cut-off Date  (other than payments due on or before  the
Cut-off Date and exclusive of any amounts representing Retained Interest):
 
          (i)   all  payments  on  account  of  principal,  including  Principal
     Prepayments and, if  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  any
     applicable prepayment penalties, on the Loans;
 
          (ii)  all  payments  on  account  of interest  on  the  Loans,  net of
     applicable servicing compensation;
 
          (iii) all proceeds  (net of unreimbursed  payments of property  taxes,
     insurance  premiums and  similar items  ('Insured Expenses')  incurred, and
     unreimbursed Advances made, by the Master  Servicer, if any) of the  hazard
     insurance  policies  and any  Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policies,  to the
     extent such proceeds are not applied to the restoration of the property  or
     released  to the Mortgagor in accordance  with the Master Servicer's normal
     servicing procedures  (collectively, 'Insurance  Proceeds') and  all  other
     cash  amounts  (net of  unreimbursed expenses  incurred in  connection with
     liquidation  or  foreclosure  ('Liquidation  Expenses')  and   unreimbursed
     Advances  made, by  the Master Servicer,  if any) received  and retained in
     connection with  the  liquidation of  defaulted  Loans, by  foreclosure  or
     otherwise ('Liquidation Proceeds'), together with any net proceeds received
     on a monthly basis with respect to any properties acquired on behalf of the
     Securityholders by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure;
 
          (iv) all proceeds of any Loan or property in respect thereof purchased
     by  the Master  Servicer, the  Depositor or  any Seller  as described under
     'Loan   Program   --   Representations   by   Sellers;   Repurchases'    or
     '  -- Assignment of Trust  Fund Assets' above and  all proceeds of any Loan
     repurchased as  described under  '  -- Termination;  Optional  Termination'
     below;
 
          (v) all payments required to be deposited in the Security Account with
     respect  to any deductible clause in any blanket insurance policy described
     under ' -- Hazard Insurance' below;
 
          (vi) any amount  required to be  deposited by the  Master Servicer  in
     connection  with  losses realized  on investments  for  the benefit  of the
     Master Servicer of funds  held in the Security  Account and, to the  extent
     specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any payments required to be
     made  by  the  Master  Servicer  in  connection  with  prepayment  interest
     shortfalls; and
 
          (vii) all  other amounts  required  to be  deposited in  the  Security
     Account pursuant to the Agreement.
 
     The Master Servicer (or the Depositor, as applicable) may from time to time
direct  the institution  that maintains the  Security Account  to withdraw funds
from the Security Account for the following purposes:
 
                                       46
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          (i) to pay to the Master Servicer the servicing fees described in  the
     related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  master  servicing  fees  (subject to
     reduction) and,  as  additional  servicing  compensation,  earnings  on  or
     investment  income with  respect to  funds in  the amounts  in the Security
     Account credited thereto;
 
          (ii) to  reimburse the  Master Servicer  for Advances,  such right  of
     reimbursement  with respect to  any Loan being  limited to amounts received
     that represent late recoveries of payments of principal and/or interest  on
     such  Loan  (or Insurance  Proceeds  or Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect
     thereto) with respect to which such Advance was made;
 
          (iii) to reimburse  the Master  Servicer for  any Advances  previously
     made which the Master Servicer has determined to be nonrecoverable;
 
          (iv)  to  reimburse the  Master Servicer  from Insurance  Proceeds for
     expenses incurred  by  the  Master  Servicer and  covered  by  the  related
     insurance policies;
 
          (v)  to reimburse the Master Servicer for unpaid master servicing fees
     and unreimbursed out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  incurred by the  Master
     Servicer  in the  performance of its  servicing obligations,  such right of
     reimbursement  being  limited   to  amounts   received  representing   late
     recoveries of the payments for which such advances were made;
 
          (vi)  to pay  to the  Master Servicer,  with respect  to each  Loan or
     property acquired in respect thereof that has been purchased by the  Master
     Servicer  pursuant to the  Agreement, all amounts  received thereon and not
     taken into account in determining the principal balance of such repurchased
     Loan;
 
          (vii) to reimburse the Master  Servicer or the Depositor for  expenses
     incurred and reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement;
 
          (viii)  to withdraw any  amount deposited in  the Security Account and
     not required to be deposited therein; and
 
          (ix) to clear and terminate  the Security Account upon termination  of
     the Agreement.
 
     In   addition,  unless  otherwise  specified   in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  on  or  prior  to  the  business  day  immediately  preceding  each
Distribution  Date, the Master Servicer shall withdraw from the Security Account
the amount of  Available Funds,  to the  extent on  deposit, for  deposit in  an
account maintained by the Trustee for the related Series of Securities.
 
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT
 
     If  so provided in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, the Master Servicer
will establish and maintain  a Pre-Funding Account, in  the name of the  related
Trustee  on behalf of the related Securityholders, into which the Depositor will
deposit cash in an amount equal to the Pre-Funded Amount on the related  Closing
Date.  The  Pre-Funding Account  will  be maintained  with  the Trustee  for the
related Series of Securities and is designed solely to hold funds to be  applied
by  such Trustee during the Funding Period  to pay to the Depositor the purchase
price for Subsequent Loans.  Monies on deposit in  the Pre-Funding Account  will
not  be available  to cover losses  on or in  respect of the  related Loans. The
Pre-Funded Amount will not exceed 50% of the initial aggregate principal  amount
of  the Certificates and Notes of the related Series. The Pre-Funded Amount will
be used by the related Trustee  to purchase Subsequent Loans from the  Depositor
from  time to time during the Funding Period.  The Funding Period, if any, for a
Trust Fund will  begin on  the related  Closing Date and  will end  on the  date
specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement, which in no event will be later
than the date that is one year after the related Closing Date. Monies on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account  may be invested in  Permitted Investments under  the
circumstances  and in the manner described in the related Agreement. Earnings on
investment of  funds in  the  Pre-Funding Account  will  be deposited  into  the
related  Security Account  or such  other trust account  as is  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement and  losses will be charged  against the funds  on
deposit  in the  Pre-Funding Account. Any  amounts remaining  in the Pre-Funding
Account at the  end of the  Funding Period  will be distributed  to the  related
Securityholders  in the manner and priority  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related Securities.
 
   
     In addition, if so  provided in the related  Prospectus Supplement, on  the
related  Closing Date the Depositor will deposit in an account (the 'Capitalized
Interest Account') cash in  such amount as is  necessary to cover shortfalls  in
interest  on the  related Series  of Securities  that may  arise as  a result of
utilization of  the  Pre-Funding Account  as  described above.  The  Capitalized
Interest    Account   shall   be   maintained   with   the   Trustee   for   the
    
 
                                       47
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
related Series of Securities and is designed solely to cover the above-mentioned
interest shortfalls. Monies on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account  will
not  be available to cover losses on or  in respect of the related Loans. To the
extent that the entire amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account has
not been applied  to cover  short falls  in interest  on the  related Series  of
Securities  by  the end  of the  Funding  Period, any  amounts remaining  in the
Capitalized Interest Account will be paid to the Depositor.
    
 
SUB-SERVICING BY SELLERS
 
     Each Seller  of  a Loan  or  any other  servicing  entity may  act  as  the
Sub-Servicer  for such  Loan pursuant  to an  agreement (each,  a 'Sub-Servicing
Agreement'), which  will not  contain any  terms inconsistent  with the  related
Agreement.  While each Sub-Servicing Agreement will be a contract solely between
the Master Servicer  and the  Sub-Servicer, the  Agreement pursuant  to which  a
Series  of Securities is issued will provide  that, if for any reason the Master
Servicer for such Series of Securities is  no longer the Master Servicer of  the
related  Loans, the Trustee or any  successor Master Servicer must recognize the
Sub-Servicer's  rights  and  obligations  under  such  Sub-Servicing  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  any such subservicing arrangement, unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Master Servicer  will remain liable  for
its  servicing duties and obligations under the Master Servicing Agreement as if
the Master Servicer alone were servicing the Loans.
 
COLLECTION PROCEDURES
 
     The Master Servicer, directly  or through one  or more Sub-Servicers,  will
make  reasonable efforts to collect all payments  called for under the Loans and
will, consistent  with each  Agreement and  any Pool  Insurance Policy,  Primary
Mortgage  Insurance  Policy,  FHA  Insurance, VA  Guaranty,  bankruptcy  bond or
alternative arrangements,  follow such  collection procedures  as are  customary
with  respect to  loans that  are comparable to  the Loans.  Consistent with the
above, the Master Servicer may, in its discretion, (i) waive any assumption fee,
late payment or other charge  in connection with a Loan  and (ii) to the  extent
not  inconsistent with  the coverage  of such Loan  by a  Pool Insurance Policy,
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy, FHA  Insurance, VA Guaranty, bankruptcy  bond
or  alternative arrangements, if applicable, arrange  with a borrower a schedule
for the liquidation of delinquencies running for no more than 125 days after the
applicable due  date for  each payment.  To the  extent the  Master Servicer  is
obligated  to make  or cause  to be made  Advances, such  obligation will remain
during any period of such an arrangement.
 
     In any case in which property securing a Loan has been, or is about to  be,
conveyed by the mortgagor or obligor, the Master Servicer will, to the extent it
has knowledge of such conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause to be
exercised  its  rights  to  accelerate  the  maturity  of  such  Loan  under any
due-on-sale clause applicable thereto, but only  if the exercise of such  rights
is  permitted by applicable  law and will  not impair or  threaten to impair any
recovery under any Primary  Mortgage Insurance Policy.  If these conditions  are
not  met  or if  the  Master Servicer  reasonably  believes it  is  unable under
applicable law to enforce such due-on-sale clause or if such Loan is a  mortgage
loan  insured by the FHA or partially  guaranteed by the VA, the Master Servicer
will enter  into or  cause to  be entered  into an  assumption and  modification
agreement  with the  person to  whom such property  has been  or is  about to be
conveyed, pursuant to which such person becomes liable for repayment of the Loan
and, to the  extent permitted by  applicable law, the  mortgagor remains  liable
thereon.  Any fee collected by or on  behalf of the Master Servicer for entering
into an assumption  agreement will be  retained by  or on behalf  of the  Master
Servicer as additional servicing compensation. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans -- Due-on-Sale Clauses'. In connection with any such assumption, the terms
of the related Loan may not be changed.
 
     With respect to Cooperative Loans, any prospective purchaser will generally
have  to  obtain  the  approval  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the relevant
Cooperative before purchasing the shares and acquiring rights under the  related
proprietary  lease or  occupancy agreement.  See 'Certain  Legal Aspects  of the
Loans'. This approval is usually based  on the purchaser's income and net  worth
and  numerous other factors. Although the  Cooperative's approval is unlikely to
be unreasonably withheld or  delayed, the necessity  of acquiring such  approval
could  limit the number  of potential purchasers for  those shares and otherwise
limit the Trust Fund's ability to sell and realize the value of those shares.
 
     In general a 'tenant-stockholder' (as defined in Code Section 216(b)(2)  of
a  corporation that qualifies as a  'cooperative housing corporation' within the
meaning   of   Code   Section   216(b)(1)    is   allowed   a   deduction    for
 
                                       48
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
amounts  paid or accrued within his taxable year to the corporation representing
his proportionate share  of certain  interest expenses and  certain real  estate
taxes  allowable as  a deduction  under Code  Section 216(a)  to the corporation
under Code Sections 163  and 164. In  order for a  corporation to qualify  under
Code Section 216(b)(1) for its taxable year in which such items are allowable as
a  deduction to the corporation, such Section requires, among other things, that
at least 80% of the gross income of the corporation be derived from its  tenant-
stockholders  (as  defined  in  Code  Section  216(b)(2)).  By  virtue  of  this
requirement, the status of a corporation for purposes of Code Section  216(b)(1)
must  be  determined on  a  year-to-year basis.  Consequently,  there can  be no
assurance that Cooperatives relating to the Cooperative Loans will qualify under
such Section for any particular year. In the event that such a Cooperative fails
to qualify for  one or  more years,  the value  of the  collateral securing  any
related  Cooperative Loans could be  significantly impaired because no deduction
would be allowable to tenant-stockholders under Code Section 216(a) with respect
to those  years.  In view  of  the significance  of  the tax  benefits  accorded
tenant-stockholders   of  a  corporation  that   qualifies  under  Code  Section
216(b)(1), the likelihood  that such a  failure would be  permitted to  continue
over a period of years appears remote.
 
HAZARD INSURANCE
 
     Except  as otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement, the
Master Servicer will require the mortgagor or obligor on each Loan to maintain a
hazard insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of the  standard
form  of fire insurance policy with extended  coverage customary for the type of
Property in the state in which such  Property is located. Such coverage will  be
in  an amount that is at least equal  to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable
value of the  improvements securing such  Loan or  (ii) the greater  of (y)  the
outstanding  principal  balance of  the Loan  and  (z) an  amount such  that the
proceeds of such policy shall be sufficient to prevent the mortgagor and/or  the
mortgagee  from  becoming  a co-insurer.  All  amounts collected  by  the Master
Servicer under  any hazard  policy (except  for  amounts to  be applied  to  the
restoration or repair of the Property or released to the mortgagor or obligor in
accordance  with  the Master  Servicer's  normal servicing  procedures)  will be
deposited in the related Security Account. In the event that the Master Servicer
maintains a  blanket policy  insuring against  hazard losses  on all  the  Loans
comprising  part  of  a Trust  Fund,  it  will conclusively  be  deemed  to have
satisfied its obligation relating to  the maintenance of hazard insurance.  Such
blanket  policy  may  contain a  deductible  clause,  in which  case  the Master
Servicer will  be  required to  deposit  from its  own  funds into  the  related
Security  Account the  amounts which would  have been deposited  therein but for
such clause.
 
     In general, the standard form of  fire and extended coverage policy  covers
physical  damage to or destruction of the  improvements securing a Loan by fire,
lightning,  explosion,  smoke,  windstorm  and  hail,  riot,  strike  and  civil
commotion,  subject  to the  conditions  and exclusions  particularized  in each
policy. Although the policies relating to  the Loans may have been  underwritten
by  different insurers under  different state laws  in accordance with different
applicable forms and therefore may  not contain identical terms and  conditions,
the  basic terms thereof  are dictated by  respective state laws,  and most such
policies  typically  do  not  cover  any  physical  damage  resulting  from  the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related
causes,  earth  movement  (including  earthquakes,  landslides  and  mud flows),
nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals,
theft and, in certain cases, vandalism. The foregoing list is merely  indicative
of  certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be all inclusive. If
the Property securing a Loan is located in a federally designated special  flood
area  at the time of origination, the Master Servicer will require the mortgagor
or obligor to obtain and maintain flood insurance.
 
     The hazard  insurance  policies  covering  properties  securing  the  Loans
typically  contain a clause which in effect  requires the insured at all time to
carry insurance of a specified  percentage of a specified percentage  (generally
80%  to 90%) of the  full replacement value of the  insured property in order to
recover the full  amount of any  partial loss. If  the insured's coverage  falls
below  this specified percentage,  then the insurer's liability  in the event of
partial loss will not exceed the larger of (i) the actual cash value  (generally
defined  as  replacement cost  at  the time  and  place of  loss,  less physical
depreciation) of the improvements damaged  or destroyed or (ii) such  proportion
of the loss as the amount of insurance carried bears to the specified percentage
of  the full replacement cost  of such improvements. Since  the amount of hazard
insurance the Master  Servicer may cause  to be maintained  on the  improvements
securing  the Loans declines  as the principal  balances owing thereon decrease,
and since improved real estate generally  has appreciated in value over time  in
the past, the effect of
 
                                       49
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
this  requirement in  the event  of partial  loss may  be that  hazard insurance
proceeds will  be  insufficient  to  restore  fully  the  damaged  property.  If
specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement, a  special  hazard insurance
policy will  be  obtained to  insure  against  certain of  the  uninsured  risks
described above. See 'Credit Enhancement.'
 
     The  Master  Servicer will  not  require that  a  standard hazard  or flood
insurance policy  be maintained  on  the cooperative  dwelling relating  to  any
Cooperative   Loan.  Generally,  the  Cooperative   itself  is  responsible  for
maintenance of hazard insurance  for the property owned  by the Cooperative  and
the  tenant-stockholders of that  Cooperative do not  maintain individual hazard
insurance policies. To the extent, however,  that a Cooperative and the  related
borrower on a Cooperative Loan do not maintain such insurance or do not maintain
adequate  coverage or any insurance proceeds  are not applied to the restoration
of damaged property, any damage to such borrower's cooperative dwelling or  such
Cooperative's  building could significantly  reduce the value  of the collateral
securing such  Cooperative  Loan to  the  extent  not covered  by  other  credit
support.
 
     If  the Property securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if any,
from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged
Property, the Master Servicer is not required to expend its own funds to restore
the damaged  Property  unless  it  determines (i)  that  such  restoration  will
increase  the  proceeds  to Securityholders  on  liquidation of  the  Loan after
reimbursement of  the  Master Servicer  for  its  expenses and  (ii)  that  such
expenses   will  be  recoverable  by  it  from  related  Insurance  Proceeds  or
Liquidation Proceeds.
 
     If recovery on a defaulted Loan  under any related Insurance Policy is  not
available  for  the reasons  set forth  in  the preceding  paragraph, or  if the
defaulted Loan is not covered by  an Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer  will
be  obligated  to follow  or  cause to  be  followed such  normal  practices and
procedures as it  deems necessary  or advisable  to realize  upon the  defaulted
Loan.  If the proceeds of any liquidation of the Property securing the defaulted
Loan are less  than the  principal balance of  such Loan  plus interest  accrued
thereon  that is payable to Securityholders, the  Trust Fund will realize a loss
in the amount of such difference plus the aggregate of expenses incurred by  the
Master  Servicer in connection with such  proceedings and which are reimbursable
under the Agreement. In the unlikely event that any such proceedings result in a
total recovery  which is,  after reimbursement  to the  Master Servicer  of  its
expenses,  in excess of the principal balance of such Loan plus interest accrued
thereon that is payable to Securityholders, the Master Servicer will be entitled
to withdraw or retain from the Security Account amounts representing its  normal
servicing compensation with respect to such Loan and, unless otherwise specified
in  the related Prospectus Supplement, amounts  representing the balance of such
excess, exclusive of any amount required by  law to be forwarded to the  related
borrower, as additional servicing compensation.
 
     If  the Master Servicer or its  designee recovers Insurance Proceeds which,
when added to any  related Liquidation Proceeds and  after deduction of  certain
expenses  reimbursable to the  Master Servicer, exceed  the principal balance of
such Loan plus interest accrued thereon that is payable to Securityholders,  the
Master Servicer will be entitled to withdraw or retain from the Security Account
amounts  representing  its normal  servicing compensation  with respect  to such
Loan. In  the event  that the  Master Servicer  has expended  its own  funds  to
restore  the damaged Property and such funds  have not been reimbursed under the
related hazard  insurance policy,  it  will be  entitled  to withdraw  from  the
Security  Account out of  related Liquidation Proceeds  or Insurance Proceeds an
amount equal to such expenses incurred by it, in which event the Trust Fund  may
realize  a loss  up to  the amount so  charged. Since  Insurance Proceeds cannot
exceed deficiency claims and certain  expenses incurred by the Master  Servicer,
no  such payment or recovery  will result in a recovery  to the Trust Fund which
exceeds the  principal  balance of  the  defaulted Loan  together  with  accrued
interest thereon. See 'Credit Enhancement'.
 
     The  proceeds  from  any liquidation  of  a  Loan will  be  applied  in the
following order of  priority: first, to  reimburse the Master  Servicer for  any
unreimbursed  expenses incurred  by it to  restore the related  Property and any
unreimbursed servicing compensation payable to the Master Servicer with  respect
to  such Loan;  second, to  reimburse the  Master Servicer  for any unreimbursed
Advances with respect to  such Loan; third, to  accrued and unpaid interest  (to
the  extent no Advance has been made for  such amount) on such Loan; and fourth,
as a recovery of principal of such Loan.
 
                                       50
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS
 
     Primary Mortgage  Insurance  Policies.   If  so specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master  Servicer  will  maintain  or  cause  to be
maintained, as the case  may be, in  full force and  effect, a Primary  Mortgage
Insurance  Policy with regard to each Loan  for which such coverage is required.
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies reimburse certain losses sustained by reason
of defaults in  payments by borrowers.  The Master Servicer  will not cancel  or
refuse to renew any such Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy in effect at the time
of the initial issuance of a Series of Securities that is required to be kept in
force  under the  applicable Agreement  unless the  replacement Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy for such cancelled or  nonrenewed policy is maintained with  an
insurer whose claims-paying ability is sufficient to maintain the current rating
of the classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.
 
     FHA  Insurance; VA Guaranties.  Loans  designated in the related Prospectus
Supplement as insured by the FHA will be insured by the FHA as authorized  under
the  United States Housing Act  of 1937, as amended. In  addition to the Title I
Program of the FHA, see 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- Title I Program',
certain Loans will be insured under various FHA programs including the  standard
FHA  203(b) program  to finance the  acquisition of one-  to four-family housing
units and  the  FHA  245  graduated payment  mortgage  program.  These  programs
generally  limit the principal  amount and interest rates  of the mortgage loans
insured. Loans  insured by  FHA  generally require  a  minimum down  payment  of
approximately  5% of the  original principal amount of  the loan. No FHA-insured
Loans relating  to a  Series may  have an  interest rate  or original  principal
amount  exceeding the applicable FHA  limits at the time  of origination of such
loan.
 
     Loans designated in the related Prospectus Supplement as guaranteed by  the
VA  will be partially  guaranteed by the VA  under the Serviceman's Readjustment
Act of 1944, as amended (a 'VA Guaranty'). The Serviceman's Readjustment Act  of
1944,  as amended, permits  a veteran (or  in certain instances  the spouse of a
veteran) to  obtain  a  mortgage  loan guaranty  by  the  VA  covering  mortgage
financing  of the purchase  of a one-  to four-family dwelling  unit at interest
rates permitted by the VA. The program has no mortgage loan limits, requires  no
down payment from the purchaser and permits the guaranty of mortgage loans of up
to  30  years' duration.  However, no  Loan guaranteed  by the  VA will  have an
original principal amount greater  than five times the  partial VA guaranty  for
such  Loan.  The maximum  guaranty  that may  be  issued by  the  VA under  a VA
guaranteed mortgage  loan depends  upon  the original  principal amount  of  the
mortgage loan, as further described in 38 United States Code Section 1803(a), as
amended.
 
SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
     The  principal servicing compensation to be  paid to the Master Servicer in
respect of its master servicing activities for each Series of Securities will be
equal to the percentage per annum described in the related Prospectus Supplement
(which may  vary  under  certain circumstances)  of  the  outstanding  principal
balance  of  each  Loan, and  such  compensation  will be  retained  by  it from
collections of interest  on such  Loan in the  related Trust  Fund (the  'Master
Servicing Fee'). As compensation for its servicing duties, a Sub-Servicer or, if
there  is no  Sub-Servicer, the  Master Servicer will  be entitled  to a monthly
servicing fee as described  in the related  Prospectus Supplement. In  addition,
the  Master  Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer  will  retain  all  prepayment  charges,
assumption  fees  and  late  payment  charges,  to  the  extent  collected  from
borrowers,  and any  benefit that may  accrue as  a result of  the investment of
funds in  the applicable  Security Account  (unless otherwise  specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement).
 
     The  Master Servicer will pay or cause  to be paid certain ongoing expenses
associated with  each Trust  Fund and  incurred  by it  in connection  with  its
responsibilities  under  the related  Agreement, including,  without limitation,
payment of any fee or other amount payable in respect of any credit  enhancement
arrangements,  payment  of  the  fees  and  disbursements  of  the  Trustee, any
custodian appointed by  the Trustee,  the certificate registrar  and any  paying
agent,  and  payment  of  expenses  incurred  in  enforcing  the  obligations of
Sub-Servicers and Sellers. The Master Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement
of expenses incurred in enforcing  the obligations of Sub-Servicers and  Sellers
under certain limited circumstances.
 
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
     Each  Agreement will  provide that  on or before  a specified  date in each
year, a firm of independent public  accountants will furnish a statement to  the
Trustee   to  the  effect  that,  on  the  basis  of  the  examination  by  such
 
                                       51
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
firm conducted substantially in compliance  with the Uniform Single  Attestation
Program  for Mortgage  Bankers or the  Audit Program for  Mortgages serviced for
FHLMC, the servicing by or on behalf of the Master Servicer of mortgage loans or
private asset  backed  securities, or  under  pooling and  servicing  agreements
substantially  similar  to  each  other (including  the  related  Agreement) was
conducted  in  compliance  with  such  agreements  except  for  any  significant
exceptions  or errors  in records that,  in the  opinion of the  firm, the Audit
Program for  Mortgages serviced  for FHLMC,  or the  Uniform Single  Attestation
Program  for  Mortgage  Bankers, it  is  required  to report.  In  rendering its
statement such firm may rely, as to matters relating to the direct servicing  of
Loans  by Sub-Servicers,  upon comparable statements  for examinations conducted
substantially in  compliance with  the Uniform  Single Attestation  Program  for
Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC (rendered
within  one year of  such statement) of firms  of independent public accountants
with respect to the related Sub-Servicer.
 
     Each Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Trustee, on or  before
a  specified date in each year, of an annual statement signed by two officers of
the Master Servicer  to the effect  that the Master  Servicer has fulfilled  its
obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding year.
 
     Copies  of the annual accountants' statement  and the statement of officers
of the Master Servicer may be obtained by Securityholders of the related  Series
without  charge upon written request  to the Master Servicer  at the address set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE DEPOSITOR
 
     The Master Servicer under  each Pooling and  Servicing Agreement or  Master
Servicing  Agreement, as  applicable, will  be named  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement. The  entity serving  as  Master Servicer  may have  normal  business
relationships with the Depositor or the Depositor's affiliates.
 
     Each  Agreement will provide  that the Master Servicer  may not resign from
its obligations and duties under the Agreement except upon a determination  that
its duties thereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law. The Master
Servicer  may, however, be removed from its  obligations and duties as set forth
in the Agreement. No such resignation will become effective until the Trustee or
a successor servicer has  assumed the Master  Servicer's obligations and  duties
under the Agreement.
 
     Each  Agreement will further provide that  neither the Master Servicer, the
Depositor nor any director, officer, employee,  or agent of the Master  Servicer
or  the  Depositor will  be under  any liability  to the  related Trust  Fund or
Securityholders for any action  taken or for refraining  from the taking of  any
action  in good  faith pursuant  to the  Agreement, or  for errors  in judgment;
provided, however, that neither the Master Servicer, the Depositor nor any  such
person  will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed
by  reason  of  wilful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  in  the
performance  of  duties  thereunder  or  by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of
obligations and duties thereunder. Each Agreement will further provide that  the
Master  Servicer, the Depositor and any  director, officer, employee or agent of
the Master Servicer or the Depositor will be entitled to indemnification by  the
related  Trust Fund  and will  be held harmless  against any  loss, liability or
expense incurred in connection with any  legal action relating to the  Agreement
or  the Securities,  other than  any loss, liability  or expense  related to any
specific Loan or  Loans (except any  such loss, liability  or expense  otherwise
reimbursable  pursuant  to the  Agreement) and  any  loss, liability  or expense
incurred by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in  the
performance  of  duties  thereunder  or  by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of
obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, each Agreement will provide that
neither the Master Servicer  nor the Depositor will  be under any obligation  to
appear  in, prosecute or defend any legal  action which is not incidental to its
respective responsibilities under  the Agreement  and which in  its opinion  may
involve  it in any  expense or liability.  The Master Servicer  or the Depositor
may, however, in  its discretion  undertake any such  action which  it may  deem
necessary  or desirable with respect to the  Agreement and the rights and duties
of the parties thereto and the  interests of the Securityholders thereunder.  In
such  event,  the legal  expenses and  costs  of such  action and  any liability
resulting therefrom will be  expenses, costs and liabilities  of the Trust  Fund
and  the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as  the case may be, will be entitled
to  be   reimbursed   therefor  out   of   funds  otherwise   distributable   to
Securityholders.
 
     Except  as otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement, any
person into which  the Master  Servicer may be  merged or  consolidated, or  any
person  resulting from any merger or  consolidation to which the Master Servicer
is a party, or  any person succeeding  to the business  of the Master  Servicer,
will be the successor
 
                                       52
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
of  the  Master Servicer  under  each Agreement,  provided  that such  person is
qualified to sell mortgage  loans to, and service  mortgage loans on behalf  of,
FNMA or FHLMC and further provided that such merger, consolidation or succession
does  not adversely affect  the then current  rating or ratings  of the class or
classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
     Pooling and Servicing  Agreement; Master  Servicing Agreement.   Except  as
otherwise  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, Events  of Default
under each Agreement will consist of (i)  any failure by the Master Servicer  to
distribute  or  cause to  be  distributed to  Securityholders  of any  class any
required payment (other  than an  Advance) which continues  unremedied for  five
days  after the giving of written notice  of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee or the  Depositor, or to the  Master Servicer, the Depositor  and
the  Trustee by the holders of Securities of such class evidencing not less than
25% of the total distributions allocated to such class ('Percentage Interests');
(ii) any failure by the Master Servicer to make an Advance as required under the
Agreement, unless cured as  specified therein; (iii) any  failure by the  Master
Servicer  duly to observe  or perform in  any material respect  any of its other
covenants or agreements in the  Agreement which continues unremedied for  thirty
days  after the giving of written notice  of such failure to the Master Servicer
by the Trustee or the  Depositor, or to the  Master Servicer, the Depositor  and
the  Trustee by the holders of Securities  of any class evidencing not less than
25% of  the aggregate  Percentage Interests  constituting such  class; and  (iv)
certain  events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling of assets and
liabilities or similar  proceeding and certain  actions by or  on behalf of  the
Master  Servicer indicating its  insolvency, reorganization or  inability to pay
its obligations.
 
     If specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement, the  Agreement  will
permit  the Trustee to  sell the Trust Fund  Assets and the  other assets of the
Trust Fund  described  under  'Credit  Enhancement' herein  in  the  event  that
payments  in respect thereto  are insufficient to make  payments required in the
Agreement.  The  assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  will  be  sold  only  under   the
circumstances and in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Unless  otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, so long as
an Event of Default under an Agreement remains unremedied, the Depositor or  the
Trustee  may,  and  at the  direction  of  holders of  Securities  of  any class
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests  constituting
such  class  and under  such other  circumstances  as may  be specified  in such
Agreement, the Trustee shall terminate all of the rights and obligations of  the
Master  Servicer under the Agreement  relating to such Trust  Fund and in and to
the related Trust Fund Assets, whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all of  the
responsibilities,  duties  and  liabilities  of the  Master  Servicer  under the
Agreement, including, if  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
obligation  to  make  Advances, and  will  be entitled  to  similar compensation
arrangements. In the event that the Trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it
may appoint, or petition a court  of competent jurisdiction for the  appointment
of,  a  mortgage  loan  servicing  institution  with  a  net  worth  of  a least
$10,000,000 to act  as successor  to the  Master Servicer  under the  Agreement.
Pending  such appointment, the Trustee is obligated to act in such capacity. The
Trustee and any such successor may  agree upon the servicing compensation to  be
paid,  which in  no event may  be greater  than the compensation  payable to the
Master Servicer under the Agreement.
 
     Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,   no
Securityholder,  solely by virtue  of such holder's  status as a Securityholder,
will have any right under any Agreement to institute any proceeding with respect
to such  Agreement, unless  such  holder previously  has  given to  the  Trustee
written  notice of default and unless the  holders of Securities of any class of
such Series evidencing not less than  25% of the aggregate Percentage  Interests
constituting  such class have made written request upon the Trustee to institute
such proceeding in its own  name as Trustee thereunder  and have offered to  the
Trustee  reasonable  indemnity, and  the Trustee  for 60  days has  neglected or
refused to institute any such proceeding.
 
     Indenture.   Except  as  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  Events  of Default  under the  Indenture for  each Series  of Notes
include: (i) a default  in the payment  of any principal of  or interest on  any
Note of such Series which continues unremedied for five days after the giving of
written  notice of such default is given  as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement; (ii) failure to perform in  any material respect any other  covenant
of the Depositor or the Trust Fund in the Indenture which continues for a period
of  thirty  (30) days  after  notice thereof  is  given in  accordance  with the
procedures described in the related Prospectus Supplement; (iii) certain  events
of  bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation  of the Depositor or the
 
                                       53
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Trust Fund; or (iv) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Notes of
that Series including but  not limited to  certain defaults on  the part of  the
issuer, if any, of a credit enhancement instrument supporting such Notes.
 
     If  an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any Series at the time
outstanding occurs and  is continuing, either  the Trustee or  the holders of  a
majority  of the then aggregate  outstanding amount of the  Notes of such Series
may declare  the principal  amount (or,  if the  Notes of  that Series  have  an
interest rate of 0%, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in
the  terms of that Series, as provided  in the related Prospectus Supplement) of
all the Notes of such Series to be due and payable immediately. Such declaration
may, under certain circumstances,  be rescinded and annulled  by the holders  of
more than 50% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series.
 
     If,  following an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Notes, the
Notes of such Series have been declared to be due and payable, the Trustee  may,
in   its  discretion,  notwithstanding  such  acceleration,  elect  to  maintain
possession of the collateral securing the  Notes of such Series and to  continue
to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration  if such collateral  continues to provide  sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on  the Notes of such Series as they  would
have  become due  if there  had not  been such  a declaration.  In addition, the
Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the Notes of
a Series following an Event of Default,  other than a default in the payment  of
any  principal or  interest on any  Note of such  Series for five  days or more,
unless (a) the holders of 100% of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of  such
Series  consent to such sale,  (b) the proceeds of  such sale or liquidation are
sufficient to pay in full the principal of and accrued interest, due and unpaid,
on the outstanding  Notes of such  Series at the  date of such  sale or (c)  the
Trustee  determines that such  collateral would not be  sufficient on an ongoing
basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments would have become  due
if such Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Trustee obtains the
consent  of the holders of  66 2/3% of the Percentage  Interests of the Notes of
such Series.
 
     In the event that the Trustee liquidates the collateral in connection  with
an  Event of Default involving a default for five days or more in the payment of
principal of or interest on the Notes  of a Series, the Indenture provides  that
the  Trustee will have a prior lien on  the proceeds of any such liquidation for
unpaid fees and expenses. As a result,  upon the occurrence of such an Event  of
Default,  the amount available for distribution to the Noteholders would be less
than would  otherwise be  the case.  However, the  Trustee may  not institute  a
proceeding  for  the  enforcement  of  its  lien  except  in  connection  with a
proceeding for the enforcement of the lien  of the Indenture for the benefit  of
the Noteholders after the occurrence of such an Event of Default.
 
     Except  as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the
event the principal of  the Notes of  a Series is declared  due and payable,  as
described above, the holders of any such Notes issued at a discount from par may
be  entitled to  receive no more  than an  amount equal to  the unpaid principal
amount thereof less the amount of such discount which is unamortized.
 
     Subject to the provisions  of the Indenture relating  to the duties of  the
Trustee,  in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing with respect
to a Series of Notes, the Trustee  shall be under no obligation to exercise  any
of  the rights or powers under the Indenture  at the request or direction of any
of the holders  of Notes  of such  Series, unless  such holders  offered to  the
Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and
liabilities  which might  be incurred  by it in  complying with  such request or
direction.  Subject  to   such  provisions  for   indemnification  and   certain
limitations  contained in the Indenture,  the holders of a  majority of the then
aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of such Series shall have the right to
direct the time, method  and place of conducting  any proceeding for any  remedy
available  to the  Trustee or  exercising any  trust or  power conferred  on the
Trustee with respect to the Notes of such Series, and the holders of a  majority
of  the then aggregate  outstanding amount of  the Notes of  such Series may, in
certain cases, waive any default with  respect thereto, except a default in  the
payment  of  principal or  interest or  a default  in respect  of a  covenant or
provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent
of all the holders of the outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.
 
AMENDMENT
 
     Except as otherwise  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  each
Agreement  may be amended by the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee,
without  the   consent   of   any   of  the   Securityholders,   (i)   to   cure
 
                                       54
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
any  ambiguity; (ii) to correct or supplement any provision therein which may be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision therein; or (iii) to make any
other revisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Agreement
which are  not inconsistent  with  the provisions  thereof, provided  that  such
action  will not adversely affect  in any material respect  the interests of any
Securityholder. An  amendment will  be deemed  not to  adversely affect  in  any
material  respect the interests of the  Securityholders if the person requesting
such amendment obtains a  letter from each Rating  Agency requested to rate  the
class  or classes of Securities of such  Series stating that such amendment will
not result  in the  downgrading or  withdrawal of  the respective  ratings  then
assigned  to such Securities. In addition, to the extent provided in the related
Agreement, an  Agreement  may be  amended  without the  consent  of any  of  the
Securityholders,  to  change  the  manner  in  which  the  Security  Account  is
maintained, provided that  any such change  does not adversely  affect the  then
current  rating on the class  or classes of Securities  of such Series that have
been rated. In addition,  if a REMIC  election is made with  respect to a  Trust
Fund, the related Agreement may be amended to modify, eliminate or add to any of
its  provisions to such extent as may be necessary to maintain the qualification
of the related Trust Fund as a REMIC, provided that the Trustee has received  an
opinion  of counsel to  the effect that  such action is  necessary or helpful to
maintain such  qualification.  Except  as otherwise  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement, each Agreement may also be amended by the Depositor, the
Master Servicer and the  Trustee with consent of  holders of Securities of  such
Series  evidencing not  less than 66%  of the aggregate  Percentage Interests of
each class  affected thereby  for the  purpose of  adding any  provisions to  or
changing  in an manner or eliminating any  of the provisions of the Agreement or
of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the related  Securities;
provided,  however, that  no such  amendment may  (i) reduce  in any  manner the
amount of or delay the timing of, payments received on Loans which are  required
to  be distributed  on any Security  without the  consent of the  holder of such
Security, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Securities of any class the
holders of  which are  required to  consent to  any such  amendment without  the
consent of the holders of all Securities of such class covered by such Agreement
then  outstanding. If a REMIC election is made with respect to a Trust Fund, the
Trustee will not be entitled to consent to an amendment to the related Agreement
without having first  received an  opinion of counsel  to the  effect that  such
amendment will not cause such Trust Fund to fail to qualify as a REMIC.
 
TERMINATION; OPTIONAL TERMINATION
 
     Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement;  Trust  Agreement.    Unless  otherwise
specified in the related Agreement, the obligations created by each Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  and Trust  Agreement for  each  Series of  Securities will
terminate upon the payment to the related Securityholders of all amounts held in
the Security Account or by the Master  Servicer and required to be paid to  them
pursuant  to such Agreement following  the later of (i)  the final payment of or
other liquidation of the last  of the Trust Fund  Assets subject thereto or  the
disposition  of all  property acquired upon  foreclosure of any  such Trust Fund
Assets remaining in the Trust Fund and (ii) the purchase by the Master  Servicer
or,  if  REMIC  treatment has  been  elected  and if  specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, by the holder of the residual interest in the REMIC  (see
'Federal  Income Tax Consequences' below), from the related Trust Fund of all of
the remaining Trust  Fund Assets and  all property acquired  in respect of  such
Trust Fund Assets.
 
     Unless  otherwise specified by the  related Prospectus Supplement, any such
purchase of Trust  Fund Assets and  property acquired in  respect of Trust  Fund
Assets  evidenced by a  Series of Securities will  be made at  the option of the
Master Servicer, such other person or,  if applicable, such holder of the  REMIC
residual  interest, at a  price specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement.
The exercise of  such right will  effect early retirement  of the Securities  of
that  Series, but  the right of  the Master  Servicer, such other  person or, if
applicable, such  holder of  the  REMIC residual  interest,  to so  purchase  is
subject  to the principal  balance of the  related Trust Fund  Assets being less
than the  percentage  specified in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement  of  the
aggregate principal balance of the Trust Fund Assets at the Cut-off Date for the
Series.  The foregoing is subject  to the provision that  if a REMIC election is
made with respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant to clause (ii)  above
will  be made  only in  connection with a  'qualified liquidation'  of the REMIC
within the meaning of Section 860F(g)(4) of the Code.
 
     Indenture.  The Indenture  will be discharged with  respect to a Series  of
Notes  (except  with  respect  to certain  continuing  rights  specified  in the
Indenture) upon  the  delivery  to  the Trustee  for  cancellation  of  all  the
 
                                       55
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Notes of such Series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee
of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of the Notes of such Series.
 
     In  addition to such discharge with certain limitations, the Indenture will
provide that, if  so specified  with respect  to the  Notes of  any Series,  the
related Trust Fund will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of
the  Notes of such Series (except  for certain obligations relating to temporary
Notes and exchange of Notes,  to register the transfer  of or exchange Notes  of
such  Series, to  replace stolen,  lost or  mutilated Notes  of such  Series, to
maintain paying  agencies and  to hold  monies for  payment in  trust) upon  the
deposit  with the Trustee,  in trust, of  money and/or direct  obligations of or
obligations guaranteed by the United States of America which through the payment
of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will
provide money  in  an  amount  sufficient  to pay  the  principal  of  and  each
installment  of  interest on  the Notes  of  such Series  on the  last scheduled
Distribution Date for such Notes and  any installment of interest on such  Notes
in  accordance with the terms of the Indenture  and the Notes of such Series. In
the event of any such defeasance and discharge of Notes of such Series,  holders
of  Notes of such Series would be able  to look only to such money and/or direct
obligations for payment of principal and interest, if any, on their Notes  until
maturity.
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
     The Trustee under each Agreement will be named in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.  The commercial  bank or trust  company serving as  Trustee may have
normal banking relationships with the Depositor, the Master Servicer and any  of
their respective affiliates.
 
                       CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS
 
     The  following discussion contains summaries,  which are general in nature,
of certain legal matters relating to  the Loans. Because such legal aspects  are
governed   primarily   by  applicable   state   law  (which   laws   may  differ
substantially), the descriptions  do not,  except as  expressly provided  below,
reflect  the laws  of any  particular state,  nor to  encompass the  laws of all
states in which  the security for  the Loans is  situated. The descriptions  are
qualified  in their entirety by reference to the applicable federal laws and the
appropriate laws of the states in which Loans may be originated.
 
GENERAL
 
     The Loans  for  a Series  may  be secured  by  deeds of  trust,  mortgages,
security  deeds or deeds to secure  debt, depending upon the prevailing practice
in the state  in which the  property subject to  the loan is  located. Deeds  of
trust are used almost exclusively in California instead of mortgages. A mortgage
creates  a lien upon the real property encumbered by the mortgage, which lien is
generally not prior to the lien for real estate taxes and assessments.  Priority
between mortgages depends on their terms and generally on the order of recording
with  a  state  or county  office.  There are  two  parties to  a  mortgage, the
mortgagor, who is  the borrower  and owner of  the mortgaged  property, and  the
mortgagee,  who  is the  lender. Under  the  mortgage instrument,  the mortgagor
delivers to the mortgagee a  note or bond and the  mortgage. Although a deed  of
trust  is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust formally has three parties, the
borrower-property owner called the  trustor (similar to  a mortgagor), a  lender
(similar  to  a mortgagee)  called the  beneficiary,  and a  third-party grantee
called the trustee.  Under a deed  of trust, the  borrower grants the  property,
irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with a power of sale, to
the  trustee to secure payment of the obligation.  A security deed and a deed to
secure debt are special types  of deeds which indicate  on their face that  they
are  granted to secure an underlying debt.  By executing a security deed or deed
to secure debt, the grantor  conveys title to, as  opposed to merely creating  a
lien upon, the subject property to the grantee until such time as the underlying
debt  is repaid. The trustee's authority under  a deed of trust, the mortgagee's
authority under a mortgage and the grantee's authority under a security deed  or
deed  to secure  debt are  governed by law  and, with  respect to  some deeds of
trust, the directions of the beneficiary.
 
     Cooperatives.  Certain of Loans  may be Cooperative Loans. The  Cooperative
owns  all  the real  property that  comprises the  project, including  the land,
separate dwelling  units  and all  common  areas. The  Cooperative  is  directly
responsible  for project management  and, in most cases,  payment of real estate
taxes and hazard and liability insurance. If there is a blanket mortgage on  the
Cooperative  and/or underlying land, as is  generally the case, the Cooperative,
as  project  mortgagor,   is  also  responsible   for  meeting  these   mortgage
obligations. A
 
                                       56
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
blanket  mortgage is ordinarily  incurred by the  Cooperative in connection with
the construction  or  purchase  of the  Cooperative's  apartment  building.  The
interest  of the  occupant under proprietary  leases or  occupancy agreements to
which that Cooperative is a party  are generally subordinate to the interest  of
the  holder of  the blanket  mortgage in  that building.  If the  Cooperative is
unable to meet the payment obligations  arising under its blanket mortgage,  the
mortgagee  holding the  blanket mortgage  could foreclose  on that  mortgage and
terminate all  subordinate  proprietary  leases  and  occupancy  agreements.  In
addition,  the blanket  mortgage on a  Cooperative may provide  financing in the
form of a mortgage that  does not fully amortize  with a significant portion  of
principal  being due  in one lump  sum at  final maturity. The  inability of the
Cooperative to refinance this mortgage and its consequent inability to make such
final  payment  could  lead  to  foreclosure  by  the  mortgagee  providing  the
financing.  A foreclosure in either event by  the holder of the blanket mortgage
could eliminate or significantly  diminish the value of  any collateral held  by
the  lender who  financed the  purchase by  an individual  tenant-stockholder of
Cooperative shares or, in the case of a Trust Fund including Cooperative  Loans,
the  collateral  securing the  Cooperative Loans.

     The  Cooperative  is  owned by tenant-stockholders who,  through  ownership
of  stock,  shares  or  membership certificates  in  the  corporation,   receive
proprietary   leases  or  occupancy agreements which confer exclusive rights  to
occupy   specific  units.   Generally,  a tenant-stockholder  of  a  Cooperative
must  make    a    monthly   payment   to   the  Cooperative  representing  such
tenant-stockholder's   pro    rata  share  of  the Cooperative's   payments  for
its   blanket    mortgage,   real    property   taxes, maintenance expenses  and
other   capital    or    ordinary    expenses.     An  ownership interest  in  a
Cooperative    and    accompanying    rights    is     financed     through    a
Cooperative share loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a  security
interest  in the  occupancy agreement  or proprietary  lease and  in the related
Cooperative shares. The lender takes possession  of the share certificate and  a
counterpart  of the  proprietary lease or  occupancy agreement,  and a financing
statement  covering  the  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy  agreement  and  the
Cooperative  shares  is filed  in  the appropriate  state  and local  offices to
perfect the  lender's interest  in its  collateral. Subject  to the  limitations
discussed  below, upon default of the tenant-stockholder, the lender may sue for
judgment on  the promissory  note, dispose  of  the collateral  at a  public  or
private  sale or otherwise proceed  against the collateral or tenant-stockholder
as an individual as provided in  the security agreement covering the  assignment
of  the proprietary lease  or occupancy agreement and  the pledge of Cooperative
shares.
 
FORECLOSURE/REPOSSESSION
 
     Deed of Trust.  Foreclosure of a deed of trust is generally accomplished by
a non-judicial  sale under  a specific  provision  in the  deed of  trust  which
authorizes  the trustee to sell the property  at public auction upon any default
by the borrower under the terms of the note or deed of trust. In certain states,
such foreclosure  also may  be accomplished  by judicial  action in  the  manner
provided  for foreclosure of  mortgages. In addition  to any notice requirements
contained in a deed of trust, in  some states (such as California), the  trustee
must  record a notice of default and send a copy to the borrower-trustor, to any
person who has recorded a request for a copy of any notice of default and notice
of  sale,  to  any  successor  in  interest  to  the  borrower-trustor,  to  the
beneficiary  of any junior deed  of trust and to  certain other persons. In some
states (including California), the borrower-trustor  has the right to  reinstate
the  loan at any time following default until shortly before the trustee's sale.
In general, the borrower, or any other person having a junior encumbrance on the
real estate, may, during a  statutorily prescribed reinstatement period, cure  a
monetary  default by paying  the entire amount in  arrears plus other designated
costs and expenses incurred  in enforcing the  obligation. Generally, state  law
controls  the  amount of  foreclosure expenses  and costs,  including attorney's
fees, which may  be recovered by  a lender. After  the reinstatement period  has
expired without the default having been cured, the borrower or junior lienholder
no  longer has the right to reinstate the loan  and must pay the loan in full to
prevent the scheduled foreclosure sale. If  the deed of trust is not  reinstated
within  any applicable cure period, a notice of  sale must be posted in a public
place and,  in most  states  (including California),  published for  a  specific
period  of time in one or more  newspapers. In addition, some state laws require
that a copy of  the notice of  sale be posted  on the property  and sent to  all
parties  having an interest of  record in the real  property. In California, the
entire process from recording a notice of default to a non-judicial sale usually
takes four to five months.
 
     Mortgages.  Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial
action. The  action is  initiated by  the service  of legal  pleadings upon  all
parties  having an interest  in the real  property. Delays in  completion of the
foreclosure may  occasionally result  from  difficulties in  locating  necessary
parties.  Judicial foreclosure proceedings are often not contested by any of the
parties. When  the mortgagee's  right  to foreclosure  is contested,  the  legal
proceedings  necessary to  resolve the  issue can  be time  consuming. After the
completion of a
 
                                       57
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
judicial foreclosure  proceeding,  the  court generally  issues  a  judgment  of
foreclosure and appoints a referee or other court officer to conduct the sale of
the property. In some states, mortgages may also be foreclosed by advertisement,
pursuant to a power of sale provided in the mortgage.
 
     Although  foreclosure sales are typically public sales, frequently no third
party purchaser bids in excess of the lender's lien because of the difficulty of
determining  the  exact  status   of  title  to   the  property,  the   possible
deterioration   of  the  property  during  the  foreclosure  proceedings  and  a
requirement that the  purchaser pay  for the property  in cash  or by  cashier's
check. Thus the foreclosing lender often purchases the property from the trustee
or  referee for an  amount equal to  the principal amount  outstanding under the
loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure in which event
the mortgagor's  debt will  be extinguished  or the  lender may  purchase for  a
lesser  amount  in order  to preserve  its right  against a  borrower to  seek a
deficiency judgment  in states  where such  judgment is  available.  Thereafter,
subject  to the  right of the  borrower in  some states to  remain in possession
during the redemption period,  the lender will assume  the burden of  ownership,
including  obtaining hazard insurance and making such repairs at its own expense
as are  necessary to  render the  property suitable  for sale.  The lender  will
commonly  obtain  the services  of a  real  estate broker  and pay  the broker's
commission in connection with  the sale of the  property. Depending upon  market
conditions,  the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not equal the
lender's investment in the property. Any loss  may be reduced by the receipt  of
any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.
 
     Courts  have imposed  general equitable principles  upon foreclosure, which
are generally designed to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower of the
borrower's defaults under the loan documents.  Some courts have been faced  with
the  issue of whether federal or  state constitutional provisions reflecting due
process concerns for  fair notice require  that borrowers under  deeds of  trust
receive  notice longer than that prescribed  by statute. For the mostpart, these
cases have upheld the notice provisions  as being reasonable or have found  that
the  sale by a trustee  under a deed of trust  does not involve sufficient state
action to afford constitutional protection to the borrower.
 
     When the beneficiary  under a junior  mortgage or deed  of trust cures  the
default  and  reinstates or  redeems by  paying  the full  amount of  the senior
mortgage or deed  of trust, the  amount paid by  the beneficiary so  to cure  or
redeem becomes a part of the indebtedness secured by the junior mortgage or deed
of trust. See 'Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees' below.
 
     Cooperative  Loans.  The Cooperative shares owned by the tenant-stockholder
and pledged to the lender are, in  almost all cases, subject to restrictions  on
transfer  as set  forth in  the Cooperative's  certificate of  incorporation and
bylaws, as well  as the  proprietary lease or  occupancy agreement,  and may  be
cancelled  by the Cooperative for failure  by the tenant-stockholder to pay rent
or other  obligations  or charges  owed  by such  tenant-stockholder,  including
mechanics'  liens against  the cooperative  apartment building  incurred by such
tenant-stockholder. The  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy  agreement  generally
permits  the Cooperative to  terminate such lease  or agreement in  the event an
obligor fails  to make  payments or  defaults in  the performance  of  covenants
required  thereunder. Typically,  the lender  and the  Cooperative enter  into a
recognition agreement  which  establishes the  rights  and obligations  of  both
parties  in the event of a default  by the tenant-stockholder on its obligations
under  the  proprietary  lease  or   occupancy  agreement.  A  default  by   the
tenant-stockholder  under  the  proprietary lease  or  occupancy  agreement will
usually constitute a default under the security agreement between the lender and
the tenant-stockholder.
 
     The recognition agreement generally  provides that, in  the event that  the
tenant-stockholder  has  defaulted  under  the  proprietary  lease  or occupancy
agreement, the  Cooperative will  take  no action  to  terminate such  lease  or
agreement  until the lender  has been provided  with an opportunity  to cure the
default. The recognition  agreement typically provides  that if the  proprietary
lease  or occupancy agreement is terminated,  the Cooperative will recognize the
lender's lien  against proceeds  form  the sale  of the  Cooperative  apartment,
subject,  however, to the Cooperative's right to sums due under such proprietary
lease or occupancy agreement.  The total amount owed  to the Cooperative by  the
tenant-stockholder,  which  the lender  generally cannot  restrict and  does not
monitor, could  reduce  the  value  of  the  collateral  below  the  outstanding
principal  balance  of  the Cooperative  Loan  and accrued  and  unpaid interest
thereon.
 
     Recognition agreements also provide that in the event of a foreclosure on a
Cooperative Loan,  the  lender  must  obtain the  approval  or  consent  of  the
Cooperative  as  required  by  the  proprietary  lease  before  transferring the
Cooperative shares or assigning the proprietary lease. Generally, the lender  is
not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess the tenant-stockholders.
 
                                       58
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     In  some states, foreclosure on the Cooperative shares is accomplished by a
sale in accordance with  the provisions of Article  9 of the Uniform  Commercial
Code  (the 'UCC') and the security agreement relating to those shares. Article 9
of the UCC  requires that  a sale be  conducted in  a 'commercially  reasonable'
manner.  Whether  a  foreclosure  sale has  been  conducted  in  a 'commercially
reasonable' manner  will  depend on  the  facts  in each  case.  In  determining
commercial  reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the debtor and
the method, manner, time, place and terms of the foreclosure. Generally, a  sale
conducted  according to the  usual practice of  banks selling similar collateral
will be considered reasonably conducted.
 
     Article 9 of the UCC provides that the proceeds of the sale will be applied
first to  pay the  costs  and expenses  of  the sale  and  then to  satisfy  the
indebtedness   secured  by  the  lender's  security  interest.  The  recognition
agreement, however, generally provides that the lender's right to  reimbursement
is  subject  to the  right  of the  Cooperative to  receive  sums due  under the
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement.  If there are proceeds remaining,  the
lender  must account to the tenant-stockholder for the surplus. Conversely, if a
portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the tenant-stockholder is  generally
responsible  for  the  deficiency. See  'Anti-Deficiency  Legislation  and Other
Limitations on Lenders' below.
 
     In the case of foreclosure on a building which was converted from a  rental
building  to a building owned  by a Cooperative under  a non-eviction plan, some
states require that a purchaser at a foreclosure sale take the property  subject
to  rent control and rent stabilization laws  which apply to certain tenants who
elected to  remain in  the  building but  who did  not  purchase shares  in  the
Cooperative when the building was so converted.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
 
     Real  property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to unforeseen
environmental risks.  Under  the laws  of  certain states,  contamination  of  a
property  may give risks to a lien on  the property to assure the payment of the
costs of clean-up. In several states such  a lien has priority over the lien  of
an  existing  mortgage against  such property.  In  addition, under  the federal
Comprehensive Environmental  Response, Compensation  and Liability  Act of  1980
('CERCLA'), the United States Environmental Protection Agency ('EPA') may impose
a lien on property where EPA has incurred clean-up costs. However, a CERCLA lien
is subordinate to pre-existing, perfected security interests.
 
     Under  the laws of some states, and  under CERCLA, it is conceivable that a
secured lender may be held liable as  an 'owner' or 'operator' for the costs  of
addressing  releases  or  threatened  releases  of  hazardous  substances  at  a
Property, even though the environmental damage  or threat was caused by a  prior
or current owner or operator. CERCLA imposes liability for such costs on any and
all  'responsible  parties,'  including  owners  or  operators.  However, CERCLA
excludes from the definition of 'owner or operator' a secured creditor who holds
indicia of ownership primarily  to protect its  security interest (the  'secured
creditor  exclusion')  but  without  'participating in  the  management'  of the
Property. Thus,  if  a lender's  activities  begin  to encroach  on  the  actual
management  of  a  contaminated  facility  or  property,  the  lender  may incur
liability as  an  'owner or  operator'  under  CERCLA. Similarly,  if  a  lender
forecloses  and takes title  to a contaminated facility  or property, the lender
may incur CERCLA liability in various circumstances, including, but not  limited
to,  when it holds the facility or  property as an investment (including leasing
the facility or property to third party),  or fails to market the property in  a
timely fashion.
 
     A  decision  in May  1990 of  the United  States Court  of Appeals  for the
Eleventh Circuit in United States v. Fleet Factors Corp. very narrowly construed
CERCLA's secured creditor exclusion. The Court's opinion suggested that a lender
need not have involved itself in  the day-to-day operations of the facility,  or
participated  in decisions  related to hazardous  waste to be  held liable under
CERCLA; rather, liability could attach to  a lender if its involvement with  the
management  of the facility  is broad enough  to support the  inference that the
lender had the capacity to  influence the borrower's hazardous waste  management
practices.  The court added that a lender's capacity to influence such decisions
could be inferred from the extent of its involvement in the facility's financial
management. In January 1991,  the Supreme Court denied  certiorari in the  Fleet
Factors  case, thereby letting the Court  of Appeals decision stand. In response
to the  Fleet  Factors decision,  on  April  29, 1992,  EPA  issued  regulations
interpreting  and delineating CERCLA's secured  creditor exclusion and the range
of permissible actions that may be undertaken by a holder of a security interest
in a contaminated property without exceeding the bounds of the secured  creditor
exclusion.  However, on February 4, 1994, the United States Court of Appeals for
the District of Columbia Circuit issued a decision in Kelley v. EPA invalidating
the EPA  regulations.  Further,  in  January  1995,  the  Supreme  Court  denied
certiorari in the Kelley case, thereby letting the
 
                                       59
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Court  of Appeals decision stand. In September 1995, EPA and the U.S. Department
of  Justice  issued  a  guidance   document  stating  that  the  two   agencies,
respectively,  would apply the  1992 regulations in  prosecuting enforcement and
cost recovery  actions,  and  in otherwise  addressing  lender  liability  under
CERCLA. However, this guidance document is not binding on any parties other than
the  federal government, and need  not be applied by  the courts in adjudicating
CERCLA cost recovery or contribution  actions brought by states,  municipalities
or private parties.
 
     As  a result of the  Kelley decision, the state of  the law with respect to
the secured creditor  exclusion remains unclear.  Proposed amendments to  CERCLA
that  would clarify  the range  of actions a  secured creditor  may take without
losing the benefit of the exclusion  have been introduced in Congress, but  have
not  been enacted. However, even  if CERCLA were to  be amended, such amendments
would not affect the potential for  liability under other federal or state  laws
which  impose  liability  on  'owners  or  operators'  but  do  not  provide any
protection for secured creditors.
 
     If a lender is or becomes liable,  it can bring an action for  contribution
against any other 'responsible parties,' including a previous owner or operator,
who  created  the environmental  hazard, but  those persons  or entities  may be
bankrupt or otherwise  judgment proof. The  costs associated with  environmental
cleanup  may be substantial. It is conceivable  that such costs arising from the
circumstances set forth above would result in a loss to Certificateholders.
 
     CERCLA does  not apply  to  petroleum products,  and the  secured  creditor
exclusion  does not govern liability for  cleanup costs under federal laws other
than CERCLA, in particular Subtitle I  of the federal Resource Conservation  and
Recovery  Act  ('RCRA'),  which regulates  underground  petroleum  storage tanks
(except heating oil  tanks). The  EPA has adopted  a lender  liability rule  for
underground storage tanks under Subtitle I of RCRA. Under such rule, a holder of
a  security interest in an underground  storage tank or real property containing
an underground storage  tank is not  considered an operator  of the  underground
storage  tank as long as petroleum is not  added to, stored in or dispensed from
the tank. It should be noted,  however, that liability for cleanup of  petroleum
contamination  may  be governed  by state  law,  which may  not provide  for any
specific protection for secured creditors.
 
     Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, at  the
time  the Loans were  originated, no environmental assessment  or a very limited
environmental assessment of the Properties was conducted.
 
RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION
 
     In some states, after sale pursuant to a deed of trust or foreclosure of  a
mortgage,  the  borrower and  foreclosed junior  lienors  are given  a statutory
period in which  to redeem the  property from the  foreclosure sale. In  certain
other  states (including California),  this right of  redemption applies only to
sales  following  judicial  foreclosure,  and   not  to  sales  pursuant  to   a
non-judicial  power of  sale. In  most states where  the right  of redemption is
available, statutory  redemption  may  occur upon  payment  of  the  foreclosure
purchase  price, accrued interest and taxes.  In other states, redemption may be
authorized if the  former borrower  pays only  a portion  of the  sums due.  The
effect  of a  statutory right of  redemption is  to diminish the  ability of the
lender to sell the  foreclosed property. The exercise  of a right of  redemption
would  defeat  the  title  of  any  purchaser  from  the  lender  subsequent  to
foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of
the redemption right is to force the  lender to retain the property and pay  the
expenses of ownership until the redemption period has run. In some states, there
is no right to redeem property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.
 
ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION; BANKRUPTCY LAWS; TAX LIENS
 
     Certain  states have imposed statutory restrictions that limit the remedies
of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a mortgage. In  some
states,  including California,  statutes limit the  right of  the beneficiary or
mortgagee to  obtain  a  deficiency judgment  against  borrowers  financing  the
purchase  of their residence or following sale  under a deed of trust or certain
other foreclosure  proceedings. A  deficiency judgment  is a  personal  judgment
against  the borrower equal in  most cases to the  difference between the amount
due to the lender and the fair market value of the real property at the time  of
the  foreclosure sale. As a result of these prohibitions, it is anticipated that
in most instances the Master Servicer will utilize the non-judicial  foreclosure
remedy and will not seek deficiency judgments against defaulting borrowers.
 
                                       60
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Some  state statutes  require the beneficiary  or mortgagee  to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
In certain other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action
against the  borrower  on  the  debt without  first  exhausting  such  security;
however,  in  some  of these  states,  the  lender, following  judgment  on such
personal action, may be  deemed to have  elected a remedy  and may be  precluded
from  exercising  remedies  with  respect  to  the  security.  Consequently, the
practical effect of the election  requirement, when applicable, is that  lenders
will  usually proceed first against the security rather than bringing a personal
action against the borrower. In  some states, exceptions to the  anti-deficiency
statutes  are provided for in certain instances  where the value of the lender's
security has been impaired by acts or omissions of the borrower, for example, in
the event of waste  of the property. Finally,  other statutory provisions  limit
any deficiency judgment against the former borrower following a foreclosure sale
to the excess of the outstanding debt over the fair market value of the property
at  the time of the  public sale. The purpose of  these statutes is generally to
prevent a beneficiary or a mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency  judgment
against  the former borrower  as a result of  low or no  bids at the foreclosure
sale.
 
     Generally, Article 9 of the  UCC governs foreclosure on Cooperative  shares
and  the  related proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement. Some  courts have
interpreted section 9-504 of the UCC  to prohibit a deficiency award unless  the
creditor  establishes that the sale  of the collateral (which,  in the case of a
Cooperative Loan,  would  be the  shares  of  the Cooperative  and  the  related
proprietary  lease  or  occupancy  agreement) was  conducted  in  a commercially
reasonable manner.
 
     In addition  to anti-deficiency  and  related legislation,  numerous  other
federal  and state statutory provisions,  including the federal bankruptcy laws,
and state laws  affording relief to  debtors, may interfere  with or affect  the
ability  of  the  secured mortgage  lender  to  realize upon  its  security. For
example, in a  proceeding under the  federal Bankruptcy Code,  a lender may  not
foreclose  on  a mortgaged  property without  the  permission of  the bankruptcy
court. The  rehabilitation plan  proposed  by the  debtor  may provide,  if  the
mortgaged  property  is  not  the debtor's  principal  residence  and  the court
determines that the value of the  mortgaged property is less than the  principal
balance  of the mortgage loan, for the  reduction of the secured indebtedness to
the value of the mortgaged  property as of the date  of the commencement of  the
bankruptcy,   rendering  the  lender  a   general  unsecured  creditor  for  the
difference, and also  may reduce the  monthly payments due  under such  mortgage
loan,  change  the  rate  of  interest and  alter  the  mortgage  loan repayment
schedule. The effect of any such proceedings under the federal Bankruptcy  Code,
including  but not  limited to  any automatic  stay, could  result in  delays in
receiving payments on the Loans underlying  a Series of Securities and  possible
reductions in the aggregate amount of such payments.
 
     The federal tax laws provide priority to certain tax liens over the lien of
a mortgage or secured party.
 
DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES
 
     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement, each
conventional Loan will contain a due-on-sale clause which will generally provide
that if the mortgagor or obligor  sells, transfers or conveys the Property,  the
loan  or contract may  be accelerated by  the mortgagee or  secured party. Court
decisions and legislative  actions have  placed substantial  restriction on  the
right  of lenders  to enforce  such clauses  in many  states. For  instance, the
California Supreme  Court in  August  1978 held  that due-on-sale  clauses  were
generally  unenforceable. However,  the Garn-St  Germain Depository Institutions
Act of 1982 (the 'Garn-St Germain Act'), subject to certain exceptions, preempts
state constitutional,  statutory and  case law  prohibiting the  enforcement  of
due-on-sale  clauses.  As a  result, due-on-sale  clauses have  become generally
enforceable except in those states whose legislatures exercised their  authority
to  regulate the enforceability  of such clauses with  respect to mortgage loans
that were (i) originated or assumed during the 'window period' under the Garn-St
Germain Act which ended in all cases  not later than October 15, 1982, and  (ii)
originated  by lenders other  than national banks,  federal savings institutions
and federal  credit  unions. FHLMC  has  taken  the position  in  its  published
mortgage  servicing  standards that,  out of  a total  of eleven  'window period
states', five states (Arizona,  Michigan, Minnesota, New  Mexico and Utah)  have
enacted  statutes  extending,  on various  terms  and for  varying  periods, the
prohibition on  enforcement  of  due-on-sale clauses  with  respect  to  certain
categories   of  window  period  loans.  Also,  the  Garn-St  Germain  Act  does
'encourage' lenders  to permit  assumption  of loans  at  the original  rate  of
interest  or at some other  rate less than the average  of the original rate and
the market rate.
 
                                       61
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     As to loans secured by an owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St Germain Act
sets forth nine specific instances in which  a mortgagee covered by the Act  may
not  exercise its  rights under a  due-on-sale clause,  notwithstanding the fact
that a transfer of the  property may have occurred.  The inability to enforce  a
due-on-sale  clause  may  result  in  transfer of  the  related  Property  to an
uncreditworthy person, which  could increase  the likelihood of  default or  may
result  in a  mortgage bearing  an interest rate  below the  current market rate
being assumed by  a new home  buyer, which may  affect the average  life of  the
Loans and the number of Loans which may extend to maturity.
 
     In  addition, under federal bankruptcy law,  due-on-sale clauses may not be
enforceable in bankruptcy proceedings and  may, under certain circumstances,  be
eliminated in any modified mortgage resulting from such bankruptcy proceeding.
 
ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES
 
     Forms  of notes, mortgages and  deeds of trust used  by lenders may contain
provisions obligating the  borrower to  pay a late  charge if  payments are  not
timely  made,  and in  some  circumstances may  provide  for prepayment  fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity. In certain states,  there
are  or may  be specific limitations  upon the  late charges which  a lender may
collect from a borrower for delinquent  payments. Certain states also limit  the
amounts that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the
loan is prepaid. Under certain state laws, prepayment charges may not be imposed
after  a certain period of time following the origination of mortgage loans with
respect to  prepayments on  loans secured  by liens  encumbering  owner-occupied
residential  properties. Since many of the Properties will be owner-occupied, it
is anticipated that prepayment charges may  not be imposed with respect to  many
of  the Loans. The absence of such  a restraint on prepayment, particularly with
respect to  fixed  rate  Loans  having  higher  Loan  Rates,  may  increase  the
likelihood  of refinancing or other early retirement of such loans or contracts.
Late charges  and  prepayment  fees  are  typically  retained  by  servicers  as
additional servicing compensation.
 
APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS
 
     Title  V of the  Depository Institutions Deregulation  and Monetary Control
Act of  1980,  enacted in  March  1980 ('Title  V')  provides that  state  usury
limitations shall not apply to certain types of residential first mortgage loans
originated  by  certain  lenders after  March  31,  1980. The  Office  of Thrift
Supervision, as successor to the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, is authorized  to
issue   rules  and   regulations  and   to  publish   interpretations  governing
implementation of  Title  V.  The  statute authorized  the  states  to  reimpose
interest  rate limits by adopting, before April 1, 1983, a law or constitutional
provision which expressly  rejects an  application of the  federal law.  Fifteen
states adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even
where  Title V is not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on mortgage loans covered by
Title V.  Certain states  have taken  action to  reimpose interest  rate  limits
and/or to limit discount points or other charges.
 
THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS
 
     General.  The Home Improvement Contracts, other than those Home Improvement
Contracts  that are unsecured or secured by  mortgages on real estate (such Home
Improvement  Contracts  are   hereinafter  referred  to   in  this  section   as
'contracts')  generally  are  'chattel  paper'  or  constitute  'purchase  money
security interests' each as defined in the UCC. Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of
chattel paper  is  treated in  a  manner similar  to  perfection of  a  security
interest  in  chattel paper.  Under the  related  Agreement, the  Depositor will
transfer physical possession  of the contracts  to the Trustee  or a  designated
custodian  or  may  retain possession  of  the  contracts as  custodian  for the
Trustee. In addition, the Depositor will  make an appropriate filing of a  UCC-1
financing  statement  in the  appropriate states  to,  among other  things, give
notice of  the  Trust  Fund's  ownership  of  the  contracts.  Unless  otherwise
specified  in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the contracts  will  not be
stamped or otherwise marked  to reflect their assignment  from the Depositor  to
the  Trustee. Therefore, if through negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent
purchaser were able to take physical possession of the contracts without  notice
of  such  assignment,  the  Trust  Fund's interest  in  the  contracts  could be
defeated.
 
     Security Interests in Home Improvements.  The contracts that are secured by
the Home Improvements financed thereby grant to the originator of such contracts
a purchase money security interest in such Home
 
                                       62
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Improvements to  secure  all  or  part  of  the  purchase  price  of  such  Home
Improvements  and  related  services.  A financing  statement  generally  is not
required to be filed to perfect  a purchase money security interest in  consumer
goods.  Such purchase  money security  interests are  assignable. In  general, a
purchase money security interest grants to  the holder a security interest  that
has priority over a conflicting security interest in the same collateral and the
proceeds  of such collateral. However, to the extent that the collateral subject
to a  purchase money  security interest  becomes  a fixture,  in order  for  the
related  purchase money  security interest to  take priority  over a conflicting
interest in the  fixture, the holder's  interest in such  Home Improvement  must
generally  be  perfected by  a  timely fixture  filing.  In general,  a security
interest does not exist under the UCC in ordinary building material incorporated
into an improvement  on land.  Home Improvement Contracts  that finance  lumber,
bricks, other types of ordinary building material or other goods that are deemed
to  lose such  characterization upon  incorporation of  such materials  into the
related property, will not be secured  by a purchase money security interest  in
the Home Improvement being financed.
 
     Enforcement of Security Interest in Home Improvements.  So long as the Home
Improvement  has  not become  subject to  the  real estate  law, a  creditor can
repossess a  Home Improvement  securing a  contract by  voluntary surrender,  by
'self-help'  repossession that is 'peaceful' (i.e., without breach of the peace)
or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the ability to repossess  without
breach of the peace, by judicial process. The holder of a contract must give the
debtor  a number of days'  notice, which varies from 10  to 30 days depending on
the state,  prior to  commencement of  any repossession.  The UCC  and  consumer
protection  laws  in  most  states  place  restrictions  on  repossession sales,
including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial reasonableness  in
effecting  such a sale. The law in most  states also requires that the debtor be
given notice of any sale prior to resale of the unit that the debtor may  redeem
at or before such resale.
 
     Under  the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain
a deficiency  judgment from  a debtor  for any  deficiency on  repossession  and
resale  of the property securing the  debtor's loan. However, some states impose
prohibitions or  limitations on  deficiency  judgments, and  in many  cases  the
defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.
 
     Certain  other statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy
and insolvency laws  and general equitable  principles, may limit  or delay  the
ability  of a lender to repossess and  resell collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.
 
     Consumer Protection Laws.  The so-called 'Holder-in-Due Course' rule of the
Federal Trade Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor  of
a  consumer credit contract which is the seller  of goods which gave rise to the
transaction (and  certain  related  lenders  and  assignees)  to  transfer  such
contract  free of notice of claims by  the debtor thereunder. The effect of this
rule is to subject the  assignee of such a contract  to all claims and  defenses
which  the debtor could assert against the seller of goods. Liability under this
rule is limited to amounts paid under a contract; however, the obligor also  may
be able to assert the rule to set off remaining amounts due as a defense against
a  claim brought by the Trustee against such obligor. Numerous other federal and
state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination
and lending pursuant to the contracts,  including the Truth in Lending Act,  the
Federal  Trade  Commission Act,  the Fair  Credit Billing  Act, the  Fair Credit
Reporting Act,  the  Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, the  Fair  Debt  Collection
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these
laws,  the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the enforceability
of the related contract.
 
     Applicability of  Usury  Laws.   Title  V of  the  Depository  Institutions
Deregulation  and Monetary Control Act of 1980, as amended ('Title V'), provides
that, subject to  the following  conditions, state usury  limitations shall  not
apply  to any  contract which  is secured by  a first  lien on  certain kinds of
consumer  goods.  The  contracts  would  be  covered  if  they  satisfy  certain
conditions  governing, among  other things, the  terms of  any prepayments, late
charges and  deferral  fees  and  requiring a  30-day  notice  period  prior  to
instituting any action leading to repossession of the related unit.
 
     Title  V authorized any state to reimpose limitations on interest rates and
finance charges  by  adopting before  April  1,  1983 a  law  or  constitutional
provision which expressly rejects application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted  such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition, even where
Title V was  not so  rejected, any state  is authorized  by the law  to adopt  a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.
 
                                       63
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
INSTALLMENT CONTRACTS
 
     The  Loans may also consist of  installment contracts. Under an installment
contract ('Installment Contract')  the seller (hereinafter  referred to in  this
section  as the 'lender') retains legal title to the property and enters into an
agreement with the  purchaser hereinafter  referred to  in this  section as  the
'borrower')  for the payment of the purchase price, plus interest, over the term
of such contract. Only after full performance by the borrower of the contract is
the lender obligated to convey title to  the property to the purchaser. As  with
mortgage  or  deed  of  trust  financing, during  the  effective  period  of the
Installment Contract, the borrower is generally responsible for maintaining  the
property  in good  condition and for  paying real estate  taxes, assessments and
hazard insurance premiums associated with the property.
 
     The method  of enforcing  the rights  of the  lender under  an  Installment
Contract  varies on  a state-by-state basis  depending upon the  extent to which
state courts are  willing, or  able pursuant to  state statute,  to enforce  the
contract  strictly according  to its terms.  The terms  of Installment Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his or
her right to occupy  the property, the entire  indebtedness is accelerated,  and
the  buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited. The lender in such
a situation does not have to foreclose in order to obtain title to the property,
although in some  cases a quiet  title action is  in order if  the borrower  has
filed the Installment Contract in local land records and an ejectment action may
be  necessary to recover possession.  In a few states,  particularly in cases of
borrower default during the early years  of an Installment Contract, the  courts
will  permit ejectment of the  buyer and a forfeiture of  his or her interest in
the property.  However,  most  state legislatures  have  enacted  provisions  by
analogy  to mortgage law  protecting borrowers under  Installment Contracts from
the harsh  consequences  of  forfeiture.  Under such  statutes,  a  judicial  or
nonjudicial  foreclosure may  be required,  the lender  may be  required to give
notice of default and the borrower may be granted some grace period during which
the Installment Contract  may be  reinstated upon  full payment  of the  default
amount  and the borrower may have a post-foreclosure statutory redemption right.
In other  states,  courts in  equity  may  permit a  borrower  with  significant
investment  in the property under  an Installment Contract for  the sale of real
estate to share in the proceeds of  sale of the property after the  indebtedness
is   repaid  or  may   otherwise  refuse  to   enforce  the  forfeiture  clause.
Nevertheless,  generally  speaking,  the   lender's  procedures  for   obtaining
possession  and clear title under  an Installment Contract in  a given state are
simpler  and  less  time-consuming  and  costly  than  are  the  procedures  for
foreclosing  and obtaining  clear title  to a  property subject  to one  or more
liens.
 
SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT
 
     Generally, under the terms of the  Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief  Act
of  1940, as amended (the 'Relief Act'),  a borrower who enters military service
after the origination  of such borrower's  Loan (including a  borrower who is  a
member  of  the National  Guard  or is  in  reserve status  at  the time  of the
origination of the Loan and is later  called to active duty) may not be  charged
interest  above an annual rate of 6% during the period of such borrower's active
duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender.  It
is  possible that  such interest  rate limitation could  have an  effect, for an
indeterminate period of time, on the  ability of the Master Servicer to  collect
full  amounts of interest on certain of  the Loans. Unless otherwise provided in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any  shortfall  in  interest  collections
resulting  from the  application of  the Relief  Act could  result in  losses to
Securityholders. The Relief Act also imposes limitations which would impair  the
ability  of the  Master Servicer  to foreclose  on an  affected Loan  during the
borrower's period of active  duty status. Moreover, the  Relief Act permits  the
extension  of a  Loan's maturity and  the re-adjustment of  its payment schedule
beyond the completion of military service. Thus,  in the event that such a  Loan
goes into default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to
realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.
 
JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGEES
 
     To  the extent that  the Loans comprising  the Trust Fund  for a Series are
secured by mortgages which are junior  to other mortgages held by other  lenders
or  institutional investors,  the rights  of the  Trust Fund  (and therefore the
Securityholders), as mortgagee under any  such junior mortgage, are  subordinate
to  those of any mortgagee  under any senior mortgage.  The senior mortgagee has
the right to receive hazard insurance and condemnation proceeds and to cause the
property securing the  Loan to be  sold upon default  of the mortgagor,  thereby
extinguishing thejunior mortgagee's lien unless the junior mortgagee asserts its
subordinate  interest in the  property in foreclosure  litigation and, possibly,
satisfies the defaulted senior mortgage. A junior mortgagee
 
                                       64
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
may satisfy a  defaulted senior loan  in full and,  in some states,  may cure  a
default  and bring the senior  loan current, in either  event adding the amounts
expended to  the balance  due  on the  junior loan.  In  most states,  absent  a
provision  in the mortgage or deed of trust, no notice of default is required to
be given to a junior mortgagee.
 
     The standard  form  of the  mortgage  used by  most  institutional  lenders
confers  on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with  condemnation
proceedings,  and to apply such proceeds  and awards to any indebtedness secured
by the mortgage,  in such order  as the  mortgagee may determine.  Thus, in  the
event  improvements on the  property are damaged  or destroyed by  fire or other
casualty, or in the event the  property is taken by condemnation, the  mortgagee
or  beneficiary under senior mortgages will have  the prior right to collect any
insurance proceeds payable  under a  hazard insurance  policy and  any award  of
damages  in  connection with  the  condemnation and  to  apply the  same  to the
indebtedness secured by the senior mortgages.  Proceeds in excess of the  amount
of  senior  mortgage  indebtedness,  in  most  cases,  may  be  applied  to  the
indebtedness of a junior mortgage.
 
     Another provision sometimes found  in the form of  the mortgage or deed  of
trust  used  by  institutional lenders  obligates  the mortgagor  to  pay before
delinquency all  taxes  and assessments  on  the  property and,  when  due,  all
encumbrances,  charges  and liens  on  the property  which  appear prior  to the
mortgage or  deed  of trust,  to  provide and  maintain  fire insurance  on  the
property,  to maintain and repair  the property and not  to commit or permit any
waste thereof, and to appear in  and defend any action or proceeding  purporting
to affect the property or the rights of the mortgagee under the mortgage. Upon a
failure  of the mortgagor to perform any  of these obligations, the mortgagee is
given the right under certain mortgages to perform the obligation itself, at its
election, with the mortgagor  agreeing to reimburse the  mortgagee for any  sums
expended  by the mortgagee on  behalf of the mortgagor.  All sums so expended by
the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage.
 
     The form  of credit  line trust  deed or  mortgage generally  used by  most
institutional  lenders which make Revolving Credit Line Loans typically contains
a 'future advance' clause, which  provides, in essence, that additional  amounts
advanced  to or on behalf of the borrower by the beneficiary or lender are to be
secured by the  deed of trust  or mortgage.  Any amounts so  advanced after  the
Cut-off  Date with  respect to any  Mortgage will  not be included  in the Trust
Fund. The priority of the  lien securing any advance  made under the clause  may
depend  in most states  on whether the deed  of trust or  mortgage is called and
recorded as a  credit line  deed of  trust or  mortgage. If  the beneficiary  or
lender  advances additional amounts, the advance is entitled to receive the same
priority as  amounts  initially  advanced  under the  trust  deed  or  mortgage,
notwithstanding  the fact that there may be  junior trust deeds or mortgages and
other liens which intervene between the date  of recording of the trust deed  or
mortgage  and  the date  of  the future  advance,  and notwithstanding  that the
beneficiary or  lender had  actual knowledge  of such  intervening junior  trust
deeds  or mortgages and other liens at the  time of the advance. In most states,
the trust  deed or  mortgage lien  securing  mortgage loans  of the  type  which
includes  home  equity credit  lines applies  retroactively to  the date  of the
original recording of the trust deed or mortgage, provided that the total amount
of advances  under the  home equity  credit  line does  not exceed  the  maximum
specified  principal amount of the recorded trust deed or mortgage, except as to
advances made after receipt  by the lender  of a written notice  of lien from  a
judgment lien creditor of the trustor.
 
THE TITLE I PROGRAM
 
     General.   Certain  of the  Loans contained  in a  Trust Fund  may be loans
insured under  the FHA  Title I  Credit Insurance  program created  pursuant  to
Sections 1 and 2(a) of the National Housing Act of 1934 (the 'Title I Program').
Under  the  Title I  Program,  the FHA  is  authorized and  empowered  to insure
qualified lending institutions  against losses  on eligible loans.  The Title  I
Program  operates as a coinsurance program in which the FHA insures up to 90% of
certain losses  incurred on  an individual  insured loan,  including the  unpaid
principal  balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance  coverage reserve account. The owner  of
the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.
 
     The  types of loans which  are eligible for insurance  by the FHA under the
Title I Program include property improvement loans ('Property Improvement Loans'
or 'Title I Loans'). A  Property Improvement Loan or Title  I Loan means a  loan
made to finance actions or items that substantially protect or improve the basic
livability  or  utility of  a property  and  includes single  family improvement
loans.
 
                                       65
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     There are two  basic methods  of lending  or originating  such loans  which
include  a 'direct loan' or a 'dealer loan'.  With respect to a direct loan, the
borrower makes application directly  to a lender without  any assistance from  a
dealer,  which application  may be  filled out  by the  borrower or  by a person
acting at the direction of the borrower  who does not have a financial  interest
in the loan transaction, and the lender may disburse the loan proceeds solely to
the  borrower or jointly to  the borrower and other  parties to the transaction.
With respect  to  a dealer  loan,  the dealer,  who  has a  direct  or  indirect
financial  interest in the  loan transaction, assists  the borrower in preparing
the loan application  or otherwise assists  the borrower in  obtaining the  loan
from  lender and the lender may distribute  proceeds solely to the dealer or the
borrower or  jointly to  the borrower  and  the dealer  or other  parties.  With
respect to a dealer Title I Loan, a dealer may include a seller, a contractor or
supplier of goods or services.
 
     Loans insured under the Title I Program are required to have fixed interest
rates  and,  generally,  provide  for  equal  installment  payments  due weekly,
biweekly, semi-monthly or monthly, except that  a loan may be payable  quarterly
or  semi-annually in order  to correspond with the  borrower's irregular flow of
income. The first  or last payments  (or both) may  vary in amount  but may  not
exceed 150% of the regular installment payment, and the first payment may be due
no  later than two  months from the  date of the  loan. The note  must contain a
provision permitting full or partial prepayment  of the loan. The interest  rate
may  be established by the lender and must be fixed for the term of the loan and
recited in the note. Interest  on an insured loan must  accrue from the date  of
the  loan and be calculated  according to the actuarial  method. The lender must
assure that  the  note  and all  other  documents  evidencing the  loan  are  in
compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws.
 
     Each  insured  lender  is  required to  use  prudent  lending  standards in
underwriting individual loans  and to satisfy  the applicable loan  underwriting
requirements  under the Title  I Program prior  to its approval  of the loan and
disbursement of loan proceeds. Generally, the lender must exercise prudence  and
diligence  to determine whether the borrower and  any co-maker is solvent and an
acceptable credit risk, with a reasonable  ability to make payments on the  loan
obligation.  The lender's credit  application and review  must determine whether
the borrower's income will be adequate to meet the periodic payments required by
the loan, as well as the borrower's other housing and recurring expenses,  which
determination  must  be made  in  accordance with  the  expense-to-income ratios
published by the Secretary of HUD.
 
     Under the  Title  I  Program,  the  FHA does  not  review  or  approve  for
qualification  for insurance the individual loans insured thereunder at the time
of approval by  the lending  institution (as is  typically the  case with  other
federal  loan  programs).  If, after  a  loan  has been  made  and  reported for
insurance  under  the  Title  I  Program,  the  lender  discovers  any  material
misstatement  of  fact  or that  the  loan  proceeds have  been  misused  by the
borrower, dealer or any other party, it  shall promptly report this to the  FHA.
In  such case, provided  that the validity of  any lien on  the property has not
been impaired, the insurance of the loan  under the Title I Program will not  be
affected  unless such material misstatements of  fact or misuse of loan proceeds
was caused by (or was knowingly sanctioned by) the lender or its employees.
 
     Requirements for Title I Loans.   The maximum principal amount for Title  I
Loans  must not exceed the  actual cost of the  project plus any applicable fees
and charges allowed under the Title I Program; provided that such maximum amount
does not exceed $25,000 (or the  current applicable amount) for a single  family
property improvement loan. Generally, the term of a Title I Loan may not be less
than  six months nor  greater than 20 years  and 32 days.  A borrower may obtain
multiple Title I Loans with respect  to multiple properties, and a borrower  may
obtain  more than one  Title I Loan with  respect to a  single property, in each
case as long as the total outstanding balance  of all Title I Loans in the  same
property  does not exceed the  maximum loan amount for the  type of Title I Loan
thereon having the highest permissible loan amount.
 
     Borrower eligibility for a Title I Loan requires that the borrower have  at
least  a one-half interest  in either fee  simple title to  the real property, a
lease thereof for a term expiring at least six months after the final maturityof
the Title I Loan or a recorded land installment contract for the purchase of the
real property, and that the borrower have equity in the property being  improved
at  least equal to  the amount of the  Title I Loan if  such loan amount exceeds
$15,000. Any Title I Loan in excess of $7,500 must be secured by a recorded lien
on the improved  property which  is evidenced  by a  mortgage or  deed of  trust
executed by the borrower and all other owners in fee simple.
 
     The  proceeds from  a Title  I Loan  may be  used only  to finance property
improvements which  substantially protect  or improve  the basic  livability  or
utility  of the property as disclosed in  the loan application. The Secretary of
HUD has published a list of items  and activities which cannot be financed  with
proceeds from any
 
                                       66
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Title  I Loan and from time to time the  Secretary of HUD may amend such list of
items and activities. With respect to any dealer Title I Loan, before the lender
may disburse  funds,  the  lender  must have  in  its  possession  a  completion
certificate  on a HUD approved form, signed by the borrower and the dealer. With
respect to any direct Title I Loan,  the lender is required to obtain,  promptly
upon  completion  of  the  improvements  but not  later  than  six  months after
disbursement of the loan proceeds with  one six month extension if necessary,  a
completion  certificate,  signed  by the  borrower.  The lender  is  required to
conduct an on-site inspection on any Title I Loan where the principal obligation
is $7,500 or more, and  on any direct Title I  Loan where the borrower fails  to
submit a completion certificate.
 
     FHA  Insurance Coverage.  Under the Title  I Program the FHA establishes an
insurance coverage reserve  account for  each lender  which has  been granted  a
Title  I insurance contract. The amount of insurance coverage in this account is
10% of the amount disbursed, advanced  or expended by the lender in  originating
or  purchasing eligible  loans registered with  FHA for Title  I insurance, with
certain adjustments. The balance  in the insurance  coverage reserve account  is
the  maximum amount of insurance claims the FHA  is required to pay. Loans to be
insured under the Title I  Program will be registered  for insurance by the  FHA
and  the insurance coverage attributable  to such loans will  be included in the
insurance coverage  reserve account  for the  originating or  purchasing  lender
following  the receipt  and acknowledgment by  the FHA  of a loan  report on the
prescribed form pursuant to the  Title I regulations. The  FHA charges a fee  of
0.50%  per annum of the net proceeds (the original balance) of any eligible loan
so reported and acknowledged  for insurance by the  originating lender. The  FHA
bills  the lender for  the insurance premium  on each insured  loan annually, on
approximately the anniversary date of the loan's origination. If an insured loan
is prepaid during the year, FHA will not refund or abate the insurance premium.
 
     Under the  Title I  Program  the FHA  will  reduce the  insurance  coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account with respect to
loans  insured under the lender's contract of insurance by (i) the amount of the
FHA insurance claims  approved for payment  relating to such  insured loans  and
(ii)  the amount of insurance coverage attributable to insured loans sold by the
lender, and such insurance coverage may be reduced for any FHA insurance  claims
rejected  by the FHA. The balance of the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve
account will be further adjusted  as required under Title I  or by the FHA,  and
the  insurance coverage  therein may  be earmarked with  respect to  each or any
eligible loans insured thereunder, if a  determination is made by the  Secretary
of HUD that it is in its interest to do so. Originations and acquisitions of new
eligible  loans will continue to increase  a lender's insurance coverage reserve
account balance  by  10%  of  the amount  disbursed,  advanced  or  expended  in
originating  or  acquiring  such  eligible loans  registered  with  the  FHA for
insurance under the Title I Program. The Secretary of HUD may transfer insurance
coverage between  insurance  coverage  reserve  accounts  with  earmarking  with
respect  to  a  particular  insured  loan  or  group  of  insured  loans  when a
determination is made that it is in the Secretary's interest to do so.
 
     The lender may transfer (except as  collateral in a bona fide  transaction)
insured  loans and loans reported for insurance only to another qualified lender
under a  valid  Title  I  contract  of insurance.  Unless  an  insured  loan  is
transferred  with recourse or with a  guaranty or repurchase agreement, the FHA,
upon receipt of written notification of the transfer of such loan in  accordance
with  the Title  I regulations,  will transfer  from the  transferor's insurance
coverage reserve account to the transferee's insurance coverage reserve  account
an  amount, if available, equal  to 10% of the actual  purchase price or the net
unpaid principal balance of  such loan (whichever is  less). However, under  the
Title  I Program not more than $5,000 in insurance coverage shall be transferred
to or from a lender's insurance coverage reserve account during any October 1 to
September 30 period without the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
 
     Claims Procedures Under Title I.  Under the Title I Program the lender  may
accelerate  an insured  loan following  a default  on such  loan only  after the
lender or its agent has contacted the  borrower in a face-to-face meeting or  by
telephone  to discuss the reasons  for the default and to  seek its cure. If the
borrower does  not cure  the default  or agree  to a  modification agreement  or
repayment  plan, the  lender will  notify the  borrower in  writing that, unless
within 30 days the default is cured  or the borrower enters into a  modification
agreement  or repayment  plan, the  loan will  be accelerated  and that,  if the
default persists, the lender  will report the default  to an appropriate  credit
agency.  The lender may rescind the  acceleration of maturity after full payment
is due and  reinstate the loan  only if  the borrower brings  the loan  current,
executes a modification agreement or agrees to an acceptable repayment plan.
 
                                       67
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Following  acceleration of maturity upon a secured Title I Loan, the lender
may either (a) proceed  against the property under  any security instrument,  or
(b) make a claim under the lender's contract of insurance. If the lender chooses
to  proceed against the property under a security instrument (or if it accepts a
voluntary conveyance  or surrender  of the  property), the  lender may  file  an
insurance claim only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
 
     When  a lender  files an  insurance claim  with the  FHA under  the Title I
Program, the FHA reviews the claim, the complete loan file and documentation  of
the  lender's  efforts to  obtain  recourse against  any  dealer who  has agreed
thereto, certification of  compliance with  applicable state and  local laws  in
carrying  out any foreclosure or repossession,  and evidence that the lender has
properly filed proofs  of claims, where  the borrower is  bankrupt or  deceased.
Generally,  a claim for reimbursement for loss on any Title I Loan must be filed
with the FHA no later than nine months  after the date of default of such  loan.
Concurrently  with filing  the insurance claim,  the lender shall  assign to the
United States of America  the lender's entire  interest in the  loan note (or  a
judgment  in lieu of the note),  in any security held and  in any claim filed in
any legal  proceedings. If,  at the  time the  note is  assigned to  the  United
States,  the  Secretary has  reason to  believe that  the note  is not  valid or
enforceable against the borrower,  the FHA may deny  the claim and reassign  the
note to the lender. If either such defect is discovered after the FHA has paid a
claim, the FHA may require the lender to repurchase the paid claim and to accept
a  reassignment of the loan note. If the lender subsequently obtains a valid and
enforceable judgment  against  the  borrower,  the lender  may  resubmit  a  new
insurance  claim with  an assignment  of the judgment.  The FHA  may contest any
insurance claim and make a demand for repurchase  of the loan at any time up  to
two  years from  the date  the claim  was certified  for payment  and may  do so
thereafter in the event of fraud or misrepresentation on the part of the lender.
 
     Under the Title  I Program the  amount of an  FHA insurance claim  payment,
when  made, is  equal to  the Claimable  Amount, up  to the  amount of insurance
coverage in the lender's  insurance coverage reserve  account. For the  purposes
hereof,  the 'Claimable Amount' means an amount equal  to 90% of the sum of: (a)
the unpaid loan obligation  (net unpaid principal  and the uncollected  interest
earned  to  the date  of default)  with  adjustments thereto  if the  lender has
proceeded against property securing  such loan; (b) the  interest on the  unpaid
amount  of the  loan obligation  from the  date of  default to  the date  of the
claim's initial submission for payment plus 15 calendar days (but not to  exceed
9  months from the date of default), calculated at the rate of 7% per annum; (c)
the uncollected court costs; (d) the attorney's fees not to exceed $500; and (e)
the expenses for recording the assignment of the security to the United States.
 
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
 
     Numerous federal  and state  consumer  protection laws  impose  substantive
requirements upon mortgage lenders in connection with the origination, servicing
and enforcement of loans secured by Single Family Properties. These laws include
the  federal Truth-in-Lending Act and  Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, Real
Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder,  Equal
Credit  Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Billing  Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and
related statutes and regulations. In particular, Regulation Z, requires  certain
disclosures  to the borrowers regarding the terms of the Loans; the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder prohibit  discrimination
on  the  basis of  age,  race, color,  sex,  religion, marital  status, national
origin, receipt of  public assistance  or the exercise  of any  right under  the
Consumer  Credit Protection  Act, in  the extension  of credit;  the Fair Credit
Reporting Act  regulates the  use  and reporting  of information  relatedto  the
borrower's  credit experience. Certain provisions  of these laws impose specific
statutory liabilities upon lenders  who fail to  comply therewith. In  addition,
violations  of such laws may limit the ability  of the Sellers to collect all or
part of the principal of or interest on the Loans and could subject the  Sellers
and in some cases their assignees to damages and administrative enforcement.
 
                                       68




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
GENERAL
 
     The  following is a summary of  the anticipated material federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership,  and disposition of the Securities  and
is  based on advice of  Brown & Wood LLP, special  counsel to the Depositor. The
summary is based upon  the provisions of the  Code, the regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  including, where applicable, proposed regulations, and the judicial
and administrative rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject
to change  or  possible  differing interpretations.  The  statutory  provisions,
regulations,  and  interpretations on  which  this interpretation  is  based are
subject to change, and such a change could apply retroactively.
 
     The summary does  not purport to  deal with all  aspects of federal  income
taxation  that  may affect  particular investors  in  light of  their individual
circumstances, nor with certain types of investors subject to special  treatment
under the federal income tax laws. This summary focuses primarily upon investors
who  will  hold Securities  as 'capital  assets'  (generally, property  held for
investment) within the  meaning of Section  1221 of  the Code, but  much of  the
discussion  is applicable to other investors  as well. Prospective Investors are
advised to consult their own tax  advisers concerning the federal, state,  local
and  any  other  tax  consequences  to  them  of  the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition of the Securities.
 
   
     The federal  income tax  consequences  to Holders  will vary  depending  on
whether  (i) the Securities of a Series  are classified as indebtedness; (ii) an
election is made  to treat the  Trust Fund  relating to a  particular Series  of
Securities  as a  real estate  mortgage investment  conduit ('REMIC')  under the
Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as  amended (the 'Code');  (iii) the  Securities
represent  an ownership interest  in some or  all of the  assets included in the
Trust Fund for a  Series; or (iv) an  election is made to  treat the Trust  Fund
relating to a particular Series of Certificates as a partnership. The Prospectus
Supplement for each Series of Securities will specify how the Securities will be
treated  for  federal  income tax  purposes  and  will discuss  whether  a REMIC
election,   if    any,   will  be  made with  respect to  such Series. Prior  to
issuance   of   each   Series   of Securities, the Depositor shall file with the
Commission a Form 8-K on behalf of the related Trust Fund containing an  opinion
of Brown  &  Wood LLP   with   respect   to  the validity of the information set
forth under  'Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences'  herein  and  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.
    
 
TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES
 
     Status as Real Property Loans. Except  to the extent otherwise provided  in
the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  Brown  & Wood  LLP  will have  advised the
Depositor that: (i) Securities held by a domestic building and loan  association
will  constitute 'loans... secured  by an interest in  real property' within the
meaning of Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v); and (ii) Securities  held by a  real
estate  investment trust will constitute 'real estate assets' within the meaning
of Code  Section 856(c)(5)(A)  and  interest on  Securities will  be  considered
'interest  on obligations secured by mortgages  on real property or on interests
in real property' within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B).
 
     The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of the
bad debt reserve  method for  thrift institutions, repealed  the application  of
Code Section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.
 
     Interest   and  Acquisition   Discount.  Securities   representing  regular
interests in a REMIC  ('Regular Interest Securities')  are generally taxable  to
holders  in the same  manner as evidences  of indebtedness issued  by the REMIC.
Stated interest on the Regular Interest  Securities will be taxable as  ordinary
income and taken into account using the accrual method of accounting, regardless
of  the Holder's normal  accounting method. Interest  (other than original issue
discount) on  Securities  (other  than Regular  Interest  Securities)  that  are
characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes will be includible
in  income  by  holders  thereof  in  accordance  with  their  usual  methods of
accounting. Securities characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes and
Regular Interest  Securities will  be referred  to hereinafter  collectively  as
'Debt Securities.'
 
     Debt  Securities that are Compound Interest Securities will, and certain of
the other Debt Securities may, be issued with 'original issue discount' ('OID').
The following discussion is based in part  on the rules governing OID which  are
set  forth in Sections 1271-1275 of the Code and the Treasury regulations issued
thereunder on  February 2,  1994 (the  'OID Regulations').  A Holder  should  be
aware,  however,  that the  OID Regulations  do  not adequately  address certain
issues relevant to prepayable securities, such as the Debt Securities.
 
                                       69
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     In general,  OID, if  any, will  equal the  difference between  the  stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security and its issue price. A holder of
a  Debt Security  must include  such OID  in gross  income as  ordinary interest
income as it accrues under a method  taking into account an economic accrual  of
the  discount. In  general, OID  must be  included in  income in  advance of the
receipt of  the cash  representing that  income. The  amount of  OID on  a  Debt
Security  will be considered to be  zero if it is less  than a de minimis amount
determined under the Code.
 
     The issue  price  of  a  Debt  Security is  the  first  price  at  which  a
substantial  amount of  Debt Securities  of that  class are  sold to  the public
(excluding bond houses, brokers,  underwriters or wholesalers).  If less than  a
substantial  amount of a particular class of Debt Securities is sold for cash on
or prior to the  related Closing Date,  the issue price for  such class will  be
treated  as the fair market value of such  class on such Closing Date. The issue
price of  a Debt  Security also  includes the  amount paid  by an  initial  Debt
Security holder for accrued interest that relates to a period prior to the issue
date  of the Debt  Security. The stated  redemption price at  maturity of a Debt
Security includes  the  original principal  amount  of the  Debt  Security,  but
generally  will  not include  distributions  of interest  if  such distributions
constitute 'qualified stated interest'.
 
     Under the  OID  Regulations,  qualified  stated  interest  generally  means
interest payable at a single fixed rate or qualified variable rate (as described
below)  provided  that such  interest  payments are  unconditionally  payable at
intervals of one year or less during  the entire term of the Debt Security.  The
OID Regulations state that interest payments are unconditionally payable only if
a  late payment or nonpayment is expected to be penalized or reasonable remedies
exist to  compel  payment.  Certain  Debt Securities  may  provide  for  default
remedies in the event of late payment or nonpayment of interest. The interest on
such  Debt Securities will  be unconditionally payable  and constitute qualified
stated interest, not OID. However, absent clarification of the OID  Regulations,
where Debt Securities do not provide for default remedies, the interest payments
will  be included in the Debt Security's stated redemption price at maturity and
taxed as  OID. Interest  is payable  at a  single fixed  rate only  if the  rate
appropriately  takes into account  the length of  the interval between payments.
Distributions of  interest on  Debt Securities  with respect  to which  deferred
interest will accrue, will not constitute qualified stated interest payments, in
which  case  the stated  redemption price  at maturity  of such  Debt Securities
includes all distributions of interest as  well as principal thereon. Where  the
interval  between  the issue  date and  the  first Distribution  Date on  a Debt
Security is  either  longer or  shorter  than the  interval  between  subsequent
Distribution  Dates, all or  part of the  interest foregone, in  the case of the
longer interval, and all of the additional interest, in the case of the  shorter
interval, will be included in the stated redemption price at maturity and tested
under the de minimis rule described below. In the case of a Debt Security with a
long first period which has non-de minimis OID, all stated interest in excess of
interest  payable at the effective interest rate  for the long first period will
be included in  the stated redemption  price at maturity  and the Debt  Security
will generally have OID. Holders of Debt Securities should consult their own tax
advisors to determine the issue price and stated redemption price at maturity of
a Debt Security.
 
     Under  the de minimis rule, OID on a Debt Security will be considered to be
zero if such OID is less than  0.25% of the stated redemption price at  maturity
of  the Debt Security  multiplied by the  weighted average maturity  of the Debt
Security. For this purpose, the weighted  average maturity of the Debt  Security
is  computed as the sum  of the amounts determined  by multiplying the number of
full years (i.e., rounding  down partial years) from  the issue date until  each
distribution in reduction of stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to
be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each distribution
included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt Security and the
denominator  of which  is the  stated redemption price  at maturity  of the Debt
Security. Holders generally  must report de  minimis OID pro  rata as  principal
payments are received, and such income will be capital gain if the Debt Security
is  held as a capital asset. However, accrual method holders may elect to accrue
all de minimis OID as well as market discount under a constant interest method.
 
     Debt Securities  may provide  for interest  based on  a qualified  variable
rate.  Under the OID Regulations, interest is  treated as payable at a qualified
variable rate and not as contingent interest if, generally, (i) such interest is
unconditionally payable at  least annually,  (ii) the  issue price  of the  debt
instrument  does not exceed the total noncontingent principal payments and (iii)
interest is based  on a  'qualified floating rate,'  an 'objective  rate,' or  a
combination  of 'qualified floating rates' that do  not operate in a manner that
significantly accelerates or defers interest payments on such Debt Security.  In
the  case of Compound Interest  Securities, certain Interest Weighted Securities
(as defined  herein), and  certain of  the other  Debt Securities,  none of  the
payments under the
 
                                       70
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
instrument  will be considered qualified stated interest, and thus the aggregate
amount of all payments will be included in the stated redemption price.
 
     The Internal Revenue Services (the 'IRS') recently issued final regulations
(the 'Contingent Regulations') governing the  calculation of OID on  instruments
having  contingent interest payments. The Contingent Regulations specifically do
not apply for purposes  of calculating OID on  debt instruments subject to  Code
Section 1272(a)(6), such as the Debt Security. Additionally, the OID Regulations
do  not contain  provisions specifically  interpreting Code  Section 1272(a)(6).
Until the Treasury issues guidance to the contrary, the Trustee intends to  base
its  computation on Code Section 1272(a)(6) and the OID Regulations as described
in this Prospectus.  However, because  no regulatory  guidance currently  exists
under  Code Section 1272(a)(6), there can  be no assurance that such methodology
represents the correct manner of calculating OID.
 
     The holder of a Debt Security issued with OID must include in gross income,
for all days during its taxable year  on which it holds such Debt Security,  the
sum  of the 'daily portions' of such  original issue discount. The amount of OID
includible in income  by a holder  will be  computed by allocating  to each  day
during  a taxable year  a pro rata  portion of the  original issue discount that
accrued during the relevant accrual period. In the case of a Debt Security  that
is  not a Regular Interest Security and  the principal payments on which are not
subject to acceleration resulting from prepayments  on the Loans, the amount  of
OID includible in income of a Holder for an accrual period (generally the period
over  which interest accrues on  the debt instrument) will  equal the product of
the yield to maturity of the Debt  Security and the adjusted issue price of  the
Debt  Security,  reduced  by  any payments  of  qualified  stated  interest. The
adjusted issue price is the sum of  its issue price plus prior accruals or  OID,
reduced  by the total  payments made with  respect to such  Debt Security in all
prior periods, other than qualified stated interest payments.
 
     The amount  of  OID  to be  included  in  income  by a  holder  of  a  debt
instrument,  such as certain Classes of the  Debt Securities, that is subject to
acceleration  due  to  prepayments  on  other  debt  obligations  securing  such
instruments  (a 'Pay-Through Security'), is computed  by taking into account the
anticipated rate  of prepayments  assumed in  pricing the  debt instrument  (the
'Prepayment  Assumption'). The amount of OID  that will accrue during an accrual
period on a Pay-Through Security  is the excess (if any)  of the sum of (a)  the
present  value of all payments remaining to  be made on the Pay-Through Security
as of the close of  the accrual period and (b)  the payments during the  accrual
period  of amounts  included in the  stated redemption price  of the Pay-Through
Security, over  the adjusted  issue price  of the  Pay-Through Security  at  the
beginning  of the accrual period. The present value of the remaining payments is
to be  determined on  the basis  of three  factors: (i)  the original  yield  to
maturity  of the Pay-Through Security (determined on the basis of compounding at
the end of  each accrual  period and  properly adjusted  for the  length of  the
accrual  period), (ii) events which have occurred  before the end of the accrual
period and (iii)  the assumption  that the remaining  payments will  be made  in
accordance with the original Prepayment Assumption. The effect of this method is
to increase the portions of OID required to be included in income by a Holder to
take  into account prepayments with respect to  the Loans at a rate that exceeds
the Prepayment Assumption, and to decrease  (but not below zero for any  period)
the  portions of original issue discount required  to be included in income by a
Holder of a Pay-Through Security to  take into account prepayments with  respect
to  the Loans at a rate that  is slower than the Prepayment Assumption. Although
original issue discount will  be reported to  Holders of Pay-Through  Securities
based  on the Prepayment  Assumption, no representation is  made to Holders that
Loans will be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.
 
     The Depositor may adjust the accrual of OID on a Class of Regular  Interest
Securities  (or other regular interests in a REMIC) in a manner that it believes
to be appropriate, to take account of realized losses on the Loans, although the
OID Regulations do not provide for such adjustments. If the IRS were to  require
that  OID be accrued without such adjustments, the  rate of accrual of OID for a
Class of Regular Interest Securities could increase.
 
     Certain classes of Regular Interest Securities may represent more than  one
class  of  REMIC regular  interests. Unless  otherwise  provided in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, the  Trustee intends,  based on the  OID Regulations,  to
calculate  OID on such  Securities as if,  solely for the  purposes of computing
OID, the separate regular interests were a single debt instrument.
 
     A subsequent holder of a Debt Security will also be required to include OID
in gross income,  but such  a holder  who purchases  such Debt  Security for  an
amount  that  exceeds its  adjusted issue  price  will be  entitled (as  will an
initial holder who pays more than a Debt Security's issue price) to offset  such
OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of such excess.
 
                                       71
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Effects  of Defaults and Delinquencies.  Holders will be required to report
income with respect to  the related Securities under  an accrual method  without
giving  effect  to  delays and  reductions  in distributions  attributable  to a
default or delinquency on the Loans, except  possibly to the extent that it  can
be  established that such amounts are uncollectible.  As a result, the amount of
income (including OID) reported  by a holder  of such a  Security in any  period
could significantly exceed the amount of cash distributed to such holder in that
period.  The holder  will eventually be  allowed a  loss (or will  be allowed to
report a lesser amount  of income) to  the extent that  the aggregate amount  of
distributions  on  the Securities  is deducted as  a result  of a  Loan default.
However, the timing  and character of  such losses or  reductions in income  are
uncertain  and, accordingly, holders of Securities  should consult their own tax
advisors on this point.
 
     Interest Weighted Securities.  It is not clear how income should be accrued
with respect to Regular Interest  Securities or Stripped Securities (as  defined
under ' -- Tax Status as a Grantor Trust; General' herein) the payments on which
consist  solely or primarily of a specified  portion of the interest payments on
qualified mortgages  held  by the  REMIC  or on  Loans  underlying  Pass-Through
Securities  ('Interest  Weighted Securities').  The Issuer  intends to  take the
position that  all of  the income  derived from  an Interest  Weighted  Security
should  be treated as  OID and that the  amount and rate of  accrual of such OID
should be calculated by  treating the Interest Weighted  Security as a  Compound
Interest Security. However, in the case of Interest Weighted Securities that are
entitled  to some payments of principal and that are Regular Interest Securities
the Internal Revenue Service could assert  that income derived from an  Interest
Weighted  Security  should be  calculated  as if  the  Security were  a security
purchased at a premium equal to the excess of the price paid by such holder  for
such  Security over its stated principal amount,  if any. Under this approach, a
holder would be entitled to  amortize such premium only if  it has in effect  an
election  under  Section  171 of  the  Code  with respect  to  all  taxable debt
instruments held by such holder, as described below. Alternatively, the Internal
Revenue Service  could  assert that  an  Interest Weighted  Security  should  be
taxable  under the rules  governing bonds issued  with contingent payments. Such
treatment may be more  likely in the case  of Interest Weighted Securities  that
are  Stripped Securities as  described below. See  ' -- Tax  Status as a Grantor
Trust -- Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities.'
 
     Variable Rate Debt  Securities.   In the  case of  Debt Securities  bearing
interest  at a rate that varies directly,  according to a fixed formula, with an
objective index,  it  appears  that (i)  the  yield  to maturity  of  such  Debt
Securities  and (ii) in the case of Pay-Through Securities, the present value of
all payments remaining to be made on such Debt Securities, should be  calculated
as  if the interest  index remained at  its value as  of the issue  date of such
Securities. Because the proper method of adjusting accruals of OID on a variable
rate Debt Security is uncertain, holders of variable rate Debt Securities should
consult their  own tax  advisers  regarding the  appropriate treatment  of  such
Securities for federal income tax purposes.
 
     Market  Discount.  A purchaser  of a Security may  be subject to the market
discount rules of Sections 1276-1278 of the Code. A Holder that acquires a  Debt
Security  with more  than a  prescribed de  minimis amount  of 'market discount'
(generally, the excess  of the principal  amount of the  Debt Security over  the
purchaser's  purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount
in income  as ordinary  income  in each  month, but  limited  to an  amount  not
exceeding  the principal  payments on the  Debt Security received  in that month
and, if the Securities are sold,  the gain realized. Such market discount  would
accrue  in  a manner  to be  provided  in Treasury  regulations but,  until such
regulations are issued, such market discount would in general accrue either  (i)
on  the basis of a constant yield (in the case of a Pay-Through Security, taking
into account a prepayment assumption) or (ii) in the ratio of (a) in the case of
Securities (or in the  case of a Pass-Through  Security (as defined herein),  as
set  forth below, the Loans underlying such Security) not originally issued with
original issue discount, stated interest payable in the relevant period to total
stated interest remaining to be  paid at the beginning of  the period or (b)  in
the case of Securities (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described
below,  the Loans underlying such Security) originally issued at a discount, OID
in the relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.
 
     Section 1277 of the Code provides that, regardless of the origination  date
of  the Debt Security (or,  in the case of  a Pass-Through Security, the Loans),
the excess of interest paid or accrued  to purchase or carry a Security (or,  in
the  case of a Pass-Through Security,  as described below, the underlying Loans)
with market discount  over interest received  on such Security  is allowed as  a
current  deduction only  to the  extent such excess  is greater  than the market
discount that accrued during the taxable year in which such interest expense was
incurred. In  general, the  deferred portion  of any  interest expense  will  be
deductible when such market discount
 
                                       72
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
is included in income, including upon the sale, disposition, or repayment of the
Security  (or in  the case  of a Pass-Through  Security, an  underlying Loan). A
holder may elect to include market  discount in income currently as it  accrues,
on  all market discount  obligations acquired by such  holder during the taxable
year such election is made and  thereafter, in which case the interest  deferral
rule will not apply.
 
     Premium.   A holder who  purchases a Debt Security  (other than an Interest
Weighted Security to  the extent  described above) at  a cost  greater than  its
stated  redemption  price  at maturity,  generally  will be  considered  to have
purchased the Security at a premium, which it may elect to amortize as an offset
to interest income on such Security (and not as a separate deduction item) on  a
constant  yield method.  Although no  regulations addressing  the computation of
premium accrual on securities  similar to the Securities  have been issued,  the
legislative  history of the 1986 Act indicates  that premium is to be accrued in
the same manner as market discount. Accordingly, it appears that the accrual  of
premium  on  a Class  of  Pay-Through Securities  will  be calculated  using the
prepayment assumption used in pricing such Class. If a holder makes an  election
to  amortize premium on a Debt Security, such election will apply to all taxable
debt instruments (including  all REMIC  regular interests  and all  pass-through
certificates   representing  ownership   interests  in  a   trust  holding  debt
obligations) held by the holder  at the beginning of  the taxable year in  which
the election is made, and to all taxable debt instruments acquired thereafter by
such  holder, and will be irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. Purchasers
who pay a premium for the Securities should consult their tax advisers regarding
the election to amortize premium and the method to be employed.
 
     On June 27, 1996 the IRS issued proposed regulations (the 'Amortizable Bond
Premium Regulations') dealing with  amortizable bond premium. These  regulations
specifically do not apply to prepayable debt instruments subject to Code Section
1272(a)(6)  such as  the Securities. Absent  further guidance from  the IRS, the
Trustee intends to account for amortizable bond premium in the manner  described
above.  Prospective  purchasers  of  the  Securities  should  consult  their tax
advisors regarding  the possible  application of  the Amortizable  Bond  Premium
Regulations.
 
     Election  to  Treat  All Interest  as  Original  Issue Discount.    The OID
Regulations permit a holder of a Debt Security to elect to accrue all  interest,
discount (including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in
income  as  interest,  based on  a  constant  yield method  for  Debt Securities
acquired on or after  April 4, 1994. If  such an election were  to be made  with
respect to a Debt Security with market discount, the holder of the Debt Security
would  be deemed to have made an  election to include in income currently market
discount with respect to all other debt instruments having market discount  that
such  holder of the  Debt Security acquires  during the year  of the election or
thereafter. Similarly, a holder of a Debt Security that makes this election  for
a  Debt Security that  is acquired at a  premium will be deemed  to have made an
election to amortize bond  premium with respect to  all debt instruments  having
amortizable  bond premium  that such  holder owns  or acquires.  The election to
accrue interest, discount and premium on a constant yield method with respect to
a Debt Security is irrevocable.
 
TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS
 
     General.   In the  opinion of  Brown &  Wood LLP,  special counsel  to  the
Depositor,  if a REMIC election is made  with respect to a Series of Securities,
then the arrangement by which the Securities  of that Series are issued will  be
treated  as a REMIC as long as all of the provisions of the applicable Agreement
are complied with and the  statutory and regulatory requirements are  satisfied.
Securities  will be designated as 'Regular Interests' or 'Residual Interests' in
a REMIC, as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Except to the extent specified otherwise  in a Prospectus Supplement, if  a
REMIC  election is made with  respect to a Series  of Securities, (i) Securities
held by a domestic building and loan association will constitute 'a regular or a
residual  interest   in  a   REMIC'   within  the   meaning  of   Code   Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(xi)  (assuming that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of
cash, government securities, 'loans  secured by an  interest in real  property,'
and  other types of  assets described in Code  Section 7701(a)(19)(C)); and (ii)
Securities held by a real estate  investment trust will constitute 'real  estate
assets' within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(6)(B), and income with respect
to  the  Securities  will  be considered  'interest  on  obligations  secured by
mortgages on real property or on interests in real property' within the  meaning
of  Code Section 856(c)(3)(B) (assuming, for both purposes, that at least 95% of
the REMIC's  assets are  qualifying assets).  If less  than 95%  of the  REMIC's
assets  consist of assets described  in (i) or (ii)  above, then a Security will
qualify for the tax treatment described in (i), (ii) or (iii) in the  proportion
that such REMIC assets are qualifying assets.
 
                                       73
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of the
bad  debt reserve  method for thrift  institutions, repealed  the application of
Code Section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.
 
REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS
 
     As a  general rule,  all of  the expenses  of a  REMIC will  be taken  into
account by holders of the Residual Interest Securities. In the case of a 'single
class   REMIC,'  however,  the  expenses   will  be  allocated,  under  Treasury
regulations, among  the  holders of  the  Regular Interest  Securities  and  the
holders of the Residual Interest Securities (as defined herein) on a daily basis
in  proportion to the relative amounts of income accruing to each Holder on that
day. In the case of a holder of a Regular Interest Security who is an individual
or a 'pass-through interest holder' (including certain pass-through entities but
not including real estate investment  trusts), such expenses will be  deductible
only  to  the  extent that  such  expenses, plus  other  'miscellaneous itemized
deductions' of the Holder, exceed 2% of such Holder's adjusted gross income.  In
addition,  for taxable  years beginning after  December 31, 1990,  the amount of
itemized deductions otherwise allowable for  the taxable year for an  individual
whose  adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be
adjusted for inflation for taxable years  beginning after 1990) will be  reduced
by  the  lesser of  (i)  3% of  the  excess of  adjusted  gross income  over the
applicable amount, or (ii)  80% of the amount  of itemized deductions  otherwise
allowable for such taxable year. The reduction or disallowance of this deduction
may  have a significant impact on the  yield of the Regular Interest Security to
such a Holder. In  general terms, a  single class REMIC is  one that either  (i)
would  qualify, under  existing Treasury regulations,  as a grantor  trust if it
were not a REMIC  (treating all interests as  ownership interests, even if  they
would  be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes) or (ii) is similar
to such a trust and which is  structured with the principal purpose of  avoiding
the  single  class  REMIC  rules.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to holders of
the related residual interest securities.
 
TAXATION OF THE REMIC
 
     General.  Although  a REMIC  is a separate  entity for  federal income  tax
purposes,  a REMIC  is not  generally subject  to entity-level  tax. Rather, the
taxable income or net loss  of a REMIC is taken  into account by the holders  of
residual  interests.  As described  above, the  regular interests  are generally
taxable as debt of the REMIC.
 
     Calculation of REMIC Income.  The taxable income or net loss of a REMIC  is
determined  under an accrual method  of accounting and in  the same manner as in
the case of  an individual, with  certain adjustments. In  general, the  taxable
income  or net loss will be the difference between (i) the gross income produced
by the REMIC's assets, including stated interest and any original issue discount
or market discount  on loans and  other assets, and  (ii) deductions,  including
stated  interest  and  original  issue  discount  accrued  on  Regular  Interest
Securities, amortization of  any premium  with respect to  Loans, and  servicing
fees  and other expenses of the REMIC.  A holder of a Residual Interest Security
that is an  individual or  a 'pass-through interest  holder' (including  certain
pass-through  entities, but not including real estate investment trusts) will be
unable to deduct  servicing fees payable  on the loans  or other  administrative
expenses  of  the  REMIC for  a  given taxable  year,  to the  extent  that such
expenses, when  aggregated  with  such  holder's  other  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions  for that year, do  not exceed two percent  of such holder's adjusted
gross income.
 
     For purposes of computing its taxable income or net loss, the REMIC  should
have  an initial aggregate tax  basis in its assets  equal to the aggregate fair
market value of the regular interests and the residual interests on the  Startup
Day  (generally, the  day that the  interests are issued).  That aggregate basis
will be  allocated  among  the  assets  of the  REMIC  in  proportion  to  their
respective fair market values.
 
     The  OID provisions of the Code apply to loans of individuals originated on
or after  March 2,  1984, and  the  market discount  provisions apply  to  loans
originated  after  July 18,  1984.  Subject to  possible  application of  the de
minimis rules, the method of  accrual by the REMIC of  OID income on such  loans
will  be equivalent to the method  under which holders of Pay-Through Securities
accrue original issue  discount (i.e.,  under the constant  yield method  taking
into  account  the Prepayment  Assumption).  The REMIC  will  deduct OID  on the
Regular Interest Securities in the same  manner that the holders of the  Regular
Interest  Securities include such discount in  income, but without regard to the
de  minimis  rules.  See  'Taxation  of  Debt  Securities'  above.  However,   a
 
                                       74
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
REMIC that acquires loans at a market discount must include such market discount
in income currently, as it accrues, on a constant interest basis.
 
     To  the extent  that the  REMIC's basis  allocable to  loans that  it holds
exceeds their  principal  amounts, the  resulting  premium, if  attributable  to
mortgages  originated after September 27, 1985,  will be amortized over the life
of the loans (taking into account the Prepayment Assumption) on a constant yield
method. Although  the law  is  somewhat unclear  regarding recovery  of  premium
attributable  to loans originated  on or before  such date, it  is possible that
such premium may be recovered in proportion to payments of loan principal.
 
     Prohibited Transactions and Contributions Tax.   The REMIC will be  subject
to  a 100% tax  on any net  income derived from  a 'prohibited transaction.' For
this purpose, net  income will  be calculated  without taking  into account  any
losses  from  prohibited  transactions  or any  deductions  attributable  to any
prohibited  transaction  that  resulted  in  a  loss.  In  general,   prohibited
transactions  include:  (i) subject  to limited  exceptions,  the sale  or other
disposition of any qualified mortgage transferred to the REMIC; (ii) subject  to
a  limited exception, the sale  or other disposition of  a cash flow investment;
(iii) the receipt  of any income  from assets not  permitted to be  held by  the
REMIC  pursuant  to  the  Code;  or  (iv)  the  receipt  of  any  fees  or other
compensation for services rendered by the REMIC. It is anticipated that a  REMIC
will  not engage in  any prohibited transactions  in which it  would recognize a
material amount of net income. In addition, subject to a number of exceptions, a
tax is imposed at the rate of 100%  on amounts contributed to a REMIC after  the
close  of the three-month  period beginning on  the Startup Day.  The holders of
Residual Interest Securities will  generally be responsible  for the payment  of
any  such taxes imposed on the REMIC. To  the extent not paid by such holders or
otherwise, however, such taxes will  be paid out of the  Trust Fund and will  be
allocated pro rata to all outstanding classes of Securities of such REMIC.
 
TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST SECURITIES
 
     The  holder of  a Security  representing a  residual interest  (a 'Residual
Interest Security') will take  into account the 'daily  portion' of the  taxable
income  or net loss of the  REMIC for each day during  the taxable year on which
such holder held the Residual Interest Security. The daily portion is determined
by allocating to each  day in any  calendar quarter its  ratable portion of  the
taxable income or net loss of the REMIC for such quarter, and by allocating that
amount  among the holders (on  such day) of the  Residual Interest Securities in
proportion to their respective holdings on such day.
 
     The holder of a  Residual Interest Security  must report its  proportionate
share  of  the taxable  income  of the  REMIC whether  or  not it  receives cash
distributions from the REMIC attributable to such income or loss. The  reporting
of  taxable income without corresponding distributions could occur, for example,
in certain REMIC  issues in which  the loans held  by the REMIC  were issued  or
acquired at a discount, since mortgage prepayments cause recognition of discount
income, while the corresponding portion of the prepayment could be used in whole
or  in part to make principal payments on REMIC Regular Interests issued without
any discount or at an insubstantial discount (if this occurs, it is likely  that
cash  distributions will exceed  taxable income in  later years). Taxable income
may also be greater in earlier years of certain REMIC issues as a result of  the
fact  that interest expense deductions, as a percentage of outstanding principal
on REMIC Regular Interest Securities, will typically increase over time as lower
yielding Securities are paid, whereas interest income with respect to loans will
generally remain constant over time as a percentage of loan principal.
 
     In any event, because the holder of a residual interest is taxed on the net
income of  the  REMIC, the  taxable  income  derived from  a  Residual  Interest
Security  in  a given  taxable  year will  not be  equal  to the  taxable income
associated with investment  in a  corporate bond or  stripped instrument  having
similar  cash flow  characteristics and  pretax yield.  Therefore, the after-tax
yield on the Residual Interest Security may be less than that of such a bond  or
instrument.
 
     Limitation on Losses.  The amount of the REMIC's net loss that a holder may
take into account currently is limited to the holder's adjusted basis at the end
of  the  calendar quarter  in  which such  loss arises.  A  holder's basis  in a
Residual Interest Security  will initially equal  such holder's purchase  price,
and  will subsequently be increased by the  amount of the REMIC's taxable income
allocated to the holder,  and decreased (but  not below zero)  by the amount  of
distributions  made and  the amount  of the  REMIC's net  loss allocated  to the
holder. Any disallowed loss may be carried forward indefinitely, but may be used
only to offset income of the REMIC
 
                                       75
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
generated by  the  same REMIC.  The  ability  of holders  of  Residual  Interest
Securities  to deduct net losses may  be subject to additional limitations under
the Code, as to which such holders should consult their tax advisers.
 
     Distributions.  Distributions on a  Residual Interest Security (whether  at
their  scheduled times or as a result  of prepayments) will generally not result
in any additional  taxable income or  loss to  a holder of  a Residual  Interest
Security. If the amount of such payment exceeds a holder's adjusted basis in the
Residual  Interest Security, however, the holder will recognize gain (treated as
gain from the  sale of the  Residual Interest  Security) to the  extent of  such
excess.
 
     Sale  or Exchange.  A holder of a Residual Interest Security will recognize
gain or loss on the  sale or exchange of a  Residual Interest Security equal  to
the  difference, if any, between the  amount realized and such holder's adjusted
basis in the Residual Interest  Security at the time  of such sale or  exchange.
Except  to the extent provided  in regulations, which have  not yet been issued,
any loss upon disposition of a Residual Interest Security will be disallowed  if
the selling holder acquires any residual interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage
pool within six months before or after such disposition.
 
   
     Excess  Inclusions.  The portion of the REMIC taxable income of a holder of
a Residual Interest Security consisting of 'excess inclusion' income may not  be
offset  by other deductions  or losses, including net  operating losses, on such
holder's federal  income  tax return.  Further,  if  the holder  of  a  Residual
Interest  Security is an  organization subject to the  tax on unrelated business
income imposed by Code Section 511,  such holder's excess inclusion income  will
be  treated as  unrelated business taxable  income of such  holder. In addition,
under Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if a real estate investment  trust,
a  regulated investment  company, a common  trust fund,  or certain cooperatives
were to  own a  Residual Interest  Security, a  portion of  dividends (or  other
distributions)  paid by the real estate investment trust (or other entity) would
be treated as  excess inclusion income.  If a  Residual Security is  owned by  a
foreign  person excess inclusion income is subject to tax at a rate of 30% which
may not  be reduced  by treaty,  is  not eligible  for treatment  as  'portfolio
interest'  and is subject to certain  additional limitations. See 'Tax Treatment
of Foreign  Investors.'  The Small  Business  Job  Protection Act  of  1996  has
eliminated  the  special  rule  permitting  Section  593  institutions  ('thrift
institutions') to use  net operating  losses and other  allowable deductions  to
offset  their excess inclusion income from REMIC residual certificates that have
'significant value' within the meaning  of the REMIC Regulations, effective  for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1995, except with respect to residual
certificates continuously held by a thrift institution since November 1, 1995.
    
 
     In  addition, the Small Business Job  Protection Act of 1996 provides three
rules for determining the effect on excess inclusions on the alternative minimum
taxable income of a residual  holder. First, alternative minimum taxable  income
for  such residual holder is determined without  regard to the special rule that
taxable income  cannot  be  less  than excess  inclusions.  Second,  a  residual
holder's  alternative minimum taxable income for a  tax year cannot be less than
excess inclusions for the year. Third, the amount of any alternative minimum tax
net operating loss  deductions must  be computed  without regard  to any  excess
inclusions. These rules are effective for tax years beginning after December 31,
1986, unless a residual holder elects to have such rules apply only to tax years
beginning after August 20, 1996.
 
     The  excess inclusion portion of a REMIC's income is generally equal to the
excess, if any, of REMIC taxable income for the quarterly period allocable to  a
Residual Interest Security, over the daily accruals for such quarterly period of
(i)  120% of the long term applicable federal rate on the Startup Day multiplied
by (ii)  the adjusted  issue price  of such  Residual Interest  Security at  the
beginning  of  such quarterly  period. The  adjusted issue  price of  a Residual
Interest at the beginning  of each calendar quarter  will equal its issue  price
(calculated  in a manner analogous to the  determination of the issue price of a
Regular Interest), increased by  the aggregate of the  daily accruals for  prior
calendar  quarters, and  decreased (but  not below zero)  by the  amount of loss
allocated to  a holder  and the  amount of  distributions made  on the  Residual
Interest  Security before  the beginning of  the quarter.  The long-term federal
rate, which is announced monthly by the Treasury Department, is an interest rate
that is based on the average market yield of outstanding marketable  obligations
of  the United States  government having remaining maturities  in excess of nine
years.
 
     Under  the  REMIC  Regulations,  in  certain  circumstances,  transfers  of
Residual  Securities may be disregarded. See  ' -- Restrictions on Ownership and
Transfer of Residual  Interest Securities'  and '  -- Tax  Treatment of  Foreign
Investors' below.
 
                                       76
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities.  As
a condition to qualification as a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must be made to
prevent  the  ownership  of  a  REMIC  residual  interest  by  any 'Disqualified
Organization.' Disqualified Organizations include  the United States, any  State
or  political  subdivision thereof,  any  foreign government,  any international
organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, a  rural
electric  or  telephone cooperative  described in  Section 1381(a)(2)(C)  of the
Code, or any entity exempt from the tax imposed by Sections 1-1399 of the  Code,
if  such  entity  is  not  subject to  tax  on  its  unrelated  business income.
Accordingly, the  applicable  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  prohibit
Disqualified   Organizations  from  owning  a  Residual  Interest  Security.  In
addition, no transfer of a Residual  Interest Security will be permitted  unless
the  proposed  transferee  shall  have furnished  to  the  Trustee  an affidavit
representing and warranting that it  is neither a Disqualified Organization  nor
an agent or nominee acting on behalf of a Disqualified Organization.
 
     If   a  Residual  Interest  Security   is  transferred  to  a  Disqualified
Organization after March 31,  1988 (in violation of  the restrictions set  forth
above),  a substantial tax  will be imposed  on the transferor  of such Residual
Interest Security at the  time of the transfer.  In addition, if a  Disqualified
Organization  holds an  interest in a  pass-through entity after  March 31, 1988
(including, among others,  a partnership, trust,  real estate investment  trust,
regulated  investment company,  or any person  holding as nominee),  that owns a
Residual Interest Security, the pass-through entity  will be required to pay  an
annual tax on its allocable share of the excess inclusion income of the REMIC.
 
     Under  the  REMIC  Regulations,  if  a  Residual  Interest  Security  is  a
'noneconomic residual interest,' as  described below, a  transfer of a  Residual
Interest  Security to a United States person will be disregarded for all Federal
tax purposes unless  no significant purpose  of the transfer  was to impede  the
assessment  or collection of tax. A Residual Interest Security is a 'noneconomic
residual interest' unless, at the time of the transfer (i) the present value  of
the  expected future  distributions on the  Residual Interest  Security at least
equals the product of the present value of the anticipated excess inclusions and
the highest rate of tax for the year in which the transfer occurs, and (ii)  the
transferor  reasonably expects  that the  transferee will  receive distributions
from the REMIC at or after the time at which the taxes accrue on the anticipated
excess inclusions in  an amount sufficient  to satisfy the  accrued taxes. If  a
transfer  of a Residual Interest is  disregarded, the transferor would be liable
for any Federal income tax imposed upon taxable income derived by the transferee
from the REMIC. The REMIC Regulations provide no guidance as to how to determine
if a significant purpose of a transfer is to impede the assessment or collection
of tax. A similar type of limitation exists with respect to certain transfers of
residual interests by  foreign persons to  United States persons.  See ' --  Tax
Treatment of Foreign Investors.'
 
     Mark  to Market Rules.  Prospective purchasers of a REMIC Residual Interest
Security should be  aware that  the IRS recently  released proposed  regulations
(the  'Proposed Mark-to-Market Regulations') which provide that a REMIC Residual
Interest Security acquired after January 3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market. The
Proposed Mark-to-Market  Regulations  replace the  temporary  regulations  which
allowed  a REMIC Residual Interest Security to be marked-to-market provided that
it was not a negative value residual interest and did not have the same economic
effect as a  negative value residual  interest. The IRS  could issue  subsequent
regulations,  which could apply retroactively, providing additional or different
requirements with  respect to  such deemed  negative value  residual  interests.
Prospective  purchasers  of a  REMIC Residual  Interest Security  should consult
their  tax  advisors  regarding  the   possible  application  of  the   Proposed
Mark-to-Market Regulations.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
 
     The REMIC's books must be maintained on a calendar year basis and the REMIC
must file an annual federal income tax return. The REMIC will also be subject to
the  procedural and administrative rules of the Code applicable to partnerships,
including the determination of any adjustments to, among other things, items  of
REMIC  income,  gain,  loss, deduction,  or  credit,  by the  IRS  in  a unified
administrative proceeding.
 
TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST
 
     General.  As specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement if a REMIC  or
partnership  election is not made,  in the opinion of  Brown & Wood LLP, special
counsel to the Depositor, the Trust Fund relating to a Series of Securities will
be classified for federal income tax  purposes as a grantor trust under  Subpart
E,  Part I of Subchapter  J of the Code  and not as an  association taxable as a
corporation (the Securities of such Series,
 
                                       77
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
'Pass-Through Securities'). In some  Series there will be  no separation of  the
principal  and interest payments  on the Loans. In  such circumstances, a Holder
will be considered to have  purchased a pro rata  undivided interest in each  of
the  Loans. In other cases ('Stripped  Securities'), sale of the Securities will
produce a separation  in the  ownership of  all or  a portion  of the  principal
payments from all or a portion of the interest payments on the Loans.
 
     Each  Holder must report on its federal  income tax return its share of the
gross income derived from the Loans (not  reduced by the amount payable as  fees
to  the Trustee and the Servicer  and similar fees (collectively, the 'Servicing
Fee')), at the same time  and in the same manner  as such items would have  been
reported  under the Holder's tax  accounting method had it  held its interest in
the Loans directly,  received directly its  share of the  amounts received  with
respect  to the Loans, and paid directly its share of the Servicing Fees. In the
case of Pass-Through Securities other than Stripped Securities, such income will
consist of a pro rata share of all  of the income derived from all of the  Loans
and,  in the case of Stripped Securities, such income will consist of a pro rata
share of the income derived from each stripped bond or stripped coupon in  which
the Holder owns an interest. The holder of a Security will generally be entitled
to  deduct such Servicing Fees  under Section 162 or Section  212 of the Code to
the extent that such Servicing Fees represent 'reasonable' compensation for  the
services  rendered by the  Trustee and the  Servicer (or third  parties that are
compensated for the  performance of  services). In  the case  of a  noncorporate
holder,  however, Servicing Fees (to the  extent not otherwise disallowed, e.g.,
because they exceed  reasonable compensation)  will be  deductible in  computing
such  holder's regular  tax liability  only to the  extent that  such fees, when
added to other miscellaneous  itemized deductions, exceed  2% of adjusted  gross
income  and  may not  be deductible  to  any extent  in computing  such holder's
alternative minimum  tax liability.  In addition,  for taxable  years  beginning
after  December 31, 1990, the amount  of itemized deductions otherwise allowable
for the taxable year for an  individual whose adjusted gross income exceeds  the
applicable  amount (which amount will be adjusted for inflation in taxable years
beginning after 1990) will be reduced by the  lesser of (i) 3% of the excess  of
adjusted  gross income over the  applicable amount or (ii)  80% of the amount of
itemized deductions otherwise allowable for such taxable year.
 
     Discount or  Premium on  Pass-Through Securities.   The  holder's  purchase
price  of  a  Pass-Through  Security  is to  be  allocated  among  the  Loans in
proportion to their fair market values, determined as of the time of purchase of
the Securities. In  the typical case,  the Trustee (to  the extent necessary  to
fulfill  its reporting obligations) will treat each Loan as having a fair market
value proportional to the  share of the aggregate  principal balances of all  of
the  Loans that it represents, since  the Securities, unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement, will have  a relatively uniform  interest
rate  and other common  characteristics. To the  extent that the  portion of the
purchase price of a Pass-Through Security allocated  to a Loan (other than to  a
right  to receive any  accrued interest thereon  and any undistributed principal
payments) is less than or greater than  the portion of the principal balance  of
the  Loan allocable to the  Security, the interest in  the Loan allocable to the
Pass-Through Security will  be deemed  to have been  acquired at  a discount  or
premium, respectively.
 
     The  treatment  of  any  discount  will  depend  on  whether  the  discount
represents OID or market discount. In the case of a Loan with OID in excess of a
prescribed de minimis amount or a Stripped Security, a holder of a Security will
be required to report as interest income  in each taxable year its share of  the
amount  of OID that accrues during that  year in the manner described above. OID
with respect to a Loan could arise,  for example, by virtue of the financing  of
points  by the originator of the Loan, or by virtue of the charging of points by
the originator of  the Loan in  an amount  greater than a  statutory de  minimis
exception,  in circumstances under which the points are not currently deductible
pursuant to applicable Code provisions. Any market discount or premium on a Loan
will be includible in  income, generally in the  manner described above,  except
that  in the case of Pass-Through Securities, market discount is calculated with
respect to the Loans underlying the Certificate, rather than with respect to the
Security. A Holder that acquires an interest in a Loan originated after July 18,
1984 with  more than  a de  minimis amount  of market  discount (generally,  the
excess  of  the principal  amount  of the  Loan  over the  purchaser's allocable
purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount in income in
the manner  set  forth above.  See  ' --  Taxation  of Debt  Securities;  Market
Discount' and ' -- Premium' above.
 
     In  the case of market discount  on a Pass-Through Security attributable to
Loans originated  on or  before July  18,  1984, the  holder generally  will  be
required  to allocate the portion  of such discount that  is allocable to a loan
among the principal payments on the  Loan and to include the discount  allocable
to  each principal payment in ordinary income at the time such principal payment
is made. Such treatment would generally result in
 
                                       78
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
discount being  included in  income at  a  slower rate  than discount  would  be
required  to be included in  income using the method  described in the preceding
paragraph.
 
     Stripped Securities.  A Stripped Security may represent a right to  receive
only  a portion of the  interest payments on the Loans,  a right to receive only
principal payments on the Loans, or a right to receive certain payments of  both
interest  and principal. Certain Stripped  Securities ('Ratio Strip Securities')
may represent a right to receive differing percentages of both the interest  and
principal  on each Loan. Pursuant to Section 1286 of the Code, the separation of
ownership of the right  to receive some  or all of the  interest payments on  an
obligation  from ownership of the right to  receive some or all of the principal
payments results in the creation of  'stripped bonds' with respect to  principal
payments  and 'stripped coupons' with respect to interest payments. Section 1286
of the Code applies the  OID rules to stripped  bonds and stripped coupons.  For
purposes  of computing  original issue discount,  a stripped bond  or a stripped
coupon is treated as  a debt instrument  issued on the  date that such  stripped
interest  is purchased with  an issue price  equal to its  purchase price or, if
more than one stripped interest is purchased, the ratable share of the  purchase
price allocable to such stripped interest.
 
     Servicing  fees in excess of reasonable servicing fees ('excess servicing')
will be treated under the  stripped bond rules. If  the excess servicing fee  is
less  than 100 basis points (i.e., 1% interest on the Loan principal balance) or
the Securities  are initially  sold  with a  de  minimis discount  (assuming  no
prepayment  assumption is required), any non-de  minimis discount arising from a
subsequent transfer of the Securities should be treated as market discount.  The
IRS appears to require that reasonable servicing fees be calculated on a Loan by
Loan  basis, which could result in some  Loans being treated as having more than
100 basis points of interest stripped off.
 
     The Code.    OID  Regulations  and judicial  decisions  provide  no  direct
guidance  as to how the interest and  original issue discount rules are to apply
to Stripped  Securities  and other  Pass-Through  Securities. Under  the  method
described  above for  Pay-Through Securities  (the 'Cash  Flow Bond  Method'), a
prepayment assumption is used  and periodic recalculations  are made which  take
into  account  with respect  to each  accrual period  the effect  of prepayments
during such period. However, the 1986 Act does not, absent Treasury regulations,
appear specifically to cover instruments  such as the Stripped Securities  which
technically  represent ownership interests in  the underlying Loans, rather than
being debt instruments 'secured  by' those loans.  Nevertheless, it is  believed
that  the Cash Flow Bond  Method is a reasonable  method of reporting income for
such Securities, and  it is expected  that OID  will be reported  on that  basis
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In applying the
calculation  to Pass-Through Securities, the Trustee  will treat all payments to
be received by a holder  with respect to the underlying  Loans as payments on  a
single  installment  obligation. The  IRS could,  however, assert  that original
issue discount  must  be  calculated  separately  for  each  Loan  underlying  a
Security.
 
     Under  certain circumstances, if the Loans prepay at a rate faster than the
Prepayment Assumption, the  use of the  Cash Flow Bond  Method may accelerate  a
Holder's  recognition of income. If, however, the  Loans prepay at a rate slower
than the Prepayment Assumption, in some circumstances the use of this method may
decelerate a Holder's recognition of income.
 
     In the case of a Stripped  Security that is an Interest Weighted  Security,
the  Trustee intends,  absent contrary authority,  to report  income to Security
holders as OID, in the manner described above for Interest Weighted Securities.
 
     Possible Alternative  Characterizations.    The  characterizations  of  the
Stripped Securities described above are not the only possible interpretations of
the applicable Code provisions. Among other possibilities, the IRS could contend
that  (i) in certain Series, each  non-Interest Weighted Security is composed of
an  unstripped  undivided  ownership  interest  in  Loans  and  an   installment
obligation  consisting  of stripped  principal  payments; (ii)  the non-Interest
Weighted Securities  are subject  to the  contingent payment  provisions of  the
Contingent  Regulations; or  (iii) each  Interest Weighted  Stripped Security is
composed  of  an  unstripped  undivided  ownership  interest  in  Loans  and  an
installment obligation consisting of stripped interest payments.
 
     Given  the variety of alternatives for treatment of the Stripped Securities
and the  different  federal  income  tax  consequences  that  result  from  each
alternative,  potential purchasers are  urged to consult  their own tax advisers
regarding the  proper  treatment  of  the  Securities  for  federal  income  tax
purposes.
 
     Character  as Qualifying Loans.  In  the case of Stripped Securities, there
is no specific legal authority existing  regarding whether the character of  the
Securities,   for   federal  income   tax  purposes,   will   be  the   same  as
 
                                       79
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the Loans. The  IRS could  take the  position that  the Loans' character is  not
carried  over to the  Securities in such  circumstances. Pass-Through Securities
will be, and, although  the matter is not  free from doubt, Stripped  Securities
should  be considered  to represent 'real  estate assets' within  the meaning of
Section 856(c)(6)(B)  of the  Code and  'loans secured  by an  interest in  real
property'  within  the meaning  of Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v)  of the  Code; and
interest income attributable to the Securities should be considered to represent
'interest on obligations secured by mortgages  on real property or on  interests
in  real  property' within  the  meaning of  Section  856(c)(3)(B) of  the Code.
Reserves or funds underlying the Securities may cause a proportionate  reduction
in the above-described qualifying status categories of Securities.
 
SALE OR EXCHANGE
 
     Subject  to the discussion below with respect  to Trust Funds as to which a
partnership election is made, a Holder's tax basis in its Security is the  price
such  holder  pays for  a Security,  plus  amounts of  original issue  or market
discount included in  income and reduced  by any payments  received (other  than
qualified  stated interest  payments) and  any amortized  premium. Gain  or loss
recognized on a  sale, exchange, or  redemption of a  Security, measured by  the
difference  between the amount realized and the Security's basis as so adjusted,
will generally be capital gain or loss, assuming that the Security is held as  a
capital  asset. In  the case of  a Security held  by a bank,  thrift, or similar
institution described in Section 582 of the Code, however, gain or loss realized
on the  sale or  exchange of  a Regular  Interest Security  will be  taxable  as
ordinary  income or loss.  In addition, gain  from the disposition  of a Regular
Interest Security  that might  otherwise  be capital  gain  will be  treated  as
ordinary  income to  the extent of  the excess, if  any, of (i)  the amount that
would have been includible in the holder's  income if the yield on such  Regular
Interest  Security had  equaled 110%  of the applicable  federal rate  as of the
beginning of such holder's  holding period, over the  amount of ordinary  income
actually  recognized  by  the  holder  with  respect  to  such  Regular Interest
Security. For taxable years beginning after  December 31, 1993, the maximum  tax
rate  on ordinary income for  individual taxpayers is 39.6%  and the maximum tax
rate on  long-term capital  gains  reported after  December  31, 1990  for  such
taxpayers  is 28%. The  maximum tax rate  on both ordinary  income and long-term
capital gains of corporate taxpayers is 35%.
 
MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS
 
     Backup Withholding.  Subject to the discussion below with respect to  Trust
Funds  as to which a partnership election is made, a Holder, other than a holder
of a REMIC Residual  Security, may, under certain  circumstances, be subject  to
'backup  withholding' at  a rate  of 31%  with respect  to distributions  or the
proceeds of a sale of certificates to or through brokers that represent interest
or original issue discount on the Securities. This withholding generally applies
if the holder of a Security (i)  fails to furnish the Trustee with its  taxpayer
identification  number  ('TIN'); (ii)  furnishes the  Trustee an  incorrect TIN;
(iii)  fails  to  report  properly  interest,  dividends  or  other  'reportable
payments'  as defined in the Code; or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to
provide the  Trustee  or  such  holder's  securities  broker  with  a  certified
statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct
number  and  that  the  holder  is not  subject  to  backup  withholding. Backup
withholding will not apply,  however, with respect to  certain payments made  to
Holders,  including  payments  to  certain  exempt  recipients  (such  as exempt
organizations) and to  certain Nonresidents (as  defined below). Holders  should
consult  their tax advisers as to  their qualification for exemption from backup
withholding and the procedure for obtaining the exemption.
 
     The Trustee  will  report to  the  Holders and  to  the Servicer  for  each
calendar  year the amount of any 'reportable  payments' during such year and the
amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the Securities.
 
TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS
 
     Subject to the discussion below with respect  to Trust Funds as to which  a
partnership  election is made,  under the Code,  unless interest (including OID)
paid on a Security (other than a Residual Interest Security) is considered to be
'effectively connected' with a trade or business conducted in the United  States
by  a nonresident alien  individual, foreign partnership  or foreign corporation
('Nonresidents'), such  interest will  normally  qualify as  portfolio  interest
(except  where (i) the recipient is a holder, directly or by attribution, of 10%
or more of the capital or profits interest in the issuer, or (ii) the  recipient
is a controlled foreign corporation
 
                                       80
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
to  which the issuer is a related person) and will be exempt from federal income
tax. Upon receipt of appropriate ownership statements, the issuer normally  will
be    relieved   of   obligations   to   withhold   tax   from   such   interest
payments. These  provisions supersede  the  generally applicable  provisions  of
United  States law that would otherwise require  the issuer to withhold at a 30%
rate (unless such rate were reduced  or eliminated by an applicable tax  treaty)
on,  among other  things, interest  and other  fixed or  determinable, annual or
periodic income paid  to Nonresidents.  Holders of  Pass-Through Securities  and
Stripped  Securities, including Ratio Strip  Securities, however, may be subject
to withholding to the extent  that the Loans were  originated on or before  July
18, 1984.
 
     Interest  and OID  of Holders  who are foreign  persons are  not subject to
withholding if  they are  effectively connected  with a  United States  business
conducted by the Holder. They will, however, generally be subject to the regular
United States income tax.
 
     Payments to holders of Residual Interest Securities who are foreign persons
will  generally be treated as interest for  purposes of the 30% (or lower treaty
rate) United States withholding tax. Holders should assume that such income does
not qualify  for exemption  from  United States  withholding tax  as  'portfolio
interest.'  It is clear that, to the  extent that a payment represents a portion
of REMIC taxable income that constitutes excess inclusion income, a holder of  a
Residual  Interest  Security  will  not  be entitled  to  an  exemption  from or
reduction of  the  30% (or  lower  treaty rate)  withholding  tax rule.  If  the
payments  are subject to  United States withholding tax,  they generally will be
taken into account for  withholding tax purposes only  when paid or  distributed
(or  when  the Residual  Interest  Security is  disposed  of). The  Treasury has
statutory authority, however, to promulgate regulations which would require such
amounts to be  taken into account  at an earlier  time in order  to prevent  the
avoidance of tax. Such regulations could, for example, require withholding prior
to  the distribution of cash in the case of Residual Interest Securities that do
not have significant value. Under the REMIC Regulations, if a Residual  Interest
Security has tax avoidance potential, a transfer of a Residual Interest Security
to  a Nonresident will be  disregarded for all federal  tax purposes. A Residual
Interest Security  has  tax avoidance  potential  unless,  at the  time  of  the
transfer the transferor reasonably expects that the REMIC will distribute to the
transferee residual interest holder amounts that will equal at least 30% of each
excess inclusion, and that such amounts will be distributed at or after the time
at  which the  excess inclusions  accrue and  not later  than the  calendar year
following the calendar year  of accrual. If a  Nonresident transfers a  Residual
Interest  Security to a United States person, and if the transfer has the effect
of allowing the transferor to avoid  tax on accrued excess inclusions, then  the
transfer  is disregarded and the transferor continues to be treated as the owner
of the Residual Interest Security for purposes of the withholding tax provisions
of the Code. See ' -- Excess Inclusions.'
 
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST FUND AS A PARTNERSHIP
 
     Brown &  Wood LLP,  special  counsel to  the  Depositor, will  deliver  its
opinion  that a Trust Fund for which a  partnership election is made will not be
an association (or  publicly traded  partnership) taxable as  a corporation  for
federal  income tax purposes. This opinion will  be based on the assumption that
the terms of the  Trust Agreement and related  documents will be complied  with,
and  on counsel's  conclusions that  (1) the  Trust Fund  will not  have certain
characteristics  necessary  for  a  business  trust  to  be  classified  as   an
association  taxable as a  corporation and (2)  the nature of  the income of the
Trust  Fund  will  exempt  it  from  the  rule  that  certain  publicly   traded
partnerships  are taxable as corporations or  the issuance of the Securities has
been structured as a  private placement under  an IRS safe  harbor, so that  the
Trust Fund will not be characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as
a corporation.
 
     If  the Trust  Fund were  taxable as a  corporation for  federal income tax
purposes, the Trust Fund would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable
income. The Trust Fund's taxable income  would include all its income,  possibly
reduced  by its  interest expense  on the Notes.  Any such  corporate income tax
could materially  reduce  cash available  to  make  payments on  the  Notes  and
distributions  on the Certificates,  and Certificateholders could  be liable for
any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust Fund.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES
 
     Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness.  The Trust Fund will agree, and the
Noteholders will agree by their  purchase of Notes, to  treat the Notes as  debt
for  federal income tax purposes. Special  counsel to the Depositor will, except
as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, advise the Depositor
that the
 
                                       81
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Notes will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. The discussion
below assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.
 
     OID, Indexed  Securities,  etc.   The  discussion below  assumes  that  all
payments  on the Notes are  denominated in U.S. dollars,  and that the Notes are
not Indexed Securities or Strip Notes. Moreover, the discussion assumes that the
interest formula  for the  Notes meets  the requirements  for 'qualified  stated
interest'  under the OID regulations,  and that any OID  on the Notes (i.e., any
excess of the principal  amount of the  Notes over their  issue price) does  not
exceed  a de minimis amount (i.e., 0.25% of their principal amount multiplied by
the number of full years included in their term), all within the meaning of  the
OID regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied with respect to any given
series  of Notes, additional tax considerations  with respect to such Notes will
be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Interest Income on the  Notes.  Based on  the above assumptions, except  as
discussed  in the following  paragraph, the Notes will  not be considered issued
with OID.  The  stated interest  thereon  will be  taxable  to a  Noteholder  as
ordinary  interest  income  when received  or  accrued in  accordance  with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of  a
Note  issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income, on
a pro rata basis,  as principal payments  are made on the  Note. It is  believed
that  any prepayment premium paid as a  result of a mandatory redemption will be
taxable as  contingent  interest  when  it  becomes  fixed  and  unconditionally
payable.  A purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount
will generally be subject, respectively,  to the premium amortization or  market
discount rules of the Code.
 
     A holder of a Note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year
from the issue date of such Note (a 'Short-Term Note') may be subject to special
rules.  An accrual basis  holder of a  Short-Term Note (and  certain cash method
holders, including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section  1281
of  the Code) generally would be required  to report interest income as interest
accrues on a straight-line  basis over the term  of each interest period.  Other
cash basis holders of a Short-Term Note would, in general, be required to report
interest  income  as  interest  is  paid  (or,  if  earlier,  upon  the  taxable
disposition of  the  Short-Term  Note).  However,  a  cash  basis  holder  of  a
Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a  portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred
to purchase or carry  the Short-Term Note until  the taxable disposition of  the
Short-Term  Note. A cash basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code
to accrue interest income on all  nongovernment debt obligations with a term  of
one  year or  less, in  which case  the taxpayer  would include  interest on the
Short-Term Note  in income  as  it accrues,  but would  not  be subject  to  the
interest  expense deferral rule  referred to in  the preceding sentence. Certain
special rules apply if a Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than  its
principal amount.
 
     Sale  or Other Disposition.  If a  Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount  equal to the difference between the  amount
realized  on  the sale  and the  holder's adjusted  tax basis  in the  Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the  holder's
cost  for the Note, increased by  any market discount, acquisition discount, OID
and gain previously included  by such Noteholder in  income with respect to  the
Note  and decreased by the amount of  bond premium (if any) previously amortized
and by the amount of principal  payments previously received by such  Noteholder
with respect to such Note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if
the  Note was  held as  a capital  asset, except  for gain  representing accrued
interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income.  Capital
losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.
 
     Foreign  Holders.  Interest payments made  (or accrued) to a Noteholder who
is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-United States person (a
'foreign  person')  generally  will  be  considered  'portfolio  interest',  and
generally  will  not  be  subject  to  United  States  federal  income  tax  and
withholding tax, if the interest is  not effectively connected with the  conduct
of  a trade or business  within the United States by  the foreign person and the
foreign person (i) is not actually or constructively a '10 percent  shareholder'
of  the Trust Fund or  the Seller (including a holder  of 10% of the outstanding
Certificates) or a 'controlled  foreign corporation' with  respect to which  the
Trust  Fund or the Seller  is a 'related person' within  the meaning of the Code
and (ii) provides the Owner Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to
withhold U.S. tax with  respect to the Notes  with an appropriate statement  (on
Form  W-8 or a similar form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that
the beneficial owner of the Note is  a foreign person and providing the  foreign
person's  name and  address. If  a Note  is held  through a  securities clearing
organization or  certain  other  financial  institutions,  the  organization  or
institution  may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent;
 
                                       82
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
in that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or
substitute form  provided by  the foreign  person that  owns the  Note. If  such
interest  is not portfolio  interest, then it  will be subject  to United States
federal income and withholding tax  at a rate of  30 percent, unless reduced  or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.
 
     Any  capital gain  realized on  the sale,  redemption, retirement  or other
taxable disposition of a  Note by a  foreign person will  be exempt from  United
States  federal income and withholding  tax, provided that (i)  such gain is not
effectively connected with  the conduct  of a trade  or business  in the  United
States  by the  foreign person  and (ii)  in the  case of  an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present  in the United States for 183 days  or
more in the taxable year.
 
     Backup  Withholding.  Each  holder of a  Note (other than  an exempt holder
such  as  a   corporation,  tax-exempt  organization,   qualified  pension   and
profit-sharing  trust, individual  retirement account  or nonresident  alien who
provides certification  as to  status  as a  nonresident)  will be  required  to
provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name,
address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the
holder  is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Noteholder fail
to provide  the required  certification,  the Trust  Fund  will be  required  to
withhold 31 percent of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the
withheld  amount to the IRS as a  credit against the holder's federal income tax
liability.
 
     Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes.  If, contrary to the  opinion
of  special counsel to  the Company, the  IRS successfully asserted  that one or
more of the Notes did  not represent debt for  federal income tax purposes,  the
Notes might be treated as equity interests in the Trust Fund. If so treated, the
Trust  Fund  might be  taxable as  a corporation  with the  adverse consequences
described above (and  the taxable corporation  would not be  able to reduce  its
taxable  income by deductions  for interest expense  on Notes recharacterized as
equity). Alternatively, and most  likely in the view  of special counsel to  the
Depositor, the Trust Fund might be treated as a publicly traded partnership that
would  not be taxable as a corporation  because it would meet certain qualifying
income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the Notes as equity interests in such  a
publicly  traded  partnership could  have  adverse tax  consequences  to certain
holders. For example, income to  certain tax-exempt entities (including  pension
funds)  would be 'unrelated business taxable  income', income to foreign holders
generally would  be  subject  to  U.S.  tax  and  U.S.  tax  return  filing  and
withholding  requirements, and  individual holders  might be  subject to certain
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of the Trust Fund's expenses.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
     Treatment of the  Trust Fund  as a  Partnership.   The Trust  Fund and  the
Servicer  will agree, and the Certificateholders will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust Fund  as a partnership for purposes of  federal
and  state income tax, franchise  tax and any other tax  measured in whole or in
part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by  the
Trust  Fund, the partners  of the partnership  being the Certificateholders, and
the Notes being debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of
the arrangement involving the Trust Fund, the Certificates, the Notes, the Trust
Fund and the Servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions
closely comparable to that contemplated herein.
 
     A variety  of alternative  characterizations are  possible.   For  example,
because  the  Certificates have  certain  features characteristic  of  debt, the
Certificates  might   be  considered   debt  of   the  Trust   Fund.  Any   such
characterization  would  not result  in materially  adverse tax  consequences to
Certificateholders as  compared  to  the  consequences  from  treatment  of  the
Certificates  as  equity  in  a  partnership,  described  below.  The  following
discussion assumes  that  the  Certificates  represent  equity  interests  in  a
partnership.
 
     Indexed  Securities,  etc.    The  following  discussion  assumes  that all
payments on  the Certificates  are  denominated in  U.S.  dollars, none  of  the
Certificates  are Indexed Securities or Strip Certificates, and that a Series of
Securities includes a single class of Certificates. If these conditions are  not
satisfied  with  respect to  any given  Series  of Certificates,  additional tax
considerations with  respect  to such  Certificates  will be  disclosed  in  the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Partnership Taxation.  As a partnership, the Trust Fund will not be subject
to  federal  income  tax. Rather,  each  Certificateholder will  be  required to
separately take into  account such  holder's allocated share  of income,  gains,
losses,  deductions and credits of the Trust  Fund. The Trust Fund's income will
consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the Loans (including
appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID
 
                                       83
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and bond premium)  and any  gain upon collection  or disposition  of Loans.  The
Trust Fund's deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing with respect
to the Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection
or disposition of Loans.
 
     The  tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury regulations  and the partnership  agreement (here,  the
Trust  Agreement and  related documents). The  Trust Agreement  will provide, in
general, that the  Certificateholders will  be allocated taxable  income of  the
Trust  Fund for each month equal to the  sum of (i) the interest that accrues on
the Certificates  in  accordance with  their  terms for  such  month,  including
interest  accruing  at the  Pass-Through  Rate for  such  month and  interest on
amounts previously due  on the Certificates  but not yet  distributed; (ii)  any
Trust  Fund income attributable to discount on the Loans that corresponds to any
excess of the  principal amount  of the  Certificates over  their initial  issue
price (iii) prepayment premium payable to the Certificateholders for such month;
and  (iv) any other amounts of income payable to the Certificateholders for such
month. Such allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust Fund  of
premium  on  Loans  that  corresponds  to  any  excess  of  the  issue  price of
Certificates over their principal  amount. All remaining  taxable income of  the
Trust  Fund will be allocated to the  Company. Based on the economic arrangement
of the  parties,  this approach  for  allocating  Trust Fund  income  should  be
permissible  under applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can be
given that the IRS would not require a greater amount of income to be  allocated
to  Certificateholders. Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation,
Certificateholders may be allocated income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate
plus the other items described above even  though the Trust Fund might not  have
sufficient  cash to make  current cash distributions of  such amount. Thus, cash
basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the  Certificates
on the accrual basis and Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust
Fund  income even if they have not received cash from the Trust Fund to pay such
taxes. In addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on  a
uniform   basis  for  all  Certificateholders   but  Certificateholders  may  be
purchasing  Certificates   at  different   times   and  at   different   prices,
Certificateholders may be required to report on their tax returns taxable income
that is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the Trust Fund.
 
     All  of  the taxable  income  allocated to  a  Certificateholder that  is a
pension, profit  sharing or  employee benefit  plan or  other tax-exempt  entity
(including an individual retirement account) will constitute 'unrelated business
taxable income' generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.
 
     An  individual taxpayer's  share of expenses  of the  Trust Fund (including
fees to the Servicer but not  interest expense) would be miscellaneous  itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in
part  and might result  in such holder being  taxed on an  amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the life  of
the Trust Fund.
 
     The  Trust Fund intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and
allocations to Certificateholders  on an  aggregate basis.  If the  IRS were  to
require  that such calculations be made separately for each Loan, the Trust Fund
might be required  to incur  additional expense but  it is  believed that  there
would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.
 
     Discount  and Premium.  It is believed  that the Loans were not issued with
OID, and, therefore,  the Trust Fund  should not have  OID income. However,  the
purchase  price paid by the Trust Fund for the Loans may be greater or less than
the remaining principal balance of the Loans at the time of purchase. If so, the
Loan will have been acquired at a premium  or discount, as the case may be.  (As
indicated  above,  the Trust  Fund will  make this  calculation on  an aggregate
basis, but might be required to recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)
 
     If the Trust Fund acquires the Loans  at a market discount or premium,  the
Trust  Fund will elect  to include any  such discount in  income currently as it
accrues over  the life  of  the Loans  or to  offset  any such  premium  against
interest  income on  the Loans.  As indicated  above, a  portion of  such market
discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.
 
     Section 708 Termination.   Under Section  708 of the  Code, the Trust  Fund
will  be deemed to terminate  for federal income tax purposes  if 50% or more of
the capital and profits interests in the Trust Fund are sold or exchanged within
a 12-month  period.  If  such a  termination  occurs,  the Trust  Fund  will  be
considered  to distribute its assets to the  partners, who would then be treated
as recontributing those assets to the Trust Fund as a new partnership. The Trust
Fund will not comply with certain  technical requirements that might apply  when
such  a constructive  termination occurs.  As a  result, the  Trust Fund  may be
subject to certain tax penalties and
 
                                       84
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
may  incur  additional  expenses  if  it  is  required  to  comply  with   those
requirements.  Furthermore, the Trust  Fund might not  be able to  comply due to
lack of data.
 
     Disposition of  Certificates.   Generally,  capital gain  or loss  will  be
recognized  on  a sale  of Certificates  in  an amount  equal to  the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A Certificateholder's  tax  basis in  a  Certificate will  generally  equal  the
holder's  cost increased by the holder's  share of Trust Fund income (includible
in income) and  decreased by  any distributions  received with  respect to  such
Certificate.  In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized on a  sale of a  Certificate would  include the holder's  share of  the
Notes  and other liabilities of the  Trust Fund. A holder acquiring Certificates
at different prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted  tax
basis  in such Certificates, and, upon sale  or other disposition of some of the
Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates
sold (rather  than maintaining  a separate  tax basis  in each  Certificate  for
purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).
 
     Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized  accrued market discount on the Loans would generally be treated as
ordinary income  to the  holder and  would give  rise to  special tax  reporting
requirements. The Trust Fund does not expect to have any other assets that would
give  rise to such special reporting  requirements. Thus, to avoid those special
reporting requirements, the Trust Fund will elect to include market discount  in
income as it accrues.
 
     If  a Certificateholder  is required  to recognize  an aggregate  amount of
income (not  including income  attributable  to disallowed  itemized  deductions
described  above) over the  life of the Certificates  that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.
 
     Allocations Between Transferors  and Transferees.   In  general, the  Trust
Fund's  taxable income and losses  will be determined monthly  and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificateholders
in proportion to the principal  amount of Certificates owned  by them as of  the
close  of  the  last  day  of  such month.  As  a  result,  a  holder purchasing
Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.
 
     The use  of such  a monthly  convention may  not be  permitted by  existing
regulations.  If  a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or  losses
of  the Trust Fund might be  reallocated among the Certificateholders. The Trust
Fund's method of allocation between  transferors and transferees may be  revised
to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
 
     Section  754 Election.   In  the event  that a  Certificateholder sells its
Certificates at a profit  (loss), the purchasing  Certificateholder will have  a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificateholder had.
The  tax basis of the  Trust Fund's assets will not  be adjusted to reflect that
higher (or lower) basis  unless the Trust  Fund were to  file an election  under
Section  754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that
would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially
onerous information reporting requirements,  the Trust Fund  will not make  such
election. As a result, Certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser
amount  of  Trust Fund  income  than would  be  appropriate based  on  their own
purchase price for Certificates.
 
     Administrative Matters.  The Owner Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the Trust Fund. Such books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year  of
the  Trust Fund will be  the calendar year. The  Trustee will file a partnership
information return (IRS Form  1065) with the  IRS for each  taxable year of  the
Trust  Fund and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of
Trust Fund income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The  Trust
Fund  will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide
the Trust Fund with the information statement described below and such  nominees
will  be required to  forward such information  to the beneficial  owners of the
Certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent  with
the information return filed by the Trust Fund or be subject to penalties unless
the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.
 
     Under  Section 6031 of  the Code, any  person that holds  Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust Fund
with a statement containing certain  information on the nominee, the  beneficial
owners  and the  Certificates so held.  Such information includes  (i) the name,
address and
 
                                       85
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
taxpayer identification number  of the nominee  and (ii) as  to each  beneficial
owner  (x)  the name,  address  and identification  number  of such  person, (y)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity or a  foreign
government,  an  international  organization,  or  any  wholly  owned  agency or
instrumentality of  either of  the  foregoing, and  (z) certain  information  on
Certificates  that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the Trust Fund information
as to  themselves  and  their  ownership  of  Certificates.  A  clearing  agency
registered  under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any
such information statement to the Trust Fund. The information referred to  above
for  any calendar  year must  be furnished to  the Trust  Fund on  or before the
following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail  to
provide  the Trust Fund with  the information described above  may be subject to
penalties.
 
     The Depositor will be designated as the tax matters partner in the  related
Trust  Agreement  and,  as  such,  will  be  responsible  for  representing  the
Certificateholders  in  any  dispute  with  the  IRS.  The  Code  provides   for
administrative  examination  of  a  partnership as  if  the  partnership  were a
separate and  distinct  taxpayer.  Generally, the  statute  of  limitations  for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership  information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the  return of  the Trust Fund  by the  appropriate taxing  authorities
could  result in  an adjustment of  the returns of  the Certificateholders, and,
under  certain  circumstances,  a   Certificateholder  may  be  precluded   from
separately  litigating a proposed adjustment to the  items of the Trust Fund. An
adjustment could also result  in an audit of  a Certificateholder's returns  and
adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of the Trust Fund.
 
     Tax  Consequences to Foreign  Certificateholders.  It  is not clear whether
the Trust Fund would be considered to be  engaged in a trade or business in  the
United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
persons  because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts
substantially similar to  those described  herein. Although it  is not  expected
that the Trust Fund would be engaged in a trade or business in the United States
for  such purposes,  the Trust Fund  will withhold as  if it were  so engaged in
order to protect the Trust Fund from possible adverse consequences of a  failure
to  withhold. The Trust Fund  expects to withhold on  the portion of its taxable
income that is allocable to foreign Certificateholders pursuant to Section  1446
of  the Code, as  if such income were  effectively connected to  a U.S. trade or
business, at a rate of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable as  corporations
and  39.6%  for  all  other foreign  holders.  Subsequent  adoption  of Treasury
regulations or the issuance of  other administrative pronouncements may  require
the  Trust Fund to change its  withholding procedures. In determining a holder's
withholding status, the Trust Fund may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the
holder's certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.
   
     The term "U.S. Person" means a citizen or resident of the United States,  a
corporation,  partnership  or other entity  created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any political  subdivision  thereof,  or an  estate
whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of  its source  of
income,  or a trust if a court  within the  United States is  able to  exerecise
primary  supervision of the  administration of  the trust and one or more United
States fiduciaries have the authority to control  all  substantial  decisions of
the trust.
    
     Each foreign  holder  might  be  required to  file  a  U.S.  individual  or
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch
profits  tax) on its share of the  Trust Fund's income. Each foreign holder must
obtain a taxpayer identification number from  the IRS and submit that number  to
the Trust Fund on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of the taxes
withheld.  A foreign holder generally  would be entitled to  file with the IRS a
claim for refund with  respect to taxes  withheld by the  Trust Fund taking  the
position that no taxes were due because the Trust Fund was not engaged in a U.S.
trade   or  business.  However,  interest  payments   made  (or  accrued)  to  a
Certificateholder  who  is  a  foreign  person  generally  will  be   considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard to
the  income  of  the  Trust  Fund.  If  these  interest  payments  are  properly
characterized as guaranteed payments, then  the interest will not be  considered
'portfolio  interest.' As a result, Certificateholders will be subject to United
States federal income tax and  withholding tax at a  rate of 30 percent,  unless
reduced  or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a foreign
holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in
excess of  the taxes  that should  be withheld  with respect  to the  guaranteed
payments.
 
     Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made on the  Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a 'backup' withholding  tax
of  31%  if, in  general,  the Certificateholder  fails  to comply  with certain
identification procedures,  unless  the  holder is  an  exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.
 
                            STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
     In  addition to the  federal income tax  consequences described in 'Federal
Income Tax  Consequences,' potential  investors should  consider the  state  and
local    income    tax    consequences    of    the    acquisition,   ownership,
 
                                       86
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and disposition of  the Securities. State  and local income  tax law may  differ
substantially  from the corresponding federal law,  and this discussion does not
purport to describe any aspect of the income tax laws of any state or  locality.
Therefore,  potential  investors  should  consult their  own  tax  advisors with
respect to the various state and local tax consequences of an investment in  the
Securities.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The  following describes certain  considerations under ERISA  and the Code,
which apply only to Securities of a Series that are not divided into subclasses.
If Securities are divided into subclasses the related Prospectus Supplement will
contain information concerning  considerations relating  to ERISA  and the  Code
that are applicable to such Securities.
 
     ERISA  imposes requirements on employee benefit plans (and on certain other
retirement plans and arrangements, including individual retirement accounts  and
annuities,  Keogh plans and collective investment funds and separate accounts in
which such plans, accounts or arrangements are invested) (collectively  'Plans')
subject  to ERISA and on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to such Plans.
Generally, ERISA applies to investments made by Plans. Among other things, ERISA
requires that the  assets of Plans  be held in  trust and that  the trustee,  or
other  duly  authorized fiduciary,  have exclusive  authority and  discretion to
manage and control the assets of  such Plans. ERISA also imposes certain  duties
on  persons who are fiduciaries of Plans.  Under ERISA, any person who exercises
any authority or control respecting the management or disposition of the  assets
of  a Plan  is considered  to be a  fiduciary of  such Plan  (subject to certain
exceptions  not  here  relevant).  Certain  employee  benefit  plans,  such   as
governmental  plans (as defined in ERISA Section  3(32)) and, if no election has
been made under Section 410(d)  of the Code, church  plans (as defined in  ERISA
Section  3(33)), are not  subject to ERISA  requirements. Accordingly, assets of
such  plans  may  be  invested  in  Securities  without  regard  to  the   ERISA
considerations   described  above  and  below,  subject  to  the  provisions  of
applicable state law. Any such plan which is qualified and exempt from  taxation
under  Code Sections  401(a) and 501(a),  however, is subject  to the prohibited
transaction rules set forth in Code Section 503.
 
     On November 13,  1986, the United  States Department of  Labor (the  'DOL')
issued  final  regulations concerning  the  definition of  what  constitutes the
assets of a  Plan. (Labor Reg.  Section 2510.3-101) Under  this regulation,  the
underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships and certain other
entities  in  which a  Plan makes  an  'equity' investment  could be  deemed for
purposes of ERISA to be assets  of the investing Plan in certain  circumstances.
However, the regulation provides that, generally, the assets of a corporation or
partnership  in which a Plan invests will not be deemed for purposes of ERISA to
be assets of such Plan if the equity interest acquired by the investing Plan  is
a  publicly-offered  security. A  publicly-offered security,  as defined  in the
Labor Reg.  Section  2510.3-101, is  a  security  that is  widely  held,  freely
transferable  and  registered  under the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934, as
amended.
 
     In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of  investment
prudence  and  diversification, ERISA  prohibits a  broad range  of transactions
involving Plan  assets  and  persons  ('Parties  in  Interest')  having  certain
specified  relationships  to a  Plan and  imposes additional  prohibitions where
Parties in Interest are fiduciaries with respect to such Plan. Because the Loans
may be deemed Plan assets of each Plan that purchases Securities, an  investment
in  the  Securities by  a Plan  might  be a  prohibited transaction  under ERISA
Sections 406 and 407 and subject to an excise tax under Code Section 4975 unless
a statutory or administrative exemption applies.
 
     In Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption  83-1  ('PTE  83-1'),  which  amended
Prohibited  Transaction Exemption 81-7, the DOL exempted from ERISA's prohibited
transaction rules certain transactions relating to the operation of  residential
mortgage  pool investment trusts and the purchase, sale and holding of 'mortgage
pool pass-through certificates'  in the initial  issuance of such  certificates.
PTE  83-1  permits,  subject  to certain  conditions,  transactions  which might
otherwise be prohibited between  Plans and Parties in  Interest with respect  to
those  Plans related to the origination, maintenance and termination of mortgage
pools consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or second mortgages or deeds
of trust on single-family residential property, and the acquisition and  holding
of  certain mortgage pool pass-through  certificates representing an interest in
such mortgage pools by Plans. If the general conditions (discussed below) of PTE
83-1 are satisfied, investments by a Plan in Securities that represent interests
in a Pool consisting of Loans  ('Single Family Securities') will be exempt  from
the  prohibitions  of  ERISA  Sections 406(a)  and  407  (relating  generally to
transactions with  Parties in  Interest who  are not  fiduciaries) if  the  Plan
purchases   the  Single   Family  Securities  at   no  more   than  fair  market
 
                                       87
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
value and will be exempt from  the prohibitions of ERISA Sections 406(b)(1)  and
(2)  (relating generally to transactions with  fiduciaries) if, in addition, the
purchase is approved by an independent fiduciary, no sales commission is paid to
the pool sponsor, the Plan does not purchase more than 25% of all Single  Family
Securities,  and at least 50%  of all Single Family  Securities are purchased by
persons independent  of the  pool sponsor  or pool  trustee. PTE  83-1 does  not
provide   an  exemption  for   transactions  involving  Subordinate  Securities.
Accordingly, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  no
transfer  of a Subordinate Security  or a Security which  is not a Single Family
Security may be made to a Plan.
 
     The discussion in this  and the next succeeding  paragraph applies only  to
Single Family Securities. The Depositor believes that, for purposes of PTE 83-1,
the  term  'mortgage  pass-through certificate'  would  include:  (i) Securities
issued in a Series  consisting of only  a single class  of Securities; and  (ii)
Securities  issued  in  a  Series in  which  there  is only  one  class  of such
Securities; provided  that the  Securities in  the case  of clause  (i), or  the
Securities in the case of clause (ii), evidence the beneficial ownership of both
a  specified  percentage of  future interest  payments (greater  than 0%)  and a
specified percentage  (greater than  0%)  of future  principal payments  on  the
Loans.  It  is  not clear  whether  a  class of  Securities  that  evidences the
beneficial ownership  in  a Trust  Fund  divided into  Loan  groups,  beneficial
ownership  of  a specified  percentage of  interest  payments only  or principal
payments only, or a notional amount of either principal or interest payments, or
a class of Securities entitled to receive payments of interest and principal  on
the  Loans  only after  payments to  other  classes or  after the  occurrence of
certain specified  events would  be a  'mortgage pass-through  certificate'  for
purposes of PTE 83-1.
 
     PTE  83-1 sets forth  three general conditions which  must be satisfied for
any transaction to be eligible for exemption: (i) the maintenance of a system of
insurance or  other  protection  for  the pooled  mortgage  loans  and  property
securing  such loans, and for indemnifying Securityholders against reductions in
pass-through payments due to property damage or defaults in loan payments in  an
amount  not less  than the  greater of  one percent  of the  aggregate principal
balance of all  covered pooled mortgage  loans or the  principal balance of  the
largest  covered pooled mortgage loan; (ii) the  existence of a pool trustee who
is not an affiliate of the pool sponsor; and (iii) a limitation on the amount of
the payment retained by the pool  sponsor, together with other funds inuring  to
its  benefit, to not  more than adequate consideration  for selling the mortgage
loans plus reasonable compensation for services provided by the pool sponsor  to
the  Pool. The Depositor  believes that the first  general condition referred to
above will  be satisfied  with respect  to  the Securities  in a  Series  issued
without  a subordination feature, or the Securities only in a Series issued with
a subordination feature,  provided that the  subordination and Reserve  Account,
subordination  by shifting  of interests,  the pool  insurance or  other form of
credit  enhancement   described   under  'Credit   Enhancement'   herein   (such
subordination,  pool insurance  or other  form of  credit enhancement  being the
system of insurance  or other protection  referred to above)  with respect to  a
Series of Securities is maintained in an amount not less than the greater of one
percent of the aggregate principal balance of the Loans or the principal balance
of  the largest Loan. See 'Description of the Securities' herein. In the absence
of a ruling that the system of  insurance or other protection with respect to  a
Series  of Securities satisfies  the first general  condition referred to above,
there can be no assurance that these features will be so viewed by the DOL.  The
Trustee will not be affiliated with the Depositor.
 
     Each  Plan fiduciary who is responsible for making the investment decisions
whether to purchase or commit to  purchase and to hold Single Family  Securities
must  make  its own  determination as  to  whether the  first and  third general
conditions, and  the  specific conditions  described  briefly in  the  preceding
paragraph,  of PTE 83-1  have been satisfied,  or as to  the availability of any
other  prohibited  transaction  exemptions.  Each  Plan  fiduciary  should  also
determine  whether, under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence
and diversification,  an investment  in the  Securities is  appropriate for  the
Plan,  taking into  account the  overall investment policy  of the  Plan and the
composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.
 
     The DOL  has  granted  to certain  underwriters  individual  administrative
exemptions  (the  'Underwriter  Exemptions')  from  certain  of  the  prohibited
transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of Section 4975
of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent
resale by Plans of certificates in  pass-through trusts that consist of  certain
receivables,   loans  and  other  obligations   that  meet  the  conditions  and
requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions.
 
     While each  underwriter Exemption  is  an individual  exemption  separately
granted  to a  specific underwriter,  the terms  and conditions  which generally
apply to the Underwriter Exemptions are substantially the following:
 
                                       88
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          (1) the  acquisition  of  the  certificates by  a  Plan  is  on  terms
     (including  the price for the certificates)  that are at least as favorable
     to the  Plan  as they  would  be in  an  arm's-length transaction  with  an
     unrelated party;
 
          (2)  the rights and interest evidenced by the certificates acquired by
     the Plan are  not subordinated  to the  rights and  interests evidenced  by
     other certificates of the trust fund;
 
          (3)  the certificates required  by the Plan have  received a rating at
     the time  of such  acquisition that  is one  of the  three highest  generic
     rating  categories from Standard & Poor's  Ratings Group, a Division of The
     McGraw-Hill Companies ('S&P'), Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ('Moody's'),
     Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating Co. ('DCR') or  Fitch Investors Service,  Inc.
     ('Fitch');
 
          (4)  the trustee must not  be an affiliate of  any other member of the
     Restricted Group as defined below;
 
          (5) the sum of all payments  made to and retained by the  underwriters
     in connection with the distribution of the certificates represents not more
     than  reasonable compensation for underwriting the certificates; the sum of
     all payments made to and retained by the seller pursuant to the  assignment
     of  the loans to  the trust fund  represents not more  than the fair market
     value of such loans; the  sum of all payments made  to and retained by  the
     servicer  and  any  other  servicer  represents  not  more  than reasonable
     compensation for such  person's services  under the  agreement pursuant  to
     which  the loans are pooled and  reimbursements of such person's reasonable
     expenses in connection therewith; and
 
          (6) the Plan investing in the certificates is an 'accredited investor'
     as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended.
 
     The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:
 
          (i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets of  the
     type that have been included in other investment pools;
 
          (ii)  certificates in such other investment pools must have been rated
     in one of the three highest rating categories of S&P, Moody's, Fitch or DCR
     for at least one year prior to the Plan's acquisition of certificates; and
 
          (iii) certificates evidencing interests in such other investment pools
     must have been  purchased by investors  other than Plans  for at least  one
     year prior to any Plan's acquisition of certificates.
 
     Moreover,  the Underwriter Exemptions generally provide relief from certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest  prohibited transactions that  may occur  when
the  Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust as to which
the fiduciary (or its affiliate)  is an obligor on  the receivables held in  the
trust provided that, among other requirements: (i) in the case of an acquisition
in  connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at least fifty percent
(50%) of each class of certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired  by
persons  independent  of  the  Restricted Group,  (ii)  such  fiduciary  (or its
affiliate) is an obligor with respect to  five percent (5%) or less of the  fair
market  value  of  the obligations  contained  in  the trust;  (iii)  the Plan's
investment in  certificates of  any class  does not  exceed twenty-five  percent
(25%)  of all of the  certificates of that class outstanding  at the time of the
acquisition;  and  (iv)  immediately  after   the  acquisition,  no  more   than
twenty-five  percent (25%) of the assets of  the Plan with respect to which such
person is a fiduciary  is invested in certificates  representing an interest  in
one  or more trusts containing  assets sold or serviced  by the same entity. The
Underwriter Exemptions  do not  apply  to Plans  sponsored  by the  Seller,  the
related  Underwriter, the Trustee, the Master Servicer, any insurer with respect
to the Loans,  any obligor  with respect  to Loans  included in  the Trust  Fund
constituting  more than five percent (5%) of the aggregate unamortized principal
balance of the assets in the Trust  Fund, or any affiliate of such parties  (the
'Restricted Group').
 
     The  Prospectus Supplement for each Series  of Securities will indicate the
classes of Securities, if any, offered thereby  as to which it is expected  that
an Underwriter Exemption will apply.
 
     The  Underwriter  Exemption contains  several  requirements, some  of which
differ from those in  PTE 83-l. The Underwriter  Exemption contains an  expanded
definition of 'certificate' which includes an interest which entitles the holder
to  pass-through  payments of  principal,  interest and/or  other  payments. The
Underwriter Exemption contains an expanded  definition of 'trust' which  permits
the  trust corpus to consist of  secured consumer receivables. The definition of
'trust', however, does not include any  investment pool unless, inter alia,  (i)
the investment pool consists only of assets of the type which have been included
in  other investment pools, (ii) certificates evidencing interests in such other
investment pools have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at  least
one  year  prior  to the  Plan's  acquisition  of certificates  pursuant  to the
Underwriter Exemption,
 
                                       89
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and (iii) certificates in such other investment pools have been rated in one  of
the  three highest generic rating categories  of the four credit rating agencies
noted below. Generally, the Underwriter Exemption holds that the acquisition  of
the  certificates  by a  Plan  must be  on terms  (including  the price  for the
certificates) that are at least as favorable to the Plan as they would be in  an
arm's  length  transaction with  an unrelated  party. The  Underwriter Exemption
requires that the  rights and  interests evidenced  by the  certificates not  be
'subordinated'  to the rights  and interests evidenced  by other certificates of
the same trust. The Underwriter Exemption requires that certificates acquired by
a Plan have received a rating at the time of their acquisition that is in one of
the three highest generic rating categories  of S&P, Moody's, Fitch or DCR.  The
Underwriter  Exemption specifies that the pool  trustee must not be an affiliate
of the pool sponsor, nor an affiliate of the Underwriter, the pool servicer, any
obligor with respect to mortgage loans  included in the trust constituting  more
than  five percent of the aggregate  unamortized principal balance of the assets
in the  trust, or  any  affiliate of  such  entities. Finally,  the  Underwriter
Exemption  stipulates that  any Plan  investing in  the certificates  must be an
'accredited investor'  as defined  in  Rule 501(a)(1)  of  Regulation D  of  the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
     Any  Plan fiduciary which  proposes to cause a  Plan to purchase Securities
should consult with their counsel concerning  the impact of ERISA and the  Code,
the  applicability of PTE 83-1 and  the Underwriter Exemption, and the potential
consequences in their specific circumstances,  prior to making such  investment.
Moreover,  each  Plan  fiduciary  should  determine  whether  under  the general
fiduciary standards of investment procedure and diversification an investment in
the Securities is  appropriate for  the Plan,  taking into  account the  overall
investment  policy  of the  Plan and  the composition  of the  Plan's investment
portfolio.
 
                                LEGAL INVESTMENT
 
     The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will specify which,
if any,  of  the classes  of  Securities offered  thereby  constitute  'mortgage
related  securities' for purposes  of the Secondary  Mortgage Market Enhancement
Act of 1984 ('SMMEA'). Classes of  Securities that qualify as 'mortgage  related
securities'  will  be  legal  investments  for  persons,  trusts,  corporations,
partnerships, associations, business  trusts, and  business entities  (including
depository  institutions, life  insurance companies  and pension  funds) created
pursuant to or  existing under the  laws of the  United States or  of any  state
(including   the  District  of  Columbia   and  Puerto  Rico)  whose  authorized
investments are  subject to  state  regulations to  the  same extent  as,  under
applicable law, obligations issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest
by  the  United States  or any  such entities.  Under SMMEA,  if a  state enacts
legislation prior to October 4, 1991 specifically limiting the legal  investment
authority  of any such  entities with respect  to 'mortgage related securities',
securities will  constitute  legal  investments for  entities  subject  to  such
legislation only to the extent provided therein. Approximately twenty-one states
adopted  such legislation prior to the October 4, 1991 deadline. SMMEA provides,
however, that in no event will the enactment of any such legislation affect  the
validity   of  any  contractual  commitment  to  purchase,  hold  or  invest  in
securities, or require the sale or  other disposition of securities, so long  as
such  contractual commitment was made or  such securities were acquired prior to
the enactment of such legislation.
 
     SMMEA also amended  the legal investment  authority of  federally-chartered
depository  institutions as follows:  federal savings and  loan associations and
federal savings  banks may  invest  in, sell  or  otherwise deal  in  Securities
without  limitations as to  the percentage of  their assets represented thereby,
federal credit unions may  invest in mortgage  related securities, and  national
banks  may  purchase securities  for  their own  account  without regard  to the
limitations generally applicable to investment securities set forth in 12 U.S.C.
24 (Seventh), subject in each case to such regulations as the applicable federal
authority may prescribe. In this connection, federal credit unions should review
the National Credit Union  Administration ('NCUA') Letter  to Credit Unions  No.
96, as modified by Letter to Credit Unions No. 108, which includes guidelines to
assist federal credit unions in making investment decisions for mortgage related
securities  and the  NCUA's regulation  'Investment and  Deposit Activities' (12
C.F.R. Part 703), which sets forth certain restrictions on investment by federal
credit unions in mortgage  related securities (in each  case whether or not  the
class  of Securities  under consideration  for purchase  constituted a 'mortgage
related security').
 
     All depository  institutions considering  an investment  in the  Securities
(whether  or  not  the  class of  Securities  under  consideration  for purchase
constitutes a 'mortgage related security')  should review the Federal  Financial
Institutions   Examination  Council's   Supervisory  Policy   Statement  on  the
Securities Activities (to  the extent  adopted by  their respective  regulators)
(the  'Policy Statement')  setting forth,  in relevant  part, certain securities
trading and sales  practices deemed unsuitable  for an institution's  investment
portfolio, and guidelines
 
                                       90
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
for  (and restrictions on) investing  in mortgage derivative products, including
'mortgage related  securities', which  are  'high-risk mortgage  securities'  as
defined  in  the  Policy  Statement. According  to  the  Policy  Statement, such
'high-risk mortgage  securities'  include  securities  such  as  Securities  not
entitled  to distributions allocated  to principal or  interest, or Subordinated
Securities. Under  the  Policy  Statement,  it is  the  responsibility  of  each
depository  institution to determine, prior to purchase (and at stated intervals
thereafter), whether a  particular mortgage derivative  product is a  'high-risk
mortgage  security', and whether  the purchase (or retention)  of such a product
would be consistent with the Policy Statement.
 
     The foregoing  does  not  take  into  consideration  the  applicability  of
statutes,   rules,  regulations,  orders   guidelines  or  agreements  generally
governing investments made by a particular investor, including, but not  limited
to  'prudent investor' provisions  which may restrict  or prohibit investment in
securities which are not 'interest bearing' or 'income paying'.
 
     There may  be  other restrictions  on  the ability  of  certain  investors,
including  depository institutions, either to purchase Securities or to purchase
Securities representing  more  than a  specified  percentage of  the  investor's
assets. Investors should consult their own legal advisors in determining whether
and  to  what  extent  the  Securities  constitute  legal  investments  for such
investors.
 
                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Securities are  being offered  hereby in  Series from  time to  time  (each
Series  evidencing or  relating to  a separate  Trust Fund)  through any  of the
following methods:
 
          1. By negotiated firm commitment underwriting and public reoffering by
     underwriters;
 
          2. By agency placements through one or more placement agents primarily
     with institutional investors and dealers; and
 
          3.  By  placement  directly   by  the  Depositor  with   institutional
     investors.
 
     A  Prospectus  Supplement  will  be prepared  for  each  Series  which will
describe the method of offering  being used for that  Series and will set  forth
the  identity of  any underwriters  thereof and either  the price  at which such
Series is being offered, the nature and amount of any underwriting discounts  or
additional compensation to such underwriters and the proceeds of the offering to
the  Depositor, or the method by which  the price at which the underwriters will
sell the  Securities  will be  determined.  Each Prospectus  Supplement  for  an
underwritten  offering will also contain information regarding the nature of the
underwriters' obligations, any material  relationship between the Depositor  and
any  underwriter and, where appropriate,  information regarding any discounts or
concessions to be allowed or reallowed to dealers or others and any arrangements
to stabilize  the market  for  the Securities  so  offered. In  firm  commitment
underwritten  offerings, the underwriters  will be obligated  to purchase all of
the Securities of such Series if  any such Securities are purchased.  Securities
may  be acquired by  the underwriters for  their own accounts  and may be resold
from  time  to  time   in  one  or   more  transactions,  including   negotiated
transactions,  at a fixed public offering  price or at varying prices determined
at the time of sale.
 
     Underwriters and agents may be entitled under agreements entered into  with
the  Depositor  to  indemnification  by  the  Depositor  against  certain  civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or to contribution with  respect to payments which  such underwriters or  agents
may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
     If  a Series  is offered  other than  through underwriters,  the Prospectus
Supplement relating thereto  will contain  information regarding  the nature  of
such  offering and any agreements  to be entered into  between the Depositor and
purchasers of Securities of such Series.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the  Securities of each  Series, including certain  federal
income  tax  consequences with  respect  thereto, will  be  passed upon  for the
Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP, One World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.
 
                                       91
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     A new Trust Fund will be formed  with respect to each Series of  Securities
and  no Trust Fund will engage in any  business activities or have any assets or
obligations  prior  to  the  issuance  of  the  related  Series  of  Securities.
Accordingly,  no financial  statements with  respect to  any Trust  Fund will be
included in this Prospectus or in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                     RATING
 
     It is a condition to the issuance of the Securities of each Series  offered
hereby  and by the Prospectus Supplement that  they shall have been rated in one
of the four highest rating  categories by the nationally recognized  statistical
rating  agency or  agencies (each, a  'Rating Agency') specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Any such rating would be based on, among other things, the adequacy of  the
value  of the Trust Fund Assets and  any credit enhancement with respect to such
class and will reflect such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the  likelihood
that  holders of a  class of Securities  of such class  will receive payments to
which such Securityholders are entitled under the related Agreement. Such rating
will not constitute an assessment  of the likelihood that principal  prepayments
on  the  related Loans  will  be made,  the  degree to  which  the rate  of such
prepayments might differ from that  originally anticipated or the likelihood  of
early  optional termination of the Series  of Securities. Such rating should not
be deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities, inasmuch as  it
does  not address  market price or  suitability for a  particular investor. Each
security rating should be evaluated independently of any other security  rating.
Such  rating will not address the possibility that prepayment at higher or lower
rates than anticipated by  an investor may cause  such investor to experience  a
lower  than anticipated  yield or  that an investor  purchasing a  Security at a
significant premium might fail  to recoup its  initial investment under  certain
prepayment scenarios.
 
     There  is also no assurance that any  such rating will remain in effect for
any given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely  by
the  Rating Agency in the future if  in its judgment circumstances in the future
so warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in  the
adequacy  of the value of  the Trust Fund Assets  or any credit enhancement with
respect to a Series, such rating might also be lowered or withdrawn among  other
reasons,  because of an adverse change in  the financial or other condition of a
credit enhancement provider or a change in the rating of such credit enhancement
provider's long term debt.
 
     The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement, if any, established with
respect to a Series of  Securities will be determined  on the basis of  criteria
established  by each Rating Agency rating  classes of such Series. Such criteria
are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of mortgage loans
in a larger  group. Such  analysis is  often the  basis upon  which each  Rating
Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required with respect to each
such  class. There can be  no assurance that the  historical data supporting any
such actuarial  analysis  will  accurately reflect  future  experience  nor  any
assurance  that the data derived from a  large pool of mortgage loans accurately
predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any particular  pool
of  Loans. No assurance can be given that values of any Properties have remained
or will remain at  their levels on  the respective dates  of origination of  the
related  Loans.  If the  residential real  estate  markets should  experience an
overall decline in property values such that the outstanding principal  balances
of  the Loans  in a  particular Trust  Fund and  any secondary  financing on the
related Properties become equal to or greater than the value of the  Properties,
the  rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and  losses could be higher than those
now generally  experienced  in the  mortgage  lending industry.  In  additional,
adverse  economic conditions (which may or  may not affect real property values)
may affect the timely payment by  mortgagors of scheduled payments of  principal
and  interest  on  the  Loans  and,  accordingly,  the  rates  of delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses with respect to any Trust Fund. To the extent that  such
losses  are not  covered by  credit enhancement, such  losses will  be borne, at
least in part, by the  holders of one or more  classes of the Securities of  the
related Series.
 
                                       92




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                             INDEX TO DEFINED TERMS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   TERM                        PAGE
- ------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                          <C>
Accretion Directed Certificates...........          30
Accrual...................................          32
Accrual Securities........................          27
Advance...................................           9
Agreement.................................          18
Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations......          75
APR.......................................          21
Available Funds...........................          26
Balloon payment...........................          19
Belgian Cooperative.......................          37
Beneficial owner..........................          36
BIF.......................................          47
Book-Entry Securities.....................          35
Borrower..................................          66
Buydown Fund..............................          19
Buydown Loans.............................          19
Calculation Agent.........................          32
Cash Flow Bond Method.....................          82
CEDEL Participants........................          37
CERCLA....................................      14, 61
Certificates..............................        1, 4
Capitalized Interest Account..............          47
Class Security Balance....................          27
Closed-End Loans..........................           4
Code......................................      10, 71
COFI Securities...........................          34
Collateral Value..........................          21
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio..............          21
Commission................................           2
Companion classes.........................          31
Component Securities......................          30
Contingent Regulations....................          73
Contracts.................................          64
Cooperative Loans.........................          18
Cooperatives..............................          18
Cut-off Date..............................       4, 17
Cut-off Date Principal Balance............          25
DCR.......................................          92
Debt Securities...........................          72
Definitive Certificate....................          36
Depositor.................................       1, 22
Detailed Description......................          18
Distribution Date.........................           6
DOL.......................................          90
DTC.......................................      15, 35
Eleventh District.........................          33
EPA.......................................          61
ERISA.....................................          10
Euroclear Operator........................          37
Euroclear Participants....................          37
European Depositaries.....................          36
 


<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                   TERM                        PAGE
- ------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                          <C>
Excess servicing..........................          82
Exchange Act..............................           2
FDIC......................................          23
FHA.......................................           8
FHLBSF....................................          33
FHLMC.....................................          23
Financial Intermediary....................          36
Fitch.....................................          92
Fixed Rate................................          31
Floating Rate.............................          31
FNMA......................................          23
Foreign person............................          85
Funding Period............................          16
Garn-St Germain Act.......................          63
Holder in Due Course Rules................          14
Home Equity Loans.........................        1, 5
Home Improvement Contracts................    1, 5, 20
Home Improvements.........................           1
Indenture.................................          24
Installment Contract......................          66
Insurance Proceeds........................          47
Insured Expenses..........................          47
Interest Only.............................          32
Interest Weighted Securities..............          74
Inverse Floating Rate.....................          31
IRS.......................................          73
L/C Bank..................................       7, 39
L/C Percentage............................       8, 39
Lender....................................          66
Liquidation Expenses......................          47
Liquidation Proceeds......................          47
Loan Rate.................................       6, 19
Loans.....................................           1
Lockout periods...........................          19
Master Servicer...........................           4
Master Servicing Agreement................          18
Master Servicing Fee......................          53
Moody's...................................          92
Morgan....................................          37
Mortgage..................................          45
Mortgage Loan.............................           4
Mortgaged Properties......................          20
National Cost of Funds Index..............          34
NCUA......................................          94
Nonresidents..............................          83
Notes.....................................        1, 4
Notional Amount Securities................          30
OID.......................................          72
OID Regulations...........................          72
OTS.......................................          34
PACs......................................          30
Partial Accrual...........................          32
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       93
 




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   TERM                        PAGE
- ------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                          <C>
Parties in Interest.......................          90
Pass-Through Rate.........................           6
Pass-Through Securities...................          80
Pay-Through Security......................          73
Percentage Interests......................          54
Permitted Investments.....................          40
Planned Principal Class...................          30
Plans.....................................          90
Policy Statement..........................          94
Pool......................................       4, 17
Pool Insurance Policy.....................          41
Pool Insurer..............................          41
Pooling and Servicing Agreement...........          24
Pre-Funded Amount.........................          16
Pre-Funding Account.......................       4, 16
Prepayment Assumption.....................          73
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.........          20
Principal Only............................          32
Principal Prepayments.....................          27
Properties................................       5, 20
Property Improvement Loans................          68
Proposed Mark-to-Market Regulations.......          80
PTE 83-1..................................          91
Purchase Price............................          24
Rating Agency.............................          95
Ratio Strip Securities....................          81
RCRA......................................          62
Record Date...............................          25
Reference Banks...........................          32
Refinance Loan............................          21
Regular Interest Securities...............          71
Relevant Depositary.......................          36
Relief Act................................          66
REMIC.....................................   1, 26, 71
Reserve Account...........................       7, 26
Residual Interest Security................          77
Restricted Group..........................          93
Retained Interest.........................          25
Revolving Credit Line Loans...............           4
Riegle Act................................          14
Rules.....................................          36



<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                   TERM                        PAGE
- ------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                          <C>
S&P.......................................          92
SAIF......................................          47
Scheduled Principal Class.................          31
Securities................................        1, 4
Security Account..........................          47
Security Owners...........................          35
Security Register.........................          25
Securityholders...........................          36
Seller....................................           1
Sellers...................................          17
Senior Securities.........................       5, 39
Sequential Pay............................          31
Series....................................           1
Servicing Fee.............................          80
Short-Term Note...........................          85
Single Family Properties..................          20
Single Family Securities..................          91
SMMEA.....................................      10, 93
Strip.....................................          31
Stripped Securities.......................          80
Sub-Servicer..............................       9, 18
Sub-Servicing Agreement...................          49
Subordinated Securities...................           5
Subsequent Loans..........................          16
Support Class.............................          31
TACs......................................          31
Targeted Principal Class..................          31
Terms and Conditions......................          37
TIN.......................................          83
Title I Loans.............................          68
Title I Program...........................          67
Title V...................................      64, 65
Trust Agreement...........................      18, 24
Trust Fund................................           1
Trust Fund Assets.........................    1, 4, 17
Trustee...................................       4, 24
UCC.......................................          60
Underwriter Exemptions....................          92
VA........................................           8
VA Guaranty...............................          52
Variable Rate.............................          32
</TABLE>
 
   
                                       94
    
 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
                                                                  
Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution*
                                                                  
     The following table sets forth the estimated expenses in connection with
the issuance and distribution of the Securities being registered under this
Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:
                                                            

   
SEC Registration Fee .....................................       $   606,060.61
Printing and Engraving Expenses ..........................       $    35,000.00
Legal Fees and Expenses ..................................       $    65,000.00
Trustee Fees and Expenses ................................       $    15,000.00
Accounting Fees and Expenses .............................       $    25,000.00
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ...............................       $     5,000.00
Rating Agency Fees .......................................       $   125,000.00
Miscellaneous ............................................       $     5,000.00
                                                                 ==============
Total ....................................................       $   881,060.61
                                                                 ==============
    


- ------------
*   All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee are estimates of expenses
    incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of a Series of
    Securities in an aggregate principal amount assumed for these purposes to be
    equal to $250,000,000 of Securities registered hereby.

Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware empowers a
corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is
or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise. Depending on the character of the proceeding, a corporation may
indemnify against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding if the person indemnified acted in good faith
and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In the case
of an action by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification may be
made in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that
the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought
shall determine that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper. Section 145
further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has
been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to
above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall
be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

     The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant provide, in
effect, that, to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145
of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Registrant


                                      II-1



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any action, suit or proceeding of the type described above by reason of
the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Registrant.

Item 16.  Exhibits.

   
    1.1(a)  Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
    1.1(b)  Form of Indemnification and Contribution Agreement.**
    3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.**
    3.2     By-laws of the Registrant.**
    4.1     Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Home Equity Loan
            Asset Backed Certificates.
    4.2     Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Mortgage
            Pass-Through Certificates.**
    4.3     Form of Trust Agreement.**
    4.4     Form of Indenture.**
    4.5     Form of Master Servicing Agreement.**
    5.1     Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to legality of the Securities.
    8.1     Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to tax matters
            (included in Exhibit 5.1).
   10.1     Form of Loan Purchase Agreement.**
   23.1     Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1
            hereof).
   24.1     Power of Attorney.**
    


- ------------
   
    
**   Previously filed.


Item 17.  Undertakings.

     (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

          (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

               (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
          Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act");

               (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
          after the effective date of this Registration Statement (or the most
          recent post-effective amendment hereof) which, individually or in the
          aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
          in this Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
          increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
          dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
          registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the
          estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
          prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in
          the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than
          20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
          the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
          Registration Statement;

               (iii) To include any material information with respect to the
          plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration
          Statement or any material change to such information in this
          Registration Statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the
information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those
paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the
Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this Registration
Statement.


                                      II-2



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

          (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act,
     each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration
     statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
     such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
     offering thereof.

          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
     termination of the offering.

     (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Act, each filing of a Trust Fund's annual
report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

     (d) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for
the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under
subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 in accordance
with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section
305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.


                                      II-3



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant certifies that (i) it reasonably believes that the security rating
requirement of Transaction Requirement B.5 of Form S-3 will be met by the time
of sale of each Series of Securities to which this Registration Statement
relates and (ii) it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Pasadena, California on the 25th day of October,
1996.
    


                                       CWABS, Inc.

                                       By /s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND
                                         --------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Stanford L. Kurland
                                         Title: Chairman of the Board,
                                                President and Director


   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.
    
    Signatures                      Title                             Date
    ----------                      -----                             ----
   

/s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND     Chairman of the Board, President    October 25, 1996
- ------------------------    (Principal Executive Officer) 
Stanford L. Kurland         and Director


           *                Executive Vice President and Chief  October 25, 1996
- ------------------------    Financial Officer (Principal
Carlos M. Garcia            Accounting Officer) and Director


           *                Director                            October 25, 1996
- ------------------------
Kevin W. Bartlett


           *                Director                            October 25, 1996
- ------------------------
Thomas H. Boone


           *                Director                            October 25, 1996
- ------------------------
Jeffrey P. Grogin
    

*By /s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND
    ------------------------
      Stanford L. Kurland
       Attorney-in-Fact




                                      II-4



 

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                      Sequential
Exhibit                                                                  Page
  No.               Description of Exhibit                              Number

   
    1.1(a)  Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
    1.1(b)  Form of Indemnification and Contribution Agreement.**
    3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.**
    3.2     By-laws of the Registrant.**
    4.1     Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Home Equity Loan
            Asset Backed Certificates.
    4.2     Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to Mortgage
            Pass-Through Certificates.**
    4.3     Form of Trust Agreement.**
    4.4     Form of Indenture.**
    4.5     Form of Master Servicing Agreement.**
    5.1     Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to legality of the Securities.
    8.1     Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to tax matters
            (included in Exhibit 5.1).
   10.1     Form of Loan Purchase Agreement.**
   23.1     Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1
            hereof).
   24.1     Power of Attorney.**
    


- ------------
   
    
**   Previously filed.


 
<PAGE>



<PAGE>



================================================================================





                                  CWABS, INC.,
                                  as Depositor,


                         [COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.]
                         as Seller and Master Servicer,



                                       and


                      [___________________________________]
                                   as Trustee


                             -----------------------

                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                      Dated as of _________________, 199__

                             ----------------------

   
                Revolving Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates
    
                                 Series 199__-__




================================================================================



 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Page
                                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                                        <C>
                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

        Section 1.01.  Definitions.........................................................  1
        Section 1.02.  Interest Calculations............................................... 20

                                   ARTICLE II

                          Conveyance of Mortgage Loans;
                       Original Issuance of Certificates;
                                  Tax Treatment

        Section 2.01.  Conveyance of Mortgage Loans; Retention
                              of Obligation to Fund Advances Under
                              Credit Line Agreements....................................... 21
        Section 2.02.  Acceptance by Trustee; Retransfer of
                              Mortgage Loans............................................... 25
        Section 2.03.  Representations and Warranties Regarding
                              the Master Servicer.......................................... 27
        Section 2.04.  Representations and Warranties of the
                              Seller Regarding the Mortgage Loans;
                              Retransfer of Certain Mortgage Loans......................... 29
        Section 2.05.  Covenants of the Depositor.......................................... 35
        Section 2.06.  Retransfers of Mortgage Loans at
                              Election of Transferor....................................... 36
        Section 2.07.  Execution and Authentication of
                              Certificates................................................. 38
        Section 2.08.  Tax Treatment....................................................... 38
        Section 2.09.  Representations and Warranties of the
                              Depositor.................................................... 38

                                   ARTICLE III

                 Administration and Servicing of Mortgage Loans

        Section 3.01.  The Master Servicer................................................. 40
        Section 3.02.  Collection of Certain Mortgage Loan
                              Payments..................................................... 42
        Section 3.03.   Withdrawals from the Collection Account............................ 44
        Section 3.04.   Maintenance of Hazard Insurance;
                              Property Protection Expenses................................. 44
        Section 3.05.   Assumption and Modification Agreements............................. 45
        Section 3.06.   Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage
                              Loans; Repurchase of Certain Mortgage Loans.................. 46
        Section 3.07.   Trustee to Cooperate............................................... 47
        Section 3.08.  Servicing Compensation; Payment of
                              Certain Expenses by Master Servicer.......................... 48
        Section 3.09.  Annual Statement as to Compliance................................... 48
        Section 3.10.  Annual Servicing Report............................................. 49


</TABLE>


                                        i

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Page
                                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                                        <C>

        Section 3.11.  Annual Opinion of Counsel........................................... 49
        Section 3.12.  Access to Certain Documentation and
                              Information Regarding the Mortgage Loans..................... 49
        Section 3.13.  Maintenance of Certain Servicing
                              Insurance Policies........................................... 50
        Section 3.14.   Reports to the Securities and Exchange
                              Commission................................................... 50
        Section 3.15.   Tax Returns........................................................ 50
        Section 3.16.   Information Required by the Internal
                              Revenue Service Generally and Reports of
                        Foreclosures and Abandonments of
                              Mortgaged Property........................................... 51

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              Servicing Certificate

        Section 4.01.  Servicing Certificate............................................... 52
        Section 4.02.   Claims upon the Policy; Policy Payments
                              Account...................................................... 55
        Section 4.03.   Spread Account..................................................... 56
        Section 4.04.  Effect of Payments by the Credit
                              Enhancer; Subrogation........................................ 57
        Section 4.05.  Optional Advances of the Master
                              Servicer..................................................... 58

                                    ARTICLE V

                           Payments and Statements to
                Certificateholders; Rights of Certificateholders

        Section 5.01.  Distributions....................................................... 59
        Section 5.02.  Calculation of the Investor Certificate
                              Rate......................................................... 61
        Section 5.03.  Statements to Certificateholders.................................... 62
        Section 5.04.  Rights of Certificateholders........................................ 63

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                The Certificates

        Section 6.01.   The Certificates................................................... 64
        Section 6.02.   Registration of Transfer and Exchange of
                              Investor Certificates; Appointment of
                              Registrar.................................................... 64
        Section 6.03.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                              Certificates................................................. 67
        Section 6.04.   Persons Deemed Owners.............................................. 67
        Section 6.05.   Restrictions on Transfer of Transferor
                              Certificates................................................. 67


</TABLE>


                                       ii

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Page
                                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                                        <C>
        Section 6.06.  Appointment of Paying Agent......................................... 69
        Section 6.07.  Acceptance of Obligations........................................... 70

                                   ARTICLE VII

                The Master Servicer, the Seller and the Depositor

        Section 7.01.   Liability of the Seller, the Master
                              Servicer and the Depositor................................... 71
        Section 7.02.   Merger or Consolidation of, or
                              Assumption of the Obligations of, the
                              Master Servicer or the Depositor............................. 71
        Section 7.03.   Limitation on Liability of the Master
                              Servicer and Others.......................................... 71
        Section 7.05.  Delegation of Duties................................................ 73
        Section 7.06.   Indemnification of the Trust by the
                              Master Servicer.............................................. 73
        Section 7.07.   Indemnification of the Trust by the
                              Transferor................................................... 73
        Section 7.08.   Limitation on Liability of the
                              Transferor................................................... 74

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              Servicing Termination

        Section 8.01.   Events of Servicing Termination.................................... 75
        Section 8.02.   Trustee to Act; Appointment of
                              Successor.................................................... 77
        Section 8.03.   Notification to Certificateholders................................. 78

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   The Trustee

        Section 9.01.   Duties of Trustee.................................................. 79
        Section 9.02.   Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee.............................. 80
        Section 9.03.   Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or
                              Mortgage Loans............................................... 82
        Section 9.04.   Trustee May Own Certificates....................................... 83
        Section 9.05.   Master Servicer to Pay Trustee's Fees
                              and Expenses................................................. 83
        Section 9.06.   Eligibility Requirements for Trustee............................... 83
        Section 9.07.   Resignation or Removal of Trustee.................................. 84
        Section 9.08.   Successor Trustee.................................................. 85
        Section 9.09.   Merger or Consolidation of Trustee................................. 85
        Section 9.10.  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate
                              Trustee...................................................... 86
        Section 9.11.  Limitation of Liability............................................. 87

</TABLE>



                                       iii

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Page
                                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                                        <C>

        Section 9.12.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without
                              Possession of Certificates................................... 87
        Section 9.13.  Suits for Enforcement............................................... 88

                                    ARTICLE X

                                   Termination

        Section 10.01. Termination......................................................... 89

                                   ARTICLE XI

                            Rapid Amortization Events

        Section 11.01. Rapid Amortization Events........................................... 92
        Section 11.02. Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence
                               of Certain Events........................................... 93

                                   ARTICLE XII

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

        Section 12.01. Amendment........................................................... 96
        Section 12.02. Recordation of Agreement............................................ 98
        Section 12.03. Limitation on Rights of Certificate-
                               holders..................................................... 98
        Section 12.04. Governing Law....................................................... 99
        Section 12.05. Notices............................................................. 99
        Section 12.06. Severability of Provisions..........................................100
        Section 12.07. Assignment..........................................................100
        Section 12.08. Certificates Nonassessable and Fully
                               Paid........................................................100
        Section 12.09. Third-Party Beneficiaries...........................................100
        Section 12.10. Counterparts........................................................100
        Section 12.11. Effect of Headings and Table of
                               Contents....................................................101
        Section 12.12. Insurance Agreement................................................ 101
   
EXHIBIT A - FORM OF INVESTOR CERTIFICATE...................................................A-1
EXHIBIT B - FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE.................................................B-1
EXHIBIT C - MORTGAGE LOAN SCHEDULE.........................................................C-1
EXHIBIT D - ANNUAL OPINION OF COUNSEL......................................................D-1
EXHIBIT E - FORM OF CREDIT LINE AGREEMENT..................................................E-1
EXHIBIT F - FORM OF LETTER OF REPRESENTATIONS..............................................F-1
EXHIBIT G - FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER......................................................G-1
EXHIBIT H - FORM OF REQUEST FOR RELEASE....................................................H-1
    
</TABLE>


                                       1

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



This Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of ____________, 199__, among
CWABS, Inc., as Depositor (the "Depositor"), [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.], as
Seller and Master Servicer (in such capacities, the "Seller" and the "Master
Servicer", respectively), and [______________________], as Trustee (the
"Trustee"),


                          W I T N E S S E T H  T H A T:

        In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties
hereto agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions


        Section 1.01. Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have
the meanings specified in this Article.

        Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount: With respect to any
Distribution Date, the amount, if any, required to reduce the Investor
Certificate Principal Balance (after giving effect to the distribution of all
other amounts actually distributed on the Investor Certificates on such
Distribution Date) so that the Invested Amount (immediately following such
Distribution Date) exceeds the Investor Certificate Principal Balance (as so
reduced) by the Required Overcollateralization Amount.

        Additional Balance: As to any Mortgage Loan and day, the aggregate
amount of all Draws conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.01.

        [Adjustment Date: With respect to any Interest Period, the second LIBOR
Business Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period.]

        Affiliate: With respect to any Person, any other Person controlling,
controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this
definition, "control" means the power to direct the management and policies of a
Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities,
by contract or otherwise and "controlling" and "controlled" shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

        Agreement: This Pooling and Servicing Agreement and all amendments
hereof and supplements hereto.

        Alternative Principal Payment: As to any Distribution Date, the greater
of (x) _____% of the Investor Certificate Principal




                                        2

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Balance immediately prior to the Distribution Date or (y) the amount (but not
less than zero) equal to Principal Collections for such Distribution Date less
the aggregate of Draws under the Credit Line Agreements during the related
Collection Period.

        Appraised Value: As to any Mortgaged Property, the value established by
any of the following: (i) with respect to Credit Line Agreements with Credit
Limits greater than $________, by a full appraisal, (ii) with respect to Credit
Line Agreements with Credit Limits equal to or less than $_________, by a drive
by inspection of such Mortgaged Property made to establish compliance with the
underwriting criteria then in effect in connection with the application for the
Mortgage Loan secured by such Mortgaged Property.

        Asset Balance: As to any Mortgage Loan, other than a Liquidated Mortgage
Loan, and day, the related Cut-off Date Asset Balance, plus (i) any Additional
Balance in respect of such Mortgage Loan, minus (ii) all collections credited as
principal against the Asset Balance of any such Mortgage Loan in accordance with
the related Credit Line Agreement. For purposes of this definition, a Liquidated
Mortgage Loan shall be deemed to have an Asset Balance equal to the Asset
Balance of the related Mortgage Loan immediately prior to the final recovery of
related Liquidation Proceeds and an Asset Balance of zero thereafter.

        Assignment of Mortgage: With respect to any Mortgage, an assignment,
notice of transfer or equivalent instrument, in recordable form, sufficient
under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the related Mortgaged Property is
located to reflect the sale of the Mortgage to the Trustee, which assignment,
notice of transfer or equivalent instrument may be in the form of one or more
blanket assignments covering the Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged Properties
located in the same jurisdiction.

        Authorized Newspaper: A newspaper of general circulation in the Borough
of Manhattan, The City of New York, printed in the English language and
customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on
Saturdays, Sundays and holidays.

        BIF: The Bank Insurance Fund, as from time to time constituted, created
under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enhancement Act of 1989,
or if at any time after the execution of this instrument the Bank Insurance Fund
is not existing and performing duties now assigned to it, the body performing
such duties on such date.

        Billing Cycle: With respect to any Mortgage Loan and Collection Period,
the billing period specified in the related Credit Line Agreement and with
respect to which amounts billed are received during such Collection Period.





                                        3

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Book-Entry Certificate: Any Investor Certificate registered in the name
of the Depository or its nominee, ownership of which is reflected on the books
of the Depository or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such
Depository (directly or as an indirect participant in accordance with the rules
of such Depository).

        Business Day: Any day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday or (ii) a
day on which banking institutions in the State of New York, California or
___________ are required or authorized by law to be closed.

        Certificate: An Investor Certificate or a Transferor Certificate.

        Certificate Owner: The Person who is the beneficial owner of a
Book-Entry Certificate.

        Certificate Register and Certificate Registrar: The register maintained
and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 6.02.

        Certificateholder or Holder: The Person in whose name a Certificate is
registered in the Certificate Register, except that, solely for the purpose of
giving any consent, direction, waiver or request pursuant to this Agreement, (x)
any Investor Certificate registered in the name of the Transferor, or any Person
known to a Responsible Officer to be an Affiliate of either the Depositor or the
Transferor and (y) any Investor Certificate for which the Transferor, or any
Person known to a Responsible Officer to be an Affiliate of either such entity
is the Certificate Owner shall be deemed not to be outstanding (unless to the
knowledge of a Responsible Officer (i) the Transferor, or such Affiliate is
acting as trustee or nominee for a Person who is not an Affiliate of the
Transferor and who makes the voting decision with respect to such Investor
Certificate or (ii) the Transferor, or such Affiliate is the Certificate Owner
of all the Investor Certificates) and the Percentage Interest evidenced thereby
shall not be taken into account in determining whether the requisite amount of
Percentage Interests necessary to effect any such consent, direction, waiver or
request has been obtained.

        Closing Date:  _______________, 199___.

        Code:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be
amended from time to time (or any successor statute thereto).

        Collection Account: The custodial account or accounts created and
maintained for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and the Credit
Enhancer pursuant to Section 3.02(b). The Collection Account shall be an
Eligible Account.





                                        4

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Collection Period: With respect to any Distribution Date (other than the
first Collection Period) and any Mortgage Loan, the calendar month preceding
such Distribution Date. With respect to the first Distribution Date, the period
from _______________, 199___ through _______________, 199___.

        Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio: With respect to any Mortgage Loan as of
any date, the percentage equivalent of the fraction, the numerator of which is
the sum of (i) the Credit Limit and (ii) the outstanding principal balance as of
the date of execution of the related original Credit Line Agreement (or any
subsequent date as of which such outstanding principal balance may be determined
in connection with an increase in the Credit Limit for such Mortgage Loan) of
any mortgage loan or mortgage loans that are senior or equal in priority to the
Mortgage Loan and which is secured by the same Mortgaged Property and the
denominator of which is the Valuation of the related Mortgaged Property.

        Corporate Trust Office: The principal office of the Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate business shall be administered, which office
on the Closing Date is located at __________________________________, Attention:
_________________.

        Credit Enhancement Draw Amount: As to any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to the sum of (x) the amount by which the amount to be distributed to
Investor Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iii) exceeds the amount
of Investor Interest Collections on deposit in the Collection Account on the
Business Day preceding such Distribution Date that is available to be applied
therefor and the sum of the amount if any deposited in the Collection Account in
respect of such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.05 and any amount
transferred from the Spread Account to the Collection Account pursuant to
Section 4.03, (y) the Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount and (z) any
Preference Claim for such Distribution Date.

        Credit Enhancer: _______________________________, a
________________________ company, any successor thereto or any replacement
credit enhancer substituted pursuant to Section 4.03.

        Credit Enhancer Default: The failure by the Credit Enhancer to make a
payment required under the Policy in accordance with the terms thereof.

        Credit Limit: As to any Mortgage Loan, the maximum Asset Balance
permitted under the terms of the related Credit Line Agreement.

        Credit Limit Utilization Rate: As to any Mortgage Loan, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the Cut-off Date Asset
Balance for such Mortgage Loan and the denominator of which is the related
Credit Limit.




                                        5

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        Credit Line Agreement: With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the related
credit line account agreement executed by the related Mortgagor and any
amendment or modification thereof.

        Custodial Agreement: Any Custodial Agreement between any Custodian and
the Trustee, which is reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Credit
Enhancer, relating to the custody of the Mortgage Loans and the Related
Documents.

        Custodian: Any custodian appointed by the Trustee under a Custodial
Agreement to maintain all or a portion of the Mortgage Files pursuant to Section
2.01(b).

        Cut-off Date:  ______________, 199___.

        Cut-off Date Asset Balance: With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the
unpaid principal balance thereof as of the Cut-off Date.

        Cut-off Date Pool Balance: The Pool Balance calculated as of the Cut-off
Date.

        Defective Mortgage Loan: A Mortgage Loan subject to retransfer pursuant
to Section 2.02, 2.04 or 2.09.

        Definitive Certificates:  As defined in Section 6.02(c).

        Delivery Event:  As defined in Section 2.01.

        Depositor:  CWABS, Inc., or its successor in interest.

        Depository: The initial Depository shall be The Depository Trust
Company, the nominee of which is Cede & Co., as the registered Holder of
Investor Certificates evidencing $______________ in initial aggregate principal
amount of the Investor Certificates. The Depository shall at all times be a
"clearing corporation" as defined in Section 8-102(3) of the UCC of the State of
New York.

        Depository Participant: A broker, dealer, bank or other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depository effects
book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depository.

        Determination Date: With respect to any Distribution Date, the third
Business Day prior to such Distribution Date.

        Distribution Date: The ________th day of each month, or if such day is
not a Business Day, then the next Business Day, beginning in the month
immediately following the month of the initial issuance of the Certificates.





                                        6

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Draw: With respect to any Mortgage Loan, an additional borrowing by the
Mortgagor subsequent to the Cut-off Date in accordance with the related Mortgage
Note.

        Due Date: As to any Mortgage Loan, the fifteenth day of the month.

        Electronic Ledger: The electronic master record of home equity credit
line mortgage loans maintained by the Master Servicer or by the Seller, as
appropriate.

        Eligible Account: (i) An account that is maintained with a depository
institution whose debt obligations [throughout] the time of any deposit therein
are rated in the highest short-term debt rating category by the Rating Agencies,
(ii) one or more accounts with a depository institution having a minimum
long-term unsecured debt rating of "_______" by ________________ and "_____" by
__________________, which accounts are fully insured by either SAIF or BIF,
(iii) a segregated trust account maintained with the Trustee or an Affiliate of
the Trustee in its fiduciary capacity, or (iv) an account otherwise acceptable
to each Rating Agency and the Credit Enhancer, as evidenced at closing by
delivery of a rating letter by each Rating Agency and thereafter by delivery of
a letter from each Rating Agency and the Credit Enhancer to the Trustee, within
30 days of receipt of notice of such deposit, to reduce or withdraw its
then-current rating of the Certificates without regard to the Policy.

        Eligible Investments: (i) obligations of the United States or any agency
thereof, provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of
the United States; (ii) general obligations of or obligations guaranteed by any
state of the United States or the District of Columbia receiving the highest
long-term debt rating of each Rating Agency rating the related Series of
Securities, or such lower rating as will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to the Certificates by each such Rating
Agency; (iii) commercial or finance company paper (including, without
limitation, commercial paper issued by Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. or any of
its Affiliates) which is then receiving the highest commercial or finance
company paper rating of each such Rating Agency, or such lower rating as will
not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to the
Certificates by each such Rating Agency; (iv) certificates of deposit, demand or
time deposits, or bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or
trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any state
thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state
banking authorities, provided that the commercial paper and/or long term
unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company (or
in the case of the principal depository institution in a holding company system,
the commercial paper or long-term unsecured debt obligations of such holding
company, but only if




                                        7

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") is not a Rating Agency) are then
rated one of the two highest long-term and the highest short-term ratings of
each such Rating Agency for such securities, or such lower ratings as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the
Certificates by any such Rating Agency; (iv) demand or time deposits or
certificates of deposit issued by any bank or trust company or savings
institution to the extent that such deposits are fully insured by the FDIC; (v)
guaranteed reinvestment agreements issued by any bank, insurance company or
other corporation containing, at the time of the issuance of such agreements,
such terms and conditions as will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of
the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating Agency; (vi)
repurchase obligations with respect to any security described in clauses (i) and
(ii) above, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust
company (acting as principal) described in clause (iv) above; (vii) securities
(other than stripped bonds, stripped coupons or instruments sold at a purchase
price in excess of 115% of the face amount thereof) bearing interest or sold at
a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United
States or any state thereof which, at the time of such investment, have one of
the two highest ratings of each Rating Agency (except if the Rating Agency is
Moody's, such rating shall be the highest commercial paper rating of Moody's for
any such securities), or such lower rating as will not result in the downgrading
or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the Certificates by any such Rating
Agency, as evidenced by a signed writing delivered by each such Rating Agency;
and (viii) such other investments having a specified stated maturity and bearing
interest or sold at a discount acceptable to each Rating Agency as will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the
Securities of such Series by any such Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed
writing delivered by each such Rating Agency; provided that no such instrument
shall be a Permitted Investment if such instrument evidences the right to
receive interest only payments with respect to the obligations underlying such
instrument.

        Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan: A Mortgage Loan substituted by the
Seller for a Defective Mortgage Loan which must, on the date of such
substitution, (i) have an outstanding Asset Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Asset Balance), not ____ percent more or ____ percent less than the
Transfer Deficiency, if any, relating to such Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have
a Loan Rate not less than the Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan and not
more than ___% in excess of the Loan Rate of such Defective Mortgage Loan; (iii)
have a Loan Rate based on the same Index with adjustments to such Loan Rate made
on the same Interest Rate Adjustment Date as that of the Defective Mortgage
Loan; (iv) have a Gross Margin that is not less than the Gross Margin of the
Defective Mortgage Loan and not more




                                        8

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



than _____ basis points higher than the Gross Margin for the Defective Mortgage
Loan; (v) have a Mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as the
Mortgage relating to the Defective Mortgage Loan at the time such Mortgage was
transferred to the Trust; (vi) have a remaining term to maturity not more than
____ months earlier and not more than _____ months later than the remaining term
to maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply with each
representation and warranty set forth in Section 2.04 (deemed to be made as of
the date of substitution); and (viii) have an original Combined Loan-to-Value
Ratio not greater than that of the Defective Mortgage Loan. More than one
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan may be substituted for a Defective Mortgage
Loan if such Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loans meet the foregoing attributes in
the aggregate and such substitution is approved in writing in advance by the
Credit Enhancer.

        Endorsement:  As defined in the Policy.

        ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

        Event of Servicing Termination:  As defined in Section 8.01.

        FDIC: The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor
thereto.

        Fiscal Agent:  As defined in the Policy.

        Foreclosure Profit: With respect to a Liquidated Mortgage Loan, the
amount, if any, by which (i) the aggregate of its Net Liquidation Proceeds
exceeds (ii) the related Asset Balance (plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon
at the applicable Loan Rate from the date interest was last paid through the
date of receipt of the final Liquidation Proceeds) of such Liquidated Mortgage
Loan immediately prior to the final recovery of its Liquidation Proceeds.

        Gross Margin: As to any Mortgage Loan, the percentage set forth as the
"Gross Margin" for such Mortgage Loan on Exhibit C hereto.

        Guaranteed Distribution: With respect to any Distribution Date, the sum
of the (i) the Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount and (ii) the amount to
be distributed to Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iii) for such
Distribution Date.

        Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount: With respect to any
Distribution Date, (i) on any such Distribution Date, other than the
Distribution Date in ___________ 20___, the amount, if any, required to reduce
the Investor Certificate Principal Balance (after giving effect to the
distributions of Interest Collections and Principal Collections that are
allocable to




                                        9

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



principal on the Investor Certificates on such Distribution Date) to the
Invested Amount immediately following such Distribution Date or (ii) on the
Distribution Date in _____________ 20___, the amount by which the outstanding
Investor Certificate Principal Balance (after giving effect to Interest
Collections allocable and distributable to principal on the Investor
Certificates on such Distribution Date) exceeds the sum of the amounts on
deposit in the Collection Account available to be distributed to the Investor
Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof.

        Increased Senior Lien Limitation: As defined in Section 3.01(a).

        Index: With respect to each Interest Rate Adjustment Date for a Mortgage
Loan, the highest Prime Rate as published in the "Money Rates" table of The Wall
Street Journal as of the first business day of the calendar month.

        Insolvency Event:  As defined in Section 11.02.

        Insurance Agreement: The insurance and indemnity agreement dated as of
____________, 19___ among the Depositor, the Seller, the Master Servicer, the
Trustee and the Credit Enhancer, including any amendments and supplements
thereto.

        Insurance Proceeds: Proceeds paid by any insurer (other than the Credit
Enhancer) pursuant to any insurance policy covering a Mortgage Loan, or amounts
required to be paid by the Master Servicer pursuant to the last sentence of
Section 3.04, net of any component thereof (i) covering any expenses incurred by
or on behalf of the Master Servicer in connection with obtaining such proceeds,
(ii) that is applied to the restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged
Property, (iii) released to the Mortgagor in accordance with the Master
Servicer's normal servicing procedures or (iv) required to be paid to any holder
of a mortgage senior to such Mortgage Loan.

        Interest Collections: As to any Distribution Date, the sum of all
payments by or on behalf of Mortgagors and any other amounts constituting
interest (including without limitation such portion of Insurance Proceeds and
Net Liquidation Proceeds as is allocable to interest on the applicable Mortgage
Loan) collected by the Master Servicer under the Mortgage Loans (excluding any
fees (including annual fees) or late charges or similar administrative fees paid
by Mortgagors) during the related Collection Period minus the Servicing Fee
payable to the Master Servicer with respect to the related Collection Period.
The terms of the related Credit Line Agreement shall determine the portion of
each payment in respect of such Mortgage Loan that constitutes principal or
interest.

        Interest Period: With respect to any Distribution Date other than the
first Distribution Date, the period beginning on




                                       10

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



the preceding Distribution Date and ending on the day preceding such
Distribution Date, and in the case of the first Distribution Date, the period
beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the day preceding the first
Distribution Date.

        Interest Rate Adjustment Date: With respect to each Mortgage Loan, any
date on which the Loan Rate is adjusted in accordance with the related Credit
Line Agreement.

        Invested Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date, an amount equal
to the Original Invested Amount minus (i) the amount of Principal Collections
previously distributed to Investor Certificateholders and minus (ii) the
Investor Loss Amounts for prior Distribution Dates.

        Investor Certificate: Any certificate executed and authenticated by the
Trustee substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

        Investor Certificate Distribution Amount: As to any Distribution Date,
the sum of all amounts to be distributed to the Holders of Investor Certificates
pursuant to Article V and Article XI hereof.

        Investor Certificate Interest: With respect to any Distribution Date,
interest for the related Interest Period at the applicable Investor Certificate
Rate on the Investor Certificate Principal Balance as of the first day of such
Interest Period (after giving effect to the distributions made on the first day
of such Interest Period).

        Investor Certificate Principal Balance: With respect to any Distribution
Date, (a) the Original Investor Certificate Principal Balance less (b) the
aggregate of amounts actually distributed as principal on the Investor
Certificates.

        Investor Certificate Rate: The sum of [(a) LIBOR as of the second LIBOR
Business Day prior to the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or as of two
LIBOR Business Days prior to the Closing Date, in the case of the first
Distribution Date) and (b) _____% per annum]; provided, however, that in no
event shall the Investor Certificate Rate with respect to any Interest Period
exceed the Maximum Rate for such Interest Period.

        Investor Certificateholder: The Holder of an Investor Certificate.

        Investor Floating Allocation Percentage: With respect to any
Distribution Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Invested Amount at the close of business on the preceding
Distribution Date (or at the Closing Date in the case of the first Distribution
Date) and the denomi-




                                       11

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



nator of which is the Pool Balance, calculated as of the beginning of the
related Collection Period.

        Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage:  ____%.

        Investor Interest Collections: As to any Distribution Date, the product
of (i) the Interest Collections during the related Collection Period and (ii)
the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage for such Distribution Date.

        Investor Loss Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date, the amount
equal to the product of (i) the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage for such
Distribution Date and (ii) the aggregate of the Liquidation Loss Amounts for
such Distribution Date.

        Investor Loss Reduction Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date,
the portion, if any, of the Investor Loss Amount for such Distribution Date and
all prior Distribution Dates that has not been distributed to Investor
Certificateholders on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iv) or
5.01(a)(v) or by way of the Credit Enhancement Draw Amount.

        Investor Principal Collections: As to any Distribution Date, the
Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage of Principal Collections in respect of such
Distribution Date.

        Investor Servicing Fee: With respect to any Distribution Date, the
product of (i) the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage for such Distribution
Date and (ii) the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date.

        [LIBOR: As to any date, the rate for United States dollar deposits for
one month which appear on the Telerate Screen LIBOR Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M.,
London time. If such rate does not appear on such page (or such other page as
may replace that page on that service, or if such service is no longer offered,
such other service for displaying LIBOR or comparable rates as may be reasonably
selected by the Depositor after consultation with the Trustee), the rate will be
the Reference Bank Rate. If no such quotations can be obtained and no Reference
Bank Rate is available, LIBOR will be LIBOR applicable to the preceding
Distribution Date.]

        [LIBOR Business Day: Any day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday or
(ii) a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or in the city
of London, England are required or authorized by law to be closed.]

        Lien: Any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, conveyance, hypothecation,
assignment, participation, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or
other), preference, priority right or interest or other security agreement or
preferential




                                       12

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of
any financing statement under the UCC (other than any such financing statement
filed for informational purposes only) or comparable law of any jurisdiction to
evidence any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any assignment pursuant
to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to constitute a Lien.

        Lifetime Rate Cap: With respect to each Mortgage Loan with respect to
which the related Mortgage Note provides for a lifetime rate cap, the maximum
Loan Rate permitted over the life of such Mortgage Loan under the terms of the
related Credit Line Agreement, as set forth on Exhibit C hereto.

        Liquidated Mortgage Loan: As to any Distribution Date, any Mortgage Loan
in respect of which the Master Servicer has determined, in accordance with the
servicing procedures specified herein, as of the end of the related Collection
Period, that all Liquidation Proceeds which it expects to recover with respect
to the disposition of such Mortgage Loan or the related REO have been recovered.

        Liquidation Expenses: Out-of-pocket expenses (exclusive of overhead)
which are incurred by the Master Servicer in connection with the liquidation of
any Mortgage Loan and not recovered under any insurance policy, including,
without limitation, legal fees and expenses, any unreimbursed amount expended
pursuant to Section 3.06 (including, without limitation, amounts advanced to
correct defaults on any mortgage loan which is senior to such Mortgage Loan and
amounts advanced to keep current or pay off a mortgage loan that is senior to
such Mortgage Loan) respecting the related Mortgage Loan and any related and
unreimbursed expenditures with respect to real estate property taxes, water or
sewer taxes, condominium association dues, property restoration or preservation
or insurance against casualty, loss or damage.

        Liquidation Loss Amount: With respect to any Distribution Date and any
Mortgage Loan that becomes a Liquidated Mortgage Loan during the related
Collection Period, the unrecovered Asset Balance thereof at the end of such
Collection Period, after giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds applied
in reduction of such Asset Balance.

        Liquidation Proceeds: Proceeds (including Insurance Proceeds but not
including amounts drawn under the Policy) received in connection with the
liquidation of any Mortgage Loan or related REO, whether through trustee's sale,
foreclosure sale or otherwise.

        Loan Rate: With respect to any Mortgage Loan and as of any day, the per
annum rate of interest applicable under the related




                                       13

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Credit Line Agreement to the calculation of interest for such day on the Asset
Balance of such Mortgage Loan.

        Loan Rate Cap: With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the lesser of (i) the
Lifetime Rate Cap, if any, or (ii) the applicable state usury ceiling, if any.

        Managed Amortization Period: The period from the Closing Date to and
including the Rapid Amortization Commencement Date.

        Master Servicer: [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., a New York] corporation
and any successor thereto and any successor hereunder.

        Maximum Principal Payment: With respect to any Distribution Date, the
Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage of the Principal Collections for such
Distribution Date.

        Maximum Rate: As to any Interest Period, the Weighted Average Net Loan
Rate for the Collection Period during which such Interest Period begins
(adjusted to an effective rate reflecting accrued interest calculated on the
basis of the actual number of days in the Collection Period commencing in the
month in which such Interest Period commences and a year assumed to consist of
360 days).

        Minimum Monthly Payment: With respect to any Mortgage Loan and any
month, the minimum amount required to be paid by the related Mortgagor in that
month.

        Minimum Transferor Interest: With respect to any date, an amount equal
to the lesser of (a) ___% of the Pool Balance on such date and (b) the
Transferor Principal Balance as of the Closing Date.

        Moody's: Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or its successor in interest.

        Mortgage: The mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument creating a
first or second lien on an estate in fee simple interest in real property
securing a Mortgage Loan.

        Mortgage File: The mortgage documents listed in Section 2.01 pertaining
to a particular Mortgage Loan and any additional documents required to be added
to the Mortgage File pursuant to this Agreement.

        Mortgage Loan Schedule: With respect to any date, the schedule of
Mortgage Loans included in the Trust on such date. The initial schedule of
Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date is the schedule set forth herein as
Exhibit C, which schedule sets forth as to each Mortgage Loan (i) the Cut-off
Date Asset Balance, (ii) the Credit Limit, (iii) the Gross Margin, (iv) the




                                       14

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Lifetime Rate Cap, (v) the account number, (vi) the current Loan Rate, (vii) the
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio, (viii) a code specifying the property type, (ix) a
code specifying documentation type and (x) a code specifying lien position. The
Mortgage Loan Schedule will be deemed to be amended from time to time to reflect
Additional Balances.

        Mortgage Loans: The mortgage loans, including Additional Balances with
respect thereto, that are transferred and assigned to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 2.01, together with the Related Documents, exclusive of Mortgage Loans
that are retransferred to the Depositor, the Master Servicer or the Seller from
time to time pursuant to Section 2.02, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.09 or 3.01 as from
time to time are held as a part of the Trust. The mortgage loans originally so
held are identified in the Mortgage Loan Schedule delivered on the Closing Date.
The Mortgage Loans shall also include any Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan
Substituted by the Seller for a Defective Mortgage Loan pursuant to Sections
2.02 and 2.04.

        Mortgage Note: With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the Credit Line
Agreement pursuant to which the related mortgagor agrees to pay the indebtedness
evidenced thereby and secured by the related Mortgage.

        Mortgaged Property:  The underlying property, including any
real property and improvements thereon, securing a Mortgage Loan.

        Mortgagor:  The obligor or obligors under a Credit Line
Agreement.

        Net Liquidation Proceeds:  With respect to any Liquidated
Mortgage Loan, Liquidation Proceeds net of Liquidation Expenses.

        Net Loan Rate: With respect to any Mortgage Loan and as to any day, the
Loan Rate less the Servicing Fee Rate, the Premium Fee Rate and the Trustee Fee
Rate.

        Officer's Certificate: A certificate (i) signed by the Chairman of the
Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, a Managing Director, a
Vice President (however denominated), an Assistant Vice President, the
Treasurer, the Secretary, or one of the Assistant Treasurers or Assistant
Secretaries of the Depositor, the Transferor or the Master Servicer, or (ii), if
provided for in this Agreement, signed by a Servicing Officer, as the case may
be, and delivered to the Depositor and the Trustee, as the case may be, as
required by this Agreement.

        Opinion of Counsel: A written opinion of counsel acceptable to the
Trustee, who may be in-house counsel for the Depositor, the Seller, the Master
Servicer or the Transferor (except that any opinion pursuant to Section 7.04 or
relating to taxation must




                                       15

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



be an opinion of independent outside counsel) and who, in the case of opinions
delivered to the Credit Enhancer and the Rating Agency, is reasonably acceptable
to it.

        Original Invested Amount:  $_____________.

        Original Investor Certificate Principal Balance: $________________.

        Overcollateralization Amount: At the time of reference thereto, the
amount, if any, by which the Invested Amount exceeds the Investor Certificate
Principal Balance.

        Paying Agent: Any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.06.

        Percentage Interest: As to any Investor Certificate, the percentage
obtained by dividing the principal denomination of such Investor Certificate by
the aggregate of the principal denominations of all Investor Certificates.

        Person: Any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

        Policy: The financial guaranty insurance policy number ___________, and
all endorsements thereto, dated as of the Closing Date, issued by the Credit
Enhancer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.

        Policy Payments Account:  As defined in Section 4.02.

        Pool Balance: With respect to any date, the aggregate of the Asset
Balances of all Mortgage Loans as of such date.

        Pool Factor: With respect to any Distribution Date, the percentage,
carried to seven places, obtained by dividing the Investor Certificate Principal
Balance for such Distribution Date by the Original Investor Certificate
Principal Balance.

        Preference Claim:  As defined in Section 4.02.

        Premium Fee Rate:  As described in the Insurance Agreement.

        Principal Collections: As to any Distribution Date, the sum of all
payments by or on behalf of Mortgagors and any other amounts constituting
principal (including but not limited to any portion of Insurance Proceeds or Net
Liquidation Proceeds allocable to principal of the applicable Mortgage Loan, and
Transfer Deposit Amounts, but excluding Foreclosure Profits) collected by the
Master Servicer under the Mortgage Loans during the related Collection Period.
The terms of the related Credit Line




                                       16

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Agreement shall determine the portion of each payment in respect of a Mortgage
Loan that constitutes principal or interest.

        Purchase Agreement: The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement, dated as of
the Cut-off Date, between [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.], as seller, and the
Depositor, as purchaser, with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

        Rapid Amortization Commencement Date: The earlier of (i) the
Distribution Date in ____________ 200__ and (ii) the Distribution Date next
succeeding the Collection Period in which a Rapid Amortization Event is deemed
to occur pursuant to Section 11.01.

        Rapid Amortization Event:  As defined in Section 11.01.

        Rapid Amortization Period:  The period following the Managed
Amortization Period until the termination of the Trust pursuant
to Section 10.01.

        Rating Agency: Any statistical credit rating agency, or its successor,
that rated the Investor Certificates at the request of the Depositor at the time
of the initial issuance of the Certificates. If such agency or a successor is no
longer in existence, "Rating Agency" shall be such statistical credit rating
agency, or other comparable Person, designated by the Depositor and the Credit
Enhancer, notice of which designation shall be given to the Trustee. References
herein to the highest short term unsecured rating category of a Rating Agency
shall mean A-1+ or better in the case of ____________________ and P-1 or better
in the case of _______________ and in the case of any other Rating Agency shall
mean the ratings such other Rating Agency deems equivalent to the foregoing
ratings. References herein to the highest long-term rating category of a Rating
Agency shall mean "AAA" in the case of ____________________ and "Aaa" in the
case of _______________ and in the case of any other Rating Agency, the rating
such other Rating Agency deems equivalent to the foregoing ratings.

        Record Date: The last day preceding the related Distribution Date;
provided, however, that following the date on which Definitive Certificates are
available pursuant to Section 6.02(c) the Record Date shall be the last day of
the calendar month preceding the month in which the related Distribution Date
occurs.

        Reference Bank Rate: As to any Interest Period as follows: the
arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one sixteenth of
a percent) of the offered rates for United States dollar deposits for one month
which are offered by the Reference Banks as of       A.M., London time, on the
second LIBOR Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period to
prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of one month in amounts
approximately equal to the Outstanding Investor




                                       17

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Certificate Principal Balance; provided that at least two such Reference Banks
provide such rate. If fewer than two offered rates appear, the Reference Bank
Rate will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by one or more major banks
in New York City, selected by the Depositor after consultation with the Trustee,
as of       A.M., New York City time, on such date for loans in U.S. Dollars to
leading European Banks for a period of one month in amounts approximately equal
to the outstanding Investor Certificate Principal Balance. If no such quotations
can be obtained, the Reference Bank Rate shall be the Reference Bank Rate
applicable to the preceding Interest Period.

        Reference Banks: Three major banks that are engaged in the London
interbank market, selected by the Depositor after consultation with the Trustee.

        Related Documents:  As defined in Section 2.01.

        REO:  A Mortgaged Property that is acquired by the Trust in
foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure.

        Required Overcollateralization Amount:  As defined in the
Insurance Agreement.

        Responsible Officer: When used with respect to the Trustee, any officer
of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this
Agreement and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to
whom such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

        Revolving Period: With respect to each Mortgage Loan, the period
specified for such Mortgage Loan in the related Credit Line Agreement, during
which the Mortgagor is permitted to make Draws.

        SAIF: The Savings Association Insurance Fund, as from time to time
constituted, created under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enhancement Act of 1989, or if at any time after the execution of this
instrument the Savings Association Insurance Fund is not existing and performing
duties now assigned to it, the body performing such duties on such date.

        Scheduled Principal Collections Distribution Amount: With respect to any
Distribution Date during the Managed Amortization Period and the Investor
Certificates, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Principal Payment
and (ii) the Alternative Principal Payment. With respect to any Distribution
Date in respect of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Maximum Principal Payment.

        Seller: [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., a New York] corporation and any
successor thereto.




                                       18

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        Servicing Certificate:  A certificate completed and executed
by a Servicing Officer in accordance with Section 4.01.

        Servicing Fee: With respect to any Distribution Date, the product of (i)
the Servicing Fee Rate divided by 12 and (ii) the aggregate Asset Balance of the
Mortgage Loans on the first day of the Collection Period preceding such
Distribution Date (or at the Cut-off Date with respect to the first Distribution
Date).

        Servicing Fee Rate:  _____% per annum.

        Servicing Officer: Any officer of the Master Servicer involved in, or
responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Mortgage Loans whose
name and specimen signature appear on a list of servicing officers furnished to
the Trustee (with a copy to the Credit Enhancer) by the Master Servicer on the
Closing Date, as such list may be amended from time to time.

        Spread Account:  The account created pursuant to Section
4.03 and maintained pursuant to the Insurance Agreement.

        Spread Account Maximum: As defined in the Insurance Agreement.

        Telerate Screen LIBO Page 3750: The display designated as page 3750 on
the Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace page 3750 on that
service for the purpose of displaying London inter-bank offered rates of major
banks).

        Transfer Date:  As defined in Section 2.06.

        Transfer Deficiency:  As defined in Section 2.02.

        Transfer Deposit Amount:  As defined in Section 2.02.

        Transfer Notice Date:  As defined in Section 2.06.

        Transferor or Transferor Certificateholders:  The Holders of
the Transferor Certificates.

        Transferor Certificates:  The certificates executed and
authenticated by the Trustee substantially in the form set forth
in Exhibit B hereto.

        Transferor Collections: As to any period, the sum of Transferor Interest
Collections and Transferor Principal Collections for such period.

        Transferor Interest Collections:  Interest Collections that
are not Investor Interest Collections, reduced by the Transferor
Servicing Fee.





                                       19

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Transferor Principal Balance: As of any date of determination, the
amount equal to (i) the Pool Balance at the end of the day next preceding such
date of determination less (ii) the Invested Amount as of the close of business
on the preceding Distribution Date.

        Transferor Principal Collections: On any Distribution Date, Principal
Collections received during the related Collection Period minus the amount of
such Principal Collections required to be distributed to Investor
Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.01(b).

        Transferor Servicing Fee:  With respect to any Distribution
Date, the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date less the
Investor Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date.

        Trust: The trust created by this Agreement, the corpus of which consists
of the Mortgage Loans, such other assets as shall from time to time be
identified as deposited in the Collection Account in accordance with this
Agreement, property that secured a Mortgage Loan and that has become REO, the
interest of the Depositor in certain hazard insurance policies maintained by the
Mortgagors or the Master Servicer in respect of the Mortgage Loans, the Policy,
an assignment of the Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement and all
proceeds of each of the foregoing (exclusive of payments of accrued interest on
the Mortgage Loans which are due on or prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the
month of ____________).

        Trustee:  ____________________________ or any successor
Trustee appointed in accordance with this Agreement that has
accepted such appointment in accordance with this Agreement.

        Trustee Fee:  A fee which is separately agreed to between
the Master Servicer and the Trustee.

        Trustee Fee Rate:  The per annum rate at which the Trustee
Fee is calculated.

        UCC:  The Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to
time, as in effect in any specified jurisdiction.

        Unpaid Investor Certificate Interest Shortfall: With respect to any
Distribution Date, the aggregate amount, if any, of Investor Certificate
Interest that was accrued in respect of a prior Distribution Date and has not
been distributed to Investor Certificateholders.

        Valuation: With respect to any Mortgaged Property and time referred to
herein, the lesser of (i) the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property and (ii)
in the case of a Mortgaged Property purchased within one year of the origination
of the related Mortgage loan, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.




                                       20

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        Weighted Average Net Loan Rate: As to any Collection Period, the average
of the daily Net Loan Rate for each Mortgage Loan for each day during the
related Billing Cycle, weighted on the basis of the daily average of the related
Asset Balances outstanding for each day in such Billing Cycle for each Mortgage
Loan as determined by the Master Servicer in accordance with the Master
Servicer's normal servicing procedures.

        Section 1.02. Interest Calculations. All calculations of interest
hereunder that are made in respect of the Asset Balance of a Mortgage Loan shall
be made on a daily basis using a 365-day year. All calculations of interest on
the Investor Certificates shall be made on the basis of the actual number of
days in an Interest Period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days. The
calculation of the Servicing Fee shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months. All dollar amounts calculated hereunder
shall be rounded to the nearest penny with one-half of one penny being rounded
down.




                                       21

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                          Conveyance of Mortgage Loans;
                       Original Issuance of Certificates;
                                  Tax Treatment


        Section 2.01. Conveyance of Mortgage Loans; Retention of Obligation to
Fund Advances Under Credit Line Agreements. The Depositor, concurrently with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, does hereby transfer, assign, set over
and otherwise convey to the Trust without recourse (subject to Sections 2.02 and
2.04) all of its right, title and interest in and to (i) each Mortgage Loan,
including its Asset Balance (including all Additional Balances) and all
collections in respect thereof received on or after the Cut-off Date (excluding
payments in respect of accrued interest due prior to the Cut-off Date or due in
the month of ____________); (ii) property that secured a Mortgage Loan that is
acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure; (iii) the Depositor's
rights under the Purchase Agreement; (iv) [the Depositor's rights under the
hazard insurance policies,] (v) the Collection Account and the [Security Account
for the Certificates] (excluding net earnings thereon); (vi) the Policy, (vii)
the Spread Account and (viii) all other assets included or to be included in the
Trust for the benefit of Certificateholders; provided, however, neither the
Trustee nor the Trust assumes the obligation under any Credit Line Agreement
that provides for the funding of future advances to the Mortgagor thereunder,
and neither the Trust nor the Trustee shall be obligated or permitted to fund
any such future advances. Additional Balances shall be part of the related Asset
Balance and are hereby transferred to the Trust on the Closing Date pursuant to
this Section 2.01, and therefore part of the Trust property. In addition, on or
prior to the Closing Date, the Depositor shall cause the Credit Enhancer to
deliver the Policy to the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor
Certificateholders. The foregoing transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance
to the Trust shall be made to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and each
reference in this Agreement to such transfer, assignment, set-over and
conveyance shall be construed accordingly.

        The Depositor agrees to take or cause to be taken such actions and
execute such documents (including without limitation the filing of all necessary
continuation statements for the UCC-1 financing statements filed in the State of
__________ (which shall have been filed within 90 days of the Closing Date)
describing the Cut-off Date Asset Balances and Additional Balances and naming
the Depositor as debtor and the Trustee as secured party and any amendments to
UCC-1 financing statements required to reflect a change in the name or corporate
structure of the Depositor or the filing of any additional UCC-1 financing
statements due to the change in the principal office of the Depositor (within 90
days of any event necessitating such filing)




                                       22

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



as are necessary to perfect and protect the Certificateholders' and Credit
Enhancer's interests in each Cut-off Date Asset Balance and Additional Balances
and the proceeds thereof (other than maintaining possession by the Trustee of
the Mortgage Loans and the Mortgage Files, which possession will, subject to the
terms hereof, be maintained by the Master Servicer as custodian and bailee of
the Trustee).

        In connection with such transfer and assignment by the Depositor, the
Master Servicer acknowledges that it is holding as custodian and bailee for the
Trustee the following documents or instruments (the "Related Documents") with
respect to each Mortgage Loan:

                    (i) the original Mortgage Note endorsed in blank;

                   (ii) an original Assignment of Mortgage in blank in
        recordable form;

                  (iii) the original recorded Mortgage or, if, in connection
        with any Mortgage Loan, the original recorded Mortgage with evidence of
        recording thereon cannot be delivered on or prior to the Closing Date
        because of a delay caused by the public recording office where such
        original Mortgage has been delivered for recordation or because such
        original Mortgage has been lost, the Seller, at the direction of the
        Depositor, shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian, as
        agent for the Trustee, a true and correct copy of such Mortgage,
        together with (i) in the case of a delay caused by the public recording
        office, an Officer's Certificate of the Depositor stating that such
        original Mortgage has been dispatched to the appropriate public
        recording official or (ii) in the case of an original Mortgage that has
        been lost, a certificate by the appropriate county recording office
        where such Mortgage is recorded;

                   (iv) if applicable, the original intervening assignments, if
        any ("Intervening Assignments"), with evidence of recording thereon,
        showing a complete chain of title to the Mortgage from the originator to
        the Depositor or, if any such original Intervening Assignment has not
        been returned from the applicable recording office or has been lost, a
        true and correct copy thereof, together with (i) in the case of a delay
        caused by the public recording office, an Officer's Certificate of the
        Seller stating that such original Intervening Assignment has been
        dispatched to the appropriate public recording official for recordation
        or (ii) in the case of an original Intervening Assignment that has been
        lost, a certificate by the appropriate county recording office where
        such Mortgage is recorded;





                                       23

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    (v) either (1) for each Mortgage Loan with a Credit Limit in
        excess of $_________, a title policy or (2) for all other Mortgage
        Loans, either a title policy, a title search or guaranty of title with
        respect to the related Mortgaged Property;

                   (vi) the original of any guaranty executed in
        connection with the Mortgage Note;

                  (vii) the original of each assumption, modification,
        consolidation or substitution agreement, if any, relating to
        the Mortgage Loan; and

                 (viii) any security agreement, chattel mortgage or
        equivalent instrument executed in connection with the Mortgage;

provided, however, that as to any Mortgage Loan, if (a) as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel delivered to and in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee and the Credit Enhancer, (x) an optical image or other representation of
the related documents specified in clauses (i) through (viii) above are
enforceable in the relevant jurisdictions to the same extent as the original of
such document and (y) such optical image or other representation does not impair
the ability of an owner of such Mortgage Loan to transfer its interest in such
Mortgage Loan, and (b) the retention of such documents in such format will not
result in a reduction in the then current rating of the Investor Certificates,
without regard to the Policy, such optical image or other representation may be
held by the Master Servicer, as custodian for the Trustee or assignee in lieu of
the physical documents specified above.

        The Seller hereby confirms to the Trustee that it has caused the
portions of the Electronic Ledgers relating to the Mortgage Loans to be clearly
and unambiguously marked, and has made the appropriate entries in its general
accounting records, to indicate that such Mortgage Loans have been transferred
to the Trust at the direction of the Depositor. The Master Servicer hereby
confirms to the Trustee that it has clearly and unambiguously made appropriate
entries in its general accounting records indicating that such Mortgage Loans
constitute part of the Trust and are serviced by it on behalf of the Trust in
accordance with the terms hereof.

        The parties hereto intend that the transaction set forth herein be a
sale by the Depositor to the Trust of all the Depositor's right, title and
interest in and to the Mortgage Loans and other property described above. In the
event the transaction set forth herein is deemed not to be a sale, the Depositor
hereby grants to the Trust a security interest in all of the Depositor's right,
title and interest in, to and under the Mortgage Loans whether now existing or
hereafter created, all




                                       24

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



monies due or to become due on the Mortgage Loans and all proceeds of any
thereof; and this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under
applicable law.

        Except as hereinafter provided, the Master Servicer shall be entitled to
maintain possession of all of the foregoing documents and instruments and shall
not be required to deliver any of them to the Trustee. In the event, however,
that possession of any of such documents or instruments is required by any
Person (including the Trustee) acting as successor servicer pursuant to Section
7.04 or 8.02 in order to carry out the duties of Master Servicer hereunder, then
such successor shall be entitled to request delivery, at the expense of the
Master Servicer, of such documents or instruments by the Master Servicer and to
retain such documents or instruments for servicing purposes; provided that the
Trustee or such servicers shall maintain such documents at such offices as may
be required by any regulatory body having jurisdiction over such Mortgage Loans.

        The Master Servicer's right to maintain possession of the documents
enumerated above shall continue so long as the long term unsecured debt of
[Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.] is assigned ratings of at least "BBB-" by
__________________ and "Baa2" by _______________. At such time as the condition
specified in the preceding sentence is not satisfied, as promptly as practicable
but in no event more than 90 days in the case of clause (i) below and 60 days in
the case of clause (ii) below following the occurrence of such event (a
"Delivery Event"), the Master Servicer shall, at its expense, (i) either (x)
record an assignment of Mortgage in favor of the Trustee (which may be a blanket
assignment if permitted by applicable law) in the appropriate real property or
other records or (y) deliver to the Trustee the assignment of such Mortgage in
favor of the Trustee in form for recordation, together with an Opinion of
Counsel addressed to the Trustee and the Credit Enhancer to the effect that
recording is not required to protect the Trustee's right, title and interest in
and to the related Mortgage Loan or, in case a court should recharacterize the
sale of the Mortgage Loans as a financing, to perfect a first priority security
interest in favor of the Trustee in the related Mortgage Loan, which Opinion of
Counsel also shall be reasonably acceptable to each of the Rating Agencies (as
evidenced in writing) and the Credit Enhancer, and (ii) unless an Opinion of
Counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, the Rating Agencies (as evidenced
in writing) and the Credit Enhancer, is delivered to the Trustee and the Credit
Enhancer to the effect that delivery of the Mortgage Files is not necessary to
protect the Trustee's right, title and interest in the related Mortgage Loans;
provided that the lack of delivery will not result in a reduction in the then
current rating of the Investor Certificates, without regard to the Policy,
deliver the related Mortgage Files to the Trustee or to a custodian located in
the State of California appointed by the Trustee and acceptable to the Rating
Agencies and the Credit




                                       25

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Enhancer to be held by the Custodian on behalf of the Trustee in trust, upon the
terms herein set forth, for the use and benefit of all present and future
Certificateholders and the Custodian on behalf of the Trustee shall retain
possession thereof except to the extent the Master Servicer requires any
Mortgage Files for normal servicing as contemplated by Section 3.07. The Trustee
is hereby appointed as the attorney-in-fact of the Master Servicer with the
power to prepare, execute and record Assignments of Mortgages in the event that
the Master Servicer fails to do so on a timely basis as provided in this
paragraph.

        Within 90 days following delivery, if any, of the Mortgage Files to the
Trustee pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Trustee shall review each such
Mortgage File to ascertain that all required documents set forth in this Section
2.01 have been executed and received, and that such documents relate to the
Mortgage Loans identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule and in so doing the
Trustee may rely on the purported due execution and genuineness of any signature
thereon. If within such 90-day period the Trustee finds any document
constituting a part of a Mortgage File not to have been executed or received or
to be unrelated to the Mortgage Loans identified in said Mortgage Loan Schedule
or, if in the course of its review, the Trustee determines that such Mortgage
File is otherwise defective in any material respect, the Trustee shall promptly
upon the conclusion of its review notify the Seller and the Credit Enhancer, and
the Seller shall have a period of 90 days after such notice within which to
correct or cure any such defect.

        The Trustee shall have no responsibility for reviewing any Mortgage File
except as expressly provided in this Section 2.01. In reviewing any Mortgage
File pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for
determining whether any document is valid and binding, whether the text of any
assignment or endorsement is in proper or recordable form (except, if
applicable, to determine if the Trustee is the assignee or endorsee), whether
any document has been recorded in accordance with the requirements of any
applicable jurisdiction, or whether a blanket assignment is permitted in any
applicable jurisdiction, whether any Person executing any document is authorized
to do so or whether any signature thereon is genuine, but shall only be required
to determine whether a document has been executed, that it appears to be what it
purports to be, and, where applicable, that it purports to be recorded.


        Section 2.02. Acceptance by Trustee; Retransfer of Mortgage Loans. (a)
The Trustee hereby acknowledges its receipt of the Policy and the Mortgage
Loans, and declares that the Trustee holds and will hold such instrument, and to
the extent that any documents are delivered to it pursuant to Section 2.01, will
hold such documents, and all amounts received by it thereunder and hereunder, in
trust, upon the terms herein set forth, for the use




                                       26

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



and benefit of all present and future Certificateholders and the Credit
Enhancer. If the time to cure any defect in respect of any Mortgage Loan of
which the Trustee has notified the Seller and the Depositor following the review
pursuant to Section 2.01 has expired or if at any time any loss is suffered by
the Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer, in
respect of any Mortgage Loan as a result of (i) a defect in any document
constituting a part of its Mortgage File or (ii) an Assignment of Mortgage to
the Trustee not having been recorded as required by Section 2.01, then on the
next succeeding Business Day upon the deposit to the Collection Account of the
Transfer Deposit Amount, if any, and upon satisfaction of the applicable
conditions described herein, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and
to such Mortgage Loan shall be deemed to be retransferred, reassigned and
otherwise reconveyed, without recourse, representation or warranty, to the
Seller on such Business Day and the Asset Balance of such Mortgage Loan shall be
deducted from the Pool Balance; provided, however, that interest accrued on the
Asset Balance of such Mortgage Loan to the end of the related Collection Period
shall be the property of the Trust. The Trustee shall determine if the reduction
of such Asset Balance from the Pool Balance in accordance with the preceding
sentence would cause the Transferor Principal Balance to be less than the
Minimum Transferor Interest ("Transfer Deficiency"), in which event the Trustee
shall deliver written notice of such deficiency to the Seller, and within five
Business Days after the Business Day of such retransfer the Seller shall either
(i) substitute an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or (ii) deposit into the
Collection Account an amount (the "Transfer Deposit Amount") in immediately
available funds equal to the Transfer Deficiency or a combination of both (i)
and (ii) above. Such reduction or substitution and the actual payment of any
Transfer Deposit Amount, if any, shall be deemed to be payment in full for such
Mortgage Loan. Upon receipt of any Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or of
written notification signed by a Servicing Officer to the effect that the
Transfer Deposit Amount in respect of a Defective Mortgage Loan has been
deposited into the Collection Account or, if the Transferor Principal Balance is
not reduced below the Minimum Transferor Interest as a result of the deemed
retransfer of a Defective Mortgage Loan, then as promptly as practicable
following such deemed transfer, the Trustee shall execute such documents and
instruments of transfer presented by the Seller, in each case without recourse,
representation or warranty, and take such other actions as shall reasonably be
requested by the Seller to effect such transfer by the Trust of such Defective
Mortgage Loan pursuant to this Section. It is understood and agreed that the
obligation of the Seller to accept a transfer of a Defective Mortgage Loan and
to either convey an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or to make a deposit of
any related Transfer Deposit Amount into the Collection Account shall constitute
the sole remedy respecting such defect available to Certificateholders, the
Trustee and the Credit Enhancer against the Seller.




                                       27

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        The Master Servicer, promptly following the transfer of a Defective
Mortgage Loan from or to the Trust pursuant to this Section, shall amend the
Mortgage Loan Schedule and make appropriate entries in its general account
records to reflect such transfer. The Master Servicer shall, following such
retransfer, appropriately mark its records to indicate that it is no longer
servicing such Mortgage Loan on behalf of the Trust. The Seller, promptly
following such transfer, shall appropriately mark its Electronic Ledger and make
appropriate entries in its general account records to reflect such transfer.

        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, a retransfer of a
Defective Mortgage Loan to the Seller pursuant to this Section that would cause
the Transferor Principal Balance to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest
shall not occur if either the Seller fails to convey an Eligible Substitute
Mortgage Loan or to deposit into the Collection Account any related Transfer
Deposit Amount required by this Section with respect to the transfer of such
Defective Mortgage Loan.

        (b) As to any Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or Loans, the Seller
shall, if a Delivery Event has occurred, deliver to the Trustee with respect to
such Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or Loans such documents and agreements as
are required to be held by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.01. For any
Collection Period during which the Seller substitutes one or more Eligible
Substitute Mortgage Loans, the Master Servicer shall determine the Transfer
Deposit Amount which amount shall be deposited by the Seller in the Collection
Account at the time of substitution. All amounts received in respect of the
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or Loans during the Collection Period in which
the circumstances giving rise to such substitution occur shall not be a part of
the Trust Fund and shall not be deposited by the Master Servicer in the
Collection Account. All amounts received by the Master Servicer during the
Collection Period in which the circumstances giving rise to such substitution
occur in respect of any Defective Mortgage Loan so removed by the Trust Fund
shall be deposited by the Master Servicer in the Collection Account. Upon such
substitution, the Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or Loans shall be subject to
the terms of this Agreement in all respects, and the Seller shall be deemed to
have made with respect to such Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan or Loans, as of
the date of substitution, the covenants, representations and warranties set
forth in Section 2.04. The procedures applied by the Seller in selecting each
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan shall not be materially adverse to the
interests of the Trustee, the Certificateholders and the Credit Enhancer.

        Section 2.03.  Representations and Warranties Regarding the
Master Servicer.  The Master Servicer represents and warrants to
the Trustee and the Credit Enhancer that as of the Closing Date:





                                       28

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    (i) The Master Servicer is a [New York] corporation, validly
        existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of [New York],
        and has the corporate power to own its assets and to transact the
        business in which it is currently engaged. The Master Servicer is duly
        qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good
        standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the business
        transacted by it or any properties owned or leased by it requires such
        qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a
        material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or
        condition (financial or other) of the Master Servicer;

                   (ii) The Master Servicer has the power and authority to make,
        execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all of the transactions
        contemplated under the Agreement, and has taken all necessary corporate
        action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this
        Agreement. When executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute
        the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Master Servicer
        enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement of such
        terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
        moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
        rights generally and by the availability of equitable remedies;

                  (iii) The Master Servicer is not required to obtain the
        consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
        authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any
        governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the
        execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this
        Agreement, except for such consent, license, approval or authorization,
        or registration or declaration, as shall have been obtained or filed, as
        the case may be, prior to the Closing Date;

                   (iv) The execution, delivery and performance of this
        Agreement by the Master Servicer will not violate any provision of any
        existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court
        applicable to the Master Servicer or any provision of the Certificate of
        Incorporation or Bylaws of the Master Servicer, or constitute a material
        breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which
        the Master Servicer is a party or by which the Master Servicer may be
        bound; and

                    (v) No litigation or administrative proceeding of or before
        any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or to the
        knowledge of the Master Servicer threatened, against the Master Servicer
        or any of its properties or with respect to this Agreement or the
        Certificates which in the opinion of the Master Servicer has a




                                       29

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        reasonable likelihood of resulting in a material adverse effect on the
        transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

The representations and warranties set forth in this Section shall survive the
sale and assignment of the Mortgage Loans to the Trust. Upon discovery of a
breach of any representations and warranties which materially and adversely
affects the interests of the Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer, the
person discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other
parties and to the Credit Enhancer. Within 90 days of its discovery or its
receipt of notice of breach, or, with the prior written consent of a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee, such longer period specified in such consent, the Master
Servicer shall cure such breach in all material respects.

        Section 2.04. Representations and Warranties of the Seller Regarding the
Mortgage Loans; Retransfer of Certain Mortgage Loans. (a) The Seller hereby
represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Credit Enhancer that as of the
Cut-off Date, unless otherwise specifically set forth herein:

               (i) As of the Closing Date, this Agreement constitutes a legal,
        valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the
        Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement of such terms
        may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
        other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement
        of creditors' rights generally and by the availability of equitable
        remedies;

               (ii) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and as of the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible
        Substitute Mortgage Loan, either (A) the Purchase Agreement constitutes
        a valid transfer and assignment to the Depositor of all right, title and
        interest of the Seller in and to the Cut-off Date Asset Balances with
        respect to the applicable Mortgage Loans, all monies due or to become
        due with respect thereto (excluding payments in respect of accrued
        interest due prior to the Cut-off Date or due in the month of
        _________), and all proceeds of such Cut-off Date Asset Balances with
        respect to the Mortgage Loans and such funds as are from time to time
        deposited in the Collection Account (excluding any investment earnings
        thereon) and all other property specified in the definition of "Asset"
        as being part of the corpus of the Trust conveyed to the Trust by the
        Seller, and upon payment for the Additional Balances, will constitute a
        valid transfer and assignment to the Trustee of all right, title and
        interest of the Seller in and to the Additional Balances, all monies due
        or to become due with respect thereto, and all proceeds of such
        Additional Balances and all other property specified in the definition
        of "Asset" relating to the Additional Balances or (B) the Purchase
        Agreement or this Agreement, as




                                       30

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        appropriate, constitutes a grant of a security interest (as defined in
        the UCC as in effect in California) in such property to the Trustee on
        behalf of the Trust. If this Agreement constitutes the grant of a
        security interest to the Trust in such property, and if the Trustee
        obtains and maintains possession of the Mortgage File for each Mortgage
        Loan, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest
        in such property, subject to the effect of Section 9-306 of the UCC with
        respect to collections on the Mortgage Loans that are deposited in the
        Collection Account in accordance with the next to last paragraph of
        Section 3.02(b); provided, however, that nothing in this clause (ii)
        shall be construed to obligate the Master Servicer to deliver any
        Mortgage Files other than as set forth in Section 2.01 hereof;

               (iii) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan and as of the date any Additional Balance is created, the
        information set forth in the Mortgage Loan Schedule for such Mortgage
        Loans is true and correct in all material respects;

               (iv) The applicable Cut-off Date Asset Balance has not been
        assigned or pledged, and the Seller is the sole owner and holder of such
        Cut-off Date Asset Balance free and clear of any and all liens, claims,
        encumbrances, participation interests, equities, pledges, charges or
        security interests of any nature, and has full right and authority,
        under all governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over
        the ownership of the applicable Mortgage Loan, to sell, assign or
        transfer the same pursuant to the Purchase Agreement;

               (v) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans and
        the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, the related Mortgage Note and the Mortgage with respect
        to each Mortgage Loan have not been assigned or pledged, and the Seller
        is the sole owner and holder of the Mortgage Loan free and clear of any
        and all liens, claims, encumbrances, participation interests, equities,
        pledges, charges or security interests of any nature, and has full right
        and authority, under all governmental and regulatory bodies having
        jurisdiction over the ownership of the applicable Mortgage Loans, to
        sell and assign the same pursuant to the Purchase Agreement;

               (vi) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, the related Mortgage is a valid and subsisting first or
        second lien, as set forth on the Mortgage Loan Schedule with respect to
        each related Mortgage Loan, on the property therein described, and as of




                                       31

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        the applicable Cut-off Date the related Mortgaged Property is free and
        clear of all encumbrances and liens having priority over the first or
        second lien, as applicable, of such Mortgage except for liens for (i)
        real estate taxes and special assessments not yet delinquent; (ii) any
        first mortgage loan secured by such Mortgaged Property and specified on
        the Mortgage Loan Schedule; (iii) covenants, conditions and
        restrictions, rights of way, easements and other matters of public
        record as of the date of recording that are acceptable to mortgage
        lending institutions generally; and (iv) other matters to which like
        properties are commonly subject which do not materially interfere with
        the benefits of the security intended to be provided by such Mortgage;

               (vii) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, there is no valid offset, defense or counterclaim of any
        obligor under any Credit Line Agreement or Mortgage;

               (viii) To the best knowledge of the Seller, as of the Closing
        Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans and the applicable Transfer Date
        with respect to any Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan, there is no
        delinquent recording or other tax or fee or assessment lien against any
        related Mortgaged Property;

               (ix) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, there is no proceeding pending or, to the best knowledge
        of the Seller, threatened for the total or partial condemnation of the
        related Mortgaged Property, and such property is free of material
        damage;

               (x) To the best knowledge of the Seller, as of the Closing Date
        with respect to the Mortgage Loans and the applicable Transfer Date with
        respect to any Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan, there are no
        mechanics' or similar liens or claims which have been filed for work,
        labor or material affecting the related Mortgaged Property which are, or
        may be, liens prior or equal to the lien of the related Mortgage, except
        liens which are fully insured against by the title insurance policy
        referred to in clause (xiv);

               (xi) No Minimum Monthly Payment is more than 89 days delinquent
        (measured on a contractual basis); and with respect to the Mortgage
        Loans no more than _____% (by Cut-off Date Pool Balance) were 30-59 days
        delinquent (measured on a contractual basis) and no more than _____% (by
        Cut-off Date Pool Balance) were 60-89 days delinquent (measured on a
        contractual basis);





                                       32

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               (xii) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, for each Mortgage Loan, the related Mortgage File
        contains each of the documents and instruments specified to be included
        therein;

               (xiii) The related Mortgage Note and the related Mortgage at
        origination complied in all material respects with applicable state and
        federal laws, including, without limitation, usury, truth-in-lending,
        real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal
        credit opportunity or disclosure laws applicable to the Mortgage Loan;

               (xiv) Either a lender's title insurance policy or binder was
        issued on the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan and each such
        policy is valid and remains in full force and effect, or a title search
        or guaranty of title customary in the relevant jurisdiction was obtained
        with respect to a Mortgage Loan as to which no title insurance policy or
        binder was issued;

               (xv) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, none of the Mortgaged Properties is a mobile home or a
        manufactured housing unit that is not considered or classified as part
        of the real estate under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is
        located;

               (xvi) As of the Cut-off Date for the Mortgage Loans no more than
        _____% of such Mortgage Loans, by aggregate principal balance, are
        secured by Mortgaged Properties located in one United States postal zip
        code;

               (xvii)  The Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio for each Mortgage Loan
        was not in excess of 100%;

               (xviii) No selection procedure reasonably believed by the Seller
        to be adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders or the Credit
        Enhancer was utilized in selecting the Mortgage Loans;

               (xix)  The Seller has not transferred the Mortgage
        Loans to the Trust with any intent to hinder, delay or
        defraud any of its creditors;

               (xx) The Minimum Monthly Payment with respect to any Mortgage
        Loan is not less than the interest accrued at the applicable Loan Rate
        on the average daily Asset Balance during the interest period relating
        to the date on which such Minimum Monthly Payment is due;





                                       33

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               (xxi) Within 90 days of the Closing Date with respect to the
        Mortgage Loans and, to the extent not already included in such filing
        with respect to the Mortgage Loans, the applicable Transfer Date with
        respect to any Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan, the Seller will file
        UCC-1 financing statements with respect to the Mortgage Loans;

               (xxii) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, each Credit Line Agreement and each Mortgage Loan is an
        enforceable obligation of the related Mortgagor, except as the
        enforceability thereof may be limited by the bankruptcy, insolvency or
        similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;

               (xxiii) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, the Seller has not received a notice of default of any
        senior mortgage loan related to a Mortgaged Property that has not been
        cured by a party other than the Master Servicer;

               (xxiv) The definition of Prime Rate in each Credit Line Agreement
        relating to a Mortgage Loan does not differ materially from the
        definition in the form of Credit Line Agreement in Exhibit F;

               (xxv) The weighted average remaining term to maturity of the
        Mortgage Loans on a contractual basis as of the Cut-off Date for the
        Mortgage Loans is approximately ___ months. On each date that the Loan
        Rates have been adjusted, interest rate adjustments on the Mortgage
        Loans were made in compliance with the related Mortgage and Mortgage
        Note and applicable law. Over the term of each Mortgage Loan, the Loan
        Rate may not exceed the related Loan Rate Cap, if any. The Loan Rate
        Caps range between ____% and ____%. The Margins range between ____% and
        ____% and the weighted average Margin is approximately ____% as of the
        Cut-off Date for the Mortgage Loans. The Loan Rates on such Mortgage
        Loans range between ____% and _____% and the weighted average Loan Rate
        is approximately _____%.

               (xxvi) As of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans
        and the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any Eligible Substitute
        Mortgage Loan, each Mortgaged Property consists of a single parcel of
        real property with a one-to-four unit single family residence erected
        thereon, or an individual condominium unit, planned unit development
        unit or townhouse;

               (xxvii) No more than _____% (by Cut-off Date Pool Balance) of the
        Mortgage Loans are secured by real property improved by individual
        condominium units, planned develop-




                                       34

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        ment units, townhouses or two-to-four family residences erected thereon,
        and at least _____% (by Cut-off Date Pool Balance) of the Mortgage Loans
        are secured by real property with a detached one-family residence
        erected thereon;

               (xxviii) The Credit Limits on the Mortgage Loans range between
        $________ and $__________ with an average of $_________. As of the
        Cut-off Date for the Mortgage Loans, no Mortgage Loan had a principal
        balance in excess of approximately $__________ and the average principal
        balance of the Mortgage Loans is equal to approximately $_________; and

               (xxix) Approximately ____% and _____% of the Mortgage Loans, by
        aggregate principal balance as of the Cut-off Date for the Mortgage
        Loans, are first and second liens, respectively.

        With respect to the representations and warranties set forth in this
Section 2.04 that are made to the best of the Seller's knowledge or as to which
the Seller has no knowledge, if it is discovered by the Seller, the Depositor,
the Master Servicer or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee that the substance
of such representation and warranty is inaccurate and such inaccuracy materially
and adversely affects the value of the related Mortgage Loan then,
notwithstanding the Seller's lack of knowledge with respect to the substance of
such representation and warranty being inaccurate at the time the representation
or warranty was made, such inaccuracy shall be deemed a breach of the applicable
representation or warranty.

        (b) It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties
set forth in this Section 2.04 shall survive delivery of the respective Mortgage
Files to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.01 and the termination of the rights
and obligations of the Master Servicer pursuant to Section 7.04 or 8.02. Upon
discovery by the Seller, the Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Credit Enhancer
or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of a breach of any of the foregoing
representations and warranties (other than the representation and warranty set
forth in Section 2.04(a)(iv) above), without regard to any limitation set forth
therein concerning the knowledge of the Seller as to the facts stated therein,
which materially and adversely affects the interests of the Trust or the
Investor Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer in the related Mortgage Loan,
the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other
parties and the Credit Enhancer. Within 90 days of its discovery or its receipt
of notice of such breach, the Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to cure
such breach in all material respects or shall, not later than the Business Day
next preceding the Distribution Date in the month following the Collection
Period in which any such cure period expired (or such later date that is
acceptable to the Trustee and the Credit Enhancer as evidenced by




                                       35

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



their written consents), either (a) accept a transfer of such Mortgage Loan from
the Trust or (b) substitute an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan in the same
manner and subject to the same conditions as set forth in Section 2.02;
provided, however, that the cure for any breach of a representation and warranty
relating to the characteristics of the Mortgage Loans in the aggregate shall be
a repurchase of or substitution for only the Mortgage Loans necessary to cause
such characteristics to be in compliance with the related representation and
warranty. Upon accepting such transfer and making any required deposit into the
Collection Account or substitution of an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan, as
the case may be, the Seller shall be entitled to receive an instrument of
assignment or transfer from the Trustee to the same extent as set forth in
Section 2.02 with respect to the transfer of Mortgage Loans under that Section.

        It is understood and agreed that the obligation of the Seller to accept
a transfer of a Mortgage Loan as to which a breach has occurred and is
continuing and to make any required deposit in the Collection Account or to
substitute an Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan, as the case may be, shall
constitute the sole remedy against the Seller respecting such breach available
to Investor Certificateholders, the Trustee on behalf of Investor
Certificateholders and the Credit Enhancer; provided, however, that the Seller
shall defend and indemnify the Trustee, the Credit Enhancer and the Investor
Certificateholders against all reasonable costs and expenses, and all losses,
damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel and the amount of any settlement entered into with the consent of the
Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), which may be asserted
against or incurred by any of them as a result of any third-party action arising
out of any breach of any such representation and warranty. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, with regard to any breach of the representation and warranty set
forth in Section 2.04(a)(iv), the sale and assignment of the affected Mortgage
Loans to the Trust shall be deemed void and the Seller shall pay to the Trust
the sum of (i) the amount of the related Asset Balances, plus unpaid accrued
interest on each such Asset Balance at the applicable Loan Rate to the date of
payment and (ii) the amount of any loss suffered by Certificateholders or the
Credit Enhancer with respect to the affected Mortgage Loans.

        Section 2.05.  Covenants of the Depositor.  The Depositor
hereby covenants that:

        (a) Security Interests. Except for the transfer hereunder, the Depositor
will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Mortgage Loan, whether now
existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; the Depositor will
notify the Trustee of the existence of any Lien on any Mortgage Loan immediately
upon discovery thereof; and the Depositor will defend the




                                       36

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Mortgage Loans,
whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties
claiming through or under the Depositor; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section 2.05(a) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Depositor from
suffering to exist upon any of the Mortgage Loans any Liens for municipal or
other local taxes and other governmental charges if such taxes or governmental
charges shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Depositor shall
currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
thereto.

        (b) Negative Pledge. The Depositor hereby agrees not to transfer,
assign, exchange, pledge, finance, hypothecate, grant a security interest in or
otherwise convey the Transferor Certificates except in accordance with Sections
6.05 and 7.02.

        (c) Additional Indebtedness. So long as the Investor Certificates are
outstanding the Depositor will not incur any debt other than debt that (i) is
non-recourse to the assets of the Depositor other than the Mortgage Loans
specifically pledged as security for such debt, or (ii) is subordinated in right
of payment to the rights of the Investor Certificateholders or (iii) is assigned
a rating by each of the Rating Agencies that is the same as the then current
rating of the Investor Certificates.

        (d)  Downgrading.  The Depositor will not engage in any
activity which would result in a downgrading of the Investor
Certificates.

        (e) Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation. The Depositor will not
amend its Certificate of Incorporation without prior written notice to the
Rating Agencies and the Credit Enhancer.

        (f) Principal Place of Business. The Depositor's principal place of
business is in California and it will not change its principal place of business
without prior written notice to the Rating Agencies.

        Section 2.06. Retransfers of Mortgage Loans at Election of Transferor.
Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Transferor may, but shall not be
obligated to, require the retransfer of Mortgage Loans from the Trust to the
Seller as of the close of business on a Distribution Date (the "Transfer Date").
On the fifth Business Day (the "Transfer Notice Date") prior to the Transfer
Date designated in such notice, the Transferor shall give the Trustee and the
Master Servicer a notice of the proposed retransfer that contains a list of the
Mortgage Loans to be retransferred. Such retransfers of Mortgage Loans shall be
permitted upon satisfaction of the following conditions:





                                       37

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    (i)        No Rapid Amortization Event has occurred;

                   (ii) On the Transfer Notice Date the Transferor Principal
        Balance (after giving effect to the removal from the Trust of the
        Mortgage Loans proposed to be retransferred) is at least equal to the
        Minimum Transferor Interest;

                  (iii) The transfer of any Mortgage Loans on any Transfer Date
        during the Managed Amortization Period shall not, in the reasonable
        belief of the Transferor, cause a Rapid Amortization Event to occur or
        an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a
        Rapid Amortization Event;

                   (iv) On or before the Transfer Date, the Transferor shall
        have delivered to the Trustee a revised Mortgage Loan Schedule,
        reflecting the proposed transfer and the Transfer Date, and the Master
        Servicer shall have marked the Electronic Ledger to show that the
        Mortgages Loans transferred to the Transferor are no longer owned by the
        Trust;

                    (v) The Transferor shall represent and warrant that no
        selection procedures reasonably believed by the Transferor to be adverse
        to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders or the Credit
        Enhancer were utilized in selecting the Mortgage Loans to be removed
        from the Trust;

                   (vi) In connection with first retransfer of Mortgage Loans
        pursuant to this Section, each Rating Agency shall have received on or
        prior to the related Transfer Notice Date notice of such proposed
        retransfer of Mortgage Loans and, prior to the Transfer Date, shall have
        notified the Trustee in writing that such retransfer of Mortgage Loans
        would not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then current rating
        of the Investor Certificates without regard to the Policy;

                  (vii) The Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and
        the Credit Enhancer an Officer's Certificate certifying that the items
        set forth in subparagraphs (i) through (vi), inclusive, have been
        performed or are true and correct, as the case may be. The Trustee may
        conclusively rely on such Officer's Certificate, shall have no duty to
        make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and shall
        incur no liability in so relying.

Upon receiving the requisite information from the Transferor, the Master
Servicer shall perform in a timely manner those acts required of it, as
specified above. Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, on the Transfer Date
the Trustee shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Transferor the
Mortgage File for each Mortgage Loan being so transferred, and the Trustee shall




                                       38

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



execute and deliver to the Transferor such other documents prepared by the
Transferor as shall be reasonably necessary to transfer such Mortgage Loans to
the Transferor. Any such transfer of the Trust's right, title and interest in
and to Mortgage Loans shall be without recourse, representation or warranty by
or of the Trustee or the Trust to the Transferor.

        Section 2.07. Execution and Authentication of Certificates. The Trustee,
on behalf of the Trust, has caused to be executed, authenticated and delivered
to or upon the order of the Depositor, in exchange for the Trust, concurrently
with the sale, assignment and conveyance to the Trustee of the Trust, Investor
Certificates in authorized denominations and the Transferor Certificates,
together evidencing the ownership of the entire Trust.

        Section 2.08. Tax Treatment. It is the intention of the Depositor, the
Transferor and the Investor Certificateholders that the Investor Certificates
will be indebtedness of the Transferor for federal, state and local income and
franchise tax purposes and for purposes of any other tax imposed on or measured
by income. The Transferor, the Depositor, the Trustee and each Investor
Certificateholder (or Certificate Owner) by acceptance of its Investor
Certificate (or, in the case of a Certificate Owner, by virtue of such
Certificate Owner's acquisition of a beneficial interest therein) agrees to
treat the Investor Certificates (or beneficial interest therein), for purposes
of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed
on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Transferor secured by the
assets of the Trust and to report the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement on all applicable tax returns in a manner consistent with such
treatment. Each Investor Certificateholder agrees that it will cause any
Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in an Investor Certificate through it to
comply with this Agreement as to treatment of the Investor Certificates as
indebtedness for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and
for purposes of any other tax imposed on or measured by income. The Trustee will
prepare and file all tax reports required hereunder.

        Section 2.09. Representations and Warranties of the Depositor. The
Depositor represents and warrants to the Trustee on behalf of the
Certificateholders and the Credit Enhancer as follows:

                    (i) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
        obligation of the Depositor, enforceable against the Depositor in
        accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
        applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
        similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of
        creditors' rights in general and except as such enforceability may be




                                       39

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        limited by general principles of equity (whether considered
        in a proceeding at law or in equity);

                   (ii) Immediately prior to the sale and assignment by the
        Depositor to the Trustee of each Mortgage Loan, the Depositor was the
        sole beneficial owner of each Mortgage Loan (insofar as such title was
        conveyed to it by the Seller) subject to no prior lien, claim,
        participation interest, mortgage, security interest, pledge, charge or
        other encumbrance or other interest of any nature;

                  (iii) As of the Closing Date, the Depositor has transferred
        all right, title and interest in the Mortgage  Loans to
        the Trustee; and

                   (iv) The Depositor has not transferred the Mortgage Loans
        to the Trustee with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of
        its creditors.





                                       40

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III

                          Administration and Servicing
                                of Mortgage Loans


        Section 3.01. The Master Servicer. (a) The Master Servicer shall service
and administer the Mortgage Loans in a manner consistent with the terms of this
Agreement and with general industry practice and shall have full power and
authority, acting alone or through a subservicer, to do any and all things in
connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or
desirable, it being understood, however, that the Master Servicer shall at all
times remain responsible to the Trustee, the Certificateholders and the Credit
Enhancer for the performance of its duties and obligations hereunder in
accordance with the terms hereof. Any amounts received by any subservicer in
respect of a Mortgage Loan shall be deemed to have been received by the Master
Servicer whether or not actually received by it. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the Master Servicer shall continue, and is hereby authorized
and empowered by the Trustee, to execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the
Certificateholders and the Trustee, or any of them, any and all instruments of
satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge and all
other comparable instruments, with respect to the Mortgage Loans and with
respect to the Mortgaged Properties. The Trustee shall, upon the written request
of a Servicing Officer, furnish the Master Servicer with any powers of attorney
and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Master Servicer to
carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. The Master Servicer
in such capacity may also consent to the placing of a lien senior to that of any
Mortgage on the related Mortgaged Property, provided that

                      (x) such Mortgage succeeded to a first lien position after
               the related Mortgage Loan was conveyed to the Trust and,
               immediately following the placement of such senior lien, such
               Mortgage is in a second lien position and the outstanding
               principal amount of the mortgage loan secured by such subsequent
               senior lien is no greater than the outstanding principal amount
               of the senior mortgage loan secured by the Mortgaged Property as
               of the date the related Mortgage Loan was originated; or

                      (y) the Mortgage relating to such Mortgage Loan was in a
               second lien position as of the Cut-off Date and the new senior
               lien secures a mortgage loan that refinances an existing first
               mortgage loan and the outstanding principal amount of the
               replacement first mortgage loan immediately following such
               refinancing is not greater than the outstanding principal amount
               of




                                       41

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               such existing first mortgage loan at the date of
               origination of such Mortgage Loan;

provided, further, that such senior lien does not secure a note that provides
for negative amortization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Master Servicer
can consent to the placing of liens senior to that of a Mortgage on the related
Mortgaged Property which have a principal balance in excess of the principal
balance of the senior lien it replaces on Mortgage Loans having in the aggregate
Asset Balances not in excess of ___% of the Cut-off Date Pool Balance; provided,
however, that, with respect to Mortgage Loans which as of the Cut-off Date had
combined Loan-to-Value Ratios in excess of ___%, the aggregate Asset Balance of
such Mortgage Loans with respect to which the senior lien may be so modified
shall not exceed _____% of the Cut-off Date Pool Balance (such ___% and _____%
herein referred to as the "Increased Senior Lien Limitation"). Any such increase
to the principal balance of the senior lien shall not exceed the greater of
$_______ and _____% of the principal balance of the senior lien prior to such
increase.

        The Master Servicer may also, without prior approval from the Rating
Agencies or the Credit Enhancer, increase the Credit Limits on Mortgage Loans
provided that (i) new appraisals are obtained and the Combined Loan-to-Value
Ratios of the Mortgage Loans after giving effect to such increase are less than
or equal to the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios or the Mortgage Loans as of the
Cut-off Date and (ii) such increases are consistent with the Master Servicer's
underwriting policies. In addition, the Master Servicer may increase the Credit
Limits on Mortgage Loans having aggregate balances of up to ____% of the
aggregate Cut-off Date Pool Balance, without obtaining new appraisals provided
that (i) the increase in the Credit Limit does not cause the Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratios of the Mortgage Loans to exceed _____% and (ii) the
increase is consistent with the Master Servicer's underwriting policies.

        Furthermore, the Master Servicer may, without prior approval from the
Rating Agencies and the Credit Enhancer solicit Mortgagors for a reduction in
Loan Rates; provided that the Master Servicer can only reduce such Loan Rates on
up to ____% of the Mortgage Loans by Cut-off Date Pool Balance. Any such
solicitations shall not result in a reduction in the weighted average Gross
Margin of the Mortgage Loans in the pool by more than ____ basis points taking
into account any such prior reductions.

        In addition, the Master Servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a
Mortgage Loan at the request of the Mortgagor provided that such changes (i) do
not materially and adversely affect the interests of Certificateholders or the
Credit Enhancer and (ii) are consistent with prudent and customary business
practice as




                                       42

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



evidenced by a certificate signed by a Servicing Officer delivered to the
Trustee and the Credit Enhancer.

        In addition to the foregoing, the Master Servicer may solicit Mortgagors
to change any other terms of the related Mortgage Loans, provided that such
changes (i) do not materially and adversely affect the interest of
Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer and (ii) are consistent with prudent
and customary business practice as evidenced by a certificate signed by a
Servicing Officer delivered to the Trustee and the Credit Enhancer. Nothing
herein shall limit the right of the Master Servicer to solicit Mortgagors with
respect to new loans (including mortgage loans) that are not Mortgage Loans.

        The relationship of the Master Servicer (and of any successor to the
Master Servicer as servicer under this Agreement) to the Trustee under this
Agreement is intended by the parties to be that of an independent contractor and
not that of a joint venturer, partner or agent.

        (b) In the event that the rights, duties and obligations of the Master
Servicer are terminated hereunder, any successor to the Master Servicer in its
sole discretion may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, terminate the
existing subservicer arrangements with any subservicer or assume the terminated
Master Servicer's rights under such subservicing arrangements which termination
or assumption will not violate the terms of such arrangements.

        Section 3.02. Collection of Certain Mortgage Loan Payments. (a) The
Master Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for
under the terms and provisions of the Mortgage Loans, and shall, to the extent
such procedures shall be consistent with this Agreement, follow such collection
procedures as it follows with respect to mortgage loans in its servicing
portfolio comparable to the Mortgage Loans. Consistent with the foregoing, and
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Master Servicer may in its
discretion (i) waive any late payment charge or any assumption fees or other
fees which may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing such Mortgage
Loan and (ii) arrange with a Mortgagor a schedule for the payment of interest
due and unpaid; provided that such arrangement is consistent with the Master
Servicer's policies with respect to the mortgage loans it owns or services;
provided, further, that notwithstanding such arrangement such Mortgage Loans
will be included in the information regarding delinquent Mortgage Loans set
forth in the Servicing Certificate and monthly statement to Certificateholders
pursuant to Section 5.03.

        (b) The Master Servicer shall establish and maintain a trust account
(the "Collection Account") titled "___________________________, as Trustee, in
trust for the registered holders of Revolving Home Equity Loan Asset Backed




                                       43

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Certificates, Series 199__-__ and _____________________." The Collection Account
shall be an Eligible Account. The Master Servicer shall on the Closing Date
deposit any amounts representing payments on, and any collections in respect of,
the Mortgage Loans received after the Cut-off Date and prior to the Closing Date
(exclusive of payments in respect of accrued interest due on or prior to the
Cut-off Date or due in the month of _________), and thereafter the Master
Servicer, or the Seller, as the case may be, shall deposit within two Business
Days following receipt thereof the following payments and collections received
or made by it (without duplication):

                    (i)        all collections on and in respect of the Mortgage
        Loans;

                   (ii)        the amounts, if any, deposited to the Collection
        Account pursuant to Section 4.05;

                  (iii)        Net Liquidation Proceeds net of any related
        Foreclosure Profit;

                   (iv) Insurance Proceeds (including, for this purpose, any
        amount required to be credited by the Master Servicer pursuant to the
        last sentence of Section 3.04 and excluding the portion thereof, if any,
        that has been applied to the restoration or repair of the related
        Mortgaged Property or released to the related Mortgagor in accordance
        with the normal servicing procedures of the Master Servicer); and

                    (v)        any amounts required to be deposited therein
        pursuant to Section 10.01;

provided, however, that with respect to each Collection Period, the Master
Servicer shall be permitted to retain from payments in respect of interest on
the Mortgage Loans, the Servicing Fee for such Collection Period. The foregoing
requirements respecting deposits to the Collection Account are exclusive, it
being understood that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Master Servicer need not deposit in the Collection Account amounts representing
Foreclosure Profits, fees (including annual fees) or late charge penalties
payable by Mortgagors, or amounts received by the Master Servicer for the
accounts of Mortgagors for application towards the payment of taxes, insurance
premiums, assessments, excess pay off amounts and similar items. The Master
Servicer shall remit all Foreclosure Profits to the Seller.

        The Trustee shall hold amounts deposited in the Collection Account as
trustee for the Certificateholders and for the Credit Enhancer. In addition, the
Master Servicer shall notify the Trustee and the Credit Enhancer in writing on
each Determination Date of the amount of payments and collections in the
Collection Account allocable to Interest Collections and Principal




                                       44

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Collections for the related Distribution Date. Following such notification, the
Master Servicer shall be entitled to withdraw from the Collection Account and
retain any amounts that constitute income and gain realized from the investment
of such payments and collections.

        All income and gain realized from any investment in Eligible Investments
of funds in the Collection Account shall be for the benefit of the Master
Servicer and shall be subject to its withdrawal from time to time. The amount of
any losses incurred in respect of the principal amount of any such investments
shall be deposited in the Collection Account by the Master Servicer out of its
own funds immediately as realized.

        Section 3.03. Withdrawals from the Collection Account. From time to
time, withdrawals may be made from the Collection Account by the Master Servicer
for the following purposes:

               (i)    To the Master Servicer as payment for its
        Servicing Fee pursuant to Section 3.08;

            (ii) To pay to the Master Servicer amounts on deposit in the
        Collection Account that are not to be included in the distributions and
        payments pursuant to Section 5.01 to the extent provided by the second
        to the last and the last paragraph of Section 3.02(b);

           (iii)      To make or to permit the Paying Agent to make
        distributions and payments pursuant to Section 5.01; and

            (iv) Prior to the Collection Period preceding the Rapid Amortization
        Commencement Date, to pay to the Seller, the amount of any Additional
        Balances as and when created during the related Collection Period,
        provided, that the aggregate amount so paid to the Seller in respect of
        Additional Balances at any time during any Collection Period shall not
        exceed the amount of Principal Collections theretofore received for such
        Collection Period minus the amount determined pursuant to clause (x) of
        the definition of "Alternative Principal Payment".

        If the Master Servicer deposits in the Collection Account any amount not
required to be deposited therein or any amount in respect of payments by
Mortgagors made by checks subsequently returned for insufficient funds or other
reason for non-payment it may at any time withdraw such amount from the
Collection Account, and any such amounts shall not be included in the amounts to
be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.02(b), any
provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

        Section 3.04. Maintenance of Hazard Insurance; Property
Protection Expenses.  The Master Servicer shall cause to be main-




                                       45

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



tained for each Mortgage Loan hazard insurance naming the Master Servicer or the
related subservicer as loss payee thereunder providing extended coverage in an
amount which is at least equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable value
of the improvements securing such Mortgage Loan from time to time or (ii) the
combined principal balance owing on such Mortgage Loan and any mortgage loan
senior to such Mortgage Loan from time to time. The Master Servicer shall also
maintain on property acquired upon foreclosure, or by deed in lieu of
foreclosure, hazard insurance with extended coverage in an amount which is at
least equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum insurable value from time to time
of the improvements which are a part of such property or (ii) the combined
principal balance owing on such Mortgage Loan and any mortgage loan senior to
such Mortgage Loan at the time of such foreclosure or deed in lieu of
foreclosure plus accrued interest and the good-faith estimate of the Master
Servicer of related Liquidation Expenses to be incurred in connection therewith.
Amounts collected by the Master Servicer under any such policies shall be
deposited in the Collection Account to the extent called for by Section 3.02. In
cases in which any Mortgaged Property is located in a federally designated flood
area, the hazard insurance to be maintained for the related Mortgage Loan shall
include flood insurance. All such flood insurance shall be in such amounts as
are required under applicable guidelines of the Federal Flood Emergency Act. The
Master Servicer shall be under no obligation to require that any Mortgagor
maintain earthquake or other additional insurance and shall be under no
obligation itself to maintain any such additional insurance on property acquired
in respect of a Mortgage Loan, other than pursuant to such applicable laws and
regulations as shall at any time be in force and as shall require such
additional insurance. If the Master Servicer shall obtain and maintain a blanket
policy consistent with prudent industry standards insuring against hazard losses
on all of the Mortgage Loans in an aggregate amount prudent under industry
standards, it shall conclusively be deemed to have satisfied its obligations as
set forth in the first sentence of this Section 3.04 and there shall have been a
loss which would have been covered by such policy, deposit in the Collection
Account, as the case may be, the amount not otherwise payable under the blanket
policy because of such deductible clause.

        Section 3.05. Assumption and Modification Agreements. In any case in
which a Mortgaged Property has been or is about to be conveyed by the Mortgagor,
the Master Servicer shall exercise its right to accelerate the maturity of such
Mortgage Loan consistent with the then current practice of the Master Servicer
and without regard to the inclusion of such Mortgage Loan in the Trust. If it
elects not to enforce its right to accelerate or if it is prevented from doing
so by applicable law, the Master Servicer (so long as such action conforms with
the underwriting standards generally acceptable in the industry at the time for
new origination) is authorized to take or enter into an assumption




                                       46

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



and modification agreement from or with the Person to whom such Mortgaged
Property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to which such Person
becomes liable under the Credit Line Agreement and, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, the Mortgagor remains liable thereon. The Master Servicer shall
notify the Trustee that any assumption and modification agreement has been
completed by delivering to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying that
such agreement is in compliance with this Section 3.05 and by forwarding to the
applicable Custodian, as agent for the Trustee, the original copy of such
assumption and modification agreement. Any such assumption and modification
agreement shall, for all purposes, be considered a part of the related Mortgage
File to the same extent as all other documents and instruments constituting a
part thereof. No change in the terms of the related Credit Line Agreement may be
made by the Master Servicer in connection with any such assumption to the extent
that such change would not be permitted to be made in respect of the original
Credit Line Agreement pursuant to the fourth paragraph of Section 3.01(a). Any
fee collected by the Master Servicer for entering into any such agreement will
be retained by the Master Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

        Section 3.06. Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans; Repurchase of
Certain Mortgage Loans. The Master Servicer shall foreclose upon or otherwise
comparably convert to ownership Mortgaged Properties securing such of the
Mortgage Loans as come into and continue in default when, in the opinion of the
Master Servicer based upon the practices and procedures referred to in the
following sentence, no satisfactory arrangements can be made for collection of
delinquent payments pursuant to Section 3.02; provided that if the Master
Servicer has actual knowledge or reasonably believes that any Mortgaged Property
is affected by hazardous or toxic wastes or substances and that the acquisition
of such Mortgaged Property would not be commercially reasonable, then the Master
Servicer will not cause the Trust to acquire title to such Mortgaged Property in
a foreclosure or similar proceeding. In connection with such foreclosure or
other conversion, the Master Servicer shall follow such practices (including, in
the case of any default on a related senior mortgage loan, the advancing of
funds to correct such default) and procedures as it shall deem necessary or
advisable and as shall be normal and usual in its general mortgage servicing
activities. The foregoing is subject to the proviso that the Master Servicer
shall not be required to expend its own funds in connection with any foreclosure
or towards the correction of any default on a related senior mortgage loan or
restoration of any property unless it shall determine that such expenditure will
increase Net Liquidation Proceeds.

        In the event that title to any Mortgaged Property is
acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the



                                       47

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



deed or certificate of sale shall be issued to the Trustee, or to
its nominee on behalf of Certificateholders.

        The Master Servicer, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to
purchase for its own account from the Trust any Mortgage Loan which is 91 days
or more delinquent at a price equal to the purchase price described below. The
price for any Mortgage Loan purchased hereunder (which shall be calculated in
the same manner set forth in Section 2.02) shall be deposited in the Collection
Account and the Trustee, upon receipt of a certificate from the Master Servicer
in the form of Exhibit L hereto, shall release or cause to be released to the
Master Servicer the related Mortgage File and shall execute and deliver such
instruments of transfer or assignment prepared by the Master Servicer, in each
case without recourse, as shall be necessary to vest in the purchaser of such
Mortgage Loan any Mortgage Loan released pursuant hereto and the Master Servicer
shall succeed to all the Trustee's right, title and interest in and to such
Mortgage Loan and all security and documents related thereto. Such assignment
shall be an assignment outright and not for security. The Master Servicer shall
thereupon own such Mortgage Loan, and all security and documents, free of any
further obligation to the Trustee, the Credit Enhancer or the Certificateholders
with respect thereto.

        Section 3.07. Trustee to Cooperate. On or before each Distribution Date,
the Master Servicer will notify the Trustee of the payment in full of the Asset
Balance of any Mortgage Loan during the preceding Collection Period, which
notification shall be by a certification (which certification shall include a
statement to the effect that all amounts received in connection with such
payment which are required to be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to
Section 3.02 have been so deposited or credited) of a Servicing Officer. Upon
any such payment in full, the Master Servicer is authorized to execute, pursuant
to the authorization contained in Section 3.01, if the assignments of Mortgage
have been recorded as required hereunder, an instrument of satisfaction
regarding the related Mortgage, which instrument of satisfaction shall be
recorded by the Master Servicer if required by applicable law and be delivered
to the Person entitled thereto. It is understood and agreed that no expenses
incurred in connection with such instrument of satisfaction or transfer shall be
reimbursed from amounts deposited in the Collection Account. If the Trustee is
holding the Mortgage Files, from time to time and as appropriate for the
servicing or foreclosure of any Mortgage Loan, or in connection with the payment
in full of the Asset Balance of any Mortgage Loan, the Trustee shall, upon
request of the Master Servicer and delivery to the Trustee of a Request for
Release substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J signed by a
Servicing Officer, release the related Mortgage File to the Master Servicer and
the Trustee shall execute such documents, in the forms provided by the Master
Servicer, as shall be necessary to the prosecution of any such proceedings or
the taking of other




                                       48

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



servicing actions. Such trust receipt shall obligate the Master Servicer to
return the Mortgage File to the Trustee when the need therefor by the Master
Servicer no longer unless the Mortgage Loan shall be liquidated, in which case,
upon receipt of a certificate of a Servicing Officer similar to that hereinabove
specified, the trust receipt shall be released by the Trustee or such Custodian
to the Master Servicer.

        In order to facilitate the foreclosure of the Mortgage securing any
Mortgage Loan that is in default following recordation of the assignments of
Mortgage in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Trustee shall, if so
requested in writing by the Master Servicer, execute an appropriate assignment
in the form provided to the Trustee by the Master Servicer to assign such
Mortgage Loan for the purpose of collection to the Master Servicer or to the
related subservicer (any such assignment shall unambiguously indicate that the
assignment is for the purpose of collection only), and, upon such assignment,
the Master Servicer will thereupon bring all required actions in its own name
and otherwise enforce the terms of the Mortgage Loan and deposit the Net
Liquidation Proceeds, exclusive of Foreclosure Profits, received with respect
thereto in the Collection Account. In the event that all delinquent payments due
under any such Mortgage Loan are paid by the Mortgagor and any other defaults
are cured, then the Master Servicer shall promptly reassign such Mortgage Loan
to the Trustee and return the related Mortgage File to the place where it was
being maintained.

        Section 3.08. Servicing Compensation; Payment of Certain Expenses by
Master Servicer. The Master Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Servicing
Fee pursuant to Section 3.03 as compensation for its services in connection with
servicing the Mortgage Loans. Moreover, additional servicing compensation in the
form of late payment charges or other receipts not required to be deposited in
the Collection Account (other than Foreclosure Profits) shall be retained by the
Master Servicer. The Master Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses
incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including payment of
all other fees and expenses not expressly stated hereunder to be for the account
of the Certificateholders) and shall not be entitled to reimbursement therefor
except as specifically provided herein. Liquidation Expenses are reimbursable to
the Master Servicer solely from related Liquidation Proceeds.

        Section 3.09. Annual Statement as to Compliance. (a) The Master Servicer
will deliver to the Trustee, the Credit Enhancer and the Rating Agencies, on or
before _______ of each year, beginning _____________, 19___, an Officer's
Certificate stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Master Servicer
during the preceding fiscal year (or such shorter period as is applicable in the
case of the first report) and of its performance under this Agreement has been
made under such officer's supervision and (ii) to the best of such officer's




                                       49

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



knowledge, based on such review, the Master Servicer has fulfilled all of its
material obligations under this Agreement throughout such fiscal year, or, if
there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying
each such default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.

        (b) The Master Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Credit
Enhancer and each of the Rating Agencies, promptly after having obtained
knowledge thereof, but in no event later than five Business Days thereafter,
written notice by means of an Officer's Certificate of any event which with the
giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would become an Event of
Servicing Termination.

        Section 3.10. Annual Servicing Report. On or before _________ of each
year, beginning ____________, 19___, the Master Servicer, at its expense, shall
cause a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants (who may
also render other services to the Master Servicer) to furnish a report to the
Trustee, the Credit Enhancer and each Rating Agency to the effect that such firm
has examined certain documents and records relating to the servicing of mortgage
loans during the most recent fiscal year then ended under pooling and servicing
agreements (substantially similar to this Agreement, including this Agreement)
that such examination, was conducted substantially in compliance with the audit
guide for audits of non-supervised mortgagees approved by the Department of
Housing and Urban Development for use by independent public accountants (to the
extent that the procedures in such audit guide are applicable to the servicing
obligations set forth in such agreements) and that such examination has
disclosed no items of noncompliance with the provisions of this Agreement which,
in the opinion of such firm, are material, except for such items of
noncompliance as shall be set forth in such report.

        Section 3.11. Annual Opinion of Counsel. On or before _________ of each
year, beginning _____________, 19___, each of the Transferor and the Depositor,
at its expense, shall deliver to the Trustee and the Credit Enhancer the
applicable Opinion of Counsel specified in Exhibit E hereto.

        Section 3.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
the Mortgage Loans. (a) The Master Servicer shall provide to the Trustee, the
Credit Enhancer, any Investor Certificateholders that are federally insured
savings and loan associations, the Office of Thrift Supervision, successor to
the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, the FDIC and the supervisory agents and
examiners of the Office of Thrift Supervision access to the documentation
regarding the Mortgage Loans required by applicable regulations of the Office of
Thrift Supervision and the FDIC (acting as operator of the SAIF or the BIF),
such access being afforded without charge but only upon reasonable request and
during normal business hours at the offices of the Master




                                       50

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Servicer. Nothing in this Section 3.12 shall derogate from the obligation of the
Master Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of
information regarding the Mortgagors and the failure of the Master Servicer to
provide access as provided in this Section 3.12 as a result of such obligation
shall not constitute a breach of this Section 3.12.

        (b) The Master Servicer shall supply information in such form as the
Trustee shall reasonably request to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, on or
before the start of the Determination Date preceding the related Distribution
Date, as is required in the Trustee's reasonable judgment to enable the Paying
Agent or the Trustee, as the case may be, to make required distributions and to
furnish the required reports to Certificateholders and to make any claim under
the Policy.

        Section 3.13. Maintenance of Certain Servicing Insurance Policies. The
Master Servicer shall during the term of its service as servicer maintain in
force (i) a policy or policies of insurance covering errors and omissions in the
performance of its obligations as master servicer hereunder and (ii) a fidelity
bond in respect of its officers, employees or agents. Each such policy or
policies and bond together shall comply with the requirements from time to time
of the Federal National Mortgage Association for persons performing servicing
for mortgage loans purchased by such Association.

        Section 3.14. Reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The
Trustee shall, on behalf of the Trust, cause to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission any periodic reports required to be filed under the
provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. Upon the
request of the Trustee, each of the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor
and the Transferor shall cooperate with the Trustee in the preparation of any
such report and shall provide to the Trustee in a timely manner all such
information or documentation as the Trustee may reasonably request in connection
with the performance of its duties and obligations under this Section.

        Section 3.15. Tax Returns. In accordance with Section 2.08 hereof, the
Trustee shall prepare and file any Federal, State or local income and franchise
tax return for the Trust as well as any other applicable return and apply for a
taxpayer identification number on behalf of the Trust. The Transferor shall
treat the Mortgage Loans as its property for all Federal, State or local tax
purposes and shall report all income earned thereon (including amounts payable
as fees to the Master Servicer) as its income for income tax purposes. In the
event the Trust shall be required pursuant to an audit or administrative
proceeding or change in applicable regulations to file Federal, State or local
tax returns, the Trustee shall prepare and file or shall cause to




                                       51

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



be prepared and filed any tax returns required to be filed by the Trust; the
Trustee shall promptly sign such returns and deliver such returns after
signature to the Master Servicer and such returns shall be filed by the Master
Servicer. The Trustee shall also prepare or shall cause to be prepared all tax
information required by law to be distributed to Investor Certificateholders. In
no event shall the Trustee or the Master Servicer be liable for any liabilities,
costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders, the Transferor
Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law,
including without limitation Federal, state or local income and franchise or
excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest
or penalty with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith).

        Section 3.16. Information Required by the Internal Revenue Service
Generally and Reports of Foreclosures and Abandonments of Mortgaged Property.
The Master Servicer shall prepare and deliver all federal and state information
reports when and as required by all applicable state and federal income tax
laws. In particular, with respect to the requirement under Section 6050J of the
Code to the effect that the Master Servicer shall make reports of foreclosures
and abandonments of any mortgaged property for each year beginning in 1997, the
Master Servicer shall file reports relating to each instance occurring during
the previous calendar year in which the Master Servicer (i) on behalf of the
Trustee acquires an interest in any Mortgaged Property through foreclosure or
other comparable conversion in full or partial satisfaction of a Mortgage Loan,
or (ii) knows or has reason to know that any Mortgaged Property has been
abandoned. The reports from the Master Servicer shall be in form and substance
sufficient to meet the reporting requirements imposed by Section 6050J.




                                       52

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                              Servicing Certificate


        Section 4.01. Servicing Certificate. Not later than each Determination
Date, the Master Servicer shall deliver (a) to the Trustee, the Statement to
Certificateholders required to be prepared pursuant to Section 5.03 and (b) to
the Trustee, the Seller, the Depositor, the Paying Agent, the Credit Enhancer
and each Rating Agency a Servicing Certificate (in written form or the form of
computer readable media or such other form as may be agreed to by the Trustee
and the Master Servicer), together with an Officer's Certificate to the effect
that such Servicing Certificate is true and correct in all material respects,
stating the related Collection Period, Distribution Date, the series number of
the Certificates, the date of this Agreement, and:

                    (i)        the aggregate amount of collections received on
        the Mortgage Loans on or prior to the Determination Date in
        respect of such Collection Period;

                   (ii)        the aggregate amount of (a) Interest Collections
        and (b) Principal Collections for such Collection Period;

                  (iii)        the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage and
        the Investor Fixed Allocation Percentage for such Collection Period;

                   (iv)        the Investor Interest Collections and Investor
        Principal Collections for such Collection Period;

                    (v)        the Transferor Interest Collections and
        Transferor Principal Collections for such Collection Period;

                   (vi)        Investor Certificate Interest and the Investor
        Certificate Rate for the related Interest Period;

                  (vii)        the amount, if any, of such Investor Certificate
        Interest that is not payable on account of insufficient
        Investor Interest Collections;

                 (viii) the portion of the Unpaid Investor Certificate Interest
        Shortfall, if any, the amount of interest on such shortfall at the
        Certificate Rate applicable from time to time (separately stated) to be
        distributed on such Distribution Date;

                   (ix)        the Unpaid Investor Certificate Interest Short-
        fall, if any, to remain after the distribution on such
        Distribution Date;





                                       53

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    (x)        the Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount
        and the portion thereof that will be distributed pursuant to
        Section 5.01(a)(vii);

                   (xi)        the Scheduled Principal Collections Distribution
        Amount, separately stating the components thereof;

                  (xii)        the amount of any Transfer Deposit Amount paid
        by the Seller or the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.02 or
        2.04;

                 (xiii)        any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees for
        previous Collection Periods and the Servicing Fee for such
        Collection Period;

                  (xiv)        the Investor Loss Amount for such Collection
        Period;

                   (xv) the aggregate amount, if any, of Investor Loss Reduction
        Amounts for previous Distribution Dates that have not been previously
        reimbursed to Investor Certificateholders pursuant to 5.01(a)(v);

                  (xvi)        the aggregate Asset Balance of the Mortgage
        Loans as of the end of the preceding Collection Period and
        as of the end of the second preceding Collection Period;

                 (xvii)        the Pool Balance as of the end of the preceding
        Collection Period and as of the end of the second preceding
        Collection Period;

                (xviii)        the Invested Amount as of the end of the
        preceding Collection Period;

                  (xix) the Investor Certificate Principal Balance and Pool
        Factor after giving effect to the distribution on such Distribution Date
        and to any reduction on account of the Investor Loss Amount;

                   (xx)        the Transferor Principal Balance after giving
        effect to the distribution on such Distribution Date;

                  (xxi)        the aggregate amount of Additional Balances
        created during the previous Collection Period;

                 (xxii) the number and aggregate Asset Balances of Mortgage
        Loans (x) as to which the Minimum Monthly Payment is delinquent for
        30-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively and (y) that
        have become REO, in each case as of the end of the preceding Collection
        Period;





                                       54

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                (xxiii) whether a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred since
        the prior Determination Date, specifying each such Rapid Amortization
        Event if one has occurred; and

                 (xxiv) whether an Event of Servicing Termination has occurred
        since the prior Determination Date, specifying each such Event of
        Servicing Termination if one has occurred;

                  (xxv)        the amount to be distributed to the Credit
        Enhancer pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(vi) and Section
        5.01(a)(viii)(ii), stated separately;

                 (xxvi)        the amount to be distributed to the Spread
        Account pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(viii)(i);

                (xxvii)        the Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount for
        such Distribution Date;

               (xxviii)        the Credit Enhancement Draw Amount, if any, for
        such Distribution Date;

                 (xxix)        the amount to be distributed to the Transferor
        pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(x);

                  (xxx)        the amount to be paid to the Master Servicer
        pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(ix);

                 (xxxi)        the Maximum Rate for the related Collection
        Period and the Weighted Average Net Loan Rate;

                (xxxii)        the total amount of funds on deposit in the
        Spread Account and the applicable Spread Account Maximum;

               (xxxiii) the expected amount of any optional advances pursuant to
        Section 4.05 hereof by the Master Servicer included in the distribution
        on such Distribution Date and the aggregate expected amount of optional
        advances pursuant to Section 4.05 hereof by the Master Servicer
        outstanding as of the close of business on such Distribution Date;

                (xxxiv)        the Overcollateralization Amount after giving
        effect to the distribution to be made on such Distribution;
        and

                 (xxxv)        the number and principal balances of any Mortgage
        Loans retransferred to the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.06.

The Trustee shall conclusively rely upon the information contained in a
Servicing Certificate for purposes of making distributions pursuant to Section
5.01, shall have no duty to inquire into such information and shall have no
liability in so relying. The format and content of the Servicing Certificate may
be modi-




                                       55

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



fied by the mutual agreement of the Master Servicer, the Trustee and the Credit
Enhancer. The Master Servicer shall give notice of any such change to the Rating
Agencies.

        Section 4.02. Claims upon the Policy; Policy Payments
Account.

        (a) If, by the close of business on the third Business Day prior to a
Distribution Date, the sum of the funds then on deposit in the Collection
Account for the related Collection Period which are payable to the Investor
Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (g) (after giving
effect to the distribution of the Trustee Fee and the Premium), the amounts on
deposit in the Spread Account and the amount, if any, deposited into the
Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.05 are insufficient to pay the
Guaranteed Distribution on such Distribution Date, then the Trustee shall give
notice to the Credit Enhancer by telephone or telecopy of the amount equal to
the Credit Enhancement Draw Amount. Such notice of such sum shall be confirmed
in writing in the form set forth as Exhibit A to the Endorsement of the Policy,
to the Credit Enhancer and the Fiscal Agent, if any, at or before 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the second Business Day prior to such Distribution Date.
Following receipt by the Credit Enhancer of such notice in such form, the Credit
Enhancer or the Fiscal Agent will pay any amount payable under the Policy on the
later to occur of (i) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day
following such receipt and (ii) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the
Distribution Date to which such deficiency relates, as provided in the
Endorsement to the Policy.

        (b) The Trustee shall establish a separate special purpose trust
account, which account shall be an Eligible Account, for the benefit of Holders
of the Investor Certificates and the Credit Enhancer referred to herein as the
"Policy Payments Account" over which the Trustee shall have exclusive control
and sole right of withdrawal. The Trustee shall deposit any amount paid under
the Policy in the Policy Payments Account and distribute such amount only for
purposes of payment to Holders of the Investor Certificates of the Guaranteed
Distribution for which a claim was made and such amount may not be applied to
satisfy any costs, expenses or liabilities of the Master Servicer, the Trustee
or the Trust Fund. Amounts paid under the Policy shall be transferred to the
Collection Account in accordance with the next succeeding paragraph and
disbursed by the Trustee to Holders of Investor Certificates in accordance with
Section 5.01. It shall not be necessary for such payments to be made by checks
or wire transfers separate from the checks or wire transfers used to pay the
Guaranteed Distribution with other funds available to make such payment.
However, the amount of any payment of principal of or interest on the Investor
Certificates to be paid from funds transferred from the Policy Payments Account
shall be noted as provided in paragraph (c) below in the




                                       56

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Certificate Register and in the statement to be furnished to Holders of the
Investor Certificates pursuant to Section 5.03. Funds held in the Policy
Payments Account shall not be invested.

        On any Distribution Date with respect to which a claim has been made
under the Policy, the amount of any funds received by the Trustee as a result of
any claim under the Policy, to the extent required to make the Guaranteed
Distribution on such Distribution Date, shall be withdrawn from the Policy
Payments Account and deposited in the Collection Account and applied by the
Trustee, together with the other funds to be withdrawn from the Collection
Account pursuant to Section 5.01 directly to the payment in full of the
Guaranteed Distribution due on the Investor Certificates. Any funds received by
the Trustee shall be used solely for payment to the Holders of Investor
Certificates and may not be applied to satisfy any costs, expenses or
liabilities of the Master Servicer, the Trustee or the Trust. Any funds
remaining in the Policy Payments Account on the first Business Day following a
Distribution Date shall be remitted to the Credit Enhancer, pursuant to the
instructions of the Credit Enhancer, by the end of such Business Day.

        (c) The Trustee shall keep a complete and accurate record of the amount
of interest and principal paid in respect of any Investor Certificate from
moneys received under the Policy. The Credit Enhancer shall have the right to
inspect such records at reasonable times during normal business hours upon one
Business Day's prior notice to the Trustee.

        (d) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Credit Enhancer and Fiscal
Agent of any proceeding or the institution of any action, of which a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge, seeking the avoidance as a
preferential transfer under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or
similar law (a "Preference Claim") of any distribution made with respect to the
Investor Certificates. Each Investor Certificateholder, by its purchase of
Investor Certificates, the Master Servicer and the Trustee hereby agree that,
the Credit Enhancer (so long as no Credit Enhancer Default exists) may at any
time during the continuation of any proceeding relating to a Preference Claim
direct all matters relating to such Preference Claim, including, without
limitation, (i) the direction of any appeal of any order relating to such
Preference Claim and (ii) the posting of any surety, supersedeas or performance
bond pending any such appeal. In addition and without limitation of the
foregoing, the Credit Enhancer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Master
Servicer, the Trustee and each Investor Certificateholder in the conduct of any
such Preference Claim, including, without limitation, all rights of any party to
an adversary proceeding action with respect to any court order issued in
connection with any such Preference Claim.





                                       57

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Section 4.03. Spread Account. (a) The Trustee shall establish and
maintain a separate trust account (the "Spread Account") titled
"________________________, as Trustee, in trust for the registered holders of
Revolving Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199__-__ and
_____________________." The Spread Account shall be an Eligible Account. Amounts
on deposit in the Spread Account will, at the direction of the Transferor, be
invested in either Eligible Investments maturing no later than the day before
the next Distribution Date or in the commercial paper (maturing no later than
the day before the next Distribution Date) of [Countrywide Home Loans, Inc.], or
any of its Affiliates, provided that such commercial paper's short-term rating
is no lower than ___ and ____ and the long-term unsecured debt of [Countrywide
Home Loans, Inc.] is rated at least ____ by _______________, or such lower
rating as is agreed to by the Rating Agencies as evidenced by a letter from each
such Rating Agency.

        All income and gain realized from any investment of funds in the Spread
Account shall be for the benefit of the Transferor and shall be subject to its
withdrawal from time to time. The amount of any losses incurred in respect of
the principal amount of any such investments shall be deposited in the Spread
Account by the Transferor out of its own funds immediately as realized.

        (b) On each Determination Date the Trustee shall determine (i) the
extent to which Investor Interest Collections and the amounts, if any, deposited
into the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.05 applied in the order
specified in Section 5.01(a) are insufficient to make distributions as provided
in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 5.01(a) and (ii) the Guaranteed Principal
Distribution Amount for the related Distribution Date. On each Distribution Date
the Trustee shall withdraw from the Spread Account and deposit into the
Collection Account the lesser of the amount on deposit in the Spread Account and
an amount equal to the sum of the amounts, if any, determined in clauses (i) and
(ii) of the preceding sentence.

        (c) Following the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 10.01 or
11.02 hereof, the Trustee shall withdraw all amounts then on deposit in the
Spread Account and distribute such amounts first to any amounts due and owing to
the Credit Enhancer and then to the Transferor. If on any Distribution Date the
amount on deposit in the Spread Account exceeds the Spread Account Maximum, the
Trustee shall withdraw such excess and distribute it to the Transferor.

        Section 4.04. Effect of Payments by the Credit Enhancer; Subrogation.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any payment with respect to
principal of or interest on any of the Investor Certificates which is made with
moneys received pursuant to the terms of the Policy shall not be considered
payment of such Investor Certificates from the Trust and shall not result




                                       58

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



in the payment of or the provision for the payment of the principal of or
interest on such Investor Certificates within the meaning of Section 5.01. The
Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee acknowledge, and each Holder by
its acceptance of an Investor Certificate agrees, that without the need for any
further action on the part of the Credit Enhancer, the Depositor, the Master
Servicer, the Trustee or the Certificate Registrar (a) to the extent the Credit
Enhancer makes payments, directly or indirectly, on account of principal of or
interest on any Investor Certificates to the Holders of such Certificates, the
Credit Enhancer will be fully subrogated to the rights of such Holders to
receive such principal and interest from the Trust and (b) the Credit Enhancer
shall be paid such principal and interest but only from the sources and in the
manner provided herein for the payment of such principal and interest.

        The Trustee and the Master Servicer shall cooperate in all respects with
any reasonable request by the Credit Enhancer for action to preserve or enforce
the Credit Enhancer's rights or interests under this Agreement without limiting
the rights or affecting the interests of the Holders as otherwise set forth
herein.

        Section 4.05. Optional Advances of the Master Servicer. The Master
Servicer, in its sole discretion, may advance the interest component of any
delinquent Minimum Monthly Payment (or any portion thereof) by depositing such
amount into the Collection Account on or prior to the Determination Date.





                                       59

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V

                           Payments and Statements to
                Certificateholders; Rights of Certificateholders


        Section 5.01.  Distributions.

        (a) Distributions of Investor Interest Collections and Investment
Proceeds. Subject to Section 11.02(b), on each Distribution Date, the Trustee or
the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall distribute out of the Collection
Account to the extent of Investor Interest Collections collected during the
related Collection Period and the amounts transferred from the Spread Account as
determined pursuant to Section 4.03(b) and the amount, if any, deposited into
the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.05, the following amounts and in
the following order of priority to the following Persons (based on the
information set forth in the Servicing Certificate):

                    (i)        the Trustee Fee for such Distribution Date to
        the Trustee;

                   (ii)        the premium pursuant to the Insurance Agreement
        to the Credit Enhancer;

                  (iii) the Investor Certificate Interest for such Distribution
        Date to the Investor Certificateholders and the Unpaid Investor
        Certificate Interest Shortfall, if any, for such Distribution Date to
        the Investor Certificateholders plus, to the extent legally permissible,
        interest thereon at the Investor Certificate Rate;

                   (iv)        the Investor Loss Amount for such Collection
        Period to the Investor Certificateholders as principal in
        reduction of the Investor Certificate Principal Balance;

                    (v) to Investor Certificateholders as principal in reduction
        of the Investor Certificate Principal Balance the aggregate amount of
        the Investor Loss Reduction Amounts, if any, for previous Distribution
        Dates that have not been previously reimbursed to Investor
        Certificateholders pursuant to this clause (v);

                   (vi) to reimburse the Credit Enhancer for previously
        unreimbursed Credit Enhancement Draw Amounts together with interest
        thereon at the applicable rate set forth in the Insurance Agreement;

                  (vii)        the Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount,
        if any, to the Investor Certificateholders;





                                       60

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                 (viii) (i) to the Trustee to deposit to the Spread Account up
        to the Spread Account Maximum and (ii) to the Credit Enhancer for any
        amounts owed to the Credit Enhancer pursuant to the Insurance Agreement;

                   (ix)        any amount required to be paid to the Master
        Servicer pursuant to Section 7.03 which has not been previously paid to
        the Master Servicer; and

                    (x)        any remaining amount to the Transferor.

        (b) Distribution of Principal Collections. Subject to Section 11.02(b)
and except on the Distribution Date in __________ 20___, on each Distribution
Date, the Trustee shall distribute out of the Collection Account to the Investor
Certificateholders the Principal Collections (including amounts transferred
thereto from the Spread Account pursuant to Section 4.03(b) in respect of the
amount determined pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(ii) up to the Scheduled Principal
Collections Distribution Amount but not in excess of the Investor Certificate
Principal Balance. On the Distribution Date in ____________ 20___, the Trustee
shall distribute to Investor Certificateholders Principal Collections up to the
Investor Certificate Principal Balance.

        (c)    Reserved.

        (d) Distribution of the Credit Enhancement Draw Amount: With respect to
any Distribution Date, to the extent that Investor Interest Collections and
amounts transferred from the Spread Account on the related Distribution Date in
respect of the amount determined pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i) and any amounts,
if any, deposited to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 4.05 applied in
the order specified in Section 5.01(a) are insufficient to make distributions as
provided in clause (iii) of Section 5.01(a) above, the Trustee will make such
payments (the "Deficiency Amount") from the amount drawn under the Policy for
such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.02. For any Distribution Date as to
which there is a Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount, the Trustee shall
distribute the Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount to Certificateholders
from the amount drawn under the Policy for such Distribution Date pursuant to
Section 4.02.

        The aggregate amount of principal distributed to the Investor
Certificateholders under this Agreement shall not exceed the Original Investor
Certificate Principal Balance.

        (e) Method of Distribution. The Trustee shall make distributions in
respect of a Distribution Date to each Investor Certificateholder of record on
the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.01 respecting the
final distribution) by check or money order mailed to such Investor Certifi-




                                       61

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



cateholder at the address appearing in the Certificate Register, or upon written
request by an Investor Certificateholder delivered to the Trustee at least five
Business Days prior to such Record Date, by wire transfer (but only if such
Certificateholder is the Depository or such Certificateholder owns of record one
or more Investor Certificates having principal denominations aggregating at
least $______________), or by such other means of payment as such Investor
Certificateholder and the Trustee shall agree. Distributions among Investor
Certificateholders shall be made in proportion to the Percentage Interests
evidenced by the Investor Certificates held by such Investor Certificateholders.

        (f) Distributions on Book-Entry Certificates. Each distribution with
respect to a Book-Entry Certificate shall be paid to the Depository, which shall
credit the amount of such distribution to the accounts of its Depository
Participants in accordance with its normal procedures. Each Depository
Participant shall be responsible for disbursing such distribution to the
Certificate Owners that it represents and to each indirect participating
brokerage firm (a "brokerage firm" or "indirect participating firm") for which
it acts as agent. Each brokerage firm shall be responsible for disbursing funds
to the Certificate Owners that it represents. All such credits and disbursements
with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate are to be made by the Depository and
the Depository Participants in accordance with the provisions of the Investor
Certificates. None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Certificate Registrar,
the Depositor, the Credit Enhancer or the Master Servicer shall have any
responsibility therefor except as otherwise provided by applicable law.

        (g) Distributions to Holders of Transferor Certificates. On each
Distribution Date, the Trustee shall, based upon the information set forth in
the Servicing Certificate for such Distribution Date, distribute to the
Transferor (i) the Transferor Interest Collections for the related Collection
Period and (ii) the portion, if any, of Transferor Principal Collections for the
related Collection Period in excess of Additional Balances created during such
Collection Period; provided that collections allocable to the Transferor
Certificates will be distributed to the Transferor only to the extent that such
distribution will not reduce the amount of the Transferor Principal Balance as
of the related Distribution Date below the Minimum Transferor Interest. Amounts
not distributed to the Transferor because of such limitations will be retained
in the Collection Account until the Transferor Principal Balance exceeds the
Minimum Transferor Interest, at which time such excess shall be released to the
Transferor. If any such amounts are still retained in the Collection Account
upon the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, such amounts will be
paid to the Investor Certificateholders as a reduction of the Investor
Certificate Principal Balance.





                                       62

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Section 5.02. Calculation of the Investor Certificate Rate. On the
[second LIBOR Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date, the
Trustee shall determine LIBOR] for the Interest Period commencing on such
Distribution Date and inform the Master Servicer (at the facsimile number given
to the Trustee in writing) of such rates. On each Determination Date, the
Trustee shall determine the applicable Investor Certificate Rate for the related
Distribution Date.

        Section 5.03. Statements to Certificateholders. Concurrently with each
distribution to Investor Certificateholders, the Trustee shall forward to each
Investor Certificateholder, the Master Servicer and each Rating Agency a
statement prepared by the Master Servicer pursuant to Section 4.01 with respect
to such distribution setting forth:

                    (i)        the Investor Floating Allocation Percentage for
        the preceding Collection Period;

                   (ii)        the Investor Certificate Distribution Amount;

                  (iii)        the amount of Investor Certificate Interest in
        such distribution and the related Investor Certificate Rate;

                   (iv)        the amount, if any, of any Unpaid Investor
        Certificate Interest Shortfall in such distribution;

                    (v)        the amount, if any, of the remaining Unpaid
        Investor Certificate Interest Shortfall after giving effect
        to such distribution;

                   (vi)        the amount, if any, of principal in such
        distribution, separately stating the components thereof;

                  (vii)        the amount, if any, of the reimbursement of
        previous Investor Loss Reduction Amounts in such distribution;

                 (viii)        the amount, if any, of the aggregate of
        unreimbursed Investor Loss Reduction Amounts after giving effect to such
        distribution;

                   (ix)        the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

                    (x)        the Invested Amount, the Investor Certificate
        Principal Balance and the Pool Factor, each after giving effect to such
        distribution;

                   (xi) the Pool Balance as of the end of the preceding
        Collection Period and the aggregate of the Asset Balances of the
        Mortgage Loans at the close of business on the last day of the related
        Collection Period;





                                       63

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                  (xii)        the Credit Enhancement Draw Amount, if any;

                 (xiii) the number and aggregate Asset Balances of Mortgage
        Loans as to which the Minimum Monthly Payment is delinquent for 30-59
        days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
        preceding Collection Period;

                  (xiv)        the book value (within the meaning of 12 C.F.R.
        ss. 571.13 or comparable provision) of any real estate
        acquired through foreclosure or grant of a deed in lieu of
        foreclosure;

                   (xv) the amount of any optional advances pursuant to Section
        4.05 hereof by the Master Services included in the distribution on such
        Distribution Date and the aggregate amount of optional advances pursuant
        to Section 4.05 hereof by the Master Services outstanding as of the
        close of business on such Distribution Date;

                  (xvi)        the Investor Certificate Rate applicable to the
        distribution on the following Distribution Date;

                 (xvii)        the number and principal balances of any Mortgage
        Loans retransferred to the Transferor pursuant to (a) Section 2.04 and
        (b) Section 2.06.

        In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii) in
respect of Investor Certificate Interest, (iv) and (viii) above, the amounts
shall be expressed as a dollar amount per Investor Certificate with a $1,000
denomination.

        Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year, the Master Servicer
shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall forward to the Trustee the
information set forth in clauses (iii) and (vi) above aggregated for such
calendar year. Such obligation of the Master Servicer shall be deemed to have
been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be
provided by the Master Servicer or a Paying Agent pursuant to any requirements
of the Code.

        The Trustee shall prepare or cause to be prepared (in a manner
consistent with the treatment of the Investor Certificates as indebtedness of
the Transferor, or as may be otherwise required by Section 3.15) Internal
Revenue Service Form 1099 (or any successor form) and any other tax forms
required to be filed or furnished to Certificateholders in respect of
distributions by the Trustee (or the Paying Agent) on the Investor Certificates
and shall file and distribute such forms as required by law.

        Section 5.04.  Rights of Certificateholders.  The Investor
Certificates shall represent fractional undivided interests in
the Trust, including the benefits of the Collection Account and




                                       64

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



the right to receive Investor Interest Collections, Principal Collections and
other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Agreement; the
Transferor Certificates shall represent the remaining interest in the Trust.




                                       65

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                The Certificates


        Section 6.01. The Certificates. The Investor Certificates and Transferor
Certificates shall be substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibits A and B,
respectively, and shall, on original issue, be executed, authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee to or upon the order of the Depositor concurrently with
the sale and assignment to the Trustee of the Trust. The Investor Certificates
shall be initially evidenced by one or more certificates representing the entire
Original Investor Certificate Principal Balance and shall be held in minimum
dollar denominations of $1,000 and integral dollar multiples in excess thereof,
except that one Investor Certificate may be in a different denomination of less
than $1,000 so that the sum of the denominations of all outstanding Investor
Certificates shall equal the Original Investor Certificate Principal Balance.
The sum of the denominations of all outstanding Investor Certificates shall
equal the Original Investor Certificate Principal Balance. The Transferor
Certificates shall be issuable as one or more certificates representing the
entire interest in the assets of the Trust other than that represented by the
Investor Certificates and shall initially be issued to the Seller.

        The Certificates shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on
behalf of the Trustee by an authorized officer under its seal imprinted thereon.
Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were,
at the time when such signatures were affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of
the Trustee shall bind the Trust, notwithstanding that such individuals or any
of them have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery
of such Transferor Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of such
Transferor Certificate. No Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under
this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless such Certificate shall have
been manually authenticated by the Trustee substantially in the form provided
for herein, and such authentication upon any Certificate shall be conclusive
evidence, and the only evidence, that such Certificate has been duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Certificates shall be dated the date
of their authentication. Subject to Section 6.02(c), the Investor Certificates
shall be Book-Entry Certificates. The Transferor Certificates shall not be
Book-Entry Certificates.

        Section 6.02. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Investor
Certificates; Appointment of Registrar. (a) The Certificate Registrar shall
cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a Certificate Register in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Certificate
Registrar shall provide for the registration of Investor Certificates and of
transfers and exchanges of Investor Certificates as




                                       66

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



herein provided. The Trustee shall initially serve as Certificate Registrar for
the purpose of registering Investor Certificates and transfers and exchanges of
Investor Certificates as herein provided.

        Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Investor Certificate
at any office or agency of the Certificate Registrar maintained for such purpose
pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall
execute, authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Investor Certificates of the same aggregate
Percentage Interest.

        At the option of the Investor Certificateholders, Investor Certificates
may be exchanged for other Investor Certificates in authorized denominations and
the same aggregate Percentage Interests, upon surrender of the Investor
Certificates to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Investor
Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Trustee shall execute and
authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates which the Investor
Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Investor
Certificate presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so
required by the Trustee or the Certificate Registrar) be duly endorsed by, or be
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or
his attorney duly authorized in writing.

        (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) below, the BookEntry
Certificates shall at all times remain registered in the name of the Depository
or its nominee and at all times: (i) registration of the Investor Certificates
may not be transferred by the Trustee except to another Depository; (ii) the
Depository shall maintain book-entry records with respect to the Certificate
Owners and with respect to ownership and transfers of such Investor
Certificates; (iii) ownership and transfers of registration of the Investor
Certificates on the books of the Depository shall be governed by applicable
rules established by the Depository; (iv) the Depository may collect its usual
and customary fees, charges and expenses from its Depository Participants; (v)
the Trustee shall deal with the Depository as representative of the Certificate
Owners of the Investor Certificates for purposes of exercising the rights of
Holders under this Agreement, and requests and directions for and votes of such
representative shall not be deemed to be inconsistent if they are made with
respect to different Certificate Owners; and (vi) the Trustee may rely and shall
be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with
respect to its Depository Participants and furnished by the Depository
Participants with respect to indirect participating firms and Persons shown on
the books of such indirect participating firms as direct or indirect Certificate
Owners.




                                       67

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        All transfers by Certificate Owners of Book-Entry Certificates shall be
made in accordance with the procedures established by the Depository Participant
or brokerage firm representing such Certificate Owners. Each Depository
Participant shall only transfer Book-Entry Certificates of Certificate Owners
that it represents or of brokerage firms for which it acts as agent in
accordance with the Depository's normal procedures. The parties hereto are
hereby authorized to execute a Letter of Representations with the Depository or
take such other action as may be necessary or desirable to register a Book-Entry
Certificate to the Depository. In the event of any conflict between the terms of
any such Letter of Representation and this Agreement the terms of this Agreement
shall control.

        (c) If (i)(x) the Depository or the Depositor advises the Trustee in
writing that the Depository is no longer willing or able to discharge properly
its responsibilities as Depository, and (y) the Trustee or the Depositor is
unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Depositor, at its sole option,
with the consent of the Trustee, elects to terminate the book-entry system
through the Depository or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Servicing
Termination, the Depository, at the direction of Certificate Owners representing
Percentage Interests aggregating not less than 51% advises the Trustee in
writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Depository to
the exclusion of definitive, fully registered Investor Certificates (the
"Definitive Certificates") to Certificate Owners is no longer in the best
interests of the Certificate Owners. Upon surrender to the Certificate Registrar
of the Investor Certificates by the Depository, accompanied by registration
instructions from the Depository for registration, the Trustee shall execute and
authenticate the Definitive Certificates. Neither the Depositor nor the Trustee
shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may
conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions.
Upon the issuance of Definitive Certificates, all references herein to
obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the Depository shall be deemed to
be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with
respect to such Definitive Certificates, and the Trustee, the Certificate
Registrar, the Master Servicer and the Depositor shall recognize the Holders of
the Definitive Certificates as Certificateholders hereunder.

        No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Investor Certificates, but the Certificate Registrar may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

        All Investor Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be cancelled by the Certificate Registrar and disposed of
pursuant to its standard procedures.





                                       68

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Section 6.03. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (i)
any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Certificate Registrar or the
Certificate Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Certificate, and (ii) there is delivered to the Trustee,
the Depositor and the Certificate Registrar such security or indemnity as may be
required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice
to the Trustee or the Certificate Registrar that such Certificate has been
acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Trustee shall execute, authenticate and
deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and Percentage Interest.
Upon the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.03, the Trustee or
the Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and
any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar) connected therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued
pursuant to this Section 6.03, shall constitute complete and indefeasible
evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the
lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

        Section 6.04. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of a
Certificate for registration of transfer, the Master Servicer, the Depositor,
the Trustee, the Certificate Registrar, any Paying Agent and any agent of the
Master Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Certificate
Registrar may treat the Person, including a Depository, in whose name any
Certificate is registered as the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to Section 5.01 and for all other purposes
whatsoever, and none of the Master Servicer, the Depositor, the Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar, any Paying Agent or any agent of any of them shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.

        Section 6.05. Restrictions on Transfer of Transferor Certificates. (a)
The Transferor Certificates shall be assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged,
financed, hypothecated or otherwise conveyed (collectively, for purposes of this
Section 6.05 and any other Section referring to the Transferor Certificates,
"transferred" or a "transfer") only in accordance with this Section 6.05.

        (b) No transfer of a Transferor Certificate shall be made unless such
transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and any applicable state securities laws or is made in
accordance with said Act and laws. Except for the initial issuance of the
Transferor Certificate to the Transferor, the Trustee shall require (i) the
transferee to execute an investment letter acceptable to and in form and
substance satisfactory to the Trustee certifying to the Trustee the facts
surrounding such transfer, which investment




                                       69

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



letter shall not be an expense of the Trustee or (ii) if the investment letter
is not delivered, a written Opinion of Counsel acceptable to and in form and
substance satisfactory to the Trustee and the Depositor that such transfer may
be made pursuant to an exemption, describing the applicable exemption and the
basis therefor, from said Act or is being made pursuant to said Act, which
Opinion of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Trustee or the Depositor. The
Holder of a Transferor Certificate desiring to effect such transfer shall, and
does hereby agree to, indemnify the Transferor against any liability that may
result if the transfer is not so exempt or is not made in accordance with such
federal and state laws.

        (c) The Transferor Certificates and any interest therein shall not be
transferred except upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent: (i)
the Person that acquires a Transferor Certificate shall (A) be organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or the
District of Columbia thereof, (B) expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental
hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant
and obligation of the Transferor hereunder and (C) as part of its acquisition of
a Transferor Certificate, acquire all rights of the Transferor or any transferee
under this Section 6.05(c) to amounts payable to such Transferor or such
transferee under Sections 5.01(a)(x) and 5.01(g); (ii) the Holder of the
Transferor Certificates shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate
stating that such transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this
Section 6.05(c) and that all conditions precedent provided by this subsection
6.05(c) have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all
conditions precedent provided by this subsection 6.05(c) have been complied
with, and the Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer's Certificate, shall
have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and
shall incur no liability in so relying; (iii) the Holder of the Transferor
Certificates shall deliver to the Trustee a letter from each Rating Agency
confirming that its rating of the Investor Certificates, after giving effect to
such transfer, will not be reduced or withdrawn without regard to the Policy;
(iv) the transferee of the Transferor Certificates shall deliver to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (a) such transfer will not adversely
affect the treatment of the Investor Certificates after such transfer as debt
for federal and applicable state income tax purposes, (b) such transfer will not
result in the Trust being subject to tax at the entity level for federal or
applicable state tax purposes, (c) such transfer will not have any material
adverse impact on the federal or applicable state income taxation of an Investor
Certificateholder or any Certificate Owner and (d) such transfer will not result
in the arrangement created by this Agreement or any "portion" of the Trust,
being treated as a taxable mortgage pool as defined in Section 7701(i) of the
Code; (v) all filings and other actions necessary to continue the perfection of
the interest of the Trust




                                       70

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



in the Mortgage Loans and the other property conveyed hereunder shall have been
taken or made and (vi) the transferee shall have assumed the obligations of the
Transferor pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
requirement set forth in subclause (i)(A) of this Section 6.05(c) shall not
apply in the event the Trustee shall have received a letter from each Rating
Agency confirming that its rating of the Investor Certificates, after giving
effect to a proposed transfer to a Person that does not meet the requirement set
forth in subclause (i)(A), shall not be reduced or withdrawn. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the requirements set forth in this paragraph (c) shall not apply
to the initial issuance of the Transferor Certificates to the Transferor.

        (d) Except for the initial issuance of the Transferor Certificate to the
Transferor, no transfer of a Transferor Certificate shall be made unless the
Trustee shall have received either (i) a representation letter from the
transferee of such Certificate, acceptable to and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Trustee, to the effect that such transferee is not an
employee benefit plan subject to Section 406 of ERISA, nor a Person acting on
behalf of any such plan, which representation letter shall not be an expense of
the Trustee, (ii) if the purchaser is an insurance company, a representation
that the purchaser is an insurance company which is purchasing such Certificates
with funds contained in an "insurance company general account" (as such term is
defined in Section V(e) of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60 ("PTCE
95-60")) and that the purchase and holding of such Certificates are covered
under PTCE 95-60, or (iii) in the case of any Transferor Certificate presented
for registration in the name of an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA, and
Section 4975 of the Code (or comparable provisions of any subsequent
enactments), or a trustee of any such plan, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that the purchase or holding of such Certificate will not result in the assets
of the Trust being deemed to be "plan assets" and subject to the prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code and will not subject the Trustee to
any obligation in addition to those undertaken in this Agreement, which Opinion
of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Trustee or the Depositor.

        Section 6.06. Appointment of Paying Agent. (a) The Paying Agent shall
make distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the Collection Account
pursuant to Section 5.01 and shall report the amounts of such distributions to
the Trustee. The duties of the Paying Agent may include the obligation (i) to
withdraw funds from the Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.03 and for the
purpose of making the distributions referred to above and (ii) to distribute
statements and provide information to Certificateholders as required hereunder.
The Paying Agent hereunder shall at all times be a corporation duly incorporated
and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof, authorized under such laws to




                                       71

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by
federal or state authorities. The Paying Agent shall initially be the Trustee.
The Trustee may appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent, which appointment
shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Depositor.

        (b) The Trustee shall cause the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee)
to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustee that such Paying Agent shall hold all sums, if any,
held by it for payment to the Investor Certificateholders in trust for the
benefit of the Investor Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums
shall be paid to such Certificateholders and shall agree that it shall comply
with all requirements of the Code regarding the withholding of payments in
respect of Federal income taxes due from Certificate Owners and otherwise comply
with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it.

        Section 6.07. Acceptance of Obligations. The Transferor, by its
acceptance of the Transferor Certificates, agrees to be bound by and to perform
all the duties of the Transferor set forth in this Agreement.




                                       72

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                The Master Servicer, the Seller and the Depositor


        Section 7.01. Liability of the Seller, the Master Servicer and the
Depositor. The Seller and the Master Servicer shall be liable in accordance
herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically imposed upon and
undertaken by the Seller or Master Servicer, as the case may be, herein. The
Depositor shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the
obligations specifically imposed upon and undertaken by the Depositor.

        Section 7.02. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, the Master Servicer or the Depositor. Any corporation into which
the Master Servicer or the Depositor may be merged or consolidated, or any
corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Master Servicer or the Depositor shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding
to the business of the Master Servicer or the Depositor, shall be the successor
of the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be, hereunder, without
the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of
the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

        Section 7.03. Limitation on Liability of the Master Servicer and Others.
Neither the Master Servicer nor any of the directors or officers or employees or
agents of the Master Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust or the
Certificateholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action by the Master Servicer in good faith pursuant to this Agreement, or for
errors in judgment; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the
Master Servicer or any such Person against any liability which would otherwise
be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in
the performance of duties of the Master Servicer or by reason of reckless
disregard of obligations and duties of the Master Servicer hereunder. The Master
Servicer and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Master Servicer
may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed
and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Master
Servicer and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Master Servicer
shall be indemnified by the Trust and held harmless against any loss, liability
or expense incurred in connection with any legal action relating to this
Agreement or the Certificates, other than any loss, liability or expense related
to any specific Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans (except as any such loss,
liability or expense shall be otherwise reimbursable pursuant to this Agreement)
and any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of its willful
misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
hereunder or by reason of its reckless




                                       73

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. The Master Servicer shall not be
under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is
not incidental to duties to service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with this
Agreement, and which in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability;
provided, however, that the Master Servicer may in its sole discretion undertake
any such action which it may deem necessary or desirable in respect of this
Agreement, and the rights and duties of the parties hereto and the interests of
the Certificateholders hereunder. In such event, the reasonable legal expenses
and costs of such action and any liability resulting therefrom shall be
expenses, costs and liabilities of the Trust and the Master Servicer shall only
be entitled to be reimbursed therefor pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(ix). The
Master Servicer's right to indemnity or reimbursement pursuant to this Section
7.03 shall survive any resignation or termination of the Master Servicer
pursuant to Section 7.04 or 8.01 with respect to any losses, expenses, costs or
liabilities arising prior to such resignation or termination (or arising from
events that occurred prior to such resignation or termination).

        Section 7.04. Master Servicer Not to Resign. Subject to the provisions
of Section 7.02, the Master Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and
duties hereby imposed on it except (i) upon determination that the performance
of its obligations or duties hereunder are no longer permissible under
applicable law or are in material conflict by reason of applicable law with any
other activities carried on by it or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, the other
activities of the Master Servicer so causing such a conflict being of a type and
nature carried on by the Master Servicer or its subsidiaries or Affiliates at
the date of this Agreement or (ii) upon satisfaction of the following
conditions: (a) the Master Servicer has proposed a successor servicer to the
Trustee in writing and such proposed successor servicer is reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee; (b) each Rating Agency shall have delivered a letter to the
Trustee prior to the appointment of the successor servicer stating that the
proposed appointment of such successor servicer as Master Servicer hereunder
will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of the
Investor Certificates without regard to the Policy; and (c) such proposed
successor servicer is reasonably acceptable to the Credit Enhancer, as evidenced
by a letter to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such resignation by the
Master Servicer shall become effective until the Trustee or successor servicer
designated by the Master Servicer as provided above shall have assumed the
Master Servicer's responsibilities and obligations hereunder or the Trustee
shall have designated a successor servicer in accordance with Section 8.02. Any
such resignation shall not relieve the Master Servicer of responsibility for any
of the obligations specified in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 as obligations that
survive the resignation or termination of the Master Servicer. Any such
determination permitting the




                                       74

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



resignation of the Master Servicer pursuant to clause (i) above shall be
evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee and
the Credit Enhancer. The Master Servicer shall have no claim (whether by
subrogation or otherwise) or other action against any Certificateholder or the
Credit Enhancer for any amounts paid by the Master Servicer pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement.

        Section 7.05. Delegation of Duties. In the ordinary course of business,
the Master Servicer at any time may delegate any of its duties hereunder to any
Person, including any of its Affiliates, or any subservicer referred to in
Section 3.01, who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with standards
comparable to those with which the Master Servicer complies pursuant to Section
3.01. Such delegation shall not relieve the Master Servicer of its liabilities
and responsibilities with respect to such duties and shall not constitute a
resignation within the meaning of Section 7.04.

        Section 7.06. Indemnification of the Trust by the Master Servicer. The
Master Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and the Trustee from
and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained
by reason of the Master Servicer's activities or omissions in servicing or
administering the Mortgage Loans that are not in accordance with this Agreement,
including, but not limited to, any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable
attorneys' fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the
defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim. Any such
indemnification shall not be payable from the assets of the Trust. The
provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be enforceable by an
injured party subject to the limitations hereof. The provisions of this Section
7.06 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

        Section 7.07. Indemnification of the Trust by the Transferor.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Transferor (i)
agrees to be liable directly to the injured party for the entire amount of any
losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the Trust (other than those
attributable to an Investor Certificateholder in the capacity as an investor in
the Investor Certificates as a result of defaults on the Mortgage Loans) to the
extent that the Transferor would be liable if the Trust were a partnership under
the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which the Transferor was
a general partner and (ii) shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and the
Trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage, claim or injury
(other than those attributable to an Investor Certificateholder in the capacity
as an investor in the Investor Certificates as a result of defaults on the
Mortgage Loans) arising out of or based on this Agreement by reason of any acts,
omissions, or alleged acts or omissions arising out of activities of the Trust
or the Trustee, or the




                                       75

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



actions of the Master Servicer including, but not limited to, amounts payable to
the Master Servicer pursuant to Section 7.03, any judgment, award, settlement,
reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection
with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim;
provided that the Transferor shall not indemnify the Trustee (but shall
indemnify any other injured party) if such loss, liability, expense, damage or
injury is due to the Trustee's willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence or by reason of the Trustee's reckless disregard of its obligations
hereunder. The provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be
enforceable by an injured party subject to the limitations hereof.

        Section 7.08. Limitation on Liability of the Transferor. None of the
directors or officers or employees or agents of the Transferor shall be under
any liability to the Trust, the Trustee or the Certificateholders, it being
expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as
a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement and
the issuance of the Certificates; provided, however, that this provision shall
not protect any such Person against any liability which would otherwise be
imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of the duties hereunder. Except as provided in Section 7.07, the
Transferor shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee or the
Certificateholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action in its capacity as Transferor pursuant to this Agreement whether arising
from express or implied duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that
this provision shall not protect the Transferor against any liability which
would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of reckless disregard
of its obligations and duties hereunder. The Transferor and any director or
officer or employee or agent of the Transferor may rely in good faith on any
document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person
respecting any matters arising hereunder.




                                       76

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              Servicing Termination


        Section 8.01.        Events of Servicing Termination.  If any one
of the following events ("Events of Servicing Termination") shall
occur and be continuing:

                    (i) Any failure by the Master Servicer to deposit in the
        Collection Account any deposit required to be made under the terms of
        this Agreement which continues unremedied for a period of five Business
        Days after the date upon which written notice of such failure shall have
        been given to the Master Servicer by the Trustee or to the Master
        Servicer and the Trustee by the Credit Enhancer or Holders of Investor
        Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not less than
        25%; or

                   (ii) Failure on the part of the Master Servicer duly to
        observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or
        agreements of the Master Servicer set forth in the Certificates or in
        this Agreement, which failure continues unremedied for a period of 60
        days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring
        the same to be remedied, and stating that such notice is a "Notice of
        Default" hereunder, shall have been given to the Master Servicer by the
        Trustee or to the Master Servicer and the Trustee by the Credit Enhancer
        or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests
        aggregating not less than 25%; or

                  (iii) The entry against the Master Servicer of a decree or
        order by a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction
        in the premises for the appointment of a trustee, conservator, receiver
        or liquidator in any insolvency, conservatorship, receivership,
        readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar
        proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and
        the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a
        period of 60 consecutive days; or

                   (iv) The consent by the Master Servicer to the appointment of
        a trustee, conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency,
        conservatorship, receivership, readjustment of debt, marshalling of
        assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the
        Master Servicer or of or relating to substantially all of its property;
        or the Master Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its
        debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of
        any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment
        for the benefit




                                       77

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        of its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its
        obligations;

then, and in each and every such case, so long as an Event of Servicing
Termination shall not have been remedied by the Master Servicer, with respect to
an Event of Servicing Termination specified in (i) - (iv), above, either the
Trustee, the Credit Enhancer or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing
Percentage Interests aggregating not less than 51%, by notice then given in
writing to the Master Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Credit
Enhancer or the Holders of Investor Certificates) may terminate all of the
rights and obligations of the Master Servicer as servicer under this Agreement.
Any such notice to the Master Servicer shall also be given to each Rating Agency
and the Credit Enhancer. On or after the receipt by the Master Servicer of such
written notice, all authority and power of the Master Servicer under this
Agreement, whether with respect to the Certificates or the Mortgage Loans or
otherwise, shall pass to and be vested in the Trustee pursuant to and under this
Section 8.01; and, without limitation, the Trustee is hereby authorized and
empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Master Servicer, as
attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and
to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect
the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and
endorsement of each Mortgage Loan and related documents, or otherwise. The
Master Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee in effecting the
termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Master Servicer hereunder,
including, without limitation, the transfer to the Trustee for the
administration by it of all cash amounts that shall at the time be held by the
Master Servicer and to be deposited by it in the Collection Account, or that
have been deposited by the Master Servicer in the Collection Account or
thereafter received by the Master Servicer with respect to the Mortgage Loans.
All reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in
connection with transferring the Mortgage Files to the successor Master Servicer
and amending this Agreement to reflect such succession as Master Servicer
pursuant to this Section 8.01 shall be paid by the predecessor Master Servicer
(or if the predecessor Master Servicer is the Trustee, the initial Master
Servicer) upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such costs and
expenses.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance
under Section 8.01(i) for a period of ten Business Days or under Section
8.01(ii) for a period of 60 Business Days, shall not constitute an Event of
Servicing Termination if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the
exercise of reasonable diligence by the Master Servicer and such delay or
failure was caused by an act of God or the public enemy, acts of declared or
undeclared war, public disorder, rebellion or sabotage, epidemics, landslides,
lightning, fire, hurricanes,




                                       78

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



earthquakes, floods or similar causes. The preceding sentence shall not relieve
the Master Servicer from using its best efforts to perform its respective
obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
and the Master Servicer shall provide the Trustee, the Transferor, the Credit
Enhancer and the Investor Certificateholders with an Officers' Certificate
giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description
of its efforts to so perform its obligations. The Master Servicer shall
immediately notify the Trustee in writing of any Events of Servicing
Termination.

        Section 8.02. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor. (a) On and after
the time the Master Servicer receives a notice of termination pursuant to
Section 8.01 or 7.04, the Trustee shall be the successor in all respects to the
Master Servicer in its capacity as servicer under this Agreement and the
transactions set forth or provided for herein and shall be subject to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Master
Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof. Notwithstanding the above, if the
Trustee becomes the Master Servicer hereunder, it shall have no responsibility
or obligation (i) of repurchase or substitution with respect to any Mortgage
Loan, (ii) with respect to any representation or warranty of the Master
Servicer, and (iii) for any act or omission of either a predecessor or successor
Master Servicer other than the Trustee. As compensation therefor, the Trustee
shall be entitled to such compensation as the Master Servicer would have been
entitled to hereunder if no such notice of termination had been given. In
addition, the Trustee will be entitled to compensation with respect to its
expenses in connection with conversion of certain information, documents and
record keeping, as provided in Section 7.04(b). Notwithstanding the above, (i)
if the Trustee is unwilling to act as successor Master Servicer, or (ii) if the
Trustee is legally unable so to act, the Trustee may (in the situation described
in clause (i)) or shall (in the situation described in clause (ii)) appoint or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, any established housing
and home finance institution, bank or other mortgage loan or home equity loan
servicer having a net worth of not less than $______________ as the successor to
the Master Servicer hereunder in the assumption of all or any part of the
responsibilities, duties or liabilities of the Master Servicer hereunder;
provided that any such successor Master Servicer shall be acceptable to the
Credit Enhancer, as evidenced by the Credit Enhancer's prior written consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that the
appointment of any such successor Master Servicer will not result in the
qualification, reduction or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to the
Certificates by the Rating Agencies without regard to the Policy. Pending
appointment of a successor to the Master Servicer hereunder, unless the Trustee
is prohibited by law from so acting, the Trustee shall act in such capacity as
hereinabove provided. In connection with such appointment and assumption,




                                       79

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



the successor shall be entitled to receive compensation out of payments on
Mortgage Loans in an amount equal to the compensation which the Master Servicer
would otherwise have received pursuant to Section 3.08 (or such lesser
compensation as the Trustee and such successor shall agree). The Trustee and
such successor shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement, as shall
be necessary to effectuate any such succession.

        (b) Any successor, including the Trustee, to the Master Servicer as
servicer shall during the term of its service as servicer (i) continue to
service and administer the Mortgage Loans for the benefit of Certificateholders
and the Credit Enhancer and (ii) maintain in force a policy or policies of
insurance covering errors and omissions in the performance of its obligations as
Master Servicer hereunder and a fidelity bond in respect of its officers,
employees and agents to the same extent as the Master Servicer is so required
pursuant to Section 3.12. The appointment of a successor Master Servicer shall
not affect any liability of the predecessor Master Servicer which may have
arisen under this Agreement prior to its termination as Master Servicer
(including, without limitation, any deductible under an insurance policy
pursuant to Section 3.04), nor shall any successor Master Servicer be liable for
any acts or omissions of the predecessor Master Servicer or for any breach by
such Master Servicer of any of their representations or warranties contained
herein.

        Section 8.03. Notification to Certificateholders. Upon any termination
or appointment of a successor to the Master Servicer pursuant to this Article
VIII or Section 7.04, the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to
the Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the
Certificate Register, the Credit Enhancer and each Rating Agency.




                                       80

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   The Trustee


        Section 9.01. Duties of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of
an Event of Servicing Termination and after the curing or waiver of all Events
of Servicing Termination which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such
duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement. If
an Event of Servicing Termination has occurred (which has not been cured or
waived) of which a Responsible Officer has knowledge, the Trustee shall exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same
degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or
use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs; provided,
however, that if the Trustee is acting as Master Servicer it shall use the same
degree of care and skill as is required of the Master Servicer under this
Agreement.

        The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements,
opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the
Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they
conform to the requirements of this Agreement.

        No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or
its own willful misconduct; provided, however, that:

                    (i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Servicing
        Termination of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge,
        and after the curing or waiver of all such Events of Servicing
        Termination which may have occurred, the duties and obligations of the
        Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this
        Agreement, the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of
        such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this
        Agreement, no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
        Agreement against the Trustee and, in the absence of bad faith on the
        part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth
        of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,
        upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and
        conforming to the requirements of this Agreement;

                   (ii) the Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error
        of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee,
        unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining
        or investigating the facts related thereto;




                                       81

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  (iii) the Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect
        to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith
        in accordance with the consent or direction of the Credit Enhancer or in
        accordance with the direction of the Holders of Investor Certificates
        evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not less than 51% relating
        to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
        remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power
        conferred upon the Trustee, under this Agreement; and

                   (iv) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any
        failure by the Master Servicer to comply with the obligations of the
        Master Servicer referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 8.01 or
        of the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event unless a Responsible
        Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office obtains actual
        knowledge of such failure or the Trustee receives written notice of such
        failure from the Master Servicer, the Credit Enhancer or the Holders of
        Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not
        less than 51%.

        The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is
reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. None
of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the
Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of
the obligations of the Master Servicer under this Agreement, except during such
time, if any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the
rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Master Servicer in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement and in no event shall it be required to perform or
accept responsibility for the obligations of the Depositor, the Seller or the
Transferor.

        Section 9.02. Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 9.01:

                    (i) the Trustee may request and rely upon, and shall be
        protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution,
        Officer's Certificate, certificate of auditors or any other certificate,
        statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order,
        appraisal, bond or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to
        be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
        parties;

                   (ii) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any written
        advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and
        complete authorization and protection in




                                       82

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in
        good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

                  (iii) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
        of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute,
        conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the
        request, order or direction of any of the Certificateholders or the
        Credit Enhancer, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless
        such Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer shall have offered to the
        Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and
        liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; the right of the
        Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement
        shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be
        answerable for other than its negligence or wilful misconduct in the
        performance of any such act; nothing contained herein shall, however,
        relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of an Event
        of Servicing Termination (which has not been cured or waived) of which a
        Responsible Officer has knowledge, to exercise such of the rights and
        powers vested in it by this Agreement, and to use the same degree of
        care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use
        under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs, unless it is
        acting as Master Servicer;

                   (iv) the Trustee shall not be personally liable for any
        action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it
        to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred
        upon it by this Agreement;

                    (v) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Servicing
        Termination and after the curing or waiver of all Events of Servicing
        Termination which may have occurred, the Trustee shall not be bound to
        make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
        resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
        request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or documents,
        unless requested in writing to do so by Holders of Investor Certificates
        evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not less than 51%; provided,
        however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of
        the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the
        making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not
        reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the
        terms of this Agreement, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity
        against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to such
        proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be
        paid by the Master Servicer or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be
        reimbursed by the Master Servicer upon demand. Nothing in this




                                       83

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        clause (v) shall derogate from the obligation of the Master Servicer to
        observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information
        regarding the Mortgagors;

                   (vi) the Trustee shall not be accountable, shall have no
        liability and makes no representation as to any acts or omissions
        hereunder of the Master Servicer until such time as the Trustee may be
        required to act as Master Servicer pursuant to Section 8.02; and

                  (vii) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers
        hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
        through an Affiliate, agents or attorneys or a custodian.

        Section 9.03. Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Mortgage Loans. The
recitals contained herein and in the Certificates (other than the authentication
of the Trustee on the Certificates) shall be taken as the statements of the
Depositor, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the
same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of
this Agreement or of the Certificates (other than the signature and
authentication of the Trustee on the Certificates) or of any Mortgage Loan or
Related Document. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or
application by the Depositor of any of the Certificates or of the proceeds of
such Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the
Depositor or the Master Servicer in respect of the Mortgage Loans or deposited
in or withdrawn from the Collection Account by the Master Servicer. The Trustee
shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the
legality, validity and enforceability of any Mortgage or any Mortgage Loan, or
the perfection and priority of any Mortgage or the maintenance of any such
perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Trust
or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to Certificateholders
under this Agreement, including, without limitation: the existence, condition
and ownership of any Mortgaged Property; the existence and enforceability of any
hazard insurance thereon (other than if the Trustee shall assume the duties of
the Master Servicer pursuant to Section 8.02); the validity of the assignment of
any Mortgage Loan to the Trustee or of any intervening assignment; the
completeness of any Mortgage Loan; the performance or enforcement of any
Mortgage Loan (other than if the Trustee shall assume the duties of the Master
Servicer pursuant to Section 8.02); the compliance by the Depositor, the Seller
or the Master Servicer with any warranty or representation made under this
Agreement or in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or
representation prior to the Trustee's receipt of notice or other discovery of
any non-compliance therewith or any breach thereof; any investment of monies by
or at the direction of the Master Servicer or any loss resulting therefrom, it
being understood that the Trustee shall remain responsible for any




                                       84

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Trust property that it may hold in its individual capacity; the acts or
omissions of any of the Depositor, the Master Servicer (other than if the
Trustee shall assume the duties of the Master Servicer pursuant to Section
8.02), any subservicer or any Mortgagor; any action of the Master Servicer
(other than if the Trustee shall assume the duties of the Master Servicer
pursuant to Section 8.02), or any subservicer taken in the name of the Trustee;
the failure of the Master Servicer or any subservicer to act or perform any
duties required of it as agent of the Trustee hereunder; or any action by the
Trustee taken at the instruction of the Master Servicer (other than if the
Trustee shall assume the duties of the Master Servicer pursuant to Section
8.02); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve the Trustee of
its obligation to perform its duties under this Agreement. The Trustee shall
have no responsibility for filing any financing or continuation statement in any
public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of
any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder (unless the Trustee shall
have become the successor Master Servicer) or to prepare or file any Securities
and Exchange Commission filing for the Trust or to record this Agreement.

        Section 9.04. Trustee May Own Certificates. The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Certificates
with the same rights as it would have if it were not Trustee and may transact
any banking and trust business with the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Credit
Enhancer or the Depositor.

        Section 9.05. Master Servicer to Pay Trustee's Fees and Expenses; Master
Servicer to Indemnify. The Master Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to the
Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, reasonable
compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by
it in the execution of the trusts hereby created and in the exercise and
performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and the
Master Servicer will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all
reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee
in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement (including the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of
all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement
or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith or which is the
responsibility of Certificateholders hereunder. The Master Servicer covenants
and agrees to indemnify the Trustee from, and hold it harmless against, any and
all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses other than those resulting
from the negligence or bad faith of the Trustee. This section shall survive
termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of any Trustee
hereunder.





                                       85

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Section 9.06. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee
hereunder shall at all times be a corporation duly incor- porated and validly
existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof,
authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined
capital and surplus of at least $____________, subject to supervision or
examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports
of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the
aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
Section 9.06, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published. The principal office of the Trustee (other
than the initial Trustee) shall be in a state with respect to which an Opinion
of Counsel has been delivered to such Trustee at the time such Trustee is
appointed Trustee to the effect that the Trust will not be a taxable entity
under the laws of such state. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.06, the Trustee
shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section
9.07.

        Section 9.07. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may at any
time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written
notice thereof to the Transferor, the Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Credit
Enhancer and each Rating Agency. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the
Transferor shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee (approved in writing by
the Credit Enhancer, so long as such approval is not unreasonably withheld) by
written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be
delivered to the resigning Trustee (who shall deliver a copy to the Master
Servicer) and one copy to the successor Trustee; provided, however, that any
such successor Trustee shall be subject to the prior written approval of the
Transferor. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have
accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

        If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of Section 9.06 and shall fail to resign after written request
therefor by the Transferor or the Credit Enhancer, or if at any time the Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or
a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public
officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or
affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, or if a
tax is imposed or threatened with respect to the Trust Fund by any state in
which the Trustee or the Trust Fund is located (which tax cannot be vacated by
the appointment of a co-Trustee or separate trustee pursuant to




                                       86

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Section 9.10), then the Transferor or the Credit Enhancer may remove the
Trustee. If the Transferor or the Credit Enhancer removes the Trustee under the
authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Transferor shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee (approved in writing by the Credit Enhancer, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so
removed and one copy to the successor trustee.

        The Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests
aggregating over ____% of all Investor Certificates may at any time remove the
Trustee by written instrument or instruments delivered to the Master Servicer,
the Transferor and the Trustee; the Transferor shall thereupon use its best
efforts to appoint a successor trustee in accordance with this Section.

        Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 9.07 shall not become
effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided
in Section 9.08.

        Section 9.08. Successor Trustee. Any successor Trustee appointed as
provided in Section 9.07 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Transferor, the Depositor, the Master Servicer, the Credit Enhancer and to its
predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and
thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become
effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or
conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally
named as Trustee. The Transferor, the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the
predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other
things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and
confirming in the successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and
obligations.

        No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section 9.08 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall
be eligible under the provisions of Section 9.06.

        Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in
this Section 9.08, the successor Trustee shall mail notice of the succession of
such Trustee hereunder to all Holders of Certificates at their addresses as
shown in the Certificate Register and to each Rating Agency. If the Master
Servicer fails to mail such notice within 30 days after acceptance of
appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such
notice to be mailed at the expense of the Master Servicer.





                                       87

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Section 9.09. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any Person into which
the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or
any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all
of the business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
provided such Person shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 9.06,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

        Section 9.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust or any Mortgaged Property may at the time be located, the
Transferor and the Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute
and deliver all instruments necessary to appoint one or more Persons approved by
the Credit Enhancer to act as co-trustee or co-trustees, jointly with the
Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the
Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the
benefit of the Certificateholders, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof,
and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 9.10, such powers, duties,
obligations, rights and trusts as the Transferor and the Trustee may consider
necessary or desirable. Any such co-trustee or separate trustee shall be subject
to the written approval of the Master Servicer. If the Transferor shall not have
joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request
so to do, or in the case an Event of Servicing Termination shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Trustee alone shall have the power to make such
appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to
meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 9.06 and no
notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall be required under Section 9.08. The Master Servicer shall be
responsible for the fees of any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed
hereunder.

        Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

                    (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
        imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
        exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or
        co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or
        co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee
        joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any
        jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed
        (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to the




                                       88

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Master Servicer hereunder), the Trustee shall be incompetent or
        unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
        powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the
        Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be
        exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee,
        but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

                   (ii)        no trustee hereunder shall be held personally
        liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee
        hereunder; and

                  (iii) the Master Servicer and the Trustee acting jointly may
        at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
        co-trustee except that following the occurrence of an Event of Servicing
        Termination, the Trustee acting alone may accept the resignation or
        remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

        Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees,
as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article IX. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as
may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement,
specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct
of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every
such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the
Transferor and the Master Servicer.

        Any separate trustee or co-trustee may, at any time, constitute the
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor Trustee.

        Section 9.11. Limitation of Liability. The Certificates are executed by
the Trustee, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee of the Trust,
in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it by the
Trust Agreement. Each of the undertakings and agreements made on the part of the
Trustee in the Certificates is made and intended not as a personal undertaking
or agreement by the Trustee but is made and intended for the purpose of binding
only the Trust.




                                       89

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        Section 9.12. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
Certificates. All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or the
Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the
possession of any of the Certificates or the production thereof in any
proceeding relating thereto, and such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall
be brought in its own name or in its capacity as Trustee. Any recovery of
judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursement and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be
for the ratable benefit or the Certificateholders in respect of which such
judgment has been recovered.

        Section 9.13. Suits for Enforcement. In case an Event of Servicing
Termination or other default by the Master Servicer, the Transferor, the
Depositor or the Seller hereunder shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee, in
its discretion, may proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of
the Investor Certificateholders under this Agreement by a suit, action or
proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific
performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in aid
of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or for the enforcement
of any other legal, equitable or other remedy, as the Trustee, being advised by
counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of the rights of
the Trustee and the Certificateholders.




                                       90

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE X

                                   Termination


        Section 10.01. Termination. (a) The respective obligations and
responsibilities of the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor, the
Transferor and the Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the
Trustee to make certain payments to Certificateholders after the final
Distribution Date and the obligation of the Master Servicer to send certain
notices as hereinafter set forth) shall terminate upon the last action required
to be taken by the Trustee on the final Distribution Date pursuant to this
Article X following the later of (A) payment in full of all amounts owing to the
Credit Enhancer and (B) the earliest of (i) the transfer, under the conditions
specified in Section 10.01(b), to the Transferor of the Investor
Certificateholders' interest in each Mortgage Loan and all property acquired in
respect of any Mortgage Loan remaining in the Trust for an amount equal to the
sum of (w) the Investor Certificate Principal Balance, (x) accrued and unpaid
Investor Certificate Interest through the day preceding the final Distribution
Date, and (y) interest accrued on any Unpaid Investor Certificate Interest
Shortfall, to the extent legally permissible, (ii) the day following the
Distribution Date on which the distribution made to Investor Certificateholders
has reduced the Investor Certificate Principal Balance to zero, (iii) the final
payment or other liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan remaining in the Trust
(including without limitation the disposition of the Mortgage Loans pursuant to
Section 10.02) or the disposition of all property acquired upon foreclosure or
deed in lieu of foreclosure of any Mortgage Loan (iv) the Distribution Date in
____________ 20___; provided, however, that in no event shall the trust created
hereby continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the date of the last
survivor descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late ambassador of the United
States to the Court of St. James, living on the date hereof. Upon termination in
accordance with clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 10.01, the Trustee shall
execute such documents and instruments of transfer presented by the Transferor,
in each case without recourse, representation or warranty, and take such other
actions as the Transferor may reasonably request to effect the transfer of the
Mortgage Loans to the Transferor.

        (b) The Transferor shall have the right to exercise the option to effect
the transfer to the Transferor of each Mortgage Loan pursuant to Section
10.01(a) above on any Distribution Date on or after the Distribution Date
immediately prior to which the Investor Certificate Principal Balance is less
than _____ percent (____%) of the Original Investor Certificate Principal
Balance and all amounts due and owing to the Credit Enhancer for unpaid premiums
and unreimbursed draws on the Policy, together with




                                       91

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



interest thereon as provided under the Insurance Agreement, have been paid.

        (c) Notice of any termination, specifying the Distribution Date (which
shall be a date that would otherwise be a Distribution Date) upon which the
Investor Certificateholders may surrender their Investor Certificates to the
Trustee for payment of the final distribution and cancellation, shall be given
promptly by the Trustee (upon receipt of written directions from the Transferor,
if the Transferor is exercising its right to transfer of the Mortgage Loans,
given not later than the first day of the month preceding the month of such
final distribution) to the Credit Enhancer and to the Master Servicer by letter
to Investor Certificateholders mailed not earlier than the 15th day and not
later than the 25th day of the month next preceding the month of such final
distribution specifying (i) the Distribution Date upon which final distribution
of the Investor Certificates will be made upon presentation and surrender of
Investor Certificates at the office or agency of the Trustee therein designated,
(ii) the amount of any such final distribution and (iii) that the Record Date
otherwise applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, distributions
being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Investor Certificates at
the office or agency of the Trustee therein specified. In the event written
directions are delivered by the Transferor to the Trustee as described in the
preceding sentence, the Transferor shall deposit in the Collection Account on or
before the Distribution Date for such final distribution in immediately
available funds an amount which, when added to the funds on deposit in the
Collection Account that are payable to the Investor Certificateholders, will be
equal to the retransfer amount for the Mortgage Loans computed as above
provided.

        (d) Upon presentation and surrender of the Investor Certificates, the
Trustee shall cause to be distributed to the Holders of Investor Certificates on
the Distribution Date for such final distribution, in proportion to the
Percentage Interests of their respective Investor Certificates and to the extent
that funds are available for such purpose, an amount equal to (i) if such final
distribution is not being made pursuant to the transfer to the Transferor
pursuant to Section 10.01(a)(i), the amount required to be distributed to
Investor Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.01 for such Distribution Date
and (ii) if such final distribution is being made pursuant to such retransfer,
the amount specified in Section 10.01(a)(i). The distribution on such final
Distribution Date pursuant to a retransfer pursuant to Section 10.01(a)(i) shall
be in lieu of the distribution otherwise required to be made on such
Distribution Date in respect of the Certificates. On the final Distribution Date
prior to having made the distributions called for above, the Trustee shall,
based upon the information set forth in the Servicing Certificate for such
Distribution Date, withdraw from the Collection Account and remit to the Credit
Enhancer the lesser of (x) the amount avail-




                                       92

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



able for distribution on such final Distribution Date, net of any portion
thereof necessary to pay the amounts described in clauses (d)(i) and (ii) above
and (y) the unpaid amounts due and owing to the Credit Enhancer for unpaid
premiums and unreimbursed draws on the Policy, together with interest thereon as
provided under the Insurance Agreement.

        (e) In the event that all of the Investor Certificateholders shall not
surrender their Investor Certificates for final payment and cancellation on or
before such final Distribution Date, the Trustee shall on such date cause all
funds in the Collection Account not distributed in final distribution to
Investor Certificateholders to be withdrawn therefrom and credited to the
remaining Investor Certificateholders by depositing such funds in a separate
escrow account for the benefit of such Investor Certificateholders and the
Transferor (if the Transferor has exercised its right to transfer the Mortgage
Loans) or the Trustee (in any other case) shall give a second written notice to
the remaining Investor Certificateholders to surrender their Investor
Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect
thereto. If within one year after the second notice all the Investor
Certificates shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Trustee may
take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to
contact the remaining Investor Certificateholders concerning surrender of their
Investor Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds on
deposit in such escrow account.





                                       93

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XI

                            Rapid Amortization Events


        Section 11.01.        Rapid Amortization Events.  If any one of
the following events shall occur during the Managed Amortization
Period:

             (a) failure on the part of the Seller (i) to make any payment or
        deposit required by the terms of this Agreement, on or before the date
        occurring three Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is
        required to be made herein, or (ii) duly to observe or perform in any
        material respect the covenants of the Seller set forth in Section
        2.04(a) or (iii) duly to observe or perform in any material respect any
        other covenants or agreements of the Seller set forth in this Agreement,
        which failure, in each case, materially and adversely affects the
        interests of the Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer and which, in
        the case of clause (iii), continues unremedied and continues to affect
        materially and adversely the interests of the Certificateholders for a
        period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such
        failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the
        Seller by the Trustee, or to the Seller and the Trustee by the Holders
        of Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not
        less than 51%;

             (b) any representation or warranty made by the Seller or the
        Depositor in this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any
        material respect when made, as a result of which the interests of the
        Investor Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer are materially and
        adversely affected and which continues to be incorrect in any material
        respect and continues to affect materially and adversely the interests
        of the Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancer for a period of 60 days
        after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the
        same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Seller or the
        Depositor, as the case may be, by the Trustee, or to the Seller, the
        Depositor and the Trustee by either the Credit Enhancer or the Holders
        of Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not
        less than 51%; provided, however, that a Rapid Amortization Event
        pursuant to this subparagraph (b) shall not be deemed to have occurred
        hereunder if the Transferor has accepted retransfer of the related
        Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans during such period (or such longer
        period (not to exceed an additional 60 days) as the Trustee may specify)
        in accordance with the provisions hereof;

             (c)  the Transferor or the Depositor shall voluntarily
        go into liquidation, consent to the appointment of a con-




                                       94

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        servator or receiver or liquidator or similar person in any insolvency,
        readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar
        proceedings of or relating to the Transferor or the Depositor, or of or
        relating to all or substantially all of such Person's property, or a
        decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having
        jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator,
        receiver, liquidator or similar person in any insolvency, readjustment
        of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings,
        or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been
        entered against the Transferor or the Depositor and such decree or order
        shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 30
        days; or the Transferor or the Depositor shall admit in writing its
        inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition
        to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization
        statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or
        voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or

             (d)  the Trust shall become subject to registration as
        an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of
        1940, as amended;

then, in the case of any event described in subparagraph (a) or (b) after the
applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, either the
Trustee, the Credit Enhancer or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing
Percentage Interests aggregating more than 51%, by notice given in writing to
the Transferor, the Depositor and the Master Servicer (and to the Trustee if
given by either the Credit Enhancer or the Investor Certificateholders) may
declare that an early amortization event (a "Rapid Amortization Event") has
occurred as of the date of such notice, and in the case of any event described
in subparagraph (c) or (d), a Rapid Amortization Event shall occur without any
notice or other action on the part of the Trustee, the Credit Enhancer or the
Investor Certificateholders, immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

        Section 11.02. Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events.

        (a) If the Transferor voluntarily goes into liquidation or consents to
the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator or similar person in
any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar proceedings of or relating to the Transferor or of or relating to all or
substantially all its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or
supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of
a conservator or receiver or liquidator or similar person in any insolvency,
readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar
proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall




                                       95

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



have been entered against the Transferor and such decree shall have remained in
force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 30 days; or the Transferor shall
admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due,
file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization
statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily
suspend payment of its obligations (such voluntary liquidation, appointment,
entering of such decree, admission, filing, making, suspension or violation or
other event described above, an "Insolvency Event"), the Transferor shall on the
day of such appointment, voluntary liquidation, entering of such decree,
admission, filing, making, suspension or inability, as the case may be (the
"Appointment Day"), promptly give notice to the Trustee, the Master Servicer and
the Credit Enhancer of such Insolvency Event. Within 15 days of the receipt by
the Trustee of the Transferor's notice of an Insolvency Event, the Trustee shall
(i) publish a notice in Authorized Newspapers that an Insolvency Event has
occurred and that the Trustee intends to direct the Master Servicer to sell,
dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Mortgage Loans in a commercially
reasonable manner and (ii) send written notice to the Investor
Certificateholders describing the provisions of this Section 11.02, which notice
shall inform Investor Certificateholders that unless more than _____% of all
Investor Certificateholders advise the Trustee in writing that they wish the
Trustee to instruct the Master Servicer not to sell, dispose of or otherwise
liquidate the Mortgage Loans within 90 days from the day notice pursuant to
clause (i) above is first published (the "Publication Date"), the Trustee shall
instruct the Master Servicer to proceed to sell, dispose of, or otherwise
liquidate the Mortgage Loans in a commercially reasonable manner and on
commercially reasonable terms, which shall include the solicitation of
competitive bids, and shall proceed to consummate the sale, liquidation or
disposition of the Mortgage Loans as provided above with the highest bidder for
the Mortgage Loans. The Transferor shall be permitted to bid for the Mortgage
Loans. The Trustee may obtain a prior determination from such conservator or
receiver that the terms and manner of any proposed sale, disposition or
liquidation are commercially reasonable. The provisions of Sections 11.01 and
11.02 shall not be deemed to be mutually exclusive.

        (b) The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the
Mortgage Loans pursuant to Section 11.02(a) above shall be treated as
collections on the Mortgage Loans received during the Rapid Amortization Period;
provided, however, that such proceeds will, based on amounts specified in
writing by the Master Servicer to the Trustee, first be paid to the Credit
Enhancer to reimburse the Credit Enhancer for previously unreimbursed Credit
Enhancement Draw Amounts and other amounts owing under the Insurance Agreement;
and provided, further, that the Certificateholders' Fixed Allocation Percentage
of such remaining proceeds shall be paid to Investor Certificateholders in the
following amounts and order of priority:




                                       96

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                    (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on the Investor
        Certificate Principal Balance through the Interest Period immediately
        preceding the Distribution Date on which such proceeds are distributed
        to the Investor Certificateholders; and

                   (ii)        an amount of principal up to the Investor
        Certificate Principal Balance.

The Policy shall cover any shortfall in the event such proceeds are insufficient
to make the distributions to Investor Certificateholders pursuant to Section
11.02(b). On the day following the Distribution Date on which such proceeds are
distributed to the Investor Certificateholders, the Trust shall terminate.




                                       97

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XII

                            Miscellaneous Provisions


        Section 12.01. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to
time by the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee, in each
case without the consent of any of the Certificateholders, but only with the
consent of the Credit Enhancer (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld), (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct any defective provisions
or to correct or supplement any provisions herein that may be inconsistent with
any other provisions herein, (iii) to add to the duties of the Transferor or the
Master Servicer, (iv) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under this Agreement or the Policy, as the case may be, which
shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, (v) to add or
amend any provisions of this Agreement as required by any Rating Agency or any
other nationally recognized statistical rating organization in order to maintain
or improve any rating of the Investor Certificates (it being understood that,
after obtaining the ratings in effect on the Closing Date, neither the Trustee,
the Seller, the Depositor nor the Master Servicer is obligated to obtain,
maintain or improve any such rating), (vi) to add or amend any provisions of
this Agreement to correct or cure any defective provision or ambiguity as a
result of a transfer of the Transferor Certificates pursuant to Section 6.05,
(vii) to comply with any requirement imposed by the Code or (viii) to increase
the Increased Senior Lien Limitation; provided, however, that such action shall
not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, materially and adversely affect the
interests of any Certificateholder or the Credit Enhancer; and provided,
further, that the amendment shall not be deemed to adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of the Certificateholders and no opinion referred
to in the preceding proviso shall be required to be delivered if the Person
requesting the amendment obtains a letter from each Rating Agency stating that
the amendment would not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the
respective ratings then assigned to the Investor Certificates without regard to
the Policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment pursuant to clause
(viii) above shall be permissible only upon receipt of a letter from each Rating
Agency stating that the amendment would not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the respective ratings then assigned to the Investor
Certificateholders without regard to the Policy.

        This Agreement also may be amended from time to time by the Master
Servicer, the Seller, the Depositor and the Trustee, and the Master Servicer and
the Credit Enhancer, may from time to time consent to the amendment of the
Policy with the consent of the Holders of the Investor Certificates evidencing
Percentage Interests aggregating not less than 51%, and in the case of an




                                       98

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



amendment to this Agreement, with the consent of the Credit Enhancer for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (i)
reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments on the
Certificates or distributions or payments under the Policy which are required to
be made on any Certificate without the consent of the Holder of such Certificate
or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such
amendment, without the consent of the Holders of all Certificates then
outstanding or (iii) adversely effect in any material respect the interests of
the Credit Enhancer.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agreement may not be amended unless,
in connection with such amendment, an Opinion of Counsel is furnished to the
Trustee that such amendment will not (i) adversely affect the status of the
Investor Certificates as debt; (ii) result in the Trust being taxable at the
entity level; or (iii) result in the Trust being classified as a taxable
mortgage pool (as defined in Section 7701(i) of the Code).

        Following the execution and delivery of any such amendment hereto or to
the Policy to which the Credit Enhancer was required to consent, either the
Transferor, if the Transferor requested the amendment, or the Master Servicer,
if the Master Servicer requested the amendment, shall reimburse the Credit
Enhancer for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the
Credit Enhancer in connection with such amendment.

        Prior to the execution of any such amendment, the party hereto
requesting any such amendment shall furnish written notification of the
substance of such amendment to each Rating Agency. In addition, promptly after
the execution of any such amendment made with the consent of the Investor
Certificateholders, the Trustee shall furnish written notification of the
substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder and fully
executed original counterparts of the instruments effecting such amendment to
the Credit Enhancer.

        It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Certificateholders
under this Section 12.01 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve
the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing
the authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be
subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

        In executing any amendment permitted by this Section 12.01, the Trustee
shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted hereby
and that all




                                       99

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment have been
satisfied. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under
this Agreement or otherwise.

        Section 12.02. Recordation of Agreement. This Agreement is subject to
recordation in all appropriate public offices for real property records in all
the counties or other comparable jurisdictions in which any or all of the
properties subject to the Mortgages are situated, and in any other appropriate
public recording office or elsewhere, such recordation to be effected by the
Trustee, but only upon direction of Investor Certificateholders accompanied by
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such recordation materially and
beneficially affects the interests of Investor Certificateholders. The Investor
Certificateholders requesting such recordation shall bear all costs and expenses
of such recordation. The Trustee shall have no obligation to ascertain whether
such recordation so affects the interests of the Certificateholders.

        For the purpose of facilitating the recordation of this Agreement as
herein provided and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed
simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall
be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall constitute but one and
the same instrument.

        Section 12.03. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders. The death or
incapacity of any Investor Certificateholder shall not operate to terminate this
Agreement or the Trust, nor entitle such Investor Certificateholder's legal
representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or
commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust,
nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties
hereto or any of them.

        No Certificateholder shall have any right to vote (except as provided in
Sections 8.01, 9.01, 9.02, 11.01 and 12.01) or in any manner otherwise control
the operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties
hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the
Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Certificateholders from time
to time as partners or members of an association; nor shall any Investor
Certificateholder be under any liability to any third person by reason of any
action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any provision hereof.

        No Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue or by availing
itself of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or
proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement,
unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee a written notice
of default and




                                       100

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless also the
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not
less than 51% shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such
action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have
offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the
costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the
Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or
proceeding; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by
each Certificateholder with every other Certificateholder and the Trustee, that
no one or more Holders of Certificates shall have any right in any manner
whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this
Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the Holders of any other
of the Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference
to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except
in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of
all Certificateholders. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of
this Section 12.03, each and every Certificateholder and the Trustee shall be
entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

        By accepting its Investor Certificate, each Investor Certificateholder
agrees that unless a Credit Enhancer Default exists, the Credit Enhancer shall
have the right to exercise all rights of the Investor Certificateholders under
this Agreement without any further consent of the Investor Certificateholders.

        Section 12.04. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUCH LAWS.

        Section 12.05. Notices. All demands, notices and communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if
personally delivered at or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested,
to (a) in the case of the Depositor, 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California
91101, Attention: ____________________, (b) in the case of the Master Servicer,
[Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., 155 North Lake Avenue, Pasadena, California
91101, Attention: ____________________], (c) in the case of the Trustee, at the
Corporate Trust Office, (d) in the case of the Credit Enhancer,
_________________________________, Attention: ____________________ (telecopy
number ____________________), (e) in the case of [each Rating Agency],
___________________________________________________, and (f) in the case of
____________________, __________________________, or, as to each party, at such
other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each
other party. [In each




                                       101

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



case in which a notice or other communication to the Credit Enhancer refers to
an Event of Servicing Termination or a claim under the Policy or with respect to
which failure on the part of the Credit Enhancer to respond shall be deemed to
constitute consent or acceptance, then a copy of such notice or other
communication should also be sent to the attention of the ______________ and the
_____________________ and shall be marked to indicate "URGENT MATERIAL
ENCLOSED."] Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder
shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such
Holder as shown in the Certificate Register. Any notice so mailed within the
time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been
duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice. Any
notice or other document required to be delivered or mailed by the Trustee to
any Rating Agency shall be given on a best efforts basis and only as a matter of
courtesy and accommodation and the Trustee shall have no liability for failure
to deliver such notice or document to any Rating Agency.

        Section 12.06. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or the rights of the Holders thereof.

        Section 12.07. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided in Sections 6.05, 7.02 and 7.04, this
Agreement may not be assigned by the Depositor or the Master Servicer without
the prior written consent of the Credit Enhancer and Holders of the Investor
Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not less than
- -----%.

        Section 12.08. Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid. The parties
agree that the Investor Certificateholders shall not be personally liable for
obligations of the Trust, that the beneficial ownership interests represented by
the Certificates shall be nonassessable for any losses or expenses of the Trust
or for any reason whatsoever, and that the Certificates upon execution,
authentication and delivery thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.08 or
6.02 are and shall be deemed fully paid.

        Section 12.09. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Certificateholders,
the Certificate Owners, the Credit Enhancer and their respective successors and
permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no other
Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.





                                       102

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        Section 12.10. Counterparts. This instrument may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

        Section 12.11. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

        Section 12.12. Insurance Agreement. The Trustee is authorized and
directed to execute and deliver the Insurance Agreement and to perform the
obligations of the Trustee thereunder.




                                       103

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Depositor, the Seller, the Master
Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective officers all as of the day and year first above written.


                                            CWABS, INC.,
                                              as Depositor



                                       By:
                                           _____________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


                                            [COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.],
                                              as Seller and Master Servicer



                                       By:
                                           _____________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


                                       [_______________________________],
                                                  as Trustee



                                       By:
                                           _____________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:






                                       104

 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



State of            )
                    ) ss.:
County of           )


               On the __th day of __________, 199_ before me, a notary public in
and for the State of ________, personally appeared _____________________, known
to me who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at
_________________, ____________, ________ _____; that he is the ______________
of _____________________________, a [New York] corporation, one of the parties
that executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said
corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal;
that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation;
and that he signed his name thereto by like order.



                                                 _______________________________
                                                          Notary Public


[Notarial Seal]






 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



State of            )
                    ) ss.:
County of           )


               On the __th day of __________, 199_ before me, a notary public in
and for the State of ________, personally appeared _____________________, known
to me who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at
_________________, ____________, ________ _____; that he is the ______________
of _____________________________, a national banking association, one of the
parties that executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said
corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal;
that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation;
and that he signed his name thereto by like order.



                                                 _______________________________
                                                          Notary Public


[Notarial Seal]





 

 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


State of            )
                    ) ss.:
County of           )


               On the __th day of ______________, 199_ before me, a notary
public in and for the State of ________, personally appeared _________________,
known to me who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at
_______________, _______________ _____; that he is the _____________ of ________
____, a _____________ banking corporation, one of the parties that executed the
foregoing instrument; and that he signed his name thereto by order of the Board
of Directors of said corporation.



                                                 _______________________________
                                                          Notary Public

[Notarial Seal]



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE TRUSTEE OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE
NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE
& CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR
VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

    

   

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
Original Investor
Certificate Principal Balance
of this Investor
Certificate                         :              $____________

Certificate Rate:                   :              Variable

Initial Aggregate Investor
Certificate Principal Balance
of all Investor Certificates                      $_____________

CUSIP No.                           :             ______________

Date of Pooling
and Servicing
Agreement                           :              __________, 199__

Certificate No.:

Cut-Off Date                        :              __________, 199__

First Distribution
Date:                               :              __________, 199__
</TABLE>

    



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




   

              REVOLVING HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                                 SERIES 199_-__
                              INVESTOR CERTIFICATE

       evidencing a percentage interest in the distributions allocable to the
       Investor Certificates evidencing an undivided interest in a Trust
       consisting primarily of a pool of adjustable rate home equity revolving
       credit line mortgage loans sold by

                                   CWABS, INC.

     This  Certificate does not represent an obligation of or interest in CWABS,
Inc. (the "Depositor"),  Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. or the Trustee referred to
below or any of their  affiliates.  Neither  this  Certificate  nor the Mortgage
Loans are guaranteed or insured by any governmental agency or instrumentality.

        This certifies that CEDE & CO. is the registered owner of the Percentage
Interest evidenced by this Certificate (obtained by dividing the Original
Investor Certificate Principal Balance of this Certificate by the aggregate
Original Investor Certificate Principal Balance of all Investor Certificates) in
certain monthly distributions with respect to a Trust consisting primarily of a
pool of mortgage loans (the "Mortgage Loans"), transferred by the Depositor to
the Trustee and serviced by Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (in such capacity, the
"Master Servicer", including any successor Master Servicer under the Agreement
referred to below). The Trust was created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as specified above (the "Agreement") among the Depositor, the
Master Servicer, Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., as seller (in such capacity, the
"Seller"), and [ ], as trustee (the "Trustee"), a summary of certain of the
pertinent provisions of which is set forth hereafter. To the extent not defined
herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned in the
Agreement. This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement the Holder of
this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which such
Holder is bound.

        This Certificate is one of the Investor Certificates from a duly
authorized issue of Certificates designated as Revolving Home Equity Loan Asset
Backed Certificates, Series 199__-__, representing, to the extent specified in
the Agreement, an undivided interest in: (i) the Mortgage Loans and the proceeds
thereof (excluding payments on the Mortgage Loans in respect of

    
                                      A-2


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   

interest due on or prior to the Cut-Off Date or due during the month of
______________ with respect to the first Collection Period), (ii) property that
secured a Mortgage Loan and that has been acquired by foreclosure or deed in
lieu of foreclosure, (iii) an irrevocable and unconditional limited financial
guarantee insurance policy (the "Policy"), (iv) the interest of the Depositor in
certain hazard insurance policies in respect of the Mortgage Loans, (v) an
assignment of the Depositor's rights under the purchase agreement dated as of
_________, 199__ between the Seller, and the Depositor, as purchaser
(collectively, the "Trust Assets") and (vi) certain other property described in
the Agreement.

        Distributions on this Certificate will be made by the Trustee, or by the
Paying Agent, if any, appointed pursuant to the Agreement, by check mailed to
the Person entitled thereto as such name and address shall appear on the
Certificate Register or, upon written request by such Person delivered to the
Paying Agent at least five business days prior to the related Record Date, by
wire transfer (but only if such Person owns of record one or more Investor
Certificates having principal denominations aggregating at least $1,000,000),
or by such other means of payment as such Person and the Paying Agent shall
agree. Notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this Certificate
will be made after due notice by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, if one has
been appointed, of the pendency of such distribution, and only upon presentation
and surrender of this Certificate at the office or agency appointed by the
Trustee for that purpose.

               Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, a distribution will be
made on the ___th day of each month or if such day is not a Business Day, then
on the next succeeding Business Day (the "Distribution Date"), commencing on the
first Distribution Date specified above, to the Person in whose name this
Certificate is registered at the close of business on ________________________
(the "Record Date"), in an amount equal to the product of the Percentage
Interest evidenced by this Certificate and the amount required to be distributed
to Holders of Investor Certificates on such Distribution Date under the terms of
the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Definitive Certificates have
become available pursuant to the Agreement, the Record Date shall be the last
day of the calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

               The Certificates are limited in right of payment to certain
payments on and collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans, all as more
specifically set forth in the Agreement. The Certificateholder, by its
acceptance of this Certificate, agrees that it will look solely to the funds on
deposit in the

    
                                      A-3


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   

Collection Account for payment hereunder, and that the Trustee in its individual
capacity is not personally liable to the Certificateholders for any amount
payable under this Certificate or the Agreement or, except as expressly provided
in the Agreement, subject to any liability under the Agreement.

               As provided in the Agreement, withdrawals from the Collection
Account may be made from time to time for purposes other than distributions to
the Investor Certificateholders and, subject to certain conditions in the
Agreement, Mortgage Loans may, at the election of the Trustee, be removed from
the Trust and transferred to the Transferor (as defined in the Agreement).

               This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and
reference is made to the Agreement for the interests, rights and limitations of
rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced hereby, and the rights,
duties and immunities of the Trustee.

               It is the intention of the Transferor, the Depositor and the
Investor Certificateholders that the Investor Certificates will be indebtedness
for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and for purposes
of any other tax imposed on or measured by income. The Depositor, the Trustee
and the Holder of this Certificate for Certificate Owner) by acceptance of this
Certificate (or, in the case of a Certificate Owner, by virtue of such
Certificate Owner's acquisition of a beneficial interest herein) agrees to treat
the Investor Certificates (or beneficial interest therein), for purposes of
federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on
or measured by income, as indebtedness secured by the Trust Assets and to report
the transactions contemplated by the Agreement on all applicable tax returns in
a manner consistent with such treatment. Each Holder of this Certificate agrees
that it will cause any Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in this
Certificate through it to comply with the Agreement as to treatment as
indebtedness for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and
for purposes of any other tax imposed on or measured by income.

        The Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee, and the rights of
the Certificateholders under the Agreement, at any time by the Seller, the
Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee with the consent (i) of the
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not
less than 51% and (ii) of the Credit Enhancer. Any such consent by the Holder of
this Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder

    
                                      A-4


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   

and upon all future Holders of this Certificate and of any Certificate issued
upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon this Certificate. The Agreement also
permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without the
consent of the Holders of any of the Investor Certificates.

        As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, the transfer of this Certificate is registrable in the Certificate
Register of the Certificate Registrar upon surrender of this Certificate for
registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained by the Certificate
Registrar for such purpose, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Master Servicer, the Trustee and the Certificate
Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly
authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Certificates of authorized
denominations, if applicable, and evidencing the same aggregate Percentage
Interest will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

        The Certificates are issuable only as registered Certificates without
coupons in denominations specified in the Agreement. As provided in the
Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Certificates are
exchangeable for new Certificates of a like tenor in authorized denominations
(in the case of the Investor Certificates) And evidencing the same aggregate
Percentage Interest, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

        No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in
connection therewith.

        The Trustee, the Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor, the Credit
Enhancer and the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the foregoing may treat
the Person in whose name this Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for
all purposes, and neither the Trustee, the Seller, the Master Servicer, the
Depositor, the Credit Enhancer, the Certificate Registrar nor any such agent
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

        The obligations and responsibilities created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate upon distribution to the
Certificateholders, or provision therefor, of the amount required to be so
distributed in accordance with the Agreement upon the later of (i) payment in
full of all amounts owing to the Credit Enhancer and (ii) the earliest of (a)
the transfer, under the conditions specified in the Agreement, to the

    
                                      A-5


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

Transferor (as defined in the Agreement) of all property acquired in respect of
any Mortgage Loan remaining in the Trust, (b) the day following the Distribution
Date on which distributions reduce the Investor Certificate Principal Balance to
zero, (c) the final payment or other liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan
remaining in the Trust or (d) the Distribution Date in ________________. The
Transferor may effect an early retirement of the Certificates by paying the
retransfer price and accepting retransfer of the Trust Assets pursuant to the
terms of the Agreement on any Distribution Date after the Investor Certificate
Principal Balance is less than or equal to 10% of the Original Investor
Certificate Principal Balance; provided, however, that in no event shall the
Trust continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of certain
person named in the Agreement. Upon retirement of the Certificates in accordance
with Section 10.01 of the Agreement, the Trustee shall execute such documents
and instruments of transfer presented by the Transferor and take such other
actions as the Transferor may reasonably request to effect the retransfer of the
Mortgage Loans to the Transferor.

        Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Certificate
set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

        Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or
on behalf of the Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Certificate
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any
purpose.

    
                                      A-6


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




   

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trustee has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

Dated:


                                            [                              ],
                                            not in its individual capacity
                                            but solely as Trustee on behalf
                                            of the Trustee


                                       By:
                                           ................................

Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Investor Certificates referenced in the within-mentioned
Agreement.


By:
   ................................
    Authorized Officer


    

                                      A-7


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                        [FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE]

THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE
RESOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS IT IS REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR
IS SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN TRANSACTIONS WHICH ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
SUCH ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE LAW AND IS TRANSFERRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 6.05 OR OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
REFERRED TO HEREIN. NEITHER THIS CERTIFICATE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE
TRANSFERRED UNLESS THE TRANSFEREE DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE EITHER A
REPRESENTATION LETTER TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFEREE IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS
AMENDED, THAT IF SUCH TRANSFEREE IS AN INSURANCE COMPANY THAT THE TRANSFEREE IS
AN INSURANCE COMPANY WHICH IS PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE WITH FUNDS CONTAINED
IN AN "INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNT" (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION
V(e) OF PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 95-60 ("PTCE 95-60")) AND THAT
THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS CERTIFICATE ARE COVERED UNDER PTCE 95-60 OR A
PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 6.05(d) OF THE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, ANY PURPORTED TRANSFER OF
THIS CERTIFICATE TO OR ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO ERISA OR
TO THE CODE WITHOUT THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE AS
DESCRIBED ABOVE SHALL BE VOID AND OF NO EFFECT.


    
                                      B-1


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

<TABLE>

<S>                                                             <C>
Date of Pooling and Servicing
Agreement:                                         :      ___________, 199__

Cut-off Date                                       :      ___________, 199__

Percentage Interest                                :      100%

Certificate No.                                    :      ___________, 199__

First Distribution Date                            :      ___________, 199__
</TABLE>
    

   


                   REVOLVING HOME MORTGAGE LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
                                  SERIES 199_-_
                             TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

               evidencing a percentage interest in the distributions allocable
               to the Transferor Certificates evidencing an undivided interest
               in a Trust consisting primarily of a pool of adjustable rate home
               equity revolving credit line mortgage loans sold by

                                   CWABS, INC.

        This Certificate does not represent an obligation of or interest in
CWABS, Inc. (the "Depositor"), Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. or the Trustee
referred to below or any of their affiliates.  Neither this Certificate nor
the underlying Assets are guaranteed or insured by any governmental agency
or instrumentality.

        This certifies that ____________________________________________________
 is the registered owner of the Percentage Interest
evidenced by this Certificate in the entire interest not allocated to the
Investor Certificates in certain monthly distributions with respect to a Trust
consisting primarily of a pool of mortgage loans (the "Mortgage Loans"),
transferred by the Depositor and serviced by Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (in
such capacity, the "Master Servicer", including any successor Master Servicer
under the Agreement referred to below). The Trust was created pursuant to a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as specified above (the "Agreement") among
the Depositor, the Master Servicer, as seller and as servicer (the "Seller" or
the "Master Servicer," as appropriate), and [                 ], as trustee (the
"Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set
forth hereafter. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used 
herein have the meanings assigned in the Agreement. This Certificate is issued 
under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement,
to

    


                                      B-2


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

which Agreement the Holder of this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and by which such Holder is bound.

        This Certificate is one of the Transferor Certificates from a duly
authorized issue of Certificates designated as Revolving Home Mortgage Loan
Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_, and representing, to the extent
specified in the Agreement, an undivided ownership interest in: (i) the Mortgage
Loans and the proceeds thereof, (ii) such other assets as shall from time to
time be deposited in the Collection Account in accordance with the Agreement,
(iii) property that secured a Mortgage Loan and that has become REO, (iv) the
interest of the Depositor in certain hazard insurance policies in respect of the
Mortgage Loans, and (v) an assignment of the Depositor's rights under the
mortgage loan purchase agreement dated as of __________, 199__ between the
Seller, and the Depositor, as purchaser (collectively, the "Trust Assets").

        The certificates are limited in right of payment to certain payments on
and collections in respect of the Trust Assets, all as more specifically set
forth in the Agreement. The Certificateholder, by its acceptance of this
Certificate, agrees that it will look solely to the funds available in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement for payment hereunder and that the
Trustee in its individual capacity is not personally liable to the
Certificateholders for any amount payable under this Certificate or the
Agreement or, except as expressly provided in the Agreement, subject to any
liability under the Agreement.

        This Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and
reference is made to the Agreement for the interests, rights and limitations of
rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced hereby, and the rights,
duties and immunities of the Trustee.

        The Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Seller, the Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee, and the rights of
the Certificateholders under the Agreement, at any time by the Seller, the
Master Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee with the consent (i) of the
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests aggregating not
less than 51% and (ii) of the Credit Enhancer. Any such consent by the Holder of
this Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and upon all
future Holders of this Certificate and of any Certificate issued upon the
transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation
of such consent is made upon this Certificate. The Agreement also permits the
amendment

    

                                      B-3


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of
any of the Investor Certificates.

        No transfer of this Transferor Certificate shall be made unless such
transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and any applicable state securities laws or is made in
accordance with said Act and laws. There shall be delivered to the Trustee
either (i) an investment letter acceptable to and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Trustee certifying to the Trustee the facts surrounding such
transfer, which investment letter shall not be an expense of the Trustee, or
(ii) if such letter is not delivered, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to and in
form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and the Depositor that such
transfer is exempt (describing the applicable exemption and the basis therefor)
from or is being made pursuant to the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which Opinion of Counsel shall not be an
expense of the Trustee. The Holder hereof desiring to effect such Transfer
shall, and does hereby agree to, indemnify the Transferor against any liability
that may result if the transfer is not so exempt or is not made in accordance
with such federal and state laws.

        As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain limitations set
forth therein, and subject to the restrictions set forth on the first page
hereof, neither this Certificate nor any legal or beneficial interest herein may
be, directly or indirectly, purchased, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned or
otherwise disposed of, and any proposed transferee hereof shall not become the
registered Holder hereof, without the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 6.05 of the Agreement.

        No service charge will be made for any such registration of Transfer or
exchange, but the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

        The Trustee, the Master Servicer, the Depositor, the Credit Enhancer and
the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the foregoing may treat the Person in
whose name this Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes,
and neither the Trustee, the Master Servicer, the Depositor, the Credit
Enhancer, the Certificate Registrar nor any such agent hall be affected by any
notice to the contrary.

        The obligations and responsibilities created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate upon distribution to the
Certificateholders, or provision therefor, of the amount required to be so
distributed in accordance with the Agreement upon the later of (i) payment in
full of all amounts

    


                                      B-4


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

owing to the Credit Enhancer and (ii) the earliest of (a) the transfer, under
the conditions specified in the Agreement, to the Transferor (as defined in the
Agreement) of all property acquired in respect of any Mortgage Loan remaining in
the Trust, (b) the day following the Distribution Date on which distributions
reduce the Investor Certificate Principal Balance to zero, (c) the final payment
or other liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan remaining in the Trust or (d) the
Distribution Date in ________________. The Transferor may effect an early
retirement of the Certificates by paying the retransfer price and accepting
retransfer of the Trust Assets pursuant to the terms of the Agreement on any
Distribution Date after the Investor Certificate Principal Balance is less than
or equal to 10% of the Original Investor Certificate Principal Balance;
provided, however, that in no event shall the Trust continue beyond the
expiration of 21 years from the death of certain person named in the Agreement.
Upon retirement of the Certificates in accordance with Section 10.01 of the
Agreement, the Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer
presented by the Transferor and take such other actions as the Transferor may
reasonably request to effect the retransfer of the Mortgage Loans to the
Transferor.

        Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or
on behalf of the Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature this Certificate
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any
purpose.

    
                                      B-5


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trustee has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

Dated:


                                                  [                           ],
                                                  not in its individual capacity
                                                  but solely as Trustee
                                                  on behalf of the Trust

                                                  ..............................
                                                        Authorized Officer

Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Transferor
Certificates referenced in the
within-mentioned Agreement.



By:
    ...........................
        Authorized Officer


    

                                      B-6


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




   


                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                             MORTGAGE LOAN SCHEDULE

                           [Delivered to Trustee Only]




    

                                      C-1


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

                                                                     EXHIBIT D

                            ANNUAL OPINION OF COUNSEL

        The opinions set forth below, which are to be delivered pursuant to
Section 3.11 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, may be subject to certain
qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the
opinion of counsel to the Depositor or the Transferor, as appropriate, with
respect to similar matters delivered on the Closing Date.

        With respect to the Depositor: Insofar as the Mortgage Loans are
"general intangibles" and if the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is considered a
security instrument, no filings or other actions are necessary to perfect or
continue the perfected status of the security or other interest of the Trust in
the Mortgage Loans transferred by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and the
proceeds thereof, against any other Person.

        With respect to the Transferor: Insofar as the Mortgage Loans are
"general intangibles" and if the Purchase Agreement is considered a security
instrument, no filings or other actions are necessary to perfect or continue the
perfected status of the security or other interest of the Depositor in the
Mortgage Loans transferred pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and the proceeds
thereof, against any other Person.

    
                                     D-1



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

                                                                  EXHIBIT E

                          FORM OF CREDIT LINE AGREEMENT
    


                                       E-1



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

                                                                 EXHIBIT F

                            FORM OF LETTER OF REPRESENTATIONS


    
                                       F-1



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

                                                                  EXHIBIT G


                    FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER [NON-RULE 144A]
                           FOR TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATES

                                                                      Date:

CWABS, Inc.
        as Depositor
155 North Lake Avenue
Pasadena, California  91101
        Attention: ________________

[                               ]
        as Trustee



        Re:    CWABS, Inc.;
               Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust 199__-__,
               Revolving Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates,
               Series 199__-__, Transferor Certificates

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our acquisition of Transferor Certificates in the
Denomination  of _________________, we certify that (a) we understand that the
Transferor Certificates are not being registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act"), or any state securities laws and are being
transferred to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration
requirements of the Act and any such laws, (b) we are an "accredited investor,"
as defined in Regulation D under the Act, and have such knowledge and experience
in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of investments in the Transferor Certificates, (c) we have had the
opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Depositor
concerning the purchase of the Transferor Certificates and all matters relating
thereto or any additional information deemed necessary to our decision to
purchase the Transferor Certificates, (d) we,are not an employee benefit plan
that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, nor a plan subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, nor are we acting on behalf of any such employee benefit plan, (e) we are
acquiring the Transferor Certificates for investment for our own account and not
with a view to any distribution of such Certificates (but without prejudice to
our right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of the Transferor
Certificates in accordance with clause (g)

    

                                      G-1


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

below), (f) we have not offered or sold any Transferor Certificates to, or
solicited offers to buy any Transferor Certificates from, any person, or
otherwise approached or negotiated with any person with respect thereto, or
taken any other action which would result in a violation of Section 5 of the
Act, and (g) we will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Transferor
Certificates unless (1) such sale, transfer or other disposition is made
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act or is exempt from
such registration requirements, and if requested, we will at our expense provide
an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the addressees of this Transferor
Certificate that such sale, transfer or other disposition)may be made pursuant
to an exemption from the Act, (2) the purchaser or transferee of such Transferor
Certificate has executed and delivered to you a certificate to substantially the
same effect as this certificate, and (3) the purchaser or transferee has
otherwise complied with any conditions for transfer set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of ______________, 199__ (the "Agreement"), among
CWABS, Inc. as Depositor, Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., as Master Servicer, and
[ ], as Trustee. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall
have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

                                                   Very truly yours,

                                                   _____________________________
                                                   Name of Transferee


                                                   By:__________________________
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:

    



                                      G-2


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

                   FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER RULE 144A LETTER
                           FOR TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATES

                                                                         Date:

CWABS, Inc.
        as Depositor
155 North Lake Avenue
Pasadena, California  91101
        Attention: ________________

[                               ]
        as Trustee

___________________________________

___________________________________

        Re:    CWABS, Inc.;
               Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust 199__-__,
               Revolving Home Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates,
               Series 199__-__, Transferor Certificates

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        In connection with our proposed purchase of the Transferor Certificates,
we certify that (a) we understand that the Transferor Certificates are not being
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), or any
state securities laws and are being transferred to us in a transaction that is
exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and any such laws, (b) we
have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are
capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investments in the Transferor
Certificates, (c) we have had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive
answers from the Depositor concerning the purchase of the Transferor
Certificates and all matters relating thereto or any additional information
deemed necessary to our decision to purchase the Transferor Certificates, (d) we
are not an employee benefit plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, nor a plan subject to Section 4975 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, nor are we acting on behalf of any such
employee benefit plan, (e) we have not, nor has anyone acting on our behalf
offered, transferred, pledged, sold or otherwise disposed of the Transferor
Certificates, any interest in the Transferor Certificates or any other similar
security to, or solicited any offer to buy or accept a transfer, pledge or other
disposition of the Transferor Certificates, any interest in the Transferor
Certificates or any other similar security from, or otherwise approached or
negotiated with respect to the Transferor Certificates, any interest in the
Transferor Certificates or any other similar security with, any person in

    

                                      G-3


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

any manner, or made any general solicitation by means of general advertising or
in any other manner, or taken any other action, that would constitute a
distribution of the Transferor Certificates under the Securities Act or that
would render the disposition of the Transferor Certificates a violation of
Section 5 of the Securities Act or require registration pursuant thereto, nor
will act, nor has authorized or will authorize any person to act, in such manner
with respect to the Transferor Certificates and (f) we are a "qualified
institutional buyer" as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities
Act and have completed either of the forms of certification to that effect
attached hereto as Annex 1 or Annex 2. We are aware that the sale to us is being
made in reliance on Rule 144A. We are acquiring the Transferor Certificates for
our own account or for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and further, understand that
such Transferor Certificates may be resold, pledged or transferred only (i) to a
person reasonably believed to be a qualified institutional buyer that purchases
for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to
whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A, or (ii) pursuant to another exemption from registration
under the Securities Act. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined
herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement dated as of _____________, 199__ among CWABS, Inc. as Depositor,
Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., as Seller Master Servicer, and [ ], as Trustee.


                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name of Buyer


                                            By: ________________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

    

                                      G-4


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




   

                                                            ANNEX 1 TO EXHIBIT G

               QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS UNDER SEC RULE

          [For Transferees Other Than Registered Investment Companies]

        The undersigned (the "Buyer") hereby certifies as follows to the parties
listed in the Rule 144A Transferee Certificate to which this certification
relates with respect to the Transferor Certificates described therein:

        1.     As indicated below, the undersigned is the President, Chief
Financial Officer, Senior Vice President or other executive officer of the
Buyer.

        2. In connection with purchases by the Buyer, the Buyer is a "qualified
institutional buyer" as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Rule 144A") because (i) the Buyer owned and/or
invested on a discretionary basis $_________(1) in securities (except for the
excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Buyer's most recent
fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance with Rule 144A and
(ii) the Buyer satisfies the criteria in the category marked below.

               Corporation, etc. The Buyer is a corporation (other than a bank,
               savings and loan association or similar institution),
               Massachusetts or similar business trust, partnership, or
               charitable organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the
               Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

               Bank. The Buyer (a) is a national bank or banking institution
               organized under the laws of any State, territory or the District
               of Columbia, the business of which is substantially confined to
               banking and is supervised by the State or territorial banking
               commission or similar official or is a foreign bank or equivalent
               institution, and (b) has an audited net worth of at least
               $25,000,000 as demonstrated in its latest annual financial
               statements, a copy of which is attached hereto.

(1)     Buyer must own and/or invest on a discretionary basis at least
        $100,000,000 in securities unless Buyer is a dealer, and, in that case,
        Buyer must own and/or invest on a discretionary basis at least
        $10,000,000 in securities.


    
                                      G-5


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   


               Savings and Loan. The Buyer (a) is a savings and loan
               association, building and loan association, cooperative bank,
               homestead association or similar institution, which is supervised
               and examined by a State or Federal authority having supervision
               over any such institutions or is a foreign savings and loan
               association or equivalent institution and (b) has an audited net
               worth of at least $25,000,000 as demonstrated in its latest
               annual financial statements, a copy of which is attached hereto.

               Broker-dealer.  The Buyer is a dealer registered pursuant to
               Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

               Insurance Company. The Buyer is an insurance company whose
               primary and predominant business activity is the writing of
               insurance or the reinsuring of risks underwritten by insurance
               companies and which is subject to supervision by the insurance
               commissioner or a similar official or agency of a State,
               territory or the District of Columbia.

               State or Local Plan. The Buyer is a plan established and
               maintained by a State, its political subdivisions, or any agency
               or instrumentality of the State or its political subdivisions for
               the benefit of its employees.

               ERISA Plan. The Buyer is an employee benefit plan within the
               meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
               of 1974.

               Investment Advisor.  The Buyer is an investment advisor
               registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

               Small Business Investment Company. The Buyer is a small business
               investment company licensed by the U.S. Small Business
               Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business
               Investment Act of 1958.

    

                                      G-6


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

                Business Development Company. The Buyer is a business
                development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the
                Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

                Trust Fund. The Buyer is a trust fund whose trustee is a bank or
                trust company and whose participants are exclusively State or
                Local Plans or ERISA Plans as defined above, and no participant
                of the Buyer is an individual retirement account or an H.R. 10
                (Keogh) plan.

        3. The term "securities" as used herein does not include (i) securities
of issuers that are affiliated with the Buyer, (ii) securities that are part of
an unsold allotment to or subscription by the Buyer, if the Buyer is a dealer,
(iii) bank deposit notes and certificates of deposit, (iv) loan participations,
(v) repurchase agreements, (vi) securities owned but subject to a repurchase
agreement and (vii) currency, interest rate and commodity swaps.

        4. For purposes of determining the aggregate amount of securities owned
and/or invested on a discretionary basis by the Buyer, the Buyer used the cost
of such securities to the Buyer and did not include any of the securities
referred to in the preceding paragraph, except (i) where the Buyer reports its
securities holdings in its financial statements on the basis of their market
value, and (ii) no current information with respect to the cost of those
securities has been published. If clause (ii) in the preceding sentence applies,
the securities may be valued at market. Further, in determining such aggregate
amount, the Buyer may have included securities owned by subsidiaries of the
Buyer, but only if such subsidiaries are consolidated with the Buyer in its
financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and if the investments of such subsidiaries are managed under the
Buyer's direction. However, such securities were not included if the Buyer is a
majority-owned, consolidated subsidiary of another enterprise and the Buyer is
not itself a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

        5. The Buyer acknowledges that it is familiar with Rule 144A and
understands that the seller to it and other parties related to the Transferor
Certificates are relying and will continue to rely on the statements made herein
because one or more sales to the Buyer may be in reliance on Rule 144A.

        6. Until the date of purchase of the Rule 144A Securities, the Buyer
will notify each of the parties to which

    


                                      G-7


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   

this certification is made of any changes in the information and conclusions
herein. Until such notice is given, the Buyer's purchase of the Transferor
Certificates will constitute a reaffirmation of this certification as of the
date of such purchase. In addition, if the Buyer is a bank or savings and loan
is provided above, the Buyer agrees that it will furnish to such parties updated
annual financial statements promptly after they become available.


                                                   _____________________________
                                                   Name of Buyer

                                                   By:__________________________
                                                      Name:
                                                      Title:

                                                   Date: _______________________


    


                                      G-8


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   
                                                            ANNEX 2 TO EXHIBIT G


            QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS UNDER SEC RULE 144A

           [For Transferees that are Registered Investment Companies]

        The undersigned (the "Buyer") hereby certifies as follows to the parties
listed in the Rule 144A Transferee Certificate to which this certification
relates with respect to the Transferor Certificates described therein:

        1. As indicated below, the undersigned is the President, Chief Financial
Officer or Senior Vice President of the Buyer or, if the Buyer is a qualified
institutional buyer as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Rule 144A") because Buyer is part of a Family of
Investment Companies (as defined below), is such an officer of the Adviser.

        2. In connection with purchases by Buyer, the Buyer is a "qualified
institutional buyer" as defined in SEC Rule 144A because (i) the Buyer is an
investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended and (ii) as marked below, the Buyer alone, or the Buyers Family of
Investment Companies, owned at least $100,000,000 in securities (other than the
excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Buyer's most recent
fiscal year. For purposes of determining the amount of securities owned by the
Buyer or the Buyer's Family of Investment Companies, the cost of such securities
was used, except (i) where the Buyer or the Buyer's Family Of Investment
Companies reports its securities holdings in its financial statements on the
basis of their market value, and (ii) no current information With respect to the
cost of those securities has been published. If clause (ii) in the preceding
sentence applies, the securities may be valued at market.

               The Buyer owned $_________ in securities (other than the excluded
               securities referred to below) as of the end of the Buyer s most
               recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance
               With Rule 144A).

               The Buyer is part of a Family of Investment Companies which owned
               in the aggregate $_______ in securities (other than the excluded
               securities referred to below) as of the end of the Buyer's most
               recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance
               with Rule 144A).

    


                                      G-9


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

        3. The term "Family of Investment Companies" as used herein means two or
more registered investment companies (or series thereof) that have the same
investment adviser or investment advisers that are affiliated (by virtue of
being majority owned subsidiaries of the same parent or because one investment
adviser is a majority owned subsidiary of the other).

        4. The term "securities" as used herein does not include (i) securities
of issuers that are affiliated with the Buyer or are part of the Buyer's Family
of Investment Companies, (ii) bank deposit notes and certificates of deposit,
(iii) loan participations, (iv) repurchase agreements, (v) securities owned but
subject to a repurchase agreement and (vi) currency, interest rate and commodity
swaps.

        5. The Buyer is familiar with Rule 144A and understands that the parties
listed in the Rule 144A Transferee Certificate to which this certification
relates are relying and will continue to rely on the statements made herein
because one or more sales to the Buyer will be in reliance on Rule 144A. In
addition, the Buyer will only purchase for the Buyer's own account.

        6. Until the date of purchase of the Transferor Certificates, the
undersigned will notify the parties listed in the Rule 144A Transferee
Certificate to which this certification relates of any changes in the
information and conclusions herein. Until such notice is given, the Buyer's
purchase of the Transferor Certificates will constitute a reaffirmation of this
certification by the undersigned as of the date of such purchase.


                                                   _____________________________
                                                   Name of Buyer


                                                   By: _________________________
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:

                                                   IF AN ADVISER:

                                                   _____________________________
                                                   Name of Adviser


                                                   Date: _______________________
    




                                      G-10


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   
                                                                       EXHIBIT H

                        FORM OF REQUEST FOR RELEASE OF DOCUMENTS

                                                                          [DATE]

[                      ],
   as Trustee

______________________________

______________________________

Attention:

        Re:    CWABS, Inc. Revolving Home Equity Loan
               Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199__-__

Gentlemen:

        In connection with the administration of the Mortgage Loans held by you
as Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of ______________,
199__, among CWABS, Inc. as Depositor, Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., as Seller
and Master Servicer, and you, as Trustee (the "Agreement"), we hereby request a
release of the Mortgage File held by you as Trustee with respect to the
following described Mortgage Loan for the reason indicated below.

Loan No.:

Reason for requesting file:

           7.  Mortgage Loan paid in full. (The Master Servicer hereby certifies
               that all amounts received in connection with the payment in full
               of the Mortgage Loan which are required to be deposited in the
               Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Agreement have
               been so deposited).

           8.  Retransfer of Mortgage Loan.  (The Master Servicer hereby
               certifies that the Transfer Deposit Amount has been deposited
               in the Collection Account pursuant to the Agreement).

           9.  The Mortgage Loan is being foreclosed.

           10. The Home Equity Loan is being re-financed by another depository
               institution. (The Master Servicer hereby certifies that all
               amounts

    

                                   H-1



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   

               received in connection with the payment in full of the
               Mortgage Loan which are required to be deposited in the
               Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Agreement have
               been so deposited).

           11. Other (Describe).

        The undersigned acknowledges that the above Mortgage File will be held
by the undersigned in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement and will
promptly be returned to the Trustee when the need therefor by the Master
Servicer no longer exists unless the Mortgage Loan has been liquidated.

        Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them
in the Agreement.

                                                   COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

                                                   By: ________________________
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title: Servicing Officer

    




                                   H-2




<PAGE>



<PAGE>


                                                                October __, 1996

CWABS, Inc.
155 North Lake Avenue
Pasadena, CA  91101

        Re:  CWABS, Inc.
             Registration Statement on Form S-3
             -----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as counsel for CWABS,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  in connection with the preparation  of a  registration statement on
Form S-3 (the  "Registration  Statement")  relating to the issuance from time to
time  of  up  to $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Asset-Backed Notes
and  Asset-Backed  Certificates  (the  "Securities"), issuable in series. As set
forth in  the  Registration  Statement, each Series of Securities will be issued
under  and  pursuant  to  the  conditions  of  a  separate pooling and servicing
agreement,  trust agreement  or  indenture  (each,  an  "Agreement")  among  the
Company, a trustee (the "Trustee") and,  where  appropriate,  a master  servicer
(the "Master Servicer"), each to be identified (together with any other relevant
parties) in the prospectus supplement for such Series of Securities.

        We have examined copies of the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation,
the Company's  By-laws and forms of each Agreement,  as filed or incorporated by
reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement, and the forms of Securities
included  in  any  Agreement  so  filed  or  incorporated  by  reference  in the
Registration Statement and such other records, documents and statutes as we have
deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion.

        Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

        1. When any Agreement  relating to a Series of Securities  has been duly
and validly  authorized by all  necessary  action on the part of the Company and
has been duly executed and  delivered by the Company,  the Master  Servicer,  if
any, the Trustee and any other party thereto,  such Agreement will  constitute a
legal,  valid and





 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

binding    agreement   of the  Company,    enforceable    against   the
Company in  accordance  with its terms,  except as  enforcement  thereof  may be
limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  laws  relating  to or  affecting
creditors' rights generally or by general equity principles.

        2. When a Series of Securities has been duly authorized by all necessary
action on the part of the Company  (subject to the terms thereof being otherwise
in compliance with applicable law at such time), duly executed and authenticated
by the  Trustee  for such  Series in  accordance  with the terms of the  related
Agreement and issued and delivered  against payment therefor as described in the
Registration  Statement,  such Series of Securities  will be legally and validly
issued,  fully paid and nonassessable,  and the holders thereof will be entitled
to the benefits of the related Agreement.

   
        3. The  information  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus under the   caption
"Federal Income Tax Consequences," to  the  extent it constitutes matters of law
or  legal  conclusions,  is  correct  in all material respects. The opinions set
forth in the Prospectus under the heading 'Federal Income Tax  Consequences' are
hereby confirmed.
    
        In rendering  the  foregoing  opinions,  we express no opinion as to the
laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York (excluding
choice of law  principles  therein) and the federal laws of the United States of
America.

        We hereby  consent  to the  filing of this  letter as an  exhibit to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  references  to this firm under the  heading
"Legal Matters" in each prospectus supplement and the prospectus forming a  part
of the Registration Statement, without admitting  that  we  are "experts" within
the  meaning  of  the  Securities Act of 1933,  as amended,  or  the  Rules  and
Regulations  of the  Commission  issued thereunder,  with respect to any part of
the Registration  Statement,  including this exhibit.

                                                   Very truly yours,


                                           2

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


Included in Exhibit 5.1


<PAGE>



<PAGE>


Included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1
<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission